From d3c816b701b7aeeb95dc924dcd2b2e186e51e16b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Adam Kennedy Date: Sat, 24 Jan 2009 09:59:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Importing DBD::SQLite 1.14 from the CPAN --- Changes | 221 ++ MANIFEST | 114 + MANIFEST.SKIP | 20 + META.yml | 11 + Makefile.PL | 146 + README | 30 + SQLite.xs | 80 + SQLiteXS.h | 16 + alter.c | 609 ++++ analyze.c | 410 +++ attach.c | 516 ++++ auth.c | 233 ++ btree.c | 6371 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ btree.h | 149 + btreeInt.h | 588 ++++ build.c | 3361 +++++++++++++++++++++ callback.c | 374 +++ complete.c | 263 ++ date.c | 1036 +++++++ dbdimp.c | 1095 +++++++ dbdimp.h | 113 + delete.c | 467 +++ expr.c | 2587 ++++++++++++++++ fts2.c | 5912 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ fts2.h | 26 + fts2_hash.c | 369 +++ fts2_hash.h | 112 + fts2_icu.c | 257 ++ fts2_porter.c | 642 ++++ fts2_tokenizer.c | 370 +++ fts2_tokenizer.h | 145 + fts2_tokenizer1.c | 229 ++ func.c | 1491 ++++++++++ getsqlite.pl | 51 + hash.c | 397 +++ hash.h | 111 + insert.c | 1604 ++++++++++ keywordhash.h | 112 + legacy.c | 132 + lib/DBD/SQLite.pm | 603 ++++ loadext.c | 440 +++ main.c | 1443 +++++++++ malloc.c | 835 ++++++ opcodes.c | 148 + opcodes.h | 160 + os.c | 96 + os.h | 548 ++++ os_common.h | 198 ++ os_os2.c | 1026 +++++++ os_os2.h | 73 + os_unix.c | 2935 ++++++++++++++++++ os_win.c | 1758 +++++++++++ pager.c | 4482 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ pager.h | 128 + parse.c | 3501 ++++++++++++++++++++++ parse.h | 152 + ppport.h | 579 ++++ pragma.c | 1180 ++++++++ prepare.c | 695 +++++ printf.c | 885 ++++++ random.c | 100 + select.c | 3505 ++++++++++++++++++++++ sqlite3.h | 2709 +++++++++++++++++ sqlite3ext.h | 298 ++ sqliteInt.h | 1952 ++++++++++++ sqliteLimit.h | 158 + t/00basic.t | 8 + t/01logon.t | 14 + t/02cr_table.t | 18 + t/03insert.t | 25 + t/04select.t | 54 + t/05tran.t | 37 + t/06error.t | 20 + t/07busy.t | 75 + t/08create_function.t | 114 + t/09create_aggregate.t | 129 + t/10dsnlist.t | 82 + t/11unicode.t | 136 + t/20createdrop.t | 82 + t/30insertfetch.t | 146 + t/40bindparam.t | 197 ++ t/40blobs.t | 174 ++ t/40blobtext.t | 86 + t/40listfields.t | 127 + t/40nulls.t | 104 + t/40numrows.t | 152 + t/40prepcached.t | 131 + t/50chopblanks.t | 149 + t/50commit.t | 219 ++ t/60metadata.t | 52 + t/70schemachange.t | 90 + t/90cppcomments.t | 23 + t/99cleanup.t | 6 + t/SQLite.dbtest | 134 + t/ak-dbd.t | 354 +++ t/dbdadmin.t | 211 ++ t/lib.pl | 260 ++ table.c | 199 ++ tokenize.c | 508 ++++ trigger.c | 828 ++++++ update.c | 627 ++++ utf.c | 533 ++++ util.c | 732 +++++ vacuum.c | 262 ++ vdbe.c | 5237 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ vdbe.h | 150 + vdbeInt.h | 429 +++ vdbeapi.c | 920 ++++++ vdbeaux.c | 2212 ++++++++++++++ vdbeblob.c | 310 ++ vdbefifo.c | 114 + vdbemem.c | 991 +++++++ vtab.c | 781 +++++ where.c | 2769 +++++++++++++++++ 114 files changed, 82368 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Changes create mode 100644 MANIFEST create mode 100644 MANIFEST.SKIP create mode 100644 META.yml create mode 100644 Makefile.PL create mode 100644 README create mode 100644 SQLite.xs create mode 100644 SQLiteXS.h create mode 100644 alter.c create mode 100644 analyze.c create mode 100644 attach.c create mode 100644 auth.c create mode 100644 btree.c create mode 100644 btree.h create mode 100644 btreeInt.h create mode 100644 build.c create mode 100644 callback.c create mode 100644 complete.c create mode 100644 date.c create mode 100644 dbdimp.c create mode 100644 dbdimp.h create mode 100644 delete.c create mode 100644 expr.c create mode 100644 fts2.c create mode 100644 fts2.h create mode 100644 fts2_hash.c create mode 100644 fts2_hash.h create mode 100644 fts2_icu.c create mode 100644 fts2_porter.c create mode 100644 fts2_tokenizer.c create mode 100644 fts2_tokenizer.h create mode 100644 fts2_tokenizer1.c create mode 100644 func.c create mode 100644 getsqlite.pl create mode 100644 hash.c create mode 100644 hash.h create mode 100644 insert.c create mode 100644 keywordhash.h create mode 100644 legacy.c create mode 100644 lib/DBD/SQLite.pm create mode 100644 loadext.c create mode 100644 main.c create mode 100644 malloc.c create mode 100644 opcodes.c create mode 100644 opcodes.h create mode 100644 os.c create mode 100644 os.h create mode 100644 os_common.h create mode 100644 os_os2.c create mode 100644 os_os2.h create mode 100644 os_unix.c create mode 100644 os_win.c create mode 100644 pager.c create mode 100644 pager.h create mode 100644 parse.c create mode 100644 parse.h create mode 100644 ppport.h create mode 100644 pragma.c create mode 100644 prepare.c create mode 100644 printf.c create mode 100644 random.c create mode 100644 select.c create mode 100644 sqlite3.h create mode 100644 sqlite3ext.h create mode 100644 sqliteInt.h create mode 100644 sqliteLimit.h create mode 100644 t/00basic.t create mode 100644 t/01logon.t create mode 100644 t/02cr_table.t create mode 100644 t/03insert.t create mode 100644 t/04select.t create mode 100644 t/05tran.t create mode 100644 t/06error.t create mode 100644 t/07busy.t create mode 100644 t/08create_function.t create mode 100644 t/09create_aggregate.t create mode 100644 t/10dsnlist.t create mode 100644 t/11unicode.t create mode 100644 t/20createdrop.t create mode 100644 t/30insertfetch.t create mode 100644 t/40bindparam.t create mode 100644 t/40blobs.t create mode 100644 t/40blobtext.t create mode 100644 t/40listfields.t create mode 100644 t/40nulls.t create mode 100644 t/40numrows.t create mode 100644 t/40prepcached.t create mode 100644 t/50chopblanks.t create mode 100644 t/50commit.t create mode 100644 t/60metadata.t create mode 100644 t/70schemachange.t create mode 100644 t/90cppcomments.t create mode 100644 t/99cleanup.t create mode 100644 t/SQLite.dbtest create mode 100644 t/ak-dbd.t create mode 100644 t/dbdadmin.t create mode 100644 t/lib.pl create mode 100644 table.c create mode 100644 tokenize.c create mode 100644 trigger.c create mode 100644 update.c create mode 100644 utf.c create mode 100644 util.c create mode 100644 vacuum.c create mode 100644 vdbe.c create mode 100644 vdbe.h create mode 100644 vdbeInt.h create mode 100644 vdbeapi.c create mode 100644 vdbeaux.c create mode 100644 vdbeblob.c create mode 100644 vdbefifo.c create mode 100644 vdbemem.c create mode 100644 vtab.c create mode 100644 where.c diff --git a/Changes b/Changes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c93475 --- /dev/null +++ b/Changes @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +Revision history for Perl extension DBD::SQLite. + +1.14 + - Updated to SQLite 3.4.2 + - Switch to sqlite3_prepare_v2 which fixes a number of bugs + with re-using statements + - Fix bug with overflowing integers in user defined functions + - Fix bug when building under no-threads perl + +1.13 + - A number of bug fixes from RT. + - Support named bind parameters + +1.12 + - Brought up to date with SQLite 3.3.5 + +1.11 + - Make blobs work transparently (without SQLBLOB binding) + +1.10 + - Fix Unicode support (DOMQ) + - Support usleep on all Linux (inc. debian) (DOMQ) + - Upgrade to sqlite 3.2.7 + - Document how to use BLOBS + +1.09 + - Support external SQLite library (rjray) + - Don't convert things that look like numbers to numbers unless + specifically requested. + - Upgrade to sqlite 3.2.2 + +1.08 + - Support 64 bit integers (uses floating point numbers when perl is not + compiled with 64 bit int support). This also fixes issues with using + sqlite timestamps. + - Upgrade to sqlite 3.1.3 + - Fix issues of not finding rows when providing a number that perl sees as + a string. + - Fixes for most current bugs in RT (see http://rt.cpan.org/ to check if your + favourite bug got fixed). + +1.07 + - Fix for a memory leak (spotted by Joel Noble) + - Update to sqlite 3.0.8 (fixes bug on Solaris-sparc) + +1.06 + - Resolve symbol conflicts on mac os x. + - Fix define in WriteMakefile lacking space. + - Fix DBI prereq in Makefile.PL + - Update to sqlite 3.0.7 + +1.05 + - Enabled HAVE_USLEEP where available which should massively + improve concurrent usage of DBD::SQLite + - Update to sqlite 3.0.6 + +1.04 + - Patched to make it compile on Windows (Steve Hay) + - Fetch next row at end of DBI's fetch() so that one-row + selects don't need to call ->finish(). This restores DBD::SQLite + 0.31's behaviour (and should make popfile work again) + - last_insert_id will only work on DBI 1.43, so enforce that + - Use snprintf from sqlite library to improve portability + +1.03 + - Update to sqlite 3.0.4 + - More bug fixes + - Don't hang forever when db is BUSY + - Make trace macro work where vararg macros don't + +1.02 + - Cleanup docs + - More bug fixes + +1.01 + - Bug fixes + - Implement get_info + +1.00 + - Port to sqlite3 API + - Support bind types SQL_BLOB, SQL_NUMBER, SQL_TEXT etc + - Support $dbh->last_insert_id() + - Added timeout API + +0.31 + - Fixed a free() bug on Win32 + - Silence warnings in test suite + - Updated to sqlite 2.8.12 + +0.30 + - Updated to sqlite 2.8.11 + - A few minor bugs fixed + +0.29 + - Updated to sqlite 2.8.7 + - A number of bugs fixed + +0.28 + - Perl 5.8.0 removed long deprecated SvOK_off() + - Aliases for perl_call_* + - Updated to sqlite 2.8.6 + - use sqlite_freemem everywhere + +0.27 + - Changed API to use sqlite streaming API. This makes things slightly + slower for large result sets, at the benefit of being more "sane" + internally. + +0.26 + - Update to sqlite 2.8.5 + - Automatic binary encoding added (via a flag) + - Better getsqlite.pl - now deals with new files + - Extension functions and aggregates can be created in + perl space now. + +0.25 + - Fixed Makefile.PL to no longer try creating a .c file to determine + the OS ptrsize - use Config.pm directly in the DEFINE + - Major updates from Tim Bunce to bring DBD::SQLite in line with + the DBI spec and other drivers, including: + - Support for table_info_all() and primary_key_info() + - $sth->{NAME} updates + - execute() returns number of rows updated + - $dbh->{sqlite_version} returns the SQLite version in use + - $dbh->{sqlite_encoding} returns the SQLite encoding in use + - Improved trace debugging + - Improved error handling + (many MANY thanks to Tim for all these patches!) + - Updated to sqlite 2.8.0 + +0.24 + - Fixed major crash bug affecting Mac OS X + - Removed test.pl from distribution + - Upgraded to sqlite 2.7.6 + +0.23 + - Fixed unicode tests + +0.22 + - Merge with sqlite 2.7.4 + +0.21 + - Ooops - forgot new opcodes files from MANIFEST + +0.20 + - Port to SQLite 2.7.2 + - Fixed bug in not freeing memory if you re-execute a $sth + +0.19 + - Upgrade to SQLite 2.6.3 - this now allows databases to work across + different endian architectures. + +0.18 + - Upgraded to SQLite 2.5.6 - All users are advised to upgrade + due to a corruption bug in SQLite 2.4.0 - 2.5.6 + +0.17 + - Upgraded to SQLite 2.5.3 + - Fixed getsqlite.pl + +0.16 + - Upgraded to SQLite 2.5.0 + +0.15 + - Upgraded to SQLite 2.4.5 + +0.14 + - Added NoUTF8Flag option, so that returned strings don't get flagged + with SvUTF8_on() - needed when you're storing non-unicode in the database + +0.13 + - Upgraded to SQLite 2.4.3 + - Added script to download sqlite core library when it's upgraded + +0.12 + - Upgraded to SQLite 2.4.2 + +0.11 + - Upgraded to SQLite 2.4.0, which adds views, subqueries, new builtin + functions, performance, and even sheds some weight + - Changed transaction support to only BEGIN TRAN when you execute some + SQL, which should improve locking problems. + +0.10 + - Fixed missing SQLiteXS.h from 0.09 + +0.09 + - Updated to SQLite 2.3.3, and some file cleanups to make that easier + next time. + +0.08 + - Last of the mem leaks fixed + - Doc fix on last_insert_rowid + +0.07 + - Memory leak fixes (though still leaks some, beware) + - Some API cleanups and test cleanups + - Added last_insert_rowid() method and docs + +0.06 + - Win32 and 5.00404 build fixes + - Added some more performance tests to test.pl + - Make sure to set $sth->{Active} only on selects + +0.05 + - Added all DBD::CSV tests (ported, of course) + - Fixed bugs that the above revealed. + +0.04 + - Fix multiple placeholders bug + +0.03 + - Fixed multiple execute on single $sth + +0.02 + - Fixed transactions + +0.01 Sat Feb 16 16:10:42 2002 + - original version; created by h2xs 1.20 with options + -A -X -n DBD::SQLite + diff --git a/MANIFEST b/MANIFEST new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53e1a9c --- /dev/null +++ b/MANIFEST @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +alter.c +analyze.c +attach.c +auth.c +btree.c +btree.h +btreeInt.h +build.c +callback.c +Changes +complete.c +date.c +dbdimp.c +dbdimp.h +delete.c +expr.c +func.c +fts2.c +fts2.h +fts2_hash.c +fts2_hash.h +fts2_icu.c +fts2_porter.c +fts2_tokenizer.c +fts2_tokenizer.h +fts2_tokenizer1.c +getsqlite.pl +hash.c +hash.h +insert.c +keywordhash.h +legacy.c +lib/DBD/SQLite.pm +loadext.c +main.c +Makefile.PL +malloc.c +MANIFEST +MANIFEST.SKIP +META.yml Module meta-data (added by MakeMaker) +opcodes.c +opcodes.h +os.c +os.h +os_common.h +os_os2.c +os_os2.h +os_unix.c +os_win.c +pager.c +pager.h +parse.c +parse.h +ppport.h +pragma.c +prepare.c +printf.c +random.c +README +select.c +SQLite.xs +sqlite3.h +sqlite3ext.h +sqliteInt.h +sqliteLimit.h +SQLiteXS.h +t/00basic.t +t/01logon.t +t/02cr_table.t +t/03insert.t +t/04select.t +t/05tran.t +t/06error.t +t/07busy.t +t/08create_function.t +t/09create_aggregate.t +t/10dsnlist.t +t/11unicode.t +t/20createdrop.t +t/30insertfetch.t +t/40bindparam.t +t/40blobs.t +t/40blobtext.t +t/40listfields.t +t/40nulls.t +t/40numrows.t +t/40prepcached.t +t/50chopblanks.t +t/50commit.t +t/60metadata.t +t/70schemachange.t +t/90cppcomments.t +t/99cleanup.t +t/ak-dbd.t +t/dbdadmin.t +t/lib.pl +t/SQLite.dbtest +table.c +tokenize.c +trigger.c +update.c +utf.c +util.c +vacuum.c +vdbe.c +vdbe.h +vdbeapi.c +vdbeaux.c +vdbeblob.c +vdbefifo.c +vdbeInt.h +vdbemem.c +vtab.c +where.c diff --git a/MANIFEST.SKIP b/MANIFEST.SKIP new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a535f37 --- /dev/null +++ b/MANIFEST.SKIP @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +CVS/.* +\.bak$ +\.sw[a-z]$ +\.tar$ +\.tgz$ +\.tar\.gz$ +\.o$ +\.xsi$ +\.bs$ +output/.* +^.# +^mess/ +^sqlite/ +^output/ +^tmp/ +^blib/ +^Makefile$ +^Makefile\.[a-z]+$ +^pm_to_blib$ +~$ diff --git a/META.yml b/META.yml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8e25bfb --- /dev/null +++ b/META.yml @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +# http://module-build.sourceforge.net/META-spec.html +#XXXXXXX This is a prototype!!! It will change in the future!!! XXXXX# +name: DBD-SQLite +version: 1.14 +version_from: lib/DBD/SQLite.pm +installdirs: site +requires: + DBI: 1.21 + +distribution_type: module +generated_by: ExtUtils::MakeMaker version 6.17 diff --git a/Makefile.PL b/Makefile.PL new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d5c210e --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile.PL @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +use ExtUtils::MakeMaker; +eval { + require DBI; + require DBI::DBD; + die "Your DBI Version is too old - DBD::SQLite requires at least 1.21" + unless $DBI::VERSION >= 1.21; +}; +if ($@) { + warn $@; +} +use Config; +use strict; +eval { + require DBD::SQLite; + if ($DBD::SQLite::VERSION < 1.0) { + print <catdir($sqlite_base, 'lib'); + $sqlite_inc = File::Spec->catdir($sqlite_base, 'include'); +} +if ($force_local = (grep(/USE_LOCAL_SQLITE=.*/, @ARGV))[0]) { + $force_local =~ /=(.*)/; + $force_local = "$1" ? 1 : 0; + if ($force_local) { + undef $sqlite_lib; # Keep these from making into CFLAGS/LDFLAGS + undef $sqlite_inc; + } +} + +# Now, check for a compatible sqlite3 +unless ($force_local) { + my ($dir, $file, $fh, $version); + print "Checking installed SQLite version...\n"; + if ($sqlite_inc) { + open($fh, '< ' . File::Spec->catfile($sqlite_inc, 'sqlite3.h')) + or die "Error opening sqlite3.h in $sqlite_inc: $!"; + while (defined($_ = <$fh>)) { + if (/\#define\s+SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER\s+(\d+)/) { + $version = $1; + last; + } + } + close($fh); + } else { + # Go hunting for the file (Matt: Add more dirs here as you see fit) + for $dir ([ qw(usr include) ], [ qw(usr local include) ]) { + $file = File::Spec->catfile('', @$dir, 'sqlite3.h'); + next unless (-f $file); + open($fh, "< $file") or die "Error opening $file: $!"; + while (defined($_ = <$fh>)) { + if (/\#define\s+SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER\s+(\d+)/) { + $version = $1; + last; + } + } + close($fh); + last if $version; + } + } + unless ($version && ($version >= 3003009)) { + warn "SQLite version must be at least 3.3.9. No header file at that\n"; + warn "version or higher was found. Using the local version instead.\n"; + $force_local = 1; + undef $sqlite_lib; + undef $sqlite_inc; + } else { + print "Looks good\n"; + } +} + +@ARGV = grep(! /SQLITE_LOCATION|USE_LOCAL_SQLITE/, @ARGV); + +my $nlid = $DBI::VERSION > 1.42 ? '' : '-Dno_last_insert_id'; + +my $libs = ''; +$libs .= "-L$sqlite_lib " if ($sqlite_lib); +$libs .= "-lsqlite3 " unless ($force_local); + +WriteMakefile( + 'NAME' => 'DBD::SQLite', + 'VERSION_FROM' => 'lib/DBD/SQLite.pm', # finds $VERSION + 'PREREQ_PM' => {DBI => 1.21}, # e.g., Module::Name => 1.1 + 'OBJECT' => ($force_local) ? '$(O_FILES)' : 'SQLite.o dbdimp.o', + 'INC' => '-I. -I$(DBI_INSTARCH_DIR)' . + (($sqlite_inc) ? " -I$sqlite_inc" : ''), + $libs ? ('LIBS' => $libs) : (), + 'OPTIMIZE' => "-O2", + 'DEFINE' => "-DSQLITE_CORE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 -DNDEBUG=1 -DSQLITE_PTR_SZ=$Config{ptrsize}" . + ( ($Config{d_usleep} || + $Config{osname} =~ m/linux/) ? + " -DHAVE_USLEEP=1" : "" ) . + ($DBI::VERSION > 1.42 ? '' : ' -Dno_last_insert_id') . + ($Config{usethreads} ? '' : ' -DTHREADSAFE=0'), + 'clean' => { FILES => 'SQLite.xsi config.h tv.log output' }, + 'PL_FILES' => {}, + 'EXE_FILES' => [], +); + +package MY; +sub postamble { + eval { DBI::DBD::dbd_postamble(@_) }; +} +sub libscan { + my ($self, $path) = @_; + return if $path =~ /\.pl$/; + ($path =~ m/\~$/) ? undef : $path; +} diff --git a/README b/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..97ee1e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/README @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +DBD::SQLite +=========== + +SQLite is a small fast embedded SQL database engine. + +DBD::SQLite embeds that database engine into a DBD driver, so +if you want a relational database for your project, but don't +want to install a large RDBMS system like MySQL or PostgreSQL, +then DBD::SQLite may be just what you need. + +It supports quite a lot of features, such as transactions (atomic +commit and rollback), indexes, DBA-free operation, a large subset +of SQL92 supported, and more. + +Installation requires a compiler. + +The engine is very fast, but for updates/inserts/dml it does +perform a global lock on the entire database. This, obviously, +might not be good for multiple user systems. So beware. The +database also appears to be significantly faster if your +transactions are coarse. One performance benchmark I did was +inserting 100_000 rows into the database - with AutoCommit +on it was doing about 50 rows per second. When I turned AutoCommit +off it went up to 1000 rows per second. + +This module is distributed under the same terms as Perl itself, and +is copyright Matt Sergeant, 2002. + +The underlying SQLite database engine is copyright free. + diff --git a/SQLite.xs b/SQLite.xs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dcfe48f --- /dev/null +++ b/SQLite.xs @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* $Id: SQLite.xs,v 1.8 2005/06/20 13:53:00 matt Exp $ */ + +#include "SQLiteXS.h" + +DBISTATE_DECLARE; + +MODULE = DBD::SQLite PACKAGE = DBD::SQLite::db + +PROTOTYPES: DISABLE + +BOOT: + sv_setpv(get_sv("DBD::SQLite::sqlite_version", TRUE), SQLITE_VERSION); + +AV * +list_tables(dbh) + SV *dbh + CODE: + { + RETVAL = newAV(); + } + OUTPUT: + RETVAL + +int +last_insert_rowid(dbh) + SV *dbh + CODE: + { + D_imp_dbh(dbh); + RETVAL = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(imp_dbh->db); + } + OUTPUT: + RETVAL + +void +create_function(dbh, name, argc, func) + SV *dbh + char *name + int argc + SV *func + CODE: + { + sqlite3_db_create_function( dbh, name, argc, func ); + } + +void +create_aggregate(dbh, name, argc, aggr) + SV *dbh + char *name + int argc + SV *aggr + CODE: + { + sqlite3_db_create_aggregate( dbh, name, argc, aggr ); + } + +int +busy_timeout(dbh, timeout=0) + SV *dbh + int timeout + CODE: + RETVAL = dbd_set_sqlite3_busy_timeout( dbh, timeout ); + OUTPUT: + RETVAL + +MODULE = DBD::SQLite PACKAGE = DBD::SQLite::st + +PROTOTYPES: DISABLE + +void +reset(sth) + SV *sth + CODE: + { + sqlite_st_reset(sth); + } + +MODULE = DBD::SQLite PACKAGE = DBD::SQLite + +INCLUDE: SQLite.xsi diff --git a/SQLiteXS.h b/SQLiteXS.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..156f24c --- /dev/null +++ b/SQLiteXS.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ + +#ifndef _SQLITEXS_H +#define _SQLITEXS_H 1 + +/************************************************************************ + DBI Specific Stuff - Added by Matt Sergeant + ************************************************************************/ +#define NEED_DBIXS_VERSION 93 +#include +#include "dbdimp.h" +#include + +#include "sqlite3.h" +#include "ppport.h" + +#endif diff --git a/alter.c b/alter.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8c767a --- /dev/null +++ b/alter.c @@ -0,0 +1,609 @@ +/* +** 2005 February 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code +** that implements the ALTER TABLE command. +** +** $Id: alter.c,v 1.27 2007/06/27 17:09:24 danielk1977 Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include + +/* +** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the +** ALTER TABLE logic from the build. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + + +/* +** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the +** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or +** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in +** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third +** argument and the result returned. Examples: +** +** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def') +** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)' +** +** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def') +** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)' +*/ +static void renameTableFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + + int token; + Token tname; + unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; + int len = 0; + char *zRet; + + /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE + ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly + ** followed by a left parenthesis - TK_LP - or "USING" TK_USING. + */ + if( zSql ){ + do { + if( !*zCsr ){ + /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */ + return; + } + + /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ + tname.z = zCsr; + tname.n = len; + + /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', + ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). + */ + do { + zCsr += len; + len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); + } while( token==TK_SPACE ); + assert( len>0 ); + } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING ); + + zRet = sqlite3MPrintf("%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, + zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3FreeX); + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the +** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER +** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE +** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result +** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE +** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE. +*/ +static void renameTriggerFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + + int token; + Token tname; + int dist = 3; + unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql; + int len = 0; + char *zRet; + + /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER + ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly + ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one + ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR. + */ + if( zSql ){ + do { + + if( !*zCsr ){ + /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */ + return; + } + + /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */ + tname.z = zCsr; + tname.n = len; + + /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token', + ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop). + */ + do { + zCsr += len; + len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token); + }while( token==TK_SPACE ); + assert( len>0 ); + + /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most + ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN + ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above + ** to be met. + ** + ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so + ** there is no need to worry about syntax like + ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc. + */ + dist++; + if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){ + dist = 0; + } + } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) ); + + /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name + ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement. + */ + zRet = sqlite3MPrintf("%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, + zTableName, tname.z+tname.n); + sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3FreeX); + } +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + +/* +** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE +*/ +void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ + static const struct { + char *zName; + signed char nArg; + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **); + } aFuncs[] = { + { "sqlite_rename_table", 2, renameTableFunc}, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + { "sqlite_rename_trigger", 2, renameTriggerFunc}, +#endif + }; + int i; + + for(i=0; idb->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */ + + /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is + ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger + ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE + ** expression being built up in zWhere. + */ + if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){ + for( pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext ){ + if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){ + if( !zWhere ){ + zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf("name=%Q", pTrig->name); + }else{ + tmp = zWhere; + zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf("%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, pTrig->name); + sqliteFree(tmp); + } + } + } + } + return zWhere; +} + +/* +** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table +** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers. +** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at +** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from +** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an +** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement. +*/ +static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){ + Vdbe *v; + char *zWhere; + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + Trigger *pTrig; +#endif + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( !v ) return; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */ + for(pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){ + int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); + assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 ); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, pTrig->name, 0); + } +#endif + + /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema */ + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + + /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */ + zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf("tbl_name=%Q", zName); + if( !zWhere ) return; + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp + ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. + */ + if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" +** command. +*/ +void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */ + Token *pName /* The new table name. */ +){ + int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ + char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ + char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ + int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ + const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ + Vdbe *v; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */ +#endif + int isVirtualRename = 0; /* True if this is a v-table with an xRename() */ + + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto exit_rename_table; + assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); + + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); + if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + + /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName); + if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table; + + /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist + ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. + */ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); + goto exit_rename_table; + } + + /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name + ** that the table is being renamed to. + */ + if( strlen(pTab->zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); + goto exit_rename_table; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTab) && pTab->pMod->pModule->xRename ){ + isVirtualRename = 1; + } +#endif + + /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. + ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the + ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual + ** table. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ){ + goto exit_rename_table; + } + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, isVirtualRename, iDb); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); + + /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if + ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names + ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other + ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( isVirtualRename ){ + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VRename, 0, 0, (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB); + } +#endif + + /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */ + zTabName = pTab->zName; + nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1); + + /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), " +#else + "sql = CASE " + "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)" + "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, " +#endif + "tbl_name = %Q, " + "name = CASE " + "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " + "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN " + "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18,10) " + "ELSE name END " + "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND " + "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", + zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + zName, +#endif + zName, nTabName, zTabName + ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update + ** it with the new table name. + */ + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q", + zDb, zName, pTab->zName); + } +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master + ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in + ** the temp database. + */ + if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " + "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), " + "tbl_name = %Q " + "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere); + sqliteFree(zWhere); + } +#endif + + /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */ + reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName); + +exit_rename_table: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc); + sqliteFree(zName); +} + + +/* +** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement +** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new +** column definition. +** +** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include +** the new column during parsing. +*/ +void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ + Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */ + Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */ + int iDb; /* Database number */ + const char *zDb; /* Database name */ + const char *zTab; /* Table name */ + char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */ + Column *pCol; /* The new column */ + Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */ + + if( pParse->nErr ) return; + pNew = pParse->pNewTable; + assert( pNew ); + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pNew->pSchema); + zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + zTab = pNew->zName; + pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1]; + pDflt = pCol->pDflt; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDb); + assert( pTab ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ + return; + } +#endif + + /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a + ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking + ** for an SQL NULL default below. + */ + if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){ + pDflt = 0; + } + + /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE. + ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the + ** column must not be NULL. + */ + if( pCol->isPrimKey ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column"); + return; + } + if( pNew->pIndex ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); + return; + } + if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); + return; + } + + /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr() + ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) + */ + if( pDflt ){ + sqlite3_value *pVal; + if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){ + /* malloc() has failed */ + return; + } + if( !pVal ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); + return; + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + } + + /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */ + zCol = sqliteStrNDup((char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); + if( zCol ){ + char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; + while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || isspace(*(unsigned char *)zEnd) ){ + *zEnd-- = '\0'; + } + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " + "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d,length(sql)) " + "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", + zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, + zTab + ); + sqliteFree(zCol); + } + + /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file + ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL, + ** the file format becomes 3. + */ + sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2); + + /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */ + reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName); +} + +/* +** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in +** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument +** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. +** +** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure +** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point +** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition +** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to +** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c +** after parsing is finished. +** +** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete +** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement. +*/ +void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ + Table *pNew; + Table *pTab; + Vdbe *v; + int iDb; + int i; + int nAlloc; + + /* Look up the table being altered. */ + assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase); + if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered"); + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } +#endif + + /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */ + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + + assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + + /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the + ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. + */ + pNew = (Table *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Table)); + if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + pParse->pNewTable = pNew; + pNew->nRef = 1; + pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; + assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); + nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; + assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 ); + pNew->aCol = (Column *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Column)*nAlloc); + pNew->zName = sqliteStrDup(pTab->zName); + if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){ + goto exit_begin_add_column; + } + memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol); + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; + pCol->zName = sqliteStrDup(pCol->zName); + pCol->zColl = 0; + pCol->zType = 0; + pCol->pDflt = 0; + } + pNew->pSchema = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset; + pNew->nRef = 1; + + /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column; + sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse->db, v, iDb); + +exit_begin_add_column: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc); + return; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */ diff --git a/analyze.c b/analyze.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b835aeb --- /dev/null +++ b/analyze.c @@ -0,0 +1,410 @@ +/* +** 2005 July 8 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command. +** +** @(#) $Id: analyze.c,v 1.19 2007/06/20 13:37:31 drh Exp $ +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE +#include "sqliteInt.h" + +/* +** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table on cursor +** iStatCur. +** +** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created. +** If it does previously exist, all entires associated with table zWhere +** are removed. If zWhere==0 then all entries are removed. +*/ +static void openStatTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ + int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */ + const char *zWhere /* Delete entries associated with this table */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Db *pDb; + int iRootPage; + Table *pStat; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + + if( v==0 ) return; + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", pDb->zName))==0 ){ + /* The sqlite_stat1 tables does not exist. Create it. + ** Note that a side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave + ** the rootpage of the new table on the top of the stack. This is + ** important because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)", + pDb->zName + ); + iRootPage = 0; /* Cause rootpage to be taken from top of stack */ + }else if( zWhere ){ + /* The sqlite_stat1 table exists. Delete all entries associated with + ** the table zWhere. */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q", + pDb->zName, zWhere + ); + iRootPage = pStat->tnum; + }else{ + /* The sqlite_stat1 table already exists. Delete all rows. */ + iRootPage = pStat->tnum; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pStat->tnum, iDb); + } + + /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table for writing. Unless it was created + ** by this vdbe program, lock it for writing at the shared-cache level. + ** If this vdbe did create the sqlite_stat1 table, then it must have + ** already obtained a schema-lock, making the write-lock redundant. + */ + if( iRootPage>0 ){ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, iRootPage, 1, "sqlite_stat1"); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur, iRootPage); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iStatCur, 3); +} + +/* +** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with +** a single table. +*/ +static void analyzeOneTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ + int iStatCur, /* Cursor that writes to the sqlite_stat1 table */ + int iMem /* Available memory locations begin here */ +){ + Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */ + int iIdxCur; /* Cursor number for index being analyzed */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in the index */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int topOfLoop; /* The top of the loop */ + int endOfLoop; /* The end of the loop */ + int addr; /* The address of an instruction */ + int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 || pTab==0 || pTab->pIndex==0 ){ + /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */ + return; + } + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, + pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ + return; + } +#endif + + /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + + iIdxCur = pParse->nTab; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); + + /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed + */ + assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIdx->pSchema) ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); + VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pIdx->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, + (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + nCol = pIdx->nColumn; + if( iMem+nCol*2>=pParse->nMem ){ + pParse->nMem = iMem+nCol*2+1; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iIdxCur, nCol+1); + + /* Memory cells are used as follows: + ** + ** mem[iMem]: The total number of rows in the table. + ** mem[iMem+1]: Number of distinct values in column 1 + ** ... + ** mem[iMem+nCol]: Number of distinct values in column N + ** mem[iMem+nCol+1] Last observed value of column 1 + ** ... + ** mem[iMem+nCol+nCol]: Last observed value of column N + ** + ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others + ** are initialized to NULL. + */ + for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iMem+i); + } + for(i=0; i0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero + ** is never possible. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, " ", 0); + for(i=0; idb; + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */ + HashElem *k; + int iStatCur; + int iMem; + + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + iStatCur = pParse->nTab++; + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0); + iMem = pParse->nMem; + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem); + } + loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); +} + +/* +** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in +** a database. +*/ +static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ + int iDb; + int iStatCur; + + assert( pTab!=0 ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + iStatCur = pParse->nTab++; + openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName); + analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem); + loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); +} + +/* +** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine +** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command. +** +** ANALYZE -- 1 +** ANALYZE -- 2 +** ANALYZE ?.? -- 3 +** +** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed. +** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named. +** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table. +*/ +void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + int i; + char *z, *zDb; + Table *pTab; + Token *pTableName; + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + if( pName1==0 ){ + /* Form 1: Analyze everything */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */ + analyzeDatabase(pParse, i); + } + }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->n==0 ){ + /* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */ + iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); + if( iDb>=0 ){ + analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb); + }else{ + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName1); + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, z, 0); + sqliteFree(z); + if( pTab ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pTab); + } + } + }else{ + /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName); + if( iDb>=0 ){ + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pTableName); + if( z ){ + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, z, zDb); + sqliteFree(z); + if( pTab ){ + analyzeTable(pParse, pTab); + } + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the +** callback routine. +*/ +typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo; +struct analysisInfo { + sqlite3 *db; + const char *zDatabase; +}; + +/* +** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the +** sqlite_stat1 table. +** +** argv[0] = name of the index +** argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column +*/ +static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **azNotUsed){ + analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; + Index *pIndex; + int i, c; + unsigned int v; + const char *z; + + assert( argc==2 ); + if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){ + return 0; + } + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); + if( pIndex==0 ){ + return 0; + } + z = argv[1]; + for(i=0; *z && i<=pIndex->nColumn; i++){ + v = 0; + while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){ + v = v*10 + c - '0'; + z++; + } + pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v; + if( *z==' ' ) z++; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 table into the index hash tables. +*/ +int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ + analysisInfo sInfo; + HashElem *i; + char *zSql; + int rc; + + /* Clear any prior statistics */ + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); + sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); + } + + /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table existss */ + sInfo.db = db; + sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + + /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */ + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf("SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", + sInfo.zDatabase); + sqlite3SafetyOff(db); + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0); + sqlite3SafetyOn(db); + sqliteFree(zSql); + return rc; +} + + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */ diff --git a/attach.c b/attach.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3645d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/attach.c @@ -0,0 +1,516 @@ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands. +** +** $Id: attach.c,v 1.60 2007/05/09 20:31:30 drh Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH +/* +** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This +** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple +** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases. +** +** i.e. if the parser sees: +** +** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def +** +** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of +** looking for columns of the same name. +** +** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement: +** +** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2' +** +** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved. +*/ +static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr) +{ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pExpr ){ + if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){ + rc = sqlite3ExprResolveNames(pName, pExpr); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%T\"", &pExpr->span); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + }else{ + pExpr->op = TK_STRING; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The +** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: +** +** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z +** +** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z) +** +** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the +** third argument. +*/ +static void attachFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + int rc = 0; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); + const char *zName; + const char *zFile; + Db *aNew; + char zErr[128]; + char *zErrDyn = 0; + + zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zFile==0 ) zFile = ""; + if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; + + /* Check for the following errors: + ** + ** * Too many attached databases, + ** * Transaction currently open + ** * Specified database name already being used. + */ + if( db->nDb>=SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf( + sizeof(zErr), zErr, "too many attached databases - max %d", + SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED + ); + goto attach_error; + } + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, + "cannot ATTACH database within transaction"); + goto attach_error; + } + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + char *z = db->aDb[i].zName; + if( z && zName && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "database %s is already in use", zName); + goto attach_error; + } + } + + /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema + ** hash tables. + */ + if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){ + aNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 ); + if( aNew==0 ){ + return; + } + memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2); + }else{ + aNew = sqliteRealloc(db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) ); + if( aNew==0 ){ + return; + } + } + db->aDb = aNew; + aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++]; + memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew)); + + /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use + ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may + ** or may not be initialised. + */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, &aNew->pBt); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(aNew->pBt); + if( !aNew->pSchema ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, + "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); + goto attach_error; + } + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt), db->dfltLockMode); + } + aNew->zName = sqliteStrDup(zName); + aNew->safety_level = 3; + +#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + { + extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int); + extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); + int nKey; + char *zKey; + int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]); + switch( t ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: + zErrDyn = sqliteStrDup("Invalid key value"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + break; + + case SQLITE_TEXT: + case SQLITE_BLOB: + nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]); + sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); + break; + + case SQLITE_NULL: + /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */ + sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); + sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); + break; + } + } +#endif + + /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. + ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and + ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way + ** we found it. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3SafetyOn(db); + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn); + sqlite3SafetyOff(db); + } + if( rc ){ + int iDb = db->nDb - 1; + assert( iDb>=2 ); + if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); + db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; + db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; + } + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + db->nDb = iDb; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3FailedMalloc(); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "out of memory"); + }else{ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "unable to open database: %s", zFile); + } + goto attach_error; + } + + return; + +attach_error: + /* Return an error if we get here */ + if( zErrDyn ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1); + sqliteFree(zErrDyn); + }else{ + zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = 0; + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + } +} + +/* +** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The +** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement: +** +** DETACH DATABASE x +** +** SELECT sqlite_detach(x) +*/ +static void detachFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); + int i; + Db *pDb = 0; + char zErr[128]; + + if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break; + } + + if( i>=db->nDb ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName); + goto detach_error; + } + if( i<2 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); + goto detach_error; + } + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, + "cannot DETACH database within transaction"); + goto detach_error; + } + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); + goto detach_error; + } + + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + pDb->pSchema = 0; + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + return; + +detach_error: + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); +} + +/* +** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the +** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions. +*/ +static void codeAttach( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */ + const char *zFunc, /* Either "sqlite_attach" or "sqlite_detach */ + int nFunc, /* Number of args to pass to zFunc */ + Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ + Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ + Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ + Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */ +){ + int rc; + NameContext sName; + Vdbe *v; + FuncDef *pFunc; + sqlite3* db = pParse->db; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + assert( sqlite3MallocFailed() || pAuthArg ); + if( pAuthArg ){ + char *zAuthArg = sqlite3NameFromToken(&pAuthArg->span); + if( !zAuthArg ){ + goto attach_end; + } + rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); + sqliteFree(zAuthArg); + if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto attach_end; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ + + memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); + sName.pParse = pParse; + + if( + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) + ){ + pParse->nErr++; + goto attach_end; + } + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey); + + assert( v || sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Function, 0, nFunc); + pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunc, strlen(zFunc), nFunc, SQLITE_UTF8,0); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF); + + /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this + ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing + ** statements). + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH), 0); + } + +attach_end: + sqlite3ExprDelete(pFilename); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pDbname); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pKey); +} + +/* +** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement. +** +** DETACH pDbname +*/ +void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ + codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, "sqlite_detach", 1, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); +} + +/* +** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement. +** +** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey +*/ +void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ + codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, "sqlite_attach", 3, p, p, pDbname, pKey); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ + +/* +** Register the functions sqlite_attach and sqlite_detach. +*/ +void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH + static const int enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_attach", 3, enc, db, attachFunc, 0, 0); + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_detach", 1, enc, db, detachFunc, 0, 0); +#endif +} + +/* +** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior +** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below. +** +** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required. TRUE +** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not. +*/ +int sqlite3FixInit( + DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */ + Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */ + int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */ + const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */ + const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; + + if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0; + db = pParse->db; + assert( db->nDb>iDb ); + pFix->pParse = pParse; + pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + pFix->zType = zType; + pFix->pName = pName; + return 1; +} + +/* +** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign +** a specific database to all table references where the database name +** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure +** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit(). +** +** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or +** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database. +** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are +** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made +** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to +** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything +** checks out, these routines return 0. +*/ +int sqlite3FixSrcList( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ +){ + int i; + const char *zDb; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + zDb = pFix->zDb; + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){ + pItem->zDatabase = sqliteStrDup(zDb); + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, + "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", + pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); + return 1; + } +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1; + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1; +#endif + } + return 0; +} +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) +int sqlite3FixSelect( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pSelect ){ + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){ + return 1; + } + pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + } + return 0; +} +int sqlite3FixExpr( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pExpr ){ + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->pSelect) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->pList) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){ + return 1; + } + pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; + } + return 0; +} +int sqlite3FixExprList( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ +){ + int i; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +int sqlite3FixTriggerStep( + DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ + TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */ +){ + while( pStep ){ + if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ + return 1; + } + pStep = pStep->pNext; + } + return 0; +} +#endif diff --git a/auth.c b/auth.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..79940c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/auth.c @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +/* +** 2003 January 11 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer() +** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded +** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling +** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1 +** +** $Id: auth.c,v 1.26 2007/05/14 11:34:47 drh Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" + +/* +** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single +** macro. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + +/* +** Set or clear the access authorization function. +** +** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation +** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on +** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function +** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument +** to the auth function is one of these constants: +** +** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX +** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW +** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW +** SQLITE_DELETE +** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX +** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW +** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER +** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW +** SQLITE_INSERT +** SQLITE_PRAGMA +** SQLITE_READ +** SQLITE_SELECT +** SQLITE_TRANSACTION +** SQLITE_UPDATE +** +** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of +** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function +** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If +** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY +** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call +** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement +** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL +** and attempts to write the column will be ignored. +** +** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default +** setting of the auth function is NULL. +*/ +int sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3 *db, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pArg +){ + db->xAuth = xAuth; + db->pAuthArg = pArg; + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the +** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value. +*/ +static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the " + "authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, " + "or SQLITE_DENY", rc); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to +** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. +** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. +** +** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN +** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, +** then generate an error. +*/ +void sqlite3AuthRead( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */ + SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */ +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int rc; + Table *pTab; /* The table being read */ + const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */ + int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */ + const char *zDBase; /* Name of database being accessed */ + TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */ + int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */ + + if( db->xAuth==0 ) return; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pExpr->pSchema); + if( iDb<0 ){ + /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other + ** temporary table. */ + return; + } + for(iSrc=0; pTabList && iSrcnSrc; iSrc++){ + if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break; + } + if( iSrc>=0 && pTabList && iSrcnSrc ){ + pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab; + }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){ + /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables + ** of a trigger. + */ + assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx ); + pTab = pStack->pTab; + }else{ + return; + } + if( pTab==0 ) return; + if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ + assert( pExpr->iColumnnCol ); + zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName; + }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ + assert( pTab->iPKeynCol ); + zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName; + }else{ + zCol = "ROWID"; + } + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + zDBase = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase, + pParse->zAuthContext); + if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + }else if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited", + zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol); + } + pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc); + } +} + +/* +** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return +** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY +** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are +** modified appropriately. +*/ +int sqlite3AuthCheck( + Parse *pParse, + int code, + const char *zArg1, + const char *zArg2, + const char *zArg3 +){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int rc; + + /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising + ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab. + */ + if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( db->xAuth==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext); + if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized"); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){ + rc = SQLITE_DENY; + sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the +** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until +** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +void sqlite3AuthContextPush( + Parse *pParse, + AuthContext *pContext, + const char *zContext +){ + pContext->pParse = pParse; + if( pParse ){ + pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + pParse->zAuthContext = zContext; + } +} + +/* +** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed +** by sqlite3AuthContextPush +*/ +void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ + if( pContext->pParse ){ + pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext; + pContext->pParse = 0; + } +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ diff --git a/btree.c b/btree.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1e3a43e --- /dev/null +++ b/btree.c @@ -0,0 +1,6371 @@ +/* +** 2004 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** $Id: btree.c,v 1.396 2007/08/13 14:56:44 drh Exp $ +** +** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. +** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. +** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. +*/ +#include "btreeInt.h" + +/* +** The header string that appears at the beginning of every +** SQLite database. +*/ +static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER; + + +/* +** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE +** macro. +*/ +#if SQLITE_TEST +int sqlite3_btree_trace=0; /* True to enable tracing */ +#endif + +/* +** Forward declaration +*/ +static int checkReadLocks(Btree*,Pgno,BtCursor*); + + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + /* + ** The functions queryTableLock(), lockTable() and unlockAllTables() + ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store + ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the + ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user + ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. + ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. + */ + #define queryTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK + #define lockTable(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK + #define unlockAllTables(a) +#else + +/* +** Query to see if btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock +** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return +** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling lockTable()), or +** SQLITE_LOCKED if not. +*/ +static int queryTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtLock *pIter; + + /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ + if( 0==sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* This (along with lockTable()) is where the ReadUncommitted flag is + ** dealt with. If the caller is querying for a read-lock and the flag is + ** set, it is unconditionally granted - even if there are write-locks + ** on the table. If a write-lock is requested, the ReadUncommitted flag + ** is not considered. + ** + ** In function lockTable(), if a read-lock is demanded and the + ** ReadUncommitted flag is set, no entry is added to the locks list + ** (BtShared.pLock). + ** + ** To summarize: If the ReadUncommitted flag is set, then read cursors do + ** not create or respect table locks. The locking procedure for a + ** write-cursor does not change. + */ + if( + !p->pSqlite || + 0==(p->pSqlite->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || + eLock==WRITE_LOCK || + iTab==MASTER_ROOT + ){ + for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ + if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && + (pIter->eLock!=eLock || eLock!=READ_LOCK) ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; + } + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used +** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or +** WRITE_LOCK. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_BUSY and +** SQLITE_NOMEM may also be returned. +*/ +static int lockTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtLock *pLock = 0; + BtLock *pIter; + + /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ + if( 0==sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + assert( SQLITE_OK==queryTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); + + /* If the read-uncommitted flag is set and a read-lock is requested, + ** return early without adding an entry to the BtShared.pLock list. See + ** comment in function queryTableLock() for more info on handling + ** the ReadUncommitted flag. + */ + if( + (p->pSqlite) && + (p->pSqlite->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) && + (eLock==READ_LOCK) && + iTable!=MASTER_ROOT + ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ + for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ + if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ + pLock = pIter; + break; + } + } + + /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p + ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. + */ + if( !pLock ){ + pLock = (BtLock *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(BtLock)); + if( !pLock ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pLock->iTable = iTable; + pLock->pBtree = p; + pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; + pBt->pLock = pLock; + } + + /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock + ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held + ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. + */ + assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); + if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ + pLock->eLock = eLock; + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to the lockTable() +** procedure) held by Btree handle p. +*/ +static void unlockAllTables(Btree *p){ + BtLock **ppIter = &p->pBt->pLock; + + /* If the shared-cache extension is not enabled, there should be no + ** locks in the BtShared.pLock list, making this procedure a no-op. Assert + ** that this is the case. + */ + assert( sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData || 0==*ppIter ); + + while( *ppIter ){ + BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; + if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ + *ppIter = pLock->pNext; + sqliteFree(pLock); + }else{ + ppIter = &pLock->pNext; + } + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ + +static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +/* +** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any. +*/ +static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){ + sqliteFree(pCur->aOverflow); + pCur->aOverflow = 0; +} + +/* +** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened +** on the shared btree structure pBt. +*/ +static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ + BtCursor *p; + for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + invalidateOverflowCache(p); + } +} +#else + #define invalidateOverflowCache(x) + #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x) +#endif + +/* +** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey +** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. +*/ +static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ + int rc; + + assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); + assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); + + rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey); + + /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize() + ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is + ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey + ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key + ** data. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==pCur->pPage->intKey){ + void *pKey = sqliteMalloc(pCur->nKey); + if( pKey ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, pCur->nKey, pKey); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pCur->pKey = pKey; + }else{ + sqliteFree(pKey); + } + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + assert( !pCur->pPage->intKey || !pCur->pKey ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pCur->pPage); + pCur->pPage = 0; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; + } + + invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Save the positions of all cursors except pExcept open on the table +** with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor +** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()). +*/ +static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ + BtCursor *p; + for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && + p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ + int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + return rc; + } + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Clear the current cursor position. +*/ +static void clearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ + sqliteFree(pCur->pKey); + pCur->pKey = 0; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; +} + +/* +** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) +** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the +** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be +** at most one effective restoreOrClearCursorPosition() call after each +** saveCursorPosition(). +** +** If the second argument argument - doSeek - is false, then instead of +** returning the cursor to it's saved position, any saved position is deleted +** and the cursor state set to CURSOR_INVALID. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ + int rc; + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle ){ + return SQLITE_ABORT; + } +#endif + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skip); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqliteFree(pCur->pKey); + pCur->pKey = 0; + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); + } + return rc; +} + +#define restoreOrClearCursorPosition(p) \ + (p->eState==CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ + sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(p) : \ + SQLITE_OK) + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +/* +** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page +** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the +** input page number. +*/ +static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ + int nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; + int iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; + int ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; + if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + ret++; + } + return ret; +} + +/* +** Write an entry into the pointer map. +** +** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' +** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. +** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent){ + DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ + u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ + Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ + int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ + int rc; + + /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ + assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); + + assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); + if( key==0 ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, key); + pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + + if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ + TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPtrmap[offset] = eType; + put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); + } + } + + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Read an entry from the pointer map. +** +** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing +** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. +** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. +*/ +static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){ + DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ + int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */ + u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */ + int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */ + int rc; + + iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage); + if( rc!=0 ){ + return rc; + } + pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + + offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, key); + assert( pEType!=0 ); + *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; + if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); + + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ + +/* +** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on +** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer +** to the cell content. +** +** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. +*/ +#define findCell(pPage, iCell) \ + ((pPage)->aData + get2byte(&(pPage)->aData[(pPage)->cellOffset+2*(iCell)])) +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +u8 *sqlite3BtreeFindCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ + assert( iCell>=0 ); + assert( iCellaData[pPage->hdrOffset+3]) ); + return findCell(pPage, iCell); +} +#endif + +/* +** This a more complex version of sqlite3BtreeFindCell() that works for +** pages that do contain overflow cells. See insert +*/ +static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ + int i; + for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){ + int k; + struct _OvflCell *pOvfl; + pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i]; + k = pOvfl->idx; + if( k<=iCell ){ + if( k==iCell ){ + return pOvfl->pCell; + } + iCell--; + } + } + return findCell(pPage, iCell); +} + +/* +** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There +** are two versions of this function. sqlite3BtreeParseCell() takes a +** cell index as the second argument and sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() +** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument. +** +** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of +** sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster. +*/ +void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ + u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ + CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ +){ + int n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */ + u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ + + pInfo->pCell = pCell; + assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); + n = pPage->childPtrSize; + assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf ); + if( pPage->hasData ){ + n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], &nPayload); + }else{ + nPayload = 0; + } + pInfo->nData = nPayload; + if( pPage->intKey ){ + n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64 *)&pInfo->nKey); + }else{ + u32 x; + n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], &x); + pInfo->nKey = x; + nPayload += x; + } + pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; + pInfo->nHeader = n; + if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ + /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits + ** on the local page. No overflow is required. + */ + int nSize; /* Total size of cell content in bytes */ + pInfo->nLocal = nPayload; + pInfo->iOverflow = 0; + nSize = nPayload + n; + if( nSize<4 ){ + nSize = 4; /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ + } + pInfo->nSize = nSize; + }else{ + /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have + ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto + ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused + ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage + ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. + ** + ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any + ** way will result in an incompatible file format. + */ + int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ + int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ + int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ + + minLocal = pPage->minLocal; + maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; + surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); + if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ + pInfo->nLocal = surplus; + }else{ + pInfo->nLocal = minLocal; + } + pInfo->iOverflow = pInfo->nLocal + n; + pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4; + } +} +#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \ + sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo)) +void sqlite3BtreeParseCell( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ + int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ + CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ +){ + parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo); +} + +/* +** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell +** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell +** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or +** the space used by the cell pointer. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +static int cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ + CellInfo info; + sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pPage, iCell, &info); + return info.nSize; +} +#endif +static int cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ + CellInfo info; + sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + return info.nSize; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +/* +** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer +** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map +** for the overflow page. +*/ +static int ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ + if( pCell ){ + CellInfo info; + sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); + if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){ + Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); + return ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno); + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +/* +** If the cell with index iCell on page pPage contains a pointer +** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map +** for the overflow page. +*/ +static int ptrmapPutOvfl(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){ + u8 *pCell; + pCell = findOverflowCell(pPage, iCell); + return ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell); +} +#endif + + +/* +** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the +** end of the page and all free space is collected into one +** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell +** pointer array and the cell content area. +*/ +static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */ + int addr; /* Offset of first byte after cell pointer array */ + int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ + int size; /* Size of a cell */ + int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ + int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ + int brk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ + int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ + unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ + unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ + + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); + assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); + temp = sqliteMalloc( pPage->pBt->pageSize ); + if( temp==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + data = pPage->aData; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; + nCell = pPage->nCell; + assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); + usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; + brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); + memcpy(&temp[brk], &data[brk], usableSize - brk); + brk = usableSize; + for(i=0; ipBt->usableSize ); + size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]); + brk -= size; + memcpy(&data[brk], &temp[pc], size); + put2byte(pAddr, brk); + } + assert( brk>=cellOffset+2*nCell ); + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], brk); + data[hdr+1] = 0; + data[hdr+2] = 0; + data[hdr+7] = 0; + addr = cellOffset+2*nCell; + memset(&data[addr], 0, brk-addr); + sqliteFree(temp); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Allocate nByte bytes of space on a page. +** +** Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the first byte of +** the new allocation. Or return 0 if there is not enough free +** space on the page to satisfy the allocation request. +** +** If the page contains nBytes of free space but does not contain +** nBytes of contiguous free space, then this routine automatically +** calls defragementPage() to consolidate all free space before +** allocating the new chunk. +*/ +static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){ + int addr, pc, hdr; + int size; + int nFrag; + int top; + int nCell; + int cellOffset; + unsigned char *data; + + data = pPage->aData; + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->pBt ); + if( nByte<4 ) nByte = 4; + if( pPage->nFreenOverflow>0 ) return 0; + pPage->nFree -= nByte; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + + nFrag = data[hdr+7]; + if( nFrag<60 ){ + /* Search the freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the + ** space request. */ + addr = hdr+1; + while( (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ + size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); + if( size>=nByte ){ + if( sizecellOffset; + if( nFrag>=60 || cellOffset + 2*nCell > top - nByte ){ + if( defragmentPage(pPage) ) return 0; + top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); + } + top -= nByte; + assert( cellOffset + 2*nCell <= top ); + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); + return top; +} + +/* +** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. +** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start] +** and the size of the block is "size" bytes. +** +** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent +** free blocks into a single big free block. +*/ +static void freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){ + int addr, pbegin, hdr; + unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; + + assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4) ); + assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + if( size<4 ) size = 4; + +#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE + /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the SECURE_DELETE + ** option is enabled at compile-time */ + memset(&data[start], 0, size); +#endif + + /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks */ + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + addr = hdr + 1; + while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))0 ){ + assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); + assert( pbegin>addr ); + addr = pbegin; + } + assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); + assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 ); + put2byte(&data[addr], start); + put2byte(&data[start], pbegin); + put2byte(&data[start+2], size); + pPage->nFree += size; + + /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */ + addr = pPage->hdrOffset + 1; + while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){ + int pnext, psize; + assert( pbegin>addr ); + assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); + pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]); + psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]); + if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){ + int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize); + assert( frag<=data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] ); + data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] -= frag; + put2byte(&data[pbegin], get2byte(&data[pnext])); + put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], pnext+get2byte(&data[pnext+2])-pbegin); + }else{ + addr = pbegin; + } + } + + /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */ + if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){ + int top; + pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); + memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2); + top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2])); + } +} + +/* +** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page +** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. +*/ +static void decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ + BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ + + assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); + pPage->intKey = (flagByte & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0; + pPage->zeroData = (flagByte & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0; + pPage->leaf = (flagByte & PTF_LEAF)!=0; + pPage->childPtrSize = 4*(pPage->leaf==0); + pBt = pPage->pBt; + if( flagByte & PTF_LEAFDATA ){ + pPage->leafData = 1; + pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; + pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; + }else{ + pPage->leafData = 0; + pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; + pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; + } + pPage->hasData = !(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData)); +} + +/* +** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. +** +** The pParent parameter must be a pointer to the MemPage which +** is the parent of the page being initialized. The root of a +** BTree has no parent and so for that page, pParent==NULL. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does +** not contain a well-formed database page, then return +** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not +** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that +** we failed to detect any corruption. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeInitPage( + MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be initialized */ + MemPage *pParent /* The parent. Might be NULL */ +){ + int pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ + int hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ + u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ + BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ + int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ + int cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ + int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ + int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ + + pBt = pPage->pBt; + assert( pBt!=0 ); + assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pBt==pBt ); + assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); + assert( pPage->aData == &((unsigned char*)pPage)[-pBt->pageSize] ); + if( pPage->pParent!=pParent && (pPage->pParent!=0 || pPage->isInit) ){ + /* The parent page should never change unless the file is corrupt */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + if( pPage->isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( pPage->pParent==0 && pParent!=0 ){ + pPage->pParent = pParent; + sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage); + } + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + data = pPage->aData; + decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]); + pPage->nOverflow = 0; + pPage->idxShift = 0; + usableSize = pBt->usableSize; + pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; + top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); + pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); + if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ + /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + if( pPage->nCell==0 && pParent!=0 && pParent->pgno!=1 ){ + /* All pages must have at least one cell, except for root pages */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + /* Compute the total free space on the page */ + pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); + nFree = data[hdr+7] + top - (cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell); + while( pc>0 ){ + int next, size; + if( pc>usableSize-4 ){ + /* Free block is off the page */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + next = get2byte(&data[pc]); + size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); + if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){ + /* Free blocks must be in accending order */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + nFree += size; + pc = next; + } + pPage->nFree = nFree; + if( nFree>=usableSize ){ + /* Free space cannot exceed total page size */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + pPage->isInit = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding +** no entries. +*/ +static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ + unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + int first; + + assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); + assert( &data[pBt->pageSize] == (unsigned char*)pPage ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr); + data[hdr] = flags; + first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0); + memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); + data[hdr+7] = 0; + put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); + pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first; + decodeFlags(pPage, flags); + pPage->hdrOffset = hdr; + pPage->cellOffset = first; + pPage->nOverflow = 0; + pPage->idxShift = 0; + pPage->nCell = 0; + pPage->isInit = 1; +} + +/* +** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and +** MemPage.aData elements if needed. +** +** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about +** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk +** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. +** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that +** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk +** read should occur at that point. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeGetPage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ + Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ + int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */ +){ + int rc; + MemPage *pPage; + DbPage *pDbPage; + + rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent); + if( rc ) return rc; + pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); + pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; + pPage->pBt = pBt; + pPage->pgno = pgno; + pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; + *ppPage = pPage; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine +** is just a convenience wrapper around separate calls to +** sqlite3BtreeGetPage() and sqlite3BtreeInitPage(). +*/ +static int getAndInitPage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ + Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* Write the page pointer here */ + MemPage *pParent /* Parent of the page */ +){ + int rc; + if( pgno==0 ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(*ppPage, pParent); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior +** call to sqlite3BtreeGetPage. +*/ +static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ + if( pPage ){ + assert( pPage->aData ); + assert( pPage->pBt ); + assert( &pPage->aData[pPage->pBt->pageSize]==(unsigned char*)pPage ); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage); + } +} + +/* +** This routine is called when the reference count for a page +** reaches zero. We need to unref the pParent pointer when that +** happens. +*/ +static void pageDestructor(DbPage *pData, int pageSize){ + MemPage *pPage; + assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); + pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); + if( pPage->pParent ){ + MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent; + pPage->pParent = 0; + releasePage(pParent); + } + pPage->isInit = 0; +} + +/* +** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache +** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of +** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. +** +** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the +** page to agree with the restored data. +*/ +static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData, int pageSize){ + MemPage *pPage; + assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); + pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); + if( pPage->isInit ){ + pPage->isInit = 0; + sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent); + } +} + +/* +** Open a database file. +** +** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL +** a new database with a random name is created. This randomly named +** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeOpen( + const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ + sqlite3 *pSqlite, /* Associated database handle */ + Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ + int flags /* Options */ +){ + BtShared *pBt; /* Shared part of btree structure */ + Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int nReserve; + unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) + const ThreadData *pTsdro; +#endif + + /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or + ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if + ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled + ** into the library. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) + #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB + const int isMemdb = 0; + #else + const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:"); + #endif +#endif + + p = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Btree)); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; + p->pSqlite = pSqlite; + + /* Try to find an existing Btree structure opened on zFilename. */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) + pTsdro = sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly(); + if( pTsdro->useSharedData && zFilename && !isMemdb ){ + char *zFullPathname = sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename); + if( !zFullPathname ){ + sqliteFree(p); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + for(pBt=pTsdro->pBtree; pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ + assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); + if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager)) ){ + p->pBt = pBt; + *ppBtree = p; + pBt->nRef++; + sqliteFree(zFullPathname); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + sqliteFree(zFullPathname); + } +#endif + + /* + ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are + ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result + ** when compiling on a different architecture. + */ + assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 ); + assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 ); + assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); + assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); + assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); + + pBt = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pBt) ); + if( pBt==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto btree_open_out; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(&pBt->pPager, zFilename, EXTRA_SIZE, flags); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto btree_open_out; + } + p->pBt = pBt; + + sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(pBt->pPager, pageDestructor); + sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit); + pBt->pCursor = 0; + pBt->pPage1 = 0; + pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager); + pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]); + if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE + || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ + pBt->pageSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; + pBt->maxEmbedFrac = 64; /* 25% */ + pBt->minEmbedFrac = 32; /* 12.5% */ + pBt->minLeafFrac = 32; /* 12.5% */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then + ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if + ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if + ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a + ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal. + */ + if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){ + pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); + pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); + } +#endif + nReserve = 0; + }else{ + nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; + pBt->maxEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[21]; + pBt->minEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[22]; + pBt->minLeafFrac = zDbHeader[23]; + pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); + pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); +#endif + } + pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; + assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ + sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, pBt->pageSize); + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) + /* Add the new btree to the linked list starting at ThreadData.pBtree. + ** There is no chance that a malloc() may fail inside of the + ** sqlite3ThreadData() call, as the ThreadData structure must have already + ** been allocated for pTsdro->useSharedData to be non-zero. + */ + if( pTsdro->useSharedData && zFilename && !isMemdb ){ + pBt->pNext = pTsdro->pBtree; + sqlite3ThreadData()->pBtree = pBt; + } +#endif + pBt->nRef = 1; + *ppBtree = p; + +btree_open_out: + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ + sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); + } + sqliteFree(pBt); + sqliteFree(p); + *ppBtree = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + BtCursor *pCur; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + ThreadData *pTsd; +#endif + + /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ + pCur = pBt->pCursor; + while( pCur ){ + BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; + pCur = pCur->pNext; + if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ + sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); + } + } + + /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. + ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by + ** this handle. + */ + sqlite3BtreeRollback(p); + sqliteFree(p); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree + ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans + ** up the shared-btree. + */ + assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); + pBt->nRef--; + if( pBt->nRef ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Remove the shared-btree from the thread wide list. Call + ** ThreadDataReadOnly() and then cast away the const property of the + ** pointer to avoid allocating thread data if it is not really required. + */ + pTsd = (ThreadData *)sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly(); + if( pTsd->pBtree==pBt ){ + assert( pTsd==sqlite3ThreadData() ); + pTsd->pBtree = pBt->pNext; + }else{ + BtShared *pPrev; + for(pPrev=pTsd->pBtree; pPrev && pPrev->pNext!=pBt; pPrev=pPrev->pNext){} + if( pPrev ){ + assert( pTsd==sqlite3ThreadData() ); + pPrev->pNext = pBt->pNext; + } + } +#endif + + /* Close the pager and free the shared-btree structure */ + assert( !pBt->pCursor ); + sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager); + if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ + pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); + } + sqliteFree(pBt->pSchema); + sqliteFree(pBt); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change the busy handler callback function. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree *p, BusyHandler *pHandler){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + pBt->pBusyHandler = pHandler; + sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, pHandler); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache. +** +** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute +** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will +** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s +** to insure data is written to the disk surface before +** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off, +** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program +** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is +** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database +** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state. +** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not +** normally a worry. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease +** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power +** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and +** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There +** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the +** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other +** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( pBt && pBt->pPager ); + return sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager); +} + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) +/* +** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. +** +** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page +** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not +** changed. +** +** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region +** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, +** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur +** at the beginning of a page. +** +** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved +** bytes per page is left unchanged. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; + } + if( nReserve<0 ){ + nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; + } + if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && + ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ + assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); + assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor ); + pBt->pageSize = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, pageSize); + } + pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return the currently defined page size +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ + return p->pBt->pageSize; +} +int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){ + return p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; +} + +/* +** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. +** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. +** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ + return sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */ + +/* +** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' +** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it +** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is +** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + return SQLITE_READONLY; +#else + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int av = (autoVacuum?1:0); + if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && av!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; + } + pBt->autoVacuum = av; + return SQLITE_OK; +#endif +} + +/* +** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is +** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; +#else + return ( + (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: + (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: + BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR + ); +#endif +} + + +/* +** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will +** also acquire a readlock on that file. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a +** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. +** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM +** is returned if we run out of memory. +*/ +static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ + int rc, pageSize; + MemPage *pPage1; + if( pBt->pPage1 ) return SQLITE_OK; + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + + /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is + ** a valid database file. + */ + rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; + if( sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ){ + u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; + if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + if( page1[18]>1 ){ + pBt->readOnly = 1; + } + if( page1[19]>1 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]); + if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize<512 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); + pBt->pageSize = pageSize; + pBt->usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; + if( pBt->usableSize<500 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + pBt->maxEmbedFrac = page1[21]; + pBt->minEmbedFrac = page1[22]; + pBt->minLeafFrac = page1[23]; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); + pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); +#endif + } + + /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for + ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout + ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. + ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: + ** 2-byte pointer to the cell + ** 4-byte child pointer + ** 9-byte nKey value + ** 4-byte nData value + ** 4-byte overflow page pointer + ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as + ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow + ** page pointer. + */ + pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->maxEmbedFrac/255 - 23; + pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minEmbedFrac/255 - 23; + pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35; + pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minLeafFrac/255 - 23; + if( pBt->minLocal>pBt->maxLocal || pBt->maxLocal<0 ){ + goto page1_init_failed; + } + assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); + pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; + return SQLITE_OK; + +page1_init_failed: + releasePage(pPage1); + pBt->pPage1 = 0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine works like lockBtree() except that it also invokes the +** busy callback if there is lock contention. +*/ +static int lockBtreeWithRetry(Btree *pRef){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pRef->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ + u8 inTransaction = pRef->pBt->inTransaction; + btreeIntegrity(pRef); + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pRef, 0); + pRef->pBt->inTransaction = inTransaction; + pRef->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pRef->pBt->nTransaction--; + } + btreeIntegrity(pRef); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle +** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then +** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which +** has the effect of releasing the read lock. +** +** If there are any outstanding cursors, this routine is a no-op. +** +** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ + if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ + if( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)>=1 ){ + if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){ + MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1; + pPage->aData = &((u8*)pPage)[-pBt->pageSize]; + pPage->pBt = pBt; + pPage->pgno = 1; + } + releasePage(pBt->pPage1); + } + pBt->pPage1 = 0; + pBt->inStmt = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Create a new database by initializing the first page of the +** file. +*/ +static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ + MemPage *pP1; + unsigned char *data; + int rc; + if( sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + pP1 = pBt->pPage1; + assert( pP1!=0 ); + data = pP1->aData; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); + assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); + put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize); + data[18] = 1; + data[19] = 1; + data[20] = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; + data[21] = pBt->maxEmbedFrac; + data[22] = pBt->minEmbedFrac; + data[23] = pBt->minLeafFrac; + memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); + zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); + pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); + assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); + put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); + put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction +** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- +** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive +** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed +** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be +** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the +** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. +** +** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any +** changes to the database. None of the following routines +** will work unless a transaction is started first: +** +** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() +** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex() +** sqlite3BtreeClearTable() +** sqlite3BtreeDropTable() +** sqlite3BtreeInsert() +** sqlite3BtreeDelete() +** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() +** +** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention +** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler +** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not +** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is +** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. +** +** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has +** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because +** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. +** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be +** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback +** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B +** proceed. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + btreeIntegrity(p); + + /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it + ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction + ** is requested, this is a no-op. + */ + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ + if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; + } + + /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction + ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is + ** requested, return SQLITE_BUSY. + */ + if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && wrflag ){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + + do { + if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){ + rc = lockBtree(pBt); + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ + if( pBt->readOnly ){ + rc = SQLITE_READONLY; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage, wrflag>1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = newDatabase(pBt); + } + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( wrflag ) pBt->inStmt = 0; + }else{ + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + } + }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && + sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(pBt->pBusyHandler) ); + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ + pBt->nTransaction++; + } + p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); + if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ + pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; + } + } + + btreeIntegrity(p); + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + +/* +** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if +** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer +** map entries for the overflow pages as well. +*/ +static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ + int i; /* Counter variable */ + int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; + Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; + + rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; + } + nCell = pPage->nCell; + + for(i=0; ileaf ){ + Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); + rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto set_child_ptrmaps_out; + } + } + + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno); + } + +set_child_ptrmaps_out: + pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Somewhere on pPage, which is guarenteed to be a btree page, not an overflow +** page, is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so that it points to +** iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to be modified, as +** follows: +** +** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child +** page of pPage. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow +** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next +** overflow page in the list. +*/ +static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ + if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ + /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ + if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); + }else{ + int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit; + int i; + int nCell; + + sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0); + nCell = pPage->nCell; + + for(i=0; iaData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); + } + + pPage->isInit = isInitOrig; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the +** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. +*/ +static int relocatePage( + BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ + MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ + u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ + Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ + Pgno iFreePage /* The location to move pDbPage to */ +){ + MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ + Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; + Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; + int rc; + + assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || + eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); + + /* Move page iDbPage from it's current location to page number iFreePage */ + TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", + iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); + rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; + + /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells + ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these + ** pages need to be changed. + ** + ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a + ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then + ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. + */ + if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ + rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + }else{ + Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); + if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ + rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + } + + /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so + ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for + ** iPtrPage. + */ + if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pPtrPage); + return rc; + } + rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); + releasePage(pPtrPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ +static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); + +/* +** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, +** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no +** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. +** +** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the +** database so that the last page of the file currently in use +** is no longer in use. +** +** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, the implementation assumes +** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until +** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the +** number of pages the database file will contain after this +** process is complete. +*/ +static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin){ + Pgno iLastPg; /* Last page in the database */ + Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ + + iLastPg = pBt->nTrunc; + if( iLastPg==0 ){ + iLastPg = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager); + } + + if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + int rc; + u8 eType; + Pgno iPtrPage; + + nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); + if( nFreeList==0 || nFin==iLastPg ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ + if( nFin==0 ){ + /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required + ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be + ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't + ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. + */ + Pgno iFreePg; + MemPage *pFreePg; + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); + releasePage(pFreePg); + } + } else { + Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ + MemPage *pLastPg; + + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg + ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. + ** + ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep + ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages + ** of the file is found. + */ + do { + MemPage *pFreePg; + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pLastPg); + return rc; + } + releasePage(pFreePg); + }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin ); + assert( iFreePgpDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg); + releasePage(pLastPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + } + + pBt->nTrunc = iLastPg - 1; + while( pBt->nTrunc==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nTrunc) ){ + pBt->nTrunc--; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function. +** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum. +** +** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run, +** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occured, +** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); + if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); + return incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0); +} + +/* +** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction +** is commited for an auto-vacuum database. +** +** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages +** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. +** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc +** pages are in use. +*/ +static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt, Pgno *pnTrunc){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; +#ifndef NDEBUG + int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager); +#endif + + invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); + assert(pBt->autoVacuum); + if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ + Pgno nFin = 0; + + if( pBt->nTrunc==0 ){ + Pgno nFree; + Pgno nPtrmap; + const int pgsz = pBt->pageSize; + Pgno nOrig = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager); + + if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + if( nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + nOrig--; + } + nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); + nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+pgsz/5)/(pgsz/5); + nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; + if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + nFin--; + } + while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + nFin--; + } + } + + while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + assert(nFin==0 || pBt->nTrunc==0 || nFin<=pBt->nTrunc); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pBt->nTrunc ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); + put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); + pBt->nTrunc = nFin; + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pnTrunc = pBt->nTrunc; + pBt->nTrunc = 0; + } + assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); + return rc; +} + +#endif + +/* +** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine +** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) +** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs +** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back +** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to +** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the +** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. +** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the +** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not +** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommit() for the second phase of the +** commit process. +** +** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. +** +** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to +** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the +** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file +** (single database transaction). +** +** When this is called, the master journal should already have been +** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. +** +** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit +** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + Pgno nTrunc = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt, &nTrunc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } +#endif + rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, nTrunc); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Commit the transaction currently in progress. +** +** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The +** sqlite3BtreeSync() routine does the first phase and should be invoked +** prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeSync() routine did +** all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the +** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this +** routine has to do is delete or truncate the rollback journal +** (which causes the transaction to commit) and drop locks. +** +** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there +** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + + btreeIntegrity(p); + + /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees + ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. + */ + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + int rc; + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; + pBt->inStmt = 0; + } + unlockAllTables(p); + + /* If the handle has any kind of transaction open, decrement the transaction + ** count of the shared btree. If the transaction count reaches 0, set + ** the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() call below + ** will unlock the pager. + */ + if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ + pBt->nTransaction--; + if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ + pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; + } + } + + /* Set the handles current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock + ** the pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. + */ + p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + + btreeIntegrity(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Do both phases of a commit. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p); + } + return rc; +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use +** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not +** defined. +*/ +static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){ + BtCursor *pCur; + int r = 0; + for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ + if( pCur->wrFlag ) r++; + } + return r; +} +#endif + +/* +** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be +** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor +** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result +** in an error. +** +** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there +** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + MemPage *pPage1; + + rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occured whilst + ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as + ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then + ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so + ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort + ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save. + */ + while( pBt->pCursor ){ + sqlite3 *db = pBt->pCursor->pBtree->pSqlite; + if( db ){ + sqlite3AbortOtherActiveVdbes(db, 0); + } + } + } +#endif + btreeIntegrity(p); + unlockAllTables(p); + + if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ + int rc2; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + pBt->nTrunc = 0; +#endif + + assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); + rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); + if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + + /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So + ** call sqlite3BtreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make + ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ + if( sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pPage1); + } + assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 ); + pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; + } + + if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ + assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); + pBt->nTransaction--; + if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ + pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; + } + } + + p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; + pBt->inStmt = 0; + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + + btreeIntegrity(p); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can +** can be rolled back independently of the main transaction. +** You must start a transaction before starting a subtransaction. +** The subtransaction is ended automatically if the main transaction +** commits or rolls back. +** +** Only one subtransaction may be active at a time. It is an error to try +** to start a new subtransaction if another subtransaction is already active. +** +** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements +** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint +** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement +** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + if( (p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->inStmt ){ + return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pBt->pPager); + pBt->inStmt = 1; + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Commit the statment subtransaction currently in progress. If no +** subtransaction is active, this is a no-op. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree *p){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pBt->pPager); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + pBt->inStmt = 0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rollback the active statement subtransaction. If no subtransaction +** is active this routine is a no-op. +** +** All cursors will be invalidated by this operation. Any attempt +** to use a cursor that was open at the beginning of this operation +** will result in an error. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree *p){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + sqlite3MallocDisallow(); + if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(pBt->pPager); + assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 ); + pBt->inStmt = 0; + } + sqlite3MallocAllow(); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Default key comparison function to be used if no comparison function +** is specified on the sqlite3BtreeCursor() call. +*/ +static int dfltCompare( + void *NotUsed, /* User data is not used */ + int n1, const void *p1, /* First key to compare */ + int n2, const void *p2 /* Second key to compare */ +){ + int c; + c = memcmp(p1, p2, n1pBt; + + *ppCur = 0; + if( wrFlag ){ + if( pBt->readOnly ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; + } + if( checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0) ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; + } + } + + if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){ + rc = lockBtreeWithRetry(p); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + if( pBt->readOnly && wrFlag ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; + } + } + pCur = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pCur) ); + if( pCur==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto create_cursor_exception; + } + pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; + if( iTable==1 && sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_EMPTY; + goto create_cursor_exception; + } + rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->pPage, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto create_cursor_exception; + } + + /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor + ** variables, link the cursor into the BtShared list and set *ppCur (the + ** output argument to this function). + */ + pCur->xCompare = xCmp ? xCmp : dfltCompare; + pCur->pArg = pArg; + pCur->pBtree = p; + pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag; + pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; + if( pCur->pNext ){ + pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur; + } + pBt->pCursor = pCur; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + *ppCur = pCur; + + return SQLITE_OK; +create_cursor_exception: + if( pCur ){ + releasePage(pCur->pPage); + sqliteFree(pCur); + } + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released +** when the last cursor is closed. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt; + clearCursorPosition(pCur); + if( pCur->pPrev ){ + pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; + }else{ + pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; + } + if( pCur->pNext ){ + pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev; + } + releasePage(pCur->pPage); + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + invalidateOverflowCache(pCur); + sqliteFree(pCur); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Make a temporary cursor by filling in the fields of pTempCur. +** The temporary cursor is not on the cursor list for the Btree. +*/ +void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur){ + memcpy(pTempCur, pCur, sizeof(*pCur)); + pTempCur->pNext = 0; + pTempCur->pPrev = 0; + if( pTempCur->pPage ){ + sqlite3PagerRef(pTempCur->pPage->pDbPage); + } +} + +/* +** Delete a temporary cursor such as was made by the CreateTemporaryCursor() +** function above. +*/ +void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ + if( pCur->pPage ){ + sqlite3PagerUnref(pCur->pPage->pDbPage); + } +} + +/* +** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid +** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call +** sqlite3BtreeParseCell() to fill it in. +** +** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. +** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to sqlite3BtreeParseCell(). +** +** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the +** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro. +** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc +** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the +** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function +** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG + static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ + CellInfo info; + memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); + sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &info); + assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 ); + } +#else + #define assertCellInfo(x) +#endif +#ifdef _MSC_VER + /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */ + static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ + if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ + sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info); + }else{ + assertCellInfo(pCur); + } + } +#else /* if not _MSC_VER */ + /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */ +#define getCellInfo(pCur) \ + if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \ + sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info); \ + }else{ \ + assertCellInfo(pCur); \ + } +#endif /* _MSC_VER */ + +/* +** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of +** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing +** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. +** +** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key +** itself, not the number of bytes in the key. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){ + int rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ + *pSize = 0; + }else{ + getCellInfo(pCur); + *pSize = pCur->info.nKey; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the +** cursor currently points to. Always return SQLITE_OK. +** Failure is not possible. If the cursor is not currently +** pointing to an entry (which can happen, for example, if +** the database is empty) then *pSize is set to 0. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){ + int rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ + /* Not pointing at a valid entry - set *pSize to 0. */ + *pSize = 0; + }else{ + getCellInfo(pCur); + *pSize = pCur->info.nData; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter +** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the +** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum +** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. +** +** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: +** +** Unless pPgnoNext is NULL, the page number of the next overflow +** page in the linked list is written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl +** is the last page in it's linked list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. +** +** If ppPage is not NULL, *ppPage is set to the MemPage* handle +** for page ovfl. The underlying pager page may have been requested +** with the noContent flag set, so the page data accessable via +** this handle may not be trusted. +*/ +static int getOverflowPage( + BtShared *pBt, + Pgno ovfl, /* Overflow page */ + MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle */ + Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ +){ + Pgno next = 0; + int rc; + + /* One of these must not be NULL. Otherwise, why call this function? */ + assert(ppPage || pPgnoNext); + + /* If pPgnoNext is NULL, then this function is being called to obtain + ** a MemPage* reference only. No page-data is required in this case. + */ + if( !pPgnoNext ){ + return sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, ppPage, 1); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the + ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in + ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns + ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page + ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. + */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + Pgno pgno; + Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; + u8 eType; + + while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + iGuess++; + } + + if( iGuess<=sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ + next = iGuess; + } + } + } +#endif + + if( next==0 || ppPage ){ + MemPage *pPage = 0; + + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, next!=0); + assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0); + if( next==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + next = get4byte(pPage->aData); + } + + if( ppPage ){ + *ppPage = pPage; + }else{ + releasePage(pPage); + } + } + *pPgnoNext = next; + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. +** +** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. +** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied +** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, +** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes +** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. +*/ +static int copyPayload( + void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ + void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ + int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ + int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ + DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ +){ + if( eOp ){ + /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ + int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); + }else{ + /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ + memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information +** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp +** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into +** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from +** buffer pBuf). +** +** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset". +** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf. +** +** This routine does not make a distinction between key and data. +** It just reads or writes bytes from the payload area. Data might +** appear on the main page or be scattered out on multiple overflow +** pages. +** +** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current +** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function +** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list +** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this +** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient. +** +** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be +** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if +** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum +** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache. +** +** * An incremental vacuum, +** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode, +** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page). +*/ +static int accessPayload( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ + int offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ + int amt, /* Read this many bytes */ + unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ + int skipKey, /* offset begins at data if this is true */ + int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ +){ + unsigned char *aPayload; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u32 nKey; + int iIdx = 0; + MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; /* Btree page of current cursor entry */ + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ + + assert( pPage ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell ); + assert( offset>=0 ); + + getCellInfo(pCur); + aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader; + nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : pCur->info.nKey); + + if( skipKey ){ + offset += nKey; + } + if( offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData ){ + /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ + if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){ + int a = amt; + if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ + a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; + } + rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage); + offset = 0; + pBuf += a; + amt -= a; + }else{ + offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ + const int ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ + Pgno nextPage; + + nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[] + ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at + ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The + ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0], + ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known" + ** (the cache is lazily populated). + */ + if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){ + int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; + pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl); + if( nOvfl && !pCur->aOverflow ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the + ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip + ** directly to it. + */ + if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){ + iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); + nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; + offset = (offset%ovflSize); + } +#endif + + for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ + if( pCur->aOverflow ){ + assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage); + pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; + } +#endif + + if( offset>=ovflSize ){ + /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page + ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page + ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow + ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() + ** function. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ + nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; + } else +#endif + rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); + offset -= ovflSize; + }else{ + /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the + ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). + */ + DbPage *pDbPage; + int a = amt; + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); + if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ + a = ovflSize - offset; + } + rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + offset = 0; + amt -= a; + pBuf += a; + } + } + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly +** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer +** begins at "offset". +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes +** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than +** the available payload. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ + int rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->pPage!=0 ); + if( pCur->pPage->intKey ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + assert( pCur->pPage->intKey==0 ); + assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell ); + rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0, 0); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly +** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer +** begins at "offset". +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes +** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than +** the available payload. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ + int rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + assert( pCur->pPage!=0 ); + assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell ); + rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 1, 0); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the +** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of +** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if +** skipKey==1. The number of bytes of available key/data is written +** into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be +** a valid pointer. +** +** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key +** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow +** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the +** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills +** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassembly +** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. +** +** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached +** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time +** any btree routine is called. +*/ +static const unsigned char *fetchPayload( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ + int *pAmt, /* Write the number of available bytes here */ + int skipKey /* read beginning at data if this is true */ +){ + unsigned char *aPayload; + MemPage *pPage; + u32 nKey; + int nLocal; + + assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 ); + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + pPage = pCur->pPage; + assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell ); + getCellInfo(pCur); + aPayload = pCur->info.pCell; + aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader; + if( pPage->intKey ){ + nKey = 0; + }else{ + nKey = pCur->info.nKey; + } + if( skipKey ){ + aPayload += nKey; + nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey; + }else{ + nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal; + if( nLocal>nKey ){ + nLocal = nKey; + } + } + *pAmt = nLocal; + return aPayload; +} + + +/* +** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as +** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local +** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt. +** +** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move +** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine. +** +** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data +** in the common case where no overflow pages are used. +*/ +const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ + return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0); + } + return 0; +} +const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){ + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ + return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1); + } + return 0; +} + + +/* +** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the +** page number of the child page to move to. +*/ +static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ + int rc; + MemPage *pNewPage; + MemPage *pOldPage; + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt; + + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage, pCur->pPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + pNewPage->idxParent = pCur->idx; + pOldPage = pCur->pPage; + pOldPage->idxShift = 0; + releasePage(pOldPage); + pCur->pPage = pNewPage; + pCur->idx = 0; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + if( pNewPage->nCell<1 ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return true if the page is the virtual root of its table. +** +** The virtual root page is the root page for most tables. But +** for the table rooted on page 1, sometime the real root page +** is empty except for the right-pointer. In such cases the +** virtual root page is the page that the right-pointer of page +** 1 is pointing to. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage){ + MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent; + if( pParent==0 ) return 1; + if( pParent->pgno>1 ) return 0; + if( get2byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+3])==0 ) return 1; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Move the cursor up to the parent page. +** +** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer +** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the +** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than +** the largest cell index. +*/ +void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ + MemPage *pParent; + MemPage *pPage; + int idxParent; + + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + pPage = pCur->pPage; + assert( pPage!=0 ); + assert( !sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ); + pParent = pPage->pParent; + assert( pParent!=0 ); + idxParent = pPage->idxParent; + sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage); + releasePage(pPage); + pCur->pPage = pParent; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + assert( pParent->idxShift==0 ); + pCur->idx = idxParent; +} + +/* +** Move the cursor to the root page +*/ +static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ + MemPage *pRoot; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt; + + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ + clearCursorPosition(pCur); + } + pRoot = pCur->pPage; + if( pRoot && pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ){ + assert( pRoot->isInit ); + }else{ + if( + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0)) + ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + return rc; + } + releasePage(pCur->pPage); + pCur->pPage = pRoot; + } + pCur->idx = 0; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){ + Pgno subpage; + assert( pRoot->pgno==1 ); + subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); + assert( subpage>0 ); + pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); + } + pCur->eState = ((pCur->pPage->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the +** entry to which it is currently pointing. +** +** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first +** in ascending order. +*/ +static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ + Pgno pgno; + int rc; + MemPage *pPage; + + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){ + assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell ); + pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->idx)); + rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the +** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference +** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() +** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() +** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. +** +** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last +** key in ascending order. +*/ +static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ + Pgno pgno; + int rc; + MemPage *pPage; + + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){ + pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + pCur->idx = pPage->nCell; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + pCur->idx = pPage->nCell - 1; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something +** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ + assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 ); + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + assert( pCur->pPage->nCell>0 ); + *pRes = 0; + rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); + return rc; +} + +/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something +** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ + assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 ); + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); + *pRes = 0; + rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); + return rc; +} + +/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near pKey/nKey. +** Return a success code. +** +** For INTKEY tables, only the nKey parameter is used. pKey is +** ignored. For other tables, nKey is the number of bytes of data +** in pKey. The comparison function specified when the cursor was +** created is used to compare keys. +** +** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always +** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it +** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes +** before or after the key. +** +** The result of comparing the key with the entry to which the +** cursor is written to *pRes if pRes!=NULL. The meaning of +** this value is as follows: +** +** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that +** is smaller than pKey or if the table is empty +** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. +** +** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that +** exactly matches pKey. +** +** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that +** is larger than pKey. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeMoveto( + BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ + const void *pKey, /* The key content for indices. Not used by tables */ + i64 nKey, /* Size of pKey. Or the key for tables */ + int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ + int *pRes /* Search result flag */ +){ + int rc; + rc = moveToRoot(pCur); + if( rc ) return rc; + assert( pCur->pPage ); + assert( pCur->pPage->isInit ); + if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ + *pRes = -1; + assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 ); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + for(;;){ + int lwr, upr; + Pgno chldPg; + MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; + int c = -1; /* pRes return if table is empty must be -1 */ + lwr = 0; + upr = pPage->nCell-1; + if( !pPage->intKey && pKey==0 ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + if( biasRight ){ + pCur->idx = upr; + }else{ + pCur->idx = (upr+lwr)/2; + } + if( lwr<=upr ) for(;;){ + void *pCellKey; + i64 nCellKey; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + if( pPage->intKey ){ + u8 *pCell; + pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) + pPage->childPtrSize; + if( pPage->hasData ){ + u32 dummy; + pCell += getVarint32(pCell, &dummy); + } + getVarint(pCell, (u64 *)&nCellKey); + if( nCellKeynKey ){ + c = +1; + }else{ + c = 0; + } + }else{ + int available; + pCellKey = (void *)fetchPayload(pCur, &available, 0); + nCellKey = pCur->info.nKey; + if( available>=nCellKey ){ + c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, nCellKey, pCellKey, nKey, pKey); + }else{ + pCellKey = sqliteMallocRaw( nCellKey ); + if( pCellKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, nCellKey, (void *)pCellKey); + c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, nCellKey, pCellKey, nKey, pKey); + sqliteFree(pCellKey); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + } + if( c==0 ){ + if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){ + lwr = pCur->idx; + upr = lwr - 1; + break; + }else{ + if( pRes ) *pRes = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + if( c<0 ){ + lwr = pCur->idx+1; + }else{ + upr = pCur->idx-1; + } + if( lwr>upr ){ + break; + } + pCur->idx = (lwr+upr)/2; + } + assert( lwr==upr+1 ); + assert( pPage->isInit ); + if( pPage->leaf ){ + chldPg = 0; + }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ + chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + }else{ + chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); + } + if( chldPg==0 ){ + assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxpPage->nCell ); + if( pRes ) *pRes = c; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pCur->idx = lwr; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + } + /* NOT REACHED */ +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. +** +** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves +** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past +** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ + /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries + ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code + ** as well as the boolean result value. + */ + return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); +} + +/* +** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If +** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor +** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before +** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + MemPage *pPage; + + rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + assert( pRes!=0 ); + pPage = pCur->pPage; + if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( pCur->skip>0 ){ + pCur->skip = 0; + *pRes = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pCur->skip = 0; + + assert( pPage->isInit ); + assert( pCur->idxnCell ); + + pCur->idx++; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + if( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ){ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); + *pRes = 0; + return rc; + } + do{ + if( sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){ + *pRes = 1; + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur); + pPage = pCur->pPage; + }while( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ); + *pRes = 0; + if( pPage->leafData ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + return rc; + } + *pRes = 0; + if( pPage->leaf ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If +** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor +** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before +** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ + int rc; + Pgno pgno; + MemPage *pPage; + + rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( pCur->skip<0 ){ + pCur->skip = 0; + *pRes = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + pCur->skip = 0; + + pPage = pCur->pPage; + assert( pPage->isInit ); + assert( pCur->idx>=0 ); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + pgno = get4byte( findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) ); + rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); + }else{ + while( pCur->idx==0 ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){ + pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; + *pRes = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur); + pPage = pCur->pPage; + } + pCur->idx--; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + *pRes = 0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Allocate a new page from the database file. +** +** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite() +** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also +** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling +** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. +** +** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates +** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error. +** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned. +** +** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to +** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an +** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, +** which in turn can make database access faster. +** +** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists +** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This +** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table. +*/ +static int allocateBtreePage( + BtShared *pBt, + MemPage **ppPage, + Pgno *pPgno, + Pgno nearby, + u8 exact +){ + MemPage *pPage1; + int rc; + int n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ + int k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ + MemPage *pTrunk = 0; + MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; + + pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; + n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); + if( n>0 ){ + /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ + Pgno iTrunk; + u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ + + /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map + ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then + ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( exact && nearby<=sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ + u8 eType; + assert( nearby>0 ); + assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ + searchList = 1; + } + *pPgno = nearby; + } +#endif + + /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the + ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); + + /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable + ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the + ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located. + */ + do { + pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; + if( pPrevTrunk ){ + iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); + }else{ + iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); + if( rc ){ + pTrunk = 0; + goto end_allocate_page; + } + + k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); + if( k==0 && !searchList ){ + /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. + ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly + ** allocated page */ + assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + *pPgno = iTrunk; + memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + *ppPage = pTrunk; + pTrunk = 0; + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); + }else if( k>pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ + /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ + rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + goto end_allocate_page; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){ + /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page + ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves. + */ + assert( *pPgno==iTrunk ); + *ppPage = pTrunk; + searchList = 0; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + if( k==0 ){ + if( !pPrevTrunk ){ + memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + }else{ + memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + } + }else{ + /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains + ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk + ** page in this case. + */ + MemPage *pNewTrunk; + Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pNewTrunk); + goto end_allocate_page; + } + memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); + put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); + memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); + releasePage(pNewTrunk); + if( !pPrevTrunk ){ + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); + } + } + pTrunk = 0; + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); +#endif + }else{ + /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ + int closest; + Pgno iPage; + unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc ){ + goto end_allocate_page; + } + if( nearby>0 ){ + int i, dist; + closest = 0; + dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby; + if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist; + for(i=1; isqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ + /* Free page off the end of the file */ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d" + ": %d more free pages\n", + *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1)); + if( closestpDbPage); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + } + } + searchList = 0; + } + } + releasePage(pPrevTrunk); + pPrevTrunk = 0; + }while( searchList ); + }else{ + /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the + ** end of the file */ + *pPgno = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) + 1; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->nTrunc ){ + /* An incr-vacuum has already run within this transaction. So the + ** page to allocate is not from the physical end of the file, but + ** at pBt->nTrunc. + */ + *pPgno = pBt->nTrunc+1; + if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + (*pPgno)++; + } + } + if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, *pPgno) ){ + /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages + ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page + ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. + */ + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", *pPgno)); + assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + (*pPgno)++; + } + if( pBt->nTrunc ){ + pBt->nTrunc = *pPgno; + } +#endif + + assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(*ppPage); + } + TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); + } + + assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + +end_allocate_page: + releasePage(pTrunk); + releasePage(pPrevTrunk); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Add a page of the database file to the freelist. +** +** sqlite3PagerUnref() is NOT called for pPage. +*/ +static int freePage(MemPage *pPage){ + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; + int rc, n, k; + + /* Prepare the page for freeing */ + assert( pPage->pgno>1 ); + pPage->isInit = 0; + releasePage(pPage->pParent); + pPage->pParent = 0; + + /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n+1); + +#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE + /* If the SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE compile-time option is enabled, then + ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. + */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map + ** to indicate that the page is free. + */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pPage->pgno, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + } +#endif + + if( n==0 ){ + /* This is the first free page */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + memset(pPage->aData, 0, 8); + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno); + TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d first\n", pPage->pgno)); + }else{ + /* Other free pages already exist. Retrive the first trunk page + ** of the freelist and find out how many leaves it has. */ + MemPage *pTrunk; + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); + if( k>=pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ + /* The trunk is full. Turn the page being freed into a new + ** trunk page with no leaves. */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + put4byte(pPage->aData, pTrunk->pgno); + put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); + put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno); + TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", + pPage->pgno, pTrunk->pgno)); + }else{ + /* Add the newly freed page as a leaf on the current trunk */ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], k+1); + put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+k*4], pPage->pgno); +#ifndef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE + sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); +#endif + } + TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); + } + releasePage(pTrunk); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. +*/ +static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){ + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + CellInfo info; + Pgno ovflPgno; + int rc; + int nOvfl; + int ovflPageSize; + + sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + if( info.iOverflow==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ + } + ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); + ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; + nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; + assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 ); + while( nOvfl-- ){ + MemPage *pOvfl; + if( ovflPgno==0 || ovflPgno>sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, (nOvfl==0)?0:&ovflPgno); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = freePage(pOvfl); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage +** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are +** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure +** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated +** for pCell[]. +** +** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData +** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will +** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData +** later. +*/ +static int fillInCell( + MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ + unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ + const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */ + const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */ + int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */ + int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ +){ + int nPayload; + const u8 *pSrc; + int nSrc, n, rc; + int spaceLeft; + MemPage *pOvfl = 0; + MemPage *pToRelease = 0; + unsigned char *pPrior; + unsigned char *pPayload; + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0; + int nHeader; + CellInfo info; + + /* Fill in the header. */ + nHeader = 0; + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + nHeader += 4; + } + if( pPage->hasData ){ + nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero); + }else{ + nData = nZero = 0; + } + nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey); + sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + assert( info.nHeader==nHeader ); + assert( info.nKey==nKey ); + assert( info.nData==nData+nZero ); + + /* Fill in the payload */ + nPayload = nData + nZero; + if( pPage->intKey ){ + pSrc = pData; + nSrc = nData; + nData = 0; + }else{ + nPayload += nKey; + pSrc = pKey; + nSrc = nKey; + } + *pnSize = info.nSize; + spaceLeft = info.nLocal; + pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; + pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow]; + + while( nPayload>0 ){ + if( spaceLeft==0 ){ + int isExact = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + do{ + pgnoOvfl++; + } while( + PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) + ); + if( pgnoOvfl>1 ){ + /* isExact = 1; */ + } + } +#endif + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, isExact); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent + ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map + ** for that page now. + ** + ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry + ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, + ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() + ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the + ** wrong pages from the database. + */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); + rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap); + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pOvfl); + } + } +#endif + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pToRelease); + return rc; + } + put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); + releasePage(pToRelease); + pToRelease = pOvfl; + pPrior = pOvfl->aData; + put4byte(pPrior, 0); + pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; + spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; + } + n = nPayload; + if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; + if( nSrc>0 ){ + if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc; + assert( pSrc ); + memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); + }else{ + memset(pPayload, 0, n); + } + nPayload -= n; + pPayload += n; + pSrc += n; + nSrc -= n; + spaceLeft -= n; + if( nSrc==0 ){ + nSrc = nData; + pSrc = pData; + } + } + releasePage(pToRelease); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Change the MemPage.pParent pointer on the page whose number is +** given in the second argument so that MemPage.pParent holds the +** pointer in the third argument. +*/ +static int reparentPage(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno, MemPage *pNewParent, int idx){ + MemPage *pThis; + DbPage *pDbPage; + + assert( pNewParent!=0 ); + if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + assert( pBt->pPager!=0 ); + pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); + if( pDbPage ){ + pThis = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); + if( pThis->isInit ){ + assert( pThis->aData==(sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage)) ); + if( pThis->pParent!=pNewParent ){ + if( pThis->pParent ) sqlite3PagerUnref(pThis->pParent->pDbPage); + pThis->pParent = pNewParent; + sqlite3PagerRef(pNewParent->pDbPage); + } + pThis->idxParent = idx; + } + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + return ptrmapPut(pBt, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pNewParent->pgno); + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + + +/* +** Change the pParent pointer of all children of pPage to point back +** to pPage. +** +** In other words, for every child of pPage, invoke reparentPage() +** to make sure that each child knows that pPage is its parent. +** +** This routine gets called after you memcpy() one page into +** another. +*/ +static int reparentChildPages(MemPage *pPage){ + int i; + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( pPage->leaf ) return SQLITE_OK; + + for(i=0; inCell; i++){ + u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage, i); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + } + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]), + pPage, i); + pPage->idxShift = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. +** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that +** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just +** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. +** +** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. +*/ +static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ + u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ + u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ + + assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell ); + assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + data = pPage->aData; + ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx]; + pc = get2byte(ptr); + assert( pc>10 && pc+sz<=pPage->pBt->usableSize ); + freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); + for(i=idx+1; inCell; i++, ptr+=2){ + ptr[0] = ptr[2]; + ptr[1] = ptr[3]; + } + pPage->nCell--; + put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell); + pPage->nFree += 2; + pPage->idxShift = 1; +} + +/* +** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the +** content of the cell. +** +** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it +** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if +** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry +** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either +** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. +** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that +** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. +** +** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the +** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If +** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location +** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid). +*/ +static int insertCell( + MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ + int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ + u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ + int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ + u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ + u8 nSkip /* Do not write the first nSkip bytes of the cell */ +){ + int idx; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ + int j; /* Loop counter */ + int top; /* First byte of content for any cell in data[] */ + int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */ + int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */ + int hdr; /* Offset into data[] of the page header */ + int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */ + u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ + u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */ + + assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); + assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ + if( pTemp ){ + memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); + pCell = pTemp; + } + j = pPage->nOverflow++; + assert( jaOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]) ); + pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell; + pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = i; + pPage->nFree = 0; + }else{ + data = pPage->aData; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); + cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; + end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell + 2; + ins = cellOffset + 2*i; + if( end > top - sz ){ + int rc = defragmentPage(pPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); + assert( end + sz <= top ); + } + idx = allocateSpace(pPage, sz); + assert( idx>0 ); + assert( end <= get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); + pPage->nCell++; + pPage->nFree -= 2; + memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip); + for(j=end-2, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){ + ptr[0] = ptr[-2]; + ptr[1] = ptr[-1]; + } + put2byte(&data[ins], idx); + put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); + pPage->idxShift = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ + /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write + ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. + */ + CellInfo info; + sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload ); + if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){ + Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); + int rc = ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + } +#endif + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty. +** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page. +*/ +static void assemblePage( + MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */ + int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */ + u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */ + int *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */ +){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int totalSize; /* Total size of all cells */ + int hdr; /* Index of page header */ + int cellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */ + int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */ + u8 *data; /* Data for the page */ + + assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); + totalSize = 0; + for(i=0; inFree ); + assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); + cellptr = pPage->cellOffset; + data = pPage->aData; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell); + if( nCell ){ + cellbody = allocateSpace(pPage, totalSize); + assert( cellbody>0 ); + assert( pPage->nFree >= 2*nCell ); + pPage->nFree -= 2*nCell; + for(i=0; ipBt->usableSize ); + } + pPage->nCell = nCell; +} + +/* +** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved +** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side +** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the +** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and +** NN neighbors on either side. +** +** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 +** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance +** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. +** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. +*/ +#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ +#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ + +/* Forward reference */ +static int balance(MemPage*, int); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE +/* +** This version of balance() handles the common special case where +** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the +** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest +** entry in the tree. +** +** Instead of trying balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add +** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in +** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat +** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries +** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly +** fill up. On average. +** +** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. +** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry +** which is also the right-most entry on the page. +*/ +static int balance_quick(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent){ + int rc; + MemPage *pNew; + Pgno pgnoNew; + u8 *pCell; + int szCell; + CellInfo info; + BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; + int parentIdx = pParent->nCell; /* pParent new divider cell index */ + int parentSize; /* Size of new divider cell */ + u8 parentCell[64]; /* Space for the new divider cell */ + + /* Allocate a new page. Insert the overflow cell from pPage + ** into it. Then remove the overflow cell from pPage. + */ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell; + szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell); + zeroPage(pNew, pPage->aData[0]); + assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); + pPage->nOverflow = 0; + + /* Set the parent of the newly allocated page to pParent. */ + pNew->pParent = pParent; + sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage); + + /* pPage is currently the right-child of pParent. Change this + ** so that the right-child is the new page allocated above and + ** pPage is the next-to-right child. + */ + assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); + pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); + sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + rc = fillInCell(pParent, parentCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &parentSize); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + assert( parentSize<64 ); + rc = insertCell(pParent, parentIdx, parentCell, parentSize, 0, 4); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,parentIdx), pPage->pgno); + put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map + ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the + ** cell on the page to an overflow page. + */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, 0); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pNew); + return rc; + } + } +#endif + + /* Release the reference to the new page and balance the parent page, + ** in case the divider cell inserted caused it to become overfull. + */ + releasePage(pNew); + return balance(pParent, 0); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ + +/* +** This routine redistributes Cells on pPage and up to NN*2 siblings +** of pPage so that all pages have about the same amount of free space. +** Usually NN siblings on either side of pPage is used in the balancing, +** though more siblings might come from one side if pPage is the first +** or last child of its parent. If pPage has fewer than 2*NN siblings +** (something which can only happen if pPage is the root page or a +** child of root) then all available siblings participate in the balancing. +** +** The number of siblings of pPage might be increased or decreased by one or +** two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. The root page +** is special and is allowed to be nearly empty. If pPage is +** the root page, then the depth of the tree might be increased +** or decreased by one, as necessary, to keep the root page from being +** overfull or completely empty. +** +** Note that when this routine is called, some of the Cells on pPage +** might not actually be stored in pPage->aData[]. This can happen +** if the page is overfull. Part of the job of this routine is to +** make sure all Cells for pPage once again fit in pPage->aData[]. +** +** In the course of balancing the siblings of pPage, the parent of pPage +** might become overfull or underfull. If that happens, then this routine +** is called recursively on the parent. +** +** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database +** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should +** be rolled back. +*/ +static int balance_nonroot(MemPage *pPage){ + MemPage *pParent; /* The parent of pPage */ + BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ + int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ + int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ + int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ + int nNew; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ + int nDiv; /* Number of cells in apDiv[] */ + int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ + int idx; /* Index of pPage in pParent->aCell[] */ + int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ + int rc; /* The return code */ + int leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ + int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ + int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ + int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ + int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */ + int iSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace[] */ + MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ + Pgno pgnoOld[NB]; /* Page numbers for each page in apOld[] */ + MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */ + MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ + Pgno pgnoNew[NB+2]; /* Page numbers for each page in apNew[] */ + u8 *apDiv[NB]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ + int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */ + int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */ + u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */ + int *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ + u8 *aCopy[NB]; /* Space for holding data of apCopy[] */ + u8 *aSpace; /* Space to hold copies of dividers cells */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + u8 *aFrom = 0; +#endif + + /* + ** Find the parent page. + */ + assert( pPage->isInit ); + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); + pBt = pPage->pBt; + pParent = pPage->pParent; + assert( pParent ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage)) ){ + return rc; + } + TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE + /* + ** A special case: If a new entry has just been inserted into a + ** table (that is, a btree with integer keys and all data at the leaves) + ** and the new entry is the right-most entry in the tree (it has the + ** largest key) then use the special balance_quick() routine for + ** balancing. balance_quick() is much faster and results in a tighter + ** packing of data in the common case. + */ + if( pPage->leaf && + pPage->intKey && + pPage->leafData && + pPage->nOverflow==1 && + pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell && + pPage->pParent->pgno!=1 && + get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pPage->pgno + ){ + /* + ** TODO: Check the siblings to the left of pPage. It may be that + ** they are not full and no new page is required. + */ + return balance_quick(pPage, pParent); + } +#endif + + /* + ** Find the cell in the parent page whose left child points back + ** to pPage. The "idx" variable is the index of that cell. If pPage + ** is the rightmost child of pParent then set idx to pParent->nCell + */ + if( pParent->idxShift ){ + Pgno pgno; + pgno = pPage->pgno; + assert( pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); + for(idx=0; idxnCell; idx++){ + if( get4byte(findCell(pParent, idx))==pgno ){ + break; + } + } + assert( idxnCell + || get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pgno ); + }else{ + idx = pPage->idxParent; + } + + /* + ** Initialize variables so that it will be safe to jump + ** directly to balance_cleanup at any moment. + */ + nOld = nNew = 0; + sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage); + + /* + ** Find sibling pages to pPage and the cells in pParent that divide + ** the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on either + ** side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, if + ** pPage there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent + ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. + */ + nxDiv = idx - NN; + if( nxDiv + NB > pParent->nCell ){ + nxDiv = pParent->nCell - NB + 1; + } + if( nxDiv<0 ){ + nxDiv = 0; + } + nDiv = 0; + for(i=0, k=nxDiv; inCell ){ + apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, k); + nDiv++; + assert( !pParent->leaf ); + pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(apDiv[i]); + }else if( k==pParent->nCell ){ + pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]); + }else{ + break; + } + rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgnoOld[i], &apOld[i], pParent); + if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; + apOld[i]->idxParent = k; + apCopy[i] = 0; + assert( i==nOld ); + nOld++; + nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; + } + + /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 2 in order to preserve 8-byte + ** alignment */ + nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 1)&~1; + + /* + ** Allocate space for memory structures + */ + apCell = sqliteMallocRaw( + nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */ + + nMaxCells*sizeof(int) /* szCell */ + + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))*NB /* aCopy */ + + pBt->pageSize*(5+NB) /* aSpace */ + + (ISAUTOVACUUM ? nMaxCells : 0) /* aFrom */ + ); + if( apCell==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto balance_cleanup; + } + szCell = (int*)&apCell[nMaxCells]; + aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells]; + assert( ((aCopy[0] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */ + for(i=1; ipageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))]; + assert( ((aCopy[i] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */ + } + aSpace = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))]; + assert( ((aSpace - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + aFrom = &aSpace[5*pBt->pageSize]; + } +#endif + + /* + ** Make copies of the content of pPage and its siblings into aOld[]. + ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather + ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the + ** process of being overwritten. + */ + for(i=0; ipageSize]; + p->aData = &((u8*)p)[-pBt->pageSize]; + memcpy(p->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize + sizeof(MemPage)); + /* The memcpy() above changes the value of p->aData so we have to + ** set it again. */ + p->aData = &((u8*)p)[-pBt->pageSize]; + } + + /* + ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells + ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells + ** into space obtained form aSpace[] and remove the the divider Cells + ** from pParent. + ** + ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the + ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied + ** into aSpace[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without + ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in + ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[] + ** are alike. + ** + ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. + ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. + */ + nCell = 0; + leafCorrection = pPage->leaf*4; + leafData = pPage->leafData && pPage->leaf; + for(i=0; inCell+pOld->nOverflow; + for(j=0; jautoVacuum ){ + int a; + aFrom[nCell] = i; + for(a=0; anOverflow; a++){ + if( pOld->aOvfl[a].pCell==apCell[nCell] ){ + aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF; + break; + } + } + } +#endif + nCell++; + } + if( ipageSize*5 ); + memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); + apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF; + } +#endif + dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz); + szCell[nCell] -= leafCorrection; + assert( get4byte(pTemp)==pgnoOld[i] ); + if( !pOld->leaf ){ + assert( leafCorrection==0 ); + /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left + ** pointer of the divider cell */ + memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[pOld->hdrOffset+8], 4); + }else{ + assert( leafCorrection==4 ); + if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){ + /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */ + szCell[nCell] = 4; + } + } + nCell++; + } + } + } + + /* + ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells. + ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total + ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index + ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. + ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell. + ** + ** Values computed by this block: + ** + ** k: The total number of sibling pages + ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. + ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to + ** the right of the i-th sibling page. + ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. + ** + */ + usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; + for(subtotal=k=i=0; i usableSpace ){ + szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i]; + cntNew[k] = i; + if( leafData ){ i--; } + subtotal = 0; + k++; + } + } + szNew[k] = subtotal; + cntNew[k] = nCell; + k++; + + /* + ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings + ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the + ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts + ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance. + ** + ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might + ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most + ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. + */ + for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ + int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ + int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ + int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ + int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ + + r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; + d = r + 1 - leafData; + assert( d0) or we are the + ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root + ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page. + */ + assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) ); + + /* + ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. + */ + assert( pPage->pgno>1 ); + pageFlags = pPage->aData[0]; + for(i=0; ipDbPage); + nNew++; + if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; + }else{ + assert( i>0 ); + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew[i], pgnoNew[i-1], 0); + if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; + apNew[i] = pNew; + nNew++; + } + zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags); + } + + /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. + */ + while( ii ){ + int t; + MemPage *pT; + t = pgnoNew[i]; + pT = apNew[i]; + pgnoNew[i] = pgnoNew[minI]; + apNew[i] = apNew[minI]; + pgnoNew[minI] = t; + apNew[minI] = pT; + } + } + TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n", + pgnoOld[0], + nOld>=2 ? pgnoOld[1] : 0, + nOld>=3 ? pgnoOld[2] : 0, + pgnoNew[0], szNew[0], + nNew>=2 ? pgnoNew[1] : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, + nNew>=3 ? pgnoNew[2] : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, + nNew>=4 ? pgnoNew[3] : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, + nNew>=5 ? pgnoNew[4] : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0)); + + /* + ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages. + ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary. + */ + j = 0; + for(i=0; ipgno==pgnoNew[i] ); + assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]); + assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) ); + assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map entries + ** that point to the siblings that were rearranged. These can be: left + ** children of cells, the right-child of the page, or overflow pages + ** pointed to by cells. + */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + for(k=j; kpgno!=pNew->pgno ){ + rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, k-j); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto balance_cleanup; + } + } + } + } +#endif + + j = cntNew[i]; + + /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling, + ** insert a divider cell into the parent page. + */ + if( ileaf ){ + memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); + pTemp = 0; + }else if( leafData ){ + /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, + ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider + ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of + ** the sibling-page assembled above only. + */ + CellInfo info; + j--; + sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info); + pCell = &aSpace[iSpace]; + fillInCell(pParent, pCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &sz); + iSpace += sz; + assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 ); + pTemp = 0; + }else{ + pCell -= 4; + pTemp = &aSpace[iSpace]; + iSpace += sz; + assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 ); + /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was + ** previously stored on a leaf node, and it's reported size was 4 + ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this + ** (see sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of + ** any cell). But it's important to pass the correct size to + ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. + ** + ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all + ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used + ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses. + */ + if( szCell[j]==4 ){ + assert(leafCorrection==4); + sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell); + } + } + rc = insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, 4); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; + put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,nxDiv), pNew->pgno); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, and not a leaf-data tree, + ** then update the pointer map with an entry for the overflow page + ** that the cell just inserted points to (if any). + */ + if( pBt->autoVacuum && !leafData ){ + rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pParent, nxDiv); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto balance_cleanup; + } + } +#endif + j++; + nxDiv++; + } + } + assert( j==nCell ); + assert( nOld>0 ); + assert( nNew>0 ); + if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){ + memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8], 4); + } + if( nxDiv==pParent->nCell+pParent->nOverflow ){ + /* Right-most sibling is the right-most child of pParent */ + put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew[nNew-1]); + }else{ + /* Right-most sibling is the left child of the first entry in pParent + ** past the right-most divider entry */ + put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent, nxDiv), pgnoNew[nNew-1]); + } + + /* + ** Reparent children of all cells. + */ + for(i=0; iisInit ); + rc = balance(pParent, 0); + + /* + ** Cleanup before returning. + */ +balance_cleanup: + sqliteFree(apCell); + for(i=0; ipgno, nOld, nNew, nCell)); + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine is called for the root page of a btree when the root +** page contains no cells. This is an opportunity to make the tree +** shallower by one level. +*/ +static int balance_shallower(MemPage *pPage){ + MemPage *pChild; /* The only child page of pPage */ + Pgno pgnoChild; /* Page number for pChild */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subprocedures */ + BtShared *pBt; /* The main BTree structure */ + int mxCellPerPage; /* Maximum number of cells per page */ + u8 **apCell; /* All cells from pages being balanced */ + int *szCell; /* Local size of all cells */ + + assert( pPage->pParent==0 ); + assert( pPage->nCell==0 ); + pBt = pPage->pBt; + mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt); + apCell = sqliteMallocRaw( mxCellPerPage*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(int)) ); + if( apCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + szCell = (int*)&apCell[mxCellPerPage]; + if( pPage->leaf ){ + /* The table is completely empty */ + TRACE(("BALANCE: empty table %d\n", pPage->pgno)); + }else{ + /* The root page is empty but has one child. Transfer the + ** information from that one child into the root page if it + ** will fit. This reduces the depth of the tree by one. + ** + ** If the root page is page 1, it has less space available than + ** its child (due to the 100 byte header that occurs at the beginning + ** of the database fle), so it might not be able to hold all of the + ** information currently contained in the child. If this is the + ** case, then do not do the transfer. Leave page 1 empty except + ** for the right-pointer to the child page. The child page becomes + ** the virtual root of the tree. + */ + pgnoChild = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + assert( pgnoChild>0 ); + assert( pgnoChild<=sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPage->pBt->pPager) ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pPage->pBt, pgnoChild, &pChild, 0); + if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance; + if( pPage->pgno==1 ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage); + if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance; + assert( pChild->nOverflow==0 ); + if( pChild->nFree>=100 ){ + /* The child information will fit on the root page, so do the + ** copy */ + int i; + zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0]); + for(i=0; inCell; i++){ + apCell[i] = findCell(pChild,i); + szCell[i] = cellSizePtr(pChild, apCell[i]); + } + assemblePage(pPage, pChild->nCell, apCell, szCell); + /* Copy the right-pointer of the child to the parent. */ + put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], + get4byte(&pChild->aData[pChild->hdrOffset+8])); + freePage(pChild); + TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d transfer to page 1\n", pChild->pgno)); + }else{ + /* The child has more information that will fit on the root. + ** The tree is already balanced. Do nothing. */ + TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d will not fit on page 1\n", pChild->pgno)); + } + }else{ + memcpy(pPage->aData, pChild->aData, pPage->pBt->usableSize); + pPage->isInit = 0; + pPage->pParent = 0; + rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + freePage(pChild); + TRACE(("BALANCE: transfer child %d into root %d\n", + pChild->pgno, pPage->pgno)); + } + rc = reparentChildPages(pPage); + assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCell; i++){ + rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pPage, i); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_shallow_balance; + } + } + } +#endif + releasePage(pChild); + } +end_shallow_balance: + sqliteFree(apCell); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** The root page is overfull +** +** When this happens, Create a new child page and copy the +** contents of the root into the child. Then make the root +** page an empty page with rightChild pointing to the new +** child. Finally, call balance_internal() on the new child +** to cause it to split. +*/ +static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pPage){ + int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */ + MemPage *pChild; /* Pointer to a new child page */ + Pgno pgnoChild; /* Page number of the new child page */ + BtShared *pBt; /* The BTree */ + int usableSize; /* Total usable size of a page */ + u8 *data; /* Content of the parent page */ + u8 *cdata; /* Content of the child page */ + int hdr; /* Offset to page header in parent */ + int brk; /* Offset to content of first cell in parent */ + + assert( pPage->pParent==0 ); + assert( pPage->nOverflow>0 ); + pBt = pPage->pBt; + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pChild, &pgnoChild, pPage->pgno, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); + usableSize = pBt->usableSize; + data = pPage->aData; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); + cdata = pChild->aData; + memcpy(cdata, &data[hdr], pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell-hdr); + memcpy(&cdata[brk], &data[brk], usableSize-brk); + assert( pChild->isInit==0 ); + rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage); + if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out; + memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pPage->aOvfl, pPage->nOverflow*sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])); + pChild->nOverflow = pPage->nOverflow; + if( pChild->nOverflow ){ + pChild->nFree = 0; + } + assert( pChild->nCell==pPage->nCell ); + zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); + put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); + TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pPage->pgno, pChild->pgno)); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + int i; + rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pChild->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pPage->pgno); + if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out; + for(i=0; inCell; i++){ + rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pChild, i); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + } +#endif + rc = balance_nonroot(pChild); + +balancedeeper_out: + releasePage(pChild); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Decide if the page pPage needs to be balanced. If balancing is +** required, call the appropriate balancing routine. +*/ +static int balance(MemPage *pPage, int insert){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( pPage->pParent==0 ){ + if( pPage->nOverflow>0 ){ + rc = balance_deeper(pPage); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nCell==0 ){ + rc = balance_shallower(pPage); + } + }else{ + if( pPage->nOverflow>0 || + (!insert && pPage->nFree>pPage->pBt->usableSize*2/3) ){ + rc = balance_nonroot(pPage); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine checks all cursors that point to table pgnoRoot. +** If any of those cursors were opened with wrFlag==0 in a different +** database connection (a database connection that shares the pager +** cache with the current connection) and that other connection +** is not in the ReadUncommmitted state, then this routine returns +** SQLITE_LOCKED. +** +** In addition to checking for read-locks (where a read-lock +** means a cursor opened with wrFlag==0) this routine also moves +** all write cursors so that they are pointing to the +** first Cell on the root page. This is necessary because an insert +** or delete might change the number of cells on a page or delete +** a page entirely and we do not want to leave any cursors +** pointing to non-existant pages or cells. +*/ +static int checkReadLocks(Btree *pBtree, Pgno pgnoRoot, BtCursor *pExclude){ + BtCursor *p; + BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; + sqlite3 *db = pBtree->pSqlite; + for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ + if( p==pExclude ) continue; + if( p->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) continue; + if( p->pgnoRoot!=pgnoRoot ) continue; + if( p->wrFlag==0 ){ + sqlite3 *dbOther = p->pBtree->pSqlite; + if( dbOther==0 || + (dbOther!=db && (dbOther->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)==0) ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; + } + }else if( p->pPage->pgno!=p->pgnoRoot ){ + moveToRoot(p); + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey) +** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to +** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor +** is left pointing at a random location. +** +** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is +** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeInsert( + BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ + const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */ + const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */ + int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */ + int appendBias /* True if this is likely an append */ +){ + int rc; + int loc; + int szNew; + MemPage *pPage; + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt; + unsigned char *oldCell; + unsigned char *newCell = 0; + + if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){ + /* Must start a transaction before doing an insert */ + return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( !pBt->readOnly ); + if( !pCur->wrFlag ){ + return SQLITE_PERM; /* Cursor not open for writing */ + } + if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */ + } + + /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table */ + clearCursorPosition(pCur); + if( + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur)) || + SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc)) + ){ + return rc; + } + + pPage = pCur->pPage; + assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 ); + assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->leafData ); + TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", + pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno, + loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); + assert( pPage->isInit ); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + newCell = sqliteMallocRaw( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); + if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew); + if( rc ) goto end_insert; + assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) ); + assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); + if( loc==0 && CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ){ + int szOld; + assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idxnCell ); + oldCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); + } + szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell); + rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell); + if( rc ) goto end_insert; + dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, szOld); + }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ + assert( pPage->leaf ); + pCur->idx++; + pCur->info.nSize = 0; + }else{ + assert( pPage->leaf ); + } + rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_insert; + rc = balance(pPage, 1); + /* sqlite3BtreePageDump(pCur->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, 1); */ + /* fflush(stdout); */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + moveToRoot(pCur); + } +end_insert: + sqliteFree(newCell); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor +** is left pointing at a random location. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){ + MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; + unsigned char *pCell; + int rc; + Pgno pgnoChild = 0; + BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt; + + assert( pPage->isInit ); + if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){ + /* Must start a transaction before doing a delete */ + return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( !pBt->readOnly ); + if( pCur->idx >= pPage->nCell ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; /* The cursor is not pointing to anything */ + } + if( !pCur->wrFlag ){ + return SQLITE_PERM; /* Did not open this cursor for writing */ + } + if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */ + } + + /* Restore the current cursor position (a no-op if the cursor is not in + ** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state) and save the positions of any other cursors + ** open on the same table. Then call sqlite3PagerWrite() on the page + ** that the entry will be deleted from. + */ + if( + (rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur))!=0 || + (rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur))!=0 || + (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0 + ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Locate the cell within it's page and leave pCell pointing to the + ** data. The clearCell() call frees any overflow pages associated with the + ** cell. The cell itself is still intact. + */ + pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + pgnoChild = get4byte(pCell); + } + rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); + if( rc ) return rc; + + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + /* + ** The entry we are about to delete is not a leaf so if we do not + ** do something we will leave a hole on an internal page. + ** We have to fill the hole by moving in a cell from a leaf. The + ** next Cell after the one to be deleted is guaranteed to exist and + ** to be a leaf so we can use it. + */ + BtCursor leafCur; + unsigned char *pNext; + int szNext; /* The compiler warning is wrong: szNext is always + ** initialized before use. Adding an extra initialization + ** to silence the compiler slows down the code. */ + int notUsed; + unsigned char *tempCell = 0; + assert( !pPage->leafData ); + sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(pCur, &leafCur); + rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, ¬Used); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(leafCur.pPage->pDbPage); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete internal from %d replace from leaf %d\n", + pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno, leafCur.pPage->pgno)); + dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell)); + pNext = findCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx); + szNext = cellSizePtr(leafCur.pPage, pNext); + assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=szNext+4 ); + tempCell = sqliteMallocRaw( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); + if( tempCell==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, pNext-4, szNext+4, tempCell, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + put4byte(findOverflowCell(pPage, pCur->idx), pgnoChild); + rc = balance(pPage, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + dropCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx, szNext); + rc = balance(leafCur.pPage, 0); + } + sqliteFree(tempCell); + sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(&leafCur); + }else{ + TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete from leaf %d\n", + pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno)); + dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell)); + rc = balance(pPage, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + moveToRoot(pCur); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page +** number for the root page of the new table. +** +** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the +** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for +** flags might not work: +** +** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys +** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + MemPage *pRoot; + Pgno pgnoRoot; + int rc; + if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){ + /* Must start a transaction first */ + return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( !pBt->readOnly ); + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; +#else + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ + MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ + + /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database + ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns + ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches + ** held by open cursors. + */ + invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); + + /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the + ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page + ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). + */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &pgnoRoot); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pgnoRoot++; + + /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the + ** PENDING_BYTE page. + */ + if( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || + pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + pgnoRoot++; + } + assert( pgnoRoot>=3 ); + + /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will + ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens + ** to reside at pgnoRoot). + */ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ + /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of + ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were + ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated + ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove + ** is already journaled. + */ + u8 eType; + Pgno iPtrPage; + + releasePage(pPageMove); + + /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); + assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove); + releasePage(pRoot); + + /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + }else{ + pRoot = pPageMove; + } + + /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ + rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0); + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pRoot); + return rc; + } + + }else{ + rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + } +#endif + assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); + zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); + *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return +** the page to the freelist. +*/ +static int clearDatabasePage( + BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ + MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page. NULL for the root */ + int freePageFlag /* Deallocate page if true */ +){ + MemPage *pPage = 0; + int rc; + unsigned char *pCell; + int i; + + if( pgno>sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, pParent); + if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + for(i=0; inCell; i++){ + pCell = findCell(pPage, i); + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage->pParent, 1); + if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + } + rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell); + if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + } + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), pPage->pParent, 1); + if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; + } + if( freePageFlag ){ + rc = freePage(pPage); + }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ + zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF); + } + +cleardatabasepage_out: + releasePage(pPage); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is +** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, +** the root page is empty, but still exists. +** +** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open +** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the +** root of the table. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable){ + int rc; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){ + return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; + } + rc = checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Save the position of all cursors open on this table */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, iTable, 0)) ){ + return rc; + } + + return clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to +** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on +** page 1) is never added to the freelist. +** +** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open +** cursors on the table. +** +** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last +** root page in the database file, then the last root page +** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by +** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page +** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all +** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which +** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the +** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before +** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. +** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of +** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ + int rc; + MemPage *pPage = 0; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + + if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){ + return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the + ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may + ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted + ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would + ** occur. + */ + if( pBt->pCursor ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; + } + + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); + if( rc ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable); + if( rc ){ + releasePage(pPage); + return rc; + } + + *piMoved = 0; + + if( iTable>1 ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + rc = freePage(pPage); + releasePage(pPage); +#else + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + Pgno maxRootPgno; + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &maxRootPgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + releasePage(pPage); + return rc; + } + + if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ + /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page + ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. + */ + rc = freePage(pPage); + releasePage(pPage); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + }else{ + /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page + ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the + ** gap left by the deleted root-page. + */ + MemPage *pMove; + releasePage(pPage); + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable); + releasePage(pMove); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = freePage(pMove); + releasePage(pMove); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + *piMoved = maxRootPgno; + } + + /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This + ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to + ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the + ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. + */ + maxRootPgno--; + if( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ + maxRootPgno--; + } + if( maxRootPgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ + maxRootPgno--; + } + assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); + + rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); + }else{ + rc = freePage(pPage); + releasePage(pPage); + } +#endif + }else{ + /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. */ + zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF ); + releasePage(pPage); + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] +** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] +** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] +** is read-only, the others are read/write. +** +** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema +** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of +** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ + DbPage *pDbPage; + int rc; + unsigned char *pP1; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + + /* Reading a meta-data value requires a read-lock on page 1 (and hence + ** the sqlite_master table. We grab this lock regardless of whether or + ** not the SQLITE_ReadUncommitted flag is set (the table rooted at page + ** 1 is treated as a special case by queryTableLock() and lockTable()). + */ + rc = queryTableLock(p, 1, READ_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, 1, &pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + pP1 = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); + *pMeta = get4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4]); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + + /* If autovacuumed is disabled in this build but we are trying to + ** access an autovacuumed database, then make the database readonly. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( idx==4 && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1; +#endif + + /* Grab the read-lock on page 1. */ + rc = lockTable(p, 1, READ_LOCK); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is +** read-only and may not be written. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + unsigned char *pP1; + int rc; + assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); + if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){ + return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); + pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); + if( rc ) return rc; + put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); + if( idx==7 ){ + assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); + assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); + pBt->incrVacuum = iMeta; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return the flag byte at the beginning of the page that the cursor +** is currently pointing to. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor *pCur){ + /* TODO: What about CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state? Probably need to call + ** restoreOrClearCursorPosition() here. + */ + MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; + return pPage ? pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset] : 0; +} + + +/* +** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for +** testing and debugging only. +*/ +Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){ + return p->pBt->pPager; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +/* +** Append a message to the error message string. +*/ +static void checkAppendMsg( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, + char *zMsg1, + const char *zFormat, + ... +){ + va_list ap; + char *zMsg2; + if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; + pCheck->mxErr--; + pCheck->nErr++; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zMsg2 = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zMsg1==0 ) zMsg1 = ""; + if( pCheck->zErrMsg ){ + char *zOld = pCheck->zErrMsg; + pCheck->zErrMsg = 0; + sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zOld, "\n", zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0); + sqliteFree(zOld); + }else{ + sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0); + } + sqliteFree(zMsg2); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +/* +** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second +** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. +** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if +** if this is the first reference to the page. +** +** Also check that the page number is in bounds. +*/ +static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, int iPage, char *zContext){ + if( iPage==0 ) return 1; + if( iPage>pCheck->nPage || iPage<0 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage); + return 1; + } + if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); + return 1; + } + return (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +/* +** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to +** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message +** to pCheck. +*/ +static void checkPtrmap( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ + Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ + u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ + Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ + char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */ +){ + int rc; + u8 ePtrmapType; + Pgno iPtrmapParent; + + rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); + return; + } + + if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", + iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. +** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. +*/ +static void checkList( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ + int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ + int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ + int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */ + char *zContext /* Context for error messages */ +){ + int i; + int expected = N; + int iFirst = iPage; + while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ + DbPage *pOvflPage; + unsigned char *pOvflData; + if( iPage<1 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d", + N+1, expected, iFirst); + break; + } + if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break; + if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage); + break; + } + pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); + if( isFreeList ){ + int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); + } +#endif + if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-8 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); + N--; + }else{ + for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext); + } +#endif + checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext); + } + N -= n; + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + else{ + /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last + ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for + ** the following page matches iPage. + */ + if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ + i = get4byte(pOvflData); + checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext); + } + } +#endif + iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +/* +** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return +** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages +** return 1, and so forth. +** +** These checks are done: +** +** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap +** but combine to completely cover the page. +** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order. +** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound. +** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound. +** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages. +** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children. +** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same. +** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is +** the root of the tree. +*/ +static int checkTreePage( + IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */ + int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */ + MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page */ + char *zParentContext /* Parent context */ +){ + MemPage *pPage; + int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt; + int hdr, cellStart; + int nCell; + u8 *data; + BtShared *pBt; + int usableSize; + char zContext[100]; + char *hit; + + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage); + + /* Check that the page exists + */ + pBt = pCheck->pBt; + usableSize = pBt->usableSize; + if( iPage==0 ) return 0; + if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0; + if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); + return 0; + } + if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pParent))!=0 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, + "sqlite3BtreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); + releasePage(pPage); + return 0; + } + + /* Check out all the cells. + */ + depth = 0; + for(i=0; inCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){ + u8 *pCell; + int sz; + CellInfo info; + + /* Check payload overflow pages + */ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, + "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i); + pCell = findCell(pPage,i); + sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info); + sz = info.nData; + if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += info.nKey; + assert( sz==info.nPayload ); + if( sz>info.nLocal ){ + int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); + Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext); + } +#endif + checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext); + } + + /* Check sanity of left child page. + */ + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + pgno = get4byte(pCell); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext); + } +#endif + d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck,pgno,pPage,zContext); + if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs"); + } + depth = d2; + } + } + if( !pPage->leaf ){ + pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, + "On page %d at right child: ", iPage); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ + checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, 0); + } +#endif + checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, pPage, zContext); + } + + /* Check for complete coverage of the page + */ + data = pPage->aData; + hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; + hit = sqliteMalloc( usableSize ); + if( hit ){ + memset(hit, 1, get2byte(&data[hdr+5])); + nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); + cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; + for(i=0; i=usableSize || pc<0 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, + "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0); + }else{ + for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++; + } + } + for(cnt=0, i=get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); i>0 && i=usableSize || i<0 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, + "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0); + }else{ + for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++; + } + i = get2byte(&data[i]); + } + for(i=cnt=0; i1 ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, + "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage); + break; + } + } + if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){ + checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, + "Fragmented space is %d byte reported as %d on page %d", + cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage); + } + } + sqliteFree(hit); + + releasePage(pPage); + return depth+1; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK +/* +** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is +** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of +** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. +** +** If everything checks out, this routine returns NULL. If something is +** amiss, an error message is written into memory obtained from malloc() +** and a pointer to that error message is returned. The calling function +** is responsible for freeing the error message when it is done. +*/ +char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( + Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ + int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ + int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ + int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ + int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ +){ + int i; + int nRef; + IntegrityCk sCheck; + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + + nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager); + if( lockBtreeWithRetry(p)!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return sqliteStrDup("Unable to acquire a read lock on the database"); + } + sCheck.pBt = pBt; + sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; + sCheck.nPage = sqlite3PagerPagecount(sCheck.pPager); + sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; + sCheck.nErr = 0; + *pnErr = 0; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( pBt->nTrunc!=0 ){ + sCheck.nPage = pBt->nTrunc; + } +#endif + if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + return 0; + } + sCheck.anRef = sqliteMallocRaw( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) ); + if( !sCheck.anRef ){ + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + *pnErr = 1; + return sqlite3MPrintf("Unable to malloc %d bytes", + (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0])); + } + for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; } + i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); + if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){ + sCheck.anRef[i] = 1; + } + sCheck.zErrMsg = 0; + + /* Check the integrity of the freelist + */ + checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), + get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: "); + + /* Check all the tables. + */ + for(i=0; iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ + checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0); + } +#endif + checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], 0, "List of tree roots: "); + } + + /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced + */ + for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); + } +#else + /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain + ** references to pointer-map pages. + */ + if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 && + (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i); + } + if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 && + (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); + } +#endif + } + + /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages + */ + unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); + if( nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) ){ + checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, + "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis", + nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) + ); + } + + /* Clean up and report errors. + */ + sqliteFree(sCheck.anRef); + *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; + return sCheck.zErrMsg; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +/* +** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. +*/ +const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ + assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); + return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager); +} + +/* +** Return the pathname of the directory that contains the database file. +*/ +const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *p){ + assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); + return sqlite3PagerDirname(p->pBt->pPager); +} + +/* +** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return +** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file +** has been created or not. +*/ +const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ + assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); + return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM +/* +** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction +** must be active for both files. +** +** The size of file pBtFrom may be reduced by this operation. +** If anything goes wrong, the transaction on pBtFrom is rolled back. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + Pgno i, nPage, nToPage, iSkip; + + BtShared *pBtTo = pTo->pBt; + BtShared *pBtFrom = pFrom->pBt; + + if( pTo->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pFrom->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( pBtTo->pCursor ) return SQLITE_BUSY; + nToPage = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBtTo->pPager); + nPage = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBtFrom->pPager); + iSkip = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtTo); + for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nPage; i++){ + DbPage *pDbPage; + if( i==iSkip ) continue; + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtFrom->pPager, i, &pDbPage); + if( rc ) break; + rc = sqlite3PagerOverwrite(pBtTo->pPager, i, sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage)); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + } + + /* If the file is shrinking, journal the pages that are being truncated + ** so that they can be rolled back if the commit fails. + */ + for(i=nPage+1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=nToPage; i++){ + DbPage *pDbPage; + if( i==iSkip ) continue; + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pDbPage); + if( rc ) break; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); + sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pDbPage); + /* Yeah. It seems wierd to call DontWrite() right after Write(). But + ** that is because the names of those procedures do not exactly + ** represent what they do. Write() really means "put this page in the + ** rollback journal and mark it as dirty so that it will be written + ** to the database file later." DontWrite() undoes the second part of + ** that and prevents the page from being written to the database. The + ** page is still on the rollback journal, though. And that is the whole + ** point of this loop: to put pages on the rollback journal. */ + sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); + } + if( !rc && nPagepPager, nPage); + } + + if( rc ){ + sqlite3BtreeRollback(pTo); + } + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */ + +/* +** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ + return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); +} + +/* +** Return non-zero if a statement transaction is active. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree *p){ + return (p->pBt && p->pBt->inStmt); +} + +/* +** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ + return (p && (p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE)); +} + +/* +** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with +** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for it's own +** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with +** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. +** +** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory +** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent +** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob +** of memory returned. +** +** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the +** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the +** blob of allocated memory. This function should not call sqliteFree() +** on the memory, the btree layer does that. +*/ +void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ + BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; + if( !pBt->pSchema ){ + pBt->pSchema = sqliteMalloc(nBytes); + pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; + } + return pBt->pSchema; +} + +/* +** Return true if another user of the same shared btree as the argument +** handle holds an exclusive lock on the sqlite_master table. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ + return (queryTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK)!=SQLITE_OK); +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The +** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock +** if it is false. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + u8 lockType = (isWriteLock?WRITE_LOCK:READ_LOCK); + rc = queryTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = lockTable(p, iTab, lockType); + } + return rc; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB +/* +** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an +** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. +** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. +** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible +** to change the length of the data stored. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ + + assert(pCsr->isIncrblobHandle); + if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ + return SQLITE_ABORT; + } + + /* Check some preconditions: + ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, + ** (b) there is no read-lock on the table being modified and + ** (c) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. + */ + if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){ + return SQLITE_READONLY; + } + assert( !pCsr->pBtree->pBt->readOnly + && pCsr->pBtree->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); + if( checkReadLocks(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr) ){ + return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */ + } + if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || !pCsr->pPage->intKey ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 0, 1); +} + +/* +** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the +** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened +** for incremental blob IO only. +** +** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache +** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function +** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and +** sqlite3BtreePutData()). +*/ +void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){ + assert(!pCur->isIncrblobHandle); + assert(!pCur->aOverflow); + pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1; +} +#endif diff --git a/btree.h b/btree.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf8929d --- /dev/null +++ b/btree.h @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file +** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description +** of what each interface routine does. +** +** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.82 2007/05/08 21:45:27 drh Exp $ +*/ +#ifndef _BTREE_H_ +#define _BTREE_H_ + +/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It +** needs to be revisited. +*/ +#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10 + +/* +** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise +** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM + #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 +#endif + +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ +#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ + +/* +** Forward declarations of structure +*/ +typedef struct Btree Btree; +typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; +typedef struct BtShared BtShared; + + +int sqlite3BtreeOpen( + const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ + sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ + Btree **, /* Return open Btree* here */ + int flags /* Flags */ +); + +/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the +** following values. +** +** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in +** pager.h. +*/ +#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not use journal. No argument */ +#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK 2 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ +#define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory DB. No argument */ + +int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); +int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree*,BusyHandler*); +int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); +int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int); +int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*); +int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int); +int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); +int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); +int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*); +int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); +int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); +int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int); +int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); +int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*); +int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); +int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*); +int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*); +int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*); +int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*); +int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); +int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); +int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*); +int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); +void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); +int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *); +int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *, int, u8); + +const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); +const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *); +const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); +int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); + +int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); + +/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR +** of the following flags: +*/ +#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ +#define BTREE_ZERODATA 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ +#define BTREE_LEAFDATA 4 /* Data stored in leaves only. Implies INTKEY */ + +int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); +int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int); +int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue); +int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); + +int sqlite3BtreeCursor( + Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ + int iTable, /* Index of root page */ + int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ + int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* Key comparison function */ + void*, /* First argument to compare function */ + BtCursor **ppCursor /* Returned cursor */ +); + +int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); +int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor*,const void *pKey,i64 nKey,int bias,int *pRes); +int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*); +int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, + const void *pData, int nData, + int nZero, int bias); +int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); +int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*); +int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes); +int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize); +int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); +const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt); +int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize); +int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); + +char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); +struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); + +int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); +void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *); + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); +void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); +int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree*, int, int recursive); +#endif + +#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */ diff --git a/btreeInt.h b/btreeInt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2964ad3 --- /dev/null +++ b/btreeInt.h @@ -0,0 +1,588 @@ +/* +** 2004 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** $Id: btreeInt.h,v 1.5 2007/06/15 12:06:59 drh Exp $ +** +** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees. +** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to +** +** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3: +** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley +** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts. +** +** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database +** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages. +** +** ---------------------------------------------------------------- +** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) | +** ---------------------------------------------------------------- +** +** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less +** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have +** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys +** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And +** so forth. +** +** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the +** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. +** +** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate +** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The +** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A +** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database +** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus +** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry +** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each +** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other +** information such as the size of key and data. +** +** FORMAT DETAILS +** +** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1, +** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates +** "no such page". The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536. +** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow +** page. +** +** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first +** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file. +** The format of the file header is as follows: +** +** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000" +** 16 2 Page size in bytes. +** 18 1 File format write version +** 19 1 File format read version +** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page +** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction +** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction +** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction +** 24 4 File change counter +** 28 4 Reserved for future use +** 32 4 First freelist page +** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file +** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers +** +** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first). +** +** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed +** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed +** and thus when they need to flush their cache. +** +** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable +** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard +** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default +** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit +** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64. +** +** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra +** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated, +** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting +** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction. +** +** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction +** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum +** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it +** not specified in the header. +** +** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the +** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte +** file header that occurs before the page header. +** +** |----------------| +** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only. +** |----------------| +** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes +** |----------------| +** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order. +** | array | | Grows downward +** | | v +** |----------------| +** | unallocated | +** | space | +** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards +** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks. +** | area | | and free space fragments. +** |----------------| +** +** The page headers looks like this: +** +** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf +** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock +** 3 2 number of cells on this page +** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area +** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes +** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves. +** +** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that +** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries +** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer +** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in +** the payload area. +** +** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header. +** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are +** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell +** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives +** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can +** be easily added without having to defragment the page. +** +** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the +** beginning of the page. +** +** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of +** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset +** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in +** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size, +** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot +** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called +** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded. +** in the page header at offset 7. +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock +** 2 Bytes in this freeblock +** +** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at +** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array +** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily +** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. +** +** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable +** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each +** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and +** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer +** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. +** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This +** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes. +** +** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000 +** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f +** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080 +** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100 +** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f +** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678 +** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081 +** +** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of +** bytes of key and data in a btree cell. +** +** The content of a cell looks like this: +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set. +** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set. +** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set. +** * Payload +** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow +** +** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely +** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little +** as 1 byte of data. +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 4 Page number of next overflow page +** * Data +** +** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The +** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk +** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is +** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this: +** +** SIZE DESCRIPTION +** 4 Page number of next trunk page +** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page +** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "pager.h" +#include "btree.h" +#include "os.h" +#include + +/* Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used +** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. +*/ +#define ROUND8(x) ((x+7)&~7) + + +/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page +** size give above. +*/ +#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) (pBt->pageSize-8) + +/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This +** assumes a minimum cell size of 3 bytes. Such small cells will be +** exceedingly rare, but they are possible. +*/ +#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/3) + +/* Forward declarations */ +typedef struct MemPage MemPage; +typedef struct BtLock BtLock; + +/* +** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every +** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database. +** +** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a +** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The +** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so +** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change +** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read +** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools +** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */ +# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3" +#endif + +/* +** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the +** first byte of every BTree page. +*/ +#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01 +#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02 +#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04 +#define PTF_LEAF 0x08 + +/* +** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following +** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores +** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page. +** +** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to +** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to +** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced. +** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore. +*/ +struct MemPage { + u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */ + u8 idxShift; /* True if Cell indices have changed */ + u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */ + u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */ + u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */ + u8 zeroData; /* True if table stores keys only */ + u8 leafData; /* True if tables stores data on leaves only */ + u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */ + u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */ + u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */ + u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of Btree.maxLocal or Btree.maxLeaf */ + u16 minLocal; /* Copy of Btree.minLocal or Btree.minLeaf */ + u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */ + u16 idxParent; /* Index in parent of this node */ + u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */ + u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */ + struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */ + u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */ + u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */ + } aOvfl[5]; + BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer back to BTree structure */ + u8 *aData; /* Pointer back to the start of the page */ + DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */ + Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ + MemPage *pParent; /* The parent of this page. NULL for root */ +}; + +/* +** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended +** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold +** that extra information. +*/ +#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage) + +/* Btree handle */ +struct Btree { + sqlite3 *pSqlite; + BtShared *pBt; + u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */ +}; + +/* +** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values. +** +** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users +** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction, +** but any number may have active read transactions. Variable Btree.pDb +** points to the handle that owns any current write-transaction. +*/ +#define TRANS_NONE 0 +#define TRANS_READ 1 +#define TRANS_WRITE 2 + +/* +** Everything we need to know about an open database +*/ +struct BtShared { + Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */ + BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */ + MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */ + u8 inStmt; /* True if we are in a statement subtransaction */ + u8 readOnly; /* True if the underlying file is readonly */ + u8 maxEmbedFrac; /* Maximum payload as % of total page size */ + u8 minEmbedFrac; /* Minimum payload as % of total page size */ + u8 minLeafFrac; /* Minimum leaf payload as % of total page size */ + u8 pageSizeFixed; /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */ + u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */ + Pgno nTrunc; /* Non-zero if the db will be truncated (incr vacuum) */ +#endif + u16 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */ + u16 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */ + int maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ + int minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ + int maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ + int minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ + BusyHandler *pBusyHandler; /* Callback for when there is lock contention */ + u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */ + int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */ + int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */ + void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */ + void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */ + BtShared *pNext; /* Next in ThreadData.pBtree linked list */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information +** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure +** based on information extract from the raw disk page. +*/ +typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; +struct CellInfo { + u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */ + i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */ + u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */ + u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */ + u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */ + u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */ + u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */ + u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */ +}; + +/* +** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry in the BTree. +** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in +** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry. +*/ +struct BtCursor { + Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */ + BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */ + int (*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*); /* Key comp func */ + void *pArg; /* First arg to xCompare() */ + Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */ + MemPage *pPage; /* Page that contains the entry */ + int idx; /* Index of the entry in pPage->aCell[] */ + CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */ + u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */ + u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */ + void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */ + i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */ + int skip; /* (skip<0) -> Prev() is a no-op. (skip>0) -> Next() is */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB + u8 isIncrblobHandle; /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */ + Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. +** +** CURSOR_VALID: +** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called. +** +** CURSOR_INVALID: +** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) +** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been +** called. +** +** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: +** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been +** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved +** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in +** this state, restoreOrClearCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to +** seek the cursor to the saved position. +*/ +#define CURSOR_INVALID 0 +#define CURSOR_VALID 1 +#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2 + +/* +** The TRACE macro will print high-level status information about the +** btree operation when the global variable sqlite3_btree_trace is +** enabled. +*/ +#if SQLITE_TEST +# define TRACE(X) if( sqlite3_btree_trace ){ printf X; fflush(stdout); } +#else +# define TRACE(X) +#endif + +/* +** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to +** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c +** file. +*/ +#define getVarint sqlite3GetVarint +#define getVarint32(A,B) ((*B=*(A))<=0x7f?1:sqlite3GetVarint32(A,B)) +#define putVarint sqlite3PutVarint + +/* The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. +** TODO: This macro is very similary to PAGER_MJ_PGNO() in pager.c. They +** should possibly be consolidated (presumably in pager.h). +** +** If disk I/O is omitted (meaning that the database is stored purely +** in memory) then there is no pending byte. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO +# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 0x7fffffff +#else +# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ((PENDING_BYTE/(pBt)->pageSize)+1) +#endif + +/* +** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. +** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor +** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed +** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when +** a btree handle is closed. +*/ +struct BtLock { + Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */ + Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */ + u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */ + BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */ +}; + +/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */ +#define READ_LOCK 1 +#define WRITE_LOCK 2 + +/* +** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a +** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable +** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the +** page number to look up in the pointer map. +** +** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map +** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns +** the offset of the requested map entry. +** +** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page, +** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be +** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements +** this test. +*/ +#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno) +#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, pgno) (5*(pgno-ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)-1)) +#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno)) + +/* +** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for +** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that +** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains +** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers +** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map +** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number. +** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types. +** +** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one +** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page +** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the +** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly. +** +** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not +** used in this case. +** +** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number +** is not used in this case. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of +** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that +** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. +** +** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of +** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous +** page in the overflow page list. +** +** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number +** identifies the parent page in the btree. +*/ +#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1 +#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2 +#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3 +#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4 +#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5 + +/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables +** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent. +*/ +#define btreeIntegrity(p) \ + assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransactionpBt->nRef ); \ + assert( p->pBt->nTransaction<=p->pBt->nRef ); \ + assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ + assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); + + +/* +** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine +** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used +** within an expression that is an argument to another macro +** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. +** So, this macro is defined instead. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum) +#else +#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0 +#endif + + +/* +** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines +** in order to keep track of some global state information. +*/ +typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; +struct IntegrityCk { + BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */ + Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */ + int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ + int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */ + int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */ + char *zErrMsg; /* An error message. NULL if no errors seen. */ + int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */ +}; + +/* +** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values. +*/ +#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) +#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (v)>>8, (p)[1] = (v)) +#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte +#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte + +/* +** Internal routines that should be accessed by the btree layer only. +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeGetPage(BtShared*, Pgno, MemPage**, int); +int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent); +void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(MemPage*, u8*, CellInfo*); +void sqlite3BtreeParseCell(MemPage*, int, CellInfo*); +u8 *sqlite3BtreeFindCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell); +int sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur); +void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur); +void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur); +int sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage); +void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur); diff --git a/build.c b/build.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0fd4180 --- /dev/null +++ b/build.c @@ -0,0 +1,3361 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser +** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the +** following kinds of SQL syntax: +** +** CREATE TABLE +** DROP TABLE +** CREATE INDEX +** DROP INDEX +** creating ID lists +** BEGIN TRANSACTION +** COMMIT +** ROLLBACK +** +** $Id: build.c,v 1.433 2007/07/02 19:31:27 drh Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include + +/* +** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to +** be parsed. Initialize the pParse structure as needed. +*/ +void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){ + pParse->explain = explainFlag; + pParse->nVar = 0; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and +** codeTableLocks() functions. +*/ +struct TableLock { + int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ + int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ + u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ + const char *zName; /* Name of the table */ +}; + +/* +** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. +** +** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. +** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. +** +** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The +** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to +** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding(). +*/ +void sqlite3TableLock( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ + int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ + u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ + const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ +){ + int i; + int nBytes; + TableLock *p; + + if( 0==sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData || iDb<0 ){ + return; + } + + for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ + p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; + if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ + p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock); + return; + } + } + + nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pParse->nTableLock+1); + pParse->aTableLock = sqliteReallocOrFree(pParse->aTableLock, nBytes); + if( pParse->aTableLock ){ + p = &pParse->aTableLock[pParse->nTableLock++]; + p->iDb = iDb; + p->iTab = iTab; + p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock; + p->zName = zName; + } +} + +/* +** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the +** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()). +*/ +static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ + int i; + Vdbe *pVdbe; + assert( sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData || pParse->nTableLock==0 ); + + if( 0==(pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse)) ){ + return; + } + + for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ + TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; + int p1 = p->iDb; + if( p->isWriteLock ){ + p1 = -1*(p1+1); + } + sqlite3VdbeOp3(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->zName, P3_STATIC); + } +} +#else + #define codeTableLocks(x) +#endif + +/* +** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been +** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been +** prepared. This routine puts the finishing touches on the +** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next +** parse. +** +** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that +** no VDBE code was generated. +*/ +void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return; + if( pParse->nested ) return; + if( !pParse->pVdbe ){ + if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->nErr ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + return; + } + } + + /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the + ** vdbe program + */ + db = pParse->db; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + + /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open. + ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are + ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a + ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie + ** on each used database. + */ + if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){ + u32 mask; + int iDb; + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1); + for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDbnDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){ + if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pParse->pVirtualLock ){ + char *vtab = (char *)pParse->pVirtualLock->pVtab; + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, vtab, P3_VTAB); + } +#endif + + /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, + ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the + ** shared-cache feature is enabled. + */ + codeTableLocks(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE + /* Add a No-op that contains the complete text of the compiled SQL + ** statement as its P3 argument. This does not change the functionality + ** of the program. + ** + ** This is used to implement sqlite3_trace(). + */ + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Noop, 0, 0, pParse->zSql, pParse->zTail-pParse->zSql); +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ + } + + + /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution + */ + if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0; + sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem+3, + pParse->nTab+3, pParse->explain); + pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE; + pParse->colNamesSet = 0; + }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pParse->nTab = 0; + pParse->nMem = 0; + pParse->nSet = 0; + pParse->nVar = 0; + pParse->cookieMask = 0; + pParse->cookieGoto = 0; +} + +/* +** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate +** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context +** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively +** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization +** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the +** outermost parser. +** +** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit +** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use +** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. +*/ +void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *zSql; +# define SAVE_SZ (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar)) + char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ]; + + if( pParse->nErr ) return; + assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */ + va_start(ap, zFormat); + zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + if( zSql==0 ){ + return; /* A malloc must have failed */ + } + pParse->nested++; + memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ); + memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ); + sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, 0); + sqliteFree(zSql); + memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ); + pParse->nested--; +} + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database +** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the +** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. +** +** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the +** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table +** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any +** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command. +** +** See also sqlite3LocateTable(). +*/ +Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){ + Table *p = 0; + int i; + assert( zName!=0 ); + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; + p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1); + if( p ) break; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database +** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the +** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an +** error message in pParse->zErrMsg. +** +** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this +** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where +** sqlite3FindTable() does not. +*/ +Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, const char *zDbase){ + Table *p; + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return 0; + } + + p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase); + if( p==0 ){ + if( zDbase ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s.%s", zDbase, zName); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zName); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Locate the in-memory structure that describes +** a particular index given the name of that index +** and the name of the database that contains the index. +** Return NULL if not found. +** +** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the +** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking +** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is +** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added +** using the ATTACH command. +*/ +Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){ + Index *p = 0; + int i; + for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ + int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ + Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; + if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue; + assert( pSchema || (j==1 && !db->aDb[1].pBt) ); + if( pSchema ){ + p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1); + } + if( p ) break; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Reclaim the memory used by an index +*/ +static void freeIndex(Index *p){ + sqliteFree(p->zColAff); + sqliteFree(p); +} + +/* +** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free +** its memory structures. +** +** The index is removed from the database hash tables but +** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes. +** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function. +*/ +static void sqliteDeleteIndex(Index *p){ + Index *pOld; + const char *zName = p->zName; + + pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen( zName)+1, 0); + assert( pOld==0 || pOld==p ); + freeIndex(p); +} + +/* +** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, +** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from +** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated +** with the index. +*/ +void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ + Index *pIndex; + int len; + Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; + + len = strlen(zIdxName); + pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len+1, 0); + if( pIndex ){ + if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ + pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; + }else{ + Index *p; + for(p=pIndex->pTable->pIndex; p && p->pNext!=pIndex; p=p->pNext){} + if( p && p->pNext==pIndex ){ + p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; + } + } + freeIndex(pIndex); + } + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; +} + +/* +** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of +** a single database. This routine is called to reclaim memory +** before the database closes. It is also called during a rollback +** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a +** schema-cookie mismatch occurs. +** +** If iDb<=0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database +** files. If iDb>=2 then reset the internal schema for only the +** single file indicated. +*/ +void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ + int i, j; + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + for(i=iDb; inDb; i++){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pSchema ){ + sqlite3SchemaFree(pDb->pSchema); + } + if( iDb>0 ) return; + } + assert( iDb==0 ); + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; + + /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed, + ** then remove them from the auxiliary database list. We take the + ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the + ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes + ** to any of those tables. + */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ + if( pDb->pAux && pDb->xFreeAux ) pDb->xFreeAux(pDb->pAux); + pDb->pAux = 0; + } + } + for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){ + struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ + sqliteFree(pDb->zName); + pDb->zName = 0; + continue; + } + if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i]; + } + j++; + } + memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j])); + db->nDb = j; + if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){ + memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0])); + sqliteFree(db->aDb); + db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; + } +} + +/* +** This routine is called when a commit occurs. +*/ +void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){ + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges; +} + +/* +** Clear the column names from a table or view. +*/ +static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){ + int i; + Column *pCol; + assert( pTable!=0 ); + if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + sqliteFree(pCol->zName); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pCol->pDflt); + sqliteFree(pCol->zType); + sqliteFree(pCol->zColl); + } + sqliteFree(pTable->aCol); + } + pTable->aCol = 0; + pTable->nCol = 0; +} + +/* +** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given +** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine. +** +** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink +** the table data structure from the hash table. Nor does it remove +** foreign keys from the sqlite.aFKey hash table. But it does destroy +** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with +** the table. +*/ +void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table *pTable){ + Index *pIndex, *pNext; + FKey *pFKey, *pNextFKey; + + if( pTable==0 ) return; + + /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ + pTable->nRef--; + if( pTable->nRef>0 ){ + return; + } + assert( pTable->nRef==0 ); + + /* Delete all indices associated with this table + */ + for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ + pNext = pIndex->pNext; + assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema ); + sqliteDeleteIndex(pIndex); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + /* Delete all foreign keys associated with this table. The keys + ** should have already been unlinked from the pSchema->aFKey hash table + */ + for(pFKey=pTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNextFKey){ + pNextFKey = pFKey->pNextFrom; + assert( sqlite3HashFind(&pTable->pSchema->aFKey, + pFKey->zTo, strlen(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey ); + sqliteFree(pFKey); + } +#endif + + /* Delete the Table structure itself. + */ + sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable); + sqliteFree(pTable->zName); + sqliteFree(pTable->zColAff); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pTable->pSelect); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + sqlite3ExprDelete(pTable->pCheck); +#endif + sqlite3VtabClear(pTable); + sqliteFree(pTable); +} + +/* +** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the +** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys. +*/ +void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){ + Table *p; + FKey *pF1, *pF2; + Db *pDb; + + assert( db!=0 ); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, strlen(zTabName)+1,0); + if( p ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + for(pF1=p->pFKey; pF1; pF1=pF1->pNextFrom){ + int nTo = strlen(pF1->zTo) + 1; + pF2 = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo); + if( pF2==pF1 ){ + sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo, pF1->pNextTo); + }else{ + while( pF2 && pF2->pNextTo!=pF1 ){ pF2=pF2->pNextTo; } + if( pF2 ){ + pF2->pNextTo = pF1->pNextTo; + } + } + } +#endif + sqlite3DeleteTable(p); + } + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; +} + +/* +** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that +** token with any quotations removed. Space to hold the returned string +** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling +** function. +** +** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so +** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string +** is \000 terminated and is persistent. +*/ +char *sqlite3NameFromToken(Token *pName){ + char *zName; + if( pName ){ + zName = sqliteStrNDup((char*)pName->z, pName->n); + sqlite3Dequote(zName); + }else{ + zName = 0; + } + return zName; +} + +/* +** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for +** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. +*/ +void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); + sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 5); /* sqlite_master has 5 columns */ +} + +/* +** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or +** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the +** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db +** does not exist. +*/ +int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ + int i = -1; /* Database number */ + int n; /* Number of characters in the name */ + Db *pDb; /* A database whose name space is being searched */ + char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */ + + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName); + if( zName ){ + n = strlen(zName); + for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ + if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==strlen(pDb->zName) && + 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){ + break; + } + } + sqliteFree(zName); + } + return i; +} + +/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens +** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: +** +** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); +** +** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if +** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: +** +** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); +** +** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". +** +** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or +** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the +** database "xxx" is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3TwoPartName( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ + Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */ + Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */ + Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */ +){ + int iDb; /* Database holding the object */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + + if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){ + assert( !db->init.busy ); + *pUnqual = pName2; + iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); + if( iDb<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1); + pParse->nErr++; + return -1; + } + }else{ + assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy ); + iDb = db->init.iDb; + *pUnqual = pName1; + } + return iDb; +} + +/* +** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal +** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or +** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string +** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace +** is reserved for internal use. +*/ +int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ + if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 + && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 + && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is +** the first of several action routines that get called in response +** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called +** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp +** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database +** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case +** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between +** CREATE and TABLE. +** +** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable. +** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action +** routines will be called to add more information to this record. +** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine +** is called to complete the construction of the new table record. +*/ +void sqlite3StartTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */ + Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */ + int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */ + int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */ + int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */ + int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */ +){ + Table *pTable; + char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v; + int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */ + Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ + + /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens + ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); + ** + ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if + ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); + ** + ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". + ** + ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or + ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is + ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be + ** created in. + */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && iDb>1 ){ + /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); + return; + } + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1; + + pParse->sNameToken = *pName; + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName); + if( zName==0 ) return; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp ); + { + int code; + char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( isView ){ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ + code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW; + } + }else{ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){ + code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE; + } + } + if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + } +#endif + + /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing + ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if + ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed + ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names + ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace + ** collisions. + */ + if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto begin_table_error; + } + pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( pTable ){ + if( !noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); + } + goto begin_table_error; + } + if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0)!=0 && (iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); + goto begin_table_error; + } + } + + pTable = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Table) ); + if( pTable==0 ){ + pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + pParse->nErr++; + goto begin_table_error; + } + pTable->zName = zName; + pTable->iPKey = -1; + pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + pTable->nRef = 1; + if( pParse->pNewTable ) sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable); + pParse->pNewTable = pTable; + + /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement, + ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure + ** so that INSERT can find the table easily. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ + pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; + } +#endif + + /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into + ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead + ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any + ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause + ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the + ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated + ** now. + */ + if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ + int lbl; + int fileFormat; + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( isVirtual ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0); + } +#endif + + /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, + ** set them now. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 1); /* file_format */ + lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, 0, lbl); + fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ? + 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 4); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl); + + /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table. + ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced + ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable(). + ** + ** The rowid for the new entry is left on the top of the stack. + ** The rowid value is needed by the code that sqlite3EndTable will + ** generate. + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) + if( isView || isVirtual ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, 0); + } + sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, 0, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); + } + + /* Normal (non-error) return. */ + return; + + /* If an error occurs, we jump here */ +begin_table_error: + sqliteFree(zName); + return; +} + +/* +** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner. +** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but +** produces larger code. +** +** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It +** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false. +*/ +#define STRICMP(x, y) (\ +sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]== \ +sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)] \ +&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 ) + +/* +** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed. +** +** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration +** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called +** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each +** column. +*/ +void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){ + Table *p; + int i; + char *z; + Column *pCol; + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; + if( p->nCol+1>SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName); + return; + } + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName); + if( z==0 ) return; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z); + sqliteFree(z); + return; + } + } + if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){ + Column *aNew; + aNew = sqliteRealloc( p->aCol, (p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0])); + if( aNew==0 ){ + sqliteFree(z); + return; + } + p->aCol = aNew; + } + pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; + memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); + pCol->zName = z; + + /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity + ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will + ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly. + */ + pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + p->nCol++; +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of +** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has +** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on +** the column currently under construction. +*/ +void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ + Table *p; + int i; + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; + i = p->nCol-1; + if( i>=0 ) p->aCol[i].notNull = onError; +} + +/* +** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the +** associated affinity type. +** +** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the +** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is +** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains +** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of +** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', +** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. +** +** Substring | Affinity +** -------------------------------- +** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER +** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT +** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_NONE +** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL +** +** If none of the substrings in the above table are found, +** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned. +*/ +char sqlite3AffinityType(const Token *pType){ + u32 h = 0; + char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + const unsigned char *zIn = pType->z; + const unsigned char *zEnd = &pType->z[pType->n]; + + while( zIn!=zEnd ){ + h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[*zIn]; + zIn++; + if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */ + && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; + }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; + }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */ + && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; +#endif + }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + break; + } + } + + return aff; +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of +** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. The pFirst token is the first +** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the +** column currently under construction. pLast is the last token +** in the sequence. Use this information to construct a string +** that contains the typename of the column and store that string +** in zType. +*/ +void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){ + Table *p; + int i; + Column *pCol; + + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; + i = p->nCol-1; + if( i<0 ) return; + pCol = &p->aCol[i]; + sqliteFree(pCol->zType); + pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(pType); + pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pType); +} + +/* +** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column +** of the table currently under construction. +** +** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this +** is not the case. +** +** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of +** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. +*/ +void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + Table *p; + Column *pCol; + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)!=0 ){ + pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]); + if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pExpr) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant", + pCol->zName); + }else{ + Expr *pCopy; + sqlite3ExprDelete(pCol->pDflt); + pCol->pDflt = pCopy = sqlite3ExprDup(pExpr); + if( pCopy ){ + sqlite3TokenCopy(&pCopy->span, &pExpr->span); + } + } + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr); +} + +/* +** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names +** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the +** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. +** +** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has +** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an +** error. +** +** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER, +** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey +** field of the table under construction to be the index of the +** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is +** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. +** +** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique +** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs. +*/ +void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */ + int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */ + int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */ + int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */ +){ + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + char *zType = 0; + int iCol = -1, i; + if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit; + if( pTab->hasPrimKey ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); + goto primary_key_exit; + } + pTab->hasPrimKey = 1; + if( pList==0 ){ + iCol = pTab->nCol - 1; + pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; + }else{ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){ + break; + } + } + if( iColnCol ){ + pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1; + } + } + if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1; + } + if( iCol>=0 && iColnCol ){ + zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + } + if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0 + && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){ + pTab->iPKey = iCol; + pTab->keyConf = onError; + pTab->autoInc = autoInc; + }else if( autoInc ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an " + "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); +#endif + }else{ + sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0); + pList = 0; + } + +primary_key_exit: + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); + return; +} + +/* +** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. +*/ +void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + /* The CHECK expression must be duplicated so that tokens refer + ** to malloced space and not the (ephemeral) text of the CREATE TABLE + ** statement */ + pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprAnd(pTab->pCheck, sqlite3ExprDup(pCheckExpr)); + } +#endif + sqlite3ExprDelete(pCheckExpr); +} + +/* +** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column +** to the CollSeq given. +*/ +void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, const char *zType, int nType){ + Table *p; + int i; + + if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; + i = p->nCol-1; + + if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zType, nType) ){ + Index *pIdx; + p->aCol[i].zColl = sqliteStrNDup(zType, nType); + + /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ", + ** then an index may have been created on this column before the + ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. + */ + for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){ + pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl; + } + } + } +} + +/* +** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text +** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName. +** +** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available +** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to +** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence, +** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is +** returned instead. +** +** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or +** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into +** pParse. +** +** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine +** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found +** and generates an error message. +*/ +CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + u8 enc = ENC(db); + u8 initbusy = db->init.busy; + CollSeq *pColl; + + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, nName, initbusy); + if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){ + pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, pColl, zName, nName); + if( !pColl ){ + if( nName<0 ){ + nName = strlen(zName); + } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", nName, zName); + pColl = 0; + } + } + + return pColl; +} + + +/* +** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie. +** +** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the +** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value +** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the +** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database, +** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed +** since it was last read. +** +** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for +** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be +** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent +** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only +** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough. +*/ +void sqlite3ChangeCookie(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *v, int iDb){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 0); +} + +/* +** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given +** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used +** but does not include the null terminator. +** +** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is +** really needed. +*/ +static int identLength(const char *z){ + int n; + for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){ + if( *z=='"' ){ n++; } + } + return n + 2; +} + +/* +** Write an identifier onto the end of the given string. Add +** quote characters as needed. +*/ +static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){ + unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent; + int i, j, needQuote; + i = *pIdx; + for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ + if( !isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break; + } + needQuote = zIdent[j]!=0 || isdigit(zIdent[0]) + || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID; + if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; + for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ + z[i++] = zIdent[j]; + if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"'; + } + if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; + z[i] = 0; + *pIdx = i; +} + +/* +** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given +** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained +** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function. +*/ +static char *createTableStmt(Table *p, int isTemp){ + int i, k, n; + char *zStmt; + char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd, *z; + Column *pCol; + n = 0; + for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + n += identLength(pCol->zName); + z = pCol->zType; + if( z ){ + n += (strlen(z) + 1); + } + } + n += identLength(p->zName); + if( n<50 ){ + zSep = ""; + zSep2 = ","; + zEnd = ")"; + }else{ + zSep = "\n "; + zSep2 = ",\n "; + zEnd = "\n)"; + } + n += 35 + 6*p->nCol; + zStmt = sqliteMallocRaw( n ); + if( zStmt==0 ) return 0; + sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, + !OMIT_TEMPDB&&isTemp ? "CREATE TEMP TABLE ":"CREATE TABLE "); + k = strlen(zStmt); + identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName); + zStmt[k++] = '('; + for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep); + k += strlen(&zStmt[k]); + zSep = zSep2; + identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName); + if( (z = pCol->zType)!=0 ){ + zStmt[k++] = ' '; + assert( strlen(z)+k+1<=n ); + sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", z); + k += strlen(z); + } + } + sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd); + return zStmt; +} + +/* +** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates +** a CREATE TABLE statement. +** +** The table structure that other action routines have been building +** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have +** occurred. +** +** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless +** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 +** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just +** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has +** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in +** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. +** +** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine +** was called to create a table generated from a +** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of +** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. +*/ +void sqlite3EndTable( + Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ + Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */ + Token *pEnd, /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */ + Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */ +){ + Table *p; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ) { + return; + } + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 ) return; + + assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect ); + + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions. + */ + if( p->pCheck ){ + SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */ + + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); + sSrc.nSrc = 1; + sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName; + sSrc.a[0].pTab = p; + sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1; + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; + sNC.isCheck = 1; + if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){ + return; + } + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ + + /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the + ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk. + ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number + ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number + ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.) + */ + if( db->init.busy ){ + p->tnum = db->init.newTnum; + } + + /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table + ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. The record number + ** for the new table entry should already be on the stack. + ** + ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary + ** file instead of into the main database file. + */ + if( !db->init.busy ){ + int n; + Vdbe *v; + char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */ + char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */ + char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */ + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) return; + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0); + + /* Create the rootpage for the new table and push it onto the stack. + ** A view has no rootpage, so just push a zero onto the stack for + ** views. Initialize zType at the same time. + */ + if( p->pSelect==0 ){ + /* A regular table */ + zType = "table"; + zType2 = "TABLE"; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + }else{ + /* A view */ + zType = "view"; + zType2 = "VIEW"; +#endif + } + + /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT + ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the + ** new table is on the top of the vdbe stack. + ** + ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a + ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used + ** by the new table. + ** + ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table, + ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since + ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would + ** be redundant. + */ + if( pSelect ){ + Table *pSelTab; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, 0); + pParse->nTab = 2; + sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Table, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 1, 0); + if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSelect); + if( pSelTab==0 ) return; + assert( p->aCol==0 ); + p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; + p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; + pSelTab->nCol = 0; + pSelTab->aCol = 0; + sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab); + } + } + + /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */ + if( pSelect ){ + zStmt = createTableStmt(p, p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema); + }else{ + n = pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z + 1; + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf("CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z); + } + + /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the + ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all + ** the information we've collected. The rowid for the preallocated + ** slot is the 2nd item on the stack. The top of the stack is the + ** root page for the new table (or a 0 if this is a view). + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s " + "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#0, sql=%Q " + "WHERE rowid=#1", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), + zType, + p->zName, + p->zName, + zStmt + ); + sqliteFree(zStmt); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for + ** keeping track of autoincrement keys. + */ + if( p->autoInc ){ + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)", + pDb->zName + ); + } + } +#endif + + /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, + sqlite3MPrintf("tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P3_DYNAMIC); + } + + + /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database. + */ + if( db->init.busy && pParse->nErr==0 ){ + Table *pOld; + FKey *pFKey; + Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; + pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, strlen(p->zName)+1,p); + if( pOld ){ + assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ + return; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + for(pFKey=p->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ + int nTo = strlen(pFKey->zTo) + 1; + pFKey->pNextTo = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo); + sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo, pFKey); + } +#endif + pParse->pNewTable = 0; + db->nTable++; + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + if( !p->pSelect ){ + const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z; + int nName; + assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd ); + if( pCons->z==0 ){ + pCons = pEnd; + } + nName = (const char *)pCons->z - zName; + p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName); + } +#endif + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +/* +** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW +*/ +void sqlite3CreateView( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */ + Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ + Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */ + int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */ + int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */ +){ + Table *p; + int n; + const unsigned char *z; + Token sEnd; + DbFixer sFix; + Token *pName; + int iDb; + + if( pParse->nVar>0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views"); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); + return; + } + sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr); + p = pParse->pNewTable; + if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); + return; + } + sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema); + if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName) + && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) + ){ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); + return; + } + + /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view. + ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically + ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that + ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns. + */ + p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pSelect); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + return; + } + if( !pParse->db->init.busy ){ + sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p); + } + + /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to + ** the end. + */ + sEnd = pParse->sLastToken; + if( sEnd.z[0]!=0 && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){ + sEnd.z += sEnd.n; + } + sEnd.n = 0; + n = sEnd.z - pBegin->z; + z = (const unsigned char*)pBegin->z; + while( n>0 && (z[n-1]==';' || isspace(z[n-1])) ){ n--; } + sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; + sEnd.n = 1; + + /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0); + return; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) +/* +** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of +** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number +** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg. +*/ +int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ + Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */ + Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */ + int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ + int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */ + + assert( pTable ); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0; +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are + ** already known. + */ + if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0; + + /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently + ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with + ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this: + ** + ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two; + ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one; + ** + ** Actually, this error is caught previously and so the following test + ** should always fail. But we will leave it in place just to be safe. + */ + if( pTable->nCol<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName); + return 1; + } + assert( pTable->nCol>=0 ); + + /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names. + ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any + ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors + ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes + ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT + ** statement that defines the view. + */ + assert( pTable->pSelect ); + pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(pTable->pSelect); + if( pSel ){ + n = pParse->nTab; + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); + pTable->nCol = -1; + pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSel); + pParse->nTab = n; + if( pSelTab ){ + assert( pTable->aCol==0 ); + pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; + pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; + pSelTab->nCol = 0; + pSelTab->aCol = 0; + sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab); + pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews; + }else{ + pTable->nCol = 0; + nErr++; + } + sqlite3SelectDelete(pSel); + } else { + nErr++; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + return nErr; +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +/* +** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx. +*/ +static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ + HashElem *i; + if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab); + } + } + DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); +} +#else +# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + +/* +** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema +** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The +** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom +** to iTo. +** +** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information +** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. +** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might +** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is +** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match +** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices +** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. +** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with +** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo +** in order to be certain that we got the right one. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db *pDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ + HashElem *pElem; + Hash *pHash; + + pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); + if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){ + pTab->tnum = iTo; + } + } + pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash; + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem); + if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){ + pIdx->tnum = iTo; + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. +** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema +** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst +** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). +*/ +static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, iDb); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + /* OP_Destroy pushes an integer onto the stack. If this integer + ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to + ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to + ** reflect this. + ** + ** The "#0" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value + ** is on the top of the stack. See sqlite3RegisterExpr(). + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #0 AND rootpage=#0", + pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable); +#endif +} + +/* +** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. +** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions +** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer +** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). +*/ +static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + Index *pIdx; + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb); + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + } +#else + /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the + ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically + ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages + ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the + ** following were coded: + ** + ** OP_Destroy 4 0 + ** ... + ** OP_Destroy 5 0 + ** + ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the + ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the + ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit + ** a free-list page. + */ + int iTab = pTab->tnum; + int iDestroyed = 0; + + while( 1 ){ + Index *pIdx; + int iLargest = 0; + + if( iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){ + iLargest = iIdx; + } + } + if( iLargest==0 ){ + return; + }else{ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb); + iDestroyed = iLargest; + } + } +#endif +} + +/* +** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. +** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. +*/ +void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){ + Table *pTab; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + + if( pTab==0 ){ + if( noErr ){ + sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse); + } + goto exit_drop_table; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + const char *zArg2 = 0; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( isView ){ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE; + zArg2 = pTab->pMod->zName; +#endif + }else{ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE; + }else{ + code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE; + } + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_table; + } + } +#endif + if( pTab->readOnly || pTab==db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->pSeqTab ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used + ** on a table. + */ + if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } + if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName); + goto exit_drop_table; + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table + ** on disk. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + Trigger *pTrigger; + Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0); + } + } +#endif + + /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code + ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or + ** sqlite_temp_master if required. + */ + pTrigger = pTab->pTrigger; + while( pTrigger ){ + assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || + pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); + pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT + /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with + ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped + ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to + ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode). + */ + if( pTab->autoInc ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %s.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q", + pDb->zName, pTab->zName + ); + } +#endif + + /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the + ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes + ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being + ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be + ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another + ** database. + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", + pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName); + if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + destroyTable(pParse, pTab); + } + + /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify + ** the schema cookie. + */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + } + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); + } + sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb); + +exit_drop_table: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName); +} + +/* +** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table +** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns +** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then +** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of +** the table referred to. pToCol is a list of tables in the other +** pTo table that the foreign key points to. flags contains all +** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified +** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses. +** +** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently +** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. The new FKey +** is not linked into db->aFKey at this point - that does not happen +** until sqlite3EndTable(). +** +** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call +** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED. +*/ +void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */ + Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */ + ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */ + int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */ +){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + FKey *pFKey = 0; + Table *p = pParse->pNewTable; + int nByte; + int i; + int nCol; + char *z; + + assert( pTo!=0 ); + if( p==0 || pParse->nErr || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end; + if( pFromCol==0 ){ + int iCol = p->nCol-1; + if( iCol<0 ) goto fk_end; + if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s" + " should reference only one column of table %T", + p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo); + goto fk_end; + } + nCol = 1; + }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of " + "columns in the referenced table"); + goto fk_end; + }else{ + nCol = pFromCol->nExpr; + } + nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + nCol*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1; + if( pToCol ){ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + nByte += strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1; + } + } + pFKey = sqliteMalloc( nByte ); + if( pFKey==0 ) goto fk_end; + pFKey->pFrom = p; + pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey; + z = (char*)&pFKey[1]; + pFKey->aCol = (struct sColMap*)z; + z += sizeof(struct sColMap)*nCol; + pFKey->zTo = z; + memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n); + z[pTo->n] = 0; + z += pTo->n+1; + pFKey->pNextTo = 0; + pFKey->nCol = nCol; + if( pFromCol==0 ){ + pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1; + }else{ + for(i=0; inCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){ + pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j; + break; + } + } + if( j>=p->nCol ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", + pFromCol->a[i].zName); + goto fk_end; + } + } + } + if( pToCol ){ + for(i=0; ia[i].zName); + pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z; + memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n); + z[n] = 0; + z += n+1; + } + } + pFKey->isDeferred = 0; + pFKey->deleteConf = flags & 0xff; + pFKey->updateConf = (flags >> 8 ) & 0xff; + pFKey->insertConf = (flags >> 16 ) & 0xff; + + /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step. + */ + p->pFKey = pFKey; + pFKey = 0; + +fk_end: + sqliteFree(pFKey); +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pFromCol); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pToCol); +} + +/* +** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED +** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred +** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. +** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted +** accordingly. +*/ +void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + Table *pTab; + FKey *pFKey; + if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return; + pFKey->isDeferred = isDeferred; +#endif +} + +/* +** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is +** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the +** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command. +** +** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly +** created. The memory cell specified by memRootPage contains the +** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then +** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and +** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum. +*/ +static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ + Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ + int iTab = pParse->nTab; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ + int iIdx = pParse->nTab+1; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ + int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ + int tnum; /* Root page of index */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ + KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIndex->pSchema); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0, + pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){ + return; + } +#endif + + /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */ + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) return; + if( memRootPage>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memRootPage, 0); + tnum = 0; + }else{ + tnum = pIndex->tnum; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); + pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); + sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIndex, iTab); + if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){ + int curaddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + int addr2 = curaddr+4; + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, curaddr-1, addr2); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, addr2); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, OE_Abort, + "indexed columns are not unique", P3_STATIC); + assert( sqlite3MallocFailed() || addr2==sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iTab, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iIdx, 0); +} + +/* +** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index +** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will +** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a +** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable +** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is +** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement. +** +** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this +** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added +** to the table currently under construction. +*/ +void sqlite3CreateIndex( + Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ + Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ + Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ + SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */ + ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ + int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ + Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ + Token *pEnd, /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */ + int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ + int ifNotExist /* Omit error if index already exists */ +){ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */ + Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */ + char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */ + int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */ + int i, j; + Token nullId; /* Fake token for an empty ID list */ + DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */ + int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */ + int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */ + Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */ + struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */ + int nCol; + int nExtra = 0; + char *zExtra; + + if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + + /* + ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found. + */ + if( pTblName!=0 ){ + + /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database + ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db + ** before looking up the table. + */ + assert( pName1 && pName2 ); + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); + if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table + ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName); + if( pName2 && pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ + iDb = 1; + } +#endif + + if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) && + sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) + ){ + /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier, + ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */ + assert(0); + } + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pTblName->a[0].zName, + pTblName->a[0].zDatabase); + if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + }else{ + assert( pName==0 ); + pTab = pParse->pNewTable; + if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + } + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + if( pTab==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index; + if( pTab->readOnly ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed"); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed"); + goto exit_create_index; + } +#endif + + /* + ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another + ** index or table with the same name. + ** + ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the + ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and + ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or + ** index, then we will continue to process this index. + ** + ** If pName==0 it means that we are + ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our + ** own name. + */ + if( pName ){ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index; + if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + if( !db->init.busy ){ + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index; + if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName); + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){ + if( !ifNotExist ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); + } + goto exit_create_index; + } + }else{ + char zBuf[30]; + int n; + Index *pLoop; + for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){} + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"_%d",n); + zName = 0; + sqlite3SetString(&zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", pTab->zName, zBuf, (char*)0); + if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + } + + /* Check for authorization to create an index. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + const char *zDb = pDb->zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + } +#endif + + /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary + ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction. + ** So create a fake list to simulate this. + */ + if( pList==0 ){ + nullId.z = (u8*)pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName; + nullId.n = strlen((char*)nullId.z); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, 0, &nullId); + if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + pList->a[0].sortOrder = sortOrder; + } + + /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly + ** specified collation sequence names. + */ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; + if( pExpr ){ + nExtra += (1 + strlen(pExpr->pColl->zName)); + } + } + + /* + ** Allocate the index structure. + */ + nName = strlen(zName); + nCol = pList->nExpr; + pIndex = sqliteMalloc( + sizeof(Index) + /* Index structure */ + sizeof(int)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ + sizeof(int)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowEst */ + sizeof(char *)*nCol + /* Index.azColl */ + sizeof(u8)*nCol + /* Index.aSortOrder */ + nName + 1 + /* Index.zName */ + nExtra /* Collation sequence names */ + ); + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto exit_create_index; + pIndex->azColl = (char**)(&pIndex[1]); + pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]); + pIndex->aiRowEst = (unsigned *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]); + pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiRowEst[nCol+1]); + pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]); + zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]); + memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1); + pIndex->pTable = pTab; + pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr; + pIndex->onError = onError; + pIndex->autoIndex = pName==0; + pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; + + /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns + */ + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){ + sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */ + }else{ + sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */ + } + + /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and + ** load the column indices into the Index structure. Report an error + ** if any column is not found. + */ + for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pListItem++){ + const char *zColName = pListItem->zName; + Column *pTabCol; + int requestedSortOrder; + char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */ + + for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pTabCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break; + } + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s", + pTab->zName, zColName); + goto exit_create_index; + } + /* TODO: Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named + ** more than once within the same index. Only the first instance of + ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer. Note that using the + ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would + ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning. + */ + pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j; + if( pListItem->pExpr ){ + assert( pListItem->pExpr->pColl ); + zColl = zExtra; + sqlite3_snprintf(nExtra, zExtra, "%s", pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName); + zExtra += (strlen(zColl) + 1); + }else{ + zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; + if( !zColl ){ + zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName; + } + } + if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1) ){ + goto exit_create_index; + } + pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl; + requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask; + pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = requestedSortOrder; + } + sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex); + + if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ + /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a + ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or + ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions. + ** i.e. one of: + ** + ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y); + ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y)); + ** + ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If + ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to + ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with + ** explicit indices. + */ + Index *pIdx; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + int k; + assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ); + assert( pIdx->autoIndex ); + assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ); + + if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue; + for(k=0; knColumn; k++){ + const char *z1 = pIdx->azColl[k]; + const char *z2 = pIndex->azColl[k]; + if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break; + if( pIdx->aSortOrder[k]!=pIndex->aSortOrder[k] ) break; + if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break; + } + if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){ + if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ + /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous + ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. + ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this + ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit + ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the + ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index. + */ + if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); + } + if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ + pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError; + } + } + goto exit_create_index; + } + } + } + + /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other + ** in-memory database structures. + */ + if( db->init.busy ){ + Index *p; + p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, + pIndex->zName, strlen(pIndex->zName)+1, pIndex); + if( p ){ + assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ + goto exit_create_index; + } + db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges; + if( pTblName!=0 ){ + pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum; + } + } + + /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk. This + ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the + ** index with the current table contents. + ** + ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX + ** command. db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and + ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table. In + ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why + ** we don't want to recreate it. + ** + ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key + ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table + ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization + ** step can be skipped. + */ + else if( db->init.busy==0 ){ + Vdbe *v; + char *zStmt; + int iMem = pParse->nMem++; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index; + + + /* Create the rootpage for the index + */ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 0); + + /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into + ** the zStmt variable + */ + if( pStart && pEnd ){ + /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ + zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf("CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", + onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", + pEnd->z - pName->z + 1, + pName->z); + }else{ + /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ + /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */ + zStmt = 0; + } + + /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index + */ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#0,%Q);", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), + pIndex->zName, + pTab->zName, + zStmt + ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); + sqliteFree(zStmt); + + /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire + ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements. + */ + if( pTblName ){ + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, + sqlite3MPrintf("name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P3_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0); + } + } + + /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make + ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled + ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct operation of UPDATE + ** and INSERT. + */ + if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ + if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 + || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){ + pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex; + pTab->pIndex = pIndex; + }else{ + Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex; + while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){ + pOther = pOther->pNext; + } + pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext; + pOther->pNext = pIndex; + } + pIndex = 0; + } + + /* Clean up before exiting */ +exit_create_index: + if( pIndex ){ + freeIndex(pIndex); + } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTblName); + sqliteFree(zName); + return; +} + +/* +** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat. +** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary. +*/ +void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){ + Vdbe *v; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1); + } +} + +/* +** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information +** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command. +** +** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index. +** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the +** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the +** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number +** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns +** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that +* +** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1] +** aiRowEst[N]>=1 +** +** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to +** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here +** are based on typical values found in actual indices. +*/ +void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ + unsigned *a = pIdx->aiRowEst; + int i; + assert( a!=0 ); + a[0] = 1000000; + for(i=pIdx->nColumn; i>=5; i--){ + a[i] = 5; + } + while( i>=1 ){ + a[i] = 11 - i; + i--; + } + if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ + a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1; + } +} + +/* +** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine +** implements the DROP INDEX statement. +*/ +void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ + Index *pIndex; + Vdbe *v; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int iDb; + + if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); + if( pIndex==0 ){ + if( !ifExists ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); + } + pParse->checkSchema = 1; + goto exit_drop_index; + } + if( pIndex->autoIndex ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " + "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); + goto exit_drop_index; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + { + int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; + Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; + const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ + goto exit_drop_index; + } + } +#endif + + /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, + "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), + pIndex->zName + ); + sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb); + destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); + } + +exit_drop_index: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName); +} + +/* +** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the +** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine allocates a new +** object on the end of the array. +** +** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use. *pnAlloc is +** the previously allocated size of the array. initSize is the +** suggested initial array size allocation. +** +** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx. +** +** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects. This +** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different +** pointer if the array was resized. +*/ +void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ + int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ + int initSize, /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */ + int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ + int *pnAlloc, /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */ + int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ +){ + char *z; + if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){ + void *pNew; + int newSize; + newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize; + pNew = sqliteRealloc(pArray, newSize*szEntry); + if( pNew==0 ){ + *pIdx = -1; + return pArray; + } + *pnAlloc = newSize; + pArray = pNew; + } + z = (char*)pArray; + memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry); + *pIdx = *pnEntry; + ++*pnEntry; + return pArray; +} + +/* +** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if +** need be. +** +** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. +*/ +IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(IdList) ); + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + pList->nAlloc = 0; + } + pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + pList->a, + sizeof(pList->a[0]), + 5, + &pList->nId, + &pList->nAlloc, + &i + ); + if( i<0 ){ + sqlite3IdListDelete(pList); + return 0; + } + pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pToken); + return pList; +} + +/* +** Delete an IdList. +*/ +void sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList *pList){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + sqliteFree(pList->a[i].zName); + } + sqliteFree(pList->a); + sqliteFree(pList); +} + +/* +** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 +** if not found. +*/ +int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return -1; + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if +** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pToken is NULL. +** +** A new SrcList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. +** +** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional +** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase +** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. +** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might +** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. +** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, +** or with NULL if no database is specified. +** +** In other words, if call like this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(A,B,0); +** +** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called +** like this: +** +** sqlite3SrcListAppend(A,B,C); +** +** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. +*/ +SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(SrcList *pList, Token *pTable, Token *pDatabase){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(SrcList) ); + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + pList->nAlloc = 1; + } + if( pList->nSrc>=pList->nAlloc ){ + SrcList *pNew; + pList->nAlloc *= 2; + pNew = sqliteRealloc(pList, + sizeof(*pList) + (pList->nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0]) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pList); + return 0; + } + pList = pNew; + } + pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc]; + memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(pList->a[0])); + if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ + pDatabase = 0; + } + if( pDatabase && pTable ){ + Token *pTemp = pDatabase; + pDatabase = pTable; + pTable = pTemp; + } + pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pTable); + pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDatabase); + pItem->iCursor = -1; + pItem->isPopulated = 0; + pList->nSrc++; + return pList; +} + +/* +** Assign cursors to all tables in a SrcList +*/ +void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + assert(pList || sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + if( pList ){ + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; + pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. +*/ +void sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList *pList){ + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + sqliteFree(pItem->zDatabase); + sqliteFree(pItem->zName); + sqliteFree(pItem->zAlias); + sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pItem->pSelect); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pOn); + sqlite3IdListDelete(pItem->pUsing); + } + sqliteFree(pList); +} + +/* +** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the +** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of +** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL +** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase +** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. +** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the +** usual case. If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the +** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the +** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and +** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing +** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. +** +** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new +** term added. +*/ +SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( + SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ + Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ + Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ + Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ + Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ + Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ + IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ +){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(p, pTable, pDatabase); + if( p==0 || p->nSrc==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(pOn); + sqlite3IdListDelete(pUsing); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pSubquery); + return p; + } + pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; + if( pAlias && pAlias->n ){ + pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(pAlias); + } + pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; + pItem->pOn = pOn; + pItem->pUsing = pUsing; + return p; +} + +/* +** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator +** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator +** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine +** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM +** clause. +** +** Example: Suppose the join is like this: +** +** A natural cross join B +** +** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored +** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the +** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. +*/ +void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ + if( p && p->a ){ + int i; + for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ + p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype; + } + p->a[0].jointype = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Begin a transaction +*/ +void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + int i; + + if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; + if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ) return; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( !v ) return; + if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0); +} + +/* +** Commit a transaction +*/ +void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + + if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; + if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ) return; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0); + } +} + +/* +** Rollback a transaction +*/ +void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + + if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return; + if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ) return; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1); + } +} + +/* +** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return +** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. +*/ +int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ + int rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, + &db->aDb[1].pBt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " + "file for storing temporary tables"); + pParse->rc = rc; + return 1; + } + if( db->flags & !db->autoCommit ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt, 1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to get a write lock on " + "the temporary database file"); + pParse->rc = rc; + return 1; + } + } + assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start +** a read-transaction for all named database files. +** +** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all +** read transactions be started before anything else happens in +** the VDBE program. But this routine can be called after much other +** code has been generated. So here is what we do: +** +** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that +** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program. Then we +** record every database that needs its schema verified in the +** pParse->cookieMask field. Later, after all other code has been +** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and +** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value +** will be made to point to that subroutine. The generation of the +** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding(). +** +** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the +** schema on any databases. This can be used to position the OP_Goto +** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used. +*/ +void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ + sqlite3 *db; + Vdbe *v; + int mask; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) return; /* This only happens if there was a prior error */ + db = pParse->db; + if( pParse->cookieGoto==0 ){ + pParse->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1; + } + if( iDb>=0 ){ + assert( iDbnDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); + assert( iDbcookieMask & mask)==0 ){ + pParse->cookieMask |= mask; + pParse->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie; + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that +** might change the database. +** +** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within +** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint +** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should +** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of +** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to +** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints +** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never +** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. +** +** Only database iDb and the temp database are made writable by this call. +** If iDb==0, then the main and temp databases are made writable. If +** iDb==1 then only the temp database is made writable. If iDb>1 then the +** specified auxiliary database and the temp database are made writable. +*/ +void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) return; + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + pParse->writeMask |= 1<nested==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Statement, iDb, 0); + } + if( (OMIT_TEMPDB || iDb!=1) && pParse->db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, setStatement, 1); + } +} + +/* +** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return +** true if it does and false if it does not. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ + int i; + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; + if( z==zColl || (z && zColl && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl)) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif + +/* +** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. +** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ + Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ + + for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ + if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the +** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute +** all indices everywhere. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ + Db *pDb; /* A single database */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + + for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ + assert( pDb!=0 ); + for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ + pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); + reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); + } + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Generate code for the REINDEX command. +** +** REINDEX -- 1 +** REINDEX -- 2 +** REINDEX ?.? -- 3 +** REINDEX ?.? -- 4 +** +** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. +** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named +** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all +** indices associated with the named table. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX +void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ + CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ + char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ + Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ + Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ + int iDb; /* The database index number */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ + Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ + + /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message + ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ + if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + if( pName1==0 || pName1->z==0 ){ + reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); + return; + }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->z==0 ){ + assert( pName1->z ); + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), (char*)pName1->z, pName1->n, 0); + if( pColl ){ + char *zColl = sqliteStrNDup((const char *)pName1->z, pName1->n); + if( zColl ){ + reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); + sqliteFree(zColl); + } + return; + } + } + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pObjName); + if( z==0 ) return; + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); + sqliteFree(z); + return; + } + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); + sqliteFree(z); + if( pIndex ){ + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); + return; + } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); +} +#endif + +/* +** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used +** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx. +** +** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case +** the caller is responsible for calling sqliteFree() on the returned +** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation +** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect +** the error. +*/ +KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ + int i; + int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; + int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol; + KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqliteMalloc(nBytes); + + if( pKey ){ + pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]); + assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) ); + for(i=0; iazColl[i]; + assert( zColl ); + pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1); + pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; + } + pKey->nField = nCol; + } + + if( pParse->nErr ){ + sqliteFree(pKey); + pKey = 0; + } + return pKey; +} diff --git a/callback.c b/callback.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3d4188 --- /dev/null +++ b/callback.c @@ -0,0 +1,374 @@ +/* +** 2005 May 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** +** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables +** of user defined functions and collation sequences. +** +** $Id: callback.c,v 1.18 2007/05/07 09:32:45 danielk1977 Exp $ +*/ + +#include "sqliteInt.h" + +/* +** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence +** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName. +** If the collation sequence +*/ +static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){ + assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); + if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName); + if( db->xCollNeeded ){ + char *zExternal = sqliteStrNDup(zName, nName); + if( !zExternal ) return; + db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); + sqliteFree(zExternal); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ + char const *zExternal; + sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, nName, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); + if( zExternal ){ + db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp); + } +#endif +} + +/* +** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a +** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions +** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one +** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if +** possible. +*/ +static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ + CollSeq *pColl2; + char *z = pColl->zName; + int n = strlen(z); + int i; + static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; + for(i=0; i<3; i++){ + pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0); + if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ + memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); + pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; +} + +/* +** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback +** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the +** requested collation sequence is not available in the database native +** encoding. +** +** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding +** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. +** +** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database +** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation +** sequence can be found. +*/ +CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( + sqlite3* db, + CollSeq *pColl, + const char *zName, + int nName +){ + CollSeq *p; + + p = pColl; + if( !p ){ + p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0); + } + if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ + /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. + ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. + */ + callCollNeeded(db, zName, nName); + p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0); + } + if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ + p = 0; + } + assert( !p || p->xCmp ); + return p; +} + +/* +** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to +** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when +** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences +** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. +** +** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to +** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, +** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different +** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. +*/ +int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ + if( pColl ){ + const char *zName = pColl->zName; + CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse->db, pColl, zName, -1); + if( !p ){ + if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); + } + pParse->nErr++; + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + assert( p==pColl ); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + + +/* +** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry +** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is +** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. +** +** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an +** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence +** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. +** +** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of +** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in +** each collation sequence structure. +*/ +static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + int nName, + int create +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName); + pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName); + + if( 0==pColl && create ){ + pColl = sqliteMalloc( 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 ); + if( pColl ){ + CollSeq *pDel = 0; + pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; + pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; + pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; + memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); + pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0; + pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl); + + /* If a malloc() failure occured in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will + ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added + ** to the hash table). + */ + assert( !pDel || (sqlite3MallocFailed() && pDel==pColl) ); + if( pDel ){ + sqliteFree(pDel); + pColl = 0; + } + } + } + return pColl; +} + +/* +** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. +** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName +** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. +** +** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a +** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. +** +** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around +** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory +** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence +** cannot be found. +*/ +CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( + sqlite3 *db, + u8 enc, + const char *zName, + int nName, + int create +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + if( zName ){ + pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create); + }else{ + pColl = db->pDfltColl; + } + assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); + assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; + return pColl; +} + +/* +** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag +** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a +** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return +** NULL if the function does not exist. +** +** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef +** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a +** no matching function previously existed. When createFlag is true +** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts +** any number of arguments will be returned. +** +** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid +** function found is returned. A function is valid if either xFunc +** or xStep is non-zero. +** +** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and +** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not +** match that requested. +*/ +FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( + sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */ + int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */ + int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ + u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ + int createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ +){ + FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ + FuncDef *pFirst; /* First function with this name */ + FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ + int bestmatch = 0; + + + assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); + if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1; + + pFirst = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName, nName); + for(p=pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){ + /* During the search for the best function definition, bestmatch is set + ** as follows to indicate the quality of the match with the definition + ** pointed to by pBest: + ** + ** 0: pBest is NULL. No match has been found. + ** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 + ** encoding is requested, or vice versa. + ** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is + ** requested, or vice versa. + ** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding. + ** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that + ** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa. + ** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that + ** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa. + ** 6: An exact match. + ** + ** A larger value of 'matchqual' indicates a more desirable match. + */ + if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){ + int match = 1; /* Quality of this match */ + if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){ + match = 4; + } + if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){ + match += 2; + } + else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) || + (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){ + match += 1; + } + + if( match>bestmatch ){ + pBest = p; + bestmatch = match; + } + } + } + + /* If the createFlag parameter is true, and the seach did not reveal an + ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a + ** new entry to the hash table and return it. + */ + if( createFlag && bestmatch<6 && + (pBest = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*pBest)+nName))!=0 ){ + pBest->nArg = nArg; + pBest->pNext = pFirst; + pBest->iPrefEnc = enc; + memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName); + pBest->zName[nName] = 0; + if( pBest==sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc,pBest->zName,nName,(void*)pBest) ){ + sqliteFree(pBest); + return 0; + } + } + + if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){ + return pBest; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points +** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqliteFree() on the +** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents +** of the schema hash tables). +*/ +void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){ + Hash temp1; + Hash temp2; + HashElem *pElem; + Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; + + temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; + temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; + sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); + sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->aFKey); + sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + sqlite3DeleteTrigger((Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); + sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); + for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); + sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); + pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; + pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded; +} + +/* +** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create +** a new one if necessary. +*/ +Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(Btree *pBt){ + Schema * p; + if( pBt ){ + p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt,sizeof(Schema),sqlite3SchemaFree); + }else{ + p = (Schema *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Schema)); + } + if( p && 0==p->file_format ){ + sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); + sqlite3HashInit(&p->aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1); + p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; + } + return p; +} diff --git a/complete.c b/complete.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..536ffad --- /dev/null +++ b/complete.c @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** An tokenizer for SQL +** +** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. +** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by +** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from +** static links that do not use it. +** +** $Id: complete.c,v 1.3 2006/01/18 15:25:17 danielk1977 Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE + +/* +** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. +*/ +extern const char sqlite3IsIdChar[]; +#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsIdChar[c-0x20])) + + +/* +** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header +** comments on that procedure for additional information. +*/ +#define tkSEMI 0 +#define tkWS 1 +#define tkOTHER 2 +#define tkEXPLAIN 3 +#define tkCREATE 4 +#define tkTEMP 5 +#define tkTRIGGER 6 +#define tkEND 7 + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. +** +** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. +** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement +** must end with ";END;". +** +** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states: +** +** (0) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine +** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends +** in any other state. +** +** (1) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single +** semicolon. +** +** (2) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of +** a statement. +** +** (3) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a +** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by +** TEMP or TEMPORARY +** +** (4) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be +** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. +** +** (5) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at +** the end of a trigger definition. +** +** (6) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end +** of a trigger difinition. +** +** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted +** from the input. The following tokens are significant: +** +** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. +** (1) tkWS Whitespace +** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. +** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. +** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. +** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. +** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. +** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. +** +** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. +** +** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed +** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do +** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. +*/ +int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ + u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ + u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER + ** statement. This is the normal case. + */ + static const u8 trans[7][8] = { + /* Token: */ + /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ + /* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 1, 1, 1, }, + /* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, }, + /* 2 EXPLAIN: */ { 0, 2, 1, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, }, + /* 3 CREATE: */ { 0, 3, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, }, + /* 4 TRIGGER: */ { 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, }, + /* 5 SEMI: */ { 5, 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 6, }, + /* 6 END: */ { 0, 6, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, }, + }; +#else + /* If triggers are not suppored by this compile then the statement machine + ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier + */ + static const u8 trans[2][3] = { + /* Token: */ + /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ + /* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, }, + /* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, }, + }; +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + + while( *zSql ){ + switch( *zSql ){ + case ';': { /* A semicolon */ + token = tkSEMI; + break; + } + case ' ': + case '\r': + case '\t': + case '\n': + case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '/': { /* C-style comments */ + if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + zSql += 2; + while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } + if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; + zSql++; + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ + if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0; + token = tkWS; + break; + } + case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ + zSql++; + while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ + case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ + case '\'': { + int c = *zSql; + zSql++; + while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } + if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + default: { + int c; + if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ + /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ + int nId; + for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + token = tkOTHER; +#else + switch( *zSql ){ + case 'c': case 'C': { + if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ + token = tkCREATE; + }else{ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + case 't': case 'T': { + if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ + token = tkTRIGGER; + }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ + token = tkTEMP; + }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ + token = tkTEMP; + }else{ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + case 'e': case 'E': { + if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ + token = tkEND; + }else +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ + token = tkEXPLAIN; + }else +#endif + { + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + default: { + token = tkOTHER; + break; + } + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ + zSql += nId-1; + }else{ + /* Operators and special symbols */ + token = tkOTHER; + } + break; + } + } + state = trans[state][token]; + zSql++; + } + return state==0; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described +** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not +** UTF-8. +*/ +int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ + sqlite3_value *pVal; + char const *zSql8; + int rc = 0; + + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); + zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( zSql8 ){ + rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ diff --git a/date.c b/date.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf4bc56 --- /dev/null +++ b/date.c @@ -0,0 +1,1036 @@ +/* +** 2003 October 31 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time +** functions for SQLite. +** +** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function +** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. +** All other code has file scope. +** +** $Id: date.c,v 1.66 2007/05/08 21:56:00 drh Exp $ +** +** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The +** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon +** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian +** calendar system. +** +** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5 +** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5 +** +** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number +** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can +** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider +** range of dates. +** +** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times, +** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually +** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some +** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference. +** +** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions +** in the following text: +** +** Jean Meeus +** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998 +** ISBM 0-943396-61-1 +** Willmann-Bell, Inc +** Richmond, Virginia (USA) +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "os.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS + +/* +** A structure for holding a single date and time. +*/ +typedef struct DateTime DateTime; +struct DateTime { + double rJD; /* The julian day number */ + int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */ + int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */ + int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */ + double s; /* Seconds */ + char validYMD; /* True if Y,M,D are valid */ + char validHMS; /* True if h,m,s are valid */ + char validJD; /* True if rJD is valid */ + char validTZ; /* True if tz is valid */ +}; + + +/* +** Convert zDate into one or more integers. Additional arguments +** come in groups of 5 as follows: +** +** N number of digits in the integer +** min minimum allowed value of the integer +** max maximum allowed value of the integer +** nextC first character after the integer +** pVal where to write the integers value. +** +** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered. +** The function returns the number of successful conversions. +*/ +static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){ + va_list ap; + int val; + int N; + int min; + int max; + int nextC; + int *pVal; + int cnt = 0; + va_start(ap, zDate); + do{ + N = va_arg(ap, int); + min = va_arg(ap, int); + max = va_arg(ap, int); + nextC = va_arg(ap, int); + pVal = va_arg(ap, int*); + val = 0; + while( N-- ){ + if( !isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){ + goto end_getDigits; + } + val = val*10 + *zDate - '0'; + zDate++; + } + if( valmax || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){ + goto end_getDigits; + } + *pVal = val; + zDate++; + cnt++; + }while( nextC ); +end_getDigits: + va_end(ap); + return cnt; +} + +/* +** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number. Return +** the number of digits converted. +*/ +#define getValue sqlite3AtoF + +/* +** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time. +** The extension is of the form: +** +** (+/-)HH:MM +** +** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes +** of change in *pnMin and return 0. If a parser error occurs, +** return 0. +** +** A missing specifier is not considered an error. +*/ +static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ + int sgn = 0; + int nHr, nMn; + while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; } + p->tz = 0; + if( *zDate=='-' ){ + sgn = -1; + }else if( *zDate=='+' ){ + sgn = +1; + }else{ + return *zDate!=0; + } + zDate++; + if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 5; + p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60); + while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; } + return *zDate!=0; +} + +/* +** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF. +** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The +** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits. +** +** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success. +*/ +static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ + int h, m, s; + double ms = 0.0; + if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 5; + if( *zDate==':' ){ + zDate++; + if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 2; + if( *zDate=='.' && isdigit((u8)zDate[1]) ){ + double rScale = 1.0; + zDate++; + while( isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){ + ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0'; + rScale *= 10.0; + zDate++; + } + ms /= rScale; + } + }else{ + s = 0; + } + p->validJD = 0; + p->validHMS = 1; + p->h = h; + p->m = m; + p->s = s + ms; + if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1; + p->validTZ = p->tz!=0; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume +** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar. +** +** Reference: Meeus page 61 +*/ +static void computeJD(DateTime *p){ + int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2; + + if( p->validJD ) return; + if( p->validYMD ){ + Y = p->Y; + M = p->M; + D = p->D; + }else{ + Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */ + M = 1; + D = 1; + } + if( M<=2 ){ + Y--; + M += 12; + } + A = Y/100; + B = 2 - A + (A/4); + X1 = 365.25*(Y+4716); + X2 = 30.6001*(M+1); + p->rJD = X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5; + p->validJD = 1; + if( p->validHMS ){ + p->rJD += (p->h*3600.0 + p->m*60.0 + p->s)/86400.0; + if( p->validTZ ){ + p->rJD -= p->tz*60/86400.0; + p->validYMD = 0; + p->validHMS = 0; + p->validTZ = 0; + } + } +} + +/* +** Parse dates of the form +** +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM +** YYYY-MM-DD +** +** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0 +** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed +** date. +*/ +static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ + int Y, M, D, neg; + + if( zDate[0]=='-' ){ + zDate++; + neg = 1; + }else{ + neg = 0; + } + if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){ + return 1; + } + zDate += 10; + while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; } + if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ + /* We got the time */ + }else if( *zDate==0 ){ + p->validHMS = 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } + p->validJD = 0; + p->validYMD = 1; + p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y; + p->M = M; + p->D = D; + if( p->validTZ ){ + computeJD(p); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number. Return +** the number of errors. +** +** The following are acceptable forms for the input string: +** +** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM +** DDDD.DD +** now +** +** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional +** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion +** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long +** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long +** as there is a year and date. +*/ +static int parseDateOrTime(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ + memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); + if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){ + return 0; + }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ + return 0; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){ + double r; + sqlite3OsCurrentTime(&r); + p->rJD = r; + p->validJD = 1; + return 0; + }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){ + getValue(zDate, &p->rJD); + p->validJD = 1; + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + +/* +** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number. +*/ +static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){ + int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1; + if( p->validYMD ) return; + if( !p->validJD ){ + p->Y = 2000; + p->M = 1; + p->D = 1; + }else{ + Z = p->rJD + 0.5; + A = (Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25; + A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4); + B = A + 1524; + C = (B - 122.1)/365.25; + D = 365.25*C; + E = (B-D)/30.6001; + X1 = 30.6001*E; + p->D = B - D - X1; + p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13; + p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715; + } + p->validYMD = 1; +} + +/* +** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number. +*/ +static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){ + int Z, s; + if( p->validHMS ) return; + computeJD(p); + Z = p->rJD + 0.5; + s = (p->rJD + 0.5 - Z)*86400000.0 + 0.5; + p->s = 0.001*s; + s = p->s; + p->s -= s; + p->h = s/3600; + s -= p->h*3600; + p->m = s/60; + p->s += s - p->m*60; + p->validHMS = 1; +} + +/* +** Compute both YMD and HMS +*/ +static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){ + computeYMD(p); + computeHMS(p); +} + +/* +** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ +*/ +static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){ + p->validYMD = 0; + p->validHMS = 0; + p->validTZ = 0; +} + +/* +** Compute the difference (in days) between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT) +** for the time value p where p is in UTC. +*/ +static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){ + DateTime x, y; + time_t t; + x = *p; + computeYMD_HMS(&x); + if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){ + x.Y = 2000; + x.M = 1; + x.D = 1; + x.h = 0; + x.m = 0; + x.s = 0.0; + } else { + int s = x.s + 0.5; + x.s = s; + } + x.tz = 0; + x.validJD = 0; + computeJD(&x); + t = (x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5; +#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R + { + struct tm sLocal; + localtime_r(&t, &sLocal); + y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; + y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; + y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; + y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; + y.m = sLocal.tm_min; + y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; + } +#else + { + struct tm *pTm; + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + pTm = localtime(&t); + y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900; + y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1; + y.D = pTm->tm_mday; + y.h = pTm->tm_hour; + y.m = pTm->tm_min; + y.s = pTm->tm_sec; + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + } +#endif + y.validYMD = 1; + y.validHMS = 1; + y.validJD = 0; + y.validTZ = 0; + computeJD(&y); + return y.rJD - x.rJD; +} + +/* +** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are +** as follows: +** +** NNN days +** NNN hours +** NNN minutes +** NNN.NNNN seconds +** NNN months +** NNN years +** start of month +** start of year +** start of week +** start of day +** weekday N +** unixepoch +** localtime +** utc +** +** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. +*/ +static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){ + int rc = 1; + int n; + double r; + char *z, zBuf[30]; + z = zBuf; + for(n=0; nrJD += localtimeOffset(p); + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + rc = 0; + } + break; + } + case 'u': { + /* + ** unixepoch + ** + ** Treat the current value of p->rJD as the number of + ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number. + */ + if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){ + p->rJD = p->rJD/86400.0 + 2440587.5; + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + rc = 0; + }else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){ + double c1; + computeJD(p); + c1 = localtimeOffset(p); + p->rJD -= c1; + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + p->rJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p); + rc = 0; + } + break; + } + case 'w': { + /* + ** weekday N + ** + ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of + ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the + ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op. + */ + if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0 + && (n=r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){ + int Z; + computeYMD_HMS(p); + p->validTZ = 0; + p->validJD = 0; + computeJD(p); + Z = p->rJD + 1.5; + Z %= 7; + if( Z>n ) Z -= 7; + p->rJD += n - Z; + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + rc = 0; + } + break; + } + case 's': { + /* + ** start of TTTTT + ** + ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day, + ** or month or year. + */ + if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break; + z += 9; + computeYMD(p); + p->validHMS = 1; + p->h = p->m = 0; + p->s = 0.0; + p->validTZ = 0; + p->validJD = 0; + if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ + p->D = 1; + rc = 0; + }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ + computeYMD(p); + p->M = 1; + p->D = 1; + rc = 0; + }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ + rc = 0; + } + break; + } + case '+': + case '-': + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': { + n = getValue(z, &r); + assert( n>=1 ); + if( z[n]==':' ){ + /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the + ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds + ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be + ** omitted. + */ + const char *z2 = z; + DateTime tx; + int day; + if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z2) ) z2++; + memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx)); + if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break; + computeJD(&tx); + tx.rJD -= 0.5; + day = (int)tx.rJD; + tx.rJD -= day; + if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.rJD = -tx.rJD; + computeJD(p); + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + p->rJD += tx.rJD; + rc = 0; + break; + } + z += n; + while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++; + n = strlen(z); + if( n>10 || n<3 ) break; + if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; } + computeJD(p); + rc = 0; + if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){ + p->rJD += r; + }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){ + p->rJD += r/24.0; + }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){ + p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0); + }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){ + p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0*60.0); + }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){ + int x, y; + computeYMD_HMS(p); + p->M += r; + x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12; + p->Y += x; + p->M -= x*12; + p->validJD = 0; + computeJD(p); + y = r; + if( y!=r ){ + p->rJD += (r - y)*30.0; + } + }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){ + computeYMD_HMS(p); + p->Y += r; + p->validJD = 0; + computeJD(p); + }else{ + rc = 1; + } + clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); + break; + } + default: { + break; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp. +** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write +** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0 +** on success and 1 if there are any errors. +*/ +static int isDate(int argc, sqlite3_value **argv, DateTime *p){ + int i; + const unsigned char *z; + if( argc==0 ) return 1; + if( (z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))==0 || parseDateOrTime((char*)z, p) ){ + return 1; + } + for(i=1; iSQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + return; + }else{ + z = sqliteMalloc( n ); + if( z==0 ) return; + } + computeJD(&x); + computeYMD_HMS(&x); + for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){ + if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){ + z[j++] = zFmt[i]; + }else{ + i++; + switch( zFmt[i] ){ + case 'd': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break; + case 'f': { + double s = x.s; + if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999; + sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s); + j += strlen(&z[j]); + break; + } + case 'H': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break; + case 'W': /* Fall thru */ + case 'j': { + int nDay; /* Number of days since 1st day of year */ + DateTime y = x; + y.validJD = 0; + y.M = 1; + y.D = 1; + computeJD(&y); + nDay = x.rJD - y.rJD + 0.5; + if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){ + int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */ + wd = ((int)(x.rJD+0.5)) % 7; + sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7); + j += 2; + }else{ + sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1); + j += 3; + } + break; + } + case 'J': { + sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.rJD); + j+=strlen(&z[j]); + break; + } + case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break; + case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break; + case 's': { + sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%d", + (int)((x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5)); + j += strlen(&z[j]); + break; + } + case 'S': sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break; + case 'w': z[j++] = (((int)(x.rJD+1.5)) % 7) + '0'; break; + case 'Y': sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=strlen(&z[j]);break; + case '%': z[j++] = '%'; break; + } + } + } + z[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + if( z!=zBuf ){ + sqliteFree(z); + } +} + +/* +** current_time() +** +** This function returns the same value as time('now'). +*/ +static void ctimeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(); + if( pVal ){ + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + timeFunc(context, 1, &pVal); + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + } +} + +/* +** current_date() +** +** This function returns the same value as date('now'). +*/ +static void cdateFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(); + if( pVal ){ + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + dateFunc(context, 1, &pVal); + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + } +} + +/* +** current_timestamp() +** +** This function returns the same value as datetime('now'). +*/ +static void ctimestampFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(); + if( pVal ){ + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + datetimeFunc(context, 1, &pVal); + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + } +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS +/* +** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time +** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version +** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp() +** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that +** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc. +** +** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime() +** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied +** as the user-data for the function. +*/ +static void currentTimeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + time_t t; + char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + char zBuf[20]; + + time(&t); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + { + extern int sqlite3_current_time; /* See os_XXX.c */ + if( sqlite3_current_time ){ + t = sqlite3_current_time; + } + } +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R + { + struct tm sNow; + gmtime_r(&t, &sNow); + strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow); + } +#else + { + struct tm *pTm; + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + pTm = gmtime(&t); + strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, pTm); + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + } +#endif + + sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} +#endif + +/* +** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL +** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with +** external linkage. +*/ +void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS + static const struct { + char *zName; + int nArg; + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + } aFuncs[] = { + { "julianday", -1, juliandayFunc }, + { "date", -1, dateFunc }, + { "time", -1, timeFunc }, + { "datetime", -1, datetimeFunc }, + { "strftime", -1, strftimeFunc }, + { "current_time", 0, ctimeFunc }, + { "current_timestamp", 0, ctimestampFunc }, + { "current_date", 0, cdateFunc }, + }; + int i; + + for(i=0; i 2) +# define sqlite_trace(level,fmt...) _sqlite_tracef(__FILE__, __LINE__, level, fmt) +#else +# define sqlite_trace _sqlite_tracef_noline +#endif + +void +sqlite_init(dbistate_t *dbistate) +{ + dTHR; + DBIS = dbistate; +} + +static void +_sqlite_error(char *file, int line, SV *h, imp_xxh_t *imp_xxh, int rc, char *what) +{ + dTHR; + + SV *errstr = DBIc_ERRSTR(imp_xxh); + sv_setiv(DBIc_ERR(imp_xxh), (IV)rc); + sv_setpv(errstr, what); + sv_catpvf(errstr, "(%d) at %s line %d", rc, file, line); + + if (DBIS->debug >= 3) { + PerlIO_printf(DBILOGFP, "sqlite error %d recorded: %s at %s line %d\n", + rc, what, file, line); + } +} + +static void +_sqlite_tracef(char *file, int line, int level, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + dTHR; + + va_list ap; + if (DBIS->debug >= level) { + char format[8192]; + sqlite3_snprintf(8191, format, "sqlite trace: %s at %s line %d\n", fmt, file, line); + va_start(ap, fmt); + PerlIO_vprintf(DBILOGFP, format, ap); + va_end(ap); + } +} + +static void +_sqlite_tracef_noline(int level, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + dTHR; + + va_list ap; + if (DBIS->debug >= level) { + char format[8192]; + sqlite3_snprintf(8191, format, "sqlite trace: %s\n", fmt); + va_start(ap, fmt); + PerlIO_vprintf(DBILOGFP, format, ap); + va_end(ap); + } +} + +int +sqlite_db_login(SV *dbh, imp_dbh_t *imp_dbh, char *dbname, char *user, char *pass) +{ + dTHR; + int retval; + char *errmsg = NULL; + + if (DBIS->debug >= 3) { + PerlIO_printf(DBILOGFP, " login '%s' (version %s)\n", + dbname, sqlite3_version); + } + + if (sqlite3_open(dbname, &(imp_dbh->db)) != SQLITE_OK) { + sqlite_error(dbh, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_dbh, 1, (char*)sqlite3_errmsg(imp_dbh->db)); + return FALSE; + } + DBIc_IMPSET_on(imp_dbh); + + imp_dbh->in_tran = FALSE; + imp_dbh->unicode = FALSE; + imp_dbh->functions = newAV(); + imp_dbh->aggregates = newAV(); + imp_dbh->timeout = SQL_TIMEOUT; + + imp_dbh->handle_binary_nulls = FALSE; + + sqlite3_busy_timeout(imp_dbh->db, SQL_TIMEOUT); + + if ((retval = sqlite3_exec(imp_dbh->db, "PRAGMA empty_result_callbacks = ON", + NULL, NULL, &errmsg)) + != SQLITE_OK) + { + /* warn("failed to set pragma: %s\n", errmsg); */ + sqlite_error(dbh, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_dbh, retval, errmsg); + return FALSE; + } + + if ((retval = sqlite3_exec(imp_dbh->db, "PRAGMA show_datatypes = ON", + NULL, NULL, &errmsg)) + != SQLITE_OK) + { + /* warn("failed to set pragma: %s\n", errmsg); */ + sqlite_error(dbh, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_dbh, retval, errmsg); + return FALSE; + } + + DBIc_ACTIVE_on(imp_dbh); + + return TRUE; +} + +int +dbd_set_sqlite3_busy_timeout ( SV *dbh, int timeout ) +{ + D_imp_dbh(dbh); + if (timeout) { + imp_dbh->timeout = timeout; + sqlite3_busy_timeout(imp_dbh->db, timeout); + } + return imp_dbh->timeout; +} + +int +sqlite_db_disconnect (SV *dbh, imp_dbh_t *imp_dbh) +{ + dTHR; + DBIc_ACTIVE_off(imp_dbh); + + if (DBIc_is(imp_dbh, DBIcf_AutoCommit) == FALSE) { + sqlite_db_rollback(dbh, imp_dbh); + } + + if (sqlite3_close(imp_dbh->db) == SQLITE_BUSY) { + /* active statements! */ + warn("closing dbh with active statement handles"); + } + imp_dbh->db = NULL; + + av_undef(imp_dbh->functions); + imp_dbh->functions = (AV *)NULL; + + av_undef(imp_dbh->aggregates); + imp_dbh->aggregates = (AV *)NULL; + + return TRUE; +} + +void +sqlite_db_destroy (SV *dbh, imp_dbh_t *imp_dbh) +{ + dTHR; + if (DBIc_ACTIVE(imp_dbh)) { + sqlite_db_disconnect(dbh, imp_dbh); + } + DBIc_IMPSET_off(imp_dbh); +} + +int +sqlite_db_rollback(SV *dbh, imp_dbh_t *imp_dbh) +{ + dTHR; + int retval; + char *errmsg; + + if (imp_dbh->in_tran) { + sqlite_trace(2, "ROLLBACK TRAN"); + if ((retval = sqlite3_exec(imp_dbh->db, "ROLLBACK TRANSACTION", + NULL, NULL, &errmsg)) + != SQLITE_OK) + { + sqlite_error(dbh, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_dbh, retval, errmsg); + return FALSE; + } + imp_dbh->in_tran = FALSE; + } + + return TRUE; +} + +int +sqlite_db_commit(SV *dbh, imp_dbh_t *imp_dbh) +{ + dTHR; + int retval; + char *errmsg; + + if (DBIc_is(imp_dbh, DBIcf_AutoCommit)) { + warn("commit ineffective with AutoCommit"); + return TRUE; + } + + if (imp_dbh->in_tran) { + sqlite_trace(2, "COMMIT TRAN"); + if ((retval = sqlite3_exec(imp_dbh->db, "COMMIT TRANSACTION", + NULL, NULL, &errmsg)) + != SQLITE_OK) + { + sqlite_error(dbh, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_dbh, retval, errmsg); + return FALSE; + } + imp_dbh->in_tran = FALSE; + } + return TRUE; +} + +int +sqlite_discon_all(SV *drh, imp_drh_t *imp_drh) +{ + dTHR; + return FALSE; /* no way to do this */ +} + +SV * +sqlite_db_last_insert_id(SV *dbh, imp_dbh_t *imp_dbh, SV *catalog, SV *schema, SV *table, SV *field, SV *attr) +{ + return newSViv(sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(imp_dbh->db)); +} + +int +sqlite_st_prepare (SV *sth, imp_sth_t *imp_sth, + char *statement, SV *attribs) +{ + dTHR; + D_imp_dbh_from_sth; + const char *extra; + int retval = 0; + + if (!DBIc_ACTIVE(imp_dbh)) { + sqlite_error(sth, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_sth, retval, "attempt to prepare on inactive database handle"); + return FALSE; + } + + if (strlen(statement) < 1) { + sqlite_error(sth, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_sth, retval, "attempt to prepare empty statement"); + return FALSE; + } + + sqlite_trace(2, "prepare statement: %s", statement); + imp_sth->nrow = -1; + imp_sth->retval = SQLITE_OK; + imp_sth->params = newAV(); + imp_sth->col_types = newAV(); + Newz(0, imp_sth->statement, strlen(statement)+1, char); + + if ((retval = sqlite3_prepare_v2(imp_dbh->db, statement, -1, &(imp_sth->stmt), &extra)) + != SQLITE_OK) + { + if (imp_sth->stmt) { + sqlite3_finalize(imp_sth->stmt); + } + sqlite_error(sth, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_sth, retval, (char*)sqlite3_errmsg(imp_dbh->db)); + return FALSE; + } + + /* store the query for later re-use if required */ + Copy(statement, imp_sth->statement, strlen(statement)+1, char); + + DBIc_NUM_PARAMS(imp_sth) = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(imp_sth->stmt); + DBIc_NUM_FIELDS(imp_sth) = sqlite3_column_count(imp_sth->stmt); + DBIc_IMPSET_on(imp_sth); + + return TRUE; +} + +char * +sqlite_quote(imp_dbh_t *imp_dbh, SV *val) +{ + STRLEN len; + char *cval = SvPV(val, len); + SV *ret = sv_2mortal(NEWSV(0, SvCUR(val) + 2)); + sv_setpvn(ret, "", 0); + + while (len) { + switch (*cval) { + case '\'': + sv_catpvn(ret, "''", 2); + break; + default: + sv_catpvn(ret, cval, 1); + } + *cval++; len--; + } + return SvPV_nolen(ret); +} + +void +sqlite_st_reset (SV *sth) +{ + D_imp_sth(sth); + if (DBIc_IMPSET(imp_sth)) + sqlite3_reset(imp_sth->stmt); +} + +int +sqlite_st_execute (SV *sth, imp_sth_t *imp_sth) +{ + dTHR; + D_imp_dbh_from_sth; + char *errmsg; + const char *extra; + int num_params = DBIc_NUM_PARAMS(imp_sth); + int i; + int retval; + + sqlite_trace(3, "execute"); + + /* warn("execute\n"); */ + + if (DBIc_ACTIVE(imp_sth)) { + sqlite_trace(3, "execute still active, reset"); + if ((imp_sth->retval = sqlite3_reset(imp_sth->stmt)) != SQLITE_OK) { + char *errmsg = (char*)sqlite3_errmsg(imp_dbh->db); + sqlite_error(sth, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_sth, imp_sth->retval, errmsg); + return FALSE; + } + } + + for (i = 0; i < num_params; i++) { + SV *value = av_shift(imp_sth->params); + SV *sql_type_sv = av_shift(imp_sth->params); + int sql_type = SvIV(sql_type_sv); + + sqlite_trace(4, "params left in 0x%p: %d", imp_sth->params, 1+av_len(imp_sth->params)); + sqlite_trace(4, "bind %d type %d as %s", i, sql_type, SvPV_nolen_undef_ok(value)); + + if (!SvOK(value)) { + sqlite_trace(5, "binding null"); + retval = sqlite3_bind_null(imp_sth->stmt, i+1); + } + else if (sql_type >= SQL_NUMERIC && sql_type <= SQL_SMALLINT) { +#if defined(USE_64_BIT_INT) + retval = sqlite3_bind_int64(imp_sth->stmt, i+1, SvIV(value)); +#else + retval = sqlite3_bind_int(imp_sth->stmt, i+1, SvIV(value)); +#endif + } + else if (sql_type >= SQL_FLOAT && sql_type <= SQL_DOUBLE) { + retval = sqlite3_bind_double(imp_sth->stmt, i+1, SvNV(value)); + } + else if (sql_type == SQL_BLOB) { + STRLEN len; + char * data = SvPV(value, len); + retval = sqlite3_bind_blob(imp_sth->stmt, i+1, data, len, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + else { + STRLEN len; + char * data = SvPV(value, len); + retval = sqlite3_bind_text(imp_sth->stmt, i+1, data, len, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + + if (value) { + SvREFCNT_dec(value); + } + SvREFCNT_dec(sql_type_sv); + if (retval != SQLITE_OK) { + sqlite_error(sth, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_sth, retval, (char*)sqlite3_errmsg(imp_dbh->db)); + return -4; + } + } + + if ( (!DBIc_is(imp_dbh, DBIcf_AutoCommit)) && (!imp_dbh->in_tran) ) { + sqlite_trace(2, "BEGIN TRAN"); + if ((retval = sqlite3_exec(imp_dbh->db, "BEGIN TRANSACTION", + NULL, NULL, &errmsg)) + != SQLITE_OK) + { + sqlite_error(sth, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_sth, retval, errmsg); + return -2; + } + imp_dbh->in_tran = TRUE; + } + + imp_sth->nrow = 0; + + sqlite_trace(3, "Execute returned %d cols\n", DBIc_NUM_FIELDS(imp_sth)); + if (DBIc_NUM_FIELDS(imp_sth) == 0) { + while ((imp_sth->retval = sqlite3_step(imp_sth->stmt)) != SQLITE_DONE) { + if (imp_sth->retval == SQLITE_ROW) { + continue; + } + /* There are bug reports that say this should be sqlite3_reset() */ + sqlite3_finalize(imp_sth->stmt); + sqlite_error(sth, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_sth, imp_sth->retval, (char*)sqlite3_errmsg(imp_dbh->db)); + return -5; + } + /* warn("Finalize\n"); */ + sqlite3_reset(imp_sth->stmt); + imp_sth->nrow = sqlite3_changes(imp_dbh->db); + DBIc_ACTIVE_on(imp_sth); + /* warn("Total changes: %d\n", sqlite3_total_changes(imp_dbh->db)); */ + /* warn("Nrow: %d\n", imp_sth->nrow); */ + return imp_sth->nrow; + } + + imp_sth->retval = sqlite3_step(imp_sth->stmt); + switch (imp_sth->retval) { + case SQLITE_ROW: + case SQLITE_DONE: DBIc_ACTIVE_on(imp_sth); + sqlite_trace(5, "exec ok - %d rows, %d cols\n", imp_sth->nrow, DBIc_NUM_FIELDS(imp_sth)); + return 0; + /* There are bug reports that say this should be sqlite3_reset() */ + default: sqlite3_finalize(imp_sth->stmt); + sqlite_error(sth, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_sth, imp_sth->retval, (char*)sqlite3_errmsg(imp_dbh->db)); + return -6; + } +} + +int +sqlite_st_rows (SV *sth, imp_sth_t *imp_sth) +{ + return imp_sth->nrow; +} + +/* bind parameter + * NB: We store the params instead of bind immediately because + * we might need to re-create the imp_sth->stmt (see top of execute() function) + * and so we can't lose these params + */ +int +sqlite_bind_ph (SV *sth, imp_sth_t *imp_sth, + SV *param, SV *value, IV sql_type, SV *attribs, + int is_inout, IV maxlen) +{ + int pos; + if (!looks_like_number(param)) { + STRLEN len; + char *paramstring; + paramstring = SvPV(param, len); + if(paramstring[len] == 0 && strlen(paramstring) == len) { + pos = sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(imp_sth->stmt, paramstring); + if (pos==0) + croak("Unknown named parameter: %s", paramstring); + pos = 2 * (pos - 1); + } + else { + croak(" could not be coerced to a C string"); + } + } + else { + if (is_inout) { + croak("InOut bind params not implemented"); + } + } + pos = 2 * (SvIV(param) - 1); + sqlite_trace(3, "bind into 0x%p: %d => %s (%d) pos %d\n", + imp_sth->params, SvIV(param), SvPV_nolen_undef_ok(value), sql_type, pos); + av_store(imp_sth->params, pos, SvREFCNT_inc(value)); + av_store(imp_sth->params, pos+1, newSViv(sql_type)); + + return TRUE; +} + +int +sqlite_bind_col(SV *sth, imp_sth_t *imp_sth, SV *col, SV *ref, IV sql_type, SV *attribs) +{ + /* store the type */ + av_store(imp_sth->col_types, SvIV(col)-1, newSViv(sql_type)); + + /* Allow default implementation to continue */ + return 1; +} + +AV * +sqlite_st_fetch (SV *sth, imp_sth_t *imp_sth) +{ + AV *av; + D_imp_dbh_from_sth; + int numFields = DBIc_NUM_FIELDS(imp_sth); + int chopBlanks = DBIc_is(imp_sth, DBIcf_ChopBlanks); + int i, retval; + + sqlite_trace(6, "numFields == %d, nrow == %d\n", numFields, imp_sth->nrow); + + if (!DBIc_ACTIVE(imp_sth)) { + return Nullav; + } + + if (imp_sth->retval == SQLITE_DONE) { + sqlite_st_finish(sth, imp_sth); + return Nullav; + } + + if (imp_sth->retval != SQLITE_ROW) { + /* error */ + sqlite_st_finish(sth, imp_sth); + sqlite_error(sth, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_sth, imp_sth->retval, (char*)sqlite3_errmsg(imp_dbh->db)); + return Nullav; + } + + imp_sth->nrow++; + + av = DBIS->get_fbav(imp_sth); + for (i = 0; i < numFields; i++) { + int len; + char * val; + int col_type = sqlite3_column_type(imp_sth->stmt, i); + SV **sql_type = av_fetch(imp_sth->col_types, i, 0); + if (sql_type && SvOK(*sql_type)) { + if (SvIV(*sql_type)) { + col_type = SvIV(*sql_type); + } + } + switch(col_type) { + case SQLITE_INTEGER: +#if defined(USE_64_BIT_INT) + sv_setiv(AvARRAY(av)[i], sqlite3_column_int64(imp_sth->stmt, i)); +#else + sv_setnv(AvARRAY(av)[i], (double)sqlite3_column_int64(imp_sth->stmt, i)); +#endif + break; + case SQLITE_FLOAT: + sv_setnv(AvARRAY(av)[i], sqlite3_column_double(imp_sth->stmt, i)); + break; + case SQLITE_TEXT: + val = (char*)sqlite3_column_text(imp_sth->stmt, i); + len = sqlite3_column_bytes(imp_sth->stmt, i); + if (chopBlanks) { + val = savepv(val); + while((len > 0) && (val[len-1] == ' ')) { + len--; + } + val[len] = '\0'; + } + sv_setpvn(AvARRAY(av)[i], val, len); + if (imp_dbh->unicode) { + SvUTF8_on(AvARRAY(av)[i]); + } else { + SvUTF8_off(AvARRAY(av)[i]); + } + if (chopBlanks) Safefree(val); + break; + case SQLITE_BLOB: + len = sqlite3_column_bytes(imp_sth->stmt, i); + sv_setpvn(AvARRAY(av)[i], sqlite3_column_blob(imp_sth->stmt, i), len); + SvUTF8_off(AvARRAY(av)[i]); + break; + default: + sv_setsv(AvARRAY(av)[i], &PL_sv_undef); + SvUTF8_off(AvARRAY(av)[i]); + break; + } + SvSETMAGIC(AvARRAY(av)[i]); + } + + imp_sth->retval = sqlite3_step(imp_sth->stmt); + + return av; +} + +int +sqlite_st_finish (SV *sth, imp_sth_t *imp_sth) +{ + return sqlite_st_finish3(sth, imp_sth, 0); +} + +int +sqlite_st_finish3 (SV *sth, imp_sth_t *imp_sth, int is_destroy) +{ + D_imp_dbh_from_sth; + + /* warn("finish statement\n"); */ + if (!DBIc_ACTIVE(imp_sth)) + return 1; + + DBIc_ACTIVE_off(imp_sth); + + av_clear(imp_sth->col_types); + + if (!DBIc_ACTIVE(imp_dbh)) /* no longer connected */ + return 1; + + if (is_destroy) { + return TRUE; + } + + if ((imp_sth->retval = sqlite3_reset(imp_sth->stmt)) != SQLITE_OK) { + char *errmsg = (char*)sqlite3_errmsg(imp_dbh->db); + /* warn("finalize failed! %s\n", errmsg); */ + sqlite_error(sth, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_sth, imp_sth->retval, errmsg); + return FALSE; + } + + return TRUE; +} + +void +sqlite_st_destroy (SV *sth, imp_sth_t *imp_sth) +{ + /* warn("destroy statement: %s\n", imp_sth->statement); */ + DBIc_ACTIVE_off(imp_sth); + sqlite3_finalize(imp_sth->stmt); + Safefree(imp_sth->statement); + SvREFCNT_dec((SV*)imp_sth->params); + SvREFCNT_dec((SV*)imp_sth->col_types); + DBIc_IMPSET_off(imp_sth); +} + +int +sqlite_st_blob_read (SV *sth, imp_sth_t *imp_sth, + int field, long offset, long len, SV *destrv, long destoffset) +{ + return 0; +} + +int +sqlite_db_STORE_attrib (SV *dbh, imp_dbh_t *imp_dbh, SV *keysv, SV *valuesv) +{ + dTHR; + char *key = SvPV_nolen(keysv); + char *errmsg; + int retval; + + if (strEQ(key, "AutoCommit")) { + if (SvTRUE(valuesv)) { + /* commit tran? */ + if ( (!DBIc_is(imp_dbh, DBIcf_AutoCommit)) && (imp_dbh->in_tran) ) { + sqlite_trace(2, "COMMIT TRAN"); + if ((retval = sqlite3_exec(imp_dbh->db, "COMMIT TRANSACTION", + NULL, NULL, &errmsg)) + != SQLITE_OK) + { + sqlite_error(dbh, (imp_xxh_t*)imp_dbh, retval, errmsg); + return TRUE; + } + imp_dbh->in_tran = FALSE; + } + } + DBIc_set(imp_dbh, DBIcf_AutoCommit, SvTRUE(valuesv)); + return TRUE; + } + if (strEQ(key, "unicode")) { + imp_dbh->unicode = !(! SvTRUE(valuesv)); + return TRUE; + } + return FALSE; +} + +SV * +sqlite_db_FETCH_attrib (SV *dbh, imp_dbh_t *imp_dbh, SV *keysv) +{ + dTHR; + char *key = SvPV_nolen(keysv); + + if (strEQ(key, "sqlite_version")) { + return newSVpv(sqlite3_version,0); + } + if (strEQ(key, "unicode")) { + return newSViv(imp_dbh->unicode ? 1 : 0); + } + + return NULL; +} + +int +sqlite_st_STORE_attrib (SV *sth, imp_sth_t *imp_sth, SV *keysv, SV *valuesv) +{ + char *key = SvPV_nolen(keysv); + return FALSE; +} + +int +type_to_odbc_type (int type) +{ + switch(type) { + case SQLITE_INTEGER: return SQL_INTEGER; + case SQLITE_FLOAT: return SQL_DOUBLE; + case SQLITE_TEXT: return SQL_VARCHAR; + case SQLITE_BLOB: return SQL_BLOB; + case SQLITE_NULL: return SQL_UNKNOWN_TYPE; + default: return SQL_UNKNOWN_TYPE; + } +} + +SV * +sqlite_st_FETCH_attrib (SV *sth, imp_sth_t *imp_sth, SV *keysv) +{ + char *key = SvPV_nolen(keysv); + SV *retsv = NULL; + int i,n; + + if (!DBIc_ACTIVE(imp_sth)) { + return NULL; + } + + /* warn("fetch: %s\n", key); */ + + i = DBIc_NUM_FIELDS(imp_sth); + + if (strEQ(key, "NAME")) { + AV *av = newAV(); +/* warn("Fetch NAME fields: %d\n", i); */ + av_extend(av, i); + retsv = sv_2mortal(newRV(sv_2mortal((SV*)av))); + for (n = 0; n < i; n++) { +/* warn("Fetch col name %d\n", n); */ + const char *fieldname = sqlite3_column_name(imp_sth->stmt, n); + if (fieldname) { + /* warn("Name [%d]: %s\n", n, fieldname); */ + char *dot = instr(fieldname, "."); + if (dot) /* drop table name from field name */ + fieldname = ++dot; + av_store(av, n, newSVpv(fieldname, 0)); + } + } + } + else if (strEQ(key, "PRECISION")) { + AV *av = newAV(); + retsv = sv_2mortal(newRV(sv_2mortal((SV*)av))); + } + else if (strEQ(key, "TYPE")) { + AV *av = newAV(); + av_extend(av, i); + retsv = sv_2mortal(newRV(sv_2mortal((SV*)av))); + for (n = 0; n < i; n++) { + const char *fieldtype = sqlite3_column_decltype(imp_sth->stmt, n); + int type = sqlite3_column_type(imp_sth->stmt, n); + /* warn("got type: %d = %s\n", type, fieldtype); */ + type = type_to_odbc_type(type); + /* av_store(av, n, newSViv(type)); */ + if (fieldtype) + av_store(av, n, newSVpv(fieldtype, 0)); + else + av_store(av, n, newSVpv("VARCHAR", 0)); + } + } + else if (strEQ(key, "NULLABLE")) { + AV *av = newAV(); + retsv = sv_2mortal(newRV(sv_2mortal((SV*)av))); + } + else if (strEQ(key, "SCALE")) { + AV *av = newAV(); + retsv = sv_2mortal(newRV(sv_2mortal((SV*)av))); + } + else if (strEQ(key, "NUM_OF_FIELDS")) { + retsv = sv_2mortal(newSViv(i)); + } + + return retsv; +} + +static void +sqlite_db_set_result(sqlite3_context *context, SV *result, int is_error ) +{ + STRLEN len; + char *s; + + if ( is_error ) { + s = SvPV(result, len); + sqlite3_result_error( context, s, len ); + return; + } + +/* warn("result: %s\n", SvPV_nolen(result)); */ + if ( !SvOK(result) ) { + sqlite3_result_null( context ); + } else if( SvIOK_UV(result) ) { + s = SvPV(result, len); + sqlite3_result_text( context, s, len, SQLITE_TRANSIENT ); + } + else if ( SvIOK(result) ) { + sqlite3_result_int( context, SvIV(result)); + } else if ( !is_error && SvIOK(result) ) { + sqlite3_result_double( context, SvNV(result)); + } else { + s = SvPV(result, len); + sqlite3_result_text( context, s, len, SQLITE_TRANSIENT ); + } +} + +static void +sqlite_db_func_dispatcher(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **value) +{ + dSP; + int count; + int i; + SV *func; + + func = sqlite3_user_data(context); + + ENTER; + SAVETMPS; + + PUSHMARK(SP); + for ( i=0; i < argc; i++ ) { + SV *arg; + STRLEN len = sqlite3_value_bytes(value[i]); + int type = sqlite3_value_type(value[i]); + + /* warn("func dispatch type: %d, value: %s\n", type, sqlite3_value_text(value[i])); */ + switch(type) { + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + arg = sv_2mortal(newSViv(sqlite3_value_int(value[i]))); + break; + case SQLITE_FLOAT: + arg = sv_2mortal(newSVnv(sqlite3_value_double(value[i]))); + break; + case SQLITE_TEXT: + arg = sv_2mortal(newSVpvn((const char *)sqlite3_value_text(value[i]), len)); + break; + case SQLITE_BLOB: + arg = sv_2mortal(newSVpvn(sqlite3_value_blob(value[i]), len)); + break; + default: + arg = &PL_sv_undef; + } + + XPUSHs(arg); + } + PUTBACK; + + count = call_sv(func, G_SCALAR|G_EVAL); + + SPAGAIN; + + /* Check for an error */ + if (SvTRUE(ERRSV) ) { + sqlite_db_set_result( context, ERRSV, 1); + POPs; + } else if ( count != 1 ) { + SV *err = sv_2mortal(newSVpvf( "function should return 1 argument, got %d", + count )); + + sqlite_db_set_result( context, err, 1); + /* Clear the stack */ + for ( i=0; i < count; i++ ) { + POPs; + } + } else { + sqlite_db_set_result( context, POPs, 0 ); + } + + PUTBACK; + + FREETMPS; + LEAVE; +} + +void +sqlite3_db_create_function( SV *dbh, const char *name, int argc, SV *func ) +{ + D_imp_dbh(dbh); + int rv; + + /* Copy the function reference */ + SV *func_sv = newSVsv(func); + av_push( imp_dbh->functions, func_sv ); + + /* warn("create_function %s with %d args\n", name, argc); */ + rv = sqlite3_create_function( imp_dbh->db, name, argc, SQLITE_UTF8, + func_sv, + sqlite_db_func_dispatcher, NULL, NULL ); + if ( rv != SQLITE_OK ) + { + croak( "sqlite_create_function failed with error %s", + sqlite3_errmsg(imp_dbh->db) ); + } +} + +typedef struct aggrInfo aggrInfo; +struct aggrInfo { + SV *aggr_inst; + SV *err; + int inited; +}; + +static void +sqlite_db_aggr_new_dispatcher( sqlite3_context *context, aggrInfo *aggr_info ) +{ + dSP; + SV *pkg = NULL; + int count = 0; + + aggr_info->err = NULL; + aggr_info->aggr_inst = NULL; + + pkg = sqlite3_user_data(context); + if ( !pkg ) + return; + + ENTER; + SAVETMPS; + + PUSHMARK(SP); + XPUSHs( sv_2mortal( newSVsv(pkg) ) ); + PUTBACK; + + count = call_method ("new", G_EVAL|G_SCALAR); + SPAGAIN; + + aggr_info->inited = 1; + + if ( SvTRUE( ERRSV ) ) { + aggr_info->err = newSVpvf ("error during aggregator's new(): %s", + SvPV_nolen (ERRSV)); + POPs; + } else if ( count != 1 ) { + int i; + + aggr_info->err = newSVpvf( "new() should return one value, got %d", + count ); + /* Clear the stack */ + for ( i=0; i < count; i++ ) { + POPs; + } + } else { + SV *aggr = POPs; + if ( SvROK(aggr) ) { + aggr_info->aggr_inst = newSVsv(aggr); + } else{ + aggr_info->err = newSVpvf( "new() should return a blessed reference" ); + } + } + + PUTBACK; + + FREETMPS; + LEAVE; + + return; +} + +static void +sqlite_db_aggr_step_dispatcher (sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, sqlite3_value **value) +{ + dSP; + int i; + aggrInfo *aggr; + + aggr = sqlite3_aggregate_context (context, sizeof (aggrInfo)); + if ( !aggr ) + return; + + ENTER; + SAVETMPS; + + /* initialize on first step */ + if ( !aggr->inited ) { + sqlite_db_aggr_new_dispatcher( context, aggr ); + } + + if ( aggr->err || !aggr->aggr_inst ) + goto cleanup; + + PUSHMARK(SP); + XPUSHs( sv_2mortal( newSVsv( aggr->aggr_inst ) )); + for ( i=0; i < argc; i++ ) { + SV *arg; + int len = sqlite3_value_bytes(value[i]); + int type = sqlite3_value_type(value[i]); + + switch(type) { + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + arg = sv_2mortal(newSViv(sqlite3_value_int(value[i]))); + break; + case SQLITE_FLOAT: + arg = sv_2mortal(newSVnv(sqlite3_value_double(value[i]))); + break; + case SQLITE_TEXT: + arg = sv_2mortal(newSVpvn((const char *)sqlite3_value_text(value[i]), len)); + break; + case SQLITE_BLOB: + arg = sv_2mortal(newSVpvn(sqlite3_value_blob(value[i]), len)); + break; + default: + arg = &PL_sv_undef; + } + + XPUSHs(arg); + } + PUTBACK; + + call_method ("step", G_SCALAR|G_EVAL|G_DISCARD); + + /* Check for an error */ + if (SvTRUE(ERRSV) ) { + aggr->err = newSVpvf( "error during aggregator's step(): %s", + SvPV_nolen(ERRSV)); + POPs; + } + + cleanup: + FREETMPS; + LEAVE; +} + +static void +sqlite_db_aggr_finalize_dispatcher( sqlite3_context *context ) +{ + dSP; + aggrInfo *aggr, myAggr; + int count = 0; + + aggr = sqlite3_aggregate_context (context, sizeof (aggrInfo)); + + ENTER; + SAVETMPS; + + if ( !aggr ) { + /* SQLite seems to refuse to create a context structure + from finalize() */ + aggr = &myAggr; + aggr->aggr_inst = NULL; + aggr->err = NULL; + sqlite_db_aggr_new_dispatcher (context, aggr); + } + + if ( ! aggr->err && aggr->aggr_inst ) { + PUSHMARK(SP); + XPUSHs( sv_2mortal( newSVsv( aggr->aggr_inst )) ); + PUTBACK; + + count = call_method( "finalize", G_SCALAR|G_EVAL ); + SPAGAIN; + + if ( SvTRUE(ERRSV) ) { + aggr->err = newSVpvf ("error during aggregator's finalize(): %s", + SvPV_nolen(ERRSV) ) ; + POPs; + } else if ( count != 1 ) { + int i; + aggr->err = newSVpvf( "finalize() should return 1 value, got %d", + count ); + /* Clear the stack */ + for ( i=0; ierr ) { + warn( "DBD::SQLite: error in aggregator cannot be reported to SQLite: %s", SvPV_nolen( aggr->err ) ); + + /* sqlite_db_set_result( context, aggr->err, 1 ); */ + SvREFCNT_dec( aggr->err ); + aggr->err = NULL; + } + + if ( aggr->aggr_inst ) { + SvREFCNT_dec( aggr->aggr_inst ); + aggr->aggr_inst = NULL; + } + + FREETMPS; + LEAVE; +} + +void +sqlite3_db_create_aggregate( SV *dbh, const char *name, int argc, SV *aggr_pkg ) +{ + D_imp_dbh(dbh); + int rv; + + /* Copy the aggregate reference */ + SV *aggr_pkg_copy = newSVsv(aggr_pkg); + av_push( imp_dbh->aggregates, aggr_pkg_copy ); + + rv = sqlite3_create_function( imp_dbh->db, name, argc, SQLITE_UTF8, + aggr_pkg_copy, + NULL, + sqlite_db_aggr_step_dispatcher, + sqlite_db_aggr_finalize_dispatcher + ); + + if ( rv != SQLITE_OK ) + { + croak( "sqlite_create_aggregate failed with error %s", + sqlite3_errmsg(imp_dbh->db) ); + } +} + +/* end */ diff --git a/dbdimp.h b/dbdimp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bbd0de3 --- /dev/null +++ b/dbdimp.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* $Id: dbdimp.h,v 1.19 2006/09/07 23:24:27 matt Exp $ */ + +#ifndef _DBDIMP_H +#define _DBDIMP_H 1 + +#include "SQLiteXS.h" +#include "sqliteInt.h" + +/* 30 second timeout by default */ +#define SQL_TIMEOUT 30000 + +/* Driver Handle */ +struct imp_drh_st { + dbih_drc_t com; + /* sqlite specific bits */ +}; + +/* Database Handle */ +struct imp_dbh_st { + dbih_dbc_t com; + /* sqlite specific bits */ + sqlite3 *db; + bool in_tran; + bool unicode; + bool handle_binary_nulls; + int timeout; + AV *functions; + AV *aggregates; +}; + +/* Statement Handle */ +struct imp_sth_st { + dbih_stc_t com; + /* sqlite specific bits */ + sqlite3_stmt *stmt; + /* + char **results; + char **coldata; + */ + int retval; + int nrow; + char *statement; + AV *params; + AV *col_types; +}; + +#define dbd_init sqlite_init +#define dbd_discon_all sqlite_discon_all +#define dbd_db_login sqlite_db_login +#define dbd_db_do sqlite_db_do +#define dbd_db_commit sqlite_db_commit +#define dbd_db_rollback sqlite_db_rollback +#define dbd_db_disconnect sqlite_db_disconnect +#define dbd_db_destroy sqlite_db_destroy +#define dbd_db_STORE_attrib sqlite_db_STORE_attrib +#define dbd_db_FETCH_attrib sqlite_db_FETCH_attrib +#define dbd_db_STORE_attrib_k sqlite_db_STORE_attrib_k +#define dbd_db_FETCH_attrib_k sqlite_db_FETCH_attrib_k +#ifndef no_last_insert_id +#define dbd_db_last_insert_id sqlite_db_last_insert_id +#endif +#define dbd_st_prepare sqlite_st_prepare +#define dbd_st_rows sqlite_st_rows +#define dbd_st_execute sqlite_st_execute +#define dbd_st_fetch sqlite_st_fetch +#define dbd_st_finish3 sqlite_st_finish3 +#define dbd_st_finish sqlite_st_finish +#define dbd_st_destroy sqlite_st_destroy +#define dbd_st_blob_read sqlite_st_blob_read +#define dbd_st_STORE_attrib sqlite_st_STORE_attrib +#define dbd_st_FETCH_attrib sqlite_st_FETCH_attrib +#define dbd_st_STORE_attrib_k sqlite_st_STORE_attrib_k +#define dbd_st_FETCH_attrib_k sqlite_st_FETCH_attrib_k +#define dbd_bind_ph sqlite_bind_ph +#define dbd_st_bind_col sqlite_bind_col + +void sqlite_db_create_function(SV *dbh, const char *name, int argc, SV *func); +void sqlite_db_create_aggregate( SV *dbh, const char *name, int argc, SV *aggr ); + +#ifdef SvUTF8_on + +static SV * +newUTF8SVpv(char *s, STRLEN len) { + dTHX; + register SV *sv; + + sv = newSVpv(s, len); + SvUTF8_on(sv); + return sv; +} /* End new UTF8SVpv */ + +static SV * +newUTF8SVpvn(char *s, STRLEN len) { + dTHX; + register SV *sv; + + sv = newSV(0); + sv_setpvn(sv, s, len); + SvUTF8_on(sv); + return sv; +} + +#else /* SvUTF8_on not defined */ + +#define newUTF8SVpv newSVpv +#define newUTF8SVpvn newSVpvn +#define SvUTF8_on(a) (a) +#define SvUTF8_off(a) (a) +#define sv_utf8_upgrade(a) (a) + +#endif + +#endif /* _DBDIMP_H */ diff --git a/delete.c b/delete.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b304526 --- /dev/null +++ b/delete.c @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements. +** +** $Id: delete.c,v 1.129 2007/04/16 15:06:25 danielk1977 Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" + +/* +** Look up every table that is named in pSrc. If any table is not found, +** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL. If all tables +** are found, return a pointer to the last table. +*/ +Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ + Table *pTab = 0; + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); + sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab); + pItem->pTab = pTab; + if( pTab ){ + pTab->nRef++; + } + } + return pTab; +} + +/* +** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not +** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is +** writable return 0; +*/ +int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ + if( (pTab->readOnly && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 + && pParse->nested==0) +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + || (pTab->pMod && pTab->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0) +#endif + ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); + return 1; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); + return 1; + } +#endif + return 0; +} + +/* +** Generate code that will open a table for reading. +*/ +void sqlite3OpenTable( + Parse *p, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ + int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ + int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ + Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ + int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ +){ + Vdbe *v; + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); + assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); + sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite), pTab->zName); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); + VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pTab->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iCur, pTab->nCol); +} + + +/* +** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. +** +** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; +** \________/ \________________/ +** pTabList pWhere +*/ +void sqlite3DeleteFrom( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ + Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ +){ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ + Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */ + int end, addr = 0; /* A couple addresses of generated code */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ + int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ + sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ + AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ + int oldIdx = -1; /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ + int iDb; /* Database number */ + int memCnt = 0; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ + int triggers_exist = 0; /* True if any triggers exist */ +#endif + + sContext.pParse = 0; + if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + db = pParse->db; + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + + /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be + ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we + ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect + ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. + */ + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** deleted from is a view + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; +#else +# define triggers_exist 0 +# define isView 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDbnDb ); + zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + + /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. + */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + + /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger. + */ + if( triggers_exist ){ + oldIdx = pParse->nTab++; + } + + /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. + */ + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + + /* Start the view context + */ + if( isView ){ + sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); + } + + /* Begin generating code. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ){ + goto delete_from_cleanup; + } + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, triggers_exist, iDb); + + /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into + ** a ephemeral table. + */ + if( isView ){ + Select *pView = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect); + sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_EphemTab, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pView); + } + + /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if + ** we are counting rows. + */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + memCnt = pParse->nMem++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, memCnt); + } + + /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. + ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Note, however, that + ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect. + */ + if( pWhere==0 && !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + /* If counting rows deleted, just count the total number of + ** entries in the table. */ + int endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int addr2; + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, memCnt); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr2); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); + } + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb); + if( !pParse->nested ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC); + } + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); + } + } + } + /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through + ** the table and pick which records to delete. + */ + else{ + /* Begin the database scan + */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; + + /* Remember the rowid of every item to be deleted. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoWrite, 0, 0); + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, memCnt); + } + + /* End the database scan loop. + */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + + /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers. + */ + if( triggers_exist ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol); + } + + /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the + ** database scan. We have to delete items after the scan is complete + ** because deleting an item can change the scan order. + */ + end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are + ** row triggers. + */ + if( triggers_exist ){ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, end); + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, 0); + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); + } + + (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, + -1, oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default, + addr); + } + + if( !isView ){ + /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and all its + ** indices. If there are row triggers, this happens inside the + ** OP_FifoRead loop because the cursor have to all be closed + ** before the trigger fires. If there are no row triggers, the + ** cursors are opened only once on the outside the loop. + */ + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite); + + /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are no + ** row triggers */ + if( !triggers_exist ){ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, end); + } + + /* Delete the row */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab; + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB); + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, pParse->nested==0); + } + } + + /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke + ** the AFTER triggers + */ + if( triggers_exist ){ + if( !isView ){ + for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); + } + (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, -1, + oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default, + addr); + } + + /* End of the delete loop */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end); + + /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */ + if( !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); + } + } + + /* + ** Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memCnt, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", P3_STATIC); + } + +delete_from_cleanup: + sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere); + return; +} + +/* +** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a +** single table to be deleted. +** +** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. +** These are the requirements: +** +** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row +** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base". +** +** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as +** cursor number base+i for the i-th index. +** +** 3. The record number of the row to be deleted must be on the top +** of the stack. +** +** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number +** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index +** entries that point to that record. +*/ +void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database containing the index */ + Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ + Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ + int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ + int count /* Increment the row change counter */ +){ + int addr; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0); + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, iCur, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); + if( count ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); +} + +/* +** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all +** index entries associated with a single row of a single table. +** +** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called. +** These are the requirements: +** +** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row +** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur". +** +** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as +** cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index. +** +** 3. The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be +** deleted. +*/ +void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( + Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ + Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ + int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */ + char *aIdxUsed /* Only delete if aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i]!=0 */ +){ + int i; + Index *pIdx; + + for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + if( aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i-1]==0 ) continue; + sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, iCur); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, 0); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it on the top +** of the tack. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. +** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to +** the entry that needs indexing. +*/ +void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( + Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ + Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ + int iCur /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */ +){ + int j; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); + for(j=0; jnColumn; j++){ + int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; + if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, j, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx); + sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeIdxRec, pIdx->nColumn, 0); + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx); +} diff --git a/expr.c b/expr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b640bec --- /dev/null +++ b/expr.c @@ -0,0 +1,2587 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and +** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite. +** +** $Id: expr.c,v 1.303 2007/08/07 17:13:04 drh Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include + +/* +** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. +** +** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, +** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the +** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, +** indicating no affinity for the expression. +** +** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all +** have an affinity: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(a); +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a; +** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b; +** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1); +*/ +char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ + int op = pExpr->op; + if( op==TK_SELECT ){ + return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr); + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + if( op==TK_CAST ){ + return sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token); + } +#endif + return pExpr->affinity; +} + +/* +** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating +** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to the revised expression. +** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate +** flag. An explicit collating sequence will override implicit +** collating sequences. +*/ +Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pName){ + CollSeq *pColl; + if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; + pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); + if( pColl ){ + pExpr->pColl = pColl; + pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; + } + return pExpr; +} + +/* +** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If +** there is no default collation type, return 0. +*/ +CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + CollSeq *pColl = 0; + if( pExpr ){ + int op; + pColl = pExpr->pColl; + op = pExpr->op; + if( (op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS) && !pColl ){ + return sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + } + } + if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ + pColl = 0; + } + return pColl; +} + +/* +** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the +** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the +** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator. +*/ +char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ + char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr); + if( aff1 && aff2 ){ + /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric + ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity. + */ + if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){ + return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; + }else{ + return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){ + /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the + ** results directly. + */ + return SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + }else{ + /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */ + assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 ); + return (aff1 + aff2); + } +} + +/* +** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should +** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison. +*/ +static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ + char aff; + assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT || + pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE || + pExpr->op==TK_NE ); + assert( pExpr->pLeft ); + aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); + if( pExpr->pRight ){ + aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff); + } + else if( pExpr->pSelect ){ + aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff); + } + else if( !aff ){ + aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + return aff; +} + +/* +** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc. +** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true +** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement +** the comparison in pExpr. +*/ +int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ + char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); + switch( aff ){ + case SQLITE_AFF_NONE: + return 1; + case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: + return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; + default: + return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity); + } +} + +/* +** Return the P1 value that should be used for a binary comparison +** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2. +** If jumpIfNull is true, then set the low byte of the returned +** P1 value to tell the opcode to jump if either expression +** evaluates to NULL. +*/ +static int binaryCompareP1(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ + char aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2); + return ((int)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff))+(jumpIfNull?0x100:0); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by +** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight. +** +** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is +** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression +** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating +** type. +** +** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case, +** it is not considered. +*/ +CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( + Parse *pParse, + Expr *pLeft, + Expr *pRight +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + assert( pLeft ); + if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ + assert( pLeft->pColl ); + pColl = pLeft->pColl; + }else if( pRight && pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ + assert( pRight->pColl ); + pColl = pRight->pColl; + }else{ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); + if( !pColl ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); + } + } + return pColl; +} + +/* +** Generate code for a comparison operator. +*/ +static int codeCompare( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */ + Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */ + Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */ + int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */ + int dest, /* Jump here if true. */ + int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */ +){ + int p1 = binaryCompareP1(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull); + CollSeq *p3 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight); + return sqlite3VdbeOp3(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, p1, dest, (void*)p3, P3_COLLSEQ); +} + +/* +** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory +** for this node is obtained from sqliteMalloc(). The calling function +** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed. +*/ +Expr *sqlite3Expr(int op, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight, const Token *pToken){ + Expr *pNew; + pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Expr) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + /* When malloc fails, delete pLeft and pRight. Expressions passed to + ** this function must always be allocated with sqlite3Expr() for this + ** reason. + */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(pLeft); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pRight); + return 0; + } + pNew->op = op; + pNew->pLeft = pLeft; + pNew->pRight = pRight; + pNew->iAgg = -1; + if( pToken ){ + assert( pToken->dyn==0 ); + pNew->span = pNew->token = *pToken; + }else if( pLeft ){ + if( pRight ){ + sqlite3ExprSpan(pNew, &pLeft->span, &pRight->span); + if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ + pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; + pNew->pColl = pRight->pColl; + } + } + if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ + pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; + pNew->pColl = pLeft->pColl; + } + } + + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pNew); + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Works like sqlite3Expr() but frees its pLeft and pRight arguments +** if it fails due to a malloc problem. +*/ +Expr *sqlite3ExprOrFree(int op, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight, const Token *pToken){ + Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(op, pLeft, pRight, pToken); + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(pLeft); + sqlite3ExprDelete(pRight); + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** When doing a nested parse, you can include terms in an expression +** that look like this: #0 #1 #2 ... These terms refer to elements +** on the stack. "#0" means the top of the stack. +** "#1" means the next down on the stack. And so forth. +** +** This routine is called by the parser to deal with on of those terms. +** It immediately generates code to store the value in a memory location. +** The returns an expression that will code to extract the value from +** that memory location as needed. +*/ +Expr *sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + Expr *p; + int depth; + if( pParse->nested==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", pToken); + return sqlite3Expr(TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0); + } + if( v==0 ) return 0; + p = sqlite3Expr(TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, pToken); + if( p==0 ){ + return 0; /* Malloc failed */ + } + depth = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]); + p->iTable = pParse->nMem++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, depth, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, p->iTable, 1); + return p; +} + +/* +** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is +** NULL, then just return the other expression. +*/ +Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){ + if( pLeft==0 ){ + return pRight; + }else if( pRight==0 ){ + return pLeft; + }else{ + return sqlite3Expr(TK_AND, pLeft, pRight, 0); + } +} + +/* +** Set the Expr.span field of the given expression to span all +** text between the two given tokens. +*/ +void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr *pExpr, Token *pLeft, Token *pRight){ + assert( pRight!=0 ); + assert( pLeft!=0 ); + if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() && pRight->z && pLeft->z ){ + assert( pLeft->dyn==0 || pLeft->z[pLeft->n]==0 ); + if( pLeft->dyn==0 && pRight->dyn==0 ){ + pExpr->span.z = pLeft->z; + pExpr->span.n = pRight->n + (pRight->z - pLeft->z); + }else{ + pExpr->span.z = 0; + } + } +} + +/* +** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple +** arguments. +*/ +Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){ + Expr *pNew; + assert( pToken ); + pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Expr) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); /* Avoid leaking memory when malloc fails */ + return 0; + } + pNew->op = TK_FUNCTION; + pNew->pList = pList; + assert( pToken->dyn==0 ); + pNew->token = *pToken; + pNew->span = pNew->token; + + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pNew); + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard +** in the original SQL statement. +** +** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential +** variable number. +** +** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make +** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when +** the SQL statement comes from an external source. +** +** Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa" are assigned the same number +** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first +** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is +** assigned. +*/ +void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + Token *pToken; + if( pExpr==0 ) return; + pToken = &pExpr->token; + assert( pToken->n>=1 ); + assert( pToken->z!=0 ); + assert( pToken->z[0]!=0 ); + if( pToken->n==1 ){ + /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */ + pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar; + }else if( pToken->z[0]=='?' ){ + /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and + ** use it as the variable number */ + int i; + pExpr->iTable = i = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]); + if( i<1 || i>SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d", + SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER); + } + if( i>pParse->nVar ){ + pParse->nVar = i; + } + }else{ + /* Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa". Reuse the same variable + ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name + ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number + */ + int i, n; + n = pToken->n; + for(i=0; inVarExpr; i++){ + Expr *pE; + if( (pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i])!=0 + && pE->token.n==n + && memcmp(pE->token.z, pToken->z, n)==0 ){ + pExpr->iTable = pE->iTable; + break; + } + } + if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){ + pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar; + if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){ + pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10; + pParse->apVarExpr = sqliteReallocOrFree(pParse->apVarExpr, + pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0]) ); + } + if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 ); + pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr; + } + } + } + if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables"); + } +} + +/* +** Recursively delete an expression tree. +*/ +void sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr *p){ + if( p==0 ) return; + if( p->span.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)p->span.z); + if( p->token.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)p->token.z); + sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLeft); + sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pRight); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect); + sqliteFree(p); +} + +/* +** The Expr.token field might be a string literal that is quoted. +** If so, remove the quotation marks. +*/ +void sqlite3DequoteExpr(Expr *p){ + if( ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_Dequoted) ){ + return; + } + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Dequoted); + if( p->token.dyn==0 ){ + sqlite3TokenCopy(&p->token, &p->token); + } + sqlite3Dequote((char*)p->token.z); +} + + +/* +** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions, +** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can +** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines) +** without effecting the originals. +** +** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(), +** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded +** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines. +** +** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. +*/ +Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(Expr *p){ + Expr *pNew; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*p) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + memcpy(pNew, p, sizeof(*pNew)); + if( p->token.z!=0 ){ + pNew->token.z = (u8*)sqliteStrNDup((char*)p->token.z, p->token.n); + pNew->token.dyn = 1; + }else{ + assert( pNew->token.z==0 ); + } + pNew->span.z = 0; + pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pLeft); + pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pRight); + pNew->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pList); + pNew->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pSelect); + return pNew; +} +void sqlite3TokenCopy(Token *pTo, Token *pFrom){ + if( pTo->dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pTo->z); + if( pFrom->z ){ + pTo->n = pFrom->n; + pTo->z = (u8*)sqliteStrNDup((char*)pFrom->z, pFrom->n); + pTo->dyn = 1; + }else{ + pTo->z = 0; + } +} +ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(ExprList *p){ + ExprList *pNew; + struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem; + int i; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr; + pNew->a = pItem = sqliteMalloc( p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); + if( pItem==0 ){ + sqliteFree(pNew); + return 0; + } + pOldItem = p->a; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){ + Expr *pNewExpr, *pOldExpr; + pItem->pExpr = pNewExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr); + if( pOldExpr->span.z!=0 && pNewExpr ){ + /* Always make a copy of the span for top-level expressions in the + ** expression list. The logic in SELECT processing that determines + ** the names of columns in the result set needs this information */ + sqlite3TokenCopy(&pNewExpr->span, &pOldExpr->span); + } + assert( pNewExpr==0 || pNewExpr->span.z!=0 + || pOldExpr->span.z==0 + || sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + pItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName); + pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder; + pItem->isAgg = pOldItem->isAgg; + pItem->done = 0; + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from +** the build, then none of the following routines, except for +** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes +** called with a NULL argument. +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \ + || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) +SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(SrcList *p){ + SrcList *pNew; + int i; + int nByte; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0); + pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; + struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; + Table *pTab; + pNewItem->zDatabase = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zDatabase); + pNewItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName); + pNewItem->zAlias = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zAlias); + pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype; + pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor; + pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated; + pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab; + if( pTab ){ + pTab->nRef++; + } + pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pOldItem->pSelect); + pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(pOldItem->pOn); + pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(pOldItem->pUsing); + pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed; + } + return pNew; +} +IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(IdList *p){ + IdList *pNew; + int i; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId; + pNew->a = sqliteMallocRaw( p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); + if( pNew->a==0 ){ + sqliteFree(pNew); + return 0; + } + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; + struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; + pNewItem->zName = sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName); + pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx; + } + return pNew; +} +Select *sqlite3SelectDup(Select *p){ + Select *pNew; + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pNew = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*p) ); + if( pNew==0 ) return 0; + pNew->isDistinct = p->isDistinct; + pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pEList); + pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(p->pSrc); + pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pWhere); + pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pGroupBy); + pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pHaving); + pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pOrderBy); + pNew->op = p->op; + pNew->pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(p->pPrior); + pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pLimit); + pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(p->pOffset); + pNew->iLimit = -1; + pNew->iOffset = -1; + pNew->isResolved = p->isResolved; + pNew->isAgg = p->isAgg; + pNew->usesEphm = 0; + pNew->disallowOrderBy = 0; + pNew->pRightmost = 0; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; + return pNew; +} +#else +Select *sqlite3SelectDup(Select *p){ + assert( p==0 ); + return 0; +} +#endif + + +/* +** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is +** initially NULL, then create a new expression list. +*/ +ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(ExprList *pList, Expr *pExpr, Token *pName){ + if( pList==0 ){ + pList = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(ExprList) ); + if( pList==0 ){ + goto no_mem; + } + assert( pList->nAlloc==0 ); + } + if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){ + struct ExprList_item *a; + int n = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4; + a = sqliteRealloc(pList->a, n*sizeof(pList->a[0])); + if( a==0 ){ + goto no_mem; + } + pList->a = a; + pList->nAlloc = n; + } + assert( pList->a!=0 ); + if( pExpr || pName ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++]; + memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem)); + pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName); + pItem->pExpr = pExpr; + } + return pList; + +no_mem: + /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ + sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); + return 0; +} + +/* +** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements, +** leave an error message in pParse. +*/ +void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength( + Parse *pParse, + ExprList *pEList, + int iLimit, + const char *zObject +){ + if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>iLimit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject); + } +} + + +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 +/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList() +** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height +** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the +** first argument. +** +** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed +** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that +** value. +*/ +static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){ + if( p ){ + if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){ + *pnHeight = p->nHeight; + } + } +} +static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){ + if( p ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight); + } + } +} +static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){ + if( p ){ + heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight); + heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight); + heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight); + heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight); + heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight); + } +} + +/* +** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an +** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or +** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression +** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other +** referenced Expr plus one. +*/ +void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Expr *p){ + int nHeight = 0; + heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight); + heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight); + heightOfExprList(p->pList, &nHeight); + heightOfSelect(p->pSelect, &nHeight); + p->nHeight = nHeight + 1; +} + +/* +** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced +** by the select statement passed as an argument. +*/ +int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){ + int nHeight = 0; + heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight); + return nHeight; +} +#endif + +/* +** Delete an entire expression list. +*/ +void sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList *pList){ + int i; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + if( pList==0 ) return; + assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) ); + assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc ); + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pExpr); + sqliteFree(pItem->zName); + } + sqliteFree(pList->a); + sqliteFree(pList); +} + +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Call xFunc for each node visited. +** +** The return value from xFunc determines whether the tree walk continues. +** 0 means continue walking the tree. 1 means do not walk children +** of the current node but continue with siblings. 2 means abandon +** the tree walk completely. +** +** The return value from this routine is 1 to abandon the tree walk +** and 0 to continue. +** +** NOTICE: This routine does *not* descend into subqueries. +*/ +static int walkExprList(ExprList *, int (*)(void *, Expr*), void *); +static int walkExprTree(Expr *pExpr, int (*xFunc)(void*,Expr*), void *pArg){ + int rc; + if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; + rc = (*xFunc)(pArg, pExpr); + if( rc==0 ){ + if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pLeft, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1; + if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pRight, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1; + if( walkExprList(pExpr->pList, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1; + } + return rc>1; +} + +/* +** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in list p. +*/ +static int walkExprList(ExprList *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){ + int i; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + if( !p ) return 0; + for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + if( walkExprTree(pItem->pExpr, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in Select p, not including +** expressions that are part of sub-selects in any FROM clause or the LIMIT +** or OFFSET expressions.. +*/ +static int walkSelectExpr(Select *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){ + walkExprList(p->pEList, xFunc, pArg); + walkExprTree(p->pWhere, xFunc, pArg); + walkExprList(p->pGroupBy, xFunc, pArg); + walkExprTree(p->pHaving, xFunc, pArg); + walkExprList(p->pOrderBy, xFunc, pArg); + if( p->pPrior ){ + walkSelectExpr(p->pPrior, xFunc, pArg); + } + return 0; +} + + +/* +** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree(). +** +** pArg is really a pointer to an integer. If we can tell by looking +** at pExpr that the expression that contains pExpr is not a constant +** expression, then set *pArg to 0 and return 2 to abandon the tree walk. +** If pExpr does does not disqualify the expression from being a constant +** then do nothing. +** +** After walking the whole tree, if no nodes are found that disqualify +** the expression as constant, then we assume the whole expression +** is constant. See sqlite3ExprIsConstant() for additional information. +*/ +static int exprNodeIsConstant(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){ + int *pN = (int*)pArg; + + /* If *pArg is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from + ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression + ** from being considered constant. */ + if( (*pN)==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ + *pN = 0; + return 2; + } + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant + ** and *pArg==2 */ + case TK_FUNCTION: + if( (*pN)==2 ) return 0; + /* Fall through */ + case TK_ID: + case TK_COLUMN: + case TK_DOT: + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_SELECT: + case TK_EXISTS: +#endif + *pN = 0; + return 2; + case TK_IN: + if( pExpr->pSelect ){ + *pN = 0; + return 2; + } + default: + return 0; + } +} + +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant +** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls. +** +** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") +** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is +** a constant. +*/ +int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){ + int isConst = 1; + walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst); + return isConst; +} + +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant +** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join. +** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from +** an ON or USING clause. +*/ +int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){ + int isConst = 3; + walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst); + return isConst!=0; +} + +/* +** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression is constant +** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there +** are any variables. +** +** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") +** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is +** a constant. +*/ +int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){ + int isConst = 2; + walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst); + return isConst!=0; +} + +/* +** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough +** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer +** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big +** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged. +*/ +int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ + switch( p->op ){ + case TK_INTEGER: { + if( sqlite3GetInt32((char*)p->token.z, pValue) ){ + return 1; + } + break; + } + case TK_UPLUS: { + return sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue); + } + case TK_UMINUS: { + int v; + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){ + *pValue = -v; + return 1; + } + break; + } + default: break; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name. +*/ +int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1; + return 0; +} + +/* +** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up +** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr +** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes +** are made to pExpr: +** +** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database holding +** the table. +** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained +** from pSrcList. +** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table. +** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN. +** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted +** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted. +** +** The pDbToken is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be +** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database +** can be used. The pTableToken is the name of the table (the "Y"). This +** value can be NULL if pDbToken is also NULL. If pTableToken is NULL it +** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table +** can be used. +** +** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message +** in pParse and return non-zero. Return zero on success. +*/ +static int lookupName( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + Token *pDbToken, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */ + Token *pTableToken, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */ + Token *pColumnToken, /* Name of the column. */ + NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */ + Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */ +){ + char *zDb = 0; /* Name of the database. The "X" in X.Y.Z */ + char *zTab = 0; /* Name of the table. The "Y" in X.Y.Z or Y.Z */ + char *zCol = 0; /* Name of the column. The "Z" */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */ + int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */ + struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */ + NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */ + + assert( pColumnToken && pColumnToken->z ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */ + zDb = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDbToken); + zTab = sqlite3NameFromToken(pTableToken); + zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(pColumnToken); + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + goto lookupname_end; + } + + pExpr->iTable = -1; + while( pNC && cnt==0 ){ + ExprList *pEList; + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + + if( pSrcList ){ + for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + Table *pTab; + int iDb; + Column *pCol; + + pTab = pItem->pTab; + assert( pTab!=0 ); + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); + if( zTab ){ + if( pItem->zAlias ){ + char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias; + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue; + }else{ + char *zTabName = pTab->zName; + if( zTabName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue; + if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){ + continue; + } + } + } + if( 0==(cntTab++) ){ + pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; + pExpr->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + pMatch = pItem; + } + for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pCol++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ + const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; + IdList *pUsing; + cnt++; + pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; + pMatch = pItem; + pExpr->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j; + pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[j].affinity; + if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){ + pExpr->pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0); + } + if( inSrc-1 ){ + if( pItem[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ + /* If this match occurred in the left table of a natural join, + ** then skip the right table to avoid a duplicate match */ + pItem++; + i++; + }else if( (pUsing = pItem[1].pUsing)!=0 ){ + /* If this match occurs on a column that is in the USING clause + ** of a join, skip the search of the right table of the join + ** to avoid a duplicate match there. */ + int k; + for(k=0; knId; k++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ){ + pItem++; + i++; + break; + } + } + } + } + break; + } + } + } + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe + ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference + */ + if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){ + TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack; + Table *pTab = 0; + if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){ + pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx; + assert( pTriggerStack->pTab ); + pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab; + }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab)==0 ){ + pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx; + assert( pTriggerStack->pTab ); + pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab; + } + + if( pTab ){ + int iCol; + Column *pCol = pTab->aCol; + + pExpr->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; + cntTab++; + for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++) { + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ + const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[iCol].zColl; + cnt++; + pExpr->iColumn = iCol==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : iCol; + pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity; + if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){ + pExpr->pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0); + } + pExpr->pTab = pTab; + break; + } + } + } + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ + + /* + ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID + */ + if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){ + cnt = 1; + pExpr->iColumn = -1; + pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; + } + + /* + ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z + ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when + ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command: + ** + ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10; + ** + ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that + ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately. + ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been + ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved. + */ + if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){ + for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ + char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName; + if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ + Expr *pDup, *pOrig; + assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); + assert( pExpr->pList==0 ); + assert( pExpr->pSelect==0 ); + pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr; + if( !pNC->allowAgg && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs); + sqliteFree(zCol); + return 2; + } + pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(pOrig); + if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){ + pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl; + pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate; + } + if( pExpr->span.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pExpr->span.z); + if( pExpr->token.dyn ) sqliteFree((char*)pExpr->token.z); + memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr)); + sqliteFree(pDup); + cnt = 1; + pMatch = 0; + assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 ); + goto lookupname_end_2; + } + } + } + + /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either + ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts. + */ + if( cnt==0 ){ + pNC = pNC->pNext; + } + } + + /* + ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is + ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then + ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that + ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to + ** pExpr. + ** + ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef + ** fields are not changed in any context. + */ + if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){ + sqliteFree(zCol); + return 0; + } + + /* + ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or + ** more matches. Either way, we have an error. + */ + if( cnt!=1 ){ + char *z = 0; + char *zErr; + zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column: %s" : "ambiguous column name: %s"; + if( zDb ){ + sqlite3SetString(&z, zDb, ".", zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0); + }else if( zTab ){ + sqlite3SetString(&z, zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0); + }else{ + z = sqliteStrDup(zCol); + } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, zErr, z); + sqliteFree(z); + pTopNC->nErr++; + } + + /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record + ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes + ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the + ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask + ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask. + */ + if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){ + int n = pExpr->iColumn; + if( n>=sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ){ + n = sizeof(Bitmask)*8-1; + } + assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable ); + pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<pLeft); + pExpr->pLeft = 0; + sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pRight); + pExpr->pRight = 0; + pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; +lookupname_end_2: + sqliteFree(zCol); + if( cnt==1 ){ + assert( pNC!=0 ); + sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pNC->pSrcList); + if( pMatch && !pMatch->pSelect ){ + pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab; + } + /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to + ** the point where the name matched. */ + for(;;){ + assert( pTopNC!=0 ); + pTopNC->nRef++; + if( pTopNC==pNC ) break; + pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext; + } + return 0; + } else { + return 1; + } +} + +/* +** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree(). +** +** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current +** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down +** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk. +** +** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for +** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed +** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. +*/ +static int nameResolverStep(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){ + NameContext *pNC = (NameContext*)pArg; + Parse *pParse; + + if( pExpr==0 ) return 1; + assert( pNC!=0 ); + pParse = pNC->pParse; + + if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return 1; + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved); +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){ + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + int i; + for(i=0; ipSrcList->nSrc; i++){ + assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursornTab); + } + } +#endif + switch( pExpr->op ){ + /* Double-quoted strings (ex: "abc") are used as identifiers if + ** possible. Otherwise they remain as strings. Single-quoted + ** strings (ex: 'abc') are always string literals. + */ + case TK_STRING: { + if( pExpr->token.z[0]=='\'' ) break; + /* Fall thru into the TK_ID case if this is a double-quoted string */ + } + /* A lone identifier is the name of a column. + */ + case TK_ID: { + lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, &pExpr->token, pNC, pExpr); + return 1; + } + + /* A table name and column name: ID.ID + ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID + */ + case TK_DOT: { + Token *pColumn; + Token *pTable; + Token *pDb; + Expr *pRight; + + /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */ + pRight = pExpr->pRight; + if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){ + pDb = 0; + pTable = &pExpr->pLeft->token; + pColumn = &pRight->token; + }else{ + assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT ); + pDb = &pExpr->pLeft->token; + pTable = &pRight->pLeft->token; + pColumn = &pRight->pRight->token; + } + lookupName(pParse, pDb, pTable, pColumn, pNC, pExpr); + return 1; + } + + /* Resolve function names + */ + case TK_CONST_FUNC: + case TK_FUNCTION: { + ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList; /* The argument list */ + int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */ + int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */ + int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */ + int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */ + int i; + int auth; /* Authorization to use the function */ + int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */ + const char *zId; /* The function name. */ + FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */ + int enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */ + + zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z; + nId = pExpr->token.n; + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0); + if( pDef==0 ){ + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0); + if( pDef==0 ){ + no_such_func = 1; + }else{ + wrong_num_args = 1; + } + }else{ + is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + if( pDef ){ + auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0); + if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s", + pDef->zName); + pNC->nErr++; + } + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + return 1; + } + } +#endif + if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId); + pNC->nErr++; + is_agg = 0; + }else if( no_such_func ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId); + pNC->nErr++; + }else if( wrong_num_args ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()", + nId, zId); + pNC->nErr++; + } + if( is_agg ){ + pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION; + pNC->hasAgg = 1; + } + if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0; + for(i=0; pNC->nErr==0 && ia[i].pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC); + } + if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1; + /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return + ** type of the function + */ + return is_agg; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_SELECT: + case TK_EXISTS: +#endif + case TK_IN: { + if( pExpr->pSelect ){ + int nRef = pNC->nRef; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + if( pNC->isCheck ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints"); + } +#endif + sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, pNC); + assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef ); + if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect); + } + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + case TK_VARIABLE: { + if( pNC->isCheck ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints"); + } + break; + } +#endif + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to +** table columns. Nodes of the form ID.ID or ID resolve into an +** index to the table in the table list and a column offset. The +** Expr.opcode for such nodes is changed to TK_COLUMN. The Expr.iTable +** value is changed to the index of the referenced table in pTabList +** plus the "base" value. The base value will ultimately become the +** VDBE cursor number for a cursor that is pointing into the referenced +** table. The Expr.iColumn value is changed to the index of the column +** of the referenced table. The Expr.iColumn value for the special +** ROWID column is -1. Any INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is tried as an +** alias for ROWID. +** +** Also resolve function names and check the functions for proper +** usage. Make sure all function names are recognized and all functions +** have the correct number of arguments. Leave an error message +** in pParse->zErrMsg if anything is amiss. Return the number of errors. +** +** If the expression contains aggregate functions then set the EP_Agg +** property on the expression. +*/ +int sqlite3ExprResolveNames( + NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ + Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ +){ + int savedHasAgg; + if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + if( (pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight)>SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pNC->pParse, + "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", + SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH + ); + return 1; + } + pNC->pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight; +#endif + savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg; + pNC->hasAgg = 0; + walkExprTree(pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC); +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight; +#endif + if( pNC->nErr>0 ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); + } + if( pNC->hasAgg ){ + ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg); + }else if( savedHasAgg ){ + pNC->hasAgg = 1; + } + return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error); +} + +/* +** A pointer instance of this structure is used to pass information +** through walkExprTree into codeSubqueryStep(). +*/ +typedef struct QueryCoder QueryCoder; +struct QueryCoder { + Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */ + NameContext *pNC; /* Namespace of first enclosing query */ +}; + + +/* +** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as an expression +** and IN operators. Examples: +** +** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery +** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery +** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side +** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right +** +** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN +** operator or subquery. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY +void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + int testAddr = 0; /* One-time test address */ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) return; + + + /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered + ** if any of the following is true: + ** + ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery + ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables + ** * We are inside a trigger + ** + ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once + ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations. + */ + if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->trigStack ){ + int mem = pParse->nMem++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, mem, 0); + testAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, 0, 0); + assert( testAddr>0 || sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, mem); + } + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_IN: { + char affinity; + KeyInfo keyInfo; + int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ + + affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); + + /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()' + ** expression it is handled the same way. A virtual table is + ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results + ** from the SELECT or the . + ** + ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT... + ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that + ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the + ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used + ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither + ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity + ** is used. + */ + pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, 0); + memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo)); + keyInfo.nField = 1; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, pExpr->iTable, 1); + + if( pExpr->pSelect ){ + /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...) + ** + ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary + ** table allocated and opened above. + */ + int iParm = pExpr->iTable + (((int)affinity)<<16); + ExprList *pEList; + assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable ); + if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, SRT_Set, iParm, 0, 0, 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + pEList = pExpr->pSelect->pEList; + if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>0 ){ + keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, + pEList->a[0].pExpr); + } + }else if( pExpr->pList ){ + /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) + ** + ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and + ** store it in the temporary table. If is a column, then use + ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If is not + ** a column, use numeric affinity. + */ + int i; + ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + + if( !affinity ){ + affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE; + } + keyInfo.aColl[0] = pExpr->pLeft->pColl; + + /* Loop through each expression in . */ + for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr; + + /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to + ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure + ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant + ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. + */ + if( testAddr>0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr-1, 3); + testAddr = 0; + } + + /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pE2); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, 0); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO); + break; + } + + case TK_EXISTS: + case TK_SELECT: { + /* This has to be a scalar SELECT. Generate code to put the + ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number + ** of the memory cell in iColumn. + */ + static const Token one = { (u8*)"1", 0, 1 }; + Select *pSel; + int iMem; + int sop; + + pExpr->iColumn = iMem = pParse->nMem++; + pSel = pExpr->pSelect; + if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ + sop = SRT_Mem; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, iMem, 0); + VdbeComment((v, "# Init subquery result")); + }else{ + sop = SRT_Exists; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iMem); + VdbeComment((v, "# Init EXISTS result")); + } + sqlite3ExprDelete(pSel->pLimit); + pSel->pLimit = sqlite3Expr(TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &one); + if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, sop, iMem, 0, 0, 0, 0) ){ + return; + } + break; + } + } + + if( testAddr ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr); + } + + return; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + +/* +** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by +** text z[0..n-1] on the stack. +*/ +static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n){ + assert( z || sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + if( z ){ + int i; + if( sqlite3GetInt32(z, &i) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); + }else if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z) ){ + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Int64, 0, 0, z, n); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, n); + } + } +} + + +/* +** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from +** table pTab and push that column value on the stack. There +** is an open cursor to pTab in iTable. If iColumn<0 then +** code is generated that extracts the rowid. +*/ +void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iColumn, int iTable){ + if( iColumn<0 ){ + int op = (pTab && IsVirtual(pTab)) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, iTable, 0); + }else if( pTab==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iTable, iColumn); + }else{ + int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, iTable, iColumn); + sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iColumn); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( pTab->aCol[iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RealAffinity, 0, 0); + } +#endif + } +} + +/* +** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given +** expression and leave the result on the top of stack. +** +** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) +** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding +** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in +** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code +** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. +*/ +void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int op; + int stackChng = 1; /* Amount of change to stack depth */ + + if( v==0 ) return; + if( pExpr==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); + return; + } + op = pExpr->op; + switch( op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { + AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; + struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; + if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pCol->iMem, 0); + break; + }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdx, + pCol->iSorterColumn); + break; + } + /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ + } + case TK_COLUMN: { + if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ + /* This only happens when coding check constraints */ + assert( pParse->ckOffset>0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, pParse->ckOffset-pExpr->iColumn-1, 1); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(v, pExpr->pTab, pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable); + } + break; + } + case TK_INTEGER: { + codeInteger(v, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); + break; + } + case TK_FLOAT: + case TK_STRING: { + assert( TK_FLOAT==OP_Real ); + assert( TK_STRING==OP_String8 ); + sqlite3DequoteExpr(pExpr); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); + break; + } + case TK_NULL: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL + case TK_BLOB: { + int n; + const char *z; + assert( TK_BLOB==OP_HexBlob ); + n = pExpr->token.n - 3; + z = (char*)pExpr->token.z + 2; + assert( n>=0 ); + if( n==0 ){ + z = ""; + } + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, z, n); + break; + } +#endif + case TK_VARIABLE: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iTable, 0); + if( pExpr->token.n>1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); + } + break; + } + case TK_REGISTER: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pExpr->iTable, 0); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST + case TK_CAST: { + /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ + int aff, to_op; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + aff = sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token); + to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText; + assert( to_op==OP_ToText || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); + assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ); + assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); + assert( to_op==OP_ToInt || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); + assert( to_op==OP_ToReal || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, to_op, 0, 0); + stackChng = 0; + break; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); + assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); + assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); + assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); + assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); + assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, 0, 0); + stackChng = -1; + break; + } + case TK_AND: + case TK_OR: + case TK_PLUS: + case TK_STAR: + case TK_MINUS: + case TK_REM: + case TK_BITAND: + case TK_BITOR: + case TK_SLASH: + case TK_LSHIFT: + case TK_RSHIFT: + case TK_CONCAT: { + assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); + assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); + assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); + assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); + assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); + assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); + assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); + assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); + assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); + assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); + assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0); + stackChng = -1; + break; + } + case TK_UMINUS: { + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + assert( pLeft ); + if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ + Token *p = &pLeft->token; + char *z = sqlite3MPrintf("-%.*s", p->n, p->z); + if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){ + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, p->n+1); + }else{ + codeInteger(v, z, p->n+1); + } + sqliteFree(z); + break; + } + /* Fall through into TK_NOT */ + } + case TK_BITNOT: + case TK_NOT: { + assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); + assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0); + stackChng = 0; + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + int dest; + assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); + assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + dest = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0); + stackChng = 0; + break; + } + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { + AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; + if( pInfo==0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %T", + &pExpr->span); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem, 0); + } + break; + } + case TK_CONST_FUNC: + case TK_FUNCTION: { + ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList; + int nExpr = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; + FuncDef *pDef; + int nId; + const char *zId; + int constMask = 0; + int i; + u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); + CollSeq *pColl = 0; + zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z; + nId = pExpr->token.n; + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, nExpr, enc, 0); + assert( pDef!=0 ); + nExpr = sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is + ** a virtual table column. + ** + ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the + ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to + ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because + ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to + ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the + ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to + ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test + ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". + */ + if( nExpr>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){ + pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(pDef, nExpr, pList->a[1].pExpr); + }else if( nExpr>0 ){ + pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(pDef, nExpr, pList->a[0].pExpr); + } +#endif + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ + constMask |= (1<needCollSeq && !pColl ){ + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr); + } + } + if( pDef->needCollSeq ){ + if( !pColl ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ); + } + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Function, constMask, nExpr, (char*)pDef, P3_FUNCDEF); + stackChng = 1-nExpr; + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_EXISTS: + case TK_SELECT: { + if( pExpr->iColumn==0 ){ + sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pExpr->iColumn, 0); + VdbeComment((v, "# load subquery result")); + break; + } + case TK_IN: { + int addr; + char affinity; + int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset; + sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr); + + /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results + ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for + ** P3 of OP_MakeRecord. + */ + affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0); + pParse->ckOffset = (ckOffset ? (ckOffset+1) : 0); + + /* Code the from " IN (...)". The temporary table + ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set. + */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr+4); /* addr + 0 */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 2, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+7); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1); /* addr + 4 */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, addr+7); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0); /* addr + 6 */ + + break; + } +#endif + case TK_BETWEEN: { + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->pList->a; + Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); + codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); + pLItem++; + pRight = pLItem->pExpr; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); + codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_And, 0, 0); + break; + } + case TK_UPLUS: { + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + stackChng = 0; + break; + } + case TK_CASE: { + int expr_end_label; + int jumpInst; + int nExpr; + int i; + ExprList *pEList; + struct ExprList_item *aListelem; + + assert(pExpr->pList); + assert((pExpr->pList->nExpr % 2) == 0); + assert(pExpr->pList->nExpr > 0); + pEList = pExpr->pList; + aListelem = pEList->a; + nExpr = pEList->nExpr; + expr_end_label = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( pExpr->pLeft ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + } + for(i=0; ipLeft ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 1); + jumpInst = codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, aListelem[i].pExpr, + OP_Ne, 0, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); + }else{ + jumpInst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 1, 0); + } + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, expr_end_label); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst); + } + if( pExpr->pLeft ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); + } + if( pExpr->pRight ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, expr_end_label); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + case TK_RAISE: { + if( !pParse->trigStack ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); + return; + } + if( pExpr->iColumn!=OE_Ignore ){ + assert( pExpr->iColumn==OE_Rollback || + pExpr->iColumn == OE_Abort || + pExpr->iColumn == OE_Fail ); + sqlite3DequoteExpr(pExpr); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->iColumn, + (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n); + } else { + assert( pExpr->iColumn == OE_Ignore ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->trigStack->ignoreJump); + VdbeComment((v, "# raise(IGNORE)")); + } + stackChng = 0; + break; + } +#endif + } + + if( pParse->ckOffset ){ + pParse->ckOffset += stackChng; + assert( pParse->ckOffset ); + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER +/* +** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and leaves the result +** on the stack. See also sqlite3ExprCode(). +** +** This routine might also cache the result and modify the pExpr tree +** so that it will make use of the cached result on subsequent evaluations +** rather than evaluate the whole expression again. Trivial expressions are +** not cached. If the expression is cached, its result is stored in a +** memory location. +*/ +void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int iMem; + int addr1, addr2; + if( v==0 ) return; + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + if( addr2>addr1+1 || sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addr1)->opcode==OP_Function ){ + iMem = pExpr->iTable = pParse->nMem++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 0); + pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; + } +} +#endif + +/* +** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given +** expression list onto the stack. +** +** Return the number of elements pushed onto the stack. +*/ +int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + ExprList *pList /* The expression list to be coded */ +){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int i, n; + if( pList==0 ) return 0; + n = pList->nExpr; + for(pItem=pList->a, i=n; i>0; i--, pItem++){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr); + } + return n; +} + +/* +** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made +** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution +** continues straight thru if the expression is false. +** +** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then +** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is true. +** +** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) +** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding +** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in +** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code +** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. +*/ +void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int op = 0; + int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset; + if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return; + op = pExpr->op; + switch( op ){ + case TK_AND: { + int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); + break; + } + case TK_OR: { + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_NOT: { + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt ); + assert( TK_LE==OP_Le ); + assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt ); + assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge ); + assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq ); + assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); + assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest); + break; + } + case TK_BETWEEN: { + /* The expression "x BETWEEN y AND z" is implemented as: + ** + ** 1 IF (x < y) GOTO 3 + ** 2 IF (x <= z) GOTO + ** 3 ... + */ + int addr; + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); + addr = codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Lt, 0, !jumpIfNull); + + pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); + codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, dest, jumpIfNull); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); + break; + } + default: { + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, jumpIfNull, dest); + break; + } + } + pParse->ckOffset = ckOffset; +} + +/* +** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made +** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution +** continues straight thru if the expression is true. +** +** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then +** jump if jumpIfNull is true or fall through if jumpIfNull is false. +*/ +void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int op = 0; + int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset; + if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return; + + /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: + ** + ** pExpr->op op + ** --------- ---------- + ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull + ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull + ** TK_NE OP_Eq + ** TK_EQ OP_Ne + ** TK_GT OP_Le + ** TK_LE OP_Gt + ** TK_GE OP_Lt + ** TK_LT OP_Ge + ** + ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused. + ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we + ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression. + ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct. + */ + op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1); + + /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants + */ + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le ); + assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt ); + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AND: { + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_OR: { + int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull); + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); + break; + } + case TK_NOT: { + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_LT: + case TK_LE: + case TK_GT: + case TK_GE: + case TK_NE: + case TK_EQ: { + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight); + codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + case TK_ISNULL: + case TK_NOTNULL: { + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest); + break; + } + case TK_BETWEEN: { + /* The expression is "x BETWEEN y AND z". It is implemented as: + ** + ** 1 IF (x >= y) GOTO 3 + ** 2 GOTO + ** 3 IF (x > z) GOTO + */ + int addr; + Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; + Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, addr+3, !jumpIfNull); + + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest); + pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight); + codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Gt, dest, jumpIfNull); + break; + } + default: { + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, jumpIfNull, dest); + break; + } + } + pParse->ckOffset = ckOffset; +} + +/* +** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return TRUE (non-zero) +** if they are identical and return FALSE if they differ in any way. +** +** Sometimes this routine will return FALSE even if the two expressions +** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are +** identical, we return FALSE just to be safe. So if this routine +** returns false, then you do not really know for certain if the two +** expressions are the same. But if you get a TRUE return, then you +** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where +** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra FALSE - that +** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning +** an incorrect TRUE could lead to a malfunction. +*/ +int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){ + int i; + if( pA==0||pB==0 ){ + return pB==pA; + } + if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 0; + if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 0; + if( pA->pList ){ + if( pB->pList==0 ) return 0; + if( pA->pList->nExpr!=pB->pList->nExpr ) return 0; + for(i=0; ipList->nExpr; i++){ + if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pList->a[i].pExpr, pB->pList->a[i].pExpr) ){ + return 0; + } + } + }else if( pB->pList ){ + return 0; + } + if( pA->pSelect || pB->pSelect ) return 0; + if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 0; + if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->token.z ){ + if( pB->token.z==0 ) return 0; + if( pB->token.n!=pA->token.n ) return 0; + if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pA->token.z,(char*)pB->token.z,pB->token.n)!=0 ){ + return 0; + } + } + return 1; +} + + +/* +** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of +** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. +*/ +static int addAggInfoColumn(AggInfo *pInfo){ + int i; + pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + pInfo->aCol, + sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), + 3, + &pInfo->nColumn, + &pInfo->nColumnAlloc, + &i + ); + return i; +} + +/* +** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of +** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. +*/ +static int addAggInfoFunc(AggInfo *pInfo){ + int i; + pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( + pInfo->aFunc, + sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), + 3, + &pInfo->nFunc, + &pInfo->nFuncAlloc, + &i + ); + return i; +} + +/* +** This is an xFunc for walkExprTree() used to implement +** sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates +** for additional information. +** +** This routine analyzes the aggregate function at pExpr. +*/ +static int analyzeAggregate(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){ + int i; + NameContext *pNC = (NameContext *)pArg; + Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; + SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; + AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo; + + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: + case TK_COLUMN: { + /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM + ** clause of the aggregate query */ + if( pSrcList ){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a; + for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ + struct AggInfo_col *pCol; + if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ + /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table + ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. + ** + ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there + ** is not an entry there already. + */ + int k; + pCol = pAggInfo->aCol; + for(k=0; knColumn; k++, pCol++){ + if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable && + pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ + break; + } + } + if( k>=pAggInfo->nColumn && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pAggInfo))>=0 ){ + pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; + pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab; + pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable; + pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; + pCol->iMem = pParse->nMem++; + pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; + pCol->pExpr = pExpr; + if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ + int j, n; + ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; + struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a; + n = pGB->nExpr; + for(j=0; jpExpr; + if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable && + pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ + pCol->iSorterColumn = j; + break; + } + } + } + if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){ + pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++; + } + } + /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either + ** because it was there before or because we just created it). + ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that + ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry. + */ + pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; + pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN; + pExpr->iAgg = k; + break; + } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */ + } /* end loop over pSrcList */ + } + return 1; + } + case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { + /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries + ** to be ignored */ + if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){ + /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate + ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure + */ + struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; + for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){ + if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr) ){ + break; + } + } + if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){ + /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[] + */ + u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); + i = addAggInfoFunc(pAggInfo); + if( i>=0 ){ + pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; + pItem->pExpr = pExpr; + pItem->iMem = pParse->nMem++; + pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, + (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, + pExpr->pList ? pExpr->pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); + if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ + pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; + }else{ + pItem->iDistinct = -1; + } + } + } + /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry + */ + pExpr->iAgg = i; + pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; + return 1; + } + } + } + + /* Recursively walk subqueries looking for TK_COLUMN nodes that need + ** to be changed to TK_AGG_COLUMN. But increment nDepth so that + ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in subqueries will be unchanged. + */ + if( pExpr->pSelect ){ + pNC->nDepth++; + walkSelectExpr(pExpr->pSelect, analyzeAggregate, pNC); + pNC->nDepth--; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and +** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array. +** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary. +** +** This routine should only be called after the expression has been +** analyzed by sqlite3ExprResolveNames(). +** +** If errors are seen, leave an error message in zErrMsg and return +** the number of errors. +*/ +int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ + int nErr = pNC->pParse->nErr; + walkExprTree(pExpr, analyzeAggregate, pNC); + return pNC->pParse->nErr - nErr; +} + +/* +** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an +** expression list. Return the number of errors. +** +** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short. +*/ +int sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int i; + int nErr = 0; + if( pList ){ + for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; nErr==0 && inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + nErr += sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr); + } + } + return nErr; +} diff --git a/fts2.c b/fts2.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d958cf --- /dev/null +++ b/fts2.c @@ -0,0 +1,5912 @@ +/* +** 2006 Oct 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS2 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS2 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 is defined). +*/ + +/* TODO(shess) Consider exporting this comment to an HTML file or the +** wiki. +*/ +/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like) +** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The +** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the +** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees +** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the +** bottom up. +** +** +**** Varints **** +** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a +** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order +** using seven bits * per byte as follows: +** +** KEY: +** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit +** +** 7 bits - A +** 14 bits - BA +** 21 bits - BBA +** and so on. +** +** This is identical to how sqlite encodes varints (see util.c). +** +** +**** Document lists **** +** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a +** given term. Doclists hold docids, and can optionally associate +** token positions and offsets with docids. +** +** A DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS doclist is stored like this: +** +** array { +** varint docid; +** array { (position list for column 0) +** varint position; (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE) +** varint startOffset; (delta from previous startOffset) +** varint endOffset; (delta from startOffset) +** } +** array { +** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column) +** varint column; (index of new column) +** array { +** varint position; (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE) +** varint startOffset;(delta from previous startOffset) +** varint endOffset; (delta from startOffset) +** } +** } +** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document. +** } +** +** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in +** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream +** generated by the tokenizer, while an "offset" is a byte offset, +** both based at 0. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur in the +** same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals +** ending a position list array. +** +** A DL_POSITIONS doclist omits the startOffset and endOffset +** information. A DL_DOCIDS doclist omits both the position and +** offset information, becoming an array of varint-encoded docids. +** +** On-disk data is stored as type DL_DEFAULT, so we don't serialize +** the type. Due to how deletion is implemented in the segmentation +** system, on-disk doclists MUST store at least positions. +** +** +**** Segment leaf nodes **** +** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf +** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to +** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to +** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have +** the format: +** +** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0) +** varint nTerm; (length of first term) +** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) +** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) +** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) +** array { +** (further terms are delta-encoded) +** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term) +** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) +** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term) +** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) +** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) +** } +** +** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in +** memory. +** +** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in +** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end +** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next +** greater node id. +** +** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node +** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is +** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone +** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of +** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while +** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The +** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more +** likely to be query targets. +** +** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more +** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf +** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is +** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize. +** +** +**** Segment interior nodes **** +** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms +** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior +** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using +** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when +** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node +** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior +** nodes: +** +** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0) +** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree) +** optional { +** varint nTerm; (length of first term) +** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) +** array { +** (further terms are delta-encoded) +** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term) +** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) +** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term) +** } +** } +** +** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X } +** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory. +** +** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The +** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid +** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less +** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded). +** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less +** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at +** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to +** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left +** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is +** "wicked", only "w" is stored). +** +** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when +** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048). +** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing +** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes +** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at +** height+1, and so on. +** +** +**** Segment directory **** +** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for +** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the +** segment's tree. +** +** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding +** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024). +** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top +** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments +** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit +** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the +** height and the blockid of the previous root). +** +** The meta-information in the segment directory is: +** level - segment level (see below) +** idx - index within level +** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment) +** start_block - first leaf node +** leaves_end_block - last leaf node +** end_block - last block (including interior nodes) +** root - contents of root node +** +** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block, +** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0. +** +** +**** Segment merging **** +** To amortize update costs, segments are groups into levels and +** merged in matches. Each increase in level represents exponentially +** more documents. +** +** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and +** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with +** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all +** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1 +** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1 +** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing +** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on. +** +** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in +** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment +** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this +** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently. +** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are +** deleted. +** +** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be +** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show +** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're +** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time +** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than +** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16. +** +** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments +** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs +** inserted: +** +** MERGE_COUNT segments +** 16 25 +** 8 12 +** 4 10 +** 2 6 +** +** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very +** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge +** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast +** even with many segments. +** +** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side +** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it's possible/likely that +** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet +** spot around. +** +** +** +**** Handling of deletions and updates **** +** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented +** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term +** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we +** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates +** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older +** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates +** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The +** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out +** older data. +** +** TODO(shess) Provide a VACUUM type operation to clear out all +** deletions and duplications. This would basically be a forced merge +** into a single segment. +*/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE) +# define SQLITE_CORE 1 +#endif + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "fts2.h" +#include "fts2_hash.h" +#include "fts2_tokenizer.h" +#include "sqlite3.h" +#include "sqlite3ext.h" +SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 + + +/* TODO(shess) MAN, this thing needs some refactoring. At minimum, it +** would be nice to order the file better, perhaps something along the +** lines of: +** +** - utility functions +** - table setup functions +** - table update functions +** - table query functions +** +** Put the query functions last because they're likely to reference +** typedefs or functions from the table update section. +*/ + +#if 0 +# define TRACE(A) printf A; fflush(stdout) +#else +# define TRACE(A) +#endif + +/* It is not safe to call isspace(), tolower(), or isalnum() on +** hi-bit-set characters. This is the same solution used in the +** tokenizer. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) The snippet-generation code should be using the +** tokenizer-generated tokens rather than doing its own local +** tokenization. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) Is __isascii() a portable version of (c&0x80)==0? */ +static int safe_isspace(char c){ + return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0; +} +static int safe_tolower(char c){ + return (c&0x80)==0 ? tolower(c) : c; +} +static int safe_isalnum(char c){ + return (c&0x80)==0 ? isalnum(c) : 0; +} + +typedef enum DocListType { + DL_DOCIDS, /* docids only */ + DL_POSITIONS, /* docids + positions */ + DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS /* docids + positions + offsets */ +} DocListType; + +/* +** By default, only positions and not offsets are stored in the doclists. +** To change this so that offsets are stored too, compile with +** +** -DDL_DEFAULT=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS +** +** If DL_DEFAULT is set to DL_DOCIDS, your table can only be inserted +** into (no deletes or updates). +*/ +#ifndef DL_DEFAULT +# define DL_DEFAULT DL_POSITIONS +#endif + +enum { + POS_END = 0, /* end of this position list */ + POS_COLUMN, /* followed by new column number */ + POS_BASE +}; + +/* MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments (see comment at +** top of file). +*/ +#define MERGE_COUNT 16 + +/* utility functions */ + +/* CLEAR() and SCRAMBLE() abstract memset() on a pointer to a single +** record to prevent errors of the form: +** +** my_function(SomeType *b){ +** memset(b, '\0', sizeof(b)); // sizeof(b)!=sizeof(*b) +** } +*/ +/* TODO(shess) Obvious candidates for a header file. */ +#define CLEAR(b) memset(b, '\0', sizeof(*(b))) + +#ifndef NDEBUG +# define SCRAMBLE(b) memset(b, 0x55, sizeof(*(b))) +#else +# define SCRAMBLE(b) +#endif + +/* We may need up to VARINT_MAX bytes to store an encoded 64-bit integer. */ +#define VARINT_MAX 10 + +/* Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. + * The length of data written will be between 1 and VARINT_MAX bytes. + * The number of bytes written is returned. */ +static int putVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){ + unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p; + sqlite_uint64 vu = v; + do{ + *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80); + vu >>= 7; + }while( vu!=0 ); + q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */ + assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= VARINT_MAX ); + return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); +} + +/* Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. + * Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. + * The value is stored in *v. */ +static int getVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){ + const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p; + sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1; + while( (*q & 0x80) == 0x80 ){ + x += y * (*q++ & 0x7f); + y <<= 7; + if( q - (unsigned char *)p >= VARINT_MAX ){ /* bad data */ + assert( 0 ); + return 0; + } + } + x += y * (*q++); + *v = (sqlite_int64) x; + return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); +} + +static int getVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){ + sqlite_int64 i; + int ret = getVarint(p, &i); + *pi = (int) i; + assert( *pi==i ); + return ret; +} + +/*******************************************************************/ +/* DataBuffer is used to collect data into a buffer in piecemeal +** fashion. It implements the usual distinction between amount of +** data currently stored (nData) and buffer capacity (nCapacity). +** +** dataBufferInit - create a buffer with given initial capacity. +** dataBufferReset - forget buffer's data, retaining capacity. +** dataBufferDestroy - free buffer's data. +** dataBufferExpand - expand capacity without adding data. +** dataBufferAppend - append data. +** dataBufferAppend2 - append two pieces of data at once. +** dataBufferReplace - replace buffer's data. +*/ +typedef struct DataBuffer { + char *pData; /* Pointer to malloc'ed buffer. */ + int nCapacity; /* Size of pData buffer. */ + int nData; /* End of data loaded into pData. */ +} DataBuffer; + +static void dataBufferInit(DataBuffer *pBuffer, int nCapacity){ + assert( nCapacity>=0 ); + pBuffer->nData = 0; + pBuffer->nCapacity = nCapacity; + pBuffer->pData = nCapacity==0 ? NULL : malloc(nCapacity); +} +static void dataBufferReset(DataBuffer *pBuffer){ + pBuffer->nData = 0; +} +static void dataBufferDestroy(DataBuffer *pBuffer){ + if( pBuffer->pData!=NULL ) free(pBuffer->pData); + SCRAMBLE(pBuffer); +} +static void dataBufferExpand(DataBuffer *pBuffer, int nAddCapacity){ + assert( nAddCapacity>0 ); + /* TODO(shess) Consider expanding more aggressively. Note that the + ** underlying malloc implementation may take care of such things for + ** us already. + */ + if( pBuffer->nData+nAddCapacity>pBuffer->nCapacity ){ + pBuffer->nCapacity = pBuffer->nData+nAddCapacity; + pBuffer->pData = realloc(pBuffer->pData, pBuffer->nCapacity); + } +} +static void dataBufferAppend(DataBuffer *pBuffer, + const char *pSource, int nSource){ + assert( nSource>0 && pSource!=NULL ); + dataBufferExpand(pBuffer, nSource); + memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData, pSource, nSource); + pBuffer->nData += nSource; +} +static void dataBufferAppend2(DataBuffer *pBuffer, + const char *pSource1, int nSource1, + const char *pSource2, int nSource2){ + assert( nSource1>0 && pSource1!=NULL ); + assert( nSource2>0 && pSource2!=NULL ); + dataBufferExpand(pBuffer, nSource1+nSource2); + memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData, pSource1, nSource1); + memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData+nSource1, pSource2, nSource2); + pBuffer->nData += nSource1+nSource2; +} +static void dataBufferReplace(DataBuffer *pBuffer, + const char *pSource, int nSource){ + dataBufferReset(pBuffer); + dataBufferAppend(pBuffer, pSource, nSource); +} + +/* StringBuffer is a null-terminated version of DataBuffer. */ +typedef struct StringBuffer { + DataBuffer b; /* Includes null terminator. */ +} StringBuffer; + +static void initStringBuffer(StringBuffer *sb){ + dataBufferInit(&sb->b, 100); + dataBufferReplace(&sb->b, "", 1); +} +static int stringBufferLength(StringBuffer *sb){ + return sb->b.nData-1; +} +static char *stringBufferData(StringBuffer *sb){ + return sb->b.pData; +} +static void stringBufferDestroy(StringBuffer *sb){ + dataBufferDestroy(&sb->b); +} + +static void nappend(StringBuffer *sb, const char *zFrom, int nFrom){ + assert( sb->b.nData>0 ); + if( nFrom>0 ){ + sb->b.nData--; + dataBufferAppend2(&sb->b, zFrom, nFrom, "", 1); + } +} +static void append(StringBuffer *sb, const char *zFrom){ + nappend(sb, zFrom, strlen(zFrom)); +} + +/* Append a list of strings separated by commas. */ +static void appendList(StringBuffer *sb, int nString, char **azString){ + int i; + for(i=0; i0 ) append(sb, ", "); + append(sb, azString[i]); + } +} + +static int endsInWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){ + return stringBufferLength(p)>0 && + safe_isspace(stringBufferData(p)[stringBufferLength(p)-1]); +} + +/* If the StringBuffer ends in something other than white space, add a +** single space character to the end. +*/ +static void appendWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){ + if( stringBufferLength(p)==0 ) return; + if( !endsInWhiteSpace(p) ) append(p, " "); +} + +/* Remove white space from the end of the StringBuffer */ +static void trimWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){ + while( endsInWhiteSpace(p) ){ + p->b.pData[--p->b.nData-1] = '\0'; + } +} + +/*******************************************************************/ +/* DLReader is used to read document elements from a doclist. The +** current docid is cached, so dlrDocid() is fast. DLReader does not +** own the doclist buffer. +** +** dlrAtEnd - true if there's no more data to read. +** dlrDocid - docid of current document. +** dlrDocData - doclist data for current document (including docid). +** dlrDocDataBytes - length of same. +** dlrAllDataBytes - length of all remaining data. +** dlrPosData - position data for current document. +** dlrPosDataLen - length of pos data for current document (incl POS_END). +** dlrStep - step to current document. +** dlrInit - initial for doclist of given type against given data. +** dlrDestroy - clean up. +** +** Expected usage is something like: +** +** DLReader reader; +** dlrInit(&reader, pData, nData); +** while( !dlrAtEnd(&reader) ){ +** // calls to dlrDocid() and kin. +** dlrStep(&reader); +** } +** dlrDestroy(&reader); +*/ +typedef struct DLReader { + DocListType iType; + const char *pData; + int nData; + + sqlite_int64 iDocid; + int nElement; +} DLReader; + +static int dlrAtEnd(DLReader *pReader){ + assert( pReader->nData>=0 ); + return pReader->nData==0; +} +static sqlite_int64 dlrDocid(DLReader *pReader){ + assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); + return pReader->iDocid; +} +static const char *dlrDocData(DLReader *pReader){ + assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); + return pReader->pData; +} +static int dlrDocDataBytes(DLReader *pReader){ + assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); + return pReader->nElement; +} +static int dlrAllDataBytes(DLReader *pReader){ + assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); + return pReader->nData; +} +/* TODO(shess) Consider adding a field to track iDocid varint length +** to make these two functions faster. This might matter (a tiny bit) +** for queries. +*/ +static const char *dlrPosData(DLReader *pReader){ + sqlite_int64 iDummy; + int n = getVarint(pReader->pData, &iDummy); + assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); + return pReader->pData+n; +} +static int dlrPosDataLen(DLReader *pReader){ + sqlite_int64 iDummy; + int n = getVarint(pReader->pData, &iDummy); + assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); + return pReader->nElement-n; +} +static void dlrStep(DLReader *pReader){ + assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) ); + + /* Skip past current doclist element. */ + assert( pReader->nElement<=pReader->nData ); + pReader->pData += pReader->nElement; + pReader->nData -= pReader->nElement; + + /* If there is more data, read the next doclist element. */ + if( pReader->nData!=0 ){ + sqlite_int64 iDocidDelta; + int iDummy, n = getVarint(pReader->pData, &iDocidDelta); + pReader->iDocid += iDocidDelta; + if( pReader->iType>=DL_POSITIONS ){ + assert( nnData ); + while( 1 ){ + n += getVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy); + assert( n<=pReader->nData ); + if( iDummy==POS_END ) break; + if( iDummy==POS_COLUMN ){ + n += getVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy); + assert( nnData ); + }else if( pReader->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){ + n += getVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy); + n += getVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy); + assert( nnData ); + } + } + } + pReader->nElement = n; + assert( pReader->nElement<=pReader->nData ); + } +} +static void dlrInit(DLReader *pReader, DocListType iType, + const char *pData, int nData){ + assert( pData!=NULL && nData!=0 ); + pReader->iType = iType; + pReader->pData = pData; + pReader->nData = nData; + pReader->nElement = 0; + pReader->iDocid = 0; + + /* Load the first element's data. There must be a first element. */ + dlrStep(pReader); +} +static void dlrDestroy(DLReader *pReader){ + SCRAMBLE(pReader); +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* Verify that the doclist can be validly decoded. Also returns the +** last docid found because it's convenient in other assertions for +** DLWriter. +*/ +static void docListValidate(DocListType iType, const char *pData, int nData, + sqlite_int64 *pLastDocid){ + sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid = 0; + assert( nData>0 ); + assert( pData!=0 ); + assert( pData+nData>pData ); + while( nData!=0 ){ + sqlite_int64 iDocidDelta; + int n = getVarint(pData, &iDocidDelta); + iPrevDocid += iDocidDelta; + if( iType>DL_DOCIDS ){ + int iDummy; + while( 1 ){ + n += getVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy); + if( iDummy==POS_END ) break; + if( iDummy==POS_COLUMN ){ + n += getVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy); + }else if( iType>DL_POSITIONS ){ + n += getVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy); + n += getVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy); + } + assert( n<=nData ); + } + } + assert( n<=nData ); + pData += n; + nData -= n; + } + if( pLastDocid ) *pLastDocid = iPrevDocid; +} +#define ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(i, p, n, o) docListValidate(i, p, n, o) +#else +#define ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(i, p, n, o) assert( 1 ) +#endif + +/*******************************************************************/ +/* DLWriter is used to write doclist data to a DataBuffer. DLWriter +** always appends to the buffer and does not own it. +** +** dlwInit - initialize to write a given type doclistto a buffer. +** dlwDestroy - clear the writer's memory. Does not free buffer. +** dlwAppend - append raw doclist data to buffer. +** dlwCopy - copy next doclist from reader to writer. +** dlwAdd - construct doclist element and append to buffer. +** Only apply dlwAdd() to DL_DOCIDS doclists (else use PLWriter). +*/ +typedef struct DLWriter { + DocListType iType; + DataBuffer *b; + sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; +#ifndef NDEBUG + int has_iPrevDocid; +#endif +} DLWriter; + +static void dlwInit(DLWriter *pWriter, DocListType iType, DataBuffer *b){ + pWriter->b = b; + pWriter->iType = iType; + pWriter->iPrevDocid = 0; +#ifndef NDEBUG + pWriter->has_iPrevDocid = 0; +#endif +} +static void dlwDestroy(DLWriter *pWriter){ + SCRAMBLE(pWriter); +} +/* iFirstDocid is the first docid in the doclist in pData. It is +** needed because pData may point within a larger doclist, in which +** case the first item would be delta-encoded. +** +** iLastDocid is the final docid in the doclist in pData. It is +** needed to create the new iPrevDocid for future delta-encoding. The +** code could decode the passed doclist to recreate iLastDocid, but +** the only current user (docListMerge) already has decoded this +** information. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) This has become just a helper for docListMerge. +** Consider a refactor to make this cleaner. +*/ +static void dlwAppend(DLWriter *pWriter, + const char *pData, int nData, + sqlite_int64 iFirstDocid, sqlite_int64 iLastDocid){ + sqlite_int64 iDocid = 0; + char c[VARINT_MAX]; + int nFirstOld, nFirstNew; /* Old and new varint len of first docid. */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + sqlite_int64 iLastDocidDelta; +#endif + + /* Recode the initial docid as delta from iPrevDocid. */ + nFirstOld = getVarint(pData, &iDocid); + assert( nFirstOldiType==DL_DOCIDS) ); + nFirstNew = putVarint(c, iFirstDocid-pWriter->iPrevDocid); + + /* Verify that the incoming doclist is valid AND that it ends with + ** the expected docid. This is essential because we'll trust this + ** docid in future delta-encoding. + */ + ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(pWriter->iType, pData, nData, &iLastDocidDelta); + assert( iLastDocid==iFirstDocid-iDocid+iLastDocidDelta ); + + /* Append recoded initial docid and everything else. Rest of docids + ** should have been delta-encoded from previous initial docid. + */ + if( nFirstOldb, c, nFirstNew, + pData+nFirstOld, nData-nFirstOld); + }else{ + dataBufferAppend(pWriter->b, c, nFirstNew); + } + pWriter->iPrevDocid = iLastDocid; +} +static void dlwCopy(DLWriter *pWriter, DLReader *pReader){ + dlwAppend(pWriter, dlrDocData(pReader), dlrDocDataBytes(pReader), + dlrDocid(pReader), dlrDocid(pReader)); +} +static void dlwAdd(DLWriter *pWriter, sqlite_int64 iDocid){ + char c[VARINT_MAX]; + int n = putVarint(c, iDocid-pWriter->iPrevDocid); + + /* Docids must ascend. */ + assert( !pWriter->has_iPrevDocid || iDocid>pWriter->iPrevDocid ); + assert( pWriter->iType==DL_DOCIDS ); + + dataBufferAppend(pWriter->b, c, n); + pWriter->iPrevDocid = iDocid; +#ifndef NDEBUG + pWriter->has_iPrevDocid = 1; +#endif +} + +/*******************************************************************/ +/* PLReader is used to read data from a document's position list. As +** the caller steps through the list, data is cached so that varints +** only need to be decoded once. +** +** plrInit, plrDestroy - create/destroy a reader. +** plrColumn, plrPosition, plrStartOffset, plrEndOffset - accessors +** plrAtEnd - at end of stream, only call plrDestroy once true. +** plrStep - step to the next element. +*/ +typedef struct PLReader { + /* These refer to the next position's data. nData will reach 0 when + ** reading the last position, so plrStep() signals EOF by setting + ** pData to NULL. + */ + const char *pData; + int nData; + + DocListType iType; + int iColumn; /* the last column read */ + int iPosition; /* the last position read */ + int iStartOffset; /* the last start offset read */ + int iEndOffset; /* the last end offset read */ +} PLReader; + +static int plrAtEnd(PLReader *pReader){ + return pReader->pData==NULL; +} +static int plrColumn(PLReader *pReader){ + assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) ); + return pReader->iColumn; +} +static int plrPosition(PLReader *pReader){ + assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) ); + return pReader->iPosition; +} +static int plrStartOffset(PLReader *pReader){ + assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) ); + return pReader->iStartOffset; +} +static int plrEndOffset(PLReader *pReader){ + assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) ); + return pReader->iEndOffset; +} +static void plrStep(PLReader *pReader){ + int i, n; + + assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) ); + + if( pReader->nData==0 ){ + pReader->pData = NULL; + return; + } + + n = getVarint32(pReader->pData, &i); + if( i==POS_COLUMN ){ + n += getVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &pReader->iColumn); + pReader->iPosition = 0; + pReader->iStartOffset = 0; + n += getVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i); + } + /* Should never see adjacent column changes. */ + assert( i!=POS_COLUMN ); + + if( i==POS_END ){ + pReader->nData = 0; + pReader->pData = NULL; + return; + } + + pReader->iPosition += i-POS_BASE; + if( pReader->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){ + n += getVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i); + pReader->iStartOffset += i; + n += getVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i); + pReader->iEndOffset = pReader->iStartOffset+i; + } + assert( n<=pReader->nData ); + pReader->pData += n; + pReader->nData -= n; +} + +static void plrInit(PLReader *pReader, DLReader *pDLReader){ + pReader->pData = dlrPosData(pDLReader); + pReader->nData = dlrPosDataLen(pDLReader); + pReader->iType = pDLReader->iType; + pReader->iColumn = 0; + pReader->iPosition = 0; + pReader->iStartOffset = 0; + pReader->iEndOffset = 0; + plrStep(pReader); +} +static void plrDestroy(PLReader *pReader){ + SCRAMBLE(pReader); +} + +/*******************************************************************/ +/* PLWriter is used in constructing a document's position list. As a +** convenience, if iType is DL_DOCIDS, PLWriter becomes a no-op. +** PLWriter writes to the associated DLWriter's buffer. +** +** plwInit - init for writing a document's poslist. +** plwDestroy - clear a writer. +** plwAdd - append position and offset information. +** plwCopy - copy next position's data from reader to writer. +** plwTerminate - add any necessary doclist terminator. +** +** Calling plwAdd() after plwTerminate() may result in a corrupt +** doclist. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) Until we've written the second item, we can cache the +** first item's information. Then we'd have three states: +** +** - initialized with docid, no positions. +** - docid and one position. +** - docid and multiple positions. +** +** Only the last state needs to actually write to dlw->b, which would +** be an improvement in the DLCollector case. +*/ +typedef struct PLWriter { + DLWriter *dlw; + + int iColumn; /* the last column written */ + int iPos; /* the last position written */ + int iOffset; /* the last start offset written */ +} PLWriter; + +/* TODO(shess) In the case where the parent is reading these values +** from a PLReader, we could optimize to a copy if that PLReader has +** the same type as pWriter. +*/ +static void plwAdd(PLWriter *pWriter, int iColumn, int iPos, + int iStartOffset, int iEndOffset){ + /* Worst-case space for POS_COLUMN, iColumn, iPosDelta, + ** iStartOffsetDelta, and iEndOffsetDelta. + */ + char c[5*VARINT_MAX]; + int n = 0; + + /* Ban plwAdd() after plwTerminate(). */ + assert( pWriter->iPos!=-1 ); + + if( pWriter->dlw->iType==DL_DOCIDS ) return; + + if( iColumn!=pWriter->iColumn ){ + n += putVarint(c+n, POS_COLUMN); + n += putVarint(c+n, iColumn); + pWriter->iColumn = iColumn; + pWriter->iPos = 0; + pWriter->iOffset = 0; + } + assert( iPos>=pWriter->iPos ); + n += putVarint(c+n, POS_BASE+(iPos-pWriter->iPos)); + pWriter->iPos = iPos; + if( pWriter->dlw->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){ + assert( iStartOffset>=pWriter->iOffset ); + n += putVarint(c+n, iStartOffset-pWriter->iOffset); + pWriter->iOffset = iStartOffset; + assert( iEndOffset>=iStartOffset ); + n += putVarint(c+n, iEndOffset-iStartOffset); + } + dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n); +} +static void plwCopy(PLWriter *pWriter, PLReader *pReader){ + plwAdd(pWriter, plrColumn(pReader), plrPosition(pReader), + plrStartOffset(pReader), plrEndOffset(pReader)); +} +static void plwInit(PLWriter *pWriter, DLWriter *dlw, sqlite_int64 iDocid){ + char c[VARINT_MAX]; + int n; + + pWriter->dlw = dlw; + + /* Docids must ascend. */ + assert( !pWriter->dlw->has_iPrevDocid || iDocid>pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid ); + n = putVarint(c, iDocid-pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid); + dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n); + pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid = iDocid; +#ifndef NDEBUG + pWriter->dlw->has_iPrevDocid = 1; +#endif + + pWriter->iColumn = 0; + pWriter->iPos = 0; + pWriter->iOffset = 0; +} +/* TODO(shess) Should plwDestroy() also terminate the doclist? But +** then plwDestroy() would no longer be just a destructor, it would +** also be doing work, which isn't consistent with the overall idiom. +** Another option would be for plwAdd() to always append any necessary +** terminator, so that the output is always correct. But that would +** add incremental work to the common case with the only benefit being +** API elegance. Punt for now. +*/ +static void plwTerminate(PLWriter *pWriter){ + if( pWriter->dlw->iType>DL_DOCIDS ){ + char c[VARINT_MAX]; + int n = putVarint(c, POS_END); + dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n); + } +#ifndef NDEBUG + /* Mark as terminated for assert in plwAdd(). */ + pWriter->iPos = -1; +#endif +} +static void plwDestroy(PLWriter *pWriter){ + SCRAMBLE(pWriter); +} + +/*******************************************************************/ +/* DLCollector wraps PLWriter and DLWriter to provide a +** dynamically-allocated doclist area to use during tokenization. +** +** dlcNew - malloc up and initialize a collector. +** dlcDelete - destroy a collector and all contained items. +** dlcAddPos - append position and offset information. +** dlcAddDoclist - add the collected doclist to the given buffer. +** dlcNext - terminate the current document and open another. +*/ +typedef struct DLCollector { + DataBuffer b; + DLWriter dlw; + PLWriter plw; +} DLCollector; + +/* TODO(shess) This could also be done by calling plwTerminate() and +** dataBufferAppend(). I tried that, expecting nominal performance +** differences, but it seemed to pretty reliably be worth 1% to code +** it this way. I suspect it's the incremental malloc overhead (some +** percentage of the plwTerminate() calls will cause a realloc), so +** this might be worth revisiting if the DataBuffer implementation +** changes. +*/ +static void dlcAddDoclist(DLCollector *pCollector, DataBuffer *b){ + if( pCollector->dlw.iType>DL_DOCIDS ){ + char c[VARINT_MAX]; + int n = putVarint(c, POS_END); + dataBufferAppend2(b, pCollector->b.pData, pCollector->b.nData, c, n); + }else{ + dataBufferAppend(b, pCollector->b.pData, pCollector->b.nData); + } +} +static void dlcNext(DLCollector *pCollector, sqlite_int64 iDocid){ + plwTerminate(&pCollector->plw); + plwDestroy(&pCollector->plw); + plwInit(&pCollector->plw, &pCollector->dlw, iDocid); +} +static void dlcAddPos(DLCollector *pCollector, int iColumn, int iPos, + int iStartOffset, int iEndOffset){ + plwAdd(&pCollector->plw, iColumn, iPos, iStartOffset, iEndOffset); +} + +static DLCollector *dlcNew(sqlite_int64 iDocid, DocListType iType){ + DLCollector *pCollector = malloc(sizeof(DLCollector)); + dataBufferInit(&pCollector->b, 0); + dlwInit(&pCollector->dlw, iType, &pCollector->b); + plwInit(&pCollector->plw, &pCollector->dlw, iDocid); + return pCollector; +} +static void dlcDelete(DLCollector *pCollector){ + plwDestroy(&pCollector->plw); + dlwDestroy(&pCollector->dlw); + dataBufferDestroy(&pCollector->b); + SCRAMBLE(pCollector); + free(pCollector); +} + + +/* Copy the doclist data of iType in pData/nData into *out, trimming +** unnecessary data as we go. Only columns matching iColumn are +** copied, all columns copied if iColumn is -1. Elements with no +** matching columns are dropped. The output is an iOutType doclist. +*/ +/* NOTE(shess) This code is only valid after all doclists are merged. +** If this is run before merges, then doclist items which represent +** deletion will be trimmed, and will thus not effect a deletion +** during the merge. +*/ +static void docListTrim(DocListType iType, const char *pData, int nData, + int iColumn, DocListType iOutType, DataBuffer *out){ + DLReader dlReader; + DLWriter dlWriter; + + assert( iOutType<=iType ); + + dlrInit(&dlReader, iType, pData, nData); + dlwInit(&dlWriter, iOutType, out); + + while( !dlrAtEnd(&dlReader) ){ + PLReader plReader; + PLWriter plWriter; + int match = 0; + + plrInit(&plReader, &dlReader); + + while( !plrAtEnd(&plReader) ){ + if( iColumn==-1 || plrColumn(&plReader)==iColumn ){ + if( !match ){ + plwInit(&plWriter, &dlWriter, dlrDocid(&dlReader)); + match = 1; + } + plwAdd(&plWriter, plrColumn(&plReader), plrPosition(&plReader), + plrStartOffset(&plReader), plrEndOffset(&plReader)); + } + plrStep(&plReader); + } + if( match ){ + plwTerminate(&plWriter); + plwDestroy(&plWriter); + } + + plrDestroy(&plReader); + dlrStep(&dlReader); + } + dlwDestroy(&dlWriter); + dlrDestroy(&dlReader); +} + +/* Used by docListMerge() to keep doclists in the ascending order by +** docid, then ascending order by age (so the newest comes first). +*/ +typedef struct OrderedDLReader { + DLReader *pReader; + + /* TODO(shess) If we assume that docListMerge pReaders is ordered by + ** age (which we do), then we could use pReader comparisons to break + ** ties. + */ + int idx; +} OrderedDLReader; + +/* Order eof to end, then by docid asc, idx desc. */ +static int orderedDLReaderCmp(OrderedDLReader *r1, OrderedDLReader *r2){ + if( dlrAtEnd(r1->pReader) ){ + if( dlrAtEnd(r2->pReader) ) return 0; /* Both atEnd(). */ + return 1; /* Only r1 atEnd(). */ + } + if( dlrAtEnd(r2->pReader) ) return -1; /* Only r2 atEnd(). */ + + if( dlrDocid(r1->pReader)pReader) ) return -1; + if( dlrDocid(r1->pReader)>dlrDocid(r2->pReader) ) return 1; + + /* Descending on idx. */ + return r2->idx-r1->idx; +} + +/* Bubble p[0] to appropriate place in p[1..n-1]. Assumes that +** p[1..n-1] is already sorted. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) Is this frequent enough to warrant a binary search? +** Before implementing that, instrument the code to check. In most +** current usage, I expect that p[0] will be less than p[1] a very +** high proportion of the time. +*/ +static void orderedDLReaderReorder(OrderedDLReader *p, int n){ + while( n>1 && orderedDLReaderCmp(p, p+1)>0 ){ + OrderedDLReader tmp = p[0]; + p[0] = p[1]; + p[1] = tmp; + n--; + p++; + } +} + +/* Given an array of doclist readers, merge their doclist elements +** into out in sorted order (by docid), dropping elements from older +** readers when there is a duplicate docid. pReaders is assumed to be +** ordered by age, oldest first. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) nReaders must be <= MERGE_COUNT. This should probably +** be fixed. +*/ +static void docListMerge(DataBuffer *out, + DLReader *pReaders, int nReaders){ + OrderedDLReader readers[MERGE_COUNT]; + DLWriter writer; + int i, n; + const char *pStart = 0; + int nStart = 0; + sqlite_int64 iFirstDocid = 0, iLastDocid = 0; + + assert( nReaders>0 ); + if( nReaders==1 ){ + dataBufferAppend(out, dlrDocData(pReaders), dlrAllDataBytes(pReaders)); + return; + } + + assert( nReaders<=MERGE_COUNT ); + n = 0; + for(i=0; i0 ){ + orderedDLReaderReorder(readers+i, nReaders-i); + } + + dlwInit(&writer, pReaders[0].iType, out); + while( !dlrAtEnd(readers[0].pReader) ){ + sqlite_int64 iDocid = dlrDocid(readers[0].pReader); + + /* If this is a continuation of the current buffer to copy, extend + ** that buffer. memcpy() seems to be more efficient if it has a + ** lots of data to copy. + */ + if( dlrDocData(readers[0].pReader)==pStart+nStart ){ + nStart += dlrDocDataBytes(readers[0].pReader); + }else{ + if( pStart!=0 ){ + dlwAppend(&writer, pStart, nStart, iFirstDocid, iLastDocid); + } + pStart = dlrDocData(readers[0].pReader); + nStart = dlrDocDataBytes(readers[0].pReader); + iFirstDocid = iDocid; + } + iLastDocid = iDocid; + dlrStep(readers[0].pReader); + + /* Drop all of the older elements with the same docid. */ + for(i=1; i0 ){ + orderedDLReaderReorder(readers+i, nReaders-i); + } + } + + /* Copy over any remaining elements. */ + if( nStart>0 ) dlwAppend(&writer, pStart, nStart, iFirstDocid, iLastDocid); + dlwDestroy(&writer); +} + +/* Helper function for posListUnion(). Compares the current position +** between left and right, returning as standard C idiom of <0 if +** left0 if left>right, and 0 if left==right. "End" always +** compares greater. +*/ +static int posListCmp(PLReader *pLeft, PLReader *pRight){ + assert( pLeft->iType==pRight->iType ); + if( pLeft->iType==DL_DOCIDS ) return 0; + + if( plrAtEnd(pLeft) ) return plrAtEnd(pRight) ? 0 : 1; + if( plrAtEnd(pRight) ) return -1; + + if( plrColumn(pLeft)plrColumn(pRight) ) return 1; + + if( plrPosition(pLeft)plrPosition(pRight) ) return 1; + if( pLeft->iType==DL_POSITIONS ) return 0; + + if( plrStartOffset(pLeft)plrStartOffset(pRight) ) return 1; + + if( plrEndOffset(pLeft)plrEndOffset(pRight) ) return 1; + + return 0; +} + +/* Write the union of position lists in pLeft and pRight to pOut. +** "Union" in this case meaning "All unique position tuples". Should +** work with any doclist type, though both inputs and the output +** should be the same type. +*/ +static void posListUnion(DLReader *pLeft, DLReader *pRight, DLWriter *pOut){ + PLReader left, right; + PLWriter writer; + + assert( dlrDocid(pLeft)==dlrDocid(pRight) ); + assert( pLeft->iType==pRight->iType ); + assert( pLeft->iType==pOut->iType ); + + plrInit(&left, pLeft); + plrInit(&right, pRight); + plwInit(&writer, pOut, dlrDocid(pLeft)); + + while( !plrAtEnd(&left) || !plrAtEnd(&right) ){ + int c = posListCmp(&left, &right); + if( c<0 ){ + plwCopy(&writer, &left); + plrStep(&left); + }else if( c>0 ){ + plwCopy(&writer, &right); + plrStep(&right); + }else{ + plwCopy(&writer, &left); + plrStep(&left); + plrStep(&right); + } + } + + plwTerminate(&writer); + plwDestroy(&writer); + plrDestroy(&left); + plrDestroy(&right); +} + +/* Write the union of doclists in pLeft and pRight to pOut. For +** docids in common between the inputs, the union of the position +** lists is written. Inputs and outputs are always type DL_DEFAULT. +*/ +static void docListUnion( + const char *pLeft, int nLeft, + const char *pRight, int nRight, + DataBuffer *pOut /* Write the combined doclist here */ +){ + DLReader left, right; + DLWriter writer; + + if( nLeft==0 ){ + dataBufferAppend(pOut, pRight, nRight); + return; + } + if( nRight==0 ){ + dataBufferAppend(pOut, pLeft, nLeft); + return; + } + + dlrInit(&left, DL_DEFAULT, pLeft, nLeft); + dlrInit(&right, DL_DEFAULT, pRight, nRight); + dlwInit(&writer, DL_DEFAULT, pOut); + + while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) || !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){ + if( dlrAtEnd(&right) ){ + dlwCopy(&writer, &left); + dlrStep(&left); + }else if( dlrAtEnd(&left) ){ + dlwCopy(&writer, &right); + dlrStep(&right); + }else if( dlrDocid(&left)dlrDocid(&right) ){ + dlwCopy(&writer, &right); + dlrStep(&right); + }else{ + posListUnion(&left, &right, &writer); + dlrStep(&left); + dlrStep(&right); + } + } + + dlrDestroy(&left); + dlrDestroy(&right); + dlwDestroy(&writer); +} + +/* pLeft and pRight are DLReaders positioned to the same docid. +** +** If there are no instances in pLeft or pRight where the position +** of pLeft is one less than the position of pRight, then this +** routine adds nothing to pOut. +** +** If there are one or more instances where positions from pLeft +** are exactly one less than positions from pRight, then add a new +** document record to pOut. If pOut wants to hold positions, then +** include the positions from pRight that are one more than a +** position in pLeft. In other words: pRight.iPos==pLeft.iPos+1. +*/ +static void posListPhraseMerge(DLReader *pLeft, DLReader *pRight, + DLWriter *pOut){ + PLReader left, right; + PLWriter writer; + int match = 0; + + assert( dlrDocid(pLeft)==dlrDocid(pRight) ); + assert( pOut->iType!=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ); + + plrInit(&left, pLeft); + plrInit(&right, pRight); + + while( !plrAtEnd(&left) && !plrAtEnd(&right) ){ + if( plrColumn(&left)plrColumn(&right) ){ + plrStep(&right); + }else if( plrPosition(&left)+1plrPosition(&right) ){ + plrStep(&right); + }else{ + if( !match ){ + plwInit(&writer, pOut, dlrDocid(pLeft)); + match = 1; + } + plwAdd(&writer, plrColumn(&right), plrPosition(&right), 0, 0); + plrStep(&left); + plrStep(&right); + } + } + + if( match ){ + plwTerminate(&writer); + plwDestroy(&writer); + } + + plrDestroy(&left); + plrDestroy(&right); +} + +/* We have two doclists with positions: pLeft and pRight. +** Write the phrase intersection of these two doclists into pOut. +** +** A phrase intersection means that two documents only match +** if pLeft.iPos+1==pRight.iPos. +** +** iType controls the type of data written to pOut. If iType is +** DL_POSITIONS, the positions are those from pRight. +*/ +static void docListPhraseMerge( + const char *pLeft, int nLeft, + const char *pRight, int nRight, + DocListType iType, + DataBuffer *pOut /* Write the combined doclist here */ +){ + DLReader left, right; + DLWriter writer; + + if( nLeft==0 || nRight==0 ) return; + + assert( iType!=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ); + + dlrInit(&left, DL_POSITIONS, pLeft, nLeft); + dlrInit(&right, DL_POSITIONS, pRight, nRight); + dlwInit(&writer, iType, pOut); + + while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) && !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){ + if( dlrDocid(&left) one AND (two OR three) + * [one OR two three] ==> (one OR two) AND three + * + * A "-" before a term matches all entries that lack that term. + * The "-" must occur immediately before the term with in intervening + * space. This is how the search engines do it. + * + * A NOT term cannot be the right-hand operand of an OR. If this + * occurs in the query string, the NOT is ignored: + * + * [one OR -two] ==> one OR two + * + */ +typedef struct Query { + fulltext_vtab *pFts; /* The full text index */ + int nTerms; /* Number of terms in the query */ + QueryTerm *pTerms; /* Array of terms. Space obtained from malloc() */ + int nextIsOr; /* Set the isOr flag on the next inserted term */ + int nextColumn; /* Next word parsed must be in this column */ + int dfltColumn; /* The default column */ +} Query; + + +/* +** An instance of the following structure keeps track of generated +** matching-word offset information and snippets. +*/ +typedef struct Snippet { + int nMatch; /* Total number of matches */ + int nAlloc; /* Space allocated for aMatch[] */ + struct snippetMatch { /* One entry for each matching term */ + char snStatus; /* Status flag for use while constructing snippets */ + short int iCol; /* The column that contains the match */ + short int iTerm; /* The index in Query.pTerms[] of the matching term */ + short int nByte; /* Number of bytes in the term */ + int iStart; /* The offset to the first character of the term */ + } *aMatch; /* Points to space obtained from malloc */ + char *zOffset; /* Text rendering of aMatch[] */ + int nOffset; /* strlen(zOffset) */ + char *zSnippet; /* Snippet text */ + int nSnippet; /* strlen(zSnippet) */ +} Snippet; + + +typedef enum QueryType { + QUERY_GENERIC, /* table scan */ + QUERY_ROWID, /* lookup by rowid */ + QUERY_FULLTEXT /* QUERY_FULLTEXT + [i] is a full-text search for column i*/ +} QueryType; + +typedef enum fulltext_statement { + CONTENT_INSERT_STMT, + CONTENT_SELECT_STMT, + CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT, + CONTENT_DELETE_STMT, + + BLOCK_INSERT_STMT, + BLOCK_SELECT_STMT, + BLOCK_DELETE_STMT, + + SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX_STMT, + SEGDIR_SET_STMT, + SEGDIR_SELECT_STMT, + SEGDIR_SPAN_STMT, + SEGDIR_DELETE_STMT, + SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, + + MAX_STMT /* Always at end! */ +} fulltext_statement; + +/* These must exactly match the enum above. */ +/* TODO(shess): Is there some risk that a statement will be used in two +** cursors at once, e.g. if a query joins a virtual table to itself? +** If so perhaps we should move some of these to the cursor object. +*/ +static const char *const fulltext_zStatement[MAX_STMT] = { + /* CONTENT_INSERT */ NULL, /* generated in contentInsertStatement() */ + /* CONTENT_SELECT */ "select * from %_content where rowid = ?", + /* CONTENT_UPDATE */ NULL, /* generated in contentUpdateStatement() */ + /* CONTENT_DELETE */ "delete from %_content where rowid = ?", + + /* BLOCK_INSERT */ "insert into %_segments values (?)", + /* BLOCK_SELECT */ "select block from %_segments where rowid = ?", + /* BLOCK_DELETE */ "delete from %_segments where rowid between ? and ?", + + /* SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX */ "select max(idx) from %_segdir where level = ?", + /* SEGDIR_SET */ "insert into %_segdir values (?, ?, ?, ?, ?, ?)", + /* SEGDIR_SELECT */ + "select start_block, leaves_end_block, root from %_segdir " + " where level = ? order by idx", + /* SEGDIR_SPAN */ + "select min(start_block), max(end_block) from %_segdir " + " where level = ? and start_block <> 0", + /* SEGDIR_DELETE */ "delete from %_segdir where level = ?", + /* SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL */ + "select root, leaves_end_block from %_segdir order by level desc, idx", +}; + +/* +** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following +** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance +** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance. +** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their +** arguments. +*/ +struct fulltext_vtab { + sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ + const char *zDb; /* logical database name */ + const char *zName; /* virtual table name */ + int nColumn; /* number of columns in virtual table */ + char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */ + char **azContentColumn; /* column names in content table; malloced */ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */ + + /* Precompiled statements which we keep as long as the table is + ** open. + */ + sqlite3_stmt *pFulltextStatements[MAX_STMT]; + + /* Precompiled statements used for segment merges. We run a + ** separate select across the leaf level of each tree being merged. + */ + sqlite3_stmt *pLeafSelectStmts[MERGE_COUNT]; + /* The statement used to prepare pLeafSelectStmts. */ +#define LEAF_SELECT \ + "select block from %_segments where rowid between ? and ? order by rowid" + + /* These buffer pending index updates during transactions. + ** nPendingData estimates the memory size of the pending data. It + ** doesn't include the hash-bucket overhead, nor any malloc + ** overhead. When nPendingData exceeds kPendingThreshold, the + ** buffer is flushed even before the transaction closes. + ** pendingTerms stores the data, and is only valid when nPendingData + ** is >=0 (nPendingData<0 means pendingTerms has not been + ** initialized). iPrevDocid is the last docid written, used to make + ** certain we're inserting in sorted order. + */ + int nPendingData; +#define kPendingThreshold (1*1024*1024) + sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; + fts2Hash pendingTerms; +}; + +/* +** When the core wants to do a query, it create a cursor using a +** call to xOpen. This structure is an instance of a cursor. It +** is destroyed by xClose. +*/ +typedef struct fulltext_cursor { + sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ + QueryType iCursorType; /* Copy of sqlite3_index_info.idxNum */ + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */ + int eof; /* True if at End Of Results */ + Query q; /* Parsed query string */ + Snippet snippet; /* Cached snippet for the current row */ + int iColumn; /* Column being searched */ + DataBuffer result; /* Doclist results from fulltextQuery */ + DLReader reader; /* Result reader if result not empty */ +} fulltext_cursor; + +static struct fulltext_vtab *cursor_vtab(fulltext_cursor *c){ + return (fulltext_vtab *) c->base.pVtab; +} + +static const sqlite3_module fts2Module; /* forward declaration */ + +/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form + * insert into %_content (rowid, ...) values (?, ...) + */ +static const char *contentInsertStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){ + StringBuffer sb; + int i; + + initStringBuffer(&sb); + append(&sb, "insert into %_content (rowid, "); + appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn); + append(&sb, ") values (?"); + for(i=0; inColumn; ++i) + append(&sb, ", ?"); + append(&sb, ")"); + return stringBufferData(&sb); +} + +/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form + * update %_content set [col_0] = ?, [col_1] = ?, ... + * where rowid = ? + */ +static const char *contentUpdateStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){ + StringBuffer sb; + int i; + + initStringBuffer(&sb); + append(&sb, "update %_content set "); + for(i=0; inColumn; ++i) { + if( i>0 ){ + append(&sb, ", "); + } + append(&sb, v->azContentColumn[i]); + append(&sb, " = ?"); + } + append(&sb, " where rowid = ?"); + return stringBufferData(&sb); +} + +/* Puts a freshly-prepared statement determined by iStmt in *ppStmt. +** If the indicated statement has never been prepared, it is prepared +** and cached, otherwise the cached version is reset. +*/ +static int sql_get_statement(fulltext_vtab *v, fulltext_statement iStmt, + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){ + assert( iStmtpFulltextStatements[iStmt]==NULL ){ + const char *zStmt; + int rc; + switch( iStmt ){ + case CONTENT_INSERT_STMT: + zStmt = contentInsertStatement(v); break; + case CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT: + zStmt = contentUpdateStatement(v); break; + default: + zStmt = fulltext_zStatement[iStmt]; + } + rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt], + zStmt); + if( zStmt != fulltext_zStatement[iStmt]) free((void *) zStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } else { + int rc = sqlite3_reset(v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + *ppStmt = v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Like sqlite3_step(), but convert SQLITE_DONE to SQLITE_OK and +** SQLITE_ROW to SQLITE_ERROR. Useful for statements like UPDATE, +** where we expect no results. +*/ +static int sql_single_step(sqlite3_stmt *s){ + int rc = sqlite3_step(s); + return (rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : rc; +} + +/* Like sql_get_statement(), but for special replicated LEAF_SELECT +** statements. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) Write version for generic statements and then share +** that between the cached-statement functions. +*/ +static int sql_get_leaf_statement(fulltext_vtab *v, int idx, + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){ + assert( idx>=0 && idxpLeafSelectStmts[idx]==NULL ){ + int rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx], + LEAF_SELECT); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + }else{ + int rc = sqlite3_reset(v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + *ppStmt = v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx]; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* insert into %_content (rowid, ...) values ([rowid], [pValues]) */ +static int content_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value *rowid, + sqlite3_value **pValues){ + sqlite3_stmt *s; + int i; + int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_INSERT_STMT, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 1, rowid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + for(i=0; inColumn; ++i){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 2+i, pValues[i]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + return sql_single_step(s); +} + +/* update %_content set col0 = pValues[0], col1 = pValues[1], ... + * where rowid = [iRowid] */ +static int content_update(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value **pValues, + sqlite_int64 iRowid){ + sqlite3_stmt *s; + int i; + int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + for(i=0; inColumn; ++i){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 1+i, pValues[i]); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1+v->nColumn, iRowid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + return sql_single_step(s); +} + +static void freeStringArray(int nString, const char **pString){ + int i; + + for (i=0 ; i < nString ; ++i) { + if( pString[i]!=NULL ) free((void *) pString[i]); + } + free((void *) pString); +} + +/* select * from %_content where rowid = [iRow] + * The caller must delete the returned array and all strings in it. + * null fields will be NULL in the returned array. + * + * TODO: Perhaps we should return pointer/length strings here for consistency + * with other code which uses pointer/length. */ +static int content_select(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow, + const char ***pValues){ + sqlite3_stmt *s; + const char **values; + int i; + int rc; + + *pValues = NULL; + + rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_SELECT_STMT, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iRow); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_step(s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc; + + values = (const char **) malloc(v->nColumn * sizeof(const char *)); + for(i=0; inColumn; ++i){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(s, i)==SQLITE_NULL ){ + values[i] = NULL; + }else{ + values[i] = string_dup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(s, i)); + } + } + + /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step() + * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */ + rc = sqlite3_step(s); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + *pValues = values; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + freeStringArray(v->nColumn, values); + return rc; +} + +/* delete from %_content where rowid = [iRow ] */ +static int content_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow){ + sqlite3_stmt *s; + int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_DELETE_STMT, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iRow); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + return sql_single_step(s); +} + +/* insert into %_segments values ([pData]) +** returns assigned rowid in *piBlockid +*/ +static int block_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData, + sqlite_int64 *piBlockid){ + sqlite3_stmt *s; + int rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_INSERT_STMT, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(s, 1, pData, nData, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_step(s); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc; + + *piBlockid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(v->db); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* delete from %_segments +** where rowid between [iStartBlockid] and [iEndBlockid] +** +** Deletes the range of blocks, inclusive, used to delete the blocks +** which form a segment. +*/ +static int block_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, + sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid){ + sqlite3_stmt *s; + int rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_DELETE_STMT, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iStartBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 2, iEndBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + return sql_single_step(s); +} + +/* Returns SQLITE_ROW with *pidx set to the maximum segment idx found +** at iLevel. Returns SQLITE_DONE if there are no segments at +** iLevel. Otherwise returns an error. +*/ +static int segdir_max_index(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int *pidx){ + sqlite3_stmt *s; + int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX_STMT, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_step(s); + /* Should always get at least one row due to how max() works. */ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_DONE; + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc; + + /* NULL means that there were no inputs to max(). */ + if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_column_type(s, 0) ){ + rc = sqlite3_step(s); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + return rc; + } + + *pidx = sqlite3_column_int(s, 0); + + /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step() + * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */ + rc = sqlite3_step(s); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc; + return SQLITE_ROW; +} + +/* insert into %_segdir values ( +** [iLevel], [idx], +** [iStartBlockid], [iLeavesEndBlockid], [iEndBlockid], +** [pRootData] +** ) +*/ +static int segdir_set(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int idx, + sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, + sqlite_int64 iLeavesEndBlockid, + sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid, + const char *pRootData, int nRootData){ + sqlite3_stmt *s; + int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SET_STMT, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, idx); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 3, iStartBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 4, iLeavesEndBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 5, iEndBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(s, 6, pRootData, nRootData, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + return sql_single_step(s); +} + +/* Queries %_segdir for the block span of the segments in level +** iLevel. Returns SQLITE_DONE if there are no blocks for iLevel, +** SQLITE_ROW if there are blocks, else an error. +*/ +static int segdir_span(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, + sqlite_int64 *piStartBlockid, + sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){ + sqlite3_stmt *s; + int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SPAN_STMT, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_step(s); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_DONE; /* Should never happen */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc; + + /* This happens if all segments at this level are entirely inline. */ + if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_column_type(s, 0) ){ + /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step() + * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */ + int rc2 = sqlite3_step(s); + if( rc2==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + return rc2; + } + + *piStartBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0); + *piEndBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1); + + /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step() + * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */ + rc = sqlite3_step(s); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc; + return SQLITE_ROW; +} + +/* Delete the segment blocks and segment directory records for all +** segments at iLevel. +*/ +static int segdir_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel){ + sqlite3_stmt *s; + sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid; + int rc = segdir_span(v, iLevel, &iStartBlockid, &iEndBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc; + + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ + rc = block_delete(v, iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + /* Delete the segment directory itself. */ + rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_DELETE_STMT, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iLevel); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + return sql_single_step(s); +} + +/* TODO(shess) clearPendingTerms() is far down the file because +** writeZeroSegment() is far down the file because LeafWriter is far +** down the file. Consider refactoring the code to move the non-vtab +** code above the vtab code so that we don't need this forward +** reference. +*/ +static int clearPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v); + +/* +** Free the memory used to contain a fulltext_vtab structure. +*/ +static void fulltext_vtab_destroy(fulltext_vtab *v){ + int iStmt, i; + + TRACE(("FTS2 Destroy %p\n", v)); + for( iStmt=0; iStmtpFulltextStatements[iStmt]!=NULL ){ + sqlite3_finalize(v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]); + v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt] = NULL; + } + } + + for( i=0; ipLeafSelectStmts[i]!=NULL ){ + sqlite3_finalize(v->pLeafSelectStmts[i]); + v->pLeafSelectStmts[i] = NULL; + } + } + + if( v->pTokenizer!=NULL ){ + v->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(v->pTokenizer); + v->pTokenizer = NULL; + } + + clearPendingTerms(v); + + free(v->azColumn); + for(i = 0; i < v->nColumn; ++i) { + sqlite3_free(v->azContentColumn[i]); + } + free(v->azContentColumn); + free(v); +} + +/* +** Token types for parsing the arguments to xConnect or xCreate. +*/ +#define TOKEN_EOF 0 /* End of file */ +#define TOKEN_SPACE 1 /* Any kind of whitespace */ +#define TOKEN_ID 2 /* An identifier */ +#define TOKEN_STRING 3 /* A string literal */ +#define TOKEN_PUNCT 4 /* A single punctuation character */ + +/* +** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then +** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. +** +** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is +** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, +** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. +** +** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the +** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do. +** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. +** But the feature is undocumented. +*/ +static const char isIdChar[] = { +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ + 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ +}; +#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && isIdChar[c-0x20])) + + +/* +** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. +** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. +*/ +static int getToken(const char *z, int *tokenType){ + int i, c; + switch( *z ){ + case 0: { + *tokenType = TOKEN_EOF; + return 0; + } + case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': { + for(i=1; safe_isspace(z[i]); i++){} + *tokenType = TOKEN_SPACE; + return i; + } + case '`': + case '\'': + case '"': { + int delim = z[0]; + for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ + if( c==delim ){ + if( z[i+1]==delim ){ + i++; + }else{ + break; + } + } + } + *tokenType = TOKEN_STRING; + return i + (c!=0); + } + case '[': { + for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} + *tokenType = TOKEN_ID; + return i; + } + default: { + if( !IdChar(*z) ){ + break; + } + for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){} + *tokenType = TOKEN_ID; + return i; + } + } + *tokenType = TOKEN_PUNCT; + return 1; +} + +/* +** A token extracted from a string is an instance of the following +** structure. +*/ +typedef struct Token { + const char *z; /* Pointer to token text. Not '\000' terminated */ + short int n; /* Length of the token text in bytes. */ +} Token; + +/* +** Given a input string (which is really one of the argv[] parameters +** passed into xConnect or xCreate) split the string up into tokens. +** Return an array of pointers to '\000' terminated strings, one string +** for each non-whitespace token. +** +** The returned array is terminated by a single NULL pointer. +** +** Space to hold the returned array is obtained from a single +** malloc and should be freed by passing the return value to free(). +** The individual strings within the token list are all a part of +** the single memory allocation and will all be freed at once. +*/ +static char **tokenizeString(const char *z, int *pnToken){ + int nToken = 0; + Token *aToken = malloc( strlen(z) * sizeof(aToken[0]) ); + int n = 1; + int e, i; + int totalSize = 0; + char **azToken; + char *zCopy; + while( n>0 ){ + n = getToken(z, &e); + if( e!=TOKEN_SPACE ){ + aToken[nToken].z = z; + aToken[nToken].n = n; + nToken++; + totalSize += n+1; + } + z += n; + } + azToken = (char**)malloc( nToken*sizeof(char*) + totalSize ); + zCopy = (char*)&azToken[nToken]; + nToken--; + for(i=0; i=0 ){ + azIn[j] = azIn[i]; + } + j++; + } + } + azIn[j] = 0; + } +} + + +/* +** Find the first alphanumeric token in the string zIn. Null-terminate +** this token. Remove any quotation marks. And return a pointer to +** the result. +*/ +static char *firstToken(char *zIn, char **pzTail){ + int n, ttype; + while(1){ + n = getToken(zIn, &ttype); + if( ttype==TOKEN_SPACE ){ + zIn += n; + }else if( ttype==TOKEN_EOF ){ + *pzTail = zIn; + return 0; + }else{ + zIn[n] = 0; + *pzTail = &zIn[1]; + dequoteString(zIn); + return zIn; + } + } + /*NOTREACHED*/ +} + +/* Return true if... +** +** * s begins with the string t, ignoring case +** * s is longer than t +** * The first character of s beyond t is not a alphanumeric +** +** Ignore leading space in *s. +** +** To put it another way, return true if the first token of +** s[] is t[]. +*/ +static int startsWith(const char *s, const char *t){ + while( safe_isspace(*s) ){ s++; } + while( *t ){ + if( safe_tolower(*s++)!=safe_tolower(*t++) ) return 0; + } + return *s!='_' && !safe_isalnum(*s); +} + +/* +** An instance of this structure defines the "spec" of a +** full text index. This structure is populated by parseSpec +** and use by fulltextConnect and fulltextCreate. +*/ +typedef struct TableSpec { + const char *zDb; /* Logical database name */ + const char *zName; /* Name of the full-text index */ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns to be indexed */ + char **azColumn; /* Original names of columns to be indexed */ + char **azContentColumn; /* Column names for %_content */ + char **azTokenizer; /* Name of tokenizer and its arguments */ +} TableSpec; + +/* +** Reclaim all of the memory used by a TableSpec +*/ +static void clearTableSpec(TableSpec *p) { + free(p->azColumn); + free(p->azContentColumn); + free(p->azTokenizer); +} + +/* Parse a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement, which looks like this: + * + * CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE email + * USING fts2(subject, body, tokenize mytokenizer(myarg)) + * + * We return parsed information in a TableSpec structure. + * + */ +static int parseSpec(TableSpec *pSpec, int argc, const char *const*argv, + char**pzErr){ + int i, n; + char *z, *zDummy; + char **azArg; + const char *zTokenizer = 0; /* argv[] entry describing the tokenizer */ + + assert( argc>=3 ); + /* Current interface: + ** argv[0] - module name + ** argv[1] - database name + ** argv[2] - table name + ** argv[3..] - columns, optionally followed by tokenizer specification + ** and snippet delimiters specification. + */ + + /* Make a copy of the complete argv[][] array in a single allocation. + ** The argv[][] array is read-only and transient. We can write to the + ** copy in order to modify things and the copy is persistent. + */ + CLEAR(pSpec); + for(i=n=0; izDb = azArg[1]; + pSpec->zName = azArg[2]; + pSpec->nColumn = 0; + pSpec->azColumn = azArg; + zTokenizer = "tokenize simple"; + for(i=3; inColumn] = firstToken(azArg[i], &zDummy); + pSpec->nColumn++; + } + } + if( pSpec->nColumn==0 ){ + azArg[0] = "content"; + pSpec->nColumn = 1; + } + + /* + ** Construct the list of content column names. + ** + ** Each content column name will be of the form cNNAAAA + ** where NN is the column number and AAAA is the sanitized + ** column name. "sanitized" means that special characters are + ** converted to "_". The cNN prefix guarantees that all column + ** names are unique. + ** + ** The AAAA suffix is not strictly necessary. It is included + ** for the convenience of people who might examine the generated + ** %_content table and wonder what the columns are used for. + */ + pSpec->azContentColumn = malloc( pSpec->nColumn * sizeof(char *) ); + if( pSpec->azContentColumn==0 ){ + clearTableSpec(pSpec); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + char *p; + pSpec->azContentColumn[i] = sqlite3_mprintf("c%d%s", i, azArg[i]); + for (p = pSpec->azContentColumn[i]; *p ; ++p) { + if( !safe_isalnum(*p) ) *p = '_'; + } + } + + /* + ** Parse the tokenizer specification string. + */ + pSpec->azTokenizer = tokenizeString(zTokenizer, &n); + tokenListToIdList(pSpec->azTokenizer); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement that describes the schema of +** the virtual table. Return a pointer to this schema string. +** +** Space is obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() and should be freed +** using sqlite3_free(). +*/ +static char *fulltextSchema( + int nColumn, /* Number of columns */ + const char *const* azColumn, /* List of columns */ + const char *zTableName /* Name of the table */ +){ + int i; + char *zSchema, *zNext; + const char *zSep = "("; + zSchema = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x"); + for(i=0; ibase */ + v->db = db; + v->zDb = spec->zDb; /* Freed when azColumn is freed */ + v->zName = spec->zName; /* Freed when azColumn is freed */ + v->nColumn = spec->nColumn; + v->azContentColumn = spec->azContentColumn; + spec->azContentColumn = 0; + v->azColumn = spec->azColumn; + spec->azColumn = 0; + + if( spec->azTokenizer==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + zTok = spec->azTokenizer[0]; + if( !zTok ){ + zTok = "simple"; + } + nTok = strlen(zTok)+1; + + m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts2HashFind(pHash, zTok, nTok); + if( !m ){ + *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", spec->azTokenizer[0]); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + goto err; + } + + for(n=0; spec->azTokenizer[n]; n++){} + if( n ){ + rc = m->xCreate(n-1, (const char*const*)&spec->azTokenizer[1], + &v->pTokenizer); + }else{ + rc = m->xCreate(0, 0, &v->pTokenizer); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; + v->pTokenizer->pModule = m; + + /* TODO: verify the existence of backing tables foo_content, foo_term */ + + schema = fulltextSchema(v->nColumn, (const char*const*)v->azColumn, + spec->zName); + rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, schema); + sqlite3_free(schema); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; + + memset(v->pFulltextStatements, 0, sizeof(v->pFulltextStatements)); + + /* Indicate that the buffer is not live. */ + v->nPendingData = -1; + + *ppVTab = &v->base; + TRACE(("FTS2 Connect %p\n", v)); + + return rc; + +err: + fulltext_vtab_destroy(v); + return rc; +} + +static int fulltextConnect( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, + char **pzErr +){ + TableSpec spec; + int rc = parseSpec(&spec, argc, argv, pzErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = constructVtab(db, (fts2Hash *)pAux, &spec, ppVTab, pzErr); + clearTableSpec(&spec); + return rc; +} + +/* The %_content table holds the text of each document, with +** the rowid used as the docid. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) This comment needs elaboration to match the updated +** code. Work it into the top-of-file comment at that time. +*/ +static int fulltextCreate(sqlite3 *db, void *pAux, + int argc, const char * const *argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char **pzErr){ + int rc; + TableSpec spec; + StringBuffer schema; + TRACE(("FTS2 Create\n")); + + rc = parseSpec(&spec, argc, argv, pzErr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + initStringBuffer(&schema); + append(&schema, "CREATE TABLE %_content("); + appendList(&schema, spec.nColumn, spec.azContentColumn); + append(&schema, ")"); + rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName, stringBufferData(&schema)); + stringBufferDestroy(&schema); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out; + + rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName, + "create table %_segments(block blob);"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out; + + rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName, + "create table %_segdir(" + " level integer," + " idx integer," + " start_block integer," + " leaves_end_block integer," + " end_block integer," + " root blob," + " primary key(level, idx)" + ");"); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out; + + rc = constructVtab(db, (fts2Hash *)pAux, &spec, ppVTab, pzErr); + +out: + clearTableSpec(&spec); + return rc; +} + +/* Decide how to handle an SQL query. */ +static int fulltextBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ + int i; + TRACE(("FTS2 BestIndex\n")); + + for(i=0; inConstraint; ++i){ + const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint; + pConstraint = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; + if( pConstraint->usable ) { + if( pConstraint->iColumn==-1 && + pConstraint->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ + pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_ROWID; /* lookup by rowid */ + TRACE(("FTS2 QUERY_ROWID\n")); + } else if( pConstraint->iColumn>=0 && + pConstraint->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){ + /* full-text search */ + pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_FULLTEXT + pConstraint->iColumn; + TRACE(("FTS2 QUERY_FULLTEXT %d\n", pConstraint->iColumn)); + } else continue; + + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1; + pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; + + /* An arbitrary value for now. + * TODO: Perhaps rowid matches should be considered cheaper than + * full-text searches. */ + pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; + + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_GENERIC; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fulltextDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab){ + TRACE(("FTS2 Disconnect %p\n", pVTab)); + fulltext_vtab_destroy((fulltext_vtab *)pVTab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fulltextDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab){ + fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *)pVTab; + int rc; + + TRACE(("FTS2 Destroy %p\n", pVTab)); + rc = sql_exec(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, + "drop table if exists %_content;" + "drop table if exists %_segments;" + "drop table if exists %_segdir;" + ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + fulltext_vtab_destroy((fulltext_vtab *)pVTab); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fulltextOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ + fulltext_cursor *c; + + c = (fulltext_cursor *) calloc(sizeof(fulltext_cursor), 1); + /* sqlite will initialize c->base */ + *ppCursor = &c->base; + TRACE(("FTS2 Open %p: %p\n", pVTab, c)); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* Free all of the dynamically allocated memory held by *q +*/ +static void queryClear(Query *q){ + int i; + for(i = 0; i < q->nTerms; ++i){ + free(q->pTerms[i].pTerm); + } + free(q->pTerms); + CLEAR(q); +} + +/* Free all of the dynamically allocated memory held by the +** Snippet +*/ +static void snippetClear(Snippet *p){ + free(p->aMatch); + free(p->zOffset); + free(p->zSnippet); + CLEAR(p); +} +/* +** Append a single entry to the p->aMatch[] log. +*/ +static void snippetAppendMatch( + Snippet *p, /* Append the entry to this snippet */ + int iCol, int iTerm, /* The column and query term */ + int iStart, int nByte /* Offset and size of the match */ +){ + int i; + struct snippetMatch *pMatch; + if( p->nMatch+1>=p->nAlloc ){ + p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + 10; + p->aMatch = realloc(p->aMatch, p->nAlloc*sizeof(p->aMatch[0]) ); + if( p->aMatch==0 ){ + p->nMatch = 0; + p->nAlloc = 0; + return; + } + } + i = p->nMatch++; + pMatch = &p->aMatch[i]; + pMatch->iCol = iCol; + pMatch->iTerm = iTerm; + pMatch->iStart = iStart; + pMatch->nByte = nByte; +} + +/* +** Sizing information for the circular buffer used in snippetOffsetsOfColumn() +*/ +#define FTS2_ROTOR_SZ (32) +#define FTS2_ROTOR_MASK (FTS2_ROTOR_SZ-1) + +/* +** Add entries to pSnippet->aMatch[] for every match that occurs against +** document zDoc[0..nDoc-1] which is stored in column iColumn. +*/ +static void snippetOffsetsOfColumn( + Query *pQuery, + Snippet *pSnippet, + int iColumn, + const char *zDoc, + int nDoc +){ + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pTModule; /* The tokenizer module */ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* The specific tokenizer */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTCursor; /* Tokenizer cursor */ + fulltext_vtab *pVtab; /* The full text index */ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the index */ + const QueryTerm *aTerm; /* Query string terms */ + int nTerm; /* Number of query string terms */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + int rc; /* Return code */ + unsigned int match, prevMatch; /* Phrase search bitmasks */ + const char *zToken; /* Next token from the tokenizer */ + int nToken; /* Size of zToken */ + int iBegin, iEnd, iPos; /* Offsets of beginning and end */ + + /* The following variables keep a circular buffer of the last + ** few tokens */ + unsigned int iRotor = 0; /* Index of current token */ + int iRotorBegin[FTS2_ROTOR_SZ]; /* Beginning offset of token */ + int iRotorLen[FTS2_ROTOR_SZ]; /* Length of token */ + + pVtab = pQuery->pFts; + nColumn = pVtab->nColumn; + pTokenizer = pVtab->pTokenizer; + pTModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + rc = pTModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pTCursor); + if( rc ) return; + pTCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + aTerm = pQuery->pTerms; + nTerm = pQuery->nTerms; + if( nTerm>=FTS2_ROTOR_SZ ){ + nTerm = FTS2_ROTOR_SZ - 1; + } + prevMatch = 0; + while(1){ + rc = pTModule->xNext(pTCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos); + if( rc ) break; + iRotorBegin[iRotor&FTS2_ROTOR_MASK] = iBegin; + iRotorLen[iRotor&FTS2_ROTOR_MASK] = iEnd-iBegin; + match = 0; + for(i=0; i=0 && iColnToken ) continue; + if( !aTerm[i].isPrefix && aTerm[i].nTerm1 && (prevMatch & (1<=0; j--){ + int k = (iRotor-j) & FTS2_ROTOR_MASK; + snippetAppendMatch(pSnippet, iColumn, i-j, + iRotorBegin[k], iRotorLen[k]); + } + } + } + prevMatch = match<<1; + iRotor++; + } + pTModule->xClose(pTCursor); +} + + +/* +** Compute all offsets for the current row of the query. +** If the offsets have already been computed, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static void snippetAllOffsets(fulltext_cursor *p){ + int nColumn; + int iColumn, i; + int iFirst, iLast; + fulltext_vtab *pFts; + + if( p->snippet.nMatch ) return; + if( p->q.nTerms==0 ) return; + pFts = p->q.pFts; + nColumn = pFts->nColumn; + iColumn = (p->iCursorType - QUERY_FULLTEXT); + if( iColumn<0 || iColumn>=nColumn ){ + iFirst = 0; + iLast = nColumn-1; + }else{ + iFirst = iColumn; + iLast = iColumn; + } + for(i=iFirst; i<=iLast; i++){ + const char *zDoc; + int nDoc; + zDoc = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(p->pStmt, i+1); + nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(p->pStmt, i+1); + snippetOffsetsOfColumn(&p->q, &p->snippet, i, zDoc, nDoc); + } +} + +/* +** Convert the information in the aMatch[] array of the snippet +** into the string zOffset[0..nOffset-1]. +*/ +static void snippetOffsetText(Snippet *p){ + int i; + int cnt = 0; + StringBuffer sb; + char zBuf[200]; + if( p->zOffset ) return; + initStringBuffer(&sb); + for(i=0; inMatch; i++){ + struct snippetMatch *pMatch = &p->aMatch[i]; + zBuf[0] = ' '; + sprintf(&zBuf[cnt>0], "%d %d %d %d", pMatch->iCol, + pMatch->iTerm, pMatch->iStart, pMatch->nByte); + append(&sb, zBuf); + cnt++; + } + p->zOffset = stringBufferData(&sb); + p->nOffset = stringBufferLength(&sb); +} + +/* +** zDoc[0..nDoc-1] is phrase of text. aMatch[0..nMatch-1] are a set +** of matching words some of which might be in zDoc. zDoc is column +** number iCol. +** +** iBreak is suggested spot in zDoc where we could begin or end an +** excerpt. Return a value similar to iBreak but possibly adjusted +** to be a little left or right so that the break point is better. +*/ +static int wordBoundary( + int iBreak, /* The suggested break point */ + const char *zDoc, /* Document text */ + int nDoc, /* Number of bytes in zDoc[] */ + struct snippetMatch *aMatch, /* Matching words */ + int nMatch, /* Number of entries in aMatch[] */ + int iCol /* The column number for zDoc[] */ +){ + int i; + if( iBreak<=10 ){ + return 0; + } + if( iBreak>=nDoc-10 ){ + return nDoc; + } + for(i=0; i0 && aMatch[i-1].iStart+aMatch[i-1].nByte>=iBreak ){ + return aMatch[i-1].iStart; + } + } + for(i=1; i<=10; i++){ + if( safe_isspace(zDoc[iBreak-i]) ){ + return iBreak - i + 1; + } + if( safe_isspace(zDoc[iBreak+i]) ){ + return iBreak + i + 1; + } + } + return iBreak; +} + + + +/* +** Allowed values for Snippet.aMatch[].snStatus +*/ +#define SNIPPET_IGNORE 0 /* It is ok to omit this match from the snippet */ +#define SNIPPET_DESIRED 1 /* We want to include this match in the snippet */ + +/* +** Generate the text of a snippet. +*/ +static void snippetText( + fulltext_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor we need the snippet for */ + const char *zStartMark, /* Markup to appear before each match */ + const char *zEndMark, /* Markup to appear after each match */ + const char *zEllipsis /* Ellipsis mark */ +){ + int i, j; + struct snippetMatch *aMatch; + int nMatch; + int nDesired; + StringBuffer sb; + int tailCol; + int tailOffset; + int iCol; + int nDoc; + const char *zDoc; + int iStart, iEnd; + int tailEllipsis = 0; + int iMatch; + + + free(pCursor->snippet.zSnippet); + pCursor->snippet.zSnippet = 0; + aMatch = pCursor->snippet.aMatch; + nMatch = pCursor->snippet.nMatch; + initStringBuffer(&sb); + + for(i=0; iq.nTerms; i++){ + for(j=0; j0; i++){ + if( aMatch[i].snStatus!=SNIPPET_DESIRED ) continue; + nDesired--; + iCol = aMatch[i].iCol; + zDoc = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pCursor->pStmt, iCol+1); + nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCursor->pStmt, iCol+1); + iStart = aMatch[i].iStart - 40; + iStart = wordBoundary(iStart, zDoc, nDoc, aMatch, nMatch, iCol); + if( iStart<=10 ){ + iStart = 0; + } + if( iCol==tailCol && iStart<=tailOffset+20 ){ + iStart = tailOffset; + } + if( (iCol!=tailCol && tailCol>=0) || iStart!=tailOffset ){ + trimWhiteSpace(&sb); + appendWhiteSpace(&sb); + append(&sb, zEllipsis); + appendWhiteSpace(&sb); + } + iEnd = aMatch[i].iStart + aMatch[i].nByte + 40; + iEnd = wordBoundary(iEnd, zDoc, nDoc, aMatch, nMatch, iCol); + if( iEnd>=nDoc-10 ){ + iEnd = nDoc; + tailEllipsis = 0; + }else{ + tailEllipsis = 1; + } + while( iMatchsnippet.zSnippet = stringBufferData(&sb); + pCursor->snippet.nSnippet = stringBufferLength(&sb); +} + + +/* +** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation +** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. +*/ +static int fulltextClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor; + TRACE(("FTS2 Close %p\n", c)); + sqlite3_finalize(c->pStmt); + queryClear(&c->q); + snippetClear(&c->snippet); + if( c->result.nData!=0 ) dlrDestroy(&c->reader); + dataBufferDestroy(&c->result); + free(c); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int fulltextNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor; + int rc; + + TRACE(("FTS2 Next %p\n", pCursor)); + snippetClear(&c->snippet); + if( c->iCursorType < QUERY_FULLTEXT ){ + /* TODO(shess) Handle SQLITE_SCHEMA AND SQLITE_BUSY. */ + rc = sqlite3_step(c->pStmt); + switch( rc ){ + case SQLITE_ROW: + c->eof = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + case SQLITE_DONE: + c->eof = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + default: + c->eof = 1; + return rc; + } + } else { /* full-text query */ + rc = sqlite3_reset(c->pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + if( c->result.nData==0 || dlrAtEnd(&c->reader) ){ + c->eof = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(c->pStmt, 1, dlrDocid(&c->reader)); + dlrStep(&c->reader); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + /* TODO(shess) Handle SQLITE_SCHEMA AND SQLITE_BUSY. */ + rc = sqlite3_step(c->pStmt); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ /* the case we expect */ + c->eof = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + /* an error occurred; abort */ + return rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_ERROR : rc; + } +} + + +/* TODO(shess) If we pushed LeafReader to the top of the file, or to +** another file, term_select() could be pushed above +** docListOfTerm(). +*/ +static int termSelect(fulltext_vtab *v, int iColumn, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, + DocListType iType, DataBuffer *out); + +/* Return a DocList corresponding to the query term *pTerm. If *pTerm +** is the first term of a phrase query, go ahead and evaluate the phrase +** query and return the doclist for the entire phrase query. +** +** The resulting DL_DOCIDS doclist is stored in pResult, which is +** overwritten. +*/ +static int docListOfTerm( + fulltext_vtab *v, /* The full text index */ + int iColumn, /* column to restrict to. No restriction if >=nColumn */ + QueryTerm *pQTerm, /* Term we are looking for, or 1st term of a phrase */ + DataBuffer *pResult /* Write the result here */ +){ + DataBuffer left, right, new; + int i, rc; + + /* No phrase search if no position info. */ + assert( pQTerm->nPhrase==0 || DL_DEFAULT!=DL_DOCIDS ); + + /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */ + assert( v->nPendingData<0 ); + + dataBufferInit(&left, 0); + rc = termSelect(v, iColumn, pQTerm->pTerm, pQTerm->nTerm, pQTerm->isPrefix, + 0nPhrase ? DL_POSITIONS : DL_DOCIDS, &left); + if( rc ) return rc; + for(i=1; i<=pQTerm->nPhrase && left.nData>0; i++){ + dataBufferInit(&right, 0); + rc = termSelect(v, iColumn, pQTerm[i].pTerm, pQTerm[i].nTerm, + pQTerm[i].isPrefix, DL_POSITIONS, &right); + if( rc ){ + dataBufferDestroy(&left); + return rc; + } + dataBufferInit(&new, 0); + docListPhraseMerge(left.pData, left.nData, right.pData, right.nData, + inPhrase ? DL_POSITIONS : DL_DOCIDS, &new); + dataBufferDestroy(&left); + dataBufferDestroy(&right); + left = new; + } + *pResult = left; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Add a new term pTerm[0..nTerm-1] to the query *q. +*/ +static void queryAdd(Query *q, const char *pTerm, int nTerm){ + QueryTerm *t; + ++q->nTerms; + q->pTerms = realloc(q->pTerms, q->nTerms * sizeof(q->pTerms[0])); + if( q->pTerms==0 ){ + q->nTerms = 0; + return; + } + t = &q->pTerms[q->nTerms - 1]; + CLEAR(t); + t->pTerm = malloc(nTerm+1); + memcpy(t->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm); + t->pTerm[nTerm] = 0; + t->nTerm = nTerm; + t->isOr = q->nextIsOr; + t->isPrefix = 0; + q->nextIsOr = 0; + t->iColumn = q->nextColumn; + q->nextColumn = q->dfltColumn; +} + +/* +** Check to see if the string zToken[0...nToken-1] matches any +** column name in the virtual table. If it does, +** return the zero-indexed column number. If not, return -1. +*/ +static int checkColumnSpecifier( + fulltext_vtab *pVtab, /* The virtual table */ + const char *zToken, /* Text of the token */ + int nToken /* Number of characters in the token */ +){ + int i; + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + if( memcmp(pVtab->azColumn[i], zToken, nToken)==0 + && pVtab->azColumn[i][nToken]==0 ){ + return i; + } + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Parse the text at pSegment[0..nSegment-1]. Add additional terms +** to the query being assemblied in pQuery. +** +** inPhrase is true if pSegment[0..nSegement-1] is contained within +** double-quotes. If inPhrase is true, then the first term +** is marked with the number of terms in the phrase less one and +** OR and "-" syntax is ignored. If inPhrase is false, then every +** term found is marked with nPhrase=0 and OR and "-" syntax is significant. +*/ +static int tokenizeSegment( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer to use */ + const char *pSegment, int nSegment, /* Query expression being parsed */ + int inPhrase, /* True if within "..." */ + Query *pQuery /* Append results here */ +){ + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor; + int firstIndex = pQuery->nTerms; + int iCol; + int nTerm = 1; + + int rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, pSegment, nSegment, &pCursor); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + + while( 1 ){ + const char *pToken; + int nToken, iBegin, iEnd, iPos; + + rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, + &pToken, &nToken, + &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + if( !inPhrase && + pSegment[iEnd]==':' && + (iCol = checkColumnSpecifier(pQuery->pFts, pToken, nToken))>=0 ){ + pQuery->nextColumn = iCol; + continue; + } + if( !inPhrase && pQuery->nTerms>0 && nToken==2 + && pSegment[iBegin]=='O' && pSegment[iBegin+1]=='R' ){ + pQuery->nextIsOr = 1; + continue; + } + queryAdd(pQuery, pToken, nToken); + if( !inPhrase && iBegin>0 && pSegment[iBegin-1]=='-' ){ + pQuery->pTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1].isNot = 1; + } + if( iEndpTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1].isPrefix = 1; + } + pQuery->pTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1].iPhrase = nTerm; + if( inPhrase ){ + nTerm++; + } + } + + if( inPhrase && pQuery->nTerms>firstIndex ){ + pQuery->pTerms[firstIndex].nPhrase = pQuery->nTerms - firstIndex - 1; + } + + return pModule->xClose(pCursor); +} + +/* Parse a query string, yielding a Query object pQuery. +** +** The calling function will need to queryClear() to clean up +** the dynamically allocated memory held by pQuery. +*/ +static int parseQuery( + fulltext_vtab *v, /* The fulltext index */ + const char *zInput, /* Input text of the query string */ + int nInput, /* Size of the input text */ + int dfltColumn, /* Default column of the index to match against */ + Query *pQuery /* Write the parse results here. */ +){ + int iInput, inPhrase = 0; + + if( zInput==0 ) nInput = 0; + if( nInput<0 ) nInput = strlen(zInput); + pQuery->nTerms = 0; + pQuery->pTerms = NULL; + pQuery->nextIsOr = 0; + pQuery->nextColumn = dfltColumn; + pQuery->dfltColumn = dfltColumn; + pQuery->pFts = v; + + for(iInput=0; iInputiInput ){ + tokenizeSegment(v->pTokenizer, zInput+iInput, i-iInput, inPhrase, + pQuery); + } + iInput = i; + if( i=nColumn +** they are allowed to match against any column. +*/ +static int fulltextQuery( + fulltext_vtab *v, /* The full text index */ + int iColumn, /* Match against this column by default */ + const char *zInput, /* The query string */ + int nInput, /* Number of bytes in zInput[] */ + DataBuffer *pResult, /* Write the result doclist here */ + Query *pQuery /* Put parsed query string here */ +){ + int i, iNext, rc; + DataBuffer left, right, or, new; + int nNot = 0; + QueryTerm *aTerm; + + /* TODO(shess) Instead of flushing pendingTerms, we could query for + ** the relevant term and merge the doclist into what we receive from + ** the database. Wait and see if this is a common issue, first. + ** + ** A good reason not to flush is to not generate update-related + ** error codes from here. + */ + + /* Flush any buffered updates before executing the query. */ + rc = flushPendingTerms(v); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* TODO(shess) I think that the queryClear() calls below are not + ** necessary, because fulltextClose() already clears the query. + */ + rc = parseQuery(v, zInput, nInput, iColumn, pQuery); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Empty or NULL queries return no results. */ + if( pQuery->nTerms==0 ){ + dataBufferInit(pResult, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Merge AND terms. */ + /* TODO(shess) I think we can early-exit if( i>nNot && left.nData==0 ). */ + aTerm = pQuery->pTerms; + for(i = 0; inTerms; i=iNext){ + if( aTerm[i].isNot ){ + /* Handle all NOT terms in a separate pass */ + nNot++; + iNext = i + aTerm[i].nPhrase+1; + continue; + } + iNext = i + aTerm[i].nPhrase + 1; + rc = docListOfTerm(v, aTerm[i].iColumn, &aTerm[i], &right); + if( rc ){ + if( i!=nNot ) dataBufferDestroy(&left); + queryClear(pQuery); + return rc; + } + while( iNextnTerms && aTerm[iNext].isOr ){ + rc = docListOfTerm(v, aTerm[iNext].iColumn, &aTerm[iNext], &or); + iNext += aTerm[iNext].nPhrase + 1; + if( rc ){ + if( i!=nNot ) dataBufferDestroy(&left); + dataBufferDestroy(&right); + queryClear(pQuery); + return rc; + } + dataBufferInit(&new, 0); + docListOrMerge(right.pData, right.nData, or.pData, or.nData, &new); + dataBufferDestroy(&right); + dataBufferDestroy(&or); + right = new; + } + if( i==nNot ){ /* first term processed. */ + left = right; + }else{ + dataBufferInit(&new, 0); + docListAndMerge(left.pData, left.nData, right.pData, right.nData, &new); + dataBufferDestroy(&right); + dataBufferDestroy(&left); + left = new; + } + } + + if( nNot==pQuery->nTerms ){ + /* We do not yet know how to handle a query of only NOT terms */ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Do the EXCEPT terms */ + for(i=0; inTerms; i += aTerm[i].nPhrase + 1){ + if( !aTerm[i].isNot ) continue; + rc = docListOfTerm(v, aTerm[i].iColumn, &aTerm[i], &right); + if( rc ){ + queryClear(pQuery); + dataBufferDestroy(&left); + return rc; + } + dataBufferInit(&new, 0); + docListExceptMerge(left.pData, left.nData, right.pData, right.nData, &new); + dataBufferDestroy(&right); + dataBufferDestroy(&left); + left = new; + } + + *pResult = left; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See +** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional +** information. +** +** If idxNum==QUERY_GENERIC then do a full table scan against +** the %_content table. +** +** If idxNum==QUERY_ROWID then do a rowid lookup for a single entry +** in the %_content table. +** +** If idxNum>=QUERY_FULLTEXT then use the full text index. The +** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column +** number idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand +** side of the MATCH operator. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) Upgrade the cursor initialization and destruction to +** account for fulltextFilter() being called multiple times on the +** same cursor. The current solution is very fragile. Apply fix to +** fts2 as appropriate. +*/ +static int fulltextFilter( + sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ + int idxNum, const char *idxStr, /* Which indexing scheme to use */ + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ +){ + fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor; + fulltext_vtab *v = cursor_vtab(c); + int rc; + char *zSql; + + TRACE(("FTS2 Filter %p\n",pCursor)); + + zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("select rowid, * from %%_content %s", + idxNum==QUERY_GENERIC ? "" : "where rowid=?"); + sqlite3_finalize(c->pStmt); + rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &c->pStmt, zSql); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + c->iCursorType = idxNum; + switch( idxNum ){ + case QUERY_GENERIC: + break; + + case QUERY_ROWID: + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(c->pStmt, 1, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0])); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + break; + + default: /* full-text search */ + { + const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + assert( idxNum<=QUERY_FULLTEXT+v->nColumn); + assert( argc==1 ); + queryClear(&c->q); + if( c->result.nData!=0 ){ + /* This case happens if the same cursor is used repeatedly. */ + dlrDestroy(&c->reader); + dataBufferReset(&c->result); + }else{ + dataBufferInit(&c->result, 0); + } + rc = fulltextQuery(v, idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT, zQuery, -1, &c->result, &c->q); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + if( c->result.nData!=0 ){ + dlrInit(&c->reader, DL_DOCIDS, c->result.pData, c->result.nData); + } + break; + } + } + + return fulltextNext(pCursor); +} + +/* This is the xEof method of the virtual table. The SQLite core +** calls this routine to find out if it has reached the end of +** a query's results set. +*/ +static int fulltextEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ + fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor; + return c->eof; +} + +/* This is the xColumn method of the virtual table. The SQLite +** core calls this method during a query when it needs the value +** of a column from the virtual table. This method needs to use +** one of the sqlite3_result_*() routines to store the requested +** value back in the pContext. +*/ +static int fulltextColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, + sqlite3_context *pContext, int idxCol){ + fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor; + fulltext_vtab *v = cursor_vtab(c); + + if( idxColnColumn ){ + sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3_column_value(c->pStmt, idxCol+1); + sqlite3_result_value(pContext, pVal); + }else if( idxCol==v->nColumn ){ + /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table. + ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor + */ + sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, &c, sizeof(c), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to +** retrive the rowid for the current row of the result set. The +** rowid should be written to *pRowid. +*/ +static int fulltextRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor; + + *pRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(c->pStmt, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Add all terms in [zText] to pendingTerms table. If [iColumn] > 0, +** we also store positions and offsets in the hash table using that +** column number. +*/ +static int buildTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid, + const char *zText, int iColumn){ + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = v->pTokenizer; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor; + const char *pToken; + int nTokenBytes; + int iStartOffset, iEndOffset, iPosition; + int rc; + + rc = pTokenizer->pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zText, -1, &pCursor); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + while( SQLITE_OK==pTokenizer->pModule->xNext(pCursor, + &pToken, &nTokenBytes, + &iStartOffset, &iEndOffset, + &iPosition) ){ + DLCollector *p; + int nData; /* Size of doclist before our update. */ + + /* Positions can't be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally. */ + if( iPosition<0 ){ + pTokenizer->pModule->xClose(pCursor); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + p = fts2HashFind(&v->pendingTerms, pToken, nTokenBytes); + if( p==NULL ){ + nData = 0; + p = dlcNew(iDocid, DL_DEFAULT); + fts2HashInsert(&v->pendingTerms, pToken, nTokenBytes, p); + + /* Overhead for our hash table entry, the key, and the value. */ + v->nPendingData += sizeof(struct fts2HashElem)+sizeof(*p)+nTokenBytes; + }else{ + nData = p->b.nData; + if( p->dlw.iPrevDocid!=iDocid ) dlcNext(p, iDocid); + } + if( iColumn>=0 ){ + dlcAddPos(p, iColumn, iPosition, iStartOffset, iEndOffset); + } + + /* Accumulate data added by dlcNew or dlcNext, and dlcAddPos. */ + v->nPendingData += p->b.nData-nData; + } + + /* TODO(shess) Check return? Should this be able to cause errors at + ** this point? Actually, same question about sqlite3_finalize(), + ** though one could argue that failure there means that the data is + ** not durable. *ponder* + */ + pTokenizer->pModule->xClose(pCursor); + return rc; +} + +/* Add doclists for all terms in [pValues] to pendingTerms table. */ +static int insertTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRowid, + sqlite3_value **pValues){ + int i; + for(i = 0; i < v->nColumn ; ++i){ + char *zText = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValues[i]); + int rc = buildTerms(v, iRowid, zText, i); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Add empty doclists for all terms in the given row's content to +** pendingTerms. +*/ +static int deleteTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRowid){ + const char **pValues; + int i, rc; + + /* TODO(shess) Should we allow such tables at all? */ + if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_DOCIDS ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + + rc = content_select(v, iRowid, &pValues); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + for(i = 0 ; i < v->nColumn; ++i) { + rc = buildTerms(v, iRowid, pValues[i], -1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; + } + + freeStringArray(v->nColumn, pValues); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* TODO(shess) Refactor the code to remove this forward decl. */ +static int initPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid); + +/* Insert a row into the %_content table; set *piRowid to be the ID of the +** new row. Add doclists for terms to pendingTerms. +*/ +static int index_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value *pRequestRowid, + sqlite3_value **pValues, sqlite_int64 *piRowid){ + int rc; + + rc = content_insert(v, pRequestRowid, pValues); /* execute an SQL INSERT */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(v->db); + rc = initPendingTerms(v, *piRowid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + return insertTerms(v, *piRowid, pValues); +} + +/* Delete a row from the %_content table; add empty doclists for terms +** to pendingTerms. +*/ +static int index_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow){ + int rc = initPendingTerms(v, iRow); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = deleteTerms(v, iRow); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + return content_delete(v, iRow); /* execute an SQL DELETE */ +} + +/* Update a row in the %_content table; add delete doclists to +** pendingTerms for old terms not in the new data, add insert doclists +** to pendingTerms for terms in the new data. +*/ +static int index_update(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow, + sqlite3_value **pValues){ + int rc = initPendingTerms(v, iRow); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Generate an empty doclist for each term that previously appeared in this + * row. */ + rc = deleteTerms(v, iRow); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = content_update(v, pValues, iRow); /* execute an SQL UPDATE */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Now add positions for terms which appear in the updated row. */ + return insertTerms(v, iRow, pValues); +} + +/*******************************************************************/ +/* InteriorWriter is used to collect terms and block references into +** interior nodes in %_segments. See commentary at top of file for +** format. +*/ + +/* How large interior nodes can grow. */ +#define INTERIOR_MAX 2048 + +/* Minimum number of terms per interior node (except the root). This +** prevents large terms from making the tree too skinny - must be >0 +** so that the tree always makes progress. Note that the min tree +** fanout will be INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS+1. +*/ +#define INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS 7 +#if INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS<1 +# error INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS must be greater than 0. +#endif + +/* ROOT_MAX controls how much data is stored inline in the segment +** directory. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) Push ROOT_MAX down to whoever is writing things. It's +** only here so that interiorWriterRootInfo() and leafWriterRootInfo() +** can both see it, but if the caller passed it in, we wouldn't even +** need a define. +*/ +#define ROOT_MAX 1024 +#if ROOT_MAXterm, 0); + dataBufferReplace(&block->term, pTerm, nTerm); + + n = putVarint(c, iHeight); + n += putVarint(c+n, iChildBlock); + dataBufferInit(&block->data, INTERIOR_MAX); + dataBufferReplace(&block->data, c, n); + + return block; +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* Verify that the data is readable as an interior node. */ +static void interiorBlockValidate(InteriorBlock *pBlock){ + const char *pData = pBlock->data.pData; + int nData = pBlock->data.nData; + int n, iDummy; + sqlite_int64 iBlockid; + + assert( nData>0 ); + assert( pData!=0 ); + assert( pData+nData>pData ); + + /* Must lead with height of node as a varint(n), n>0 */ + n = getVarint32(pData, &iDummy); + assert( n>0 ); + assert( iDummy>0 ); + assert( n0 ); + assert( n<=nData ); + pData += n; + nData -= n; + + /* Zero or more terms of positive length */ + if( nData!=0 ){ + /* First term is not delta-encoded. */ + n = getVarint32(pData, &iDummy); + assert( n>0 ); + assert( iDummy>0 ); + assert( n+iDummy>0); + assert( n+iDummy<=nData ); + pData += n+iDummy; + nData -= n+iDummy; + + /* Following terms delta-encoded. */ + while( nData!=0 ){ + /* Length of shared prefix. */ + n = getVarint32(pData, &iDummy); + assert( n>0 ); + assert( iDummy>=0 ); + assert( n0 ); + assert( iDummy>0 ); + assert( n+iDummy>0); + assert( n+iDummy<=nData ); + pData += n+iDummy; + nData -= n+iDummy; + } + } +} +#define ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(x) interiorBlockValidate(x) +#else +#define ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(x) assert( 1 ) +#endif + +typedef struct InteriorWriter { + int iHeight; /* from 0 at leaves. */ + InteriorBlock *first, *last; + struct InteriorWriter *parentWriter; + + DataBuffer term; /* Last term written to block "last". */ + sqlite_int64 iOpeningChildBlock; /* First child block in block "last". */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + sqlite_int64 iLastChildBlock; /* for consistency checks. */ +#endif +} InteriorWriter; + +/* Initialize an interior node where pTerm[nTerm] marks the leftmost +** term in the tree. iChildBlock is the leftmost child block at the +** next level down the tree. +*/ +static void interiorWriterInit(int iHeight, const char *pTerm, int nTerm, + sqlite_int64 iChildBlock, + InteriorWriter *pWriter){ + InteriorBlock *block; + assert( iHeight>0 ); + CLEAR(pWriter); + + pWriter->iHeight = iHeight; + pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock = iChildBlock; +#ifndef NDEBUG + pWriter->iLastChildBlock = iChildBlock; +#endif + block = interiorBlockNew(iHeight, iChildBlock, pTerm, nTerm); + pWriter->last = pWriter->first = block; + ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last); + dataBufferInit(&pWriter->term, 0); +} + +/* Append the child node rooted at iChildBlock to the interior node, +** with pTerm[nTerm] as the leftmost term in iChildBlock's subtree. +*/ +static void interiorWriterAppend(InteriorWriter *pWriter, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, + sqlite_int64 iChildBlock){ + char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX]; + int n, nPrefix = 0; + + ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last); + + /* The first term written into an interior node is actually + ** associated with the second child added (the first child was added + ** in interiorWriterInit, or in the if clause at the bottom of this + ** function). That term gets encoded straight up, with nPrefix left + ** at 0. + */ + if( pWriter->term.nData==0 ){ + n = putVarint(c, nTerm); + }else{ + while( nPrefixterm.nData && + pTerm[nPrefix]==pWriter->term.pData[nPrefix] ){ + nPrefix++; + } + + n = putVarint(c, nPrefix); + n += putVarint(c+n, nTerm-nPrefix); + } + +#ifndef NDEBUG + pWriter->iLastChildBlock++; +#endif + assert( pWriter->iLastChildBlock==iChildBlock ); + + /* Overflow to a new block if the new term makes the current block + ** too big, and the current block already has enough terms. + */ + if( pWriter->last->data.nData+n+nTerm-nPrefix>INTERIOR_MAX && + iChildBlock-pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock>INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS ){ + pWriter->last->next = interiorBlockNew(pWriter->iHeight, iChildBlock, + pTerm, nTerm); + pWriter->last = pWriter->last->next; + pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock = iChildBlock; + dataBufferReset(&pWriter->term); + }else{ + dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->last->data, c, n, + pTerm+nPrefix, nTerm-nPrefix); + dataBufferReplace(&pWriter->term, pTerm, nTerm); + } + ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last); +} + +/* Free the space used by pWriter, including the linked-list of +** InteriorBlocks, and parentWriter, if present. +*/ +static int interiorWriterDestroy(InteriorWriter *pWriter){ + InteriorBlock *block = pWriter->first; + + while( block!=NULL ){ + InteriorBlock *b = block; + block = block->next; + dataBufferDestroy(&b->term); + dataBufferDestroy(&b->data); + free(b); + } + if( pWriter->parentWriter!=NULL ){ + interiorWriterDestroy(pWriter->parentWriter); + free(pWriter->parentWriter); + } + dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->term); + SCRAMBLE(pWriter); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* If pWriter can fit entirely in ROOT_MAX, return it as the root info +** directly, leaving *piEndBlockid unchanged. Otherwise, flush +** pWriter to %_segments, building a new layer of interior nodes, and +** recursively ask for their root into. +*/ +static int interiorWriterRootInfo(fulltext_vtab *v, InteriorWriter *pWriter, + char **ppRootInfo, int *pnRootInfo, + sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){ + InteriorBlock *block = pWriter->first; + sqlite_int64 iBlockid = 0; + int rc; + + /* If we can fit the segment inline */ + if( block==pWriter->last && block->data.nDatadata.pData; + *pnRootInfo = block->data.nData; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Flush the first block to %_segments, and create a new level of + ** interior node. + */ + ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(block); + rc = block_insert(v, block->data.pData, block->data.nData, &iBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + *piEndBlockid = iBlockid; + + pWriter->parentWriter = malloc(sizeof(*pWriter->parentWriter)); + interiorWriterInit(pWriter->iHeight+1, + block->term.pData, block->term.nData, + iBlockid, pWriter->parentWriter); + + /* Flush additional blocks and append to the higher interior + ** node. + */ + for(block=block->next; block!=NULL; block=block->next){ + ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(block); + rc = block_insert(v, block->data.pData, block->data.nData, &iBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + *piEndBlockid = iBlockid; + + interiorWriterAppend(pWriter->parentWriter, + block->term.pData, block->term.nData, iBlockid); + } + + /* Parent node gets the chance to be the root. */ + return interiorWriterRootInfo(v, pWriter->parentWriter, + ppRootInfo, pnRootInfo, piEndBlockid); +} + +/****************************************************************/ +/* InteriorReader is used to read off the data from an interior node +** (see comment at top of file for the format). +*/ +typedef struct InteriorReader { + const char *pData; + int nData; + + DataBuffer term; /* previous term, for decoding term delta. */ + + sqlite_int64 iBlockid; +} InteriorReader; + +static void interiorReaderDestroy(InteriorReader *pReader){ + SCRAMBLE(pReader); +} + +/* TODO(shess) The assertions are great, but what if we're in NDEBUG +** and the blob is empty or otherwise contains suspect data? +*/ +static void interiorReaderInit(const char *pData, int nData, + InteriorReader *pReader){ + int n, nTerm; + + /* Require at least the leading flag byte */ + assert( nData>0 ); + assert( pData[0]!='\0' ); + + CLEAR(pReader); + + /* Decode the base blockid, and set the cursor to the first term. */ + n = getVarint(pData+1, &pReader->iBlockid); + assert( 1+n<=nData ); + pReader->pData = pData+1+n; + pReader->nData = nData-(1+n); + + /* A single-child interior node (such as when a leaf node was too + ** large for the segment directory) won't have any terms. + ** Otherwise, decode the first term. + */ + if( pReader->nData==0 ){ + dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, 0); + }else{ + n = getVarint32(pReader->pData, &nTerm); + dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, nTerm); + dataBufferReplace(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nTerm); + assert( n+nTerm<=pReader->nData ); + pReader->pData += n+nTerm; + pReader->nData -= n+nTerm; + } +} + +static int interiorReaderAtEnd(InteriorReader *pReader){ + return pReader->term.nData==0; +} + +static sqlite_int64 interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(InteriorReader *pReader){ + return pReader->iBlockid; +} + +static int interiorReaderTermBytes(InteriorReader *pReader){ + assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) ); + return pReader->term.nData; +} +static const char *interiorReaderTerm(InteriorReader *pReader){ + assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) ); + return pReader->term.pData; +} + +/* Step forward to the next term in the node. */ +static void interiorReaderStep(InteriorReader *pReader){ + assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) ); + + /* If the last term has been read, signal eof, else construct the + ** next term. + */ + if( pReader->nData==0 ){ + dataBufferReset(&pReader->term); + }else{ + int n, nPrefix, nSuffix; + + n = getVarint32(pReader->pData, &nPrefix); + n += getVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &nSuffix); + + /* Truncate the current term and append suffix data. */ + pReader->term.nData = nPrefix; + dataBufferAppend(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nSuffix); + + assert( n+nSuffix<=pReader->nData ); + pReader->pData += n+nSuffix; + pReader->nData -= n+nSuffix; + } + pReader->iBlockid++; +} + +/* Compare the current term to pTerm[nTerm], returning strcmp-style +** results. If isPrefix, equality means equal through nTerm bytes. +*/ +static int interiorReaderTermCmp(InteriorReader *pReader, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix){ + const char *pReaderTerm = interiorReaderTerm(pReader); + int nReaderTerm = interiorReaderTermBytes(pReader); + int c, n = nReaderTerm0 ) return -1; + if( nTerm>0 ) return 1; + return 0; + } + + c = memcmp(pReaderTerm, pTerm, n); + if( c!=0 ) return c; + if( isPrefix && n==nTerm ) return 0; + return nReaderTerm - nTerm; +} + +/****************************************************************/ +/* LeafWriter is used to collect terms and associated doclist data +** into leaf blocks in %_segments (see top of file for format info). +** Expected usage is: +** +** LeafWriter writer; +** leafWriterInit(0, 0, &writer); +** while( sorted_terms_left_to_process ){ +** // data is doclist data for that term. +** rc = leafWriterStep(v, &writer, pTerm, nTerm, pData, nData); +** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; +** } +** rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer); +**err: +** leafWriterDestroy(&writer); +** return rc; +** +** leafWriterStep() may write a collected leaf out to %_segments. +** leafWriterFinalize() finishes writing any buffered data and stores +** a root node in %_segdir. leafWriterDestroy() frees all buffers and +** InteriorWriters allocated as part of writing this segment. +** +** TODO(shess) Document leafWriterStepMerge(). +*/ + +/* Put terms with data this big in their own block. */ +#define STANDALONE_MIN 1024 + +/* Keep leaf blocks below this size. */ +#define LEAF_MAX 2048 + +typedef struct LeafWriter { + int iLevel; + int idx; + sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid; /* needed to create the root info */ + sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid; /* when we're done writing. */ + + DataBuffer term; /* previous encoded term */ + DataBuffer data; /* encoding buffer */ + + /* bytes of first term in the current node which distinguishes that + ** term from the last term of the previous node. + */ + int nTermDistinct; + + InteriorWriter parentWriter; /* if we overflow */ + int has_parent; +} LeafWriter; + +static void leafWriterInit(int iLevel, int idx, LeafWriter *pWriter){ + CLEAR(pWriter); + pWriter->iLevel = iLevel; + pWriter->idx = idx; + + dataBufferInit(&pWriter->term, 32); + + /* Start out with a reasonably sized block, though it can grow. */ + dataBufferInit(&pWriter->data, LEAF_MAX); +} + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* Verify that the data is readable as a leaf node. */ +static void leafNodeValidate(const char *pData, int nData){ + int n, iDummy; + + if( nData==0 ) return; + assert( nData>0 ); + assert( pData!=0 ); + assert( pData+nData>pData ); + + /* Must lead with a varint(0) */ + n = getVarint32(pData, &iDummy); + assert( iDummy==0 ); + assert( n>0 ); + assert( n0 ); + assert( iDummy>0 ); + assert( n+iDummy>0 ); + assert( n+iDummy0 ); + assert( iDummy>0 ); + assert( n+iDummy>0 ); + assert( n+iDummy<=nData ); + ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, pData+n, iDummy, NULL); + pData += n+iDummy; + nData -= n+iDummy; + + /* Verify that trailing terms and doclists also are readable. */ + while( nData!=0 ){ + n = getVarint32(pData, &iDummy); + assert( n>0 ); + assert( iDummy>=0 ); + assert( n0 ); + assert( iDummy>0 ); + assert( n+iDummy>0 ); + assert( n+iDummy0 ); + assert( iDummy>0 ); + assert( n+iDummy>0 ); + assert( n+iDummy<=nData ); + ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, pData+n, iDummy, NULL); + pData += n+iDummy; + nData -= n+iDummy; + } +} +#define ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(p, n) leafNodeValidate(p, n) +#else +#define ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(p, n) assert( 1 ) +#endif + +/* Flush the current leaf node to %_segments, and adding the resulting +** blockid and the starting term to the interior node which will +** contain it. +*/ +static int leafWriterInternalFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter, + int iData, int nData){ + sqlite_int64 iBlockid = 0; + const char *pStartingTerm; + int nStartingTerm, rc, n; + + /* Must have the leading varint(0) flag, plus at least some + ** valid-looking data. + */ + assert( nData>2 ); + assert( iData>=0 ); + assert( iData+nData<=pWriter->data.nData ); + ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData+iData, nData); + + rc = block_insert(v, pWriter->data.pData+iData, nData, &iBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( iBlockid!=0 ); + + /* Reconstruct the first term in the leaf for purposes of building + ** the interior node. + */ + n = getVarint32(pWriter->data.pData+iData+1, &nStartingTerm); + pStartingTerm = pWriter->data.pData+iData+1+n; + assert( pWriter->data.nData>iData+1+n+nStartingTerm ); + assert( pWriter->nTermDistinct>0 ); + assert( pWriter->nTermDistinct<=nStartingTerm ); + nStartingTerm = pWriter->nTermDistinct; + + if( pWriter->has_parent ){ + interiorWriterAppend(&pWriter->parentWriter, + pStartingTerm, nStartingTerm, iBlockid); + }else{ + interiorWriterInit(1, pStartingTerm, nStartingTerm, iBlockid, + &pWriter->parentWriter); + pWriter->has_parent = 1; + } + + /* Track the span of this segment's leaf nodes. */ + if( pWriter->iEndBlockid==0 ){ + pWriter->iEndBlockid = pWriter->iStartBlockid = iBlockid; + }else{ + pWriter->iEndBlockid++; + assert( iBlockid==pWriter->iEndBlockid ); + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} +static int leafWriterFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter){ + int rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, pWriter->data.nData); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Re-initialize the output buffer. */ + dataBufferReset(&pWriter->data); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Fetch the root info for the segment. If the entire leaf fits +** within ROOT_MAX, then it will be returned directly, otherwise it +** will be flushed and the root info will be returned from the +** interior node. *piEndBlockid is set to the blockid of the last +** interior or leaf node written to disk (0 if none are written at +** all). +*/ +static int leafWriterRootInfo(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter, + char **ppRootInfo, int *pnRootInfo, + sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){ + /* we can fit the segment entirely inline */ + if( !pWriter->has_parent && pWriter->data.nDatadata.pData; + *pnRootInfo = pWriter->data.nData; + *piEndBlockid = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Flush remaining leaf data. */ + if( pWriter->data.nData>0 ){ + int rc = leafWriterFlush(v, pWriter); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + /* We must have flushed a leaf at some point. */ + assert( pWriter->has_parent ); + + /* Tenatively set the end leaf blockid as the end blockid. If the + ** interior node can be returned inline, this will be the final + ** blockid, otherwise it will be overwritten by + ** interiorWriterRootInfo(). + */ + *piEndBlockid = pWriter->iEndBlockid; + + return interiorWriterRootInfo(v, &pWriter->parentWriter, + ppRootInfo, pnRootInfo, piEndBlockid); +} + +/* Collect the rootInfo data and store it into the segment directory. +** This has the effect of flushing the segment's leaf data to +** %_segments, and also flushing any interior nodes to %_segments. +*/ +static int leafWriterFinalize(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter){ + sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid; + char *pRootInfo; + int rc, nRootInfo; + + rc = leafWriterRootInfo(v, pWriter, &pRootInfo, &nRootInfo, &iEndBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Don't bother storing an entirely empty segment. */ + if( iEndBlockid==0 && nRootInfo==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + + return segdir_set(v, pWriter->iLevel, pWriter->idx, + pWriter->iStartBlockid, pWriter->iEndBlockid, + iEndBlockid, pRootInfo, nRootInfo); +} + +static void leafWriterDestroy(LeafWriter *pWriter){ + if( pWriter->has_parent ) interiorWriterDestroy(&pWriter->parentWriter); + dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->term); + dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->data); +} + +/* Encode a term into the leafWriter, delta-encoding as appropriate. +** Returns the length of the new term which distinguishes it from the +** previous term, which can be used to set nTermDistinct when a node +** boundary is crossed. +*/ +static int leafWriterEncodeTerm(LeafWriter *pWriter, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm){ + char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX]; + int n, nPrefix = 0; + + assert( nTerm>0 ); + while( nPrefixterm.nData && + pTerm[nPrefix]==pWriter->term.pData[nPrefix] ){ + nPrefix++; + /* Failing this implies that the terms weren't in order. */ + assert( nPrefixdata.nData==0 ){ + /* Encode the node header and leading term as: + ** varint(0) + ** varint(nTerm) + ** char pTerm[nTerm] + */ + n = putVarint(c, '\0'); + n += putVarint(c+n, nTerm); + dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->data, c, n, pTerm, nTerm); + }else{ + /* Delta-encode the term as: + ** varint(nPrefix) + ** varint(nSuffix) + ** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix] + */ + n = putVarint(c, nPrefix); + n += putVarint(c+n, nTerm-nPrefix); + dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->data, c, n, pTerm+nPrefix, nTerm-nPrefix); + } + dataBufferReplace(&pWriter->term, pTerm, nTerm); + + return nPrefix+1; +} + +/* Used to avoid a memmove when a large amount of doclist data is in +** the buffer. This constructs a node and term header before +** iDoclistData and flushes the resulting complete node using +** leafWriterInternalFlush(). +*/ +static int leafWriterInlineFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, + int iDoclistData){ + char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX]; + int iData, n = putVarint(c, 0); + n += putVarint(c+n, nTerm); + + /* There should always be room for the header. Even if pTerm shared + ** a substantial prefix with the previous term, the entire prefix + ** could be constructed from earlier data in the doclist, so there + ** should be room. + */ + assert( iDoclistData>=n+nTerm ); + + iData = iDoclistData-(n+nTerm); + memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iData, c, n); + memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iData+n, pTerm, nTerm); + + return leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, iData, pWriter->data.nData-iData); +} + +/* Push pTerm[nTerm] along with the doclist data to the leaf layer of +** %_segments. +*/ +static int leafWriterStepMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, + DLReader *pReaders, int nReaders){ + char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX]; + int iTermData = pWriter->data.nData, iDoclistData; + int i, nData, n, nActualData, nActual, rc, nTermDistinct; + + ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData, pWriter->data.nData); + nTermDistinct = leafWriterEncodeTerm(pWriter, pTerm, nTerm); + + /* Remember nTermDistinct if opening a new node. */ + if( iTermData==0 ) pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct; + + iDoclistData = pWriter->data.nData; + + /* Estimate the length of the merged doclist so we can leave space + ** to encode it. + */ + for(i=0, nData=0; idata, c, n); + + docListMerge(&pWriter->data, pReaders, nReaders); + ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, + pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+n, + pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData-n, NULL); + + /* The actual amount of doclist data at this point could be smaller + ** than the length we encoded. Additionally, the space required to + ** encode this length could be smaller. For small doclists, this is + ** not a big deal, we can just use memmove() to adjust things. + */ + nActualData = pWriter->data.nData-(iDoclistData+n); + nActual = putVarint(c, nActualData); + assert( nActualData<=nData ); + assert( nActual<=n ); + + /* If the new doclist is big enough for force a standalone leaf + ** node, we can immediately flush it inline without doing the + ** memmove(). + */ + /* TODO(shess) This test matches leafWriterStep(), which does this + ** test before it knows the cost to varint-encode the term and + ** doclist lengths. At some point, change to + ** pWriter->data.nData-iTermData>STANDALONE_MIN. + */ + if( nTerm+nActualData>STANDALONE_MIN ){ + /* Push leaf node from before this term. */ + if( iTermData>0 ){ + rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, iTermData); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct; + } + + /* Fix the encoded doclist length. */ + iDoclistData += n - nActual; + memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, c, nActual); + + /* Push the standalone leaf node. */ + rc = leafWriterInlineFlush(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, iDoclistData); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Leave the node empty. */ + dataBufferReset(&pWriter->data); + + return rc; + } + + /* At this point, we know that the doclist was small, so do the + ** memmove if indicated. + */ + if( nActualdata.pData+iDoclistData+nActual, + pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+n, + pWriter->data.nData-(iDoclistData+n)); + pWriter->data.nData -= n-nActual; + } + + /* Replace written length with actual length. */ + memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, c, nActual); + + /* If the node is too large, break things up. */ + /* TODO(shess) This test matches leafWriterStep(), which does this + ** test before it knows the cost to varint-encode the term and + ** doclist lengths. At some point, change to + ** pWriter->data.nData>LEAF_MAX. + */ + if( iTermData+nTerm+nActualData>LEAF_MAX ){ + /* Flush out the leading data as a node */ + rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, iTermData); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct; + + /* Rebuild header using the current term */ + n = putVarint(pWriter->data.pData, 0); + n += putVarint(pWriter->data.pData+n, nTerm); + memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+n, pTerm, nTerm); + n += nTerm; + + /* There should always be room, because the previous encoding + ** included all data necessary to construct the term. + */ + assert( ndata.nData-iDoclistDatadata.pData+n, + pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, + pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData); + pWriter->data.nData -= iDoclistData-n; + } + ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData, pWriter->data.nData); + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Push pTerm[nTerm] along with the doclist data to the leaf layer of +** %_segments. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) Revise writeZeroSegment() so that doclists are +** constructed directly in pWriter->data. +*/ +static int leafWriterStep(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, + const char *pData, int nData){ + int rc; + DLReader reader; + + dlrInit(&reader, DL_DEFAULT, pData, nData); + rc = leafWriterStepMerge(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, &reader, 1); + dlrDestroy(&reader); + + return rc; +} + + +/****************************************************************/ +/* LeafReader is used to iterate over an individual leaf node. */ +typedef struct LeafReader { + DataBuffer term; /* copy of current term. */ + + const char *pData; /* data for current term. */ + int nData; +} LeafReader; + +static void leafReaderDestroy(LeafReader *pReader){ + dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->term); + SCRAMBLE(pReader); +} + +static int leafReaderAtEnd(LeafReader *pReader){ + return pReader->nData<=0; +} + +/* Access the current term. */ +static int leafReaderTermBytes(LeafReader *pReader){ + return pReader->term.nData; +} +static const char *leafReaderTerm(LeafReader *pReader){ + assert( pReader->term.nData>0 ); + return pReader->term.pData; +} + +/* Access the doclist data for the current term. */ +static int leafReaderDataBytes(LeafReader *pReader){ + int nData; + assert( pReader->term.nData>0 ); + getVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData); + return nData; +} +static const char *leafReaderData(LeafReader *pReader){ + int n, nData; + assert( pReader->term.nData>0 ); + n = getVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData); + return pReader->pData+n; +} + +static void leafReaderInit(const char *pData, int nData, + LeafReader *pReader){ + int nTerm, n; + + assert( nData>0 ); + assert( pData[0]=='\0' ); + + CLEAR(pReader); + + /* Read the first term, skipping the header byte. */ + n = getVarint32(pData+1, &nTerm); + dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, nTerm); + dataBufferReplace(&pReader->term, pData+1+n, nTerm); + + /* Position after the first term. */ + assert( 1+n+nTermpData = pData+1+n+nTerm; + pReader->nData = nData-1-n-nTerm; +} + +/* Step the reader forward to the next term. */ +static void leafReaderStep(LeafReader *pReader){ + int n, nData, nPrefix, nSuffix; + assert( !leafReaderAtEnd(pReader) ); + + /* Skip previous entry's data block. */ + n = getVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData); + assert( n+nData<=pReader->nData ); + pReader->pData += n+nData; + pReader->nData -= n+nData; + + if( !leafReaderAtEnd(pReader) ){ + /* Construct the new term using a prefix from the old term plus a + ** suffix from the leaf data. + */ + n = getVarint32(pReader->pData, &nPrefix); + n += getVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &nSuffix); + assert( n+nSuffixnData ); + pReader->term.nData = nPrefix; + dataBufferAppend(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nSuffix); + + pReader->pData += n+nSuffix; + pReader->nData -= n+nSuffix; + } +} + +/* strcmp-style comparison of pReader's current term against pTerm. +** If isPrefix, equality means equal through nTerm bytes. +*/ +static int leafReaderTermCmp(LeafReader *pReader, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix){ + int c, n = pReader->term.nDataterm.nData : nTerm; + if( n==0 ){ + if( pReader->term.nData>0 ) return -1; + if(nTerm>0 ) return 1; + return 0; + } + + c = memcmp(pReader->term.pData, pTerm, n); + if( c!=0 ) return c; + if( isPrefix && n==nTerm ) return 0; + return pReader->term.nData - nTerm; +} + + +/****************************************************************/ +/* LeavesReader wraps LeafReader to allow iterating over the entire +** leaf layer of the tree. +*/ +typedef struct LeavesReader { + int idx; /* Index within the segment. */ + + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement we're streaming leaves from. */ + int eof; /* we've seen SQLITE_DONE from pStmt. */ + + LeafReader leafReader; /* reader for the current leaf. */ + DataBuffer rootData; /* root data for inline. */ +} LeavesReader; + +/* Access the current term. */ +static int leavesReaderTermBytes(LeavesReader *pReader){ + assert( !pReader->eof ); + return leafReaderTermBytes(&pReader->leafReader); +} +static const char *leavesReaderTerm(LeavesReader *pReader){ + assert( !pReader->eof ); + return leafReaderTerm(&pReader->leafReader); +} + +/* Access the doclist data for the current term. */ +static int leavesReaderDataBytes(LeavesReader *pReader){ + assert( !pReader->eof ); + return leafReaderDataBytes(&pReader->leafReader); +} +static const char *leavesReaderData(LeavesReader *pReader){ + assert( !pReader->eof ); + return leafReaderData(&pReader->leafReader); +} + +static int leavesReaderAtEnd(LeavesReader *pReader){ + return pReader->eof; +} + +/* loadSegmentLeaves() may not read all the way to SQLITE_DONE, thus +** leaving the statement handle open, which locks the table. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) This "solution" is not satisfactory. Really, there +** should be check-in function for all statement handles which +** arranges to call sqlite3_reset(). This most likely will require +** modification to control flow all over the place, though, so for now +** just punt. +** +** Note the the current system assumes that segment merges will run to +** completion, which is why this particular probably hasn't arisen in +** this case. Probably a brittle assumption. +*/ +static int leavesReaderReset(LeavesReader *pReader){ + return sqlite3_reset(pReader->pStmt); +} + +static void leavesReaderDestroy(LeavesReader *pReader){ + leafReaderDestroy(&pReader->leafReader); + dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->rootData); + SCRAMBLE(pReader); +} + +/* Initialize pReader with the given root data (if iStartBlockid==0 +** the leaf data was entirely contained in the root), or from the +** stream of blocks between iStartBlockid and iEndBlockid, inclusive. +*/ +static int leavesReaderInit(fulltext_vtab *v, + int idx, + sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, + sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid, + const char *pRootData, int nRootData, + LeavesReader *pReader){ + CLEAR(pReader); + pReader->idx = idx; + + dataBufferInit(&pReader->rootData, 0); + if( iStartBlockid==0 ){ + /* Entire leaf level fit in root data. */ + dataBufferReplace(&pReader->rootData, pRootData, nRootData); + leafReaderInit(pReader->rootData.pData, pReader->rootData.nData, + &pReader->leafReader); + }else{ + sqlite3_stmt *s; + int rc = sql_get_leaf_statement(v, idx, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iStartBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 2, iEndBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_step(s); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + pReader->eof = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc; + + pReader->pStmt = s; + leafReaderInit(sqlite3_column_blob(pReader->pStmt, 0), + sqlite3_column_bytes(pReader->pStmt, 0), + &pReader->leafReader); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Step the current leaf forward to the next term. If we reach the +** end of the current leaf, step forward to the next leaf block. +*/ +static int leavesReaderStep(fulltext_vtab *v, LeavesReader *pReader){ + assert( !leavesReaderAtEnd(pReader) ); + leafReaderStep(&pReader->leafReader); + + if( leafReaderAtEnd(&pReader->leafReader) ){ + int rc; + if( pReader->rootData.pData ){ + pReader->eof = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = sqlite3_step(pReader->pStmt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ + pReader->eof = 1; + return rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc; + } + leafReaderDestroy(&pReader->leafReader); + leafReaderInit(sqlite3_column_blob(pReader->pStmt, 0), + sqlite3_column_bytes(pReader->pStmt, 0), + &pReader->leafReader); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Order LeavesReaders by their term, ignoring idx. Readers at eof +** always sort to the end. +*/ +static int leavesReaderTermCmp(LeavesReader *lr1, LeavesReader *lr2){ + if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr1) ){ + if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr2) ) return 0; + return 1; + } + if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr2) ) return -1; + + return leafReaderTermCmp(&lr1->leafReader, + leavesReaderTerm(lr2), leavesReaderTermBytes(lr2), + 0); +} + +/* Similar to leavesReaderTermCmp(), with additional ordering by idx +** so that older segments sort before newer segments. +*/ +static int leavesReaderCmp(LeavesReader *lr1, LeavesReader *lr2){ + int c = leavesReaderTermCmp(lr1, lr2); + if( c!=0 ) return c; + return lr1->idx-lr2->idx; +} + +/* Assume that pLr[1]..pLr[nLr] are sorted. Bubble pLr[0] into its +** sorted position. +*/ +static void leavesReaderReorder(LeavesReader *pLr, int nLr){ + while( nLr>1 && leavesReaderCmp(pLr, pLr+1)>0 ){ + LeavesReader tmp = pLr[0]; + pLr[0] = pLr[1]; + pLr[1] = tmp; + nLr--; + pLr++; + } +} + +/* Initializes pReaders with the segments from level iLevel, returning +** the number of segments in *piReaders. Leaves pReaders in sorted +** order. +*/ +static int leavesReadersInit(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, + LeavesReader *pReaders, int *piReaders){ + sqlite3_stmt *s; + int i, rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_STMT, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + i = 0; + while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){ + sqlite_int64 iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0); + sqlite_int64 iEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1); + const char *pRootData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2); + int nRootData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2); + + assert( i0 ){ + leavesReaderDestroy(&pReaders[i]); + } + return rc; + } + + *piReaders = i; + + /* Leave our results sorted by term, then age. */ + while( i-- ){ + leavesReaderReorder(pReaders+i, *piReaders-i); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Merge doclists from pReaders[nReaders] into a single doclist, which +** is written to pWriter. Assumes pReaders is ordered oldest to +** newest. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) Consider putting this inline in segmentMerge(). */ +static int leavesReadersMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, + LeavesReader *pReaders, int nReaders, + LeafWriter *pWriter){ + DLReader dlReaders[MERGE_COUNT]; + const char *pTerm = leavesReaderTerm(pReaders); + int i, nTerm = leavesReaderTermBytes(pReaders); + + assert( nReaders<=MERGE_COUNT ); + + for(i=0; i0 ){ + rc = leavesReaderStep(v, lrs+i); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; + + /* Reorder by term, then by age. */ + leavesReaderReorder(lrs+i, MERGE_COUNT-i); + } + } + + for(i=0; i0 ); + + /* Process while the prefix matches. */ + while( !leavesReaderAtEnd(pReader) ){ + /* TODO(shess) Really want leavesReaderTermCmp(), but that name is + ** already taken to compare the terms of two LeavesReaders. Think + ** on a better name. [Meanwhile, break encapsulation rather than + ** use a confusing name.] + */ + int rc; + int c = leafReaderTermCmp(&pReader->leafReader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix); + if( c==0 ){ + const char *pData = leavesReaderData(pReader); + int nData = leavesReaderDataBytes(pReader); + if( out->nData==0 ){ + dataBufferReplace(out, pData, nData); + }else{ + DataBuffer result; + dataBufferInit(&result, out->nData+nData); + docListUnion(out->pData, out->nData, pData, nData, &result); + dataBufferDestroy(out); + *out = result; + /* TODO(shess) Rather than destroy out, we could retain it for + ** later reuse. + */ + } + } + if( c>0 ) break; /* Past any possible matches. */ + + rc = leavesReaderStep(v, pReader); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Call loadSegmentLeavesInt() with pData/nData as input. */ +static int loadSegmentLeaf(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, + DataBuffer *out){ + LeavesReader reader; + int rc; + + assert( nData>1 ); + assert( *pData=='\0' ); + rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, 0, 0, pData, nData, &reader); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = loadSegmentLeavesInt(v, &reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out); + leavesReaderReset(&reader); + leavesReaderDestroy(&reader); + return rc; +} + +/* Call loadSegmentLeavesInt() with the leaf nodes from iStartLeaf to +** iEndLeaf (inclusive) as input, and merge the resulting doclist into +** out. +*/ +static int loadSegmentLeaves(fulltext_vtab *v, + sqlite_int64 iStartLeaf, sqlite_int64 iEndLeaf, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, + DataBuffer *out){ + int rc; + LeavesReader reader; + + assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf ); + rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, iStartLeaf, iEndLeaf, NULL, 0, &reader); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = loadSegmentLeavesInt(v, &reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out); + leavesReaderReset(&reader); + leavesReaderDestroy(&reader); + return rc; +} + +/* Taking pData/nData as an interior node, find the sequence of child +** nodes which could include pTerm/nTerm/isPrefix. Note that the +** interior node terms logically come between the blocks, so there is +** one more blockid than there are terms (that block contains terms >= +** the last interior-node term). +*/ +/* TODO(shess) The calling code may already know that the end child is +** not worth calculating, because the end may be in a later sibling +** node. Consider whether breaking symmetry is worthwhile. I suspect +** it's not worthwhile. +*/ +static void getChildrenContaining(const char *pData, int nData, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, + sqlite_int64 *piStartChild, + sqlite_int64 *piEndChild){ + InteriorReader reader; + + assert( nData>1 ); + assert( *pData!='\0' ); + interiorReaderInit(pData, nData, &reader); + + /* Scan for the first child which could contain pTerm/nTerm. */ + while( !interiorReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){ + if( interiorReaderTermCmp(&reader, pTerm, nTerm, 0)>0 ) break; + interiorReaderStep(&reader); + } + *piStartChild = interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(&reader); + + /* Keep scanning to find a term greater than our term, using prefix + ** comparison if indicated. If isPrefix is false, this will be the + ** same blockid as the starting block. + */ + while( !interiorReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){ + if( interiorReaderTermCmp(&reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix)>0 ) break; + interiorReaderStep(&reader); + } + *piEndChild = interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(&reader); + + interiorReaderDestroy(&reader); + + /* Children must ascend, and if !prefix, both must be the same. */ + assert( *piEndChild>=*piStartChild ); + assert( isPrefix || *piStartChild==*piEndChild ); +} + +/* Read block at iBlockid and pass it with other params to +** getChildrenContaining(). +*/ +static int loadAndGetChildrenContaining( + fulltext_vtab *v, + sqlite_int64 iBlockid, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, + sqlite_int64 *piStartChild, sqlite_int64 *piEndChild +){ + sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL; + int rc; + + assert( iBlockid!=0 ); + assert( pTerm!=NULL ); + assert( nTerm!=0 ); /* TODO(shess) Why not allow this? */ + assert( piStartChild!=NULL ); + assert( piEndChild!=NULL ); + + rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_SELECT_STMT, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iBlockid); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3_step(s); + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc; + + getChildrenContaining(sqlite3_column_blob(s, 0), sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 0), + pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, piStartChild, piEndChild); + + /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step() + * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain + * locked. */ + rc = sqlite3_step(s); + if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* Traverse the tree represented by pData[nData] looking for +** pTerm[nTerm], placing its doclist into *out. This is internal to +** loadSegment() to make error-handling cleaner. +*/ +static int loadSegmentInt(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData, + sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, + DataBuffer *out){ + /* Special case where root is a leaf. */ + if( *pData=='\0' ){ + return loadSegmentLeaf(v, pData, nData, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out); + }else{ + int rc; + sqlite_int64 iStartChild, iEndChild; + + /* Process pData as an interior node, then loop down the tree + ** until we find the set of leaf nodes to scan for the term. + */ + getChildrenContaining(pData, nData, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, + &iStartChild, &iEndChild); + while( iStartChild>iLeavesEnd ){ + sqlite_int64 iNextStart, iNextEnd; + rc = loadAndGetChildrenContaining(v, iStartChild, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, + &iNextStart, &iNextEnd); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* If we've branched, follow the end branch, too. */ + if( iStartChild!=iEndChild ){ + sqlite_int64 iDummy; + rc = loadAndGetChildrenContaining(v, iEndChild, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, + &iDummy, &iNextEnd); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + + assert( iNextStart<=iNextEnd ); + iStartChild = iNextStart; + iEndChild = iNextEnd; + } + assert( iStartChild<=iLeavesEnd ); + assert( iEndChild<=iLeavesEnd ); + + /* Scan through the leaf segments for doclists. */ + return loadSegmentLeaves(v, iStartChild, iEndChild, + pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out); + } +} + +/* Call loadSegmentInt() to collect the doclist for pTerm/nTerm, then +** merge its doclist over *out (any duplicate doclists read from the +** segment rooted at pData will overwrite those in *out). +*/ +/* TODO(shess) Consider changing this to determine the depth of the +** leaves using either the first characters of interior nodes (when +** ==1, we're one level above the leaves), or the first character of +** the root (which will describe the height of the tree directly). +** Either feels somewhat tricky to me. +*/ +/* TODO(shess) The current merge is likely to be slow for large +** doclists (though it should process from newest/smallest to +** oldest/largest, so it may not be that bad). It might be useful to +** modify things to allow for N-way merging. This could either be +** within a segment, with pairwise merges across segments, or across +** all segments at once. +*/ +static int loadSegment(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData, + sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, + DataBuffer *out){ + DataBuffer result; + int rc; + + assert( nData>1 ); + + /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */ + assert( v->nPendingData<0 ); + + dataBufferInit(&result, 0); + rc = loadSegmentInt(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, + pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &result); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && result.nData>0 ){ + if( out->nData==0 ){ + DataBuffer tmp = *out; + *out = result; + result = tmp; + }else{ + DataBuffer merged; + DLReader readers[2]; + + dlrInit(&readers[0], DL_DEFAULT, out->pData, out->nData); + dlrInit(&readers[1], DL_DEFAULT, result.pData, result.nData); + dataBufferInit(&merged, out->nData+result.nData); + docListMerge(&merged, readers, 2); + dataBufferDestroy(out); + *out = merged; + dlrDestroy(&readers[0]); + dlrDestroy(&readers[1]); + } + } + dataBufferDestroy(&result); + return rc; +} + +/* Scan the database and merge together the posting lists for the term +** into *out. +*/ +static int termSelect(fulltext_vtab *v, int iColumn, + const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix, + DocListType iType, DataBuffer *out){ + DataBuffer doclist; + sqlite3_stmt *s; + int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */ + assert( v->nPendingData<0 ); + + dataBufferInit(&doclist, 0); + + /* Traverse the segments from oldest to newest so that newer doclist + ** elements for given docids overwrite older elements. + */ + while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){ + const char *pData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 0); + const int nData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 0); + const sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1); + rc = loadSegment(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, + &doclist); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err; + } + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + if( doclist.nData!=0 ){ + /* TODO(shess) The old term_select_all() code applied the column + ** restrict as we merged segments, leading to smaller buffers. + ** This is probably worthwhile to bring back, once the new storage + ** system is checked in. + */ + if( iColumn==v->nColumn) iColumn = -1; + docListTrim(DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData, + iColumn, iType, out); + } + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + + err: + dataBufferDestroy(&doclist); + return rc; +} + +/****************************************************************/ +/* Used to hold hashtable data for sorting. */ +typedef struct TermData { + const char *pTerm; + int nTerm; + DLCollector *pCollector; +} TermData; + +/* Orders TermData elements in strcmp fashion ( <0 for less-than, 0 +** for equal, >0 for greater-than). +*/ +static int termDataCmp(const void *av, const void *bv){ + const TermData *a = (const TermData *)av; + const TermData *b = (const TermData *)bv; + int n = a->nTermnTerm ? a->nTerm : b->nTerm; + int c = memcmp(a->pTerm, b->pTerm, n); + if( c!=0 ) return c; + return a->nTerm-b->nTerm; +} + +/* Order pTerms data by term, then write a new level 0 segment using +** LeafWriter. +*/ +static int writeZeroSegment(fulltext_vtab *v, fts2Hash *pTerms){ + fts2HashElem *e; + int idx, rc, i, n; + TermData *pData; + LeafWriter writer; + DataBuffer dl; + + /* Determine the next index at level 0, merging as necessary. */ + rc = segdirNextIndex(v, 0, &idx); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + n = fts2HashCount(pTerms); + pData = malloc(n*sizeof(TermData)); + + for(i = 0, e = fts2HashFirst(pTerms); e; i++, e = fts2HashNext(e)){ + assert( i1 ) qsort(pData, n, sizeof(*pData), termDataCmp); + + /* TODO(shess) Refactor so that we can write directly to the segment + ** DataBuffer, as happens for segment merges. + */ + leafWriterInit(0, idx, &writer); + dataBufferInit(&dl, 0); + for(i=0; inPendingData>=0 ){ + fts2HashElem *e; + for(e=fts2HashFirst(&v->pendingTerms); e; e=fts2HashNext(e)){ + dlcDelete(fts2HashData(e)); + } + fts2HashClear(&v->pendingTerms); + v->nPendingData = -1; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* If pendingTerms has data, flush it to a level-zero segment, and +** free it. +*/ +static int flushPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v){ + if( v->nPendingData>=0 ){ + int rc = writeZeroSegment(v, &v->pendingTerms); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) clearPendingTerms(v); + return rc; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* If pendingTerms is "too big", or docid is out of order, flush it. +** Regardless, be certain that pendingTerms is initialized for use. +*/ +static int initPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){ + /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on + ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if + ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the + ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms + ** generate longer doclists. + */ + if( iDocid<=v->iPrevDocid || v->nPendingData>kPendingThreshold ){ + int rc = flushPendingTerms(v); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + if( v->nPendingData<0 ){ + fts2HashInit(&v->pendingTerms, FTS2_HASH_STRING, 1); + v->nPendingData = 0; + } + v->iPrevDocid = iDocid; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* This function implements the xUpdate callback; it's the top-level entry + * point for inserting, deleting or updating a row in a full-text table. */ +static int fulltextUpdate(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, sqlite3_value **ppArg, + sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ + fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab; + int rc; + + TRACE(("FTS2 Update %p\n", pVtab)); + + if( nArg<2 ){ + rc = index_delete(v, sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[0])); + } else if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[0]) != SQLITE_NULL ){ + /* An update: + * ppArg[0] = old rowid + * ppArg[1] = new rowid + * ppArg[2..2+v->nColumn-1] = values + * ppArg[2+v->nColumn] = value for magic column (we ignore this) + */ + sqlite_int64 rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[0]); + if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[1]) != SQLITE_INTEGER || + sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[1]) != rowid ){ + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* we don't allow changing the rowid */ + } else { + assert( nArg==2+v->nColumn+1); + rc = index_update(v, rowid, &ppArg[2]); + } + } else { + /* An insert: + * ppArg[1] = requested rowid + * ppArg[2..2+v->nColumn-1] = values + * ppArg[2+v->nColumn] = value for magic column (we ignore this) + */ + assert( nArg==2+v->nColumn+1); + rc = index_insert(v, ppArg[1], &ppArg[2], pRowid); + } + + return rc; +} + +static int fulltextSync(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + TRACE(("FTS2 xSync()\n")); + return flushPendingTerms((fulltext_vtab *)pVtab); +} + +static int fulltextBegin(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab; + TRACE(("FTS2 xBegin()\n")); + + /* Any buffered updates should have been cleared by the previous + ** transaction. + */ + assert( v->nPendingData<0 ); + return clearPendingTerms(v); +} + +static int fulltextCommit(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab; + TRACE(("FTS2 xCommit()\n")); + + /* Buffered updates should have been cleared by fulltextSync(). */ + assert( v->nPendingData<0 ); + return clearPendingTerms(v); +} + +static int fulltextRollback(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ + TRACE(("FTS2 xRollback()\n")); + return clearPendingTerms((fulltext_vtab *)pVtab); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS2 +*/ +static void snippetFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + fulltext_cursor *pCursor; + if( argc<1 ) return; + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB || + sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to html_snippet",-1); + }else{ + const char *zStart = ""; + const char *zEnd = ""; + const char *zEllipsis = "..."; + memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor)); + if( argc>=2 ){ + zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( argc>=3 ){ + zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + if( argc>=4 ){ + zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[3]); + } + } + } + snippetAllOffsets(pCursor); + snippetText(pCursor, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis); + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, pCursor->snippet.zSnippet, + pCursor->snippet.nSnippet, SQLITE_STATIC); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS2 +*/ +static void snippetOffsetsFunc( + sqlite3_context *pContext, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + fulltext_cursor *pCursor; + if( argc<1 ) return; + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB || + sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to offsets",-1); + }else{ + memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor)); + snippetAllOffsets(pCursor); + snippetOffsetText(&pCursor->snippet); + sqlite3_result_text(pContext, + pCursor->snippet.zOffset, pCursor->snippet.nOffset, + SQLITE_STATIC); + } +} + +/* +** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS2 +** virtual table. +*/ +static int fulltextFindFunction( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, + int nArg, + const char *zName, + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void **ppArg +){ + if( strcmp(zName,"snippet")==0 ){ + *pxFunc = snippetFunc; + return 1; + }else if( strcmp(zName,"offsets")==0 ){ + *pxFunc = snippetOffsetsFunc; + return 1; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Rename an fts2 table. +*/ +static int fulltextRename( + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, + const char *zName +){ + fulltext_vtab *p = (fulltext_vtab *)pVtab; + int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';" + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';" + "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';" + , p->zDb, p->zName, zName + , p->zDb, p->zName, zName + , p->zDb, p->zName, zName + ); + if( zSql ){ + rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3_free(zSql); + } + return rc; +} + +static const sqlite3_module fts2Module = { + /* iVersion */ 0, + /* xCreate */ fulltextCreate, + /* xConnect */ fulltextConnect, + /* xBestIndex */ fulltextBestIndex, + /* xDisconnect */ fulltextDisconnect, + /* xDestroy */ fulltextDestroy, + /* xOpen */ fulltextOpen, + /* xClose */ fulltextClose, + /* xFilter */ fulltextFilter, + /* xNext */ fulltextNext, + /* xEof */ fulltextEof, + /* xColumn */ fulltextColumn, + /* xRowid */ fulltextRowid, + /* xUpdate */ fulltextUpdate, + /* xBegin */ fulltextBegin, + /* xSync */ fulltextSync, + /* xCommit */ fulltextCommit, + /* xRollback */ fulltextRollback, + /* xFindFunction */ fulltextFindFunction, + /* xRename */ fulltextRename, +}; + +static void hashDestroy(void *p){ + fts2Hash *pHash = (fts2Hash *)p; + sqlite3Fts2HashClear(pHash); + sqlite3_free(pHash); +} + +/* +** The fts2 built-in tokenizers - "simple" and "porter" - are implemented +** in files fts2_tokenizer1.c and fts2_porter.c respectively. The following +** two forward declarations are for functions declared in these files +** used to retrieve the respective implementations. +** +** Calling sqlite3Fts2SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed +** to by the argument to point a the "simple" tokenizer implementation. +** Function ...PorterTokenizerModule() sets *pModule to point to the +** porter tokenizer/stemmer implementation. +*/ +void sqlite3Fts2SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +void sqlite3Fts2PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); +void sqlite3Fts2IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); + +int sqlite3Fts2InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, fts2Hash *, const char *); + +/* +** Initialise the fts2 extension. If this extension is built as part +** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by +** SQLite. If fts2 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this +** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point. +*/ +int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3 *db){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + fts2Hash *pHash = 0; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0; + + sqlite3Fts2SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple); + sqlite3Fts2PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter); +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + sqlite3Fts2IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu); +#endif + + /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */ + pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fts2Hash)); + if( !pHash ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + sqlite3Fts2HashInit(pHash, FTS2_HASH_STRING, 1); + } + + /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + if( sqlite3Fts2HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) + || sqlite3Fts2HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) + || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts2HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + + /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload + ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the + ** module with sqlite. + */ + if( SQLITE_OK==rc + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts2InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts2_tokenizer")) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) + && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", -1)) + ){ + return sqlite3_create_module_v2( + db, "fts2", &fts2Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy + ); + } + + /* An error has occured. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + if( pHash ){ + sqlite3Fts2HashClear(pHash); + sqlite3_free(pHash); + } + return rc; +} + +#if !SQLITE_CORE +int sqlite3_extension_init( + sqlite3 *db, + char **pzErrMsg, + const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi +){ + SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) + return sqlite3Fts2Init(db); +} +#endif + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) */ diff --git a/fts2.h b/fts2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4da4c38 --- /dev/null +++ b/fts2.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/* +** 2006 Oct 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the +** FTS2 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts2Init() interface. +*/ +#include "sqlite3.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3 *db); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* extern "C" */ +#endif /* __cplusplus */ diff --git a/fts2_hash.c b/fts2_hash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fcd5cc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/fts2_hash.c @@ -0,0 +1,369 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite. +** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table +** implementation for the full-text indexing module. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS2 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS2 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 is defined). +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "fts2_hash.h" + +static void *malloc_and_zero(int n){ + void *p = malloc(n); + if( p ){ + memset(p, 0, n); + } + return p; +} + +/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the +** fields of the Hash structure. +** +** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. +** keyClass is one of the constants +** FTS2_HASH_BINARY or FTS2_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass +** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is +** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and +** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. +*/ +void sqlite3Fts2HashInit(fts2Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){ + assert( pNew!=0 ); + assert( keyClass>=FTS2_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS2_HASH_BINARY ); + pNew->keyClass = keyClass; + pNew->copyKey = copyKey; + pNew->first = 0; + pNew->count = 0; + pNew->htsize = 0; + pNew->ht = 0; + pNew->xMalloc = malloc_and_zero; + pNew->xFree = free; +} + +/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. +** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table +** to the empty state. +*/ +void sqlite3Fts2HashClear(fts2Hash *pH){ + fts2HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + elem = pH->first; + pH->first = 0; + if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht); + pH->ht = 0; + pH->htsize = 0; + while( elem ){ + fts2HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; + if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ + pH->xFree(elem->pKey); + } + pH->xFree(elem); + elem = next_elem; + } + pH->count = 0; +} + +/* +** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS2_HASH_STRING +*/ +static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ + const char *z = (const char *)pKey; + int h = 0; + if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z); + while( nKey > 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++; + nKey--; + } + return h & 0x7fffffff; +} +static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; + return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1); +} + +/* +** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS2_HASH_BINARY +*/ +static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ + int h = 0; + const char *z = (const char *)pKey; + while( nKey-- > 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++); + } + return h & 0x7fffffff; +} +static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; + return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. +** +** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some +** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: +** +** The name of the function is "hashFunction". The function takes a +** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of hashFunction() +** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value +** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters +** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int". +*/ +static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){ + if( keyClass==FTS2_HASH_STRING ){ + return &strHash; + }else{ + assert( keyClass==FTS2_HASH_BINARY ); + return &binHash; + } +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. +** +** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition, +** see the header comment on the previous function. +*/ +static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){ + if( keyClass==FTS2_HASH_STRING ){ + return &strCompare; + }else{ + assert( keyClass==FTS2_HASH_BINARY ); + return &binCompare; + } +} + +/* Link an element into the hash table +*/ +static void insertElement( + fts2Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ + struct _fts2ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ + fts2HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ +){ + fts2HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ + pHead = pEntry->chain; + if( pHead ){ + pNew->next = pHead; + pNew->prev = pHead->prev; + if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } + else { pH->first = pNew; } + pHead->prev = pNew; + }else{ + pNew->next = pH->first; + if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } + pNew->prev = 0; + pH->first = pNew; + } + pEntry->count++; + pEntry->chain = pNew; +} + + +/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. +** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail +** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. +*/ +static void rehash(fts2Hash *pH, int new_size){ + struct _fts2ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ + fts2HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + + assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 ); + new_ht = (struct _fts2ht *)pH->xMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts2ht) ); + if( new_ht==0 ) return; + if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht); + pH->ht = new_ht; + pH->htsize = new_size; + xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass); + for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ + int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); + next_elem = elem->next; + insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); + } +} + +/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an +** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has +** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. +*/ +static fts2HashElem *findElementGivenHash( + const fts2Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ + const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ + int nKey, + int h /* The hash for this key. */ +){ + fts2HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ + int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */ + + if( pH->ht ){ + struct _fts2ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + elem = pEntry->chain; + count = pEntry->count; + xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass); + while( count-- && elem ){ + if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ + return elem; + } + elem = elem->next; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that +** element and a hash on the element's key. +*/ +static void removeElementGivenHash( + fts2Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ + fts2HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ + int h /* Hash value for the element */ +){ + struct _fts2ht *pEntry; + if( elem->prev ){ + elem->prev->next = elem->next; + }else{ + pH->first = elem->next; + } + if( elem->next ){ + elem->next->prev = elem->prev; + } + pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ + pEntry->chain = elem->next; + } + pEntry->count--; + if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ + pEntry->chain = 0; + } + if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ + pH->xFree(elem->pKey); + } + pH->xFree( elem ); + pH->count--; + if( pH->count<=0 ){ + assert( pH->first==0 ); + assert( pH->count==0 ); + fts2HashClear(pH); + } +} + +/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key +** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is +** found, or NULL if there is no match. +*/ +void *sqlite3Fts2HashFind(const fts2Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ + int h; /* A hash on key */ + fts2HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + + if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; + xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass); + assert( xHash!=0 ); + h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); + return elem ? elem->data : 0; +} + +/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey +** and the data is "data". +** +** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new +** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey +** flag is set. NULL is returned. +** +** If another element already exists with the same key, then the +** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. +** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then +** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. +** +** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the +** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. +*/ +void *sqlite3Fts2HashInsert( + fts2Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */ + const void *pKey, /* The key */ + int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */ + void *data /* The data */ +){ + int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ + int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ + fts2HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + fts2HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass); + assert( xHash!=0 ); + hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); + elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); + if( elem ){ + void *old_data = elem->data; + if( data==0 ){ + removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h); + }else{ + elem->data = data; + } + return old_data; + } + if( data==0 ) return 0; + new_elem = (fts2HashElem*)pH->xMalloc( sizeof(fts2HashElem) ); + if( new_elem==0 ) return data; + if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ + new_elem->pKey = pH->xMalloc( nKey ); + if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ + pH->xFree(new_elem); + return data; + } + memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); + }else{ + new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; + } + new_elem->nKey = nKey; + pH->count++; + if( pH->htsize==0 ){ + rehash(pH,8); + if( pH->htsize==0 ){ + pH->count = 0; + pH->xFree(new_elem); + return data; + } + } + if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){ + rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2); + } + assert( pH->htsize>0 ); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); + insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); + new_elem->data = data; + return 0; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) */ diff --git a/fts2_hash.h b/fts2_hash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..97f3529 --- /dev/null +++ b/fts2_hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation +** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone +** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module. +** +*/ +#ifndef _FTS2_HASH_H_ +#define _FTS2_HASH_H_ + +/* Forward declarations of structures. */ +typedef struct fts2Hash fts2Hash; +typedef struct fts2HashElem fts2HashElem; + +/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. +** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client +** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure +** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. +** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and +** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make +** this structure opaque. +*/ +struct fts2Hash { + char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ + char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ + int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ + fts2HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ + void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* malloc() function to use */ + void (*xFree)(void *); /* free() function to use */ + int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ + struct _fts2ht { /* the hash table */ + int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + fts2HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ + } *ht; +}; + +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. +** +** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really +** be opaque because it is used by macros. +*/ +struct fts2HashElem { + fts2HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ + void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ +}; + +/* +** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table: +** +** FTS2_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long +** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case +** is respected in comparisons. +** +** FTS2_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. +** memcmp() is used to compare keys. +** +** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts2HashInit is 1. +*/ +#define FTS2_HASH_STRING 1 +#define FTS2_HASH_BINARY 2 + +/* +** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +*/ +void sqlite3Fts2HashInit(fts2Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey); +void *sqlite3Fts2HashInsert(fts2Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); +void *sqlite3Fts2HashFind(const fts2Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); +void sqlite3Fts2HashClear(fts2Hash*); + +/* +** Shorthand for the functions above +*/ +#define fts2HashInit sqlite3Fts2HashInit +#define fts2HashInsert sqlite3Fts2HashInsert +#define fts2HashFind sqlite3Fts2HashFind +#define fts2HashClear sqlite3Fts2HashClear + +/* +** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is +** like this: +** +** fts2Hash h; +** fts2HashElem *p; +** ... +** for(p=fts2HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts2HashNext(p)){ +** SomeStructure *pData = fts2HashData(p); +** // do something with pData +** } +*/ +#define fts2HashFirst(H) ((H)->first) +#define fts2HashNext(E) ((E)->next) +#define fts2HashData(E) ((E)->data) +#define fts2HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) +#define fts2HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) + +/* +** Number of entries in a hash table +*/ +#define fts2HashCount(H) ((H)->count) + +#endif /* _FTS2_HASH_H_ */ diff --git a/fts2_icu.c b/fts2_icu.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed15f33 --- /dev/null +++ b/fts2_icu.c @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ +/* +** 2007 June 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file implements a tokenizer for fts2 based on the ICU library. +** +** $Id: fts2_icu.c,v 1.1 2007/06/22 15:21:16 danielk1977 Exp $ +*/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + +#include +#include +#include "fts2_tokenizer.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer; +typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor; + +struct IcuTokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; + char *zLocale; +}; + +struct IcuCursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + + UBreakIterator *pIter; /* ICU break-iterator object */ + int nChar; /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */ + UChar *aChar; /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */ + int *aOffset; /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */ + + int nBuffer; + char *zBuffer; + + int iToken; +}; + +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int icuCreate( + int argc, /* Number of entries in argv[] */ + const char * const *argv, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ +){ + IcuTokenizer *p; + int n = 0; + + if( argc>0 ){ + n = strlen(argv[0])+1; + } + p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n); + if( !p ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer)); + + if( n ){ + p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1]; + memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n); + } + + *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer +*/ +static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; + sqlite3_free(p); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int icuOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *zInput, /* Input string */ + int nInput, /* Length of zInput in bytes */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ +){ + IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; + IcuCursor *pCsr; + + const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT; + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + int nChar; + + UChar32 c; + int iInput = 0; + int iOut = 0; + + *ppCursor = 0; + + nChar = nInput+1; + pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc( + sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */ + nChar * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */ + (nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */ + ); + if( !pCsr ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor)); + pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1]; + pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar]; + + pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; + U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); + while( c>0 ){ + int isError = 0; + c = u_foldCase(c, opt); + U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError); + if( isError ){ + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; + + if( iInputpIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status); + if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + pCsr->nChar = iOut; + + ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter); + *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen(). +*/ +static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; + ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter); + sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer); + sqlite3_free(pCsr); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. +*/ +static int icuNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ + const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; + + int iStart = 0; + int iEnd = 0; + int nByte = 0; + + while( iStart==iEnd ){ + UChar32 c; + + iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter); + iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter); + if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + while( iStartaChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c); + if( u_isspace(c) ){ + iStart = iWhite; + }else{ + break; + } + } + assert(iStart<=iEnd); + } + + do { + UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; + if( nByte ){ + char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte); + if( !zNew ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + pCsr->zBuffer = zNew; + pCsr->nBuffer = nByte; + } + + u_strToUTF8( + pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte, /* Output vars */ + &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart, /* Input vars */ + &status /* Output success/failure */ + ); + } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ); + + *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer; + *pnBytes = nByte; + *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart]; + *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd]; + *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++; + + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer +*/ +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = { + 0, /* iVersion */ + icuCreate, /* xCreate */ + icuDestroy, /* xCreate */ + icuOpen, /* xOpen */ + icuClose, /* xClose */ + icuNext, /* xNext */ +}; + +/* +** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer. +*/ +void sqlite3Fts2IcuTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +){ + *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule; +} + +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */ +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) */ diff --git a/fts2_porter.c b/fts2_porter.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dab1849 --- /dev/null +++ b/fts2_porter.c @@ -0,0 +1,642 @@ +/* +** 2006 September 30 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements +** a Porter stemmer. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS2 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS2 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 is defined). +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) + + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "fts2_tokenizer.h" + +/* +** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer +*/ +typedef struct porter_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */ +} porter_tokenizer; + +/* +** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor +*/ +typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ + int nInput; /* size of the input */ + int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */ + int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ + char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ +} porter_tokenizer_cursor; + + +/* Forward declaration */ +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule; + + +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int porterCreate( + int argc, const char * const *argv, + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer +){ + porter_tokenizer *t; + t = (porter_tokenizer *) calloc(sizeof(*t), 1); + if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + *ppTokenizer = &t->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer +*/ +static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + free(pTokenizer); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int porterOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ +){ + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c; + + c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) malloc(sizeof(*c)); + if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + c->zInput = zInput; + if( zInput==0 ){ + c->nInput = 0; + }else if( nInput<0 ){ + c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput); + }else{ + c->nInput = nInput; + } + c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ + c->iToken = 0; + c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ + c->nAllocated = 0; + + *ppCursor = &c->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to +** porterOpen() above. +*/ +static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + free(c->zToken); + free(c); + return SQLITE_OK; +} +/* +** Vowel or consonant +*/ +static const char cType[] = { + 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, + 1, 1, 1, 2, 1 +}; + +/* +** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in +** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according +** to Porter ruls. +** +** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'. +** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant, +** in which case it is a vowel. +** +** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule +** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another +** consonent. +*/ +static int isVowel(const char*); +static int isConsonant(const char *z){ + int j; + char x = *z; + if( x==0 ) return 0; + assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); + j = cType[x-'a']; + if( j<2 ) return j; + return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1); +} +static int isVowel(const char *z){ + int j; + char x = *z; + if( x==0 ) return 0; + assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); + j = cType[x-'a']; + if( j<2 ) return 1-j; + return isConsonant(z + 1); +} + +/* +** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let +** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be +** represented as: +** +** [C] (VC){m} [V] +** +** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or +** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the +** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value +** of m for the first i bytes of a word. +** +** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words, +** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed +** by a consonant. +** +** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking +** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel. +*/ +static int m_gt_0(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; +} + +/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is +** exactly 1 +*/ +static int m_eq_1(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 1; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z==0; +} + +/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead +** or m>0 +*/ +static int m_gt_1(const char *z){ + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } + if( *z==0 ) return 0; + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1] +*/ +static int hasVowel(const char *z){ + while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } + return *z!=0; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant. +** +** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at +** the first two characters of z[]. +*/ +static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){ + return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1] && isConsonant(z+1); +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which +** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant +** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'. +** +** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the +** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy]. +*/ +static int star_oh(const char *z){ + return + z[0]!=0 && isConsonant(z) && + z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' && + z[1]!=0 && isVowel(z+1) && + z[2]!=0 && isConsonant(z+2); +} + +/* +** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem +** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the +** ending to zTo. +** +** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo +** is in normal order. +** +** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not +** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and +** no substitution occurs. +*/ +static int stem( + char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */ + const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */ + const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */ + int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */ +){ + char *z = *pz; + while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; } + if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0; + if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1; + while( *zTo ){ + *(--z) = *(zTo++); + } + *pz = z; + return 1; +} + +/* +** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is +** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with +** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more +** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if +** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes +** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end. +*/ +static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ + int i, mx, j; + int hasDigit = 0; + for(i=0; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ + zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a'; + }else{ + if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1; + zOut[i] = c; + } + } + mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10; + if( nIn>mx*2 ){ + for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){ + /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer. + ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */ + copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); + return; + } + for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ + zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A'; + }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){ + zReverse[j] = c; + }else{ + /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback + ** to the copy stemmer */ + copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); + return; + } + } + memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5); + z = &zReverse[j+1]; + + + /* Step 1a */ + if( z[0]=='s' ){ + if( + !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) && + !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) && + !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0) + ){ + z++; + } + } + + /* Step 1b */ + z2 = z; + if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){ + /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ + }else if( + (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel)) + && z!=z2 + ){ + if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) || + stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) || + stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){ + /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ + }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){ + z++; + }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){ + *(--z) = 'e'; + } + } + + /* Step 1c */ + if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){ + z[0] = 'i'; + } + + /* Step 2 */ + switch( z[1] ){ + case 'a': + stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'c': + stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'e': + stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'g': + stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'l': + stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'o': + stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0); + break; + case 's': + stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0); + break; + case 't': + stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0); + break; + } + + /* Step 3 */ + switch( z[0] ){ + case 'e': + stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'i': + stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0); + break; + case 'l': + stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) || + stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0); + break; + case 's': + stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0); + break; + } + + /* Step 4 */ + switch( z[1] ){ + case 'a': + if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'c': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ + z += 4; + } + break; + case 'e': + if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'i': + if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + break; + case 'l': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ + z += 4; + } + break; + case 'n': + if( z[0]=='t' ){ + if( z[2]=='a' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + }else if( z[2]=='e' ){ + stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) || + stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) || + stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1); + } + } + break; + case 'o': + if( z[0]=='u' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){ + z += 2; + } + }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){ + stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1); + } + break; + case 's': + if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; + case 't': + stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) || + stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1); + break; + case 'u': + if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; + case 'v': + case 'z': + if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ + z += 3; + } + break; + } + + /* Step 5a */ + if( z[0]=='e' ){ + if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){ + z++; + }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){ + z++; + } + } + + /* Step 5b */ + if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){ + z++; + } + + /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back + ** around into forward order and return. + */ + *pnOut = i = strlen(z); + zOut[i] = 0; + while( *z ){ + zOut[--i] = *(z++); + } +} + +/* +** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character +** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be +** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have +** values of 0x7f or lower. +*/ +static const char porterIdChar[] = { +/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ + 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ + 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ +}; +#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30])) + +/* +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen(). +*/ +static int porterNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */ + const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + const char *z = c->zInput; + + while( c->iOffsetnInput ){ + int iStartOffset, ch; + + /* Scan past delimiter characters */ + while( c->iOffsetnInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ + iStartOffset = c->iOffset; + while( c->iOffsetnInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ + int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; + if( n>c->nAllocated ){ + c->nAllocated = n+20; + c->zToken = realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated); + if( c->zToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes); + *pzToken = c->zToken; + *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; + *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; + *piPosition = c->iToken++; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return SQLITE_DONE; +} + +/* +** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer +*/ +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = { + 0, + porterCreate, + porterDestroy, + porterOpen, + porterClose, + porterNext, +}; + +/* +** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new +** tokenizer in *ppModule +*/ +void sqlite3Fts2PorterTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +){ + *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) */ diff --git a/fts2_tokenizer.c b/fts2_tokenizer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..66b9dbe --- /dev/null +++ b/fts2_tokenizer.c @@ -0,0 +1,370 @@ +/* +** 2007 June 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search. +** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS2 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS2 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 is defined). +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) + + +#include "sqlite3.h" +#include "sqlite3ext.h" + +#include "fts2_hash.h" +#include "fts2_tokenizer.h" +#include + +/* +** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying +** hash table. This function may be called as follows: +** +** SELECT (); +** SELECT (, ); +** +** where is the name passed as the second argument +** to the sqlite3Fts2InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts2_tokenizer'). +** +** If the argument is specified, it must be a blob value +** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding +** to the string . If is not specified, then +** the string must already exist in the has table. Otherwise, +** an error is returned. +** +** Whether or not the argument is specified, the value returned +** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding +** to string (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable). +*/ +static void scalarFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + fts2Hash *pHash; + void *pPtr = 0; + const unsigned char *zName; + int nName; + + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + + pHash = (fts2Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + + zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1; + + if( argc==2 ){ + void *pOld; + int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1); + return; + } + pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); + pOld = sqlite3Fts2HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr); + if( pOld==pPtr ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1); + return; + } + }else{ + pPtr = sqlite3Fts2HashFind(pHash, zName, nName); + if( !pPtr ){ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + } + + sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + +#include +#include + +/* +** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers +** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This +** function must be called with two arguments: +** +** SELECT (, ); +** SELECT (, ); +** +** where is the name passed as the second argument +** to the sqlite3Fts2InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts2_tokenizer') +** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts2_tokenizer_test'). +** +** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl +** list. For each token in the , three elements are +** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the +** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the +** substring of associated with the token. For example, +** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer: +** +** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how'); +** +** will return the string: +** +** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}" +** +*/ +static void testFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + fts2Hash *pHash; + sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; + + const char *zErr = 0; + + const char *zName; + int nName; + const char *zInput; + int nInput; + + const char *zArg = 0; + + const char *zToken; + int nToken; + int iStart; + int iEnd; + int iPos; + + Tcl_Obj *pRet; + + assert( argc==2 || argc==3 ); + + nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]); + zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]); + + if( argc==3 ){ + zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + } + + pHash = (fts2Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts2HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); + + if( !p ){ + char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return; + } + + pRet = Tcl_NewObj(); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet); + + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(zArg ? 1 : 0, &zArg, &pTokenizer) ){ + zErr = "error in xCreate()"; + goto finish; + } + pTokenizer->pModule = p; + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){ + zErr = "error in xOpen()"; + goto finish; + } + pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; + + while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){ + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); + zToken = &zInput[iStart]; + nToken = iEnd-iStart; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); + } + + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){ + zErr = "error in xClose()"; + goto finish; + } + if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){ + zErr = "error in xDestroy()"; + goto finish; + } + +finish: + if( zErr ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } + Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet); +} + +static +int registerTokenizer( + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts2_tokenizer(?, ?)"; + + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC); + sqlite3_step(pStmt); + + return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); +} + +static +int queryTokenizer( + sqlite3 *db, + char *zName, + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp +){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; + const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts2_tokenizer(?)"; + + *pp = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); + if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ + if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); + } + } + + return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); +} + +void sqlite3Fts2SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); + +/* +** Implementation of the scalar function fts2_tokenizer_internal_test(). +** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the +** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined. +** +** The purpose of this is to test that the fts2_tokenizer() function +** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and +** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated +** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to +** test them. +** +** To run the tests, evaluate the fts2_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar +** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is +** detected. i.e.: +** +** SELECT fts2_tokenizer_internal_test(); +** +*/ +static void intTestFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int rc; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1; + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2; + sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context); + + /* Test the query function */ + sqlite3Fts2SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p1==p2 ); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); + assert( p2==0 ); + assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") ); + + /* Test the storage function */ + rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); + assert( p2==p1 ); + + sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +#endif + +/* +** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of +** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must +** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy +** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to: +** +** sqlite3Fts2HashInit(pHash, FTS2_HASH_STRING, 1); +** +** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above +** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is +** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header +** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both +** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash. +** +** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name +** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table. +*/ +int sqlite3Fts2InitHashTable( + sqlite3 *db, + fts2Hash *pHash, + const char *zName +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + void *p = (void *)pHash; + const int any = SQLITE_ANY; + char *zTest = 0; + char *zTest2 = 0; + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + void *pdb = (void *)db; + zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName); + zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName); + if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } +#endif + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK + || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0)) + || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0)) +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0)) + || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0)) + || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0)) +#endif + ); + + sqlite3_free(zTest); + sqlite3_free(zTest2); + return rc; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) */ diff --git a/fts2_tokenizer.h b/fts2_tokenizer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c256b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/fts2_tokenizer.h @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +/* +** 2006 July 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. +** +************************************************************************* +** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There +** are three basic components: +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer +** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for +** tokenizers. +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps +** including customization information defined at creation time. +** +** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate +** tokens from a particular input. +*/ +#ifndef _FTS2_TOKENIZER_H_ +#define _FTS2_TOKENIZER_H_ + +/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time. +** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then +** we will need a way to register the API consistently. +*/ +#include "sqlite3.h" + +/* +** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer +** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to +** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback +** functions that make up an implementation. +** +** When an fts2 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to +** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the +** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer +** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an +** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to +** be used for the fts2 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). +** +** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen() +** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object +** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on +** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer +** object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module; +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer; +typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor; + +struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { + + /* + ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0. + */ + int iVersion; + + /* + ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the + ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL + ** TABLE statement that created the fts2 table. For example, if + ** the following SQL is executed: + ** + ** CREATE .. USING fts2( ... , tokenizer arg1 arg2) + ** + ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers + ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". + ** + ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error + ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set + ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic + ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by + ** this callback. The caller will do so. + */ + int (*xCreate)( + int argc, /* Size of argv array */ + const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */ + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ + ); + + /* + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts2 module calls this method + ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). + */ + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer); + + /* + ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller + ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid + ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). + */ + int (*xOpen)( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ + const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */ + ); + + /* + ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts2 module calls this + ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). + */ + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); + + /* + ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This + ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the + ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that + ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. + ** + ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the + ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or + ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length + ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is + ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and + ** *piEndOffset. + ** + ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer + ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call + ** to xNext() or xClose(). + */ + /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be + ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes + ** should be converted to zInput. + */ + int (*xNext)( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */ + const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */ + ); +}; + +struct sqlite3_tokenizer { + const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */ + /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */ + /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +#endif /* _FTS2_TOKENIZER_H_ */ diff --git a/fts2_tokenizer1.c b/fts2_tokenizer1.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..540ba27 --- /dev/null +++ b/fts2_tokenizer1.c @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +/* +** 2006 Oct 10 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer. +*/ + +/* +** The code in this file is only compiled if: +** +** * The FTS2 module is being built as an extension +** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or +** +** * The FTS2 module is being built into the core of +** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 is defined). +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) + + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "fts2_tokenizer.h" + +typedef struct simple_tokenizer { + sqlite3_tokenizer base; + char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */ +} simple_tokenizer; + +typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor { + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; + const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ + int nBytes; /* size of the input */ + int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */ + int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ + char *pToken; /* storage for current token */ + int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ +} simple_tokenizer_cursor; + + +/* Forward declaration */ +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule; + +static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){ + return c<0x80 && t->delim[c]; +} + +/* +** Create a new tokenizer instance. +*/ +static int simpleCreate( + int argc, const char * const *argv, + sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer +){ + simple_tokenizer *t; + + t = (simple_tokenizer *) calloc(sizeof(*t), 1); + if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run, + ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to + ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this + ** information on the initial create. + */ + if( argc>1 ){ + int i, n = strlen(argv[1]); + for(i=0; i=0x80 ){ + free(t); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + t->delim[ch] = 1; + } + } else { + /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */ + int i; + for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){ + t->delim[i] = !isalnum(i); + } + } + + *ppTokenizer = &t->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Destroy a tokenizer +*/ +static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ + free(pTokenizer); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input +** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor +** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in +** *ppCursor. +*/ +static int simpleOpen( + sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ + const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */ + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ +){ + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c; + + c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) malloc(sizeof(*c)); + if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + + c->pInput = pInput; + if( pInput==0 ){ + c->nBytes = 0; + }else if( nBytes<0 ){ + c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput); + }else{ + c->nBytes = nBytes; + } + c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ + c->iToken = 0; + c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ + c->nTokenAllocated = 0; + + *ppCursor = &c->base; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to +** simpleOpen() above. +*/ +static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + free(c->pToken); + free(c); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must +** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). +*/ +static int simpleNext( + sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ + const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ + int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ + int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ + int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ + int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ +){ + simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; + simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer; + unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput; + + while( c->iOffsetnBytes ){ + int iStartOffset; + + /* Scan past delimiter characters */ + while( c->iOffsetnBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ + iStartOffset = c->iOffset; + while( c->iOffsetnBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ + c->iOffset++; + } + + if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ + int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; + if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){ + c->nTokenAllocated = n+20; + c->pToken = realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated); + if( c->pToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + for(i=0; ipToken[i] = ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch; + } + *ppToken = c->pToken; + *pnBytes = n; + *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; + *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; + *piPosition = c->iToken++; + + return SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return SQLITE_DONE; +} + +/* +** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer +*/ +static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = { + 0, + simpleCreate, + simpleDestroy, + simpleOpen, + simpleClose, + simpleNext, +}; + +/* +** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new +** tokenizer in *ppModule +*/ +void sqlite3Fts2SimpleTokenizerModule( + sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule +){ + *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule; +} + +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) */ diff --git a/func.c b/func.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a7019d --- /dev/null +++ b/func.c @@ -0,0 +1,1491 @@ +/* +** 2002 February 23 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL +** functions of SQLite. +** +** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function +** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. +** All other code has file scope. +** +** $Id: func.c,v 1.163 2007/07/26 06:50:06 danielk1977 Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include +/* #include */ +#include +#include +#include "vdbeInt.h" +#include "os.h" + + +/* +** Return the collating function associated with a function. +*/ +static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ + return context->pColl; +} + +/* +** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions +*/ +static void minmaxFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ + int iBest; + CollSeq *pColl; + + if( argc==0 ) return; + mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; + pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + assert( pColl ); + assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); + iBest = 0; + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + for(i=1; i=0 ){ + iBest = i; + } + } + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); +} + +/* +** Return the type of the argument. +*/ +static void typeofFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const char *z = 0; + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_NULL: z = "null"; break; + case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break; + case SQLITE_TEXT: z = "text"; break; + case SQLITE_FLOAT: z = "real"; break; + case SQLITE_BLOB: z = "blob"; break; + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + + +/* +** Implementation of the length() function +*/ +static void lengthFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int len; + + assert( argc==1 ); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_BLOB: + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])); + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + len = 0; + while( *z ){ + len++; + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + } + sqlite3_result_int(context, len); + break; + } + default: { + sqlite3_result_null(context); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the abs() function +*/ +static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + assert( argc==1 ); + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_INTEGER: { + i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + if( iVal<0 ){ + if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); + return; + } + iVal = -iVal; + } + sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); + break; + } + case SQLITE_NULL: { + sqlite3_result_null(context); + break; + } + default: { + double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; + sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); + break; + } + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the substr() function. +** +** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. +** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character +** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. +** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. +** +** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. +*/ +static void substrFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *z; + const unsigned char *z2; + int len; + int p0type; + i64 p1, p2; + + assert( argc==3 ); + p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); + if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ + len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); + }else{ + z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( z==0 ) return; + len = 0; + for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + } + } + p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); + if( p1<0 ){ + p1 += len; + if( p1<0 ){ + p2 += p1; + p1 = 0; + } + }else if( p1>0 ){ + p1--; + } + if( p1+p2>len ){ + p2 = len-p1; + } + if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ + while( *z && p1 ){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + p1--; + } + for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; + sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the round() function +*/ +static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + int n = 0; + double r; + char zBuf[500]; /* larger than the %f representation of the largest double */ + assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); + if( argc==2 ){ + if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; + n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + if( n>30 ) n = 30; + if( n<0 ) n = 0; + } + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%.*f",n,r); + sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r); + sqlite3_result_double(context, r); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. +*/ +static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + char *z1; + const char *z2; + int i, n; + if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return; + z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ + assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( z2 ){ + z1 = sqlite3_malloc(n+1); + if( z1 ){ + memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); + for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ + z1[i] = toupper(z1[i]); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free); + } + } +} +static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + char *z1; + const char *z2; + int i, n; + if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return; + z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ + assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( z2 ){ + z1 = sqlite3_malloc(n+1); + if( z1 ){ + memcpy(z1, z2, n+1); + for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){ + z1[i] = tolower(z1[i]); + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free); + } + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions. +** All three do the same thing. They return the first non-NULL +** argument. +*/ +static void ifnullFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i; + for(i=0; iSQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + return; + } + p = sqliteMalloc(n); + if( p ){ + sqlite3Randomness(n, p); + sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3FreeX); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function. The return +** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function. +*/ +static void last_insert_rowid( + sqlite3_context *context, + int arg, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); + sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db)); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the changes() SQL function. The return value is the +** same as the sqlite3_changes() API function. +*/ +static void changes( + sqlite3_context *context, + int arg, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db)); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function. The return value is +** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function. +*/ +static void total_changes( + sqlite3_context *context, + int arg, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); + sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db)); +} + +/* +** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons. +*/ +struct compareInfo { + u8 matchAll; + u8 matchOne; + u8 matchSet; + u8 noCase; +}; + +static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 }; +/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore +** case. Thus 'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */ +static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_', 0, 1 }; +/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator +** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */ +static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_', 0, 0 }; + +/* +** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can +** potentially be a "glob" expression. Return true (1) if they +** are the same and false (0) if they are different. +** +** Globbing rules: +** +** '*' Matches any sequence of zero or more characters. +** +** '?' Matches exactly one character. +** +** [...] Matches one character from the enclosed list of +** characters. +** +** [^...] Matches one character not in the enclosed list. +** +** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included +** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'. A +** range of characters can be specified using '-'. Example: +** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter. To match a '-', make +** it the last character in the list. +** +** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case. +** +** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]". Like this: +** +** abc[*]xyz Matches "abc*xyz" only +*/ +static int patternCompare( + const u8 *zPattern, /* The glob pattern */ + const u8 *zString, /* The string to compare against the glob */ + const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */ + const int esc /* The escape character */ +){ + int c, c2; + int invert; + int seen; + u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne; + u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; + u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet; + u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; + int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */ + + while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,0,&zPattern))!=0 ){ + if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){ + while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,0,&zPattern)) == matchAll + || c == matchOne ){ + if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + } + if( c==0 ){ + return 1; + }else if( c==esc ){ + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); + if( c==0 ){ + return 0; + } + }else if( c==matchSet ){ + assert( esc==0 ); /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */ + assert( matchSet<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ + while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); + } + return *zString!=0; + } + while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,0,&zString))!=0 ){ + if( noCase ){ + c2 = c2<0x80 ? sqlite3UpperToLower[c2] : c2; + c = c<0x80 ? sqlite3UpperToLower[c] : c; + while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString); + if( c2<0x80 ) c2 = sqlite3UpperToLower[c2]; + } + }else{ + while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString); + } + } + if( c2==0 ) return 0; + if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1; + } + return 0; + }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){ + if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + }else if( c==matchSet ){ + int prior_c = 0; + assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */ + seen = 0; + invert = 0; + c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString); + if( c==0 ) return 0; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); + if( c2=='^' ){ + invert = 1; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); + } + if( c2==']' ){ + if( c==']' ) seen = 1; + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); + } + while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ + if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); + if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; + prior_c = 0; + }else{ + if( c==c2 ){ + seen = 1; + } + prior_c = c2; + } + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern); + } + if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){ + prevEscape = 1; + }else{ + c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString); + if( noCase ){ + c = c<0x80 ? sqlite3UpperToLower[c] : c; + c2 = c2<0x80 ? sqlite3UpperToLower[c2] : c2; + } + if( c!=c2 ){ + return 0; + } + prevEscape = 0; + } + } + return *zString==0; +} + +/* +** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is +** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing +** only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int sqlite3_like_count = 0; +#endif + + +/* +** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements +** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the +** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: +** +** A LIKE B +** +** is implemented as like(B,A). +** +** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes +** the GLOB operator. +*/ +static void likeFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zA, *zB; + int escape = 0; + + zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + + /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems + ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). + */ + if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); + return; + } + assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ + + if( argc==3 ){ + /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. + ** Otherwise, return an error. + */ + const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + if( zEsc==0 ) return; + if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, + "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); + return; + } + escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, 0, &zEsc); + } + if( zA && zB ){ + struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_like_count++; +#endif + + sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first +** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the +** arguments are equal to each other. +*/ +static void nullifFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + } +} + +/* +** Implementation of the VERSION(*) function. The result is the version +** of the SQLite library that is running. +*/ +static void versionFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); +} + +/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex +** digits. */ +static const char hexdigits[] = { + '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', + '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' +}; + +/* +** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function. The interface may +** change. This function may disappear. Do not write code that depends +** on this function. +** +** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single +** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as +** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string +** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with +** single-quote escapes. +*/ +static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + if( argc<1 ) return; + switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ + case SQLITE_NULL: { + sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); + break; + } + case SQLITE_INTEGER: + case SQLITE_FLOAT: { + sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); + break; + } + case SQLITE_BLOB: { + char *zText = 0; + char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + + if( 2*nBlob+4>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + return; + } + zText = (char *)sqliteMalloc((2*nBlob)+4); + if( !zText ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1); + }else{ + int i; + for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F]; + zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; + } + zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; + zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; + zText[0] = 'X'; + zText[1] = '\''; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqliteFree(zText); + } + break; + } + case SQLITE_TEXT: { + int i,j; + u64 n; + const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + char *z; + + if( zArg==0 ) return; + for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } + if( i+n+3>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + return; + } + z = sqliteMalloc( i+n+3 ); + if( z==0 ) return; + z[0] = '\''; + for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ + z[j++] = zArg[i]; + if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ + z[j++] = '\''; + } + } + z[j++] = '\''; + z[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + sqliteFree(z); + } + } +} + +/* +** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return +** a hexadecimal rendering as text. +*/ +static void hexFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + int i, n; + const unsigned char *pBlob; + char *zHex, *z; + assert( argc==1 ); + pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); + n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + if( n*2+1>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + return; + } + assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + z = zHex = sqlite3_malloc(n*2 + 1); + if( zHex==0 ) return; + for(i=0; i>4)&0xf]; + *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; + } + *z = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); +} + +/* +** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. +*/ +static void zeroblobFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + i64 n; + assert( argc==1 ); + n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + if( n>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, n); + } +} + +/* +** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call +** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived +** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C. The match +** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. +*/ +static void replaceFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ + const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ + const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ + unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ + int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ + int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ + int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ + i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ + int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + + assert( argc==3 ); + zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zStr==0 ) return; + nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + if( zPattern==0 || zPattern[0]==0 ) return; + nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); + assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ + zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); + if( zRep==0 ) return; + nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); + assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); + nOut = nStr + 1; + assert( nOut=SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){ + sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); + sqlite3_free(zOut); + return; + } + zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut); + if( zOut==0 ){ + return; + } + memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); + j += nRep; + i += nPattern-1; + } + } + assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut ); + memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); + j += nStr - i; + assert( j<=nOut ); + zOut[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); +} + +/* +** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. +** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. +*/ +static void trimFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ + const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ + int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ + int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + unsigned char *aLen; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ + const unsigned char **azChar; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ + int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ + + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ + return; + } + zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn==0 ) return; + nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); + assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); + if( argc==1 ){ + static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; + static const unsigned char *azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; + nChar = 1; + aLen = (u8*)lenOne; + azChar = azOne; + zCharSet = 0; + }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ + return; + }else{ + const unsigned char *z; + for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + } + if( nChar>0 ){ + azChar = sqlite3_malloc( nChar*(sizeof(char*)+1) ); + if( azChar==0 ){ + return; + } + aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; + for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ + azChar[nChar] = z; + SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); + aLen[nChar] = z - azChar[nChar]; + } + } + } + if( nChar>0 ){ + flags = (int)sqlite3_user_data(context); + if( flags & 1 ){ + while( nIn>0 ){ + int len; + for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; + zIn += len; + nIn -= len; + } + } + if( flags & 2 ){ + while( nIn>0 ){ + int len; + for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; + nIn -= len; + } + } + if( zCharSet ){ + sqlite3_free(azChar); + } + } + sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX +/* +** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. +*/ +static void soundexFunc( + sqlite3_context *context, + int argc, + sqlite3_value **argv +){ + char zResult[8]; + const u8 *zIn; + int i, j; + static const unsigned char iCode[] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, + 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, + 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + }; + assert( argc==1 ); + zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; + for(i=0; zIn[i] && !isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} + if( zIn[i] ){ + u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; + zResult[0] = toupper(zIn[i]); + for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ + int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; + if( code>0 ){ + if( code!=prevcode ){ + prevcode = code; + zResult[j++] = code + '0'; + } + }else{ + prevcode = 0; + } + } + while( j<4 ){ + zResult[j++] = '0'; + } + zResult[j] = 0; + sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); + } +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +/* +** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. +*/ +static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); + const char *zProc; + sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_user_data(context); + char *zErrMsg = 0; + + if( argc==2 ){ + zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); + }else{ + zProc = 0; + } + if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); + sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); + } +} +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** This function generates a string of random characters. Used for +** generating test data. +*/ +static void randStr(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + static const unsigned char zSrc[] = + "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" + "0123456789" + ".-!,:*^+=_|?/<> "; + int iMin, iMax, n, r, i; + unsigned char zBuf[1000]; + if( argc>=1 ){ + iMin = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); + if( iMin<0 ) iMin = 0; + if( iMin>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMin = sizeof(zBuf)-1; + }else{ + iMin = 1; + } + if( argc>=2 ){ + iMax = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); + if( iMax=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMax = sizeof(zBuf)-1; + }else{ + iMax = 50; + } + n = iMin; + if( iMax>iMin ){ + sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(r), &r); + r &= 0x7fffffff; + n += r%(iMax + 1 - iMin); + } + assert( ncnt++; + if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ + i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); + p->rSum += v; + if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 ){ + i64 iNewSum = p->iSum + v; + int s1 = p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1); + int s2 = v >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1); + int s3 = iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1); + p->overflow = (s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3); + p->iSum = iNewSum; + } + }else{ + p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); + p->approx = 1; + } + } +} +static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ + if( p->overflow ){ + sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); + }else if( p->approx ){ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); + }else{ + sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); + } + } +} +static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ + sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); + } +} +static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + SumCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : 0.0); +} + +/* +** The following structure keeps track of state information for the +** count() aggregate function. +*/ +typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; +struct CountCtx { + i64 n; +}; + +/* +** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. +*/ +static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + CountCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); + if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ + p->n++; + } +} +static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + CountCtx *p; + p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); +} + +/* +** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. +*/ +static void minmaxStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ + Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; + Mem *pBest; + + if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; + pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); + if( !pBest ) return; + + if( pBest->flags ){ + int max; + int cmp; + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); + /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, + ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the + ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the + ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it + ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. + ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() + ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). + */ + max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; + cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); + if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); + } + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); + } +} +static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ + sqlite3_value *pRes; + pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); + if( pRes ){ + if( pRes->flags ){ + sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); + } + sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); + } +} + + +/* +** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL +** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with +** external linkage. +*/ +void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ + static const struct { + char *zName; + signed char nArg; + u8 argType; /* ff: db 1: 0, 2: 1, 3: 2,... N: N-1. */ + u8 eTextRep; /* 1: UTF-16. 0: UTF-8 */ + u8 needCollSeq; + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **); + } aFuncs[] = { + { "min", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, minmaxFunc }, + { "min", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, 0 }, + { "max", -1, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, minmaxFunc }, + { "max", 0, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, 0 }, + { "typeof", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, typeofFunc }, + { "length", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, lengthFunc }, + { "substr", 3, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, substrFunc }, + { "abs", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, absFunc }, + { "round", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, roundFunc }, + { "round", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, roundFunc }, + { "upper", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, upperFunc }, + { "lower", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, lowerFunc }, + { "coalesce", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, ifnullFunc }, + { "coalesce", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0 }, + { "coalesce", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, 0 }, + { "hex", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, hexFunc }, + { "ifnull", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, ifnullFunc }, + { "random", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randomFunc }, + { "randomblob", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randomBlob }, + { "nullif", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, nullifFunc }, + { "sqlite_version", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, versionFunc}, + { "quote", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, quoteFunc }, + { "last_insert_rowid", 0, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, last_insert_rowid }, + { "changes", 0, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, changes }, + { "total_changes", 0, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, total_changes }, + { "replace", 3, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, replaceFunc }, + { "ltrim", 1, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, + { "ltrim", 2, 1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, + { "rtrim", 1, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, + { "rtrim", 2, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, + { "trim", 1, 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, + { "trim", 2, 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, trimFunc }, + { "zeroblob", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, zeroblobFunc }, +#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX + { "soundex", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, soundexFunc}, +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + { "load_extension", 1, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, loadExt }, + { "load_extension", 2, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, loadExt }, +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + { "randstr", 2, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randStr }, + { "test_destructor", 1, 0xff, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor}, + { "test_destructor_count", 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor_count}, + { "test_auxdata", -1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_auxdata}, + { "test_error", 1, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_error}, +#endif + }; + static const struct { + char *zName; + signed char nArg; + u8 argType; + u8 needCollSeq; + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); + void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); + } aAggs[] = { + { "min", 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize }, + { "max", 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize }, + { "sum", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, sumFinalize }, + { "total", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize }, + { "avg", 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize }, + { "count", 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize }, + { "count", 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize }, + }; + int i; + + for(i=0; ineedCollSeq = 1; + } + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + sqlite3AlterFunctions(db); +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER + sqlite3AttachFunctions(db); +#endif + for(i=0; ineedCollSeq = 1; + } + } + } + sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(db); + if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); + assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3FailedMalloc(); + } + } +#ifdef SQLITE_SSE + (void)sqlite3SseFunctions(db); +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE + sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, 1); +#else + sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, 0); +#endif +} + +/* +** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. +*/ +static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int flagVal){ + FuncDef *pDef; + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, strlen(zName), 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + if( pDef ){ + pDef->flags = flagVal; + } +} + +/* +** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive +** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case +** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. +*/ +void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ + struct compareInfo *pInfo; + if( caseSensitive ){ + pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; + }else{ + pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; + } + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0); + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0); + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, + (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0,0); + setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE); + setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", + caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE); +} + +/* +** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If +** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function +** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and +** return TRUE. If the function is not a LIKE-style function then +** return FALSE. +*/ +int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ + FuncDef *pDef; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION || !pExpr->pList ){ + return 0; + } + if( pExpr->pList->nExpr!=2 ){ + return 0; + } + pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 2, + SQLITE_UTF8, 0); + if( pDef==0 || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are + ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The + ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption + */ + memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); + assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); + assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); + *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; + return 1; +} diff --git a/getsqlite.pl b/getsqlite.pl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f483df --- /dev/null +++ b/getsqlite.pl @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +use strict; +use LWP::Simple qw(getstore); +use ExtUtils::Command; + +my $version = shift || die "Usage: getsqlite.pl \n"; + +print("downloading http://www.sqlite.org/sqlite-$version.tar.gz\n"); +if (getstore( + "http://www.sqlite.org/sqlite-$version.tar.gz", + "sqlite.tar.gz") != 200) { + die "Failed to download"; +} +print("done\n"); + +rm_rf('sqlite'); +xsystem("tar zxvf sqlite.tar.gz"); +chdir("sqlite") || chdir("sqlite-$version") || die "SQLite directory not found"; +xsystem("sh configure --enable-utf8"); +xsystem("make parse.c sqlite3.h opcodes.h opcodes.c"); +eval { xsystem("make keywordhash.h") }; + +my %skip = map { $_ => 1 } map { chomp; $_ } ; +warn("Skip: $_\n") for keys %skip; + +foreach (<*.[ch]>, `find src -name \\*.[ch]`) { + chomp; + next if $skip{$_}; + next if /\btest.*\.c$/; + xsystem("cp $_ ../"); +} + +exit(0); + +sub xsystem { + local $, = ", "; + print("@_\n"); + my $ret = system(@_); + if ($ret != 0) { + die "system(@_) failed: $?"; + } +} + +__DATA__ +lempar.c +src/threadtest.c +src/tclsqlite.c +src/shell.c +src/lemon.c +src/md5.c +src/encode.c +src/experimental.c diff --git a/hash.c b/hash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..86d9995 --- /dev/null +++ b/hash.c @@ -0,0 +1,397 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables +** used in SQLite. +** +** $Id: hash.c,v 1.19 2007/03/31 03:59:24 drh Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include + +/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the +** fields of the Hash structure. +** +** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. +** keyClass is one of the constants SQLITE_HASH_INT, SQLITE_HASH_POINTER, +** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or SQLITE_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass +** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is +** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and +** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. CopyKey only makes +** sense for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored +** for other key classes. +*/ +void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){ + assert( pNew!=0 ); + assert( keyClass>=SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=SQLITE_HASH_BINARY ); + pNew->keyClass = keyClass; +#if 0 + if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0; +#endif + pNew->copyKey = copyKey; + pNew->first = 0; + pNew->count = 0; + pNew->htsize = 0; + pNew->ht = 0; + pNew->xMalloc = sqlite3MallocX; + pNew->xFree = sqlite3FreeX; +} + +/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. +** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table +** to the empty state. +*/ +void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){ + HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + elem = pH->first; + pH->first = 0; + if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht); + pH->ht = 0; + pH->htsize = 0; + while( elem ){ + HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; + if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ + pH->xFree(elem->pKey); + } + pH->xFree(elem); + elem = next_elem; + } + pH->count = 0; +} + +#if 0 /* NOT USED */ +/* +** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_INT +*/ +static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ + return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8); +} +static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + return n2 - n1; +} +#endif + +#if 0 /* NOT USED */ +/* +** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_POINTER +*/ +static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ + uptr x = Addr(pKey); + return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8); +} +static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0; + if( pKey1 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++]; + nKey--; + } + return h & 0x7fffffff; +} +static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; + return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1); +} + +/* +** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_BINARY +*/ +static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ + int h = 0; + const char *z = (const char *)pKey; + while( nKey-- > 0 ){ + h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++); + } + return h & 0x7fffffff; +} +static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ + if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; + return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. +** +** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some +** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: +** +** The name of the function is "hashFunction". The function takes a +** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of hashFunction() +** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value +** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters +** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int". +*/ +static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){ +#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */ + switch( keyClass ){ + case SQLITE_HASH_INT: return &intHash; + case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash; + case SQLITE_HASH_STRING: return &strHash; + case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY: return &binHash;; + default: break; + } + return 0; +#else + if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){ + return &strHash; + }else{ + assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY ); + return &binHash; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. +** +** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition, +** see the header comment on the previous function. +*/ +static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){ +#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */ + switch( keyClass ){ + case SQLITE_HASH_INT: return &intCompare; + case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare; + case SQLITE_HASH_STRING: return &strCompare; + case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY: return &binCompare; + default: break; + } + return 0; +#else + if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){ + return &strCompare; + }else{ + assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY ); + return &binCompare; + } +#endif +} + +/* Link an element into the hash table +*/ +static void insertElement( + Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ + struct _ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ + HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ +){ + HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ + pHead = pEntry->chain; + if( pHead ){ + pNew->next = pHead; + pNew->prev = pHead->prev; + if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } + else { pH->first = pNew; } + pHead->prev = pNew; + }else{ + pNew->next = pH->first; + if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } + pNew->prev = 0; + pH->first = pNew; + } + pEntry->count++; + pEntry->chain = pNew; +} + + +/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. +** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail +** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. +*/ +static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){ + struct _ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ + HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + + assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 ); + new_ht = (struct _ht *)pH->xMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) ); + if( new_ht==0 ) return; + if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht); + pH->ht = new_ht; + pH->htsize = new_size; + xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass); + for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ + int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); + next_elem = elem->next; + insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); + } +} + +/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an +** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has +** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. +*/ +static HashElem *findElementGivenHash( + const Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ + const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ + int nKey, + int h /* The hash for this key. */ +){ + HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ + int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */ + + if( pH->ht ){ + struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + elem = pEntry->chain; + count = pEntry->count; + xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass); + while( count-- && elem ){ + if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ + return elem; + } + elem = elem->next; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that +** element and a hash on the element's key. +*/ +static void removeElementGivenHash( + Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ + HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ + int h /* Hash value for the element */ +){ + struct _ht *pEntry; + if( elem->prev ){ + elem->prev->next = elem->next; + }else{ + pH->first = elem->next; + } + if( elem->next ){ + elem->next->prev = elem->prev; + } + pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; + if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ + pEntry->chain = elem->next; + } + pEntry->count--; + if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ + pEntry->chain = 0; + } + if( pH->copyKey ){ + pH->xFree(elem->pKey); + } + pH->xFree( elem ); + pH->count--; + if( pH->count<=0 ){ + assert( pH->first==0 ); + assert( pH->count==0 ); + sqlite3HashClear(pH); + } +} + +/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key +** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is +** found, or NULL if there is no match. +*/ +void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ + int h; /* A hash on key */ + HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + + if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; + xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass); + assert( xHash!=0 ); + h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); + return elem ? elem->data : 0; +} + +/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey +** and the data is "data". +** +** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new +** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey +** flag is set. NULL is returned. +** +** If another element already exists with the same key, then the +** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. +** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then +** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. +** +** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the +** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. +*/ +void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){ + int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ + int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ + HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ + HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ + int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ + + assert( pH!=0 ); + xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass); + assert( xHash!=0 ); + hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); + elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); + if( elem ){ + void *old_data = elem->data; + if( data==0 ){ + removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h); + }else{ + elem->data = data; + } + return old_data; + } + if( data==0 ) return 0; + new_elem = (HashElem*)pH->xMalloc( sizeof(HashElem) ); + if( new_elem==0 ) return data; + if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ + new_elem->pKey = pH->xMalloc( nKey ); + if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ + pH->xFree(new_elem); + return data; + } + memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); + }else{ + new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; + } + new_elem->nKey = nKey; + pH->count++; + if( pH->htsize==0 ){ + rehash(pH,8); + if( pH->htsize==0 ){ + pH->count = 0; + if( pH->copyKey ){ + pH->xFree(new_elem->pKey); + } + pH->xFree(new_elem); + return data; + } + } + if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){ + rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2); + } + assert( pH->htsize>0 ); + assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); + h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); + insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); + new_elem->data = data; + return 0; +} diff --git a/hash.h b/hash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..78f60b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation +** used in SQLite. +** +** $Id: hash.h,v 1.9 2006/02/14 10:48:39 danielk1977 Exp $ +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_ +#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_ + +/* Forward declarations of structures. */ +typedef struct Hash Hash; +typedef struct HashElem HashElem; + +/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. +** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client +** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure +** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. +** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and +** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make +** this structure opaque. +*/ +struct Hash { + char keyClass; /* SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ + char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ + int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ + HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ + void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* malloc() function to use */ + void (*xFree)(void *); /* free() function to use */ + int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ + struct _ht { /* the hash table */ + int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ + HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ + } *ht; +}; + +/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following +** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. +** +** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really +** be opaque because it is used by macros. +*/ +struct HashElem { + HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ + void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ + void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ +}; + +/* +** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table: +** +** SQLITE_HASH_INT nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored. +** +** SQLITE_HASH_POINTER pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored. +** +** SQLITE_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long +** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case +** is ignored in comparisons. +** +** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. +** memcmp() is used to compare keys. +** +** A copy of the key is made for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY +** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1. +*/ +/* #define SQLITE_HASH_INT 1 // NOT USED */ +/* #define SQLITE_HASH_POINTER 2 // NOT USED */ +#define SQLITE_HASH_STRING 3 +#define SQLITE_HASH_BINARY 4 + +/* +** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. +*/ +void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey); +void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); +void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); +void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); + +/* +** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is +** like this: +** +** Hash h; +** HashElem *p; +** ... +** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ +** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); +** // do something with pData +** } +*/ +#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) +#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) +#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) +#define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) +#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) + +/* +** Number of entries in a hash table +*/ +#define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) + +#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */ diff --git a/insert.c b/insert.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba9426d --- /dev/null +++ b/insert.c @@ -0,0 +1,1604 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. +** +** $Id: insert.c,v 1.188 2007/07/23 19:39:47 drh Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" + +/* +** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity +** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character +** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column: +** +** Character Column affinity +** ------------------------------ +** 'a' TEXT +** 'b' NONE +** 'c' NUMERIC +** 'd' INTEGER +** 'e' REAL +*/ +void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){ + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is + ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as + ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. + ** + ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by + ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned + ** up. + */ + int n; + Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; + pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqliteMalloc(pIdx->nColumn+1); + if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ + return; + } + for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){ + pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity; + } + pIdx->zColAff[pIdx->nColumn] = '\0'; + } + + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pIdx->zColAff, 0); +} + +/* +** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity +** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character +** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the +** column: +** +** Character Column affinity +** ------------------------------ +** 'a' TEXT +** 'b' NONE +** 'c' NUMERIC +** 'd' INTEGER +** 'e' REAL +*/ +void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){ + /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table + ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then + ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use. + ** + ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by + ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up. + */ + if( !pTab->zColAff ){ + char *zColAff; + int i; + + zColAff = (char *)sqliteMalloc(pTab->nCol+1); + if( !zColAff ){ + return; + } + + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; + } + zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0'; + + pTab->zColAff = zColAff; + } + + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0); +} + +/* +** Return non-zero if SELECT statement p opens the table with rootpage +** iTab in database iDb. This is used to see if a statement of the form +** "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can run without using temporary +** table for the results of the SELECT. +** +** No checking is done for sub-selects that are part of expressions. +*/ +static int selectReadsTable(Select *p, Schema *pSchema, int iTab){ + int i; + struct SrcList_item *pItem; + if( p->pSrc==0 ) return 0; + for(i=0, pItem=p->pSrc->a; ipSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){ + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + if( selectReadsTable(pItem->pSelect, pSchema, iTab) ) return 1; + }else{ + if( pItem->pTab->pSchema==pSchema && pItem->pTab->tnum==iTab ) return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT +/* +** Write out code to initialize the autoincrement logic. This code +** looks up the current autoincrement value in the sqlite_sequence +** table and stores that value in a memory cell. Code generated by +** autoIncStep() will keep that memory cell holding the largest +** rowid value. Code generated by autoIncEnd() will write the new +** largest value of the counter back into the sqlite_sequence table. +** +** This routine returns the index of the mem[] cell that contains +** the maximum rowid counter. +** +** Two memory cells are allocated. The next memory cell after the +** one returned holds the rowid in sqlite_sequence where we will +** write back the revised maximum rowid. +*/ +static int autoIncBegin( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ + Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ +){ + int memId = 0; + if( pTab->autoInc ){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb]; + int iCur = pParse->nTab; + int addr; + assert( v ); + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + memId = pParse->nMem+1; + pParse->nMem += 2; + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, addr+13); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ne, 0x100, addr+12); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, memId-1, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, memId, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+13); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr+4); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); + } + return memId; +} + +/* +** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. +** +** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a +** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is +** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the +** memory cell is updated. The stack is unchanged. +*/ +static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId){ + if( memId>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, 0); + } +} + +/* +** After doing one or more inserts, the maximum rowid is stored +** in mem[memId]. Generate code to write this value back into the +** the sqlite_sequence table. +*/ +static void autoIncEnd( + Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ + int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ + Table *pTab, /* Table we are inserting into */ + int memId /* Memory cell holding the maximum rowid */ +){ + if( pTab->autoInc ){ + int iCur = pParse->nTab; + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb]; + int addr; + assert( v ); + addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memId-1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr+7); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iCur, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memId, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, 2, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iCur, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0); + } +} +#else +/* +** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines +** above are all no-ops +*/ +# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) +# define autoIncStep(A,B) +# define autoIncEnd(A,B,C,D) +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ + + +/* Forward declaration */ +static int xferOptimization( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +); + +/* +** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms: +** +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST) +** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select +** +** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, +** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted. The IDLIST +** appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted. +** +** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT +** statement above, and pSelect is NULL. For the second form, pList is +** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate +** data for the insert. +** +** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple +** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes +** once straight down through. The template looks like this: +** +** open write cursor to and its indices +** puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack +** write the resulting record into
+** cleanup +** +** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form +** +** INSERT INTO
SELECT ... +** +** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " - +** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table +** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and +** if and are distinct tables but have identical +** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization +** is invoked that copies raw records from over to . +** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this +** template. This is the second template. +** +** open a write cursor to
+** open read cursor on +** transfer all records in over to
+** close cursors +** foreach index on
+** open a write cursor on the
index +** open a read cursor on the corresponding index +** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors +** close cursors +** end foreach +** +** The third template is for when the second template does not apply +** and the SELECT clause does not read from
at any time. +** The generated code follows this template: +** +** goto B +** A: setup for the SELECT +** loop over the rows in the SELECT +** gosub C +** end loop +** cleanup after the SELECT +** goto D +** B: open write cursor to
and its indices +** goto A +** C: insert the select result into
+** return +** D: cleanup +** +** The fourth template is used if the insert statement takes its +** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table +** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, +** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of +** the select. The template is like this: +** +** goto B +** A: setup for the SELECT +** loop over the tables in the SELECT +** gosub C +** end loop +** cleanup after the SELECT +** goto D +** C: insert the select result into the intermediate table +** return +** B: open a cursor to an intermediate table +** goto A +** D: open write cursor to
and its indices +** loop over the intermediate table +** transfer values form intermediate table into
+** end the loop +** cleanup +*/ +void sqlite3Insert( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ + ExprList *pList, /* List of values to be inserted */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ + int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */ +){ + Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into */ + char *zTab; /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */ + const char *zDb; /* Name of the database holding this table */ + int i, j, idx; /* Loop counters */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ + Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ + int base = 0; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */ + int iCont=0,iBreak=0; /* Beginning and end of the loop over srcTab */ + sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ + int keyColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ + int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ + int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ + int iSelectLoop = 0; /* Address of code that implements the SELECT */ + int iCleanup = 0; /* Address of the cleanup code */ + int iInsertBlock = 0; /* Address of the subroutine used to insert data */ + int iCntMem = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ + int newIdx = -1; /* Cursor for the NEW table */ + Db *pDb; /* The database containing table being inserted into */ + int counterMem = 0; /* Memory cell holding AUTOINCREMENT counter */ + int appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ + int iDb; + + int nHidden = 0; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ + int triggers_exist = 0; /* True if there are FOR EACH ROW triggers */ +#endif + + if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + db = pParse->db; + + /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. + */ + assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); + zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName; + if( zTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; + pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); + if( pTab==0 ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDbnDb ); + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + zDb = pDb->zName; + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being + ** inserted into is a view + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0); + isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; +#else +# define triggers_exist 0 +# define isView 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +# undef isView +# define isView 0 +#endif + + /* Ensure that: + * (a) the table is not read-only, + * (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist + */ + if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + assert( pTab!=0 ); + + /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. + ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual + ** module table). + */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* Allocate a VDBE + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; + if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || triggers_exist, iDb); + + /* if there are row triggers, allocate a temp table for new.* references. */ + if( triggers_exist ){ + newIdx = pParse->nTab++; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT + /* If the statement is of the form + ** + ** INSERT INTO SELECT * FROM ; + ** + ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer + ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. + */ + if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ + assert( !triggers_exist ); + assert( pList==0 ); + goto insert_cleanup; + } +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ + + /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the + ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell counterMem. Also + ** remember the rowid of the sqlite_sequence table entry in memory cell + ** counterRowid. + */ + counterMem = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); + + /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data + ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then this step also generates + ** all the code to implement the SELECT statement and invoke a subroutine + ** to process each row of the result. (Template 2.) If the SELECT + ** statement uses the the table that is being inserted into, then the + ** subroutine is also coded here. That subroutine stores the SELECT + ** results in a temporary table. (Template 3.) + */ + if( pSelect ){ + /* Data is coming from a SELECT. Generate code to implement that SELECT + */ + int rc, iInitCode; + iInitCode = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); + iSelectLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + iInsertBlock = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */ + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Subroutine, iInsertBlock,0,0,0,0); + if( rc || pParse->nErr || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + iCleanup = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iCleanup); + assert( pSelect->pEList ); + nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; + + /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement + ** should be written into a temporary table. Set to FALSE if each + ** row of the SELECT can be written directly into the result table. + ** + ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one + ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a + ** temp table in the case of row triggers. + */ + if( triggers_exist || selectReadsTable(pSelect,pTab->pSchema,pTab->tnum) ){ + useTempTable = 1; + } + + if( useTempTable ){ + /* Generate the subroutine that SELECT calls to process each row of + ** the result. Store the result in a temporary table + */ + srcTab = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, OPFLAG_APPEND); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); + + /* The following code runs first because the GOTO at the very top + ** of the program jumps to it. Create the temporary table, then jump + ** back up and execute the SELECT code above. + */ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iInitCode); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, srcTab, nColumn); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iInitCode); + } + }else{ + /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES + ** clause + */ + NameContext sNC; + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + srcTab = -1; + useTempTable = 0; + nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; + for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + } + } + + /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number + ** of columns to be inserted into the table. + */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); + } + } + if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", + pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol, nColumn); + goto insert_cleanup; + } + if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); + goto insert_cleanup; + } + + /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure + ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and + ** remember the column indices. + ** + ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column + ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable + ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. keyColumn is + ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as + ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the primary + ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) + */ + if( pColumn ){ + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; + } + for(i=0; inId; i++){ + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ + pColumn->a[i].idx = j; + if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ + keyColumn = i; + } + break; + } + } + if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ + if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){ + keyColumn = i; + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", + pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); + pParse->nErr++; + goto insert_cleanup; + } + } + } + } + + /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary + ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index + ** in the original table definition. + */ + if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ + keyColumn = pTab->iPKey; + } + + /* Open the temp table for FOR EACH ROW triggers + */ + if( triggers_exist ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol); + } + + /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted + */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){ + iCntMem = pParse->nMem++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iCntMem); + } + + /* Open tables and indices if there are no row triggers */ + if( !triggers_exist ){ + base = pParse->nTab; + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite); + } + + /* If the data source is a temporary table, then we have to create + ** a loop because there might be multiple rows of data. If the data + ** source is a subroutine call from the SELECT statement, then we need + ** to launch the SELECT statement processing. + */ + if( useTempTable ){ + iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab, iBreak); + iCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock); + } + + /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any + */ + endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + if( triggers_exist & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ + + /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER + ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be + ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, + ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has + ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 + */ + if( keyColumn<0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0); + }else if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn); + }else{ + assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0); + } + + /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, + ** this block would have to account for hidden column. + */ + assert(!IsVirtual(pTab)); + + /* Create the new column data + */ + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( pColumn==0 ){ + j = i; + }else{ + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + } + } + if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt); + }else if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); + }else{ + assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ + sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr); + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0); + + /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, + ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. + ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the + ** table column affinities. + */ + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, 0); + + /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ + if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, + newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + } + + /* If any triggers exists, the opening of tables and indices is deferred + ** until now. + */ + if( triggers_exist && !isView ){ + base = pParse->nTab; + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite); + } + + /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack. The + ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid + ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which + ** case the record number is the same as that column. + */ + if( !isView ){ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); + } + if( keyColumn>=0 ){ + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn - keyColumn - 1, 1); + }else{ + VdbeOp *pOp; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr); + pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) - 1); + if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_Null ){ + appendFlag = 1; + pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; + pOp->p1 = base; + pOp->p2 = counterMem; + } + } + /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid + ** to generate a unique primary key value. + */ + if( !appendFlag ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, base, counterMem); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0); + } + }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, base, counterMem); + appendFlag = 1; + } + autoIncStep(pParse, counterMem); + + /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning + ** with the first column. + */ + nHidden = 0; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ + /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. + ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted + ** in its place. So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid + ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); + continue; + } + if( pColumn==0 ){ + if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ + assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); + j = -1; + nHidden++; + }else{ + j = i - nHidden; + } + }else{ + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; + } + } + if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt); + }else if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+nColumn-j+IsVirtual(pTab), 1); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr); + } + } + + /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and + ** do the insertion. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab; + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, + (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB); + }else +#endif + { + sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, base, 0, keyColumn>=0, + 0, onError, endOfLoop); + sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, base, 0,0,0, + (triggers_exist & TRIGGER_AFTER)!=0 ? newIdx : -1, + appendFlag); + } + } + + /* Update the count of rows that are inserted + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, iCntMem); + } + + if( triggers_exist ){ + /* Close all tables opened */ + if( !isView ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0); + for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0); + } + } + + /* Code AFTER triggers */ + if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, + newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop) ){ + goto insert_cleanup; + } + } + + /* The bottom of the loop, if the data source is a SELECT statement + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); + if( useTempTable ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, srcTab, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, srcTab, 0); + }else if( pSelect ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup); + } + + if( !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* Close all tables opened */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0); + for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0); + } + } + + /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the + ** counter value in memory counterMem back into the sqlite_sequence + ** table. + */ + autoIncEnd(pParse, iDb, pTab, counterMem); + + /* + ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is + ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not + ** invoke the callback function. + */ + if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iCntMem, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", P3_STATIC); + } + +insert_cleanup: + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); + sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect); + sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumn); +} + +/* +** Generate code to do a constraint check prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE. +** +** When this routine is called, the stack contains (from bottom to top) +** the following values: +** +** 1. The rowid of the row to be updated before the update. This +** value is omitted unless we are doing an UPDATE that involves a +** change to the record number. +** +** 2. The rowid of the row after the update. +** +** 3. The data in the first column of the entry after the update. +** +** i. Data from middle columns... +** +** N. The data in the last column of the entry after the update. +** +** The old rowid shown as entry (1) above is omitted unless both isUpdate +** and rowidChng are 1. isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for +** INSERTs and rowidChng is true if the record number is being changed. +** +** The code generated by this routine pushes additional entries onto +** the stack which are the keys for new index entries for the new record. +** The order of index keys is the same as the order of the indices on +** the pTable->pIndex list. A key is only created for index i if +** aIdxUsed!=0 and aIdxUsed[i]!=0. +** +** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, +** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, +** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible +** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. +** +** Constraint type Action What Happens +** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- +** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and +** sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a +** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. +** +** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command +** only (do not do a complete rollback) then +** cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately +** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. +** +** any FAIL Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a +** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The +** transaction is not rolled back and any +** prior changes are retained. +** +** any IGNORE The record number and data is popped from +** the stack and there is an immediate jump +** to label ignoreDest. +** +** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default +** value for that column. If the default value +** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. +** +** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row +** being inserted is removed. +** +** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. +** +** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. +** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter +** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value +** for the constraint is used. +** +** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with +** cursor number "base". All indices of pTab must also have open +** read/write cursors with cursor number base+i for the i-th cursor. +** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then +** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aIdxUsed[i]==0. +** +** If the isUpdate flag is true, it means that the "base" cursor is +** initially pointing to an entry that is being updated. The isUpdate +** flag causes extra code to be generated so that the "base" cursor +** is still pointing at the same entry after the routine returns. +** Without the isUpdate flag, the "base" cursor might be moved. +*/ +void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ + int base, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ + char *aIdxUsed, /* Which indices are used. NULL means all are used */ + int rowidChng, /* True if the record number will change */ + int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ + int overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ + int ignoreDest /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ +){ + int i; + Vdbe *v; + int nCol; + int onError; + int addr; + int extra; + int iCur; + Index *pIdx; + int seenReplace = 0; + int jumpInst1=0, jumpInst2; + int hasTwoRowids = (isUpdate && rowidChng); + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ + nCol = pTab->nCol; + + /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. + */ + for(i=0; iiPKey ){ + continue; + } + onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; + if( onError==OE_None ) continue; + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol-1-i, 1); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, 1, 0); + assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail + || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Abort: + case OE_Fail: { + char *zMsg = 0; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError); + sqlite3SetString(&zMsg, pTab->zName, ".", pTab->aCol[i].zName, + " may not be NULL", (char*)0); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, zMsg, P3_DYNAMIC); + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); + break; + } + case OE_Replace: { + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Push, nCol-i, 0); + break; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } + + /* Test all CHECK constraints + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ + int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + assert( pParse->ckOffset==0 ); + pParse->ckOffset = nCol; + sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, 1); + assert( pParse->ckOffset==nCol ); + pParse->ckOffset = 0; + onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; + if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); + } +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ + + /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key + ** of the new record does not previously exist. Except, if this + ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK. + */ + if( rowidChng ){ + onError = pTab->keyConf; + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + + if( isUpdate ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1); + jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0, 0); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol, 1); + jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, base, 0); + switch( onError ){ + default: { + onError = OE_Abort; + /* Fall thru into the next case */ + } + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Abort: + case OE_Fail: { + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, + "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P3_STATIC); + break; + } + case OE_Replace: { + sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, base, 0); + if( isUpdate ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+hasTwoRowids, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0); + } + seenReplace = 1; + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + assert( seenReplace==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); + break; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst2); + if( isUpdate ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0); + } + } + + /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE + ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. + ** Add the new records to the indices as we go. + */ + extra = -1; + for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){ + if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[iCur]==0 ) continue; /* Skip unused indices */ + extra++; + + /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra, 1); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol+1, 1); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol-idx, 1); + } + } + jumpInst1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeIdxRec, pIdx->nColumn, 0); + sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx); + + /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */ + onError = pIdx->onError; + if( onError==OE_None ) continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ + if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ + onError = overrideError; + }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + if( seenReplace ){ + if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace; + else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort; + } + + + /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, extra+nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 1); + jumpInst2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, base+iCur+1, 0); + + /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ + assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail + || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); + switch( onError ){ + case OE_Rollback: + case OE_Abort: + case OE_Fail: { + int j, n1, n2; + char zErrMsg[200]; + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg), zErrMsg, + pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column "); + n1 = strlen(zErrMsg); + for(j=0; jnColumn && n1aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; + n2 = strlen(zCol); + if( j>0 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], ", "); + n1 += 2; + } + if( n1+n2>sizeof(zErrMsg)-30 ){ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "..."); + n1 += 3; + break; + }else{ + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "%s", zCol); + n1 += n2; + } + } + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], + pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique"); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, zErrMsg, 0); + break; + } + case OE_Ignore: { + assert( seenReplace==0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+extra+3+hasTwoRowids, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest); + break; + } + case OE_Replace: { + sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse->db, v, pTab, base, 0); + if( isUpdate ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra+1+hasTwoRowids, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0); + } + seenReplace = 1; + break; + } + } +#if NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst1); +#endif + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst2); + } +} + +/* +** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation +** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. +** The stack must contain keys for all active indices followed by data +** and the rowid for the new entry. This routine creates the new +** entries in all indices and in the main table. +** +** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six +** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. +*/ +void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ + int base, /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */ + char *aIdxUsed, /* Which indices are used. NULL means all are used */ + int rowidChng, /* True if the record number will change */ + int isUpdate, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ + int newIdx, /* Index of NEW table for triggers. -1 if none */ + int appendBias /* True if this is likely to be an append */ +){ + int i; + Vdbe *v; + int nIdx; + Index *pIdx; + int pik_flags; + + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ + for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){} + for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){ + if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[i]==0 ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, base+i+1, 0); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0); + sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER + if( newIdx>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, 0); + } +#endif + if( pParse->nested ){ + pik_flags = 0; + }else{ + pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; + pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); + } + if( appendBias ){ + pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, base, pik_flags); + if( !pParse->nested ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC); + } + + if( isUpdate && rowidChng ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all +** indices of that table. The "base" parameter is the cursor number used +** for the table. Indices are opened on subsequent cursors. +*/ +void sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ + int base, /* Cursor number assigned to the table */ + int op /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ +){ + int i; + int iDb; + Index *pIdx; + Vdbe *v; + + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return; + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + assert( v!=0 ); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, base, iDb, pTab, op); + for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ + KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); + VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pIdx->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, i+base, pIdx->tnum, (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + } + if( pParse->nTab<=base+i ){ + pParse->nTab = base+i; + } +} + + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** The following global variable is incremented whenever the +** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing +** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really +** is happening when it is suppose to. +*/ +int sqlite3_xferopt_count; +#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT +/* +** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible. +*/ +static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){ + if( z1==0 ){ + return z2==0; + } + if( z2==0 ){ + return 0; + } + return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0; +} + + +/* +** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data +** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules +** for a compatible index: +** +** * The index is over the same set of columns +** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns +** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) +** * The same collating sequence on each column +*/ +static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ + int i; + assert( pDest && pSrc ); + assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); + if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){ + return 0; /* Different number of columns */ + } + if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ + return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ + } + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ + return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ + } + if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ + return 0; /* Different sort orders */ + } + if( pSrc->azColl[i]!=pDest->azColl[i] ){ + return 0; /* Different sort orders */ + } + } + + /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ + return 1; +} + +/* +** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form +** +** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; +** +** This optimization is only attempted if +** +** (1) tab1 and tab2 have identical schemas including all the +** same indices and constraints +** +** (2) tab1 and tab2 are different tables +** +** (3) There must be no triggers on tab1 +** +** (4) The result set of the SELECT statement is "*" +** +** (5) The SELECT statement has no WHERE, HAVING, ORDER BY, GROUP BY, +** or LIMIT clause. +** +** (6) The SELECT statement is a simple (not a compound) select that +** contains only tab2 in its FROM clause +** +** This method for implementing the INSERT transfers raw records from +** tab2 over to tab1. The columns are not decoded. Raw records from +** the indices of tab2 are transfered to tab1 as well. In so doing, +** the resulting tab1 has much less fragmentation. +** +** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is attempted. If any +** of the conditions above fail so that the optimization should not +** be attempted, then this routine returns FALSE. +*/ +static int xferOptimization( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ + Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ + int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ + int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ +){ + ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ + Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ + Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ + struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ + int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ + int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ + int emptyDestTest; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ + int emptySrcTest; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ + Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ + KeyInfo *pKey; /* Key information for an index */ + int counterMem; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ + int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ + + if( pSelect==0 ){ + return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ + } + if( pDest->pTrigger ){ + return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pDest->isVirtual ){ + return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ + } +#endif + if( onError==OE_Default ){ + onError = OE_Abort; + } + if( onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback ){ + return 0; /* Cannot do OR REPLACE or OR IGNORE or OR FAIL */ + } + if( pSelect->pSrc==0 ){ + return 0; /* SELECT must have a FROM clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ + } + if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ + } + if( pSelect->pWhere ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ + } + /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but + ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ + if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ + } + if( pSelect->pLimit ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ + } + assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 ); /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */ + if( pSelect->pPrior ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ + } + if( pSelect->isDistinct ){ + return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ + } + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ + return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ + } + assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); + if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){ + return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ + } + + /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the + ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now + ** we have to check the semantics. + */ + pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; + pSrc = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase); + if( pSrc==0 ){ + return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ + } + if( pSrc==pDest ){ + return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + if( pSrc->isVirtual ){ + return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ + } +#endif + if( pSrc->pSelect ){ + return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ + } + if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ + return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ + } + if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ + return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ + } + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){ + return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ + } + if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){ + return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ + } + if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){ + return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ + } + } + for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ + if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){ + destHasUniqueIdx = 1; + } + for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ + if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + } + if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ + return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ + } + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + if( pDest->pCheck && !sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){ + return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ + } +#endif + + /* If we get this far, it means either: + ** + ** * We can always do the transfer if the table contains an + ** an integer primary key + ** + ** * We can conditionally do the transfer if the destination + ** table is empty. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_xferopt_count++; +#endif + iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema); + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + iSrc = pParse->nTab++; + iDest = pParse->nTab++; + counterMem = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); + if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) || destHasUniqueIdx ){ + /* If tables do not have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and there + ** are indices to be copied and the destination is not empty, + ** we have to disallow the transfer optimization because the + ** the rowids might change which will mess up indexing. + ** + ** Or if the destination has a UNIQUE index and is not empty, + ** we also disallow the transfer optimization because we cannot + ** insure that all entries in the union of DEST and SRC will be + ** unique. + */ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); + emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + }else{ + emptyDestTest = 0; + } + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); + emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); + if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, + "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); + autoIncStep(pParse, counterMem); + }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, 0); + }else{ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, 0); + assert( pDest->autoInc==0 ); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, + OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND, + pDest->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); + autoIncEnd(pParse, iDbDest, pDest, counterMem); + for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ + for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ + if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; + } + assert( pSrcIdx ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDbSrc, 0); + pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pSrcIdx->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, + (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDbDest, 0); + pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx); + VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pDestIdx->zName)); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, + (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + if( emptyDestTest ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ diff --git a/keywordhash.h b/keywordhash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d127b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/keywordhash.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/***** This file contains automatically generated code ****** +** +** The code in this file has been automatically generated by +** +** $Header: /sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c,v 1.31 2007/07/30 18:26:20 rse Exp $ +** +** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether +** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing +** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table. +** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code +** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications +** on platforms with limited memory. +*/ +/* Hash score: 165 */ +static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){ + /* zText[] encodes 775 bytes of keywords in 526 bytes */ + static const char zText[526] = + "BEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDESCAPEACHECKEYCONSTRAINTERSECTABLEFT" + "HENDATABASELECTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISELSEXCEPTRIGGEREFERENCES" + "UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEMPORARYBEGINNEREINDEXCLUSIVEXISTSBETWEEN" + "OTNULLIKECASCADEFERRABLECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDELETEDETACH" + "IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN" + "WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICT" + "CROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOB" + "YIFINTOFFSETISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUM" + "VIEWINITIALLY"; + static const unsigned char aHash[127] = { + 63, 92, 109, 61, 0, 39, 0, 0, 69, 0, 64, 0, 0, + 101, 4, 65, 7, 0, 108, 72, 103, 99, 0, 22, 0, 0, + 113, 0, 111, 106, 0, 18, 80, 0, 1, 0, 0, 56, 57, + 0, 55, 11, 0, 33, 77, 89, 0, 110, 88, 0, 0, 45, + 0, 90, 54, 0, 20, 0, 114, 34, 19, 0, 10, 97, 28, + 83, 0, 0, 116, 93, 47, 115, 41, 12, 44, 0, 78, 0, + 87, 29, 0, 86, 0, 0, 0, 82, 79, 84, 75, 96, 6, + 14, 95, 0, 68, 0, 21, 76, 98, 27, 0, 112, 67, 104, + 49, 40, 71, 0, 0, 81, 100, 0, 107, 0, 15, 0, 0, + 24, 0, 73, 42, 50, 0, 16, 48, 0, 37, + }; + static const unsigned char aNext[116] = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 9, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 32, 0, 0, + 17, 0, 0, 0, 36, 38, 0, 0, 25, 0, 0, 31, 0, + 0, 0, 43, 52, 0, 0, 0, 53, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 51, 0, 0, 0, 0, 26, 0, 8, 46, + 3, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 58, 66, 0, 13, + 0, 91, 85, 0, 94, 0, 74, 0, 0, 0, 62, 35, 102, + 0, 0, 105, 23, 30, 60, 70, 0, 0, 59, 0, 0, + }; + static const unsigned char aLen[116] = { + 6, 3, 7, 6, 6, 7, 7, 3, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, + 10, 9, 5, 4, 4, 3, 8, 2, 6, 11, 2, 7, 5, + 5, 4, 6, 7, 10, 6, 5, 6, 6, 5, 6, 9, 4, + 2, 5, 5, 7, 5, 9, 6, 7, 7, 3, 4, 4, 7, + 3, 10, 4, 7, 6, 12, 6, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, + 7, 6, 5, 6, 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, + 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, + 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 2, 2, 4, 2, 6, 3, 6, + 5, 8, 5, 5, 8, 3, 5, 5, 6, 4, 9, 3, + }; + static const unsigned short int aOffset[116] = { + 0, 2, 2, 6, 10, 13, 18, 23, 25, 26, 31, 33, 37, + 40, 47, 55, 58, 61, 63, 65, 70, 71, 76, 85, 86, 91, + 95, 99, 102, 107, 113, 123, 126, 131, 136, 141, 144, 148, 148, + 152, 157, 160, 164, 166, 169, 177, 183, 189, 189, 192, 195, 199, + 200, 204, 214, 218, 225, 231, 243, 249, 255, 264, 266, 272, 277, + 279, 286, 291, 296, 302, 308, 313, 317, 320, 326, 330, 337, 339, + 346, 348, 350, 359, 363, 369, 375, 383, 388, 388, 404, 411, 418, + 419, 426, 430, 434, 438, 442, 445, 447, 449, 452, 452, 455, 458, + 464, 468, 476, 480, 485, 493, 496, 501, 506, 512, 516, 521, + }; + static const unsigned char aCode[116] = { + TK_BEFORE, TK_FOR, TK_FOREIGN, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, + TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, TK_ADD, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE, + TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTERSECT, + TK_TABLE, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DATABASE, + TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, + TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_ELSE, TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRIGGER, + TK_REFERENCES, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, + TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, TK_OR, + TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEX, TK_EXCLUSIVE, + TK_EXISTS, TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NULL, + TK_LIKE_KW, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_CASE, + TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DELETE, TK_DETACH, + TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, + TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, + TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, + TK_REPLACE, TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, + TK_IN, TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, + TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, + TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_INTO, + TK_OF, TK_OFFSET, TK_SET, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, + TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, + TK_UNION, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, + TK_ALL, + }; + int h, i; + if( n<2 ) return TK_ID; + h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ + (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ + n) % 127; + for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){ + if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){ + return aCode[i]; + } + } + return TK_ID; +} +int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){ + return keywordCode((char*)z, n); +} diff --git a/legacy.c b/legacy.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8d96b1e --- /dev/null +++ b/legacy.c @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file +** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in +** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be +** accessed by users of the library. +** +** $Id: legacy.c,v 1.18 2007/05/04 13:15:56 drh Exp $ +*/ + +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "os.h" +#include + +/* +** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure +** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from +** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. +** +** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result +** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first +** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback +** is invoked, even for queries. +*/ +int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ + const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ + sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ + void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + const char *zLeftover; + sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; + char **azCols = 0; + + int nRetry = 0; + int nCallback; + + if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; + while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){ + int nCol; + char **azVals = 0; + + pStmt = 0; + rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); + assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + continue; + } + if( !pStmt ){ + /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ + zSql = zLeftover; + continue; + } + + nCallback = 0; + + nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); + azCols = sqliteMalloc(2*nCol*sizeof(const char *) + 1); + if( azCols==0 ){ + goto exec_out; + } + + while( 1 ){ + int i; + rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); + + /* Invoke the callback function if required */ + if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || + (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ + if( 0==nCallback ){ + for(i=0; ierrMask)==rc ); + return rc; +} diff --git a/lib/DBD/SQLite.pm b/lib/DBD/SQLite.pm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fefb834 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/DBD/SQLite.pm @@ -0,0 +1,603 @@ +# $Id: SQLite.pm,v 1.52 2006/04/10 01:50:05 matt Exp $ + +package DBD::SQLite; +use strict; + +use DBI; +use vars qw($err $errstr $state $drh $VERSION @ISA); +$VERSION = '1.14'; + +use DynaLoader(); +@ISA = ('DynaLoader'); + +__PACKAGE__->bootstrap($VERSION); + +$drh = undef; + +sub driver { + return $drh if $drh; + my ($class, $attr) = @_; + + $class .= "::dr"; + + $drh = DBI::_new_drh($class, { + Name => 'SQLite', + Version => $VERSION, + Attribution => 'DBD::SQLite by Matt Sergeant', + }); + + return $drh; +} + +sub CLONE { + undef $drh; +} + +package DBD::SQLite::dr; + +sub connect { + my ($drh, $dbname, $user, $auth, $attr) = @_; + + my $dbh = DBI::_new_dbh($drh, { + Name => $dbname, + }); + + my $real_dbname = $dbname; + if ($dbname =~ /=/) { + foreach my $attrib (split(/;/, $dbname)) { + my ($k, $v) = split(/=/, $attrib, 2); + if ($k eq 'dbname') { + $real_dbname = $v; + } + else { + # TODO: add to attribs + } + } + } + DBD::SQLite::db::_login($dbh, $real_dbname, $user, $auth) + or return undef; + + return $dbh; +} + +package DBD::SQLite::db; + +sub prepare { + my ($dbh, $statement, @attribs) = @_; + + my $sth = DBI::_new_sth($dbh, { + Statement => $statement, + }); + + DBD::SQLite::st::_prepare($sth, $statement, @attribs) + or return undef; + + return $sth; +} + +sub _get_version { + my ($dbh) = @_; + return (DBD::SQLite::db::FETCH($dbh, 'sqlite_version')); +} + +my %info = ( + 17 => 'SQLite', # SQL_DBMS_NAME + 18 => \&_get_version, # SQL_DBMS_VER + 29 => '"', # SQL_IDENTIFIER_QUOTE_CHAR +); + +sub get_info { + my($dbh, $info_type) = @_; + my $v = $info{int($info_type)}; + $v = $v->($dbh) if ref $v eq 'CODE'; + return $v; +} + +sub table_info { + my ($dbh, $CatVal, $SchVal, $TblVal, $TypVal) = @_; + # SQL/CLI (ISO/IEC JTC 1/SC 32 N 0595), 6.63 Tables + # Based on DBD::Oracle's + # See also http://www.ch-werner.de/sqliteodbc/html/sqliteodbc_8c.html#a117 + + my @Where = (); + my $Sql; + if ( defined($CatVal) && $CatVal eq '%' + && defined($SchVal) && $SchVal eq '' + && defined($TblVal) && $TblVal eq '') { # Rule 19a + $Sql = <<'SQL'; +SELECT NULL TABLE_CAT + , NULL TABLE_SCHEM + , NULL TABLE_NAME + , NULL TABLE_TYPE + , NULL REMARKS +SQL + } + elsif ( defined($SchVal) && $SchVal eq '%' + && defined($CatVal) && $CatVal eq '' + && defined($TblVal) && $TblVal eq '') { # Rule 19b + $Sql = <<'SQL'; +SELECT NULL TABLE_CAT + , NULL TABLE_SCHEM + , NULL TABLE_NAME + , NULL TABLE_TYPE + , NULL REMARKS +SQL + } + elsif ( defined($TypVal) && $TypVal eq '%' + && defined($CatVal) && $CatVal eq '' + && defined($SchVal) && $SchVal eq '' + && defined($TblVal) && $TblVal eq '') { # Rule 19c + $Sql = <<'SQL'; +SELECT NULL TABLE_CAT + , NULL TABLE_SCHEM + , NULL TABLE_NAME + , t.tt TABLE_TYPE + , NULL REMARKS +FROM ( + SELECT 'TABLE' tt UNION + SELECT 'VIEW' tt UNION + SELECT 'LOCAL TEMPORARY' tt +) t +ORDER BY TABLE_TYPE +SQL + } + else { + $Sql = <<'SQL'; +SELECT * +FROM +( +SELECT NULL TABLE_CAT + , NULL TABLE_SCHEM + , tbl_name TABLE_NAME + , TABLE_TYPE + , NULL REMARKS + , sql sqlite_sql +FROM ( + SELECT tbl_name, upper(type) TABLE_TYPE, sql + FROM sqlite_master + WHERE type IN ( 'table','view') +UNION ALL + SELECT tbl_name, 'LOCAL TEMPORARY' TABLE_TYPE, sql + FROM sqlite_temp_master + WHERE type IN ( 'table','view') +UNION ALL + SELECT 'sqlite_master' tbl_name, 'SYSTEM TABLE' TABLE_TYPE, NULL sql +UNION ALL + SELECT 'sqlite_temp_master' tbl_name, 'SYSTEM TABLE' TABLE_TYPE, NULL sql +) +) +SQL + if ( defined $TblVal ) { + push @Where, "TABLE_NAME LIKE '$TblVal'"; + } + if ( defined $TypVal ) { + my $table_type_list; + $TypVal =~ s/^\s+//; + $TypVal =~ s/\s+$//; + my @ttype_list = split (/\s*,\s*/, $TypVal); + foreach my $table_type (@ttype_list) { + if ($table_type !~ /^'.*'$/) { + $table_type = "'" . $table_type . "'"; + } + $table_type_list = join(", ", @ttype_list); + } + push @Where, "TABLE_TYPE IN (\U$table_type_list)" + if $table_type_list; + } + $Sql .= ' WHERE ' . join("\n AND ", @Where ) . "\n" if @Where; + $Sql .= " ORDER BY TABLE_TYPE, TABLE_SCHEM, TABLE_NAME\n"; + } + my $sth = $dbh->prepare($Sql) or return undef; + $sth->execute or return undef; + $sth; +} + + +sub primary_key_info { + my($dbh, $catalog, $schema, $table) = @_; + + my @pk_info; + + my $sth_tables = $dbh->table_info($catalog, $schema, $table, ''); + + # this is a hack but much simpler than using pragma index_list etc + # also the pragma doesn't list 'INTEGER PRIMARK KEY' autoinc PKs! + while ( my $row = $sth_tables->fetchrow_hashref ) { + my $sql = $row->{sqlite_sql} or next; + next unless $sql =~ /(.*?)\s*PRIMARY\s+KEY\s*(?:\(\s*(.*?)\s*\))?/si; + my @pk = split /\s*,\s*/, $2 || ''; + unless (@pk) { + my $prefix = $1; + $prefix =~ s/.*create\s+table\s+.*?\(\s*//i; + $prefix = (split /\s*,\s*/, $prefix)[-1]; + @pk = (split /\s+/, $prefix)[0]; # take first word as name + } + #warn "GOT PK $row->{TABLE_NAME} (@pk)\n"; + my $key_seq = 0; + for my $pk_field (@pk) { + push @pk_info, { + TABLE_SCHEM => $row->{TABLE_SCHEM}, + TABLE_NAME => $row->{TABLE_NAME}, + COLUMN_NAME => $pk_field, + KEY_SEQ => ++$key_seq, + PK_NAME => 'PRIMARY KEY', + }; + } + } + + my $sponge = DBI->connect("DBI:Sponge:", '','') + or return $dbh->DBI::set_err($DBI::err, "DBI::Sponge: $DBI::errstr"); + my @names = qw(TABLE_CAT TABLE_SCHEM TABLE_NAME COLUMN_NAME KEY_SEQ PK_NAME); + my $sth = $sponge->prepare("column_info $table", { + rows => [ map { [ @{$_}{@names} ] } @pk_info ], + NUM_OF_FIELDS => scalar @names, + NAME => \@names, + }) or return $dbh->DBI::set_err($sponge->err(), $sponge->errstr()); + return $sth; +} + +sub type_info_all { + my ($dbh) = @_; +return; # XXX code just copied from DBD::Oracle, not yet thought about + my $names = { + TYPE_NAME => 0, + DATA_TYPE => 1, + COLUMN_SIZE => 2, + LITERAL_PREFIX => 3, + LITERAL_SUFFIX => 4, + CREATE_PARAMS => 5, + NULLABLE => 6, + CASE_SENSITIVE => 7, + SEARCHABLE => 8, + UNSIGNED_ATTRIBUTE => 9, + FIXED_PREC_SCALE =>10, + AUTO_UNIQUE_VALUE =>11, + LOCAL_TYPE_NAME =>12, + MINIMUM_SCALE =>13, + MAXIMUM_SCALE =>14, + SQL_DATA_TYPE =>15, + SQL_DATETIME_SUB=>16, + NUM_PREC_RADIX =>17, + }; + my $ti = [ + $names, + [ 'CHAR', 1, 255, '\'', '\'', 'max length', 1, 1, 3, + undef, '0', '0', undef, undef, undef, 1, undef, undef + ], + [ 'NUMBER', 3, 38, undef, undef, 'precision,scale', 1, '0', 3, + '0', '0', '0', undef, '0', 38, 3, undef, 10 + ], + [ 'DOUBLE', 8, 15, undef, undef, undef, 1, '0', 3, + '0', '0', '0', undef, undef, undef, 8, undef, 10 + ], + [ 'DATE', 9, 19, '\'', '\'', undef, 1, '0', 3, + undef, '0', '0', undef, '0', '0', 11, undef, undef + ], + [ 'VARCHAR', 12, 1024*1024, '\'', '\'', 'max length', 1, 1, 3, + undef, '0', '0', undef, undef, undef, 12, undef, undef + ] + ]; + return $ti; +} + + +1; +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +DBD::SQLite - Self Contained RDBMS in a DBI Driver + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + use DBI; + my $dbh = DBI->connect("dbi:SQLite:dbname=dbfile","",""); + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +SQLite is a public domain RDBMS database engine that you can find +at http://www.hwaci.com/sw/sqlite/. + +Rather than ask you to install SQLite first, because SQLite is public +domain, DBD::SQLite includes the entire thing in the distribution. So +in order to get a fast transaction capable RDBMS working for your +perl project you simply have to install this module, and B +else. + +SQLite supports the following features: + +=over 4 + +=item Implements a large subset of SQL92 + +See http://www.hwaci.com/sw/sqlite/lang.html for details. + +=item A complete DB in a single disk file + +Everything for your database is stored in a single disk file, making it +easier to move things around than with DBD::CSV. + +=item Atomic commit and rollback + +Yes, DBD::SQLite is small and light, but it supports full transactions! + +=item Extensible + +User-defined aggregate or regular functions can be registered with the +SQL parser. + +=back + +There's lots more to it, so please refer to the docs on the SQLite web +page, listed above, for SQL details. Also refer to L for details +on how to use DBI itself. + +=head1 CONFORMANCE WITH DBI SPECIFICATION + +The API works like every DBI module does. Please see L for more +details about core features. + +Currently many statement attributes are not implemented or are +limited by the typeless nature of the SQLite database. + +=head1 DRIVER PRIVATE ATTRIBUTES + +=head2 Database Handle Attributes + +=over 4 + +=item sqlite_version + +Returns the version of the SQLite library which DBD::SQLite is using, +e.g., "2.8.0". Can only be read. + +=item unicode + +If set to a true value, DBD::SQLite will turn the UTF-8 flag on for all text +strings coming out of the database. For more details on the UTF-8 flag see +L. The default is for the UTF-8 flag to be turned off. + +Also note that due to some bizareness in SQLite's type system (see +http://www.sqlite.org/datatype3.html), if you want to retain +blob-style behavior for B columns under C<< $dbh->{unicode} = 1 +>> (say, to store images in the database), you have to state so +explicitely using the 3-argument form of L when doing +updates: + + use DBI qw(:sql_types); + $dbh->{unicode} = 1; + my $sth = $dbh->prepare + ("INSERT INTO mytable (blobcolumn) VALUES (?)"); + $sth->bind_param(1, $binary_data, SQL_BLOB); # binary_data will + # be stored as-is. + +Defining the column type as BLOB in the DDL is B sufficient. + +=back + +=head1 DRIVER PRIVATE METHODS + +=head2 $dbh->func('last_insert_rowid') + +This method returns the last inserted rowid. If you specify an INTEGER PRIMARY +KEY as the first column in your table, that is the column that is returned. +Otherwise, it is the hidden ROWID column. See the sqlite docs for details. + +Note: You can now use $dbh->last_insert_id() if you have a recent version of +DBI. + +=head2 $dbh->func( 'busy_timeout' ) + +Retrieve the current busy timeout. + +=head2 $dbh->func( $ms, 'busy_timeout' ) + +Set the current busy timeout. The timeout is in milliseconds. + +=head2 $dbh->func( $name, $argc, $func_ref, "create_function" ) + +This method will register a new function which will be useable in SQL +query. The method's parameters are: + +=over + +=item $name + +The name of the function. This is the name of the function as it will +be used from SQL. + +=item $argc + +The number of arguments taken by the function. If this number is -1, +the function can take any number of arguments. + +=item $func_ref + +This should be a reference to the function's implementation. + +=back + +For example, here is how to define a now() function which returns the +current number of seconds since the epoch: + + $dbh->func( 'now', 0, sub { return time }, 'create_function' ); + +After this, it could be use from SQL as: + + INSERT INTO mytable ( now() ); + +=head2 $dbh->func( $name, $argc, $pkg, 'create_aggregate' ) + +This method will register a new aggregate function which can then used +from SQL. The method's parameters are: + +=over + +=item $name + +The name of the aggregate function, this is the name under which the +function will be available from SQL. + +=item $argc + +This is an integer which tells the SQL parser how many arguments the +function takes. If that number is -1, the function can take any number +of arguments. + +=item $pkg + +This is the package which implements the aggregator interface. + +=back + +The aggregator interface consists of defining three methods: + +=over + +=item new() + +This method will be called once to create an object which should +be used to aggregate the rows in a particular group. The step() and +finalize() methods will be called upon the reference return by +the method. + +=item step(@_) + +This method will be called once for each rows in the aggregate. + +=item finalize() + +This method will be called once all rows in the aggregate were +processed and it should return the aggregate function's result. When +there is no rows in the aggregate, finalize() will be called right +after new(). + +=back + +Here is a simple aggregate function which returns the variance +(example adapted from pysqlite): + + package variance; + + sub new { bless [], shift; } + + sub step { + my ( $self, $value ) = @_; + + push @$self, $value; + } + + sub finalize { + my $self = $_[0]; + + my $n = @$self; + + # Variance is NULL unless there is more than one row + return undef unless $n || $n == 1; + + my $mu = 0; + foreach my $v ( @$self ) { + $mu += $v; + } + $mu /= $n; + + my $sigma = 0; + foreach my $v ( @$self ) { + $sigma += ($x - $mu)**2; + } + $sigma = $sigma / ($n - 1); + + return $sigma; + } + + $dbh->func( "variance", 1, 'variance', "create_aggregate" ); + +The aggregate function can then be used as: + + SELECT group_name, variance(score) FROM results + GROUP BY group_name; + +=head1 BLOBS + +As of version 1.11, blobs should "just work" in SQLite as text columns. However +this will cause the data to be treated as a string, so SQL statements such +as length(x) will return the length of the column as a NUL terminated string, +rather than the size of the blob in bytes. In order to store natively as a +BLOB use the following code: + + use DBI qw(:sql_types); + my $dbh = DBI->connect("dbi:sqlite:/path/to/db"); + + my $blob = `cat foo.jpg`; + my $sth = $dbh->prepare("INSERT INTO mytable VALUES (1, ?)"); + $sth->bind_param(1, $blob, SQL_BLOB); + $sth->execute(); + +And then retreival just works: + + $sth = $dbh->prepare("SELECT * FROM mytable WHERE id = 1"); + $sth->execute(); + my $row = $sth->fetch; + my $blobo = $row->[1]; + + # now $blobo == $blob + +=head1 NOTES + +To access the database from the command line, try using dbish which comes with +the DBI module. Just type: + + dbish dbi:SQLite:foo.db + +On the command line to access the file F. + +Alternatively you can install SQLite from the link above without conflicting +with DBD::SQLite and use the supplied C command line tool. + +=head1 PERFORMANCE + +SQLite is fast, very fast. I recently processed my 72MB log file with it, +inserting the data (400,000+ rows) by using transactions and only committing +every 1000 rows (otherwise the insertion is quite slow), and then performing +queries on the data. + +Queries like count(*) and avg(bytes) took fractions of a second to return, +but what surprised me most of all was: + + SELECT url, count(*) as count FROM access_log + GROUP BY url + ORDER BY count desc + LIMIT 20 + +To discover the top 20 hit URLs on the site (http://axkit.org), and it +returned within 2 seconds. I'm seriously considering switching my log +analysis code to use this little speed demon! + +Oh yeah, and that was with no indexes on the table, on a 400MHz PIII. + +For best performance be sure to tune your hdparm settings if you are +using linux. Also you might want to set: + + PRAGMA default_synchronous = OFF + +Which will prevent sqlite from doing fsync's when writing (which +slows down non-transactional writes significantly) at the expense of some +peace of mind. Also try playing with the cache_size pragma. + +=head1 BUGS + +Likely to be many, please use http://rt.cpan.org/ for reporting bugs. + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Matt Sergeant, matt@sergeant.org + +Perl extension functions contributed by Francis J. Lacoste + and Wolfgang Sourdeau + + +=head1 SEE ALSO + +L. + +=cut diff --git a/loadext.c b/loadext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2f4726 --- /dev/null +++ b/loadext.c @@ -0,0 +1,440 @@ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into +** the SQLite library. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION + +#define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */ +#include "sqlite3ext.h" +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "os.h" +#include +#include + +/* +** Some API routines are omitted when various features are +** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer +** for any missing APIs. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION +# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_complete16 0 +# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0 +# define sqlite3_create_function16 0 +# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0 +# define sqlite3_open16 0 +# define sqlite3_prepare16 0 +# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0 +# define sqlite3_result_error16 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0 +# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0 +# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0 +# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 +# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE +# define sqlite3_complete 0 +# define sqlite3_complete16 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK +# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define sqlite3_create_module 0 +# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0 +# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +# define sqlite3_profile 0 +# define sqlite3_trace 0 +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE +# define sqlite3_free_table 0 +# define sqlite3_get_table 0 +#endif + +/* +** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines. +** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are +** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite +** library. +** +** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure +** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. +** +** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the +** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they +** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should +** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is +** not NULL before calling it. +*/ +const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_apis = { + sqlite3_aggregate_context, + sqlite3_aggregate_count, + sqlite3_bind_blob, + sqlite3_bind_double, + sqlite3_bind_int, + sqlite3_bind_int64, + sqlite3_bind_null, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_count, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_index, + sqlite3_bind_parameter_name, + sqlite3_bind_text, + sqlite3_bind_text16, + sqlite3_bind_value, + sqlite3_busy_handler, + sqlite3_busy_timeout, + sqlite3_changes, + sqlite3_close, + sqlite3_collation_needed, + sqlite3_collation_needed16, + sqlite3_column_blob, + sqlite3_column_bytes, + sqlite3_column_bytes16, + sqlite3_column_count, + sqlite3_column_database_name, + sqlite3_column_database_name16, + sqlite3_column_decltype, + sqlite3_column_decltype16, + sqlite3_column_double, + sqlite3_column_int, + sqlite3_column_int64, + sqlite3_column_name, + sqlite3_column_name16, + sqlite3_column_origin_name, + sqlite3_column_origin_name16, + sqlite3_column_table_name, + sqlite3_column_table_name16, + sqlite3_column_text, + sqlite3_column_text16, + sqlite3_column_type, + sqlite3_column_value, + sqlite3_commit_hook, + sqlite3_complete, + sqlite3_complete16, + sqlite3_create_collation, + sqlite3_create_collation16, + sqlite3_create_function, + sqlite3_create_function16, + sqlite3_create_module, + sqlite3_data_count, + sqlite3_db_handle, + sqlite3_declare_vtab, + sqlite3_enable_shared_cache, + sqlite3_errcode, + sqlite3_errmsg, + sqlite3_errmsg16, + sqlite3_exec, + sqlite3_expired, + sqlite3_finalize, + sqlite3_free, + sqlite3_free_table, + sqlite3_get_autocommit, + sqlite3_get_auxdata, + sqlite3_get_table, + 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ + sqlite3_interrupt, + sqlite3_last_insert_rowid, + sqlite3_libversion, + sqlite3_libversion_number, + sqlite3_malloc, + sqlite3_mprintf, + sqlite3_open, + sqlite3_open16, + sqlite3_prepare, + sqlite3_prepare16, + sqlite3_profile, + sqlite3_progress_handler, + sqlite3_realloc, + sqlite3_reset, + sqlite3_result_blob, + sqlite3_result_double, + sqlite3_result_error, + sqlite3_result_error16, + sqlite3_result_int, + sqlite3_result_int64, + sqlite3_result_null, + sqlite3_result_text, + sqlite3_result_text16, + sqlite3_result_text16be, + sqlite3_result_text16le, + sqlite3_result_value, + sqlite3_rollback_hook, + sqlite3_set_authorizer, + sqlite3_set_auxdata, + sqlite3_snprintf, + sqlite3_step, + sqlite3_table_column_metadata, + sqlite3_thread_cleanup, + sqlite3_total_changes, + sqlite3_trace, + sqlite3_transfer_bindings, + sqlite3_update_hook, + sqlite3_user_data, + sqlite3_value_blob, + sqlite3_value_bytes, + sqlite3_value_bytes16, + sqlite3_value_double, + sqlite3_value_int, + sqlite3_value_int64, + sqlite3_value_numeric_type, + sqlite3_value_text, + sqlite3_value_text16, + sqlite3_value_text16be, + sqlite3_value_text16le, + sqlite3_value_type, + sqlite3_vmprintf, + /* + ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any + ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But + ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the + ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with + ** a library that is new enough to support that API. + ************************************************************************* + */ + sqlite3_overload_function, + + /* + ** Added after 3.3.13 + */ + sqlite3_prepare_v2, + sqlite3_prepare16_v2, + sqlite3_clear_bindings, + + /* + ** Added for 3.4.1 + */ + sqlite3_create_module_v2, + +}; + +/* +** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file +** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a +** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use +** of the default name is recommended. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. +** +** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with +** error message text. The calling function should free this memory +** by calling sqlite3_free(). +*/ +int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +){ + void *handle; + int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*); + char *zErrmsg = 0; + void **aHandle; + + /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older + ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the + ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One + ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension + ** loading. Otherwise you get the following error. + */ + if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized"); + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + if( zProc==0 ){ + zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init"; + } + + handle = sqlite3OsDlopen(zFile); + if( handle==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile); + } + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) + sqlite3OsDlsym(handle, zProc); + if( xInit==0 ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", + zProc, zFile); + } + sqlite3OsDlclose(handle); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3_apis) ){ + if( pzErrMsg ){ + *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); + } + sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); + sqlite3OsDlclose(handle); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ + db->nExtension++; + aHandle = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); + if( aHandle==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( db->nExtension>0 ){ + memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension-1)); + } + sqliteFree(db->aExtension); + db->aExtension = aHandle; + + db->aExtension[db->nExtension-1] = handle; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order +** to clean up loaded extensions +*/ +void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + for(i=0; inExtension; i++){ + sqlite3OsDlclose(db->aExtension[i]); + } + sqliteFree(db->aExtension); +} + +/* +** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by +** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. +*/ +int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ + if( onoff ){ + db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** A list of automatically loaded extensions. +** +** This list is shared across threads, so be sure to hold the +** mutex while accessing or changing it. +*/ +static int nAutoExtension = 0; +static void **aAutoExtension = 0; + + +/* +** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically +** loaded by every new database connection. +*/ +int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xInit){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + for(i=0; i=nAutoExtension ){ + xInit = 0; + go = 0; + }else{ + xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*)) + aAutoExtension[i]; + } + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3_apis) ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, + "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); + go = 0; + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + return rc; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ diff --git a/main.c b/main.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8c69cb --- /dev/null +++ b/main.c @@ -0,0 +1,1443 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file +** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in +** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be +** accessed by users of the library. +** +** $Id: main.c,v 1.378 2007/08/13 15:28:34 danielk1977 Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "os.h" +#include + +/* +** The version of the library +*/ +const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; +const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } +int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } + +/* +** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if +** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing +** I/O active are written using this function. These messages +** are intended for debugging activity only. +*/ +void (*sqlite3_io_trace)(const char*, ...) = 0; + +/* +** If the following global variable points to a string which is the +** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store +** temporary files. +** +** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. +*/ +char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; + + +/* +** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always +** available. +*/ +static int binCollFunc( + void *NotUsed, + int nKey1, const void *pKey1, + int nKey2, const void *pKey2 +){ + int rc, n; + n = nKey1lastRowid; +} + +/* +** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). +*/ +int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->nChange; +} + +/* +** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. +*/ +int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->nTotalChange; +} + +/* +** Close an existing SQLite database +*/ +int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ + HashElem *i; + int j; + + if( !db ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_SSE + { + extern void sqlite3SseCleanup(sqlite3*); + sqlite3SseCleanup(db); + } +#endif + + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + + /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above + ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual + ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() + ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active + ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing + ** some prepared statements internally. + */ + sqlite3VtabRollback(db); + + /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */ + if( db->pVdbe ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "Unable to close due to unfinalised statements"); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + assert( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ); + + /* FIX ME: db->magic may be set to SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED if the database + ** cannot be opened for some reason. So this routine needs to run in + ** that case. But maybe there should be an extra magic value for the + ** "failed to open" state. + ** + ** TODO: Coverage tests do not test the case where this condition is + ** true. It's hard to see how to cause it without messing with threads. + */ + if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED && sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){ + /* printf("DID NOT CLOSE\n"); fflush(stdout); */ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ + struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; + if( pDb->pBt ){ + sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); + pDb->pBt = 0; + if( j!=1 ){ + pDb->pSchema = 0; + } + } + } + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + assert( db->nDb<=2 ); + assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + FuncDef *pFunc, *pNext; + for(pFunc = (FuncDef*)sqliteHashData(i); pFunc; pFunc=pNext){ + pNext = pFunc->pNext; + sqliteFree(pFunc); + } + } + + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); + /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ + for(j=0; j<3; j++){ + if( pColl[j].xDel ){ + pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); + } + } + sqliteFree(pColl); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ + Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); + if( pMod->xDestroy ){ + pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); + } + sqliteFree(pMod); + } + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); +#endif + + sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc); + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ + if( db->pErr ){ + sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); + } + sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); + + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; + + /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema + ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). + ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into + ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database + ** structure? + */ + sqliteFree(db->aDb[1].pSchema); + sqliteFree(db); + sqlite3ReleaseThreadData(); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Rollback all database files. +*/ +void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){ + int i; + int inTrans = 0; + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ + if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ + inTrans = 1; + } + sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt); + db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0; + } + } + sqlite3VtabRollback(db); + if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + } + + /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ + if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ + db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); + } +} + +/* +** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the +** argument. +*/ +const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ + const char *z; + switch( rc & 0xff ){ + case SQLITE_ROW: + case SQLITE_DONE: + case SQLITE_OK: z = "not an error"; break; + case SQLITE_ERROR: z = "SQL logic error or missing database"; break; + case SQLITE_PERM: z = "access permission denied"; break; + case SQLITE_ABORT: z = "callback requested query abort"; break; + case SQLITE_BUSY: z = "database is locked"; break; + case SQLITE_LOCKED: z = "database table is locked"; break; + case SQLITE_NOMEM: z = "out of memory"; break; + case SQLITE_READONLY: z = "attempt to write a readonly database"; break; + case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: z = "interrupted"; break; + case SQLITE_IOERR: z = "disk I/O error"; break; + case SQLITE_CORRUPT: z = "database disk image is malformed"; break; + case SQLITE_FULL: z = "database or disk is full"; break; + case SQLITE_CANTOPEN: z = "unable to open database file"; break; + case SQLITE_EMPTY: z = "table contains no data"; break; + case SQLITE_SCHEMA: z = "database schema has changed"; break; + case SQLITE_TOOBIG: z = "String or BLOB exceeded size limit"; break; + case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: z = "constraint failed"; break; + case SQLITE_MISMATCH: z = "datatype mismatch"; break; + case SQLITE_MISUSE: z = "library routine called out of sequence";break; + case SQLITE_NOLFS: z = "kernel lacks large file support"; break; + case SQLITE_AUTH: z = "authorization denied"; break; + case SQLITE_FORMAT: z = "auxiliary database format error"; break; + case SQLITE_RANGE: z = "bind or column index out of range"; break; + case SQLITE_NOTADB: z = "file is encrypted or is not a database";break; + default: z = "unknown error"; break; + } + return z; +} + +/* +** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries +** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is +** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first +** argument. +*/ +static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback( + void *ptr, /* Database connection */ + int count /* Number of times table has been busy */ +){ +#if OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP) + static const u8 delays[] = + { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 }; + static const u8 totals[] = + { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 }; +# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0])) + int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; + int delay, prior; + + assert( count>=0 ); + if( count < NDELAY ){ + delay = delays[count]; + prior = totals[count]; + }else{ + delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; + prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); + } + if( prior + delay > timeout ){ + delay = timeout - prior; + if( delay<=0 ) return 0; + } + sqlite3OsSleep(delay); + return 1; +#else + int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; + if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){ + return 0; + } + sqlite3OsSleep(1000); + return 1; +#endif +} + +/* +** Invoke the given busy handler. +** +** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock. +** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it +** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. +*/ +int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){ + int rc; + if( p==0 || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; + rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy); + if( rc==0 ){ + p->nBusy = -1; + }else{ + p->nBusy++; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the +** given callback function with the given argument. +*/ +int sqlite3_busy_handler( + sqlite3 *db, + int (*xBusy)(void*,int), + void *pArg +){ + if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy; + db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg; + db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK +/* +** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the +** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will +** be invoked every nOps opcodes. +*/ +void sqlite3_progress_handler( + sqlite3 *db, + int nOps, + int (*xProgress)(void*), + void *pArg +){ + if( !sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ + if( nOps>0 ){ + db->xProgress = xProgress; + db->nProgressOps = nOps; + db->pProgressArg = pArg; + }else{ + db->xProgress = 0; + db->nProgressOps = 0; + db->pProgressArg = 0; + } + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the +** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. +*/ +int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ + if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + if( ms>0 ){ + db->busyTimeout = ms; + sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); + }else{ + sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. +*/ +void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ + if( db && (db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY) ){ + db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Memory allocation routines that use SQLites internal memory +** memory allocator. Depending on how SQLite is compiled, the +** internal memory allocator might be just an alias for the +** system default malloc/realloc/free. Or the built-in allocator +** might do extra stuff like put sentinals around buffers to +** check for overruns or look for memory leaks. +** +** Use sqlite3_free() to free memory returned by sqlite3_mprintf(). +*/ +void sqlite3_free(void *p){ if( p ) sqlite3OsFree(p); } +void *sqlite3_malloc(int nByte){ return nByte>0 ? sqlite3OsMalloc(nByte) : 0; } +void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int nByte){ + if( pOld ){ + if( nByte>0 ){ + return sqlite3OsRealloc(pOld, nByte); + }else{ + sqlite3OsFree(pOld); + return 0; + } + }else{ + return sqlite3_malloc(nByte); + } +} + +/* +** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except +** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is +** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code +** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. +*/ +int sqlite3CreateFunc( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *pUserData, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +){ + FuncDef *p; + int nName; + + if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + if( zFunctionName==0 || + (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || + (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) || + (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) || + (nArg<-1 || nArg>127) || + (255<(nName = strlen(zFunctionName))) ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "bad parameters"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this + ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the + ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. + ** + ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function + ** to the hash table. + */ + if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ + enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ + int rc; + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, + pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE, + pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; + } +#else + enc = SQLITE_UTF8; +#endif + + /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, + ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function + ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the + ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. + */ + p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 0); + if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ + if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "Unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); + assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + } + } + + p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 1); + if( p ){ + p->flags = 0; + p->xFunc = xFunc; + p->xStep = xStep; + p->xFinalize = xFinal; + p->pUserData = pUserData; + p->nArg = nArg; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Create new user functions. +*/ +int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int enc, + void *p, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +){ + int rc; + assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); + + return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3 *db, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void *p, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +){ + int rc; + char *zFunc8; + assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + + zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(zFunctionName, -1); + rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal); + sqliteFree(zFunc8); + + return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); +} +#endif + + +/* +** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. +** +** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then +** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create +** a new one that always throws a run-time error. +** +** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they +** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. +** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work +** properly. +*/ +int sqlite3_overload_function( + sqlite3 *db, + const char *zName, + int nArg +){ + int nName = strlen(zName); + if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){ + sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, + 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0); + } + return sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE +/* +** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace +** is returned. +** +** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL +** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each +** SQL statement. +*/ +void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ + void *pOld = db->pTraceArg; + db->xTrace = xTrace; + db->pTraceArg = pArg; + return pOld; +} +/* +** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered +** profile function is returned. +** +** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL +** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of +** each SQL statement that is run. +*/ +void *sqlite3_profile( + sqlite3 *db, + void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), + void *pArg +){ + void *pOld = db->pProfileArg; + db->xProfile = xProfile; + db->pProfileArg = pArg; + return pOld; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ + +/*** EXPERIMENTAL *** +** +** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments. +** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a +** rollback. +*/ +void *sqlite3_commit_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pOld = db->pCommitArg; + db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; + db->pCommitArg = pArg; + return pOld; +} + +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, +** inserted or deleted using this database connection. +*/ +void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pRet = db->pUpdateArg; + db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; + db->pUpdateArg = pArg; + return pRet; +} + +/* +** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled +** back by this database connection. +*/ +void *sqlite3_rollback_hook( + sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ + void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */ + void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ +){ + void *pRet = db->pRollbackArg; + db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; + db->pRollbackArg = pArg; + return pRet; +} + +/* +** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree +** driver. If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is +** opened and used. If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then +** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as +** the connection is closed.) If zFilename is NULL then the database +** is a "virtual" database for transient use only and is deleted as +** soon as the connection is closed. +** +** A virtual database can be either a disk file (that is automatically +** deleted when the file is closed) or it an be held entirely in memory, +** depending on the values of the TEMP_STORE compile-time macro and the +** db->temp_store variable, according to the following chart: +** +** TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database +** ---------- -------------- ------------------------------ +** 0 any file +** 1 1 file +** 1 2 memory +** 1 0 file +** 2 1 file +** 2 2 memory +** 2 0 memory +** 3 any memory +*/ +int sqlite3BtreeFactory( + const sqlite3 *db, /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ + int omitJournal, /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */ + int nCache, /* How many pages in the page cache */ + Btree **ppBtree /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ +){ + int btree_flags = 0; + int rc; + + assert( ppBtree != 0); + if( omitJournal ){ + btree_flags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL; + } + if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){ + btree_flags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK; + } + if( zFilename==0 ){ +#if TEMP_STORE==0 + /* Do nothing */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB +#if TEMP_STORE==1 + if( db->temp_store==2 ) zFilename = ":memory:"; +#endif +#if TEMP_STORE==2 + if( db->temp_store!=1 ) zFilename = ":memory:"; +#endif +#if TEMP_STORE==3 + zFilename = ":memory:"; +#endif +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB */ + } + + rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, (sqlite3 *)db, ppBtree, btree_flags); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(*ppBtree, (void*)&db->busyHandler); + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent +** error. +*/ +const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ + const char *z; + assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + if( !db ){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM); + } + if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){ + return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE); + } + z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); + if( z==0 ){ + z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); + } + return z; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent +** error. +*/ +const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ + /* Because all the characters in the string are in the unicode + ** range 0x00-0xFF, if we pad the big-endian string with a + ** zero byte, we can obtain the little-endian string with + ** &big_endian[1]. + */ + static const char outOfMemBe[] = { + 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', + 0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', + 0, 'm', 0, 'e', 0, 'm', 0, 'o', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, 0, 0 + }; + static const char misuseBe [] = { + 0, 'l', 0, 'i', 0, 'b', 0, 'r', 0, 'a', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, ' ', + 0, 'r', 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, 'i', 0, 'n', 0, 'e', 0, ' ', + 0, 'c', 0, 'a', 0, 'l', 0, 'l', 0, 'e', 0, 'd', 0, ' ', + 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', + 0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', + 0, 's', 0, 'e', 0, 'q', 0, 'u', 0, 'e', 0, 'n', 0, 'c', 0, 'e', 0, 0, 0 + }; + + const void *z; + assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + if( !db ){ + return (void *)(&outOfMemBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]); + } + if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==SQLITE_MISUSE ){ + return (void *)(&misuseBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]); + } + z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); + if( z==0 ){ + sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode), + SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); + z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); + } + sqlite3ApiExit(0, 0); + return z; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is +** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). +*/ +int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ + if( !db || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + return db->errCode & db->errMask; +} + +/* +** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName +** and the encoding is enc. +*/ +static int createCollation( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDel)(void*) +){ + CollSeq *pColl; + int enc2; + + if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + + /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this + ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the + ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. + */ + enc2 = enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED; + if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ + enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + } + + if( (enc2&~3)!=0 ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown encoding"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation + ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there + ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. + */ + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, strlen(zName), 0); + if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ + if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, + "Unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db); + + /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to + ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), + ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. + ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need + ** to be called. + */ + if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ + CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, strlen(zName)); + int j; + for(j=0; j<3; j++){ + CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; + if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ + if( p->xDel ){ + p->xDel(p->pUser); + } + p->xCmp = 0; + } + } + } + } + + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, strlen(zName), 1); + if( pColl ){ + pColl->xCmp = xCompare; + pColl->pUser = pCtx; + pColl->xDel = xDel; + pColl->enc = enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED); + } + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +/* +** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of +** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" +** is UTF-8 encoded. +*/ +static int openDatabase( + const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: Returned database handle */ +){ + sqlite3 *db; + int rc; + CollSeq *pColl; + + assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + + /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ + db = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(sqlite3) ); + if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; + db->errMask = 0xff; + db->priorNewRowid = 0; + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; + db->nDb = 2; + db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; + db->autoCommit = 1; + db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames +#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 + | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION + | SQLITE_LoadExtension +#endif + ; + sqlite3HashInit(&db->aFunc, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); + sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0); +#endif + + /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 + ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary + ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. + */ + if( createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0) || + createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0) || + createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0) || + (db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0))==0 + ){ + assert( sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; + goto opendb_out; + } + + /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */ + createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); + + /* Set flags on the built-in collating sequences */ + db->pDfltColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_BINARY; + pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "NOCASE", 6, 0); + if( pColl ){ + pColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE; + } + + /* Open the backend database driver */ + rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, + &db->aDb[0].pBt); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; + goto opendb_out; + } + db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db->aDb[0].pBt); + db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(0); + + + /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp + ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults. + */ + db->aDb[0].zName = "main"; + db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + db->aDb[1].zName = "temp"; + db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1; +#endif + + db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + goto opendb_out; + } + + /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the + ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database + ** is accessed. + */ + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); + sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db); + + /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered + ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. + */ + (void)sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); + if( sqlite3_errcode(db)!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto opendb_out; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 + if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 + if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU + if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + extern int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3*); + rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); + } +#endif + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + + /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking + ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking + ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE + db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), + SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); +#endif + +opendb_out: + if( SQLITE_NOMEM==(rc = sqlite3_errcode(db)) ){ + sqlite3_close(db); + db = 0; + } + *ppDb = db; + return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); +} + +/* +** Open a new database handle. +*/ +int sqlite3_open( + const char *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb +){ + return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Open a new database handle. +*/ +int sqlite3_open16( + const void *zFilename, + sqlite3 **ppDb +){ + char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3_value *pVal; + + assert( zFilename ); + assert( ppDb ); + *ppDb = 0; + pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(); + sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); + zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); + if( zFilename8 ){ + rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppDb ){ + rc = sqlite3_exec(*ppDb, "PRAGMA encoding = 'UTF-16'", 0, 0, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3_close(*ppDb); + *ppDb = 0; + } + } + } + sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); + + return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by +** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_ +** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual +** machine. +** +** This routine sets the error code and string returned by +** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). +*/ +int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int rc; + if( pStmt==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it +** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from +** the prior execution is returned. +** +** This routine sets the error code and string returned by +** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). +*/ +int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int rc; + if( pStmt==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3VdbeReset((Vdbe*)pStmt); + sqlite3VdbeMakeReady((Vdbe*)pStmt, -1, 0, 0, 0); + assert( (rc & (sqlite3_db_handle(pStmt)->errMask))==rc ); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. +*/ +int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +){ + int rc; + assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); + return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); +} + +/* +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. +*/ +int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDel)(void*) +){ + int rc; + assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); + return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. +*/ +int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3* db, + const char *zName, + int enc, + void* pCtx, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + char *zName8; + assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(zName, -1); + if( zName8 ){ + rc = createCollation(db, zName8, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); + sqliteFree(zName8); + } + return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +/* +** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle +** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. +*/ +int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, + void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +){ + if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; + db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; + db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle +** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. +*/ +int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3 *db, + void *pCollNeededArg, + void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +){ + if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + db->xCollNeeded = 0; + db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; + db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER +/* +** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a +** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically. +*/ +int sqlite3_global_recover(){ + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit +** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on +** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled +** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. +** +******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ****** +*/ +int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){ + return db->autoCommit; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** The following routine is subtituted for constant SQLITE_CORRUPT in +** debugging builds. This provides a way to set a breakpoint for when +** corruption is first detected. +*/ +int sqlite3Corrupt(void){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT; +} +#endif + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE +/* +** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features for the +** current thread. +** +** This routine should only be called when there are no open +** database connections. +*/ +int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ + ThreadData *pTd = sqlite3ThreadData(); + if( pTd ){ + /* It is only legal to call sqlite3_enable_shared_cache() when there + ** are no currently open b-trees that were opened by the calling thread. + ** This condition is only easy to detect if the shared-cache were + ** previously enabled (and is being disabled). + */ + if( pTd->pBtree && !enable ){ + assert( pTd->useSharedData ); + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + + pTd->useSharedData = enable; + sqlite3ReleaseThreadData(); + } + return sqlite3ApiExit(0, SQLITE_OK); +} +#endif + +/* +** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific +** data for this thread has been deallocated. +*/ +void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ + ThreadData *pTd = sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(0); + if( pTd ){ + memset(pTd, 0, sizeof(*pTd)); + sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(-1); + } +} + +/* +** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. +** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA +int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if colums is auto-increment */ +){ + int rc; + char *zErrMsg = 0; + Table *pTab = 0; + Column *pCol = 0; + int iCol; + + char const *zDataType = 0; + char const *zCollSeq = 0; + int notnull = 0; + int primarykey = 0; + int autoinc = 0; + + /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ + if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + goto error_out; + } + + /* Locate the table in question */ + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); + if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ + pTab = 0; + goto error_out; + } + + /* Find the column for which info is requested */ + if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ + iCol = pTab->iPKey; + if( iCol>=0 ){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + } + }else{ + for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ + pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ + break; + } + } + if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ + pTab = 0; + goto error_out; + } + } + + /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned + ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey + ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: + ** + ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" + ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. + ** + ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an + ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. + */ + if( pCol ){ + zDataType = pCol->zType; + zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; + notnull = (pCol->notNull?1:0); + primarykey = (pCol->isPrimKey?1:0); + autoinc = ((pTab->iPKey==iCol && pTab->autoInc)?1:0); + }else{ + zDataType = "INTEGER"; + primarykey = 1; + } + if( !zCollSeq ){ + zCollSeq = "BINARY"; + } + +error_out: + if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + + /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters + ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, + ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. + */ + if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; + if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; + if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; + if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; + if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; + + if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ + sqlite3SetString(&zErrMsg, "no such table column: ", zTableName, ".", + zColumnName, 0); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); + sqliteFree(zErrMsg); + return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); +} +#endif + +/* +** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL. +*/ +int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ + int i; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt); i++){ + rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +*/ +int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ + return sqlite3OsSleep(ms); +} + +/* +** Enable or disable the extended result codes. +*/ +int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ + db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; + return SQLITE_OK; +} diff --git a/malloc.c b/malloc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a99332 --- /dev/null +++ b/malloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,835 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite. +** +** +** $Id: malloc.c,v 1.4 2007/08/08 01:04:52 drh Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "os.h" +#include +#include + +/* +** MALLOC WRAPPER ARCHITECTURE +** +** The sqlite code accesses dynamic memory allocation/deallocation by invoking +** the following six APIs (which may be implemented as macros). +** +** sqlite3Malloc() +** sqlite3MallocRaw() +** sqlite3Realloc() +** sqlite3ReallocOrFree() +** sqlite3Free() +** sqlite3AllocSize() +** +** The function sqlite3FreeX performs the same task as sqlite3Free and is +** guaranteed to be a real function. The same holds for sqlite3MallocX +** +** The above APIs are implemented in terms of the functions provided in the +** operating-system interface. The OS interface is never accessed directly +** by code outside of this file. +** +** sqlite3OsMalloc() +** sqlite3OsRealloc() +** sqlite3OsFree() +** sqlite3OsAllocationSize() +** +** Functions sqlite3MallocRaw() and sqlite3Realloc() may invoke +** sqlite3_release_memory() if a call to sqlite3OsMalloc() or +** sqlite3OsRealloc() fails (or if the soft-heap-limit for the thread is +** exceeded). Function sqlite3Malloc() usually invokes +** sqlite3MallocRaw(). +** +** MALLOC TEST WRAPPER ARCHITECTURE +** +** The test wrapper provides extra test facilities to ensure the library +** does not leak memory and handles the failure of the underlying OS level +** allocation system correctly. It is only present if the library is +** compiled with the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro set. +** +** * Guardposts to detect overwrites. +** * Ability to cause a specific Malloc() or Realloc() to fail. +** * Audit outstanding memory allocations (i.e check for leaks). +*/ + +#define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y)) + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) +/* +** Set the soft heap-size limit for the current thread. Passing a negative +** value indicates no limit. +*/ +void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){ + ThreadData *pTd = sqlite3ThreadData(); + if( pTd ){ + pTd->nSoftHeapLimit = n; + } + sqlite3ReleaseThreadData(); +} + +/* +** Release memory held by SQLite instances created by the current thread. +*/ +int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){ + return sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(n); +} +#else +/* If SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is not defined, then define a version +** of sqlite3_release_memory() to be used by other code in this file. +** This is done for no better reason than to reduce the number of +** pre-processor #ifndef statements. +*/ +#define sqlite3_release_memory(x) 0 /* 0 == no memory freed */ +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** Begin code for memory allocation system test layer. +** +** Memory debugging is turned on by defining the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro. +** +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG==1 -> Fence-posting only (thread safe) +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG==2 -> Fence-posting + linked list of allocations (not ts) +** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG==3 -> Above + backtraces (not thread safe, req. glibc) +*/ + +/* Figure out whether or not to store backtrace() information for each malloc. +** The backtrace() function is only used if SQLITE_MEMDEBUG is set to 2 or +** greater and glibc is in use. If we don't want to use backtrace(), then just +** define it as an empty macro and set the amount of space reserved to 0. +*/ +#if defined(__GLIBC__) && SQLITE_MEMDEBUG>2 + extern int backtrace(void **, int); + #define TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE 128 + #define TESTALLOC_STACKFRAMES ((TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE-8)/sizeof(void*)) +#else + #define backtrace(x, y) + #define TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE 0 + #define TESTALLOC_STACKFRAMES 0 +#endif + +/* +** Number of 32-bit guard words. This should probably be a multiple of +** 2 since on 64-bit machines we want the value returned by sqliteMalloc() +** to be 8-byte aligned. +*/ +#ifndef TESTALLOC_NGUARD +# define TESTALLOC_NGUARD 2 +#endif + +/* +** Size reserved for storing file-name along with each malloc()ed blob. +*/ +#define TESTALLOC_FILESIZE 64 + +/* +** Size reserved for storing the user string. Each time a Malloc() or Realloc() +** call succeeds, up to TESTALLOC_USERSIZE bytes of the string pointed to by +** sqlite3_malloc_id are stored along with the other test system metadata. +*/ +#define TESTALLOC_USERSIZE 64 +const char *sqlite3_malloc_id = 0; + +/* +** Blocks used by the test layer have the following format: +** +** +** +** +** +** +** <32-bit line number> +** +** +*/ + +#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD1(p) (sizeof(void *) * 2) +#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_DATA(p) ( \ + TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD1(p) + sizeof(u32) * TESTALLOC_NGUARD \ +) +#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD2(p) ( \ + TESTALLOC_OFFSET_DATA(p) + sqlite3OsAllocationSize(p) - TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD \ +) +#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_LINENUMBER(p) ( \ + TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD2(p) + sizeof(u32) * TESTALLOC_NGUARD \ +) +#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_FILENAME(p) ( \ + TESTALLOC_OFFSET_LINENUMBER(p) + sizeof(u32) \ +) +#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p) ( \ + TESTALLOC_OFFSET_FILENAME(p) + TESTALLOC_FILESIZE \ +) +#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_STACK(p) ( \ + TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p) + TESTALLOC_USERSIZE + 8 - \ + (TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p) % 8) \ +) + +#define TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD ( \ + sizeof(void *)*2 + /* pPrev and pNext pointers */ \ + TESTALLOC_NGUARD*sizeof(u32)*2 + /* Guard words */ \ + sizeof(u32) + TESTALLOC_FILESIZE + /* File and line number */ \ + TESTALLOC_USERSIZE + /* User string */ \ + TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE /* backtrace() stack */ \ +) + + +/* +** For keeping track of the number of mallocs and frees. This +** is used to check for memory leaks. The iMallocFail and iMallocReset +** values are used to simulate malloc() failures during testing in +** order to verify that the library correctly handles an out-of-memory +** condition. +*/ +int sqlite3_nMalloc; /* Number of sqliteMalloc() calls */ +int sqlite3_nFree; /* Number of sqliteFree() calls */ +int sqlite3_memUsed; /* TODO Total memory obtained from malloc */ +int sqlite3_memMax; /* TODO Mem usage high-water mark */ +int sqlite3_iMallocFail; /* Fail sqliteMalloc() after this many calls */ +int sqlite3_iMallocReset = -1; /* When iMallocFail reaches 0, set to this */ + +void *sqlite3_pFirst = 0; /* Pointer to linked list of allocations */ +int sqlite3_nMaxAlloc = 0; /* High water mark of ThreadData.nAlloc */ +int sqlite3_mallocDisallowed = 0; /* assert() in sqlite3Malloc() if set */ +int sqlite3_isFail = 0; /* True if all malloc calls should fail */ +const char *sqlite3_zFile = 0; /* Filename to associate debug info with */ +int sqlite3_iLine = 0; /* Line number for debug info */ +int sqlite3_mallocfail_trace = 0; /* Print a msg on malloc fail if true */ + +/* +** Check for a simulated memory allocation failure. Return true if +** the failure should be simulated. Return false to proceed as normal. +*/ +int sqlite3TestMallocFail(){ + if( sqlite3_isFail ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3_iMallocFail>=0 ){ + sqlite3_iMallocFail--; + if( sqlite3_iMallocFail==0 ){ + sqlite3_iMallocFail = sqlite3_iMallocReset; + sqlite3_isFail = 1; + if( sqlite3_mallocfail_trace ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("###_malloc_fails_###\n"); + } + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** The argument is a pointer returned by sqlite3OsMalloc() or xRealloc(). +** assert() that the first and last (TESTALLOC_NGUARD*4) bytes are set to the +** values set by the applyGuards() function. +*/ +static void checkGuards(u32 *p) +{ + int i; + char *zAlloc = (char *)p; + char *z; + + /* First set of guard words */ + z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD1(p)]; + for(i=0; i1 +/* +** The argument points to an Os level allocation. Link it into the threads list +** of allocations. +*/ +static void linkAlloc(void *p){ + void **pp = (void **)p; + pp[0] = 0; + pp[1] = sqlite3_pFirst; + if( sqlite3_pFirst ){ + ((void **)sqlite3_pFirst)[0] = p; + } + sqlite3_pFirst = p; +} + +/* +** The argument points to an Os level allocation. Unlinke it from the threads +** list of allocations. +*/ +static void unlinkAlloc(void *p) +{ + void **pp = (void **)p; + if( p==sqlite3_pFirst ){ + assert(!pp[0]); + assert(!pp[1] || ((void **)(pp[1]))[0]==p); + sqlite3_pFirst = pp[1]; + if( sqlite3_pFirst ){ + ((void **)sqlite3_pFirst)[0] = 0; + } + }else{ + void **pprev = pp[0]; + void **pnext = pp[1]; + assert(pprev); + assert(pprev[1]==p); + pprev[1] = (void *)pnext; + if( pnext ){ + assert(pnext[0]==p); + pnext[0] = (void *)pprev; + } + } +} + +/* +** Pointer p is a pointer to an OS level allocation that has just been +** realloc()ed. Set the list pointers that point to this entry to it's new +** location. +*/ +static void relinkAlloc(void *p) +{ + void **pp = (void **)p; + if( pp[0] ){ + ((void **)(pp[0]))[1] = p; + }else{ + sqlite3_pFirst = p; + } + if( pp[1] ){ + ((void **)(pp[1]))[0] = p; + } +} +#else +#define linkAlloc(x) +#define relinkAlloc(x) +#define unlinkAlloc(x) +#endif + +/* +** This function sets the result of the Tcl interpreter passed as an argument +** to a list containing an entry for each currently outstanding call made to +** sqliteMalloc and friends by the current thread. Each list entry is itself a +** list, consisting of the following (in order): +** +** * The number of bytes allocated +** * The __FILE__ macro at the time of the sqliteMalloc() call. +** * The __LINE__ macro ... +** * The value of the sqlite3_malloc_id variable ... +** * The output of backtrace() (if available) ... +** +** Todo: We could have a version of this function that outputs to stdout, +** to debug memory leaks when Tcl is not available. +*/ +#if defined(TCLSH) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_MEMDEBUG>1 +#include +int sqlite3OutstandingMallocs(Tcl_Interp *interp){ + void *p; + Tcl_Obj *pRes = Tcl_NewObj(); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRes); + + + for(p=sqlite3_pFirst; p; p=((void **)p)[1]){ + Tcl_Obj *pEntry = Tcl_NewObj(); + Tcl_Obj *pStack = Tcl_NewObj(); + char *z; + u32 iLine; + int nBytes = sqlite3OsAllocationSize(p) - TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD; + char *zAlloc = (char *)p; + int i; + + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, Tcl_NewIntObj(nBytes)); + + z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_FILENAME(p)]; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, Tcl_NewStringObj(z, -1)); + + z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_LINENUMBER(p)]; + memcpy(&iLine, z, sizeof(u32)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, Tcl_NewIntObj(iLine)); + + z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p)]; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, Tcl_NewStringObj(z, -1)); + + z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_STACK(p)]; + for(i=0; inAlloc); +#endif + assert( !sqlite3_mallocDisallowed ); + if( !sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){ + u32 *p; + p = (u32 *)sqlite3OsMalloc(n + TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD); + assert(p); + sqlite3_nMalloc++; + applyGuards(p); + linkAlloc(p); + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + return (void *)(&p[TESTALLOC_NGUARD + 2*sizeof(void *)/sizeof(u32)]); + } + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + return 0; +} + +static int OSSIZEOF(void *p){ + if( p ){ + u32 *pOs = (u32 *)getOsPointer(p); + return sqlite3OsAllocationSize(pOs) - TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD; + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This is the test layer's wrapper around sqlite3OsFree(). The argument is a +** pointer to the space allocated for the application to use. +*/ +static void OSFREE(void *pFree){ + u32 *p; /* Pointer to the OS-layer allocation */ + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + p = (u32 *)getOsPointer(pFree); + checkGuards(p); + unlinkAlloc(p); + memset(pFree, 0x55, OSSIZEOF(pFree)); + sqlite3OsFree(p); + sqlite3_nFree++; + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); +} + +/* +** This is the test layer's wrapper around sqlite3OsRealloc(). +*/ +static void * OSREALLOC(void *pRealloc, int n){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + sqlite3_nMaxAlloc = + MAX(sqlite3_nMaxAlloc, sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->nAlloc); +#endif + assert( !sqlite3_mallocDisallowed ); + if( !sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){ + u32 *p = (u32 *)getOsPointer(pRealloc); + checkGuards(p); + p = sqlite3OsRealloc(p, n + TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD); + applyGuards(p); + relinkAlloc(p); + return (void *)(&p[TESTALLOC_NGUARD + 2*sizeof(void *)/sizeof(u32)]); + } + return 0; +} + +static void OSMALLOC_FAILED(){ + sqlite3_isFail = 0; +} + +#else +/* Define macros to call the sqlite3OsXXX interface directly if +** the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is not defined. +*/ +#define OSMALLOC(x) sqlite3OsMalloc(x) +#define OSREALLOC(x,y) sqlite3OsRealloc(x,y) +#define OSFREE(x) sqlite3OsFree(x) +#define OSSIZEOF(x) sqlite3OsAllocationSize(x) +#define OSMALLOC_FAILED() + +#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */ +/* +** End code for memory allocation system test layer. +**--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* +** This routine is called when we are about to allocate n additional bytes +** of memory. If the new allocation will put is over the soft allocation +** limit, then invoke sqlite3_release_memory() to try to release some +** memory before continuing with the allocation. +** +** This routine also makes sure that the thread-specific-data (TSD) has +** be allocated. If it has not and can not be allocated, then return +** false. The updateMemoryUsedCount() routine below will deallocate +** the TSD if it ought to be. +** +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is not defined, this routine is +** a no-op +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT +static int enforceSoftLimit(int n){ + ThreadData *pTsd = sqlite3ThreadData(); + if( pTsd==0 ){ + return 0; + } + assert( pTsd->nAlloc>=0 ); + if( n>0 && pTsd->nSoftHeapLimit>0 ){ + while( pTsd->nAlloc+n>pTsd->nSoftHeapLimit && sqlite3_release_memory(n) ){} + } + return 1; +} +#else +# define enforceSoftLimit(X) 1 +#endif + +/* +** Update the count of total outstanding memory that is held in +** thread-specific-data (TSD). If after this update the TSD is +** no longer being used, then deallocate it. +** +** If SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is not defined, this routine is +** a no-op +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT +static void updateMemoryUsedCount(int n){ + ThreadData *pTsd = sqlite3ThreadData(); + if( pTsd ){ + pTsd->nAlloc += n; + assert( pTsd->nAlloc>=0 ); + if( pTsd->nAlloc==0 && pTsd->nSoftHeapLimit==0 ){ + sqlite3ReleaseThreadData(); + } + } +} +#else +#define updateMemoryUsedCount(x) /* no-op */ +#endif + +/* +** Allocate and return N bytes of uninitialised memory by calling +** sqlite3OsMalloc(). If the Malloc() call fails, attempt to free memory +** by calling sqlite3_release_memory(). +*/ +void *sqlite3MallocRaw(int n, int doMemManage){ + void *p = 0; + if( n>0 && !sqlite3MallocFailed() && (!doMemManage || enforceSoftLimit(n)) ){ + while( (p = OSMALLOC(n))==0 && sqlite3_release_memory(n) ){} + if( !p ){ + sqlite3FailedMalloc(); + OSMALLOC_FAILED(); + }else if( doMemManage ){ + updateMemoryUsedCount(OSSIZEOF(p)); + } + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Resize the allocation at p to n bytes by calling sqlite3OsRealloc(). The +** pointer to the new allocation is returned. If the Realloc() call fails, +** attempt to free memory by calling sqlite3_release_memory(). +*/ +void *sqlite3Realloc(void *p, int n){ + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + return 0; + } + + if( !p ){ + return sqlite3Malloc(n, 1); + }else{ + void *np = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + int origSize = OSSIZEOF(p); +#endif + if( enforceSoftLimit(n - origSize) ){ + while( (np = OSREALLOC(p, n))==0 && sqlite3_release_memory(n) ){} + if( !np ){ + sqlite3FailedMalloc(); + OSMALLOC_FAILED(); + }else{ + updateMemoryUsedCount(OSSIZEOF(np) - origSize); + } + } + return np; + } +} + +/* +** Free the memory pointed to by p. p must be either a NULL pointer or a +** value returned by a previous call to sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3Realloc(). +*/ +void sqlite3FreeX(void *p){ + if( p ){ + updateMemoryUsedCount(0 - OSSIZEOF(p)); + OSFREE(p); + } +} + +/* +** A version of sqliteMalloc() that is always a function, not a macro. +** Currently, this is used only to alloc to allocate the parser engine. +*/ +void *sqlite3MallocX(int n){ + return sqliteMalloc(n); +} + +/* +** sqlite3Malloc +** sqlite3ReallocOrFree +** +** These two are implemented as wrappers around sqlite3MallocRaw(), +** sqlite3Realloc() and sqlite3Free(). +*/ +void *sqlite3Malloc(int n, int doMemManage){ + void *p = sqlite3MallocRaw(n, doMemManage); + if( p ){ + memset(p, 0, n); + } + return p; +} +void *sqlite3ReallocOrFree(void *p, int n){ + void *pNew; + pNew = sqlite3Realloc(p, n); + if( !pNew ){ + sqlite3FreeX(p); + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc() and sqlite3ThreadSafeFree() are used in those +** rare scenarios where sqlite may allocate memory in one thread and free +** it in another. They are exactly the same as sqlite3Malloc() and +** sqlite3Free() except that: +** +** * The allocated memory is not included in any calculations with +** respect to the soft-heap-limit, and +** +** * sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc() must be matched with ThreadSafeFree(), +** not sqlite3Free(). Calling sqlite3Free() on memory obtained from +** ThreadSafeMalloc() will cause an error somewhere down the line. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT +void *sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(int n){ + (void)ENTER_MALLOC; + return sqlite3Malloc(n, 0); +} +void sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(void *p){ + (void)ENTER_MALLOC; + if( p ){ + OSFREE(p); + } +} +#endif + + +/* +** Return the number of bytes allocated at location p. p must be either +** a NULL pointer (in which case 0 is returned) or a pointer returned by +** sqlite3Malloc(), sqlite3Realloc() or sqlite3ReallocOrFree(). +** +** The number of bytes allocated does not include any overhead inserted by +** any malloc() wrapper functions that may be called. So the value returned +** is the number of bytes that were available to SQLite using pointer p, +** regardless of how much memory was actually allocated. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT +int sqlite3AllocSize(void *p){ + return OSSIZEOF(p); +} +#endif + +/* +** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These +** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This +** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are +** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the +** ThreadData structure. +*/ +char *sqlite3StrDup(const char *z){ + char *zNew; + int n; + if( z==0 ) return 0; + n = strlen(z)+1; + zNew = sqlite3MallocRaw(n, 1); + if( zNew ) memcpy(zNew, z, n); + return zNew; +} +char *sqlite3StrNDup(const char *z, int n){ + char *zNew; + if( z==0 ) return 0; + zNew = sqlite3MallocRaw(n+1, 1); + if( zNew ){ + memcpy(zNew, z, n); + zNew[n] = 0; + } + return zNew; +} + +/* +** Create a string from the 2nd and subsequent arguments (up to the +** first NULL argument), store the string in memory obtained from +** sqliteMalloc() and make the pointer indicated by the 1st argument +** point to that string. The 1st argument must either be NULL or +** point to memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). +*/ +void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, ...){ + va_list ap; + int nByte; + const char *z; + char *zResult; + + assert( pz!=0 ); + nByte = 1; + va_start(ap, pz); + while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){ + nByte += strlen(z); + } + va_end(ap); + sqliteFree(*pz); + *pz = zResult = sqliteMallocRaw( nByte ); + if( zResult==0 ){ + return; + } + *zResult = 0; + va_start(ap, pz); + while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){ + int n = strlen(z); + memcpy(zResult, z, n); + zResult += n; + } + zResult[0] = 0; + va_end(ap); +} + + +/* +** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. +** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3Malloc or +** sqlite3Realloc. +** +** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this +** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occured since the previous +** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. +** +** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occured, +** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode()) +** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. +*/ +int sqlite3MallocHasFailed = 0; +int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + sqlite3MallocHasFailed = 0; + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0); + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff); +} + +/* +** Set the "malloc has failed" condition to true for this thread. +*/ +void sqlite3FailedMalloc(){ + if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + assert( sqlite3MallocHasFailed==0 ); + sqlite3MallocHasFailed = 1; + } +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG +/* +** This function sets a flag in the thread-specific-data structure that will +** cause an assert to fail if sqliteMalloc() or sqliteRealloc() is called. +*/ +void sqlite3MallocDisallow(){ + assert( sqlite3_mallocDisallowed>=0 ); + sqlite3_mallocDisallowed++; +} + +/* +** This function clears the flag set in the thread-specific-data structure set +** by sqlite3MallocDisallow(). +*/ +void sqlite3MallocAllow(){ + assert( sqlite3_mallocDisallowed>0 ); + sqlite3_mallocDisallowed--; +} +#endif diff --git a/opcodes.c b/opcodes.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..131b8fe --- /dev/null +++ b/opcodes.c @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ +/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +const char *const sqlite3OpcodeNames[] = { "?", + /* 1 */ "ReadCookie", + /* 2 */ "AutoCommit", + /* 3 */ "Found", + /* 4 */ "NullRow", + /* 5 */ "MoveLe", + /* 6 */ "Variable", + /* 7 */ "Pull", + /* 8 */ "RealAffinity", + /* 9 */ "Sort", + /* 10 */ "IfNot", + /* 11 */ "Gosub", + /* 12 */ "NotFound", + /* 13 */ "MoveLt", + /* 14 */ "Rowid", + /* 15 */ "CreateIndex", + /* 16 */ "Not", + /* 17 */ "Push", + /* 18 */ "Explain", + /* 19 */ "Statement", + /* 20 */ "Callback", + /* 21 */ "MemLoad", + /* 22 */ "DropIndex", + /* 23 */ "Null", + /* 24 */ "Int64", + /* 25 */ "LoadAnalysis", + /* 26 */ "IdxInsert", + /* 27 */ "VUpdate", + /* 28 */ "Next", + /* 29 */ "SetNumColumns", + /* 30 */ "MemInt", + /* 31 */ "Dup", + /* 32 */ "Rewind", + /* 33 */ "Last", + /* 34 */ "MustBeInt", + /* 35 */ "MoveGe", + /* 36 */ "IncrVacuum", + /* 37 */ "String", + /* 38 */ "VFilter", + /* 39 */ "ForceInt", + /* 40 */ "Close", + /* 41 */ "AggFinal", + /* 42 */ "AbsValue", + /* 43 */ "RowData", + /* 44 */ "IdxRowid", + /* 45 */ "MoveGt", + /* 46 */ "OpenPseudo", + /* 47 */ "Halt", + /* 48 */ "MemMove", + /* 49 */ "NewRowid", + /* 50 */ "IdxLT", + /* 51 */ "Distinct", + /* 52 */ "MemMax", + /* 53 */ "Function", + /* 54 */ "IntegrityCk", + /* 55 */ "FifoWrite", + /* 56 */ "NotExists", + /* 57 */ "VDestroy", + /* 58 */ "MemStore", + /* 59 */ "IdxDelete", + /* 60 */ "Or", + /* 61 */ "And", + /* 62 */ "Vacuum", + /* 63 */ "If", + /* 64 */ "Destroy", + /* 65 */ "IsNull", + /* 66 */ "NotNull", + /* 67 */ "Ne", + /* 68 */ "Eq", + /* 69 */ "Gt", + /* 70 */ "Le", + /* 71 */ "Lt", + /* 72 */ "Ge", + /* 73 */ "AggStep", + /* 74 */ "BitAnd", + /* 75 */ "BitOr", + /* 76 */ "ShiftLeft", + /* 77 */ "ShiftRight", + /* 78 */ "Add", + /* 79 */ "Subtract", + /* 80 */ "Multiply", + /* 81 */ "Divide", + /* 82 */ "Remainder", + /* 83 */ "Concat", + /* 84 */ "Clear", + /* 85 */ "Negative", + /* 86 */ "Insert", + /* 87 */ "BitNot", + /* 88 */ "String8", + /* 89 */ "VBegin", + /* 90 */ "IdxGE", + /* 91 */ "OpenEphemeral", + /* 92 */ "IfMemZero", + /* 93 */ "VRowid", + /* 94 */ "MakeRecord", + /* 95 */ "SetCookie", + /* 96 */ "Prev", + /* 97 */ "ContextPush", + /* 98 */ "DropTrigger", + /* 99 */ "IdxGT", + /* 100 */ "MemNull", + /* 101 */ "IfMemNeg", + /* 102 */ "VColumn", + /* 103 */ "Return", + /* 104 */ "OpenWrite", + /* 105 */ "Integer", + /* 106 */ "Transaction", + /* 107 */ "CollSeq", + /* 108 */ "VRename", + /* 109 */ "Sequence", + /* 110 */ "ContextPop", + /* 111 */ "VCreate", + /* 112 */ "CreateTable", + /* 113 */ "AddImm", + /* 114 */ "DropTable", + /* 115 */ "IsUnique", + /* 116 */ "VOpen", + /* 117 */ "Noop", + /* 118 */ "RowKey", + /* 119 */ "Expire", + /* 120 */ "FifoRead", + /* 121 */ "Delete", + /* 122 */ "IfMemPos", + /* 123 */ "MemIncr", + /* 124 */ "Blob", + /* 125 */ "Real", + /* 126 */ "HexBlob", + /* 127 */ "MakeIdxRec", + /* 128 */ "Goto", + /* 129 */ "ParseSchema", + /* 130 */ "VNext", + /* 131 */ "Pop", + /* 132 */ "TableLock", + /* 133 */ "VerifyCookie", + /* 134 */ "Column", + /* 135 */ "OpenRead", + /* 136 */ "ResetCount", + /* 137 */ "NotUsed_137", + /* 138 */ "ToText", + /* 139 */ "ToBlob", + /* 140 */ "ToNumeric", + /* 141 */ "ToInt", + /* 142 */ "ToReal", +}; +#endif diff --git a/opcodes.h b/opcodes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eee36a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/opcodes.h @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ +/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */ +#define OP_ReadCookie 1 +#define OP_AutoCommit 2 +#define OP_Found 3 +#define OP_NullRow 4 +#define OP_Lt 71 /* same as TK_LT */ +#define OP_MoveLe 5 +#define OP_Variable 6 +#define OP_Pull 7 +#define OP_RealAffinity 8 +#define OP_Sort 9 +#define OP_IfNot 10 +#define OP_Gosub 11 +#define OP_Add 78 /* same as TK_PLUS */ +#define OP_NotFound 12 +#define OP_IsNull 65 /* same as TK_ISNULL */ +#define OP_MoveLt 13 +#define OP_Rowid 14 +#define OP_CreateIndex 15 +#define OP_Push 17 +#define OP_Explain 18 +#define OP_Statement 19 +#define OP_Callback 20 +#define OP_MemLoad 21 +#define OP_DropIndex 22 +#define OP_Null 23 +#define OP_ToInt 141 /* same as TK_TO_INT */ +#define OP_Int64 24 +#define OP_LoadAnalysis 25 +#define OP_IdxInsert 26 +#define OP_VUpdate 27 +#define OP_Next 28 +#define OP_SetNumColumns 29 +#define OP_ToNumeric 140 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/ +#define OP_Ge 72 /* same as TK_GE */ +#define OP_BitNot 87 /* same as TK_BITNOT */ +#define OP_MemInt 30 +#define OP_Dup 31 +#define OP_Rewind 32 +#define OP_Multiply 80 /* same as TK_STAR */ +#define OP_ToReal 142 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */ +#define OP_Gt 69 /* same as TK_GT */ +#define OP_Last 33 +#define OP_MustBeInt 34 +#define OP_Ne 67 /* same as TK_NE */ +#define OP_MoveGe 35 +#define OP_IncrVacuum 36 +#define OP_String 37 +#define OP_VFilter 38 +#define OP_ForceInt 39 +#define OP_Close 40 +#define OP_AggFinal 41 +#define OP_AbsValue 42 +#define OP_RowData 43 +#define OP_IdxRowid 44 +#define OP_BitOr 75 /* same as TK_BITOR */ +#define OP_NotNull 66 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */ +#define OP_MoveGt 45 +#define OP_Not 16 /* same as TK_NOT */ +#define OP_OpenPseudo 46 +#define OP_Halt 47 +#define OP_MemMove 48 +#define OP_NewRowid 49 +#define OP_Real 125 /* same as TK_FLOAT */ +#define OP_IdxLT 50 +#define OP_Distinct 51 +#define OP_MemMax 52 +#define OP_Function 53 +#define OP_IntegrityCk 54 +#define OP_Remainder 82 /* same as TK_REM */ +#define OP_HexBlob 126 /* same as TK_BLOB */ +#define OP_ShiftLeft 76 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */ +#define OP_FifoWrite 55 +#define OP_BitAnd 74 /* same as TK_BITAND */ +#define OP_Or 60 /* same as TK_OR */ +#define OP_NotExists 56 +#define OP_VDestroy 57 +#define OP_MemStore 58 +#define OP_IdxDelete 59 +#define OP_Vacuum 62 +#define OP_If 63 +#define OP_Destroy 64 +#define OP_AggStep 73 +#define OP_Clear 84 +#define OP_Insert 86 +#define OP_VBegin 89 +#define OP_IdxGE 90 +#define OP_OpenEphemeral 91 +#define OP_Divide 81 /* same as TK_SLASH */ +#define OP_String8 88 /* same as TK_STRING */ +#define OP_IfMemZero 92 +#define OP_Concat 83 /* same as TK_CONCAT */ +#define OP_VRowid 93 +#define OP_MakeRecord 94 +#define OP_SetCookie 95 +#define OP_Prev 96 +#define OP_ContextPush 97 +#define OP_DropTrigger 98 +#define OP_IdxGT 99 +#define OP_MemNull 100 +#define OP_IfMemNeg 101 +#define OP_And 61 /* same as TK_AND */ +#define OP_VColumn 102 +#define OP_Return 103 +#define OP_OpenWrite 104 +#define OP_Integer 105 +#define OP_Transaction 106 +#define OP_CollSeq 107 +#define OP_VRename 108 +#define OP_ToBlob 139 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */ +#define OP_Sequence 109 +#define OP_ContextPop 110 +#define OP_ShiftRight 77 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */ +#define OP_VCreate 111 +#define OP_CreateTable 112 +#define OP_AddImm 113 +#define OP_ToText 138 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */ +#define OP_DropTable 114 +#define OP_IsUnique 115 +#define OP_VOpen 116 +#define OP_Noop 117 +#define OP_RowKey 118 +#define OP_Expire 119 +#define OP_FifoRead 120 +#define OP_Delete 121 +#define OP_IfMemPos 122 +#define OP_Subtract 79 /* same as TK_MINUS */ +#define OP_MemIncr 123 +#define OP_Blob 124 +#define OP_MakeIdxRec 127 +#define OP_Goto 128 +#define OP_Negative 85 /* same as TK_UMINUS */ +#define OP_ParseSchema 129 +#define OP_Eq 68 /* same as TK_EQ */ +#define OP_VNext 130 +#define OP_Pop 131 +#define OP_Le 70 /* same as TK_LE */ +#define OP_TableLock 132 +#define OP_VerifyCookie 133 +#define OP_Column 134 +#define OP_OpenRead 135 +#define OP_ResetCount 136 + +/* The following opcode values are never used */ +#define OP_NotUsed_137 137 + +/* Opcodes that are guaranteed to never push a value onto the stack +** contain a 1 their corresponding position of the following mask +** set. See the opcodeNoPush() function in vdbeaux.c */ +#define NOPUSH_MASK_0 0x3fbc +#define NOPUSH_MASK_1 0x3e5b +#define NOPUSH_MASK_2 0xe3df +#define NOPUSH_MASK_3 0xff9c +#define NOPUSH_MASK_4 0xfffe +#define NOPUSH_MASK_5 0x9ef7 +#define NOPUSH_MASK_6 0xddaf +#define NOPUSH_MASK_7 0x0ebe +#define NOPUSH_MASK_8 0x7dbf +#define NOPUSH_MASK_9 0x0000 diff --git a/os.c b/os.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7cd1ab9 --- /dev/null +++ b/os.c @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/* +** 2005 November 29 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all +** architectures. +*/ +#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1 +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "os.h" +#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_ + +/* +** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods +** of the OsFile object. This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All +** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using +** C++ instead of plain old C. +*/ +int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile **pId){ + OsFile *id; + if( pId!=0 && (id = *pId)!=0 ){ + return id->pMethod->xClose(pId); + }else{ + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} +int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(OsFile *id, const char *zName){ + return id->pMethod->xOpenDirectory(id, zName); +} +int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){ + return id->pMethod->xRead(id, pBuf, amt); +} +int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){ + return id->pMethod->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt); +} +int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){ + return id->pMethod->xSeek(id, offset); +} +int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 size){ + return id->pMethod->xTruncate(id, size); +} +int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id, int fullsync){ + return id->pMethod->xSync(id, fullsync); +} +void sqlite3OsSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int value){ + id->pMethod->xSetFullSync(id, value); +} +int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){ + return id->pMethod->xFileSize(id, pSize); +} +int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile *id, int lockType){ + return id->pMethod->xLock(id, lockType); +} +int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id, int lockType){ + return id->pMethod->xUnlock(id, lockType); +} +int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){ + return id->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock(id); +} +int sqlite3OsSectorSize(OsFile *id){ + int (*xSectorSize)(OsFile*) = id->pMethod->xSectorSize; + return xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + /* These methods are currently only used for testing and debugging. */ + int sqlite3OsFileHandle(OsFile *id){ + return id->pMethod->xFileHandle(id); + } + int sqlite3OsLockState(OsFile *id){ + return id->pMethod->xLockState(id); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO +/* +** A function to return a pointer to the virtual function table. +** This routine really does not accomplish very much since the +** virtual function table is a global variable and anybody who +** can call this function can just as easily access the variable +** for themselves. Nevertheless, we include this routine for +** backwards compatibility with an earlier redefinable I/O +** interface design. +*/ +struct sqlite3OsVtbl *sqlite3_os_switch(void){ + return &sqlite3Os; +} +#endif diff --git a/os.h b/os.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..76a9f2c --- /dev/null +++ b/os.h @@ -0,0 +1,548 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 16 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file +** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that +** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_ +#define _SQLITE_OS_H_ + +/* +** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other +** operating system. +*/ +#if defined(OS_OTHER) +# if OS_OTHER==1 +# undef OS_UNIX +# define OS_UNIX 0 +# undef OS_WIN +# define OS_WIN 0 +# undef OS_OS2 +# define OS_OS2 0 +# else +# undef OS_OTHER +# endif +#endif +#if !defined(OS_UNIX) && !defined(OS_OTHER) +# define OS_OTHER 0 +# ifndef OS_WIN +# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) +# define OS_WIN 1 +# define OS_UNIX 0 +# define OS_OS2 0 +# elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__) +# define OS_WIN 0 +# define OS_UNIX 0 +# define OS_OS2 1 +# else +# define OS_WIN 0 +# define OS_UNIX 1 +# define OS_OS2 0 +# endif +# else +# define OS_UNIX 0 +# define OS_OS2 0 +# endif +#else +# ifndef OS_WIN +# define OS_WIN 0 +# endif +#endif + + +/* +** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename +*/ +#if OS_WIN +# include +# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50) +#elif OS_OS2 +# if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY) +# include /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */ +# endif +# define INCL_DOSDATETIME +# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR +# define INCL_DOSERRORS +# define INCL_DOSMISC +# define INCL_DOSPROCESS +# define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR +# include +# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP) +#else +# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200 +#endif + +/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it +** a no-op +*/ +#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC +# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) +#endif + +/* +** The default size of a disk sector +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 512 +#endif + +/* +** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random +** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the +** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit. +** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the +** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits +** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done +** using -DTEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line. +** +** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then +** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it +** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. +** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a +** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the +** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. +** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" +** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but +** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart +** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid +** of the file. +*/ +#ifndef TEMP_FILE_PREFIX +# define TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_" +#endif + +/* +** Define the interfaces for Unix, Windows, and OS/2. +*/ +#if OS_UNIX +#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite sqlite3UnixOpenReadWrite +#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive sqlite3UnixOpenExclusive +#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly sqlite3UnixOpenReadOnly +#define sqlite3OsDelete sqlite3UnixDelete +#define sqlite3OsFileExists sqlite3UnixFileExists +#define sqlite3OsFullPathname sqlite3UnixFullPathname +#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable sqlite3UnixIsDirWritable +#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory sqlite3UnixSyncDirectory +#define sqlite3OsTempFileName sqlite3UnixTempFileName +#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed sqlite3UnixRandomSeed +#define sqlite3OsSleep sqlite3UnixSleep +#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime sqlite3UnixCurrentTime +#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex sqlite3UnixEnterMutex +#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex sqlite3UnixLeaveMutex +#define sqlite3OsInMutex sqlite3UnixInMutex +#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3UnixThreadSpecificData +#define sqlite3OsMalloc sqlite3GenericMalloc +#define sqlite3OsRealloc sqlite3GenericRealloc +#define sqlite3OsFree sqlite3GenericFree +#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize sqlite3GenericAllocationSize +#define sqlite3OsDlopen sqlite3UnixDlopen +#define sqlite3OsDlsym sqlite3UnixDlsym +#define sqlite3OsDlclose sqlite3UnixDlclose +#endif +#if OS_WIN +#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite sqlite3WinOpenReadWrite +#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive sqlite3WinOpenExclusive +#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly sqlite3WinOpenReadOnly +#define sqlite3OsDelete sqlite3WinDelete +#define sqlite3OsFileExists sqlite3WinFileExists +#define sqlite3OsFullPathname sqlite3WinFullPathname +#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable sqlite3WinIsDirWritable +#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory sqlite3WinSyncDirectory +#define sqlite3OsTempFileName sqlite3WinTempFileName +#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed sqlite3WinRandomSeed +#define sqlite3OsSleep sqlite3WinSleep +#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime sqlite3WinCurrentTime +#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex sqlite3WinEnterMutex +#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex sqlite3WinLeaveMutex +#define sqlite3OsInMutex sqlite3WinInMutex +#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3WinThreadSpecificData +#define sqlite3OsMalloc sqlite3GenericMalloc +#define sqlite3OsRealloc sqlite3GenericRealloc +#define sqlite3OsFree sqlite3GenericFree +#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize sqlite3GenericAllocationSize +#define sqlite3OsDlopen sqlite3WinDlopen +#define sqlite3OsDlsym sqlite3WinDlsym +#define sqlite3OsDlclose sqlite3WinDlclose +#endif +#if OS_OS2 +#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite sqlite3Os2OpenReadWrite +#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive sqlite3Os2OpenExclusive +#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly sqlite3Os2OpenReadOnly +#define sqlite3OsDelete sqlite3Os2Delete +#define sqlite3OsFileExists sqlite3Os2FileExists +#define sqlite3OsFullPathname sqlite3Os2FullPathname +#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable sqlite3Os2IsDirWritable +#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory sqlite3Os2SyncDirectory +#define sqlite3OsTempFileName sqlite3Os2TempFileName +#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed sqlite3Os2RandomSeed +#define sqlite3OsSleep sqlite3Os2Sleep +#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime sqlite3Os2CurrentTime +#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex sqlite3Os2EnterMutex +#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex sqlite3Os2LeaveMutex +#define sqlite3OsInMutex sqlite3Os2InMutex +#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3Os2ThreadSpecificData +#define sqlite3OsMalloc sqlite3GenericMalloc +#define sqlite3OsRealloc sqlite3GenericRealloc +#define sqlite3OsFree sqlite3GenericFree +#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize sqlite3GenericAllocationSize +#define sqlite3OsDlopen sqlite3Os2Dlopen +#define sqlite3OsDlsym sqlite3Os2Dlsym +#define sqlite3OsDlclose sqlite3Os2Dlclose +#endif + + + + +/* +** If using an alternative OS interface, then we must have an "os_other.h" +** header file available for that interface. Presumably the "os_other.h" +** header file contains #defines similar to those above. +*/ +#if OS_OTHER +# include "os_other.h" +#endif + + + +/* +** Forward declarations +*/ +typedef struct OsFile OsFile; +typedef struct IoMethod IoMethod; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure contains pointers to all +** methods on an OsFile object. +*/ +struct IoMethod { + int (*xClose)(OsFile**); + int (*xOpenDirectory)(OsFile*, const char*); + int (*xRead)(OsFile*, void*, int amt); + int (*xWrite)(OsFile*, const void*, int amt); + int (*xSeek)(OsFile*, i64 offset); + int (*xTruncate)(OsFile*, i64 size); + int (*xSync)(OsFile*, int); + void (*xSetFullSync)(OsFile *id, int setting); + int (*xFileHandle)(OsFile *id); + int (*xFileSize)(OsFile*, i64 *pSize); + int (*xLock)(OsFile*, int); + int (*xUnlock)(OsFile*, int); + int (*xLockState)(OsFile *id); + int (*xCheckReservedLock)(OsFile *id); + int (*xSectorSize)(OsFile *id); +}; + +/* +** The OsFile object describes an open disk file in an OS-dependent way. +** The version of OsFile defined here is a generic version. Each OS +** implementation defines its own subclass of this structure that contains +** additional information needed to handle file I/O. But the pMethod +** entry (pointing to the virtual function table) always occurs first +** so that we can always find the appropriate methods. +*/ +struct OsFile { + IoMethod const *pMethod; +}; + +/* +** The following values may be passed as the second argument to +** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics: +** +** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously. +** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at +** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks. +** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at +** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new +** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes. +** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks. +** +** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a +** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING +** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to +** sqlite3OsLock(). +*/ +#define NO_LOCK 0 +#define SHARED_LOCK 1 +#define RESERVED_LOCK 2 +#define PENDING_LOCK 3 +#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4 + +/* +** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix) +** +** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because +** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and +** UnlockFile(). +** +** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. +** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen +** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at +** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the +** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. +** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. +** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking +** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte. +** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from +** the RESERVED_LOCK byte. +** +** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available, +** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks +** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used +** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme +** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers. +** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single +** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers. +** +** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. +** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which +** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for +** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. +** +** These #defines are available in sqlite_aux.h so that adaptors for +** connecting SQLite to other operating systems can use the same byte +** ranges for locking. In particular, the same locking strategy and +** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having +** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file +** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever +** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between +** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by +** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility. +** +** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store +** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates +** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so +** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. +** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE +** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except +** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic +** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. +** +** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible +** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice +** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test. +** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the +** 1GB boundary. +** +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_TEST +#define PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */ +#else +extern unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte; +#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3_pending_byte +#endif + +#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) +#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) +#define SHARED_SIZE 510 + +/* +** Prototypes for operating system interface routines. +*/ +int sqlite3OsClose(OsFile**); +int sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(OsFile*, const char*); +int sqlite3OsRead(OsFile*, void*, int amt); +int sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile*, const void*, int amt); +int sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile*, i64 offset); +int sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile*, i64 size); +int sqlite3OsSync(OsFile*, int); +void sqlite3OsSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int setting); +int sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile*, i64 *pSize); +int sqlite3OsLock(OsFile*, int); +int sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile*, int); +int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id); +int sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(const char*, OsFile**, int*); +int sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char*, OsFile**, int); +int sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char*, OsFile**); +int sqlite3OsDelete(const char*); +int sqlite3OsFileExists(const char*); +char *sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char*); +int sqlite3OsIsDirWritable(char*); +int sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char*); +int sqlite3OsSectorSize(OsFile *id); +int sqlite3OsTempFileName(char*); +int sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char*); +int sqlite3OsSleep(int ms); +int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double*); +void sqlite3OsEnterMutex(void); +void sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(void); +int sqlite3OsInMutex(int); +ThreadData *sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(int); +void *sqlite3OsMalloc(int); +void *sqlite3OsRealloc(void *, int); +void sqlite3OsFree(void *); +int sqlite3OsAllocationSize(void *); +void *sqlite3OsDlopen(const char*); +void *sqlite3OsDlsym(void*, const char*); +int sqlite3OsDlclose(void*); + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) + int sqlite3OsFileHandle(OsFile *id); + int sqlite3OsLockState(OsFile *id); +#endif + +/* +** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO macro is defined, then the OS-layer +** interface routines are not called directly but are invoked using +** pointers to functions. This allows the implementation of various +** OS-layer interface routines to be modified at run-time. There are +** obscure but legitimate reasons for wanting to do this. But for +** most users, a direct call to the underlying interface is preferable +** so the the redefinable I/O interface is turned off by default. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO + +/* +** When redefinable I/O is enabled, a single global instance of the +** following structure holds pointers to the routines that SQLite +** uses to talk with the underlying operating system. Modify this +** structure (before using any SQLite API!) to accomodate perculiar +** operating system interfaces or behaviors. +*/ +struct sqlite3OsVtbl { + int (*xOpenReadWrite)(const char*, OsFile**, int*); + int (*xOpenExclusive)(const char*, OsFile**, int); + int (*xOpenReadOnly)(const char*, OsFile**); + + int (*xDelete)(const char*); + int (*xFileExists)(const char*); + char *(*xFullPathname)(const char*); + int (*xIsDirWritable)(char*); + int (*xSyncDirectory)(const char*); + int (*xTempFileName)(char*); + + int (*xRandomSeed)(char*); + int (*xSleep)(int ms); + int (*xCurrentTime)(double*); + + void (*xEnterMutex)(void); + void (*xLeaveMutex)(void); + int (*xInMutex)(int); + ThreadData *(*xThreadSpecificData)(int); + + void *(*xMalloc)(int); + void *(*xRealloc)(void *, int); + void (*xFree)(void *); + int (*xAllocationSize)(void *); + + void *(*xDlopen)(const char*); + void *(*xDlsym)(void*, const char*); + int (*xDlclose)(void*); +}; + +/* Macro used to comment out routines that do not exists when there is +** no disk I/O or extension loading +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO +# define IF_DISKIO(X) 0 +#else +# define IF_DISKIO(X) X +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +# define IF_DLOPEN(X) 0 +#else +# define IF_DLOPEN(X) X +#endif + + +#if defined(_SQLITE_OS_C_) || defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION) + /* + ** The os.c file implements the global virtual function table. + ** We have to put this file here because the initializers + ** (ex: sqlite3OsRandomSeed) are macros that are about to be + ** redefined. + */ + struct sqlite3OsVtbl sqlite3Os = { + IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite ), + IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsOpenExclusive ), + IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly ), + IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsDelete ), + IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsFileExists ), + IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsFullPathname ), + IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsIsDirWritable ), + IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsSyncDirectory ), + IF_DISKIO( sqlite3OsTempFileName ), + sqlite3OsRandomSeed, + sqlite3OsSleep, + sqlite3OsCurrentTime, + sqlite3OsEnterMutex, + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex, + sqlite3OsInMutex, + sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData, + sqlite3OsMalloc, + sqlite3OsRealloc, + sqlite3OsFree, + sqlite3OsAllocationSize, + IF_DLOPEN( sqlite3OsDlopen ), + IF_DLOPEN( sqlite3OsDlsym ), + IF_DLOPEN( sqlite3OsDlclose ), + }; +#else + /* + ** Files other than os.c just reference the global virtual function table. + */ + extern struct sqlite3OsVtbl sqlite3Os; +#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_C_ */ + + +/* This additional API routine is available with redefinable I/O */ +struct sqlite3OsVtbl *sqlite3_os_switch(void); + + +/* +** Redefine the OS interface to go through the virtual function table +** rather than calling routines directly. +*/ +#undef sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite +#undef sqlite3OsOpenExclusive +#undef sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly +#undef sqlite3OsDelete +#undef sqlite3OsFileExists +#undef sqlite3OsFullPathname +#undef sqlite3OsIsDirWritable +#undef sqlite3OsSyncDirectory +#undef sqlite3OsTempFileName +#undef sqlite3OsRandomSeed +#undef sqlite3OsSleep +#undef sqlite3OsCurrentTime +#undef sqlite3OsEnterMutex +#undef sqlite3OsLeaveMutex +#undef sqlite3OsInMutex +#undef sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData +#undef sqlite3OsMalloc +#undef sqlite3OsRealloc +#undef sqlite3OsFree +#undef sqlite3OsAllocationSize +#define sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite sqlite3Os.xOpenReadWrite +#define sqlite3OsOpenExclusive sqlite3Os.xOpenExclusive +#define sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly sqlite3Os.xOpenReadOnly +#define sqlite3OsDelete sqlite3Os.xDelete +#define sqlite3OsFileExists sqlite3Os.xFileExists +#define sqlite3OsFullPathname sqlite3Os.xFullPathname +#define sqlite3OsIsDirWritable sqlite3Os.xIsDirWritable +#define sqlite3OsSyncDirectory sqlite3Os.xSyncDirectory +#define sqlite3OsTempFileName sqlite3Os.xTempFileName +#define sqlite3OsRandomSeed sqlite3Os.xRandomSeed +#define sqlite3OsSleep sqlite3Os.xSleep +#define sqlite3OsCurrentTime sqlite3Os.xCurrentTime +#define sqlite3OsEnterMutex sqlite3Os.xEnterMutex +#define sqlite3OsLeaveMutex sqlite3Os.xLeaveMutex +#define sqlite3OsInMutex sqlite3Os.xInMutex +#define sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData sqlite3Os.xThreadSpecificData +#define sqlite3OsMalloc sqlite3Os.xMalloc +#define sqlite3OsRealloc sqlite3Os.xRealloc +#define sqlite3OsFree sqlite3Os.xFree +#define sqlite3OsAllocationSize sqlite3Os.xAllocationSize + +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO */ + +#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ diff --git a/os_common.h b/os_common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c54405 --- /dev/null +++ b/os_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to +** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those +** files. +** +** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a +** general purpose header file. +*/ + +/* +** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG +** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the +** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. +*/ +#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG +# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." +#endif + + +/* + * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the + * pending-byte in the database file. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000; +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +int sqlite3_os_trace = 0; +#define OSTRACE1(X) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X) +#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y) +#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z) +#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A) +#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3_os_trace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B) +#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \ + if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) +#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \ + if(sqlite3_os_trace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) +#else +#define OSTRACE1(X) +#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) +#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) +#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) +#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) +#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) +#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) +#endif + +/* +** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works +** on i486 hardware. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE +__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){ + unsigned long long int x; + __asm__("rdtsc\n\t" + "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t" + :"=A" (x)); + return x; +} +static unsigned long long int g_start; +static unsigned int elapse; +#define TIMER_START g_start=hwtime() +#define TIMER_END elapse=hwtime()-g_start +#define TIMER_ELAPSED elapse +#else +#define TIMER_START +#define TIMER_END +#define TIMER_ELAPSED 0 +#endif + +/* +** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block +** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This +** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; +int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; +int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; +int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; +int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; +#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ + if( sqlite3_io_error_pending || sqlite3_io_error_hit ) \ + if( sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 \ + || (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) ) \ + { local_ioerr(); CODE; } +static void local_ioerr(){ + IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); + sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; +} +#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ + if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ + if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ + local_ioerr(); \ + sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ + sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ + CODE; \ + }else{ \ + sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ + } \ + } +#else +#define SimulateIOError(A) +#define SimulateDiskfullError(A) +#endif + +/* +** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; +#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) +#else +#define OpenCounter(X) +#endif + +/* +** sqlite3GenericMalloc +** sqlite3GenericRealloc +** sqlite3GenericOsFree +** sqlite3GenericAllocationSize +** +** Implementation of the os level dynamic memory allocation interface in terms +** of the standard malloc(), realloc() and free() found in many operating +** systems. No rocket science here. +** +** There are two versions of these four functions here. The version +** implemented here is only used if memory-management or memory-debugging is +** enabled. This version allocates an extra 8-bytes at the beginning of each +** block and stores the size of the allocation there. +** +** If neither memory-management or debugging is enabled, the second +** set of implementations is used instead. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || defined (SQLITE_MEMDEBUG) +void *sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){ + char *p = (char *)malloc(n+8); + assert(n>0); + assert(sizeof(int)<=8); + if( p ){ + *(int *)p = n; + p += 8; + } + return (void *)p; +} +void *sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){ + char *p2 = ((char *)p - 8); + assert(n>0); + p2 = (char*)realloc(p2, n+8); + if( p2 ){ + *(int *)p2 = n; + p2 += 8; + } + return (void *)p2; +} +void sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){ + assert(p); + free((void *)((char *)p - 8)); +} +int sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){ + return p ? *(int *)((char *)p - 8) : 0; +} +#else +void *sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){ + char *p = (char *)malloc(n); + return (void *)p; +} +void *sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){ + assert(n>0); + p = realloc(p, n); + return p; +} +void sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){ + assert(p); + free(p); +} +/* Never actually used, but needed for the linker */ +int sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){ return 0; } +#endif + +/* +** The default size of a disk sector +*/ +#ifndef PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE +# define PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE 512 +#endif diff --git a/os_os2.c b/os_os2.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45d796b --- /dev/null +++ b/os_os2.c @@ -0,0 +1,1026 @@ +/* +** 2006 Feb 14 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to OS/2. +*/ + +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "os.h" + +#if OS_OS2 + +/* +** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads. +*/ +#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE +# define SQLITE_OS2_THREADS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files +*/ +#include "os_common.h" + +/* +** The os2File structure is subclass of OsFile specific for the OS/2 +** protability layer. +*/ +typedef struct os2File os2File; +struct os2File { + IoMethod const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ + HFILE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ + int delOnClose; /* True if file is to be deleted on close */ + char* pathToDel; /* Name of file to delete on close */ + unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ +}; + +/* +** Do not include any of the File I/O interface procedures if the +** SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO macro is defined (indicating that there database +** will be in-memory only) +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO + +/* +** Delete the named file +*/ +int sqlite3Os2Delete( const char *zFilename ){ + APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; + + rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilename ); + OSTRACE2( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename ); + return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the named file exists. +*/ +int sqlite3Os2FileExists( const char *zFilename ){ + FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo; + memset(&fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo)); + return DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zFilename, FIL_STANDARD, + &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) ) == NO_ERROR; +} + +/* Forward declaration */ +int allocateOs2File( os2File *pInit, OsFile **pld ); + +/* +** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing. If that +** fails, try opening it read-only. If the file does not exist, +** try to create it. +** +** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id +** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and +** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only. The function returns +** SQLITE_OK. +** +** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves +** *id and *pReadonly unchanged. +*/ +int sqlite3Os2OpenReadWrite( + const char *zFilename, + OsFile **pld, + int *pReadonly +){ + os2File f; + HFILE hf; + ULONG ulAction; + APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; + + assert( *pld == 0 ); + rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L, + FILE_ARCHIVED | FILE_NORMAL, + OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS, + OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM | + OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE, (PEAOP2)NULL ); + if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ + rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L, + FILE_ARCHIVED | FILE_NORMAL, + OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS, + OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM | + OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE | OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY, (PEAOP2)NULL ); + if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } + *pReadonly = 1; + } + else{ + *pReadonly = 0; + } + f.h = hf; + f.locktype = NO_LOCK; + f.delOnClose = 0; + f.pathToDel = NULL; + OpenCounter(+1); + OSTRACE3( "OPEN R/W %d \"%s\"\n", hf, zFilename ); + return allocateOs2File( &f, pld ); +} + + +/* +** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process. +** The file will be opened for both reading and writing. To avoid +** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have +** previously existed. Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic +** link. +** +** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete +** the file when it is closed. +** +** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK. +** +** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. +*/ +int sqlite3Os2OpenExclusive( const char *zFilename, OsFile **pld, int delFlag ){ + os2File f; + HFILE hf; + ULONG ulAction; + APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; + + assert( *pld == 0 ); + rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L, FILE_NORMAL, + OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_REPLACE_IF_EXISTS, + OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM | + OPEN_SHARE_DENYREADWRITE | OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE, (PEAOP2)NULL ); + if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } + + f.h = hf; + f.locktype = NO_LOCK; + f.delOnClose = delFlag ? 1 : 0; + f.pathToDel = delFlag ? sqlite3OsFullPathname( zFilename ) : NULL; + OpenCounter( +1 ); + if( delFlag ) DosForceDelete( (PSZ)sqlite3OsFullPathname( zFilename ) ); + OSTRACE3( "OPEN EX %d \"%s\"\n", hf, sqlite3OsFullPathname ( zFilename ) ); + return allocateOs2File( &f, pld ); +} + +/* +** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access. +** +** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK. +** +** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. +*/ +int sqlite3Os2OpenReadOnly( const char *zFilename, OsFile **pld ){ + os2File f; + HFILE hf; + ULONG ulAction; + APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; + + assert( *pld == 0 ); + rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L, + FILE_NORMAL, OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS, + OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM | + OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE | OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY, (PEAOP2)NULL ); + if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } + f.h = hf; + f.locktype = NO_LOCK; + f.delOnClose = 0; + f.pathToDel = NULL; + OpenCounter( +1 ); + OSTRACE3( "OPEN RO %d \"%s\"\n", hf, zFilename ); + return allocateOs2File( &f, pld ); +} + +/* +** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a +** file. This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory +** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written +** to disk. +** +** This routine is only meaningful for Unix. It is a no-op under +** OS/2 since OS/2 does not support hard links. +** +** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is +** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is +** returned. +** +** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves +** *id unchanged. +*/ +int os2OpenDirectory( + OsFile *id, + const char *zDirname +){ + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to +** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters. +*/ +int sqlite3Os2TempFileName( char *zBuf ){ + static const unsigned char zChars[] = + "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" + "0123456789"; + int i, j; + PSZ zTempPath = 0; + if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPath ) ){ + if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPath ) ){ + if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPath ) ){ + ULONG ulDriveNum = 0, ulDriveMap = 0; + DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap ); + sprintf( (char*)zTempPath, "%c:", (char)( 'A' + ulDriveNum - 1 ) ); + } + } + } + for(;;){ + sprintf( zBuf, "%s\\"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath ); + j = strlen( zBuf ); + sqlite3Randomness( 15, &zBuf[j] ); + for( i = 0; i < 15; i++, j++ ){ + zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; + } + zBuf[j] = 0; + if( !sqlite3OsFileExists( zBuf ) ) break; + } + OSTRACE2( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a file. +*/ +int os2Close( OsFile **pld ){ + os2File *pFile; + APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; + if( pld && (pFile = (os2File*)*pld) != 0 ){ + OSTRACE2( "CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h ); + rc = DosClose( pFile->h ); + pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; + if( pFile->delOnClose != 0 ){ + rc = DosForceDelete( (PSZ)pFile->pathToDel ); + } + *pld = 0; + OpenCounter( -1 ); + } + + return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; +} + +/* +** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all +** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes +** wrong. +*/ +int os2Read( OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt ){ + ULONG got; + assert( id!=0 ); + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); + OSTRACE3( "READ %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype ); + DosRead( ((os2File*)id)->h, pBuf, amt, &got ); + if (got == (ULONG)amt) + return SQLITE_OK; + else if (got == 0) + return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; + else { + memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); + return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; + } +} + +/* +** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or some other error code on failure. +*/ +int os2Write( OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt ){ + APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; + ULONG wrote; + assert( id!=0 ); + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); + SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); + OSTRACE3( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype ); + while( amt > 0 && + (rc = DosWrite( ((os2File*)id)->h, (PVOID)pBuf, amt, &wrote )) && wrote > 0 ){ + amt -= wrote; + pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; + } + + return ( rc != NO_ERROR || amt > (int)wrote ) ? SQLITE_FULL : SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Move the read/write pointer in a file. +*/ +int os2Seek( OsFile *id, i64 offset ){ + APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; + ULONG filePointer = 0L; + assert( id!=0 ); + rc = DosSetFilePtr( ((os2File*)id)->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &filePointer ); + OSTRACE3( "SEEK %d %lld\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, offset ); + return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; +} + +/* +** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. +*/ +int os2Sync( OsFile *id, int dataOnly ){ + assert( id!=0 ); + OSTRACE3( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype ); + return DosResetBuffer( ((os2File*)id)->h ) == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; +} + +/* +** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other +** than UNIX. +*/ +int sqlite3Os2SyncDirectory( const char *zDirname ){ + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Truncate an open file to a specified size +*/ +int os2Truncate( OsFile *id, i64 nByte ){ + APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; + ULONG upperBits = nByte>>32; + assert( id!=0 ); + OSTRACE3( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, nByte ); + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); + rc = DosSetFilePtr( ((os2File*)id)->h, nByte, FILE_BEGIN, &upperBits ); + if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR; + } + rc = DosSetFilePtr( ((os2File*)id)->h, 0L, FILE_END, &upperBits ); + return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; +} + +/* +** Determine the current size of a file in bytes +*/ +int os2FileSize( OsFile *id, i64 *pSize ){ + APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; + FILESTATUS3 fsts3FileInfo; + memset(&fsts3FileInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3FileInfo)); + assert( id!=0 ); + SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); + rc = DosQueryFileInfo( ((os2File*)id)->h, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3FileInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) ); + if( rc == NO_ERROR ){ + *pSize = fsts3FileInfo.cbFile; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + else{ + return SQLITE_IOERR; + } +} + +/* +** Acquire a reader lock. +*/ +static int getReadLock( os2File *id ){ + FILELOCK LockArea, + UnlockArea; + memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); + memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); + LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; + LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; + UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; + UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; + return DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); +} + +/* +** Undo a readlock +*/ +static int unlockReadLock( os2File *id ){ + FILELOCK LockArea, + UnlockArea; + memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); + memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); + LockArea.lOffset = 0L; + LockArea.lRange = 0L; + UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; + UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; + return DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Check that a given pathname is a directory and is writable +** +*/ +int sqlite3Os2IsDirWritable( char *zDirname ){ + FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo; + APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; + memset(&fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo)); + if( zDirname==0 ) return 0; + if( strlen(zDirname)>CCHMAXPATH ) return 0; + rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zDirname, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) ); + if( rc != NO_ERROR ) return 0; + if( (fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_DIRECTORY) != FILE_DIRECTORY ) return 0; + + return 1; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. The os2Unlock() routine +** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. +** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You +** must go straight to locking level 0. +*/ +int os2Lock( OsFile *id, int locktype ){ + APIRET rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ + APIRET res = NO_ERROR; /* Result of an OS/2 lock call */ + int newLocktype; /* Set id->locktype to this value before exiting */ + int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ + FILELOCK LockArea, + UnlockArea; + os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; + memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); + memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); + assert( pFile!=0 ); + OSTRACE4( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype ); + + /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the + ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as + ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. + */ + if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct + */ + assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); + assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or + ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of + ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. + */ + newLocktype = pFile->locktype; + if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK + || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) + ){ + int cnt = 3; + + LockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; + LockArea.lRange = 1L; + UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; + UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; + + while( cnt-->0 && (res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L) )!=NO_ERROR ){ + /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. The pending lock might be + ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily. + */ + OSTRACE2( "could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt ); + DosSleep(1); + } + gotPendingLock = res; + } + + /* Acquire a shared lock + */ + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){ + assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); + res = getReadLock(pFile); + if( res == NO_ERROR ){ + newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; + } + } + + /* Acquire a RESERVED lock + */ + if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){ + assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; + LockArea.lRange = 1L; + UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; + UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; + res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); + if( res == NO_ERROR ){ + newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; + } + } + + /* Acquire a PENDING lock + */ + if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ + newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; + gotPendingLock = 0; + } + + /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock + */ + if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ + assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); + res = unlockReadLock(pFile); + OSTRACE2( "unreadlock = %d\n", res ); + LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; + LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; + UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; + UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; + res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); + if( res == NO_ERROR ){ + newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; + }else{ + OSTRACE2( "error-code = %d\n", res ); + } + } + + /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then + ** release it now. + */ + if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ + LockArea.lOffset = 0L; + LockArea.lRange = 0L; + UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; + UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; + DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); + } + + /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then + ** return the appropriate result code. + */ + if( res == NO_ERROR ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + OSTRACE4( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h, + locktype, newLocktype ); + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } + pFile->locktype = newLocktype; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return +** non-zero, otherwise zero. +*/ +int os2CheckReservedLock( OsFile *id ){ + APIRET rc = NO_ERROR; + os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; + assert( pFile!=0 ); + if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ + rc = 1; + OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc ); + }else{ + FILELOCK LockArea, + UnlockArea; + memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); + memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); + LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; + LockArea.lRange = 1L; + UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L; + UnlockArea.lRange = 0L; + rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); + if( rc == NO_ERROR ){ + LockArea.lOffset = 0L; + LockArea.lRange = 0L; + UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; + UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; + rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); + } + OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc ); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +** +** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument +** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine +** might return SQLITE_IOERR; +*/ +int os2Unlock( OsFile *id, int locktype ){ + int type; + APIRET rc = SQLITE_OK; + os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id; + FILELOCK LockArea, + UnlockArea; + memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea)); + memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea)); + assert( pFile!=0 ); + assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); + OSTRACE4( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype ); + type = pFile->locktype; + if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + LockArea.lOffset = 0L; + LockArea.lRange = 0L; + UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST; + UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE; + DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && getReadLock(pFile) != NO_ERROR ){ + /* This should never happen. We should always be able to + ** reacquire the read lock */ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR; + } + } + if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ + LockArea.lOffset = 0L; + LockArea.lRange = 0L; + UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE; + UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; + DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); + } + if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ + unlockReadLock(pFile); + } + if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ + LockArea.lOffset = 0L; + LockArea.lRange = 0L; + UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE; + UnlockArea.lRange = 1L; + DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L ); + } + pFile->locktype = locktype; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Return a pointer +** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc(). +** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it +** is no longer needed. +*/ +char *sqlite3Os2FullPathname( const char *zRelative ){ + char *zFull = 0; + if( strchr(zRelative, ':') ){ + sqlite3SetString( &zFull, zRelative, (char*)0 ); + }else{ + ULONG ulDriveNum = 0; + ULONG ulDriveMap = 0; + ULONG cbzBufLen = SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE; + char zDrive[2]; + char *zBuff; + + zBuff = sqliteMalloc( cbzBufLen ); + if( zBuff != 0 ){ + DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap ); + if( DosQueryCurrentDir( ulDriveNum, (PBYTE)zBuff, &cbzBufLen ) == NO_ERROR ){ + sprintf( zDrive, "%c", (char)('A' + ulDriveNum - 1) ); + sqlite3SetString( &zFull, zDrive, ":\\", zBuff, + "\\", zRelative, (char*)0 ); + } + sqliteFree( zBuff ); + } + } + return zFull; +} + +/* +** The fullSync option is meaningless on os2, or correct me if I'm wrong. This is a no-op. +** From os_unix.c: Change the value of the fullsync flag in the given file descriptor. +** From os_unix.c: ((unixFile*)id)->fullSync = v; +*/ +static void os2SetFullSync( OsFile *id, int v ){ + return; +} + +/* +** Return the underlying file handle for an OsFile +*/ +static int os2FileHandle( OsFile *id ){ + return (int)((os2File*)id)->h; +} + +/* +** Return an integer that indices the type of lock currently held +** by this handle. (Used for testing and analysis only.) +*/ +static int os2LockState( OsFile *id ){ + return ((os2File*)id)->locktype; +} + +/* +** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for +** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be +** larger for some devices. +** +** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that +** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. +** a database and it's journal file) that the sector size will be the +** same for both. +*/ +static int os2SectorSize(OsFile *id){ + return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; +} + +/* +** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile +** for os2. +*/ +static const IoMethod sqlite3Os2IoMethod = { + os2Close, + os2OpenDirectory, + os2Read, + os2Write, + os2Seek, + os2Truncate, + os2Sync, + os2SetFullSync, + os2FileHandle, + os2FileSize, + os2Lock, + os2Unlock, + os2LockState, + os2CheckReservedLock, + os2SectorSize, +}; + +/* +** Allocate memory for an OsFile. Initialize the new OsFile +** to the value given in pInit and return a pointer to the new +** OsFile. If we run out of memory, close the file and return NULL. +*/ +int allocateOs2File( os2File *pInit, OsFile **pld ){ + os2File *pNew; + pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + DosClose( pInit->h ); + *pld = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + *pNew = *pInit; + pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3Os2IoMethod; + pNew->locktype = NO_LOCK; + *pld = (OsFile*)pNew; + OpenCounter(+1); + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ +/*************************************************************************** +** Everything above deals with file I/O. Everything that follows deals +** with other miscellanous aspects of the operating system interface +****************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +/* +** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points +** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. +*/ +void *sqlite3Os2Dlopen(const char *zFilename){ + UCHAR loadErr[256]; + HMODULE hmod; + APIRET rc; + rc = DosLoadModule((PSZ)loadErr, sizeof(loadErr), zFilename, &hmod); + if (rc != NO_ERROR) return 0; + return (void*)hmod; +} +void *sqlite3Os2Dlsym(void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){ + PFN pfn; + APIRET rc; + rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, zSymbol, &pfn); + if (rc != NO_ERROR) { + /* if the symbol itself was not found, search again for the same + * symbol with an extra underscore, that might be needed depending + * on the calling convention */ + char _zSymbol[256] = "_"; + strncat(_zSymbol, zSymbol, 255); + rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, _zSymbol, &pfn); + } + if (rc != NO_ERROR) return 0; + return (void *)pfn; +} +int sqlite3Os2Dlclose(void *pHandle){ + return DosFreeModule((HMODULE)pHandle); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ + + +/* +** Get information to seed the random number generator. The seed +** is written into the buffer zBuf[256]. The calling function must +** supply a sufficiently large buffer. +*/ +int sqlite3Os2RandomSeed( char *zBuf ){ + /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting + ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would + ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the + ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry + ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize + ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness + ** in the random seed. + ** + ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means + ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the + ** tests repeatable. + */ + memset( zBuf, 0, 256 ); + DosGetDateTime( (PDATETIME)zBuf ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +*/ +int sqlite3Os2Sleep( int ms ){ + DosSleep( ms ); + return ms; +} + +/* +** Static variables used for thread synchronization +*/ +static int inMutex = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_THREADS +static ULONG mutexOwner; +#endif + +/* +** The following pair of routines implement mutual exclusion for +** multi-threaded processes. Only a single thread is allowed to +** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex(). +** +** SQLite uses only a single Mutex. There is not much critical +** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking. +*/ +void sqlite3Os2EnterMutex(){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_THREADS + PTIB ptib; + DosEnterCritSec(); + DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, NULL ); + mutexOwner = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid; +#endif + assert( !inMutex ); + inMutex = 1; +} +void sqlite3Os2LeaveMutex(){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_THREADS + PTIB ptib; +#endif + assert( inMutex ); + inMutex = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_THREADS + DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, NULL ); + assert( mutexOwner == ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid ); + DosExitCritSec(); +#endif +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the mutex is currently held. +** +** If the thisThreadOnly parameter is true, return true if and only if the +** calling thread holds the mutex. If the parameter is false, return +** true if any thread holds the mutex. +*/ +int sqlite3Os2InMutex( int thisThreadOnly ){ +#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_THREADS + PTIB ptib; + DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, NULL ); + return inMutex>0 && (thisThreadOnly==0 || mutexOwner==ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid); +#else + return inMutex>0; +#endif +} + +/* +** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result +** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int sqlite3_current_time = 0; +#endif + +/* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the +** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and +** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. +*/ +int sqlite3Os2CurrentTime( double *prNow ){ + double now; + USHORT second, minute, hour, + day, month, year; + DATETIME dt; + DosGetDateTime( &dt ); + second = (USHORT)dt.seconds; + minute = (USHORT)dt.minutes + dt.timezone; + hour = (USHORT)dt.hours; + day = (USHORT)dt.day; + month = (USHORT)dt.month; + year = (USHORT)dt.year; + + /* Calculations from http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd.html + http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c */ + /* Calculate the Julian days */ + now = day - 32076 + + 1461*(year + 4800 + (month - 14)/12)/4 + + 367*(month - 2 - (month - 14)/12*12)/12 - + 3*((year + 4900 + (month - 14)/12)/100)/4; + + /* Add the fractional hours, mins and seconds */ + now += (hour + 12.0)/24.0; + now += minute/1440.0; + now += second/86400.0; + *prNow = now; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( sqlite3_current_time ){ + *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5; + } +#endif + return 0; +} + +/* +** Remember the number of thread-specific-data blocks allocated. +** Use this to verify that we are not leaking thread-specific-data. +** Ticket #1601 +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int sqlite3_tsd_count = 0; +# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR InterlockedIncrement( &sqlite3_tsd_count ) +# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR InterlockedDecrement( &sqlite3_tsd_count ) +#else +# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR /* no-op */ +# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR /* no-op */ +#endif + +/* +** If called with allocateFlag>1, then return a pointer to thread +** specific data for the current thread. Allocate and zero the +** thread-specific data if it does not already exist necessary. +** +** If called with allocateFlag==0, then check the current thread +** specific data. Return it if it exists. If it does not exist, +** then return NULL. +** +** If called with allocateFlag<0, check to see if the thread specific +** data is allocated and is all zero. If it is then deallocate it. +** Return a pointer to the thread specific data or NULL if it is +** unallocated or gets deallocated. +*/ +ThreadData *sqlite3Os2ThreadSpecificData( int allocateFlag ){ + static ThreadData **s_ppTsd = NULL; + static const ThreadData zeroData = {0, 0, 0}; + ThreadData *pTsd; + + if( !s_ppTsd ){ + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + if( !s_ppTsd ){ + PULONG pul; + APIRET rc = DosAllocThreadLocalMemory(1, &pul); + if( rc != NO_ERROR ){ + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + return 0; + } + s_ppTsd = (ThreadData **)pul; + } + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + } + pTsd = *s_ppTsd; + if( allocateFlag>0 ){ + if( !pTsd ){ + pTsd = sqlite3OsMalloc( sizeof(zeroData) ); + if( pTsd ){ + *pTsd = zeroData; + *s_ppTsd = pTsd; + TSD_COUNTER_INCR; + } + } + }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0 + && memcmp( pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData) )==0 ){ + sqlite3OsFree(pTsd); + *s_ppTsd = NULL; + TSD_COUNTER_DECR; + pTsd = 0; + } + return pTsd; +} +#endif /* OS_OS2 */ diff --git a/os_os2.h b/os_os2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b738185 --- /dev/null +++ b/os_os2.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This header file defined OS-specific features for OS/2. +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_OS2_H_ +#define _SQLITE_OS_OS2_H_ + +/* +** standard include files. +*/ +#include +#include +#include +#include + +/* +** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads. The +** SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro is defined if we are synchronizing for +** Posix threads and SQLITE_W32_THREADS is defined if we are +** synchronizing using Win32 threads. +*/ +/* this mutex implementation only available with EMX */ +#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE +# include +# include +# define SQLITE_OS2_THREADS 1 +#endif + +/* +** The OsFile structure is a operating-system independing representation +** of an open file handle. It is defined differently for each architecture. +** +** This is the definition for Unix. +** +** OsFile.locktype takes one of the values SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK, +** PENDING_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. +*/ +typedef struct OsFile OsFile; +struct OsFile { + int h; /* The file descriptor (LHANDLE) */ + int locked; /* True if this user holds the lock */ + int delOnClose; /* True if file is to be deleted on close */ + char *pathToDel; /* Name of file to delete on close */ + unsigned char locktype; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ + unsigned char isOpen; /* True if needs to be closed */ + unsigned char fullSync; +}; + +/* +** Maximum number of characters in a temporary file name +*/ +#define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200 + +/* +** Minimum interval supported by sqlite3OsSleep(). +*/ +#define SQLITE_MIN_SLEEP_MS 1 + +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0600 +#endif + +#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_OS2_H_ */ diff --git a/os_unix.c b/os_unix.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9141891 --- /dev/null +++ b/os_unix.c @@ -0,0 +1,2935 @@ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems. +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "os.h" +#if OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */ + +/* #define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 */ + +/* +** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the +** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks +** large file support, these should be no-ops. +** +** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch +** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling +** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work +** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0). If you compile on RedHat 7.2 +** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel +** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary +** portability you should omit LFS. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS +# define _LARGE_FILE 1 +# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS +# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 +# endif +# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +/* +** standard include files. +*/ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +#include +#include +#include +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + +/* +** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define +** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro. +*/ +#ifndef THREADSAFE +# define THREADSAFE 1 +#endif +#if THREADSAFE +# include +# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Default permissions when creating a new file +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644 +#endif + + + +/* +** The unixFile structure is subclass of OsFile specific for the unix +** protability layer. +*/ +typedef struct unixFile unixFile; +struct unixFile { + IoMethod const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ + struct openCnt *pOpen; /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */ + struct lockInfo *pLock; /* Info about locks on this inode */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE + void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */ +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + int h; /* The file descriptor */ + unsigned char locktype; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ + unsigned char isOpen; /* True if needs to be closed */ + unsigned char fullSync; /* Use F_FULLSYNC if available */ + int dirfd; /* File descriptor for the directory */ + i64 offset; /* Seek offset */ +#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS + pthread_t tid; /* The thread that "owns" this OsFile */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Provide the ability to override some OS-layer functions during +** testing. This is used to simulate OS crashes to verify that +** commits are atomic even in the event of an OS crash. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_CRASH_TEST + extern int sqlite3CrashTestEnable; + extern int sqlite3CrashOpenReadWrite(const char*, OsFile**, int*); + extern int sqlite3CrashOpenExclusive(const char*, OsFile**, int); + extern int sqlite3CrashOpenReadOnly(const char*, OsFile**, int); +# define CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(X,A,B,C) \ + if(sqlite3CrashTestEnable){ return X(A,B,C); } +#else +# define CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(X,A,B,C) /* no-op */ +#endif + + +/* +** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files +*/ +#include "os_common.h" + +/* +** Do not include any of the File I/O interface procedures if the +** SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO macro is defined (indicating that the database +** will be in-memory only) +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO + + +/* +** Define various macros that are missing from some systems. +*/ +#ifndef O_LARGEFILE +# define O_LARGEFILE 0 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS +# undef O_LARGEFILE +# define O_LARGEFILE 0 +#endif +#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW +# define O_NOFOLLOW 0 +#endif +#ifndef O_BINARY +# define O_BINARY 0 +#endif + +/* +** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it +** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something +** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under +** DJGPP. But it's DOS - what did you expect? +*/ +#ifdef __DJGPP__ +# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0 +#endif + +/* +** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for +** testing and debugging only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS +#define threadid pthread_self() +#else +#define threadid 0 +#endif + +/* +** Set or check the OsFile.tid field. This field is set when an OsFile +** is first opened. All subsequent uses of the OsFile verify that the +** same thread is operating on the OsFile. Some operating systems do +** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction +** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread +** to another. This logic makes sure a user does not try to do that +** by mistake. +** +** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15): OsFiles can be moved from one thread to +** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads +** overriding each others locks (which now the most common behavior) +** or if no locks are held. But the OsFile.pLock field needs to be +** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id. See the +** transferOwnership() function below for additional information +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS) +# define SET_THREADID(X) (X)->tid = pthread_self() +# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \ + !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self())) +#else +# define SET_THREADID(X) +# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0 +#endif + +/* +** Here is the dirt on POSIX advisory locks: ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996) +** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process +** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set +** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies +** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different +** file descriptor. Consider this test case: +** +** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); +** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); +** +** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because +** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set +** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock +** on fd2, it works. I would have expected the second lock to +** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1. +** But not so. Since both locks came from the same process, the +** second overrides the first, even though they were on different +** file descriptors opened on different file names. +** +** Bummer. If you ask me, this is broken. Badly broken. It means +** that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access among +** competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine +** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not +** threads within the same process. +** +** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally +** on its own. Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the +** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the +** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in) +** and check for locks already existing on that inode. When locks are +** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the +** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same +** inode. +** +** The OsFile structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file +** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file +** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal +** locks on the corresponding inode. There is one locking structure +** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both OsFile structures +** point to the same locking structure. The locking structure keeps +** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt" +** field that tells us its internal lock status. cnt==0 means the +** file is unlocked. cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock. +** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file. +** +** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking +** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a +** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between +** a locked and an unlocked state. +** +** 2004-Jan-11: +** More recent discoveries about POSIX advisory locks. (The more +** I discover, the more I realize the a POSIX advisory locks are +** an abomination.) +** +** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks, +** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are +** released. To work around this problem, each OsFile structure contains +** a pointer to an openCnt structure. There is one openCnt structure +** per open inode, which means that multiple OsFiles can point to a single +** openCnt. When an attempt is made to close an OsFile, if there are +** other OsFiles open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call +** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear. +** The openCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to +** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock +** clears. +** +** First, under Linux threads, because each thread has a separate +** process ID, lock operations in one thread do not override locks +** to the same file in other threads. Linux threads behave like +** separate processes in this respect. But, if you close a file +** descriptor in linux threads, all locks are cleared, even locks +** on other threads and even though the other threads have different +** process IDs. Linux threads is inconsistent in this respect. +** (I'm beginning to think that linux threads is an abomination too.) +** The consequence of this all is that the hash table for the lockInfo +** structure has to include the process id as part of its key because +** locks in different threads are treated as distinct. But the +** openCnt structure should not include the process id in its +** key because close() clears lock on all threads, not just the current +** thread. Were it not for this goofiness in linux threads, we could +** combine the lockInfo and openCnt structures into a single structure. +** +** 2004-Jun-28: +** On some versions of linux, threads can override each others locks. +** On others not. Sometimes you can change the behavior on the same +** system by setting the LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variable. The +** POSIX standard is silent as to which behavior is correct, as far +** as I can tell, so other versions of unix might show the same +** inconsistency. There is no little doubt in my mind that posix +** advisory locks and linux threads are profoundly broken. +** +** To work around the inconsistencies, we have to test at runtime +** whether or not threads can override each others locks. This test +** is run once, the first time any lock is attempted. A static +** variable is set to record the results of this test for future +** use. +*/ + +/* +** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used +** to locate a particular lockInfo structure given its inode. +** +** If threads cannot override each others locks, then we set the +** lockKey.tid field to the thread ID. If threads can override +** each others locks then tid is always set to zero. tid is omitted +** if we compile without threading support. +*/ +struct lockKey { + dev_t dev; /* Device number */ + ino_t ino; /* Inode number */ +#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS + pthread_t tid; /* Thread ID or zero if threads can override each other */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open +** inode on each thread with a different process ID. (Threads have +** different process IDs on linux, but not on most other unixes.) +** +** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each OsFile +** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this +** object keeps a count of the number of OsFiles pointing to it. +*/ +struct lockInfo { + struct lockKey key; /* The lookup key */ + int cnt; /* Number of SHARED locks held */ + int locktype; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */ + int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used +** to locate a particular openCnt structure given its inode. This +** is the same as the lockKey except that the thread ID is omitted. +*/ +struct openKey { + dev_t dev; /* Device number */ + ino_t ino; /* Inode number */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open +** inode. This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that +** inode. If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding +** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the +** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list. +*/ +struct openCnt { + struct openKey key; /* The lookup key */ + int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ + int nLock; /* Number of outstanding locks */ + int nPending; /* Number of pending close() operations */ + int *aPending; /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */ +}; + +/* +** These hash tables map inodes and file descriptors (really, lockKey and +** openKey structures) into lockInfo and openCnt structures. Access to +** these hash tables must be protected by a mutex. +*/ +static Hash lockHash = {SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, + sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc, sqlite3ThreadSafeFree, 0, 0}; +static Hash openHash = {SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, + sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc, sqlite3ThreadSafeFree, 0, 0}; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +/* +** The locking styles are associated with the different file locking +** capabilities supported by different file systems. +** +** POSIX locking style fully supports shared and exclusive byte-range locks +** ADP locking only supports exclusive byte-range locks +** FLOCK only supports a single file-global exclusive lock +** DOTLOCK isn't a true locking style, it refers to the use of a special +** file named the same as the database file with a '.lock' extension, this +** can be used on file systems that do not offer any reliable file locking +** NO locking means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for +** read-only file systems currently +** UNSUPPORTED means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for +** file systems that are known to be unsupported +*/ +typedef enum { + posixLockingStyle = 0, /* standard posix-advisory locks */ + afpLockingStyle, /* use afp locks */ + flockLockingStyle, /* use flock() */ + dotlockLockingStyle, /* use .lock files */ + noLockingStyle, /* useful for read-only file system */ + unsupportedLockingStyle /* indicates unsupported file system */ +} sqlite3LockingStyle; +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS +/* +** This variable records whether or not threads can override each others +** locks. +** +** 0: No. Threads cannot override each others locks. +** 1: Yes. Threads can override each others locks. +** -1: We don't know yet. +** +** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each +** others locks. On those systems, the SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK macro +** will be set appropriately. On other systems, we have to check at +** runtime. On these latter systems, SQLTIE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK is +** undefined. +** +** This variable normally has file scope only. But during testing, we make +** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify +** that the right stuff happens in either case. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK +# define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1 +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK; +#else +static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK; +#endif + +/* +** This structure holds information passed into individual test +** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine. +*/ +struct threadTestData { + int fd; /* File to be locked */ + struct flock lock; /* The locking operation */ + int result; /* Result of the locking operation */ +}; + +#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE +/* +** Print out information about all locking operations. +** +** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded +** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE +** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally +** turned off. +*/ +static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ + char *zOpName, *zType; + int s; + int savedErrno; + if( op==F_GETLK ){ + zOpName = "GETLK"; + }else if( op==F_SETLK ){ + zOpName = "SETLK"; + }else{ + s = fcntl(fd, op, p); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s); + return s; + } + if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){ + zType = "RDLCK"; + }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){ + zType = "WRLCK"; + }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){ + zType = "UNLCK"; + }else{ + assert( 0 ); + } + assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET ); + s = fcntl(fd, op, p); + savedErrno = errno; + sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n", + threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len, + (int)p->l_pid, s); + if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){ + struct flock l2; + l2 = *p; + fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2); + if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){ + zType = "RDLCK"; + }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){ + zType = "WRLCK"; + }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){ + zType = "UNLCK"; + }else{ + assert( 0 ); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n", + zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid); + } + errno = savedErrno; + return s; +} +#define fcntl lockTrace +#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */ + +/* +** The testThreadLockingBehavior() routine launches two separate +** threads on this routine. This routine attempts to lock a file +** descriptor then returns. The success or failure of that attempt +** allows the testThreadLockingBehavior() procedure to determine +** whether or not threads can override each others locks. +*/ +static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){ + struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg; + pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_SETLK, &pData->lock); + return pArg; +} + +/* +** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads +** can override each others locks then sets the +** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately. +*/ +static void testThreadLockingBehavior(int fd_orig){ + int fd; + struct threadTestData d[2]; + pthread_t t[2]; + + fd = dup(fd_orig); + if( fd<0 ) return; + memset(d, 0, sizeof(d)); + d[0].fd = fd; + d[0].lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; + d[0].lock.l_len = 1; + d[0].lock.l_start = 0; + d[0].lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + d[1] = d[0]; + d[1].lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; + pthread_create(&t[0], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[0]); + pthread_create(&t[1], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[1]); + pthread_join(t[0], 0); + pthread_join(t[1], 0); + close(fd); + threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = d[0].result==0 && d[1].result==0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS */ + +/* +** Release a lockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo(). +*/ +static void releaseLockInfo(struct lockInfo *pLock){ + assert( sqlite3OsInMutex(1) ); + if (pLock == NULL) + return; + pLock->nRef--; + if( pLock->nRef==0 ){ + sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(pLock->key), 0); + sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pLock); + } +} + +/* +** Release a openCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo(). +*/ +static void releaseOpenCnt(struct openCnt *pOpen){ + assert( sqlite3OsInMutex(1) ); + if (pOpen == NULL) + return; + pOpen->nRef--; + if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){ + sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(pOpen->key), 0); + free(pOpen->aPending); + sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pOpen); + } +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +/* +** Tests a byte-range locking query to see if byte range locks are +** supported, if not we fall back to dotlockLockingStyle. +*/ +static sqlite3LockingStyle sqlite3TestLockingStyle(const char *filePath, + int fd) { + /* test byte-range lock using fcntl */ + struct flock lockInfo; + + lockInfo.l_len = 1; + lockInfo.l_start = 0; + lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; + + if (fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo) != -1) { + return posixLockingStyle; + } + + /* testing for flock can give false positives. So if if the above test + ** fails, then we fall back to using dot-lock style locking. + */ + return dotlockLockingStyle; +} + +/* +** Examines the f_fstypename entry in the statfs structure as returned by +** stat() for the file system hosting the database file, assigns the +** appropriate locking style based on it's value. These values and +** assignments are based on Darwin/OSX behavior and have not been tested on +** other systems. +*/ +static sqlite3LockingStyle sqlite3DetectLockingStyle(const char *filePath, + int fd) { + +#ifdef SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE + return (sqlite3LockingStyle)SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE; +#else + struct statfs fsInfo; + + if (statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) == -1) + return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd); + + if (fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY) + return noLockingStyle; + + if( (!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "hfs")) || + (!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "ufs")) ) + return posixLockingStyle; + + if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "afpfs")) + return afpLockingStyle; + + if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")) + return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd); + + if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "smbfs")) + return flockLockingStyle; + + if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "msdos")) + return dotlockLockingStyle; + + if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "webdav")) + return unsupportedLockingStyle; + + return sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd); +#endif /* SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE */ +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + +/* +** Given a file descriptor, locate lockInfo and openCnt structures that +** describes that file descriptor. Create new ones if necessary. The +** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs. +** +** Return the number of errors. +*/ +static int findLockInfo( + int fd, /* The file descriptor used in the key */ + struct lockInfo **ppLock, /* Return the lockInfo structure here */ + struct openCnt **ppOpen /* Return the openCnt structure here */ +){ + int rc; + struct lockKey key1; + struct openKey key2; + struct stat statbuf; + struct lockInfo *pLock; + struct openCnt *pOpen; + rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf); + if( rc!=0 ) return 1; + + assert( sqlite3OsInMutex(1) ); + memset(&key1, 0, sizeof(key1)); + key1.dev = statbuf.st_dev; + key1.ino = statbuf.st_ino; +#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS + if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){ + testThreadLockingBehavior(fd); + } + key1.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self(); +#endif + memset(&key2, 0, sizeof(key2)); + key2.dev = statbuf.st_dev; + key2.ino = statbuf.st_ino; + pLock = (struct lockInfo*)sqlite3HashFind(&lockHash, &key1, sizeof(key1)); + if( pLock==0 ){ + struct lockInfo *pOld; + pLock = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(*pLock) ); + if( pLock==0 ){ + rc = 1; + goto exit_findlockinfo; + } + pLock->key = key1; + pLock->nRef = 1; + pLock->cnt = 0; + pLock->locktype = 0; + pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(key1), pLock); + if( pOld!=0 ){ + assert( pOld==pLock ); + sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pLock); + rc = 1; + goto exit_findlockinfo; + } + }else{ + pLock->nRef++; + } + *ppLock = pLock; + if( ppOpen!=0 ){ + pOpen = (struct openCnt*)sqlite3HashFind(&openHash, &key2, sizeof(key2)); + if( pOpen==0 ){ + struct openCnt *pOld; + pOpen = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(*pOpen) ); + if( pOpen==0 ){ + releaseLockInfo(pLock); + rc = 1; + goto exit_findlockinfo; + } + pOpen->key = key2; + pOpen->nRef = 1; + pOpen->nLock = 0; + pOpen->nPending = 0; + pOpen->aPending = 0; + pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(key2), pOpen); + if( pOld!=0 ){ + assert( pOld==pOpen ); + sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pOpen); + releaseLockInfo(pLock); + rc = 1; + goto exit_findlockinfo; + } + }else{ + pOpen->nRef++; + } + *ppOpen = pOpen; + } + +exit_findlockinfo: + return rc; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging +** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied +** integer lock-type. +*/ +static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){ + switch( locktype ){ + case NO_LOCK: return "NONE"; + case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED"; + case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED"; + case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING"; + case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE"; + } + return "ERROR"; +} +#endif + +/* +** If we are currently in a different thread than the thread that the +** unixFile argument belongs to, then transfer ownership of the unixFile +** over to the current thread. +** +** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems where one thread is +** unable to override locks created by a different thread. RedHat9 is +** an example of such a system. +** +** Ownership transfer is only allowed if the unixFile is currently unlocked. +** If the unixFile is locked and an ownership is wrong, then return +** SQLITE_MISUSE. SQLITE_OK is returned if everything works. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS +static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){ + int rc; + pthread_t hSelf; + if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ){ + /* Ownership transfers not needed on this system */ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + hSelf = pthread_self(); + if( pthread_equal(pFile->tid, hSelf) ){ + /* We are still in the same thread */ + OSTRACE1("No-transfer, same thread\n"); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){ + /* We cannot change ownership while we are holding a lock! */ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + OSTRACE4("Transfer ownership of %d from %d to %d\n", + pFile->h, pFile->tid, hSelf); + pFile->tid = hSelf; + if (pFile->pLock != NULL) { + releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock); + rc = findLockInfo(pFile->h, &pFile->pLock, 0); + OSTRACE5("LOCK %d is now %s(%s,%d)\n", pFile->h, + locktypeName(pFile->locktype), + locktypeName(pFile->pLock->locktype), pFile->pLock->cnt); + return rc; + } else { + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} +#else + /* On single-threaded builds, ownership transfer is a no-op */ +# define transferOwnership(X) SQLITE_OK +#endif + +/* +** Delete the named file +*/ +int sqlite3UnixDelete(const char *zFilename){ + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); + unlink(zFilename); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the named file exists. +*/ +int sqlite3UnixFileExists(const char *zFilename){ + return access(zFilename, 0)==0; +} + +/* Forward declaration */ +static int allocateUnixFile( + int h, /* File descriptor of the open file */ + OsFile **pId, /* Write the real file descriptor here */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */ + int delFlag /* If true, make sure the file deletes on close */ +); + +/* +** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing. If that +** fails, try opening it read-only. If the file does not exist, +** try to create it. +** +** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id +** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and +** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only. The function returns +** SQLITE_OK. +** +** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves +** *id and *pReadonly unchanged. +*/ +int sqlite3UnixOpenReadWrite( + const char *zFilename, + OsFile **pId, + int *pReadonly +){ + int h; + + CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(sqlite3CrashOpenReadWrite, zFilename, pId, pReadonly); + assert( 0==*pId ); + h = open(zFilename, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY, + SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); + if( h<0 ){ +#ifdef EISDIR + if( errno==EISDIR ){ + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } +#endif + h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY); + if( h<0 ){ + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } + *pReadonly = 1; + }else{ + *pReadonly = 0; + } + return allocateUnixFile(h, pId, zFilename, 0); +} + + +/* +** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process. +** The file will be opened for both reading and writing. To avoid +** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have +** previously existed. Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic +** link. +** +** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete +** the file when it is closed. +** +** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK. +** +** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. +*/ +int sqlite3UnixOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId, int delFlag){ + int h; + + CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(sqlite3CrashOpenExclusive, zFilename, pId, delFlag); + assert( 0==*pId ); + h = open(zFilename, + O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY, + delFlag ? 0600 : SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS); + if( h<0 ){ + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } + return allocateUnixFile(h, pId, zFilename, delFlag); +} + +/* +** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access. +** +** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK. +** +** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. +*/ +int sqlite3UnixOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId){ + int h; + + CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(sqlite3CrashOpenReadOnly, zFilename, pId, 0); + assert( 0==*pId ); + h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY); + if( h<0 ){ + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } + return allocateUnixFile(h, pId, zFilename, 0); +} + +/* +** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a +** file. This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory +** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written +** to disk. +** +** This routine is only meaningful for Unix. It is a no-op under +** windows since windows does not support hard links. +** +** If FULL_FSYNC is enabled, this function is not longer useful, +** a FULL_FSYNC sync applies to all pending disk operations. +** +** On success, a handle for a previously open file at *id is +** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is +** returned. +** +** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves +** *id unchanged. +*/ +static int unixOpenDirectory( + OsFile *id, + const char *zDirname +){ + int h; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + assert( pFile!=0 ); + SET_THREADID(pFile); + assert( pFile->dirfd<0 ); + pFile->dirfd = h = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); + if( h<0 ){ + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(h, F_SETFD, fcntl(h, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", h, zDirname); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to +** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters. +*/ +int sqlite3UnixTempFileName(char *zBuf){ + static const char *azDirs[] = { + 0, + "/var/tmp", + "/usr/tmp", + "/tmp", + ".", + }; + static const unsigned char zChars[] = + "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" + "0123456789"; + int i, j; + struct stat buf; + const char *zDir = "."; + azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory; + for(i=0; ioffset then read cnt bytes into pBuf. +** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset. +*/ +static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, void *pBuf, int cnt){ + int got; + i64 newOffset; + TIMER_START; +#if defined(USE_PREAD) + got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset); + SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); +#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) + got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset); + SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); +#else + newOffset = lseek(id->h, id->offset, SEEK_SET); + SimulateIOError( newOffset-- ); + if( newOffset!=id->offset ){ + return -1; + } + got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt); +#endif + TIMER_END; + OSTRACE5("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %d\n", id->h, got, id->offset, TIMER_ELAPSED); + if( got>0 ){ + id->offset += got; + } + return got; +} + +/* +** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all +** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes +** wrong. +*/ +static int unixRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){ + int got; + assert( id ); + got = seekAndRead((unixFile*)id, pBuf, amt); + if( got==amt ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else if( got<0 ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; + }else{ + memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); + return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; + } +} + +/* +** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf. +** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset. +*/ +static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ + int got; + i64 newOffset; + TIMER_START; +#if defined(USE_PREAD) + got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset); +#elif defined(USE_PREAD64) + got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset); +#else + newOffset = lseek(id->h, id->offset, SEEK_SET); + if( newOffset!=id->offset ){ + return -1; + } + got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt); +#endif + TIMER_END; + OSTRACE5("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %d\n", id->h, got, id->offset, TIMER_ELAPSED); + if( got>0 ){ + id->offset += got; + } + return got; +} + + +/* +** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or some other error code on failure. +*/ +static int unixWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){ + int wrote = 0; + assert( id ); + assert( amt>0 ); + while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite((unixFile*)id, pBuf, amt))>0 ){ + amt -= wrote; + pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; + } + SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 )); + SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 )); + if( amt>0 ){ + if( wrote<0 ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; + }else{ + return SQLITE_FULL; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Move the read/write pointer in a file. +*/ +static int unixSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){ + assert( id ); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( offset ) SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL); +#endif + ((unixFile*)id)->offset = offset; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test +** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. +*/ +int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; +int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** Use the fdatasync() API only if the HAVE_FDATASYNC macro is defined. +** Otherwise use fsync() in its place. +*/ +#ifndef HAVE_FDATASYNC +# define fdatasync fsync +#endif + +/* +** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not +** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently +** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change. +*/ +#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC +# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1 +#else +# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0 +#endif + + +/* +** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many +** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make +** it work better. +** +** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful +** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly. +** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC +** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash +** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file. +*/ +static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ + int rc; + + /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and + ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure + ** gets called with the correct arguments. + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++; + sqlite3_sync_count++; +#endif + + /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a + ** no-op + */ +#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC + rc = SQLITE_OK; +#else + +#if HAVE_FULLFSYNC + if( fullSync ){ + rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0); + }else{ + rc = 1; + } + /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync(). + * It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local + * file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC + * isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync + * and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. + * It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid + * the fcntl call every time sync is called. + */ + if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd); + +#else + if( dataOnly ){ + rc = fdatasync(fd); + }else{ + rc = fsync(fd); + } +#endif /* HAVE_FULLFSYNC */ +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) */ + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. +** +** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file +** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the +** file data is synced. +** +** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file +** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file. +** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory +** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next +** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because +** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction +** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption. +*/ +static int unixSync(OsFile *id, int dataOnly){ + int rc; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE2("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h); + rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, pFile->fullSync, dataOnly); + SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); + if( rc ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC; + } + if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){ + OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd, + HAVE_FULLFSYNC, pFile->fullSync); +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC + /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is + ** turned off or unavailable. If a full_fsync occurred above, + ** then the directory sync is superfluous. + */ + if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !pFile->fullSync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){ + /* + ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning + ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems. + ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal. So it seems + ** better to ignore the error. Ticket #1657 + */ + /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */ + } +#endif + close(pFile->dirfd); /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory */ + pFile->dirfd = -1; /* when we are done. */ + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other +** than UNIX. +** +** This is used to make sure the master journal file has truely been deleted +** before making changes to individual journals on a multi-database commit. +** The F_FULLFSYNC option is not needed here. +*/ +int sqlite3UnixSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){ +#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC + return SQLITE_OK; +#else + int fd; + int r; + fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); + OSTRACE3("DIRSYNC %-3d (%s)\n", fd, zDirname); + if( fd<0 ){ + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } + r = fsync(fd); + close(fd); + SimulateIOError( r=1 ); + if( r ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC; + }else{ + return SQLITE_OK; + } +#endif +} + +/* +** Truncate an open file to a specified size +*/ +static int unixTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){ + int rc; + assert( id ); + rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, (off_t)nByte); + SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); + if( rc ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE; + }else{ + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + +/* +** Determine the current size of a file in bytes +*/ +static int unixFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){ + int rc; + struct stat buf; + assert( id ); + rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf); + SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); + if( rc!=0 ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; + } + *pSize = buf.st_size; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return +** non-zero. If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then +** return zero. +*/ +static int unixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){ + int r = 0; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + assert( pFile ); + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */ + + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ + if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ + r = 1; + } + + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. + */ + if( !r ){ + struct flock lock; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; + lock.l_len = 1; + lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; + fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock); + if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){ + r = 1; + } + } + + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r); + + return r; +} + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() +** routine to lower a locking level. +*/ +static int unixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){ + /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and + ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive + ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid + ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated + ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously + ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required. + ** + ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved + ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte + ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset. + ** + ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending + ** byte'. If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte + ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released. + ** + ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock. + ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the + ** 'reserved byte'. + ** + ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a + ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock + ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be + ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process + ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock. + ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file + ** after a crash. + ** + ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is + ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte + ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes + ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the + ** database. + ** + ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte + ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By + ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist + ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock. + */ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + struct lockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock; + struct flock lock; + int s; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE7("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, + locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), + locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid()); + + /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the + ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as + ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. + */ + if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ + OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, + locktypeName(locktype)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct + */ + assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); + assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads + */ + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + + /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile. + */ + rc = transferOwnership(pFile); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + return rc; + } + pLock = pFile->pLock; + + /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different OsFile* + ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. + */ + if( (pFile->locktype!=pLock->locktype && + (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK)) + ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto end_lock; + } + + /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already + ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and + ** return SQLITE_OK. + */ + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && + (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ + assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( pFile->locktype==0 ); + assert( pLock->cnt>0 ); + pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; + pLock->cnt++; + pFile->pOpen->nLock++; + goto end_lock; + } + + lock.l_len = 1L; + + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + + /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before + ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will + ** be released. + */ + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK + || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypeh, F_SETLK, &lock); + if( s==(-1) ){ + rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY; + goto end_lock; + } + } + + + /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make + ** operating system calls for the specified lock. + */ + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ + assert( pLock->cnt==0 ); + assert( pLock->locktype==0 ); + + /* Now get the read-lock */ + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; + s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); + + /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ + lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; + lock.l_len = 1L; + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; + if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ + goto end_lock; + } + if( s==(-1) ){ + rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; + pFile->pOpen->nLock++; + pLock->cnt = 1; + } + }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){ + /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this + ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + }else{ + /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is + ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file + ** already. + */ + assert( 0!=pFile->locktype ); + lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; + switch( locktype ){ + case RESERVED_LOCK: + lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; + break; + case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; + break; + default: + assert(0); + } + s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock); + if( s==(-1) ){ + rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? SQLITE_NOLFS : SQLITE_BUSY; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pFile->locktype = locktype; + pLock->locktype = locktype; + }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; + pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; + } + +end_lock: + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), + rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +*/ +static int unixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){ + struct lockInfo *pLock; + struct flock lock; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE7("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype, + pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid()); + + assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); + if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + pLock = pFile->pLock; + assert( pLock->cnt!=0 ); + if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ + assert( pLock->locktype==pFile->locktype ); + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ + lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; + lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; + if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){ + /* This should never happen */ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; + } + } + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; + lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE ); + if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){ + pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ + } + } + if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){ + struct openCnt *pOpen; + + /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an + ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released + ** the lock. + */ + pLock->cnt--; + if( pLock->cnt==0 ){ + lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; + lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; + lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L; + if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){ + pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK; + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ + } + } + + /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file. When the + ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close + ** was deferred because of outstanding locks. + */ + pOpen = pFile->pOpen; + pOpen->nLock--; + assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 ); + if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){ + int i; + for(i=0; inPending; i++){ + close(pOpen->aPending[i]); + } + free(pOpen->aPending); + pOpen->nPending = 0; + pOpen->aPending = 0; + } + } + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + pFile->locktype = locktype; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Close a file. +*/ +static int unixClose(OsFile **pId){ + unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId; + + if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK; + unixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK); + if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd); + id->dirfd = -1; + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + + if( id->pOpen->nLock ){ + /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just + ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file + ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending. It will be automatically closed when + ** the last lock is cleared. + */ + int *aNew; + struct openCnt *pOpen = id->pOpen; + aNew = realloc( pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) ); + if( aNew==0 ){ + /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */ + }else{ + pOpen->aPending = aNew; + pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = id->h; + pOpen->nPending++; + } + }else{ + /* There are no outstanding locks so we can close the file immediately */ + close(id->h); + } + releaseLockInfo(id->pLock); + releaseOpenCnt(id->pOpen); + + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + id->isOpen = 0; + OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", id->h); + OpenCounter(-1); + sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id); + *pId = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +#pragma mark AFP Support + +/* + ** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state + */ +typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext; +struct afpLockingContext { + unsigned long long sharedLockByte; + char *filePath; +}; + +struct ByteRangeLockPB2 +{ + unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */ + unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */ + unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */ + unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */ + unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */ + int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */ +}; + +#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) + +/* return 0 on success, 1 on failure. To match the behavior of the + normal posix file locking (used in unixLock for example), we should + provide 'richer' return codes - specifically to differentiate between + 'file busy' and 'file system error' results */ +static int _AFPFSSetLock(const char *path, int fd, unsigned long long offset, + unsigned long long length, int setLockFlag) +{ + struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb; + int err; + + pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1; + pb.startEndFlag = 0; + pb.offset = offset; + pb.length = length; + pb.fd = fd; + OSTRACE5("AFPLOCK setting lock %s for %d in range %llx:%llx\n", + (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), fd, offset, length); + err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0); + if ( err==-1 ) { + OSTRACE4("AFPLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", path, errno, + strerror(errno)); + return 1; /* error */ + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/* + ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified + ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return + ** non-zero. If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then + ** return zero. + */ +static int afpUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){ + int r = 0; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + assert( pFile ); + afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; + + /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ + if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ + r = 1; + } + + /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. + */ + if ( !r ) { + /* lock the byte */ + int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); + if (failed) { + /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */ + r = 1; + } else { + /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore + ** the original state */ + _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); + } + } + OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r); + + return r; +} + +/* AFP-style locking following the behavior of unixLock, see the unixLock +** function comments for details of lock management. */ +static int afpUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype) +{ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; + int gotPendingLock = 0; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, + locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid()); + /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the + ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as + ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. + */ + if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ + OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, + locktypeName(locktype)); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct + */ + assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); + assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads + */ + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + + /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile. + */ + rc = transferOwnership(pFile); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + return rc; + } + + /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before + ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will + ** be released. + */ + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK + || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktypefilePath, pFile->h, + PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1); + if (failed) { + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + goto afp_end_lock; + } + } + + /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make + ** operating system calls for the specified lock. + */ + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ + int lk, failed; + int tries = 0; + + /* Now get the read-lock */ + /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */ + lk = random(); + context->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); + failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, + SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1); + + /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ + if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)) { + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ + goto afp_end_lock; + } + + if( failed ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } else { + pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK; + } + }else{ + /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is + ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file + ** already. + */ + int failed = 0; + assert( 0!=pFile->locktype ); + if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) { + /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ + failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); + } + if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { + /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ + + /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to + ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnixUnlock + */ + if (!_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0)) { + /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */ + failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, + SHARED_SIZE, 1); + if (failed && _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) { + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* this should never happen */ + } + } else { + /* */ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* this should never happen */ + } + } + if( failed && rc == SQLITE_OK){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } + } + + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pFile->locktype = locktype; + }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK; + } + +afp_end_lock: + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), + rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"); + return rc; +} + +/* + ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype + ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. + ** + ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below + ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. + */ +static int afpUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) { + struct flock lock; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; + + assert( pFile ); + OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype, + pFile->locktype, getpid()); + + assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); + if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){ + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ + int failed = 0; + + /* unlock the exclusive range - then re-establish the shared lock */ + if (pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { + failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, + SHARED_SIZE, 0); + if (!failed) { + /* successfully removed the exclusive lock */ + if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+ + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) { + /* failed to re-establish our shared lock */ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* This should never happen */ + } + } else { + /* This should never happen - failed to unlock the exclusive range */ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + } + } + } + if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK) { + if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)){ + /* failed to release the pending lock */ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ + } + } + if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK) { + if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0)) { + /* failed to release the reserved lock */ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ + } + } + } + if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){ + int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, + SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0); + if (failed) { + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */ + } + } + if (rc == SQLITE_OK) + pFile->locktype = locktype; + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + return rc; +} + +/* + ** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context + */ +static int afpUnixClose(OsFile **pId) { + unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId; + + if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK; + afpUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK); + /* free the AFP locking structure */ + if (id->lockingContext != NULL) { + if (((afpLockingContext *)id->lockingContext)->filePath != NULL) + sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(((afpLockingContext*)id->lockingContext)->filePath); + sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id->lockingContext); + } + + if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd); + id->dirfd = -1; + close(id->h); + id->isOpen = 0; + OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", id->h); + OpenCounter(-1); + sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id); + *pId = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +#pragma mark flock() style locking + +/* + ** The flockLockingContext is not used + */ +typedef void flockLockingContext; + +static int flockUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) { + return 1; /* already have a reserved lock */ + } else { + /* attempt to get the lock */ + int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); + if (!rc) { + /* got the lock, unlock it */ + flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); + return 0; /* no one has it reserved */ + } + return 1; /* someone else might have it reserved */ + } +} + +static int flockUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. + ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ + if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) { + pFile->locktype = locktype; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* grab an exclusive lock */ + int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); + if (rc) { + /* didn't get, must be busy */ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } else { + /* got it, set the type and return ok */ + pFile->locktype = locktype; + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + +static int flockUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + + assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* no-op if possible */ + if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ + if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) { + pFile->locktype = locktype; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* no, really, unlock. */ + int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); + if (rc) + return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + else { + pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + +/* + ** Close a file. + */ +static int flockUnixClose(OsFile **pId) { + unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId; + + if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK; + flockUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK); + + if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd); + id->dirfd = -1; + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + + close(id->h); + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + id->isOpen = 0; + OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", id->h); + OpenCounter(-1); + sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id); + *pId = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#pragma mark Old-School .lock file based locking + +/* + ** The dotlockLockingContext structure contains all dotlock (.lock) lock + ** specific state + */ +typedef struct dotlockLockingContext dotlockLockingContext; +struct dotlockLockingContext { + char *lockPath; +}; + + +static int dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + dotlockLockingContext *context = + (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; + + if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) { + return 1; /* already have a reserved lock */ + } else { + struct stat statBuf; + if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0) + /* file exists, someone else has the lock */ + return 1; + else + /* file does not exist, we could have it if we want it */ + return 0; + } +} + +static int dotlockUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + dotlockLockingContext *context = + (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; + + /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. + ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ + if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) { + pFile->locktype = locktype; + + /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */ + utimes(context->lockPath,NULL); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* check to see if lock file already exists */ + struct stat statBuf; + if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0){ + return SQLITE_BUSY; /* it does, busy */ + } + + /* grab an exclusive lock */ + int fd = open(context->lockPath,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600); + if (fd < 0) { + /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */ + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + close(fd); + + /* got it, set the type and return ok */ + pFile->locktype = locktype; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int dotlockUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) { + unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; + dotlockLockingContext *context = + (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; + + assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* no-op if possible */ + if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ + if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) { + pFile->locktype = locktype; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* no, really, unlock. */ + unlink(context->lockPath); + pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* + ** Close a file. + */ +static int dotlockUnixClose(OsFile **pId) { + unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId; + + if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK; + dotlockUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK); + /* free the dotlock locking structure */ + if (id->lockingContext != NULL) { + if (((dotlockLockingContext *)id->lockingContext)->lockPath != NULL) + sqlite3ThreadSafeFree( ( (dotlockLockingContext *) + id->lockingContext)->lockPath); + sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id->lockingContext); + } + + if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd); + id->dirfd = -1; + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + + close(id->h); + + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + id->isOpen = 0; + OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", id->h); + OpenCounter(-1); + sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id); + *pId = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + + +#pragma mark No locking + +/* + ** The nolockLockingContext is void + */ +typedef void nolockLockingContext; + +static int nolockUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id) { + return 0; +} + +static int nolockUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype) { + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +static int nolockUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) { + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* + ** Close a file. + */ +static int nolockUnixClose(OsFile **pId) { + unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId; + + if( !id ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd); + id->dirfd = -1; + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + + close(id->h); + + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + id->isOpen = 0; + OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", id->h); + OpenCounter(-1); + sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id); + *pId = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + +/* +** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Return a pointer +** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc(). +** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it +** is no longer needed. +*/ +char *sqlite3UnixFullPathname(const char *zRelative){ + char *zFull = 0; + if( zRelative[0]=='/' ){ + sqlite3SetString(&zFull, zRelative, (char*)0); + }else{ + char *zBuf = sqliteMalloc(5000); + if( zBuf==0 ){ + return 0; + } + zBuf[0] = 0; + sqlite3SetString(&zFull, getcwd(zBuf, 5000), "/", zRelative, + (char*)0); + sqliteFree(zBuf); + } + +#if 0 + /* + ** Remove "/./" path elements and convert "/A/./" path elements + ** to just "/". + */ + if( zFull ){ + int i, j; + for(i=j=0; zFull[i]; i++){ + if( zFull[i]=='/' ){ + if( zFull[i+1]=='/' ) continue; + if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='/' ){ + i += 1; + continue; + } + if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='.' && zFull[i+3]=='/' ){ + while( j>0 && zFull[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; } + i += 3; + continue; + } + } + zFull[j++] = zFull[i]; + } + zFull[j] = 0; + } +#endif + + return zFull; +} + +/* +** Change the value of the fullsync flag in the given file descriptor. +*/ +static void unixSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int v){ + ((unixFile*)id)->fullSync = v; +} + +/* +** Return the underlying file handle for an OsFile +*/ +static int unixFileHandle(OsFile *id){ + return ((unixFile*)id)->h; +} + +/* +** Return an integer that indices the type of lock currently held +** by this handle. (Used for testing and analysis only.) +*/ +static int unixLockState(OsFile *id){ + return ((unixFile*)id)->locktype; +} + +/* +** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for +** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be +** larger for some devices. +** +** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that +** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. +** a database and it's journal file) that the sector size will be the +** same for both. +*/ +static int unixSectorSize(OsFile *id){ + return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; +} + +/* +** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile +** for unix. +*/ +static const IoMethod sqlite3UnixIoMethod = { + unixClose, + unixOpenDirectory, + unixRead, + unixWrite, + unixSeek, + unixTruncate, + unixSync, + unixSetFullSync, + unixFileHandle, + unixFileSize, + unixLock, + unixUnlock, + unixLockState, + unixCheckReservedLock, + unixSectorSize, +}; + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +/* + ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile + ** for unix with AFP style file locking. + */ +static const IoMethod sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod = { + afpUnixClose, + unixOpenDirectory, + unixRead, + unixWrite, + unixSeek, + unixTruncate, + unixSync, + unixSetFullSync, + unixFileHandle, + unixFileSize, + afpUnixLock, + afpUnixUnlock, + unixLockState, + afpUnixCheckReservedLock, + unixSectorSize, +}; + +/* + ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile + ** for unix with flock() style file locking. + */ +static const IoMethod sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod = { + flockUnixClose, + unixOpenDirectory, + unixRead, + unixWrite, + unixSeek, + unixTruncate, + unixSync, + unixSetFullSync, + unixFileHandle, + unixFileSize, + flockUnixLock, + flockUnixUnlock, + unixLockState, + flockUnixCheckReservedLock, + unixSectorSize, +}; + +/* + ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile + ** for unix with dotlock style file locking. + */ +static const IoMethod sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod = { + dotlockUnixClose, + unixOpenDirectory, + unixRead, + unixWrite, + unixSeek, + unixTruncate, + unixSync, + unixSetFullSync, + unixFileHandle, + unixFileSize, + dotlockUnixLock, + dotlockUnixUnlock, + unixLockState, + dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock, + unixSectorSize, +}; + +/* + ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile + ** for unix with dotlock style file locking. + */ +static const IoMethod sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod = { + nolockUnixClose, + unixOpenDirectory, + unixRead, + unixWrite, + unixSeek, + unixTruncate, + unixSync, + unixSetFullSync, + unixFileHandle, + unixFileSize, + nolockUnixLock, + nolockUnixUnlock, + unixLockState, + nolockUnixCheckReservedLock, + unixSectorSize, +}; + +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + +/* +** Allocate memory for a new unixFile and initialize that unixFile. +** Write a pointer to the new unixFile into *pId. +** If we run out of memory, close the file and return an error. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE +/* + ** When locking extensions are enabled, the filepath and locking style + ** are needed to determine the unixFile pMethod to use for locking operations. + ** The locking-style specific lockingContext data structure is created + ** and assigned here also. + */ +static int allocateUnixFile( + int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */ + OsFile **pId, /* Write completed initialization here */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */ + int delFlag /* Delete-on-or-before-close flag */ +){ + sqlite3LockingStyle lockingStyle; + unixFile *pNew; + unixFile f; + int rc; + + memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f)); + lockingStyle = sqlite3DetectLockingStyle(zFilename, h); + if ( lockingStyle == posixLockingStyle ) { + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + rc = findLockInfo(h, &f.pLock, &f.pOpen); + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + if( rc ){ + close(h); + unlink(zFilename); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } else { + /* pLock and pOpen are only used for posix advisory locking */ + f.pLock = NULL; + f.pOpen = NULL; + } + if( delFlag ){ + unlink(zFilename); + } + f.dirfd = -1; + f.h = h; + SET_THREADID(&f); + pNew = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(unixFile) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + close(h); + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + releaseLockInfo(f.pLock); + releaseOpenCnt(f.pOpen); + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + *pId = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + *pNew = f; + switch(lockingStyle) { + case afpLockingStyle: { + /* afp locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in + ** the afpLockingContext */ + int nFilename; + pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod; + pNew->lockingContext = + sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(sizeof(afpLockingContext)); + nFilename = strlen(zFilename)+1; + ((afpLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->filePath = + sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(nFilename); + memcpy(((afpLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->filePath, + zFilename, nFilename); + srandomdev(); + break; + } + case flockLockingStyle: + /* flock locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */ + pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod; + break; + case dotlockLockingStyle: { + /* dotlock locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in + ** the dotlockLockingContext */ + int nFilename; + pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod; + pNew->lockingContext = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( + sizeof(dotlockLockingContext)); + nFilename = strlen(zFilename) + 6; + ((dotlockLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->lockPath = + sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( nFilename ); + sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, + ((dotlockLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->lockPath, + "%s.lock", zFilename); + break; + } + case posixLockingStyle: + /* posix locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */ + pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3UnixIoMethod; + break; + case noLockingStyle: + case unsupportedLockingStyle: + default: + pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod; + } + *pId = (OsFile*)pNew; + OpenCounter(+1); + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} +#else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ +static int allocateUnixFile( + int h, /* Open file descriptor on file being opened */ + OsFile **pId, /* Write the resul unixFile structure here */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */ + int delFlag /* If true, delete the file on or before closing */ +){ + unixFile *pNew; + unixFile f; + int rc; + +#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC + fcntl(h, F_SETFD, fcntl(h, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); +#endif + memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f)); + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + rc = findLockInfo(h, &f.pLock, &f.pOpen); + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + if( delFlag ){ + unlink(zFilename); + } + if( rc ){ + close(h); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + OSTRACE3("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename); + f.dirfd = -1; + f.h = h; + SET_THREADID(&f); + pNew = sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(unixFile) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + close(h); + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + releaseLockInfo(f.pLock); + releaseOpenCnt(f.pOpen); + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + *pId = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + *pNew = f; + pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3UnixIoMethod; + *pId = (OsFile*)pNew; + OpenCounter(+1); + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ +/*************************************************************************** +** Everything above deals with file I/O. Everything that follows deals +** with other miscellanous aspects of the operating system interface +****************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION +/* +** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points +** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. +*/ +#include +void *sqlite3UnixDlopen(const char *zFilename){ + return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL); +} +void *sqlite3UnixDlsym(void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){ + return dlsym(pHandle, zSymbol); +} +int sqlite3UnixDlclose(void *pHandle){ + return dlclose(pHandle); +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ + +/* +** Get information to seed the random number generator. The seed +** is written into the buffer zBuf[256]. The calling function must +** supply a sufficiently large buffer. +*/ +int sqlite3UnixRandomSeed(char *zBuf){ + /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting + ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would + ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the + ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry + ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize + ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness + ** in the random seed. + ** + ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means + ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the + ** tests repeatable. + */ + memset(zBuf, 0, 256); +#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) + { + int pid, fd; + fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY); + if( fd<0 ){ + time_t t; + time(&t); + memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t)); + pid = getpid(); + memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(time_t)], &pid, sizeof(pid)); + }else{ + read(fd, zBuf, 256); + close(fd); + } + } +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +** The argument is the number of milliseconds we want to sleep. +*/ +int sqlite3UnixSleep(int ms){ +#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP + usleep(ms*1000); + return ms; +#else + sleep((ms+999)/1000); + return 1000*((ms+999)/1000); +#endif +} + +/* +** Static variables used for thread synchronization. +** +** inMutex the nesting depth of the recursive mutex. The thread +** holding mutexMain can read this variable at any time. +** But is must hold mutexAux to change this variable. Other +** threads must hold mutexAux to read the variable and can +** never write. +** +** mutexOwner The thread id of the thread holding mutexMain. Same +** access rules as for inMutex. +** +** mutexOwnerValid True if the value in mutexOwner is valid. The same +** access rules apply as for inMutex. +** +** mutexMain The main mutex. Hold this mutex in order to get exclusive +** access to SQLite data structures. +** +** mutexAux An auxiliary mutex needed to access variables defined above. +** +** Mutexes are always acquired in this order: mutexMain mutexAux. It +** is not necessary to acquire mutexMain in order to get mutexAux - just +** do not attempt to acquire them in the reverse order: mutexAux mutexMain. +** Either get the mutexes with mutexMain first or get mutexAux only. +** +** When running on a platform where the three variables inMutex, mutexOwner, +** and mutexOwnerValid can be set atomically, the mutexAux is not required. +** On many systems, all three are 32-bit integers and writing to a 32-bit +** integer is atomic. I think. But there are no guarantees. So it seems +** safer to protect them using mutexAux. +*/ +static int inMutex = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS +static pthread_t mutexOwner; /* Thread holding mutexMain */ +static int mutexOwnerValid = 0; /* True if mutexOwner is valid */ +static pthread_mutex_t mutexMain = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; /* The mutex */ +static pthread_mutex_t mutexAux = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; /* Aux mutex */ +#endif + +/* +** The following pair of routine implement mutual exclusion for +** multi-threaded processes. Only a single thread is allowed to +** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex(). +** +** SQLite uses only a single Mutex. There is not much critical +** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking. +** +** As of version 3.3.2, this mutex must be recursive. +*/ +void sqlite3UnixEnterMutex(){ +#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS + pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux); + if( !mutexOwnerValid || !pthread_equal(mutexOwner, pthread_self()) ){ + pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux); + pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexMain); + assert( inMutex==0 ); + assert( !mutexOwnerValid ); + pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux); + mutexOwner = pthread_self(); + mutexOwnerValid = 1; + } + inMutex++; + pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux); +#else + inMutex++; +#endif +} +void sqlite3UnixLeaveMutex(){ + assert( inMutex>0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS + pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux); + inMutex--; + assert( pthread_equal(mutexOwner, pthread_self()) ); + if( inMutex==0 ){ + assert( mutexOwnerValid ); + mutexOwnerValid = 0; + pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexMain); + } + pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux); +#else + inMutex--; +#endif +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the mutex is currently held. +** +** If the thisThrd parameter is true, return true only if the +** calling thread holds the mutex. If the parameter is false, return +** true if any thread holds the mutex. +*/ +int sqlite3UnixInMutex(int thisThrd){ +#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS + int rc; + pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux); + rc = inMutex>0 && (thisThrd==0 || pthread_equal(mutexOwner,pthread_self())); + pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux); + return rc; +#else + return inMutex>0; +#endif +} + +/* +** Remember the number of thread-specific-data blocks allocated. +** Use this to verify that we are not leaking thread-specific-data. +** Ticket #1601 +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int sqlite3_tsd_count = 0; +# ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS + static pthread_mutex_t tsd_counter_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; +# define TSD_COUNTER(N) \ + pthread_mutex_lock(&tsd_counter_mutex); \ + sqlite3_tsd_count += N; \ + pthread_mutex_unlock(&tsd_counter_mutex); +# else +# define TSD_COUNTER(N) sqlite3_tsd_count += N +# endif +#else +# define TSD_COUNTER(N) /* no-op */ +#endif + +/* +** If called with allocateFlag>0, then return a pointer to thread +** specific data for the current thread. Allocate and zero the +** thread-specific data if it does not already exist. +** +** If called with allocateFlag==0, then check the current thread +** specific data. Return it if it exists. If it does not exist, +** then return NULL. +** +** If called with allocateFlag<0, check to see if the thread specific +** data is allocated and is all zero. If it is then deallocate it. +** Return a pointer to the thread specific data or NULL if it is +** unallocated or gets deallocated. +*/ +ThreadData *sqlite3UnixThreadSpecificData(int allocateFlag){ + static const ThreadData zeroData = {0}; /* Initializer to silence warnings + ** from broken compilers */ +#ifdef SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS + static pthread_key_t key; + static int keyInit = 0; + ThreadData *pTsd; + + if( !keyInit ){ + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + if( !keyInit ){ + int rc; + rc = pthread_key_create(&key, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + return 0; + } + keyInit = 1; + } + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + } + + pTsd = pthread_getspecific(key); + if( allocateFlag>0 ){ + if( pTsd==0 ){ + if( !sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){ + pTsd = sqlite3OsMalloc(sizeof(zeroData)); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG + sqlite3_isFail = 0; +#endif + if( pTsd ){ + *pTsd = zeroData; + pthread_setspecific(key, pTsd); + TSD_COUNTER(+1); + } + } + }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0 + && memcmp(pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData))==0 ){ + sqlite3OsFree(pTsd); + pthread_setspecific(key, 0); + TSD_COUNTER(-1); + pTsd = 0; + } + return pTsd; +#else + static ThreadData *pTsd = 0; + if( allocateFlag>0 ){ + if( pTsd==0 ){ + if( !sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){ + pTsd = sqlite3OsMalloc( sizeof(zeroData) ); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG + sqlite3_isFail = 0; +#endif + if( pTsd ){ + *pTsd = zeroData; + TSD_COUNTER(+1); + } + } + }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0 + && memcmp(pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData))==0 ){ + sqlite3OsFree(pTsd); + TSD_COUNTER(-1); + pTsd = 0; + } + return pTsd; +#endif +} + +/* +** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result +** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int sqlite3_current_time = 0; +#endif + +/* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the +** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and +** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. +*/ +int sqlite3UnixCurrentTime(double *prNow){ +#ifdef NO_GETTOD + time_t t; + time(&t); + *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5; +#else + struct timeval sNow; + gettimeofday(&sNow, 0); + *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0; +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( sqlite3_current_time ){ + *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5; + } +#endif + return 0; +} + +#endif /* OS_UNIX */ diff --git a/os_win.c b/os_win.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ebb9dc --- /dev/null +++ b/os_win.c @@ -0,0 +1,1758 @@ +/* +** 2004 May 22 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +****************************************************************************** +** +** This file contains code that is specific to windows. +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "os.h" +#if OS_WIN /* This file is used for windows only */ + +#include + +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# include +#endif + +/* +** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads. +*/ +#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE +# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1 +#endif + +/* +** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files +*/ +#include "os_common.h" + +/* +** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much +** reduced API. +*/ +#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) +# define OS_WINCE 1 +# define AreFileApisANSI() 1 +#else +# define OS_WINCE 0 +#endif + +/* +** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it +** with some code of our own. +*/ +#if OS_WINCE +typedef struct winceLock { + int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */ + BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */ + BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */ + BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */ +} winceLock; +#endif + +/* +** The winFile structure is a subclass of OsFile specific to the win32 +** portability layer. +*/ +typedef struct winFile winFile; +struct winFile { + IoMethod const *pMethod;/* Must be first */ + HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ + unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ + short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */ +#if OS_WINCE + WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */ + HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */ + HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */ + winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */ + winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */ +#endif +}; + + +/* +** Do not include any of the File I/O interface procedures if the +** SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO macro is defined (indicating that there database +** will be in-memory only) +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO + +/* +** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes +** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win95 +** or WinNT. +** +** 0: Operating system unknown. +** 1: Operating system is Win95. +** 2: Operating system is WinNT. +** +** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture +** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior. +*/ +int sqlite3_os_type = 0; + +/* +** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, +** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. +** +** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack +** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that +** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to +** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or +** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call +** the LockFileEx() API. +*/ +#if OS_WINCE +# define isNT() (1) +#else + static int isNT(void){ + if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){ + OSVERSIONINFO sInfo; + sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); + GetVersionEx(&sInfo); + sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1; + } + return sqlite3_os_type==2; + } +#endif /* OS_WINCE */ + +/* +** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). +** +** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqliteMalloc. +*/ +static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ + int nChar; + WCHAR *zWideFilename; + + nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0); + zWideFilename = sqliteMalloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) ); + if( zWideFilename==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar); + if( nChar==0 ){ + sqliteFree(zWideFilename); + zWideFilename = 0; + } + return zWideFilename; +} + +/* +** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8. Space to hold the returned string is +** obtained from sqliteMalloc(). +*/ +static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){ + int nByte; + char *zFilename; + + nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); + zFilename = sqliteMalloc( nByte ); + if( zFilename==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte, + 0, 0); + if( nByte == 0 ){ + sqliteFree(zFilename); + zFilename = 0; + } + return zFilename; +} + +/* +** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the +** current codepage settings for file apis. +** +** Space to hold the returned string is obtained +** from sqliteMalloc. +*/ +static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){ + int nByte; + WCHAR *zMbcsFilename; + int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; + + nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR); + zMbcsFilename = sqliteMalloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) ); + if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte); + if( nByte==0 ){ + sqliteFree(zMbcsFilename); + zMbcsFilename = 0; + } + return zMbcsFilename; +} + +/* +** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the +** user's Ansi codepage. +** +** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from +** sqliteMalloc(). +*/ +static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){ + int nByte; + char *zFilename; + int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; + + nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); + zFilename = sqliteMalloc( nByte ); + if( zFilename==0 ){ + return 0; + } + nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte, + 0, 0); + if( nByte == 0 ){ + sqliteFree(zFilename); + zFilename = 0; + } + return zFilename; +} + +/* +** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8. Space to hold the +** returned string is obtained from sqliteMalloc(). +*/ +static char *mbcsToUtf8(const char *zFilename){ + char *zFilenameUtf8; + WCHAR *zTmpWide; + + zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename); + if( zTmpWide==0 ){ + return 0; + } + zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide); + sqliteFree(zTmpWide); + return zFilenameUtf8; +} + +/* +** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the +** returned string is obtained from sqliteMalloc(). +*/ +static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){ + char *zFilenameMbcs; + WCHAR *zTmpWide; + + zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); + if( zTmpWide==0 ){ + return 0; + } + zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide); + sqliteFree(zTmpWide); + return zFilenameMbcs; +} + +#if OS_WINCE +/************************************************************************* +** This section contains code for WinCE only. +*/ +/* +** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function. So create a +** substitute. +*/ +#include +struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t) +{ + static struct tm y; + FILETIME uTm, lTm; + SYSTEMTIME pTm; + i64 t64; + t64 = *t; + t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000; + uTm.dwLowDateTime = t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF; + uTm.dwHighDateTime= t64 >> 32; + FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm); + FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm); + y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900; + y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1; + y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek; + y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay; + y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour; + y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute; + y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond; + return &y; +} + +/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */ +#define GetTempPathA(a,b) + +#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e) +#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e) winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e) +#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f) winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f) + +#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-offsetof(winFile,h)] + +/* +** Acquire a lock on the handle h +*/ +static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){ + DWORD dwErr; + do { + dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE); + } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED); +} +/* +** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire() +*/ +#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h) + +/* +** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file +** descriptor pFile +*/ +static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){ + WCHAR *zTok; + WCHAR *zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); + BOOL bInit = TRUE; + + /* Initialize the local lockdata */ + ZeroMemory(&pFile->local, sizeof(pFile->local)); + + /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it + ** to derive a mutex name. */ + zTok = CharLowerW(zName); + for (;*zTok;zTok++){ + if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_'; + } + + /* Create/open the named mutex */ + pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName); + if (!pFile->hMutex){ + sqliteFree(zName); + return FALSE; + } + + /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */ + winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); + + /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are + ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name + ** and using that as the shared filemapping name. + */ + CharUpperW(zName); + pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, + PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock), + zName); + + /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it + ** must be zero-initialized */ + if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){ + bInit = FALSE; + } + + sqliteFree(zName); + + /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */ + if (pFile->hShared){ + pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, + FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); + /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */ + if (!pFile->shared){ + CloseHandle(pFile->hShared); + pFile->hShared = NULL; + } + } + + /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */ + if (pFile->hShared == NULL){ + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); + pFile->hMutex = NULL; + return FALSE; + } + + /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */ + if (bInit) { + ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock)); + } + + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + return TRUE; +} + +/* +** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks +*/ +static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){ + if (pFile->hMutex){ + /* Acquire the mutex */ + winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); + + /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they + are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */ + if (pFile->local.nReaders){ + pFile->shared->nReaders --; + } + if (pFile->local.bReserved){ + pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; + } + if (pFile->local.bPending){ + pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; + } + if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ + pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; + } + + /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */ + UnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared); + CloseHandle(pFile->hShared); + + if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){ + DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); + sqliteFree(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); + pFile->zDeleteOnClose = 0; + } + + /* Done with the mutex */ + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); + pFile->hMutex = NULL; + } +} + +/* +** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince +*/ +static BOOL winceLockFile( + HANDLE *phFile, + DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, + DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh +){ + winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); + BOOL bReturn = FALSE; + + if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; + winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); + + /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */ + if (dwFileOffsetLow == SHARED_FIRST + && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){ + if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ + pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE; + pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + /* Want a read-only lock? */ + else if ((dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST && + dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE) && + nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ + if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ + pFile->local.nReaders ++; + if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){ + pFile->shared->nReaders ++; + } + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + /* Want a pending lock? */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ + /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */ + if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) { + pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE; + pFile->local.bPending = TRUE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + /* Want a reserved lock? */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ + if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) { + pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE; + pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + return bReturn; +} + +/* +** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of windows for wince +*/ +static BOOL winceUnlockFile( + HANDLE *phFile, + DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, + DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh +){ + winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); + BOOL bReturn = FALSE; + + if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; + winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); + + /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */ + if (dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST && + dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE){ + /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */ + if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ + pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE; + pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + + /* Did we just have a reader lock? */ + else if (pFile->local.nReaders){ + pFile->local.nReaders --; + if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0) + { + pFile->shared->nReaders --; + } + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + /* Releasing a pending lock */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ + if (pFile->local.bPending){ + pFile->local.bPending = FALSE; + pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + /* Releasing a reserved lock */ + else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ + if (pFile->local.bReserved) { + pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE; + pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; + bReturn = TRUE; + } + } + + winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); + return bReturn; +} + +/* +** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of windows for wince +*/ +static BOOL winceLockFileEx( + HANDLE *phFile, + DWORD dwFlags, + DWORD dwReserved, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, + DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh, + LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped +){ + /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call + ** to winceLockFile */ + if (lpOverlapped->Offset == SHARED_FIRST && + dwFlags == 1 && + nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){ + return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0); + } + return FALSE; +} +/* +** End of the special code for wince +*****************************************************************************/ +#endif /* OS_WINCE */ + +/* +** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying +** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result +** is obtained from sqliteMalloc and must be freed by the calling +** function. +*/ +static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){ + void *zConverted = 0; + if( isNT() ){ + zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename); + }else{ + zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename); + } + /* caller will handle out of memory */ + return zConverted; +} + +/* +** Delete the named file. +** +** Note that windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other +** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program +** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do +** whatever it is it does. While this other process is holding the +** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this +** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up +** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving +** up and returning an error. +*/ +#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3 +int sqlite3WinDelete(const char *zFilename){ + int cnt = 0; + int rc; + void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); + if( isNT() ){ + do{ + rc = DeleteFileW(zConverted); + }while( rc==0 && GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)!=0xffffffff + && cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS && (Sleep(100), 1) ); + }else{ +#if OS_WINCE + return SQLITE_NOMEM; +#else + do{ + rc = DeleteFileA(zConverted); + }while( rc==0 && GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)!=0xffffffff + && cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS && (Sleep(100), 1) ); +#endif + } + sqliteFree(zConverted); + OSTRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename); + return rc!=0 ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the named file exists. +*/ +int sqlite3WinFileExists(const char *zFilename){ + int exists = 0; + void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( isNT() ){ + exists = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted) != 0xffffffff; + }else{ +#if OS_WINCE + return SQLITE_NOMEM; +#else + exists = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted) != 0xffffffff; +#endif + } + sqliteFree(zConverted); + return exists; +} + +/* Forward declaration */ +static int allocateWinFile(winFile *pInit, OsFile **pId); + +/* +** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing. If that +** fails, try opening it read-only. If the file does not exist, +** try to create it. +** +** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id +** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and +** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only. The function returns +** SQLITE_OK. +** +** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves +** *id and *pReadonly unchanged. +*/ +int sqlite3WinOpenReadWrite( + const char *zFilename, + OsFile **pId, + int *pReadonly +){ + winFile f; + HANDLE h; + void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + assert( *pId==0 ); + + if( isNT() ){ + h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted, + GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, + FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE, + NULL, + OPEN_ALWAYS, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS, + NULL + ); + if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ + h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted, + GENERIC_READ, + FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE, + NULL, + OPEN_ALWAYS, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS, + NULL + ); + if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ + sqliteFree(zConverted); + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } + *pReadonly = 1; + }else{ + *pReadonly = 0; + } +#if OS_WINCE + if (!winceCreateLock(zFilename, &f)){ + CloseHandle(h); + sqliteFree(zConverted); + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } +#endif + }else{ +#if OS_WINCE + return SQLITE_NOMEM; +#else + h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted, + GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, + FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE, + NULL, + OPEN_ALWAYS, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS, + NULL + ); + if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ + h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted, + GENERIC_READ, + FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE, + NULL, + OPEN_ALWAYS, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS, + NULL + ); + if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ + sqliteFree(zConverted); + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } + *pReadonly = 1; + }else{ + *pReadonly = 0; + } +#endif /* OS_WINCE */ + } + + sqliteFree(zConverted); + + f.h = h; +#if OS_WINCE + f.zDeleteOnClose = 0; +#endif + OSTRACE3("OPEN R/W %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename); + return allocateWinFile(&f, pId); +} + + +/* +** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process. +** The file will be opened for both reading and writing. To avoid +** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have +** previously existed. Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic +** link. +** +** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete +** the file when it is closed. +** +** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK. +** +** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. +** +** Sometimes if we have just deleted a prior journal file, windows +** will fail to open a new one because there is a "pending delete". +** To work around this bug, we pause for 100 milliseconds and attempt +** a second open after the first one fails. The whole operation only +** fails if both open attempts are unsuccessful. +*/ +int sqlite3WinOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId, int delFlag){ + winFile f; + HANDLE h; + DWORD fileflags; + void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + assert( *pId == 0 ); + fileflags = FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS; +#if !OS_WINCE + if( delFlag ){ + fileflags |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE; + } +#endif + if( isNT() ){ + int cnt = 0; + do{ + h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted, + GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, + 0, + NULL, + CREATE_ALWAYS, + fileflags, + NULL + ); + }while( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && cnt++ < 2 && (Sleep(100), 1) ); + }else{ +#if OS_WINCE + return SQLITE_NOMEM; +#else + int cnt = 0; + do{ + h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted, + GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, + 0, + NULL, + CREATE_ALWAYS, + fileflags, + NULL + ); + }while( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && cnt++ < 2 && (Sleep(100), 1) ); +#endif /* OS_WINCE */ + } +#if OS_WINCE + if( delFlag && h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ + f.zDeleteOnClose = zConverted; + zConverted = 0; + } + f.hMutex = NULL; +#endif + sqliteFree(zConverted); + if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } + f.h = h; + OSTRACE3("OPEN EX %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename); + return allocateWinFile(&f, pId); +} + +/* +** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access. +** +** On success, write the file handle into *id and return SQLITE_OK. +** +** On failure, return SQLITE_CANTOPEN. +*/ +int sqlite3WinOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId){ + winFile f; + HANDLE h; + void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + assert( *pId==0 ); + if( isNT() ){ + h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted, + GENERIC_READ, + 0, + NULL, + OPEN_EXISTING, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS, + NULL + ); + }else{ +#if OS_WINCE + return SQLITE_NOMEM; +#else + h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted, + GENERIC_READ, + 0, + NULL, + OPEN_EXISTING, + FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS, + NULL + ); +#endif + } + sqliteFree(zConverted); + if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ + return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; + } + f.h = h; +#if OS_WINCE + f.zDeleteOnClose = 0; + f.hMutex = NULL; +#endif + OSTRACE3("OPEN RO %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename); + return allocateWinFile(&f, pId); +} + +/* +** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a +** file. This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory +** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written +** to disk. +** +** This routine is only meaningful for Unix. It is a no-op under +** windows since windows does not support hard links. +** +** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is +** updated with the new directory file descriptor and SQLITE_OK is +** returned. +** +** On failure, the function returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves +** *id unchanged. +*/ +static int winOpenDirectory( + OsFile *id, + const char *zDirname +){ + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be big enough to +** hold at least SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters. +*/ +int sqlite3WinTempFileName(char *zBuf){ + static char zChars[] = + "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" + "0123456789"; + int i, j; + char zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE]; + if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ + strncpy(zTempPath, sqlite3_temp_directory, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30); + zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30] = 0; + }else if( isNT() ){ + char *zMulti; + WCHAR zWidePath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE]; + GetTempPathW(SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30, zWidePath); + zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath); + if( zMulti ){ + strncpy(zTempPath, zMulti, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30); + zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30] = 0; + sqliteFree(zMulti); + }else{ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + }else{ + char *zUtf8; + char zMbcsPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE]; + GetTempPathA(SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30, zMbcsPath); + zUtf8 = mbcsToUtf8(zMbcsPath); + if( zUtf8 ){ + strncpy(zTempPath, zUtf8, SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30); + zTempPath[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30] = 0; + sqliteFree(zUtf8); + }else{ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + } + for(i=strlen(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){} + zTempPath[i] = 0; + for(;;){ + sqlite3_snprintf(SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE, zBuf, + "%s\\"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath); + j = strlen(zBuf); + sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); + for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ + zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; + } + zBuf[j] = 0; + if( !sqlite3OsFileExists(zBuf) ) break; + } + OSTRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Close a file. +** +** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes +** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but windows is notorious +** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If +** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As +** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before +** giving up and returning an error. +*/ +#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3 +static int winClose(OsFile **pId){ + winFile *pFile; + int rc = 1; + if( pId && (pFile = (winFile*)*pId)!=0 ){ + int rc, cnt = 0; + OSTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h); + do{ + rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h); + }while( rc==0 && cnt++ < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) ); +#if OS_WINCE + winceDestroyLock(pFile); +#endif + OpenCounter(-1); + sqliteFree(pFile); + *pId = 0; + } + return rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR; +} + +/* +** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all +** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes +** wrong. +*/ +static int winRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){ + DWORD got; + assert( id!=0 ); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ); + OSTRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, ((winFile*)id)->locktype); + if( !ReadFile(((winFile*)id)->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){ + return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; + } + if( got==(DWORD)amt ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); + return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; + } +} + +/* +** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success +** or some other error code on failure. +*/ +static int winWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){ + int rc = 0; + DWORD wrote; + assert( id!=0 ); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ); + SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL); + OSTRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, ((winFile*)id)->locktype); + assert( amt>0 ); + while( amt>0 && (rc = WriteFile(((winFile*)id)->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0 + && wrote>0 ){ + amt -= wrote; + pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; + } + if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){ + return SQLITE_FULL; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition. +*/ +#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER +# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1) +#endif + +/* +** Move the read/write pointer in a file. +*/ +static int winSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){ + LONG upperBits = offset>>32; + LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff; + DWORD rc; + assert( id!=0 ); +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( offset ) SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL); +#endif + rc = SetFilePointer(((winFile*)id)->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); + OSTRACE3("SEEK %d %lld\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, offset); + if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){ + return SQLITE_FULL; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. +*/ +static int winSync(OsFile *id, int dataOnly){ + assert( id!=0 ); + OSTRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, ((winFile*)id)->locktype); + if( FlushFileBuffers(((winFile*)id)->h) ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + return SQLITE_IOERR; + } +} + +/* +** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other +** than UNIX. +*/ +int sqlite3WinSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){ + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Truncate an open file to a specified size +*/ +static int winTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){ + LONG upperBits = nByte>>32; + assert( id!=0 ); + OSTRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, nByte); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE); + SetFilePointer(((winFile*)id)->h, nByte, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); + SetEndOfFile(((winFile*)id)->h); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Determine the current size of a file in bytes +*/ +static int winFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){ + DWORD upperBits, lowerBits; + assert( id!=0 ); + SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT); + lowerBits = GetFileSize(((winFile*)id)->h, &upperBits); + *pSize = (((i64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems. +*/ +#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY +# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1 +#endif + +/* +** Acquire a reader lock. +** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this +** is Win95 or WinNT. +*/ +static int getReadLock(winFile *id){ + int res; + if( isNT() ){ + OVERLAPPED ovlp; + ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST; + ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0; + ovlp.hEvent = 0; + res = LockFileEx(id->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY, 0, SHARED_SIZE,0,&ovlp); + }else{ + int lk; + sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk); + id->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); + res = LockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST+id->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); + } + return res; +} + +/* +** Undo a readlock +*/ +static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){ + int res; + if( isNT() ){ + res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); + }else{ + res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); + } + return res; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Check that a given pathname is a directory and is writable +** +*/ +int sqlite3WinIsDirWritable(char *zDirname){ + int fileAttr; + void *zConverted; + if( zDirname==0 ) return 0; + if( !isNT() && strlen(zDirname)>MAX_PATH ) return 0; + + zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zDirname); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( isNT() ){ + fileAttr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted); + }else{ +#if OS_WINCE + return 0; +#else + fileAttr = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); +#endif + } + sqliteFree(zConverted); + if( fileAttr == 0xffffffff ) return 0; + if( (fileAttr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) != FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){ + return 0; + } + return 1; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +/* +** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one +** of the following: +** +** (1) SHARED_LOCK +** (2) RESERVED_LOCK +** (3) PENDING_LOCK +** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK +** +** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states +** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later +** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but +** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed +** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: +** +** UNLOCKED -> SHARED +** SHARED -> RESERVED +** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE +** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE +** +** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine +** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. +** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You +** must go straight to locking level 0. +*/ +static int winLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ + int res = 1; /* Result of a windows lock call */ + int newLocktype; /* Set id->locktype to this value before exiting */ + int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + + assert( pFile!=0 ); + OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n", + pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte); + + /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the + ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as + ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. + */ + if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct + */ + assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); + assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + + /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or + ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of + ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. + */ + newLocktype = pFile->locktype; + if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK + || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) + ){ + int cnt = 3; + while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){ + /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. The pending lock might be + ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily. + */ + OSTRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt); + Sleep(1); + } + gotPendingLock = res; + } + + /* Acquire a shared lock + */ + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){ + assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); + res = getReadLock(pFile); + if( res ){ + newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; + } + } + + /* Acquire a RESERVED lock + */ + if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){ + assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); + res = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + if( res ){ + newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; + } + } + + /* Acquire a PENDING lock + */ + if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ + newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; + gotPendingLock = 0; + } + + /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock + */ + if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ + assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); + res = unlockReadLock(pFile); + OSTRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res); + res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); + if( res ){ + newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; + }else{ + OSTRACE2("error-code = %d\n", GetLastError()); + getReadLock(pFile); + } + } + + /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then + ** release it now. + */ + if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ + UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + } + + /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then + ** return the appropriate result code. + */ + if( res ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + OSTRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h, + locktype, newLocktype); + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } + pFile->locktype = newLocktype; + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified +** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return +** non-zero, otherwise zero. +*/ +static int winCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){ + int rc; + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + assert( pFile!=0 ); + if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ + rc = 1; + OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc); + }else{ + rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + if( rc ){ + UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + } + rc = !rc; + OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype +** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. +** +** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below +** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. +** +** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument +** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine +** might return SQLITE_IOERR; +*/ +static int winUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){ + int type; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; + assert( pFile!=0 ); + assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); + OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype, + pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte); + type = pFile->locktype; + if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ + UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); + if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){ + /* This should never happen. We should always be able to + ** reacquire the read lock */ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; + } + } + if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ + UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + } + if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ + unlockReadLock(pFile); + } + if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ + UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); + } + pFile->locktype = locktype; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Return a pointer +** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from sqliteMalloc(). +** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it +** is no longer needed. +*/ +char *sqlite3WinFullPathname(const char *zRelative){ + char *zFull; +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) + int nByte; + nByte = strlen(zRelative) + MAX_PATH + 1001; + zFull = sqliteMalloc( nByte ); + if( zFull==0 ) return 0; + if( cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull) ) return 0; +#elif OS_WINCE + /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */ + zFull = sqliteStrDup(zRelative); +#else + int nByte; + void *zConverted; + zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative); + if( isNT() ){ + WCHAR *zTemp; + nByte = GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3; + zTemp = sqliteMalloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); + if( zTemp==0 ){ + sqliteFree(zConverted); + return 0; + } + GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); + sqliteFree(zConverted); + zFull = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp); + sqliteFree(zTemp); + }else{ + char *zTemp; + nByte = GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3; + zTemp = sqliteMalloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); + if( zTemp==0 ){ + sqliteFree(zConverted); + return 0; + } + GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); + sqliteFree(zConverted); + zFull = mbcsToUtf8(zTemp); + sqliteFree(zTemp); + } +#endif + return zFull; +} + +/* +** The fullSync option is meaningless on windows. This is a no-op. +*/ +static void winSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int v){ + return; +} + +/* +** Return the underlying file handle for an OsFile +*/ +static int winFileHandle(OsFile *id){ + return (int)((winFile*)id)->h; +} + +/* +** Return an integer that indices the type of lock currently held +** by this handle. (Used for testing and analysis only.) +*/ +static int winLockState(OsFile *id){ + return ((winFile*)id)->locktype; +} + +/* +** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for +** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be +** larger for some devices. +** +** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that +** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. +** a database and it's journal file) that the sector size will be the +** same for both. +*/ +static int winSectorSize(OsFile *id){ + return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; +} + +/* +** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile +** for win32. +*/ +static const IoMethod sqlite3WinIoMethod = { + winClose, + winOpenDirectory, + winRead, + winWrite, + winSeek, + winTruncate, + winSync, + winSetFullSync, + winFileHandle, + winFileSize, + winLock, + winUnlock, + winLockState, + winCheckReservedLock, + winSectorSize, +}; + +/* +** Allocate memory for an OsFile. Initialize the new OsFile +** to the value given in pInit and return a pointer to the new +** OsFile. If we run out of memory, close the file and return NULL. +*/ +static int allocateWinFile(winFile *pInit, OsFile **pId){ + winFile *pNew; + pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) ); + if( pNew==0 ){ + CloseHandle(pInit->h); +#if OS_WINCE + sqliteFree(pInit->zDeleteOnClose); +#endif + *pId = 0; + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + *pNew = *pInit; + pNew->pMethod = &sqlite3WinIoMethod; + pNew->locktype = NO_LOCK; + pNew->sharedLockByte = 0; + *pId = (OsFile*)pNew; + OpenCounter(+1); + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ +/*************************************************************************** +** Everything above deals with file I/O. Everything that follows deals +** with other miscellanous aspects of the operating system interface +****************************************************************************/ + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) +/* +** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points +** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. +*/ +void *sqlite3WinDlopen(const char *zFilename){ + HANDLE h; + void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename); + if( zConverted==0 ){ + return 0; + } + if( isNT() ){ + h = LoadLibraryW((WCHAR*)zConverted); + }else{ +#if OS_WINCE + return 0; +#else + h = LoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted); +#endif + } + sqliteFree(zConverted); + return (void*)h; + +} +void *sqlite3WinDlsym(void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){ +#if OS_WINCE + /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on wince. */ + return GetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol); +#else + /* All other windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take + ** an Ansi string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */ + return GetProcAddress((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol); +#endif +} +int sqlite3WinDlclose(void *pHandle){ + return FreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle); +} +#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ + +/* +** Get information to seed the random number generator. The seed +** is written into the buffer zBuf[256]. The calling function must +** supply a sufficiently large buffer. +*/ +int sqlite3WinRandomSeed(char *zBuf){ + /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting + ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would + ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the + ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry + ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize + ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness + ** in the random seed. + ** + ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means + ** that we always use the same random number sequence.* This makes the + ** tests repeatable. + */ + memset(zBuf, 0, 256); + GetSystemTime((LPSYSTEMTIME)zBuf); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. +*/ +int sqlite3WinSleep(int ms){ + Sleep(ms); + return ms; +} + +/* +** Static variables used for thread synchronization +*/ +static int inMutex = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS + static DWORD mutexOwner; + static CRITICAL_SECTION cs; +#endif + +/* +** The following pair of routines implement mutual exclusion for +** multi-threaded processes. Only a single thread is allowed to +** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex(). +** +** SQLite uses only a single Mutex. There is not much critical +** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking. +** +** Version 3.3.1 and earlier used a simple mutex. Beginning with +** version 3.3.2, a recursive mutex is required. +*/ +void sqlite3WinEnterMutex(){ +#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS + static int isInit = 0; + while( !isInit ){ + static long lock = 0; + if( InterlockedIncrement(&lock)==1 ){ + InitializeCriticalSection(&cs); + isInit = 1; + }else{ + Sleep(1); + } + } + EnterCriticalSection(&cs); + mutexOwner = GetCurrentThreadId(); +#endif + inMutex++; +} +void sqlite3WinLeaveMutex(){ + assert( inMutex ); + inMutex--; +#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS + assert( mutexOwner==GetCurrentThreadId() ); + LeaveCriticalSection(&cs); +#endif +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the mutex is currently held. +** +** If the thisThreadOnly parameter is true, return true if and only if the +** calling thread holds the mutex. If the parameter is false, return +** true if any thread holds the mutex. +*/ +int sqlite3WinInMutex(int thisThreadOnly){ +#ifdef SQLITE_W32_THREADS + return inMutex>0 && (thisThreadOnly==0 || mutexOwner==GetCurrentThreadId()); +#else + return inMutex>0; +#endif +} + + +/* +** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result +** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int sqlite3_current_time = 0; +#endif + +/* +** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the +** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and +** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. +*/ +int sqlite3WinCurrentTime(double *prNow){ + FILETIME ft; + /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of + 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). + */ + double now; +#if OS_WINCE + SYSTEMTIME time; + GetSystemTime(&time); + SystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft); +#else + GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft ); +#endif + now = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0; + *prNow = (now + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5; +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + if( sqlite3_current_time ){ + *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5; + } +#endif + return 0; +} + +/* +** Remember the number of thread-specific-data blocks allocated. +** Use this to verify that we are not leaking thread-specific-data. +** Ticket #1601 +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int sqlite3_tsd_count = 0; +# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR InterlockedIncrement(&sqlite3_tsd_count) +# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR InterlockedDecrement(&sqlite3_tsd_count) +#else +# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR /* no-op */ +# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR /* no-op */ +#endif + + + +/* +** If called with allocateFlag>1, then return a pointer to thread +** specific data for the current thread. Allocate and zero the +** thread-specific data if it does not already exist necessary. +** +** If called with allocateFlag==0, then check the current thread +** specific data. Return it if it exists. If it does not exist, +** then return NULL. +** +** If called with allocateFlag<0, check to see if the thread specific +** data is allocated and is all zero. If it is then deallocate it. +** Return a pointer to the thread specific data or NULL if it is +** unallocated or gets deallocated. +*/ +ThreadData *sqlite3WinThreadSpecificData(int allocateFlag){ + static int key; + static int keyInit = 0; + static const ThreadData zeroData = {0}; + ThreadData *pTsd; + + if( !keyInit ){ + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + if( !keyInit ){ + key = TlsAlloc(); + if( key==0xffffffff ){ + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + return 0; + } + keyInit = 1; + } + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); + } + pTsd = TlsGetValue(key); + if( allocateFlag>0 ){ + if( !pTsd ){ + pTsd = sqlite3OsMalloc( sizeof(zeroData) ); + if( pTsd ){ + *pTsd = zeroData; + TlsSetValue(key, pTsd); + TSD_COUNTER_INCR; + } + } + }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0 + && memcmp(pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData))==0 ){ + sqlite3OsFree(pTsd); + TlsSetValue(key, 0); + TSD_COUNTER_DECR; + pTsd = 0; + } + return pTsd; +} +#endif /* OS_WIN */ diff --git a/pager.c b/pager.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1202b77 --- /dev/null +++ b/pager.c @@ -0,0 +1,4482 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". +** +** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements +** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that +** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file +** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database +** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while +** another is writing. +** +** @(#) $Id: pager.c,v 1.355 2007/08/11 00:26:21 drh Exp $ +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "os.h" +#include "pager.h" +#include +#include + +/* +** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off +*/ +#if 0 +#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf +#define PAGERTRACE1(X) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X) +#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y) +#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z) +#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W) +#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W,V) +#else +#define PAGERTRACE1(X) +#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y) +#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z) +#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) +#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V) +#endif + +/* +** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACEX() macros above +** to print out file-descriptors. +** +** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as it's argument. The +** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an OsFile +** struct as it's argument. +*/ +#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) +#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) + +/* +** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following +** states: +** +** PAGER_UNLOCK The page cache is not currently reading or +** writing the database file. There is no +** data held in memory. This is the initial +** state. +** +** PAGER_SHARED The page cache is reading the database. +** Writing is not permitted. There can be +** multiple readers accessing the same database +** file at the same time. +** +** PAGER_RESERVED This process has reserved the database for writing +** but has not yet made any changes. Only one process +** at a time can reserve the database. The original +** database file has not been modified so other +** processes may still be reading the on-disk +** database file. +** +** PAGER_EXCLUSIVE The page cache is writing the database. +** Access is exclusive. No other processes or +** threads can be reading or writing while one +** process is writing. +** +** PAGER_SYNCED The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE +** after all dirty pages have been written to the +** database file and the file has been synced to +** disk. All that remains to do is to remove or +** truncate the journal file and the transaction +** will be committed. +** +** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time a +** sqlite3PagerGet() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED. +** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(), +** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time +** that sqlite3PagerWrite() is called, the state transitions to +** PAGER_RESERVED. (Note that sqlite3PagerWrite() can only be +** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must +** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.) +** PAGER_RESERVED means that there is an open rollback journal. +** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs before any changes +** are made to the database file, though writes to the rollback +** journal occurs with just PAGER_RESERVED. After an sqlite3PagerRollback() +** or sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(), the state can go back to PAGER_SHARED, +** or it can stay at PAGER_EXCLUSIVE if we are in exclusive access mode. +*/ +#define PAGER_UNLOCK 0 +#define PAGER_SHARED 1 /* same as SHARED_LOCK */ +#define PAGER_RESERVED 2 /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */ +#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */ +#define PAGER_SYNCED 5 + +/* +** If the SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK macro is set to true at compile-time, +** then failed attempts to get a reserved lock will invoke the busy callback. +** This is off by default. To see why, consider the following scenario: +** +** Suppose thread A already has a shared lock and wants a reserved lock. +** Thread B already has a reserved lock and wants an exclusive lock. If +** both threads are using their busy callbacks, it might be a long time +** be for one of the threads give up and allows the other to proceed. +** But if the thread trying to get the reserved lock gives up quickly +** (if it never invokes its busy callback) then the contention will be +** resolved quickly. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK +# define SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK 0 +#endif + +/* +** This macro rounds values up so that if the value is an address it +** is guaranteed to be an address that is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. +*/ +#define FORCE_ALIGNMENT(X) (((X)+7)&~7) + +/* +** Each in-memory image of a page begins with the following header. +** This header is only visible to this pager module. The client +** code that calls pager sees only the data that follows the header. +** +** Client code should call sqlite3PagerWrite() on a page prior to making +** any modifications to that page. The first time sqlite3PagerWrite() +** is called, the original page contents are written into the rollback +** journal and PgHdr.inJournal and PgHdr.needSync are set. Later, once +** the journal page has made it onto the disk surface, PgHdr.needSync +** is cleared. The modified page cannot be written back into the original +** database file until the journal pages has been synced to disk and the +** PgHdr.needSync has been cleared. +** +** The PgHdr.dirty flag is set when sqlite3PagerWrite() is called and +** is cleared again when the page content is written back to the original +** database file. +** +** Details of important structure elements: +** +** needSync +** +** If this is true, this means that it is not safe to write the page +** content to the database because the original content needed +** for rollback has not by synced to the main rollback journal. +** The original content may have been written to the rollback journal +** but it has not yet been synced. So we cannot write to the database +** file because power failure might cause the page in the journal file +** to never reach the disk. It is as if the write to the journal file +** does not occur until the journal file is synced. +** +** This flag is false if the page content exactly matches what +** currently exists in the database file. The needSync flag is also +** false if the original content has been written to the main rollback +** journal and synced. If the page represents a new page that has +** been added onto the end of the database during the current +** transaction, the needSync flag is true until the original database +** size in the journal header has been synced to disk. +** +** inJournal +** +** This is true if the original page has been written into the main +** rollback journal. This is always false for new pages added to +** the end of the database file during the current transaction. +** And this flag says nothing about whether or not the journal +** has been synced to disk. For pages that are in the original +** database file, the following expression should always be true: +** +** inJournal = (pPager->aInJournal[(pgno-1)/8] & (1<<((pgno-1)%8))!=0 +** +** The pPager->aInJournal[] array is only valid for the original +** pages of the database, not new pages that are added to the end +** of the database, so obviously the above expression cannot be +** valid for new pages. For new pages inJournal is always 0. +** +** dirty +** +** When true, this means that the content of the page has been +** modified and needs to be written back to the database file. +** If false, it means that either the content of the page is +** unchanged or else the content is unimportant and we do not +** care whether or not it is preserved. +** +** alwaysRollback +** +** This means that the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() API should be +** ignored for this page. The DontRollback() API attempts to say +** that the content of the page on disk is unimportant (it is an +** unused page on the freelist) so that it is unnecessary to +** rollback changes to this page because the content of the page +** can change without changing the meaning of the database. This +** flag overrides any DontRollback() attempt. This flag is set +** when a page that originally contained valid data is added to +** the freelist. Later in the same transaction, this page might +** be pulled from the freelist and reused for something different +** and at that point the DontRollback() API will be called because +** pages taken from the freelist do not need to be protected by +** the rollback journal. But this flag says that the page was +** not originally part of the freelist so that it still needs to +** be rolled back in spite of any subsequent DontRollback() calls. +** +** needRead +** +** This flag means (when true) that the content of the page has +** not yet been loaded from disk. The in-memory content is just +** garbage. (Actually, we zero the content, but you should not +** make any assumptions about the content nevertheless.) If the +** content is needed in the future, it should be read from the +** original database file. +*/ +typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; +struct PgHdr { + Pager *pPager; /* The pager to which this page belongs */ + Pgno pgno; /* The page number for this page */ + PgHdr *pNextHash, *pPrevHash; /* Hash collision chain for PgHdr.pgno */ + PgHdr *pNextFree, *pPrevFree; /* Freelist of pages where nRef==0 */ + PgHdr *pNextAll; /* A list of all pages */ + u8 inJournal; /* TRUE if has been written to journal */ + u8 dirty; /* TRUE if we need to write back changes */ + u8 needSync; /* Sync journal before writing this page */ + u8 alwaysRollback; /* Disable DontRollback() for this page */ + u8 needRead; /* Read content if PagerWrite() is called */ + short int nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ + PgHdr *pDirty, *pPrevDirty; /* Dirty pages */ + u32 notUsed; /* Buffer space */ +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + u32 pageHash; +#endif + /* pPager->pageSize bytes of page data follow this header */ + /* Pager.nExtra bytes of local data follow the page data */ +}; + +/* +** For an in-memory only database, some extra information is recorded about +** each page so that changes can be rolled back. (Journal files are not +** used for in-memory databases.) The following information is added to +** the end of every EXTRA block for in-memory databases. +** +** This information could have been added directly to the PgHdr structure. +** But then it would take up an extra 8 bytes of storage on every PgHdr +** even for disk-based databases. Splitting it out saves 8 bytes. This +** is only a savings of 0.8% but those percentages add up. +*/ +typedef struct PgHistory PgHistory; +struct PgHistory { + u8 *pOrig; /* Original page text. Restore to this on a full rollback */ + u8 *pStmt; /* Text as it was at the beginning of the current statement */ + PgHdr *pNextStmt, *pPrevStmt; /* List of pages in the statement journal */ + u8 inStmt; /* TRUE if in the statement subjournal */ +}; + +/* +** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) if( P->xCodec!=0 ){ P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X); } +# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)(P->xCodec!=0?P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X):D)) +#else +# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) /* NO-OP */ +# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)D) +#endif + +/* +** Convert a pointer to a PgHdr into a pointer to its data +** and back again. +*/ +#define PGHDR_TO_DATA(P) ((void*)(&(P)[1])) +#define DATA_TO_PGHDR(D) (&((PgHdr*)(D))[-1]) +#define PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(G,P) ((void*)&((char*)(&(G)[1]))[(P)->pageSize]) +#define PGHDR_TO_HIST(P,PGR) \ + ((PgHistory*)&((char*)(&(P)[1]))[(PGR)->pageSize+(PGR)->nExtra]) + +/* +** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure. +** +** Pager.errCode may be set to SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or +** or SQLITE_FULL. Once one of the first three errors occurs, it persists +** and is returned as the result of every major pager API call. The +** SQLITE_FULL return code is slightly different. It persists only until the +** next successful rollback is performed on the pager cache. Also, +** SQLITE_FULL does not affect the sqlite3PagerGet() and sqlite3PagerLookup() +** APIs, they may still be used successfully. +*/ +struct Pager { + u8 journalOpen; /* True if journal file descriptors is valid */ + u8 journalStarted; /* True if header of journal is synced */ + u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ + u8 noReadlock; /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */ + u8 stmtOpen; /* True if the statement subjournal is open */ + u8 stmtInUse; /* True we are in a statement subtransaction */ + u8 stmtAutoopen; /* Open stmt journal when main journal is opened*/ + u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ + u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ + u8 full_fsync; /* Use F_FULLFSYNC when available */ + u8 state; /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */ + u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */ + u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ + u8 needSync; /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */ + u8 dirtyCache; /* True if cached pages have changed */ + u8 alwaysRollback; /* Disable DontRollback() for all pages */ + u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ + u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ + u8 doNotSync; /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */ + u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ + u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ + int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ + int dbSize; /* Number of pages in the file */ + int origDbSize; /* dbSize before the current change */ + int stmtSize; /* Size of database (in pages) at stmt_begin() */ + int nRec; /* Number of pages written to the journal */ + u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ + int stmtNRec; /* Number of records in stmt subjournal */ + int nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ + int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ + int nPage; /* Total number of in-memory pages */ + int nRef; /* Number of in-memory pages with PgHdr.nRef>0 */ + int mxPage; /* Maximum number of pages to hold in cache */ + Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ + u8 *aInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ + u8 *aInStmt; /* One bit for each page in the database */ + char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ + char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ + char *zDirectory; /* Directory hold database and journal files */ + OsFile *fd, *jfd; /* File descriptors for database and journal */ + OsFile *stfd; /* File descriptor for the statement subjournal*/ + BusyHandler *pBusyHandler; /* Pointer to sqlite.busyHandler */ + PgHdr *pFirst, *pLast; /* List of free pages */ + PgHdr *pFirstSynced; /* First free page with PgHdr.needSync==0 */ + PgHdr *pAll; /* List of all pages */ + PgHdr *pStmt; /* List of pages in the statement subjournal */ + PgHdr *pDirty; /* List of all dirty pages */ + i64 journalOff; /* Current byte offset in the journal file */ + i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ + i64 stmtHdrOff; /* First journal header written this statement */ + i64 stmtCksum; /* cksumInit when statement was started */ + i64 stmtJSize; /* Size of journal at stmt_begin() */ + int sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + int nHit, nMiss; /* Cache hits and missing */ + int nRead, nWrite; /* Database pages read/written */ +#endif + void (*xDestructor)(DbPage*,int); /* Call this routine when freeing pages */ + void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*,int); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ + void *pCodecArg; /* First argument to xCodec() */ +#endif + int nHash; /* Size of the pager hash table */ + PgHdr **aHash; /* Hash table to map page number to PgHdr */ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + Pager *pNext; /* Linked list of pagers in this thread */ +#endif + char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ + char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ +}; + +/* +** The following global variables hold counters used for +** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in +** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ +int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ +int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ +int sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count = 0; /* Number of cache pages freed */ +# define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ +#else +# define PAGER_INCR(v) +#endif + + + +/* +** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data +** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. +** +** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity +** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is begin +** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal +** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made +** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional +** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the +** journal and ignore it. +** +** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists +** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both +** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. +** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the +** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, +** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely +** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the +** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might +** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which +** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. +*/ +static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { + 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, +}; + +/* +** The size of the header and of each page in the journal is determined +** by the following macros. +*/ +#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) + +/* +** The journal header size for this pager. In the future, this could be +** set to some value read from the disk controller. The important +** characteristic is that it is the same size as a disk sector. +*/ +#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) + +/* +** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. +** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, +** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize +** out code that would never execute. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB +# define MEMDB 0 +#else +# define MEMDB pPager->memDb +#endif + +/* +** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is +** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is +** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file +** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to +** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() for details. +*/ +/* #define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) (PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize)) */ +#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1) + +/* +** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). +*/ +#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 + +/* +** Enable reference count tracking (for debugging) here: +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + int pager3_refinfo_enable = 0; + static void pager_refinfo(PgHdr *p){ + static int cnt = 0; + if( !pager3_refinfo_enable ) return; + sqlite3DebugPrintf( + "REFCNT: %4d addr=%p nRef=%-3d total=%d\n", + p->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), p->nRef, p->pPager->nRef + ); + cnt++; /* Something to set a breakpoint on */ + } +# define REFINFO(X) pager_refinfo(X) +#else +# define REFINFO(X) +#endif + +/* +** Return true if page *pPg has already been written to the statement +** journal (or statement snapshot has been created, if *pPg is part +** of an in-memory database). +*/ +static int pageInStatement(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + if( MEMDB ){ + return PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager)->inStmt; + }else{ + Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; + u8 *a = pPager->aInStmt; + return (a && (int)pgno<=pPager->stmtSize && (a[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))); + } +} + +/* +** Change the size of the pager hash table to N. N must be a power +** of two. +*/ +static void pager_resize_hash_table(Pager *pPager, int N){ + PgHdr **aHash, *pPg; + assert( N>0 && (N&(N-1))==0 ); + aHash = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(aHash[0])*N ); + if( aHash==0 ){ + /* Failure to rehash is not an error. It is only a performance hit. */ + return; + } + sqliteFree(pPager->aHash); + pPager->nHash = N; + pPager->aHash = aHash; + for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ + int h; + if( pPg->pgno==0 ){ + assert( pPg->pNextHash==0 && pPg->pPrevHash==0 ); + continue; + } + h = pPg->pgno & (N-1); + pPg->pNextHash = aHash[h]; + if( aHash[h] ){ + aHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPg; + } + aHash[h] = pPg; + pPg->pPrevHash = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer +** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an +** error code is something goes wrong. +** +** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. +*/ +static int read32bits(OsFile *fd, u32 *pRes){ + unsigned char ac[4]; + int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac)); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. +*/ +#define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) + +/* +** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK +** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. +*/ +static int write32bits(OsFile *fd, u32 val){ + char ac[4]; + put32bits(ac, val); + return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4); +} + +/* +** This function should be called when an error occurs within the pager +** code. The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the +** second the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. +** The value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. +** +** If the second argument is SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or SQLITE_FULL +** the error becomes persistent. All subsequent API calls on this Pager +** will immediately return the same error code. +*/ +static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ + int rc2 = rc & 0xff; + assert( + pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || + pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || + (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR + ); + if( + rc2==SQLITE_FULL || + rc2==SQLITE_IOERR || + rc2==SQLITE_CORRUPT + ){ + pPager->errCode = rc; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking +** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing +** and debugging only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES +/* +** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. +*/ +static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ + u32 hash = 0; + int i; + for(i=0; ipPager->pageSize, + (unsigned char *)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPage)); +} + +/* +** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES +** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks +** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. +*/ +#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) +static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + assert( !pPg->pageHash || pPager->errCode || MEMDB || pPg->dirty || + pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); +} + +#else +#define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 +#define pager_pagehash(X) 0 +#define CHECK_PAGE(x) +#endif + +/* +** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. +** The master journal file name is read from the end of the file and +** written into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). *pzMaster is +** set to point at the memory and SQLITE_OK returned. The caller must +** sqliteFree() *pzMaster. +** +** If no master journal file name is present *pzMaster is set to 0 and +** SQLITE_OK returned. +*/ +static int readMasterJournal(OsFile *pJrnl, char **pzMaster){ + int rc; + u32 len; + i64 szJ; + u32 cksum; + int i; + unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ + + *pzMaster = 0; + + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ<16 ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pJrnl, szJ-16); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = read32bits(pJrnl, &len); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = read32bits(pJrnl, &cksum); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pJrnl, szJ-16-len); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + *pzMaster = (char *)sqliteMalloc(len+1); + if( !*pzMaster ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, *pzMaster, len); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqliteFree(*pzMaster); + *pzMaster = 0; + return rc; + } + + /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ + for(i=0; ijournalOff; + if( c ){ + offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); + } + assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); + assert( offset>=c ); + assert( (offset-c)journalOff = offset; + return sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); +} + +/* +** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal +** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the +** current location. +** +** The format for the journal header is as follows: +** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. +** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. +** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. +** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. +** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. +** +** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 24) bytes of unused space. +*/ +static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ + char zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16]; + int rc; + + if( pPager->stmtHdrOff==0 ){ + pPager->stmtHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; + } + + rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager); + if( rc ) return rc; + + pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; + pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); + + /* FIX ME: + ** + ** Possibly for a pager not in no-sync mode, the journal magic should not + ** be written until nRec is filled in as part of next syncJournal(). + ** + ** Actually maybe the whole journal header should be delayed until that + ** point. Think about this. + */ + memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); + /* The nRec Field. 0xFFFFFFFF for no-sync journals. */ + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->noSync ? 0xffffffff : 0); + /* The random check-hash initialiser */ + sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); + /* The initial database size */ + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbSize); + /* The assumed sector size for this process */ + put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); + IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, sizeof(zHeader))) + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader)); + + /* The journal header has been written successfully. Seek the journal + ** file descriptor to the end of the journal header sector. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + IOTRACE(("JTAIL %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalOff-1)) + rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff-1); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, "\000", 1); + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file +** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal +** file. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for a description of +** the journal header format. +** +** If the header is read successfully, *nRec is set to the number of +** page records following this header and *dbSize is set to the size of the +** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit +** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned +** in this case. +** +** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is +** returned and *nRec and *dbSize are not set. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes +** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. +*/ +static int readJournalHdr( + Pager *pPager, + i64 journalSize, + u32 *pNRec, + u32 *pDbSize +){ + int rc; + unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ + + rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager); + if( rc ) return rc; + + if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic)); + if( rc ) return rc; + + if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + + rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, pNRec); + if( rc ) return rc; + + rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, &pPager->cksumInit); + if( rc ) return rc; + + rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, pDbSize); + if( rc ) return rc; + + /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by + ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was + ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine + ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value + ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. + */ + rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, (u32 *)&pPager->sectorSize); + if( rc ) return rc; + + pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); + rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager +** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last +** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the +** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before +** anything is written. The format is: +** +** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. +** + N bytes: length of master journal name. +** + 4 bytes: N +** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. +** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. +** +** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master +** journal name. +** +** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), +** this call is a no-op. +*/ +static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ + int rc; + int len; + int i; + u32 cksum = 0; + char zBuf[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+2*4]; + + if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster) return SQLITE_OK; + pPager->setMaster = 1; + + len = strlen(zMaster); + for(i=0; ifullSync ){ + rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + pPager->journalOff += (len+20); + + rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, len); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + put32bits(zBuf, len); + put32bits(&zBuf[4], cksum); + memcpy(&zBuf[8], aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zBuf, 8+sizeof(aJournalMagic)); + pPager->needSync = !pPager->noSync; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Add or remove a page from the list of all pages that are in the +** statement journal. +** +** The Pager keeps a separate list of pages that are currently in +** the statement journal. This helps the sqlite3PagerStmtCommit() +** routine run MUCH faster for the common case where there are many +** pages in memory but only a few are in the statement journal. +*/ +static void page_add_to_stmt_list(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); + assert( MEMDB ); + if( !pHist->inStmt ){ + assert( pHist->pPrevStmt==0 && pHist->pNextStmt==0 ); + if( pPager->pStmt ){ + PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPager->pStmt, pPager)->pPrevStmt = pPg; + } + pHist->pNextStmt = pPager->pStmt; + pPager->pStmt = pPg; + pHist->inStmt = 1; + } +} + +/* +** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return +** a pointer to the page or NULL if not found. +*/ +static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ + PgHdr *p; + if( pPager->aHash==0 ) return 0; + p = pPager->aHash[pgno & (pPager->nHash-1)]; + while( p && p->pgno!=pgno ){ + p = p->pNextHash; + } + return p; +} + +/* +** Unlock the database file. +*/ +static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + if( !MEMDB ){ + sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, NO_LOCK); + pPager->dbSize = -1; + IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p\n", pPager)) + } + pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; + pPager->changeCountDone = 0; + } +} + +/* +** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the +** database file. This is a no-op if the pager has already entered +** the error-state. +*/ +static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *p){ + if( p->errCode ) return; + assert( p->state>=PAGER_RESERVED || p->journalOpen==0 ); + if( p->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){ + sqlite3PagerRollback(p); + } + pager_unlock(p); + assert( p->errCode || !p->journalOpen || (p->exclusiveMode&&!p->journalOff) ); + assert( p->errCode || !p->stmtOpen || p->exclusiveMode ); +} + + +/* +** Clear the in-memory cache. This routine +** sets the state of the pager back to what it was when it was first +** opened. Any outstanding pages are invalidated and subsequent attempts +** to access those pages will likely result in a coredump. +*/ +static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ + PgHdr *pPg, *pNext; + if( pPager->errCode ) return; + for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pNext){ + IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count); + pNext = pPg->pNextAll; + sqliteFree(pPg); + } + pPager->pStmt = 0; + pPager->pFirst = 0; + pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; + pPager->pLast = 0; + pPager->pAll = 0; + pPager->nHash = 0; + sqliteFree(pPager->aHash); + pPager->nPage = 0; + pPager->aHash = 0; + pPager->nRef = 0; +} + +/* +** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is ended by either +** a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK. +** +** When this routine is called, the pager has the journal file open and +** a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database. This routine will release +** the database lock and acquires a SHARED lock in its place if that is +** the appropriate thing to do. Release locks usually is appropriate, +** unless we are in exclusive access mode or unless this is a +** COMMIT AND BEGIN or ROLLBACK AND BEGIN operation. +** +** The journal file is either deleted or truncated. +** +** TODO: Consider keeping the journal file open for temporary databases. +** This might give a performance improvement on windows where opening +** a file is an expensive operation. +*/ +static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager){ + PgHdr *pPg; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; + assert( !MEMDB ); + if( pPager->statestmtOpen && !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->stfd); + pPager->stmtOpen = 0; + } + if( pPager->journalOpen ){ + if( pPager->exclusiveMode + && (rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0))==SQLITE_OK ){; + sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, 0); + pPager->journalOff = 0; + pPager->journalStarted = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->jfd); + pPager->journalOpen = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zJournal); + } + } + sqliteFree( pPager->aInJournal ); + pPager->aInJournal = 0; + for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ + pPg->inJournal = 0; + pPg->dirty = 0; + pPg->needSync = 0; + pPg->alwaysRollback = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); +#endif + } + pPager->pDirty = 0; + pPager->dirtyCache = 0; + pPager->nRec = 0; + }else{ + assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 ); + assert( pPager->dirtyCache==0 || pPager->useJournal==0 ); + } + + if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ + rc2 = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK); + pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; + }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED ){ + pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; + } + pPager->origDbSize = 0; + pPager->setMaster = 0; + pPager->needSync = 0; + pPager->pFirstSynced = pPager->pFirst; + pPager->dbSize = -1; + + return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); +} + +/* +** Compute and return a checksum for the page of data. +** +** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the +** random initial value and the page number. We experimented with +** a checksum of the entire data, but that was found to be too slow. +** +** Note that the page number is stored at the beginning of data and +** the checksum is stored at the end. This is important. If journal +** corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely scenario +** is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. It is +** much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be +** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, +** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. +** +** FIX ME: Consider adding every 200th (or so) byte of the data to the +** checksum. That way if a single page spans 3 or more disk sectors and +** only the middle sector is corrupt, we will still have a reasonable +** chance of failing the checksum and thus detecting the problem. +*/ +static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ + u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; + int i = pPager->pageSize-200; + while( i>0 ){ + cksum += aData[i]; + i -= 200; + } + return cksum; +} + +/* Forward declaration */ +static void makeClean(PgHdr*); + +/* +** Read a single page from the journal file opened on file descriptor +** jfd. Playback this one page. +** +** If useCksum==0 it means this journal does not use checksums. Checksums +** are not used in statement journals because statement journals do not +** need to survive power failures. +*/ +static int pager_playback_one_page(Pager *pPager, OsFile *jfd, int useCksum){ + int rc; + PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ + Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ + u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ + u8 *aData = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temp storage for a page */ + + /* useCksum should be true for the main journal and false for + ** statement journals. Verify that this is always the case + */ + assert( jfd == (useCksum ? pPager->jfd : pPager->stfd) ); + assert( aData ); + + rc = read32bits(jfd, &pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, aData, pPager->pageSize); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize + 4; + + /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally + ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, + ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to + ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. + */ + if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + if( pgno>(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( useCksum ){ + rc = read32bits(jfd, &cksum); + if( rc ) return rc; + pPager->journalOff += 4; + if( pager_cksum(pPager, aData)!=cksum ){ + return SQLITE_DONE; + } + } + + assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ); + + /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this + ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, + ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. + ** + ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode + ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may + ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs + ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache + ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not + ** assert()able. + ** + ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists + ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty. + ** + ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is + ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. + ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement + ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a + ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know + ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback + ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the + ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can + ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be + ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be + ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced + ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else + ** the page is marked as needSync==0. + */ + pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); + PAGERTRACE4("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, aData)); + if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && (pPg==0 || pPg->needSync==0) ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->fd, (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize); + } + if( pPg ){ + makeClean(pPg); + } + } + if( pPg ){ + /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except + ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the + ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result + ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to + ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). + */ + void *pData; + /* assert( pPg->nRef==0 || pPg->pgno==1 ); */ + pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg); + memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize); + if( pPager->xReiniter ){ + pPager->xReiniter(pPg, pPager->pageSize); + } +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); +#endif + /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. + ** Do this before any decoding. */ + if( pgno==1 ){ + memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + } + + /* Decode the page just read from disk */ + CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal +** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. +** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, +** and does so if it is. +** +** The master journal file contains the names of all child journals. +** To tell if a master journal can be deleted, check to each of the +** children. If all children are either missing or do not refer to +** a different master journal, then this master journal can be deleted. +*/ +static int pager_delmaster(const char *zMaster){ + int rc; + int master_open = 0; + OsFile *master = 0; + char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ + i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ + + /* Open the master journal file exclusively in case some other process + ** is running this routine also. Not that it makes too much difference. + */ + rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(zMaster, &master); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || master ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; + master_open = 1; + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(master, &nMasterJournal); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; + + if( nMasterJournal>0 ){ + char *zJournal; + char *zMasterPtr = 0; + + /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from + ** sqliteMalloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. + */ + zMasterJournal = (char *)sqliteMalloc(nMasterJournal); + if( !zMasterJournal ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto delmaster_out; + } + rc = sqlite3OsRead(master, zMasterJournal, nMasterJournal); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; + + zJournal = zMasterJournal; + while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){ + rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->dbSize = nPage; + pager_truncate_cache(pPager); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Set the sectorSize for the given pager. +** +** The sector size is the larger of the sector size reported +** by sqlite3OsSectorSize() and the pageSize. +*/ +static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ + pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd); + if( pPager->sectorSizepageSize ){ + pPager->sectorSize = pPager->pageSize; + } +} + +/* +** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to +** the state it was in before we started making changes. +** +** The journal file format is as follows: +** +** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. +** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records +** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the +** number of page records from the journal size. +** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the +** sanity checksum. +** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the +** database to during a rollback. +** (5) 4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal +** name. The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master +** journal.) +** (6) N bytes of the master journal name. The name will be nul-terminated +** and might be shorter than the value read from (5). If the first byte +** of the name is \000 then there is no master journal. The master +** journal name is stored in UTF-8. +** (7) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: +** + 4 byte page number. +** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. +** + 4 byte checksum +** +** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 6 items above. +** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 7th item. +** +** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of +** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the +** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power +** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the +** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but +** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, +** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For +** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. +** +** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed +** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the +** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption +** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be +** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. +** +** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed +** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled +** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file +** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had +** been encountered. +** +** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted +** and an error code is returned. +*/ +static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ + i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ + u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ + int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ + char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ + + /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if + ** the journal is empty. + */ + assert( pPager->journalOpen ); + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ==0 ){ + goto end_playback; + } + + /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. + ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not + ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be + ** played back. + */ + rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, &zMaster); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (zMaster && !sqlite3OsFileExists(zMaster)) ){ + sqliteFree(zMaster); + zMaster = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; + goto end_playback; + } + sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, 0); + pPager->journalOff = 0; + + /* This loop terminates either when the readJournalHdr() call returns + ** SQLITE_DONE or an IO error occurs. */ + while( 1 ){ + + /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are + ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or + ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it. + ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. + */ + rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + goto end_playback; + } + + /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process + ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal + ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute + ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. + */ + if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ + assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); + nRec = (szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); + } + + /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this + ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means + ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been + ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining + ** size of the file. + ** + ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. + */ + if( nRec==0 && !isHot && + pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ + nRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); + } + + /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the + ** database file back to it's original size. + */ + if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ + rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_playback; + } + } + + /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the database file. + */ + for(i=0; ijfd, 1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + pPager->journalOff = szJ; + break; + }else{ + goto end_playback; + } + } + } + } + /*NOTREACHED*/ + assert( 0 ); + +end_playback: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager); + } + if( zMaster ){ + /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, + ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pager_delmaster(zMaster); + } + sqliteFree(zMaster); + } + + /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling + ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size + ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. + */ + setSectorSize(pPager); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Playback the statement journal. +** +** This is similar to playing back the transaction journal but with +** a few extra twists. +** +** (1) The number of pages in the database file at the start of +** the statement is stored in pPager->stmtSize, not in the +** journal file itself. +** +** (2) In addition to playing back the statement journal, also +** playback all pages of the transaction journal beginning +** at offset pPager->stmtJSize. +*/ +static int pager_stmt_playback(Pager *pPager){ + i64 szJ; /* Size of the full journal */ + i64 hdrOff; + int nRec; /* Number of Records */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + int rc; + + szJ = pPager->journalOff; +#ifndef NDEBUG + { + i64 os_szJ; + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &os_szJ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + assert( szJ==os_szJ ); + } +#endif + + /* Set hdrOff to be the offset just after the end of the last journal + ** page written before the first journal-header for this statement + ** transaction was written, or the end of the file if no journal + ** header was written. + */ + hdrOff = pPager->stmtHdrOff; + assert( pPager->fullSync || !hdrOff ); + if( !hdrOff ){ + hdrOff = szJ; + } + + /* Truncate the database back to its original size. + */ + rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->stmtSize); + assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); + + /* Figure out how many records are in the statement journal. + */ + assert( pPager->stmtInUse && pPager->journalOpen ); + sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->stfd, 0); + nRec = pPager->stmtNRec; + + /* Copy original pages out of the statement journal and back into the + ** database file. Note that the statement journal omits checksums from + ** each record since power-failure recovery is not important to statement + ** journals. + */ + for(i=nRec-1; i>=0; i--){ + rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->stfd, 0); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback; + } + + /* Now roll some pages back from the transaction journal. Pager.stmtJSize + ** was the size of the journal file when this statement was started, so + ** everything after that needs to be rolled back, either into the + ** database, the memory cache, or both. + ** + ** If it is not zero, then Pager.stmtHdrOff is the offset to the start + ** of the first journal header written during this statement transaction. + */ + rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, pPager->stmtJSize); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto end_stmt_playback; + } + pPager->journalOff = pPager->stmtJSize; + pPager->cksumInit = pPager->stmtCksum; + while( pPager->journalOff < hdrOff ){ + rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, 1); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback; + } + + while( pPager->journalOff < szJ ){ + u32 nJRec; /* Number of Journal Records */ + u32 dummy; + rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + goto end_stmt_playback; + } + if( nJRec==0 ){ + nJRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / (pPager->pageSize+8); + } + for(i=nJRec-1; i>=0 && pPager->journalOff < szJ; i--){ + rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, 1); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback; + } + } + + pPager->journalOff = szJ; + +end_stmt_playback: + if( rc==SQLITE_OK) { + pPager->journalOff = szJ; + /* pager_reload_cache(pPager); */ + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed. +*/ +void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ + if( mxPage>10 ){ + pPager->mxPage = mxPage; + }else{ + pPager->mxPage = 10; + } +} + +/* +** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes +** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing +** the rollback journal. There are three levels: +** +** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default +** for temporary and transient files. +** +** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the +** database. This is normally adequate protection, but +** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, +** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal +** in a state which would cause damage to the database +** when it is rolled back. +** +** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the +** database (with some additional information - the nRec field +** of the journal header - being written in between the two +** syncs). If we assume that writing a +** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides +** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the +** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. +** +** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, +** and FULL=3. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager *pPager, int level, int full_fsync){ + pPager->noSync = level==1 || pPager->tempFile; + pPager->fullSync = level==3 && !pPager->tempFile; + pPager->full_fsync = full_fsync; + if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0; +} +#endif + +/* +** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library +** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for +** testing and analysis only. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; +#endif + +/* +** Open a temporary file. +** +** Write the file descriptor into *fd. Return SQLITE_OK on success or some +** other error code if we fail. +** +** The OS will automatically delete the temporary file when it is +** closed. +*/ +static int sqlite3PagerOpentemp(OsFile **pFd){ + int cnt = 8; + int rc; + char zFile[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE]; + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ +#endif + do{ + cnt--; + sqlite3OsTempFileName(zFile); + rc = sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(zFile, pFd, 1); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *pFd ); + }while( cnt>0 && rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Create a new page cache and put a pointer to the page cache in *ppPager. +** The file to be cached need not exist. The file is not locked until +** the first call to sqlite3PagerGet() and is only held open until the +** last page is released using sqlite3PagerUnref(). +** +** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created +** and used as the file to be cached. The file will be deleted +** automatically when it is closed. +** +** If zFilename is ":memory:" then all information is held in cache. +** It is never written to disk. This can be used to implement an +** in-memory database. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerOpen( + Pager **ppPager, /* Return the Pager structure here */ + const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ + int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ + int flags /* flags controlling this file */ +){ + Pager *pPager = 0; + char *zFullPathname = 0; + int nameLen; /* Compiler is wrong. This is always initialized before use */ + OsFile *fd = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + int tempFile = 0; + int memDb = 0; + int readOnly = 0; + int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; + int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0; + char zTemp[SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE]; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + /* A malloc() cannot fail in sqlite3ThreadData() as one or more calls to + ** malloc() must have already been made by this thread before it gets + ** to this point. This means the ThreadData must have been allocated already + ** so that ThreadData.nAlloc can be set. It would be nice to assert + ** that ThreadData.nAlloc is non-zero, but alas this breaks test cases + ** written to invoke the pager directly. + */ + ThreadData *pTsd = sqlite3ThreadData(); + assert( pTsd ); +#endif + + /* We used to test if malloc() had already failed before proceeding. + ** But the way this function is used in SQLite means that can never + ** happen. Furthermore, if the malloc-failed flag is already set, + ** either the call to sqliteStrDup() or sqliteMalloc() below will + ** fail shortly and SQLITE_NOMEM returned anyway. + */ + *ppPager = 0; + + /* Open the pager file and set zFullPathname to point at malloc()ed + ** memory containing the complete filename (i.e. including the directory). + */ + if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB + if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){ + memDb = 1; + zFullPathname = sqliteStrDup(""); + }else +#endif + { + zFullPathname = sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename); + if( zFullPathname ){ + rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(zFullPathname, &fd, &readOnly); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || fd ); + } + } + }else{ + rc = sqlite3PagerOpentemp(&fd); + sqlite3OsTempFileName(zTemp); + zFilename = zTemp; + zFullPathname = sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + tempFile = 1; + } + } + + /* Allocate the Pager structure. As part of the same allocation, allocate + ** space for the full paths of the file, directory and journal + ** (Pager.zFilename, Pager.zDirectory and Pager.zJournal). + */ + if( zFullPathname ){ + nameLen = strlen(zFullPathname); + pPager = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pPager) + nameLen*3 + 30 ); + if( pPager && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->pTmpSpace = (char *)sqliteMallocRaw(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); + } + } + + + /* If an error occured in either of the blocks above, free the memory + ** pointed to by zFullPathname, free the Pager structure and close the + ** file. Since the pager is not allocated there is no need to set + ** any Pager.errMask variables. + */ + if( !pPager || !zFullPathname || !pPager->pTmpSpace || rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3OsClose(&fd); + sqliteFree(zFullPathname); + sqliteFree(pPager); + return ((rc==SQLITE_OK)?SQLITE_NOMEM:rc); + } + + PAGERTRACE3("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(fd), zFullPathname); + IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, zFullPathname)) + pPager->zFilename = (char*)&pPager[1]; + pPager->zDirectory = &pPager->zFilename[nameLen+1]; + pPager->zJournal = &pPager->zDirectory[nameLen+1]; + memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zFullPathname, nameLen+1); + memcpy(pPager->zDirectory, zFullPathname, nameLen+1); + + for(i=nameLen; i>0 && pPager->zDirectory[i-1]!='/'; i--){} + if( i>0 ) pPager->zDirectory[i-1] = 0; + memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zFullPathname,nameLen); + sqliteFree(zFullPathname); + memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nameLen], "-journal",sizeof("-journal")); + pPager->fd = fd; + /* pPager->journalOpen = 0; */ + pPager->useJournal = useJournal && !memDb; + pPager->noReadlock = noReadlock && readOnly; + /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ + /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ + /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ + pPager->dbSize = memDb-1; + pPager->pageSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; + /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ + /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ + /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ + pPager->mxPage = 100; + pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; + assert( PAGER_UNLOCK==0 ); + /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ + /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ + pPager->tempFile = tempFile; + assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL + || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); + assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); + pPager->exclusiveMode = tempFile; + pPager->memDb = memDb; + pPager->readOnly = readOnly; + /* pPager->needSync = 0; */ + pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile || !useJournal; + pPager->fullSync = (pPager->noSync?0:1); + /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ + /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ + /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ + pPager->nExtra = FORCE_ALIGNMENT(nExtra); + assert(fd||memDb); + if( !memDb ){ + setSectorSize(pPager); + } + /* pPager->pBusyHandler = 0; */ + /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ + *ppPager = pPager; +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + pPager->pNext = pTsd->pPager; + pTsd->pPager = pPager; +#endif + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Set the busy handler function. +*/ +void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager *pPager, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler){ + pPager->pBusyHandler = pBusyHandler; +} + +/* +** Set the destructor for this pager. If not NULL, the destructor is called +** when the reference count on each page reaches zero. The destructor can +** be used to clean up information in the extra segment appended to each page. +** +** The destructor is not called as a result sqlite3PagerClose(). +** Destructors are only called by sqlite3PagerUnref(). +*/ +void sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(Pager *pPager, void (*xDesc)(DbPage*,int)){ + pPager->xDestructor = xDesc; +} + +/* +** Set the reinitializer for this pager. If not NULL, the reinitializer +** is called when the content of a page in cache is restored to its original +** value as a result of a rollback. The callback gives higher-level code +** an opportunity to restore the EXTRA section to agree with the restored +** page data. +*/ +void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager *pPager, void (*xReinit)(DbPage*,int)){ + pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; +} + +/* +** Set the page size. Return the new size. If the suggest new page +** size is inappropriate, then an alternative page size is selected +** and returned. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, int pageSize){ + assert( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); + if( !pPager->memDb && pPager->nRef==0 ){ + pager_reset(pPager); + pPager->pageSize = pageSize; + pPager->pTmpSpace = sqlite3ReallocOrFree(pPager->pTmpSpace, pageSize); + } + return pPager->pageSize; +} + +/* +** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. +** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the +** maximum page count below the current size of the database. +** +** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ + if( mxPage>0 ){ + pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; + } + sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); + return pPager->mxPgno; +} + +/* +** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated +** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated +** errors in places where we do not care about errors. +** +** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops +** and generate no code. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; +extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; +static int saved_cnt; +void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ + saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; + sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; +} +void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ + sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; +} +#else +# define disable_simulated_io_errors() +# define enable_simulated_io_errors() +#endif + +/* +** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory +** that pDest points to. +** +** No error checking is done. The rational for this is that this function +** may be called even if the file does not exist or contain a header. In +** these cases sqlite3OsRead() will return an error, to which the correct +** response is to zero the memory at pDest and continue. A real IO error +** will presumably recur and be picked up later (Todo: Think about this). +*/ +int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + memset(pDest, 0, N); + if( MEMDB==0 ){ + disable_simulated_io_errors(); + sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->fd, 0); + enable_simulated_io_errors(); + IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N); + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the total number of pages in the disk file associated with +** pPager. +** +** If the PENDING_BYTE lies on the page directly after the end of the +** file, then consider this page part of the file too. For example, if +** PENDING_BYTE is byte 4096 (the first byte of page 5) and the size of the +** file is 4096 bytes, 5 is returned instead of 4. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager){ + i64 n; + int rc; + assert( pPager!=0 ); + if( pPager->errCode ){ + return 0; + } + if( pPager->dbSize>=0 ){ + n = pPager->dbSize; + } else { + if( (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n))!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pager_error(pPager, rc); + return 0; + } + if( n>0 && npageSize ){ + n = 1; + }else{ + n /= pPager->pageSize; + } + if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){ + pPager->dbSize = n; + } + } + if( n==(PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize) ){ + n++; + } + if( n>pPager->mxPgno ){ + pPager->mxPgno = n; + } + return n; +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB +/* +** Clear a PgHistory block +*/ +static void clearHistory(PgHistory *pHist){ + sqliteFree(pHist->pOrig); + sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt); + pHist->pOrig = 0; + pHist->pStmt = 0; +} +#else +#define clearHistory(x) +#endif + +/* +** Forward declaration +*/ +static int syncJournal(Pager*); + +/* +** Unlink pPg from it's hash chain. Also set the page number to 0 to indicate +** that the page is not part of any hash chain. This is required because the +** sqlite3PagerMovepage() routine can leave a page in the +** pNextFree/pPrevFree list that is not a part of any hash-chain. +*/ +static void unlinkHashChain(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ + if( pPg->pgno==0 ){ + assert( pPg->pNextHash==0 && pPg->pPrevHash==0 ); + return; + } + if( pPg->pNextHash ){ + pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg->pPrevHash; + } + if( pPg->pPrevHash ){ + assert( pPager->aHash[pPg->pgno & (pPager->nHash-1)]!=pPg ); + pPg->pPrevHash->pNextHash = pPg->pNextHash; + }else{ + int h = pPg->pgno & (pPager->nHash-1); + pPager->aHash[h] = pPg->pNextHash; + } + if( MEMDB ){ + clearHistory(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager)); + } + pPg->pgno = 0; + pPg->pNextHash = pPg->pPrevHash = 0; +} + +/* +** Unlink a page from the free list (the list of all pages where nRef==0) +** and from its hash collision chain. +*/ +static void unlinkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + + /* Keep the pFirstSynced pointer pointing at the first synchronized page */ + if( pPg==pPager->pFirstSynced ){ + PgHdr *p = pPg->pNextFree; + while( p && p->needSync ){ p = p->pNextFree; } + pPager->pFirstSynced = p; + } + + /* Unlink from the freelist */ + if( pPg->pPrevFree ){ + pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg->pNextFree; + }else{ + assert( pPager->pFirst==pPg ); + pPager->pFirst = pPg->pNextFree; + } + if( pPg->pNextFree ){ + pPg->pNextFree->pPrevFree = pPg->pPrevFree; + }else{ + assert( pPager->pLast==pPg ); + pPager->pLast = pPg->pPrevFree; + } + pPg->pNextFree = pPg->pPrevFree = 0; + + /* Unlink from the pgno hash table */ + unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPg); +} + +/* +** This routine is used to truncate the cache when a database +** is truncated. Drop from the cache all pages whose pgno is +** larger than pPager->dbSize and is unreferenced. +** +** Referenced pages larger than pPager->dbSize are zeroed. +** +** Actually, at the point this routine is called, it would be +** an error to have a referenced page. But rather than delete +** that page and guarantee a subsequent segfault, it seems better +** to zero it and hope that we error out sanely. +*/ +static void pager_truncate_cache(Pager *pPager){ + PgHdr *pPg; + PgHdr **ppPg; + int dbSize = pPager->dbSize; + + ppPg = &pPager->pAll; + while( (pPg = *ppPg)!=0 ){ + if( pPg->pgno<=dbSize ){ + ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll; + }else if( pPg->nRef>0 ){ + memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize); + ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll; + }else{ + *ppPg = pPg->pNextAll; + IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count); + unlinkPage(pPg); + makeClean(pPg); + sqliteFree(pPg); + pPager->nPage--; + } + } +} + +/* +** Try to obtain a lock on a file. Invoke the busy callback if the lock +** is currently not available. Repeat until the busy callback returns +** false or until the lock succeeds. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain +** the lock. +*/ +static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ + int rc; + + /* The OS lock values must be the same as the Pager lock values */ + assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK ); + assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK ); + assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); + + /* If the file is currently unlocked then the size must be unknown */ + assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || pPager->dbSize<0 || MEMDB ); + + if( pPager->state>=locktype ){ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + do { + rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, locktype); + }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandler) ); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->state = locktype; + IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, locktype)) + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Truncate the file to the number of pages specified. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ + int rc; + assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || MEMDB ); + sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); + if( pPager->errCode ){ + rc = pPager->errCode; + return rc; + } + if( nPage>=(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( MEMDB ){ + pPager->dbSize = nPage; + pager_truncate_cache(pPager); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = syncJournal(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Get an exclusive lock on the database before truncating. */ + rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nPage); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. +** +** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that +** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated +** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated +** with this page cache after this function returns will likely +** result in a coredump. +** +** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt +** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback +** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned +** to the caller. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + /* A malloc() cannot fail in sqlite3ThreadData() as one or more calls to + ** malloc() must have already been made by this thread before it gets + ** to this point. This means the ThreadData must have been allocated already + ** so that ThreadData.nAlloc can be set. + */ + ThreadData *pTsd = sqlite3ThreadData(); + assert( pPager ); + assert( pTsd && pTsd->nAlloc ); +#endif + + disable_simulated_io_errors(); + pPager->errCode = 0; + pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; + pager_reset(pPager); + pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); + enable_simulated_io_errors(); + PAGERTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); + IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) + assert( pPager->errCode || (pPager->journalOpen==0 && pPager->stmtOpen==0) ); + if( pPager->journalOpen ){ + sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->jfd); + } + sqliteFree(pPager->aInJournal); + if( pPager->stmtOpen ){ + sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->stfd); + } + sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->fd); + /* Temp files are automatically deleted by the OS + ** if( pPager->tempFile ){ + ** sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zFilename); + ** } + */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + /* Remove the pager from the linked list of pagers starting at + ** ThreadData.pPager if memory-management is enabled. + */ + if( pPager==pTsd->pPager ){ + pTsd->pPager = pPager->pNext; + }else{ + Pager *pTmp; + for(pTmp = pTsd->pPager; pTmp->pNext!=pPager; pTmp=pTmp->pNext){} + pTmp->pNext = pPager->pNext; + } +#endif + sqliteFree(pPager->aHash); + sqliteFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); + sqliteFree(pPager); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +/* +** Return the page number for the given page data. +*/ +Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *p){ + return p->pgno; +} +#endif + +/* +** The page_ref() function increments the reference count for a page. +** If the page is currently on the freelist (the reference count is zero) then +** remove it from the freelist. +** +** For non-test systems, page_ref() is a macro that calls _page_ref() +** online of the reference count is zero. For test systems, page_ref() +** is a real function so that we can set breakpoints and trace it. +*/ +static void _page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){ + if( pPg->nRef==0 ){ + /* The page is currently on the freelist. Remove it. */ + if( pPg==pPg->pPager->pFirstSynced ){ + PgHdr *p = pPg->pNextFree; + while( p && p->needSync ){ p = p->pNextFree; } + pPg->pPager->pFirstSynced = p; + } + if( pPg->pPrevFree ){ + pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg->pNextFree; + }else{ + pPg->pPager->pFirst = pPg->pNextFree; + } + if( pPg->pNextFree ){ + pPg->pNextFree->pPrevFree = pPg->pPrevFree; + }else{ + pPg->pPager->pLast = pPg->pPrevFree; + } + pPg->pPager->nRef++; + } + pPg->nRef++; + REFINFO(pPg); +} +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + static void page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){ + if( pPg->nRef==0 ){ + _page_ref(pPg); + }else{ + pPg->nRef++; + REFINFO(pPg); + } + } +#else +# define page_ref(P) ((P)->nRef==0?_page_ref(P):(void)(P)->nRef++) +#endif + +/* +** Increment the reference count for a page. The input pointer is +** a reference to the page data. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ + page_ref(pPg); + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have +** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the +** disk. It is not safe to modify the original database file until after +** the journal has been synced. If the original database is modified before +** the journal is synced and a power failure occurs, the unsynced journal +** data would be lost and we would be unable to completely rollback the +** database changes. Database corruption would occur. +** +** This routine also updates the nRec field in the header of the journal. +** (See comments on the pager_playback() routine for additional information.) +** If the sync mode is FULL, two syncs will occur. First the whole journal +** is synced, then the nRec field is updated, then a second sync occurs. +** +** For temporary databases, we do not care if we are able to rollback +** after a power failure, so sync occurs. +** +** This routine clears the needSync field of every page current held in +** memory. +*/ +static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){ + PgHdr *pPg; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* Sync the journal before modifying the main database + ** (assuming there is a journal and it needs to be synced.) + */ + if( pPager->needSync ){ + if( !pPager->tempFile ){ + assert( pPager->journalOpen ); + /* assert( !pPager->noSync ); // noSync might be set if synchronous + ** was turned off after the transaction was started. Ticket #615 */ +#ifndef NDEBUG + { + /* Make sure the pPager->nRec counter we are keeping agrees + ** with the nRec computed from the size of the journal file. + */ + i64 jSz; + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jSz); + if( rc!=0 ) return rc; + assert( pPager->journalOff==jSz ); + } +#endif + { + /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in + ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that + ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark + ** it as a candidate for rollback. + */ + if( pPager->fullSync ){ + PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); + IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, 0); + if( rc!=0 ) return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, + pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic)); + if( rc ) return rc; + IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, + pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic), 4)) + rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->nRec); + if( rc ) return rc; + + rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); + if( rc ) return rc; + } + PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); + IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->full_fsync); + if( rc!=0 ) return rc; + pPager->journalStarted = 1; + } + pPager->needSync = 0; + + /* Erase the needSync flag from every page. + */ + for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ + pPg->needSync = 0; + } + pPager->pFirstSynced = pPager->pFirst; + } + +#ifndef NDEBUG + /* If the Pager.needSync flag is clear then the PgHdr.needSync + ** flag must also be clear for all pages. Verify that this + ** invariant is true. + */ + else{ + for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ + assert( pPg->needSync==0 ); + } + assert( pPager->pFirstSynced==pPager->pFirst ); + } +#endif + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order. +** Do not both fixing the pPrevDirty pointers. +*/ +static PgHdr *merge_pagelist(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){ + PgHdr result, *pTail; + pTail = &result; + while( pA && pB ){ + if( pA->pgnopgno ){ + pTail->pDirty = pA; + pTail = pA; + pA = pA->pDirty; + }else{ + pTail->pDirty = pB; + pTail = pB; + pB = pB->pDirty; + } + } + if( pA ){ + pTail->pDirty = pA; + }else if( pB ){ + pTail->pDirty = pB; + }else{ + pTail->pDirty = 0; + } + return result.pDirty; +} + +/* +** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are +** connected by pDirty pointers. The pPrevDirty pointers are +** corrupted by this sort. +*/ +#define N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC 25 +#define N_SORT_BUCKET 25 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + int sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket = 0; + #undef N_SORT_BUCKET + #define N_SORT_BUCKET \ + (sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket?sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket:N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC) +#endif +static PgHdr *sort_pagelist(PgHdr *pIn){ + PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC], *p; + int i; + memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); + while( pIn ){ + p = pIn; + pIn = p->pDirty; + p->pDirty = 0; + for(i=0; ipPager; + + /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the + ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following + ** calls to sqlite3OsLock() are no-ops. + ** + ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going + ** through an intermediate state PENDING. A PENDING lock prevents new + ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to + ** write. The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from + ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear. + ** + ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file + ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the + ** journal into the original database file. Once we transition to + ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback + ** will require a journal playback. + */ + rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + pList = sort_pagelist(pList); + while( pList ){ + assert( pList->dirty ); + rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->fd, (pList->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize); + if( rc ) return rc; + /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater + ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncate() was called to + ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write + ** any such pages to the file. + */ + if( pList->pgno<=pPager->dbSize ){ + char *pData = CODEC2(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pList->pgno, 6); + PAGERTRACE4("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)); + IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pList->pgno)); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize); + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); + PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite); + if( pList->pgno==1 ){ + memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + } + } +#ifndef NDEBUG + else{ + PAGERTRACE3("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno); + } +#endif + if( rc ) return rc; + pList->dirty = 0; +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + pList->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pList); +#endif + pList = pList->pDirty; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Collect every dirty page into a dirty list and +** return a pointer to the head of that list. All pages are +** collected even if they are still in use. +*/ +static PgHdr *pager_get_all_dirty_pages(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->pDirty; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if there is a hot journal on the given pager. +** A hot journal is one that needs to be played back. +** +** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file +** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior +** database with the same name. Just delete the journal. +*/ +static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ + if( !pPager->useJournal ) return 0; + if( !sqlite3OsFileExists(pPager->zJournal) ){ + return 0; + } + if( sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd) ){ + return 0; + } + if( sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager)==0 ){ + sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zJournal); + return 0; + }else{ + return 1; + } +} + +/* +** Try to find a page in the cache that can be recycled. +** +** This routine may return SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_FULL or SQLITE_OK. It +** does not set the pPager->errCode variable. +*/ +static int pager_recycle(Pager *pPager, int syncOk, PgHdr **ppPg){ + PgHdr *pPg; + *ppPg = 0; + + assert(!MEMDB); + + /* Find a page to recycle. Try to locate a page that does not + ** require us to do an fsync() on the journal. + */ + pPg = pPager->pFirstSynced; + + /* If we could not find a page that does not require an fsync() + ** on the journal file then fsync the journal file. This is a + ** very slow operation, so we work hard to avoid it. But sometimes + ** it can't be helped. + */ + if( pPg==0 && pPager->pFirst && syncOk && !MEMDB){ + int rc = syncJournal(pPager); + if( rc!=0 ){ + return rc; + } + if( pPager->fullSync ){ + /* If in full-sync mode, write a new journal header into the + ** journal file. This is done to avoid ever modifying a journal + ** header that is involved in the rollback of pages that have + ** already been written to the database (in case the header is + ** trashed when the nRec field is updated). + */ + pPager->nRec = 0; + assert( pPager->journalOff > 0 ); + assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 ); + rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); + if( rc!=0 ){ + return rc; + } + } + pPg = pPager->pFirst; + } + if( pPg==0 ){ + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + assert( pPg->nRef==0 ); + + /* Write the page to the database file if it is dirty. + */ + if( pPg->dirty ){ + int rc; + assert( pPg->needSync==0 ); + makeClean(pPg); + pPg->dirty = 1; + pPg->pDirty = 0; + rc = pager_write_pagelist( pPg ); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + } + assert( pPg->dirty==0 ); + + /* If the page we are recycling is marked as alwaysRollback, then + ** set the global alwaysRollback flag, thus disabling the + ** sqlite3PagerDontRollback() optimization for the rest of this transaction. + ** It is necessary to do this because the page marked alwaysRollback + ** might be reloaded at a later time but at that point we won't remember + ** that is was marked alwaysRollback. This means that all pages must + ** be marked as alwaysRollback from here on out. + */ + if( pPg->alwaysRollback ){ + IOTRACE(("ALWAYS_ROLLBACK %p\n", pPager)) + pPager->alwaysRollback = 1; + } + + /* Unlink the old page from the free list and the hash table + */ + unlinkPage(pPg); + assert( pPg->pgno==0 ); + + *ppPg = pPg; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory +** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated +** by the current thread may be sqliteFree()ed. +** +** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has +** been released, the function returns. A negative value for nReq means +** free as much memory as possible. The return value is the total number +** of bytes of memory released. +*/ +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) +int sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(int nReq){ + const ThreadData *pTsdro = sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly(); + int nReleased = 0; + int i; + + /* If the the global mutex is held, this subroutine becomes a + ** o-op; zero bytes of memory are freed. This is because + ** some of the code invoked by this function may also + ** try to obtain the mutex, resulting in a deadlock. + */ + if( sqlite3OsInMutex(0) ){ + return 0; + } + + /* Outermost loop runs for at most two iterations. First iteration we + ** try to find memory that can be released without calling fsync(). Second + ** iteration (which only runs if the first failed to free nReq bytes of + ** memory) is permitted to call fsync(). This is of course much more + ** expensive. + */ + for(i=0; i<=1; i++){ + + /* Loop through all the SQLite pagers opened by the current thread. */ + Pager *pPager = pTsdro->pPager; + for( ; pPager && (nReq<0 || nReleasedpNext){ + PgHdr *pPg; + int rc; + + if( MEMDB ){ + continue; + } + + /* For each pager, try to free as many pages as possible (without + ** calling fsync() if this is the first iteration of the outermost + ** loop). + */ + while( SQLITE_OK==(rc = pager_recycle(pPager, i, &pPg)) && pPg) { + /* We've found a page to free. At this point the page has been + ** removed from the page hash-table, free-list and synced-list + ** (pFirstSynced). It is still in the all pages (pAll) list. + ** Remove it from this list before freeing. + ** + ** Todo: Check the Pager.pStmt list to make sure this is Ok. It + ** probably is though. + */ + PgHdr *pTmp; + assert( pPg ); + if( pPg==pPager->pAll ){ + pPager->pAll = pPg->pNextAll; + }else{ + for( pTmp=pPager->pAll; pTmp->pNextAll!=pPg; pTmp=pTmp->pNextAll ){} + pTmp->pNextAll = pPg->pNextAll; + } + nReleased += sqliteAllocSize(pPg); + IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d *\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count); + sqliteFree(pPg); + } + + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + /* An error occured whilst writing to the database file or + ** journal in pager_recycle(). The error is not returned to the + ** caller of this function. Instead, set the Pager.errCode variable. + ** The error will be returned to the user (or users, in the case + ** of a shared pager cache) of the pager for which the error occured. + */ + assert( + (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR || + rc==SQLITE_FULL || + rc==SQLITE_BUSY + ); + assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); + pager_error(pPager, rc); + } + } + } + + return nReleased; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT && !SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ + +/* +** Read the content of page pPg out of the database file. +*/ +static int readDbPage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg, Pgno pgno){ + int rc; + assert( MEMDB==0 ); + rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->fd, (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), + pPager->pageSize); + } + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); + PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); + IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); + if( pgno==1 ){ + memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg))[24], + sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); + } + CODEC1(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->pgno, 3); + PAGERTRACE4("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)); + return rc; +} + + +/* +** This function is called to obtain the shared lock required before +** data may be read from the pager cache. If the shared lock has already +** been obtained, this function is a no-op. +** +** Immediately after obtaining the shared lock (if required), this function +** checks for a hot-journal file. If one is found, an emergency rollback +** is performed immediately. +*/ +static int pagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){ + if( !MEMDB ){ + assert( pPager->nRef==0 ); + if( !pPager->noReadlock ){ + rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return pager_error(pPager, rc); + } + assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK ); + } + + /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the + ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. + */ + if( hasHotJournal(pPager) ){ + /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is + ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the + ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the + ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the + ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling it + ** back. + ** + ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, the + ** second process will get to this point in the code and fail to + ** obtain it's own EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. + */ + rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pager_unlock(pPager); + return pager_error(pPager, rc); + } + pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; + + /* Open the journal for reading only. Return SQLITE_BUSY if + ** we are unable to open the journal file. + ** + ** The journal file does not need to be locked itself. The + ** journal file is never open unless the main database file holds + ** a write lock, so there is never any chance of two or more + ** processes opening the journal at the same time. + ** + ** Open the journal for read/write access. This is because in + ** exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open and + ** possibly used for a transaction later on. On some systems, the + ** OsTruncate() call used in exclusive-access mode also requires + ** a read/write file handle. + */ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + if( sqlite3OsFileExists(pPager->zJournal) ){ + int ro; + assert( !pPager->tempFile ); + rc = sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(pPager->zJournal, &pPager->jfd, &ro); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd ); + if( ro ){ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->jfd); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pager_unlock(pPager); + return SQLITE_BUSY; + } + pPager->journalOpen = 1; + pPager->journalStarted = 0; + pPager->journalOff = 0; + pPager->setMaster = 0; + pPager->journalHdr = 0; + + /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write + ** lock and reacquire the read lock. + */ + rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return pager_error(pPager, rc); + } + assert(pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED || + (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->state>PAGER_SHARED) + ); + } + + if( pPager->pAll ){ + /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file + ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous + ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database + ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the + ** cache. + ** + ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning + ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are + ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The + ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when + ** a codec is in use. + ** + ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be + ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that + ** it can be neglected. + */ + char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; + sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); + + if( pPager->errCode ){ + return pPager->errCode; + } + + if( pPager->dbSize>0 ){ + IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); + rc = sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->fd, 24); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers)); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + }else{ + memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); + } + + if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ + pager_reset(pPager); + } + } + } + assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->state<=PAGER_SHARED ); + if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){ + pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; + } + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** Allocate a PgHdr object. Either create a new one or reuse +** an existing one that is not otherwise in use. +** +** A new PgHdr structure is created if any of the following are +** true: +** +** (1) We have not exceeded our maximum allocated cache size +** as set by the "PRAGMA cache_size" command. +** +** (2) There are no unused PgHdr objects available at this time. +** +** (3) This is an in-memory database. +** +** (4) There are no PgHdr objects that do not require a journal +** file sync and a sync of the journal file is currently +** prohibited. +** +** Otherwise, reuse an existing PgHdr. In other words, reuse an +** existing PgHdr if all of the following are true: +** +** (1) We have reached or exceeded the maximum cache size +** allowed by "PRAGMA cache_size". +** +** (2) There is a PgHdr available with PgHdr->nRef==0 +** +** (3) We are not in an in-memory database +** +** (4) Either there is an available PgHdr that does not need +** to be synced to disk or else disk syncing is currently +** allowed. +*/ +static int pagerAllocatePage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr **ppPg){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + PgHdr *pPg; + + /* Create a new PgHdr if any of the four conditions defined + ** above is met: */ + if( pPager->nPagemxPage + || pPager->pFirst==0 + || MEMDB + || (pPager->pFirstSynced==0 && pPager->doNotSync) + ){ + if( pPager->nPage>=pPager->nHash ){ + pager_resize_hash_table(pPager, + pPager->nHash<256 ? 256 : pPager->nHash*2); + if( pPager->nHash==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto pager_allocate_out; + } + } + pPg = sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pPg) + pPager->pageSize + + sizeof(u32) + pPager->nExtra + + MEMDB*sizeof(PgHistory) ); + if( pPg==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto pager_allocate_out; + } + memset(pPg, 0, sizeof(*pPg)); + if( MEMDB ){ + memset(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager), 0, sizeof(PgHistory)); + } + pPg->pPager = pPager; + pPg->pNextAll = pPager->pAll; + pPager->pAll = pPg; + pPager->nPage++; + }else{ + /* Recycle an existing page with a zero ref-count. */ + rc = pager_recycle(pPager, 1, &pPg); + if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ + rc = SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED; + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + goto pager_allocate_out; + } + assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK ); + assert(pPg); + } + *ppPg = pPg; + +pager_allocate_out: + return rc; +} + +/* +** Make sure we have the content for a page. If the page was +** previously acquired with noContent==1, then the content was +** just initialized to zeros instead of being read from disk. +** But now we need the real data off of disk. So make sure we +** have it. Read it in if we do not have it already. +*/ +static int pager_get_content(PgHdr *pPg){ + if( pPg->needRead ){ + int rc = readDbPage(pPg->pPager, pPg, pPg->pgno); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPg->needRead = 0; + }else{ + return rc; + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Acquire a page. +** +** A read lock on the disk file is obtained when the first page is acquired. +** This read lock is dropped when the last page is released. +** +** This routine works for any page number greater than 0. If the database +** file is smaller than the requested page, then no actual disk +** read occurs and the memory image of the page is initialized to +** all zeros. The extra data appended to a page is always initialized +** to zeros the first time a page is loaded into memory. +** +** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, +** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. +** +** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt +** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already +** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() +** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it +** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. +** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks +** or journal files. +** +** If noContent is false, the page contents are actually read from disk. +** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents +** of the page at this time, so do not do a disk read. Just fill in the +** page content with zeros. But mark the fact that we have not read the +** content by setting the PgHdr.needRead flag. Later on, if +** sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on this page or if this routine is +** called again with noContent==0, that means that the content is needed +** and the disk read should occur at that point. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerAcquire( + Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ + Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ + DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ + int noContent /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */ +){ + PgHdr *pPg; + int rc; + + assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || pPager->nRef>0 || pgno==1 ); + + /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page + ** number greater than this, or zero, is requested. + */ + if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ + return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; + } + + /* Make sure we have not hit any critical errors. + */ + assert( pPager!=0 ); + *ppPage = 0; + if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){ + return pPager->errCode; + } + + /* If this is the first page accessed, then get a SHARED lock + ** on the database file. pagerSharedLock() is a no-op if + ** a database lock is already held. + */ + rc = pagerSharedLock(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ); + + pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); + if( pPg==0 ){ + /* The requested page is not in the page cache. */ + int nMax; + int h; + PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss); + rc = pagerAllocatePage(pPager, &pPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + pPg->pgno = pgno; + assert( !MEMDB || pgno>pPager->stmtSize ); + if( pPager->aInJournal && (int)pgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){ + sqlite3CheckMemory(pPager->aInJournal, pgno/8); + assert( pPager->journalOpen ); + pPg->inJournal = (pPager->aInJournal[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0; + pPg->needSync = 0; + }else{ + pPg->inJournal = 0; + pPg->needSync = 0; + } + + makeClean(pPg); + pPg->nRef = 1; + REFINFO(pPg); + + pPager->nRef++; + if( pPager->nExtra>0 ){ + memset(PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager), 0, pPager->nExtra); + } + nMax = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); + if( pPager->errCode ){ + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); + rc = pPager->errCode; + return rc; + } + + /* Populate the page with data, either by reading from the database + ** file, or by setting the entire page to zero. + */ + if( nMax<(int)pgno || MEMDB || (noContent && !pPager->alwaysRollback) ){ + if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); + return SQLITE_FULL; + } + memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize); + pPg->needRead = noContent && !pPager->alwaysRollback; + IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); + }else{ + rc = readDbPage(pPager, pPg, pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ + pPg->pgno = 0; + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); + return rc; + } + pPg->needRead = 0; + } + + /* Link the page into the page hash table */ + h = pgno & (pPager->nHash-1); + assert( pgno!=0 ); + pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h]; + pPager->aHash[h] = pPg; + if( pPg->pNextHash ){ + assert( pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash==0 ); + pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg; + } + +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); +#endif + }else{ + /* The requested page is in the page cache. */ + assert(pPager->nRef>0 || pgno==1); + PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit); + if( !noContent ){ + rc = pager_get_content(pPg); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + } + page_ref(pPg); + } + *ppPage = pPg; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do +** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, +** or 0 if the page is not in cache. +** +** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine +** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read +** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine +** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error +** has ever happened. +*/ +DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ + PgHdr *pPg; + + assert( pPager!=0 ); + assert( pgno!=0 ); + + if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){ + assert( !pPager->pAll || pPager->exclusiveMode ); + return 0; + } + if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){ + return 0; + } + pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); + if( pPg==0 ) return 0; + page_ref(pPg); + return pPg; +} + +/* +** Release a page. +** +** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the +** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages +** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is +** removed. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ + + /* Decrement the reference count for this page + */ + assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); + pPg->nRef--; + REFINFO(pPg); + + CHECK_PAGE(pPg); + + /* When the number of references to a page reach 0, call the + ** destructor and add the page to the freelist. + */ + if( pPg->nRef==0 ){ + Pager *pPager; + pPager = pPg->pPager; + pPg->pNextFree = 0; + pPg->pPrevFree = pPager->pLast; + pPager->pLast = pPg; + if( pPg->pPrevFree ){ + pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg; + }else{ + pPager->pFirst = pPg; + } + if( pPg->needSync==0 && pPager->pFirstSynced==0 ){ + pPager->pFirstSynced = pPg; + } + if( pPager->xDestructor ){ + pPager->xDestructor(pPg, pPager->pageSize); + } + + /* When all pages reach the freelist, drop the read lock from + ** the database file. + */ + pPager->nRef--; + assert( pPager->nRef>=0 ); + if( pPager->nRef==0 && (!pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->journalOff>0) ){ + pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); + } + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Create a journal file for pPager. There should already be a RESERVED +** or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file when this routine is called. +** +** Return SQLITE_OK if everything. Return an error code and release the +** write lock if anything goes wrong. +*/ +static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; + assert( !MEMDB ); + assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); + assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 ); + assert( pPager->useJournal ); + assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 ); + sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); + pPager->aInJournal = sqliteMalloc( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 ); + if( pPager->aInJournal==0 ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto failed_to_open_journal; + } + rc = sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(pPager->zJournal, &pPager->jfd, + pPager->tempFile); + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd ); + pPager->journalOff = 0; + pPager->setMaster = 0; + pPager->journalHdr = 0; + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zJournal); + } + goto failed_to_open_journal; + } + sqlite3OsSetFullSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->full_fsync); + sqlite3OsSetFullSync(pPager->fd, pPager->full_fsync); + sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(pPager->jfd, pPager->zDirectory); + pPager->journalOpen = 1; + pPager->journalStarted = 0; + pPager->needSync = 0; + pPager->alwaysRollback = 0; + pPager->nRec = 0; + if( pPager->errCode ){ + rc = pPager->errCode; + goto failed_to_open_journal; + } + pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize; + + rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); + + if( pPager->stmtAutoopen && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pPager); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = SQLITE_FULL; + } + } + return rc; + +failed_to_open_journal: + sqliteFree(pPager->aInJournal); + pPager->aInJournal = 0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Acquire a write-lock on the database. The lock is removed when +** the any of the following happen: +** +** * sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo() is called. +** * sqlite3PagerRollback() is called. +** * sqlite3PagerClose() is called. +** * sqlite3PagerUnref() is called to on every outstanding page. +** +** The first parameter to this routine is a pointer to any open page of the +** database file. Nothing changes about the page - it is used merely to +** acquire a pointer to the Pager structure and as proof that there is +** already a read-lock on the database. +** +** The second parameter indicates how much space in bytes to reserve for a +** master journal file-name at the start of the journal when it is created. +** +** A journal file is opened if this is not a temporary file. For temporary +** files, the opening of the journal file is deferred until there is an +** actual need to write to the journal. +** +** If the database is already reserved for writing, this routine is a no-op. +** +** If exFlag is true, go ahead and get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the file +** immediately instead of waiting until we try to flush the cache. The +** exFlag is ignored if a transaction is already active. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage *pPg, int exFlag){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); + assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ); + if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){ + assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 ); + if( MEMDB ){ + pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE; + pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize; + }else{ + rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED; + if( exFlag ){ + rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); + } + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + pPager->dirtyCache = 0; + PAGERTRACE2("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); + if( pPager->useJournal && !pPager->tempFile ){ + rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); + } + } + }else if( pPager->journalOpen && pPager->journalOff==0 ){ + /* This happens when the pager was in exclusive-access mode last + ** time a (read or write) transaction was successfully concluded + ** by this connection. Instead of deleting the journal file it was + ** kept open and truncated to 0 bytes. + */ + assert( pPager->nRec==0 ); + assert( pPager->origDbSize==0 ); + assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 ); + sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); + pPager->aInJournal = sqliteMalloc( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 ); + if( !pPager->aInJournal ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + }else{ + pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize; + rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); + } + } + assert( !pPager->journalOpen || pPager->journalOff>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Make a page dirty. Set its dirty flag and add it to the dirty +** page list. +*/ +static void makeDirty(PgHdr *pPg){ + if( pPg->dirty==0 ){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + pPg->dirty = 1; + pPg->pDirty = pPager->pDirty; + if( pPager->pDirty ){ + pPager->pDirty->pPrevDirty = pPg; + } + pPg->pPrevDirty = 0; + pPager->pDirty = pPg; + } +} + +/* +** Make a page clean. Clear its dirty bit and remove it from the +** dirty page list. +*/ +static void makeClean(PgHdr *pPg){ + if( pPg->dirty ){ + pPg->dirty = 0; + if( pPg->pDirty ){ + pPg->pDirty->pPrevDirty = pPg->pPrevDirty; + } + if( pPg->pPrevDirty ){ + pPg->pPrevDirty->pDirty = pPg->pDirty; + }else{ + pPg->pPager->pDirty = pPg->pDirty; + } + } +} + + +/* +** Mark a data page as writeable. The page is written into the journal +** if it is not there already. This routine must be called before making +** changes to a page. +** +** The first time this routine is called, the pager creates a new +** journal and acquires a RESERVED lock on the database. If the RESERVED +** lock could not be acquired, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY. The +** calling routine must check for that return value and be careful not to +** change any page data until this routine returns SQLITE_OK. +** +** If the journal file could not be written because the disk is full, +** then this routine returns SQLITE_FULL and does an immediate rollback. +** All subsequent write attempts also return SQLITE_FULL until there +** is a call to sqlite3PagerCommit() or sqlite3PagerRollback() to +** reset. +*/ +static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ + void *pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg); + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + /* Check for errors + */ + if( pPager->errCode ){ + return pPager->errCode; + } + if( pPager->readOnly ){ + return SQLITE_PERM; + } + + assert( !pPager->setMaster ); + + CHECK_PAGE(pPg); + + /* If this page was previously acquired with noContent==1, that means + ** we didn't really read in the content of the page. This can happen + ** (for example) when the page is being moved to the freelist. But + ** now we are (perhaps) moving the page off of the freelist for + ** reuse and we need to know its original content so that content + ** can be stored in the rollback journal. So do the read at this + ** time. + */ + rc = pager_get_content(pPg); + if( rc ){ + return rc; + } + + /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written + ** to the journal then we can return right away. + */ + makeDirty(pPg); + if( pPg->inJournal && (pageInStatement(pPg) || pPager->stmtInUse==0) ){ + pPager->dirtyCache = 1; + }else{ + + /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be + ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal + ** or both. + ** + ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and + ** create it if it does not. + */ + assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ); + rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPg, 0); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); + if( !pPager->journalOpen && pPager->useJournal ){ + rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + } + assert( pPager->journalOpen || !pPager->useJournal ); + pPager->dirtyCache = 1; + + /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an + ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to + ** the transaction journal if it is not there already. + */ + if( !pPg->inJournal && (pPager->useJournal || MEMDB) ){ + if( (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){ + int szPg; + if( MEMDB ){ + PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); + PAGERTRACE3("JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno); + assert( pHist->pOrig==0 ); + pHist->pOrig = sqliteMallocRaw( pPager->pageSize ); + if( pHist->pOrig ){ + memcpy(pHist->pOrig, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize); + } + }else{ + u32 cksum, saved; + char *pData2, *pEnd; + /* We should never write to the journal file the page that + ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies + ** that we do not. */ + assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); + pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7); + cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); + pEnd = pData2 + pPager->pageSize; + pData2 -= 4; + saved = *(u32*)pEnd; + put32bits(pEnd, cksum); + szPg = pPager->pageSize+8; + put32bits(pData2, pPg->pgno); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, szPg); + IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, + pPager->journalOff, szPg)); + PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); + pPager->journalOff += szPg; + PAGERTRACE5("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync, pager_pagehash(pPg)); + *(u32*)pEnd = saved; + + /* An error has occured writing to the journal file. The + ** transaction will be rolled back by the layer above. + */ + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + + pPager->nRec++; + assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 ); + pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); + pPg->needSync = !pPager->noSync; + if( pPager->stmtInUse ){ + pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); + } + } + }else{ + pPg->needSync = !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync; + PAGERTRACE4("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync); + } + if( pPg->needSync ){ + pPager->needSync = 1; + } + pPg->inJournal = 1; + } + + /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, + ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that + ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format + ** in that it omits the checksums and the header. + */ + if( pPager->stmtInUse + && !pageInStatement(pPg) + && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize + ){ + assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize ); + if( MEMDB ){ + PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); + assert( pHist->pStmt==0 ); + pHist->pStmt = sqliteMallocRaw( pPager->pageSize ); + if( pHist->pStmt ){ + memcpy(pHist->pStmt, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize); + } + PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno); + page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg); + }else{ + char *pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7)-4; + put32bits(pData2, pPg->pgno); + rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->stfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize+4); + PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + return rc; + } + pPager->stmtNRec++; + assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 ); + pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); + } + } + } + + /* Update the database size and return. + */ + assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); + if( pPager->dbSize<(int)pPg->pgno ){ + pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; + if( !MEMDB && pPager->dbSize==PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize ){ + pPager->dbSize++; + } + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** This function is used to mark a data-page as writable. It uses +** pager_write() to open a journal file (if it is not already open) +** and write the page *pData to the journal. +** +** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this +** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages +** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages +** must have been written to the journal file before returning. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage; + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); + + if( !MEMDB && nPagePerSector>1 ){ + Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ + Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ + int nPage; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ + int ii; + + /* Set the doNotSync flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow a journal + ** header to be written between the pages journaled by this function. + */ + assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 ); + pPager->doNotSync = 1; + + /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are + ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier + ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. + */ + pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; + + nPageCount = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager); + if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ + nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; + }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ + nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; + }else{ + nPage = nPagePerSector; + } + assert(nPage>0); + assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); + assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); + + for(ii=0; iiaInJournal || pg==pPg->pgno || + pg>pPager->origDbSize || !(pPager->aInJournal[pg/8]&(1<<(pg&7))) + ) { + if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ + PgHdr *pPage; + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = pager_write(pPage); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); + } + } + } + } + + assert( pPager->doNotSync==1 ); + pPager->doNotSync = 0; + }else{ + rc = pager_write(pDbPage); + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed +** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok +** to change the content of the page. +*/ +#ifndef NDEBUG +int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ + return pPg->dirty; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM +/* +** Replace the content of a single page with the information in the third +** argument. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerOverwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void *pData){ + PgHdr *pPg; + int rc; + + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + memcpy(sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg), pData, pPager->pageSize); + } + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); + } + return rc; +} +#endif + +/* +** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to +** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though +** that page might be marked as dirty. +** +** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data +** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so +** that it does not get written to disk. +** +** Tests show that this optimization, together with the +** sqlite3PagerDontRollback() below, more than double the speed +** of large INSERT operations and quadruple the speed of large DELETEs. +** +** When this routine is called, set the alwaysRollback flag to true. +** Subsequent calls to sqlite3PagerDontRollback() for the same page +** will thereafter be ignored. This is necessary to avoid a problem +** where a page with data is added to the freelist during one part of +** a transaction then removed from the freelist during a later part +** of the same transaction and reused for some other purpose. When it +** is first added to the freelist, this routine is called. When reused, +** the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() routine is called. But because the +** page contains critical data, we still need to be sure it gets +** rolled back in spite of the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() call. +*/ +void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ + PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage; + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + + if( MEMDB ) return; + pPg->alwaysRollback = 1; + if( pPg->dirty && !pPager->stmtInUse ){ + assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); + if( pPager->dbSize==(int)pPg->pgno && pPager->origDbSizedbSize ){ + /* If this pages is the last page in the file and the file has grown + ** during the current transaction, then do NOT mark the page as clean. + ** When the database file grows, we must make sure that the last page + ** gets written at least once so that the disk file will be the correct + ** size. If you do not write this page and the size of the file + ** on the disk ends up being too small, that can lead to database + ** corruption during the next transaction. + */ + }else{ + PAGERTRACE3("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)); + IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) + makeClean(pPg); +#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES + pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg); +#endif + } + } +} + +/* +** A call to this routine tells the pager that if a rollback occurs, +** it is not necessary to restore the data on the given page. This +** means that the pager does not have to record the given page in the +** rollback journal. +** +** If we have not yet actually read the content of this page (if +** the PgHdr.needRead flag is set) then this routine acts as a promise +** that we will never need to read the page content in the future. +** so the needRead flag can be cleared at this point. +*/ +void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + + assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ); + if( pPager->journalOpen==0 ) return; + if( pPg->alwaysRollback || pPager->alwaysRollback || MEMDB ) return; + if( !pPg->inJournal && (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){ + assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 ); + pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); + pPg->inJournal = 1; + pPg->needRead = 0; + if( pPager->stmtInUse ){ + pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); + } + PAGERTRACE3("DONT_ROLLBACK page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)); + IOTRACE(("GARBAGE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) + } + if( pPager->stmtInUse + && !pageInStatement(pPg) + && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize + ){ + assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize ); + assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 ); + pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7); + } +} + + +/* +** This routine is called to increment the database file change-counter, +** stored at byte 24 of the pager file. +*/ +static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager){ + PgHdr *pPgHdr; + u32 change_counter; + int rc; + + if( !pPager->changeCountDone ){ + /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + + /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ + change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPager->dbFileVers); + change_counter++; + put32bits(((char*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPgHdr))+24, change_counter); + /* Release the page reference. */ + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); + pPager->changeCountDone = 1; + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name +** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual +** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master +** journal (a single database transaction). +** +** This routine ensures that the journal is synced, all dirty pages written +** to the database file and the database file synced. The only thing that +** remains to commit the transaction is to delete the journal file (or +** master journal file if specified). +** +** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value +** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. +** +** If parameter nTrunc is non-zero, then the pager file is truncated to +** nTrunc pages (this is used by auto-vacuum databases). +*/ +int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster, Pgno nTrunc){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + PAGERTRACE4("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nTrunc=%d\n", + pPager->zFilename, zMaster, nTrunc); + + /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this + ** function has already been called, it is a no-op. + */ + if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && !MEMDB && pPager->dirtyCache ){ + PgHdr *pPg; + assert( pPager->journalOpen ); + + /* If a master journal file name has already been written to the + ** journal file, then no sync is required. This happens when it is + ** written, then the process fails to upgrade from a RESERVED to an + ** EXCLUSIVE lock. The next time the process tries to commit the + ** transaction the m-j name will have already been written. + */ + if( !pPager->setMaster ){ + rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( nTrunc!=0 ){ + /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages + ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal + ** file. + */ + Pgno i; + int iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); + for( i=nTrunc+1; i<=pPager->origDbSize; i++ ){ + if( !(pPager->aInJournal[i/8] & (1<<(i&7))) && i!=iSkip ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; + rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; + } + } + } +#endif + rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; + rc = syncJournal(pPager); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( nTrunc!=0 ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; + } +#endif + + /* Write all dirty pages to the database file */ + pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager); + rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit; + pPager->pDirty = 0; + + /* Sync the database file. */ + if( !pPager->noSync ){ + rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, 0); + } + IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) + + pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED; + }else if( MEMDB && nTrunc!=0 ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc); + } + +sync_exit: + if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ){ + /* pager_incr_changecounter() may attempt to obtain an exclusive + * lock to spill the cache and return IOERR_BLOCKED. But since + * there is no chance the cache is inconsistent, it's + * better to return SQLITE_BUSY. + */ + rc = SQLITE_BUSY; + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Commit all changes to the database and release the write lock. +** +** If the commit fails for any reason, a rollback attempt is made +** and an error code is returned. If the commit worked, SQLITE_OK +** is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; + PgHdr *pPg; + + if( pPager->errCode ){ + return pPager->errCode; + } + if( pPager->statedirty = 0; + pPg->inJournal = 0; + pHist->inStmt = 0; + pPg->needSync = 0; + pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0; + pPg = pPg->pDirty; + } + pPager->pDirty = 0; +#ifndef NDEBUG + for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ + PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); + assert( !pPg->alwaysRollback ); + assert( !pHist->pOrig ); + assert( !pHist->pStmt ); + } +#endif + pPager->pStmt = 0; + pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + assert( pPager->journalOpen || !pPager->dirtyCache ); + assert( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED || !pPager->dirtyCache ); + rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager); + return pager_error(pPager, rc); +} + +/* +** Rollback all changes. The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode. +** All in-memory cache pages revert to their original data contents. +** The journal is deleted. +** +** This routine cannot fail unless some other process is not following +** the correct locking protocol or unless some other +** process is writing trash into the journal file (SQLITE_CORRUPT) or +** unless a prior malloc() failed (SQLITE_NOMEM). Appropriate error +** codes are returned for all these occasions. Otherwise, +** SQLITE_OK is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; + PAGERTRACE2("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); + if( MEMDB ){ + PgHdr *p; + for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){ + PgHistory *pHist; + assert( !p->alwaysRollback ); + if( !p->dirty ){ + assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pOrig ); + assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pStmt ); + continue; + } + + pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager); + if( pHist->pOrig ){ + memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), pHist->pOrig, pPager->pageSize); + PAGERTRACE3("ROLLBACK-PAGE %d of %d\n", p->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)); + }else{ + PAGERTRACE3("PAGE %d is clean on %d\n", p->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)); + } + clearHistory(pHist); + p->dirty = 0; + p->inJournal = 0; + pHist->inStmt = 0; + pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0; + if( pPager->xReiniter ){ + pPager->xReiniter(p, pPager->pageSize); + } + } + pPager->pDirty = 0; + pPager->pStmt = 0; + pPager->dbSize = pPager->origDbSize; + pager_truncate_cache(pPager); + pPager->stmtInUse = 0; + pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + + if( !pPager->dirtyCache || !pPager->journalOpen ){ + rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager); + return rc; + } + + if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){ + if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){ + pager_playback(pPager, 0); + } + return pPager->errCode; + } + if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){ + int rc2; + rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); + rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = rc2; + } + }else{ + rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); + } + /* pager_reset(pPager); */ + pPager->dbSize = -1; + + /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager + ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error + ** persistent. + */ + return pager_error(pPager, rc); +} + +/* +** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE +** if the database is (in theory) writable. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->readOnly; +} + +/* +** Return the number of references to the pager. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->nRef; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +/* +** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. +*/ +int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ + static int a[11]; + a[0] = pPager->nRef; + a[1] = pPager->nPage; + a[2] = pPager->mxPage; + a[3] = pPager->dbSize; + a[4] = pPager->state; + a[5] = pPager->errCode; + a[6] = pPager->nHit; + a[7] = pPager->nMiss; + a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ + a[9] = pPager->nRead; + a[10] = pPager->nWrite; + return a; +} +#endif + +/* +** Set the statement rollback point. +** +** This routine should be called with the transaction journal already +** open. A new statement journal is created that can be used to rollback +** changes of a single SQL command within a larger transaction. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; + assert( !pPager->stmtInUse ); + assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED ); + assert( pPager->dbSize>=0 ); + PAGERTRACE2("STMT-BEGIN %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); + if( MEMDB ){ + pPager->stmtInUse = 1; + pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + if( !pPager->journalOpen ){ + pPager->stmtAutoopen = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + } + assert( pPager->journalOpen ); + pPager->aInStmt = sqliteMalloc( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 ); + if( pPager->aInStmt==0 ){ + /* sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK); */ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } +#ifndef NDEBUG + rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->stmtJSize); + if( rc ) goto stmt_begin_failed; + assert( pPager->stmtJSize == pPager->journalOff ); +#endif + pPager->stmtJSize = pPager->journalOff; + pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize; + pPager->stmtHdrOff = 0; + pPager->stmtCksum = pPager->cksumInit; + if( !pPager->stmtOpen ){ + rc = sqlite3PagerOpentemp(&pPager->stfd); + if( rc ) goto stmt_begin_failed; + pPager->stmtOpen = 1; + pPager->stmtNRec = 0; + } + pPager->stmtInUse = 1; + return SQLITE_OK; + +stmt_begin_failed: + if( pPager->aInStmt ){ + sqliteFree(pPager->aInStmt); + pPager->aInStmt = 0; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Commit a statement. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager *pPager){ + if( pPager->stmtInUse ){ + PgHdr *pPg, *pNext; + PAGERTRACE2("STMT-COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); + if( !MEMDB ){ + sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->stfd, 0); + /* sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->stfd, 0); */ + sqliteFree( pPager->aInStmt ); + pPager->aInStmt = 0; + }else{ + for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pNext){ + PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); + pNext = pHist->pNextStmt; + assert( pHist->inStmt ); + pHist->inStmt = 0; + pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0; + sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt); + pHist->pStmt = 0; + } + } + pPager->stmtNRec = 0; + pPager->stmtInUse = 0; + pPager->pStmt = 0; + } + pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0; + return SQLITE_OK; +} + +/* +** Rollback a statement. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager *pPager){ + int rc; + if( pPager->stmtInUse ){ + PAGERTRACE2("STMT-ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)); + if( MEMDB ){ + PgHdr *pPg; + PgHistory *pHist; + for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pHist->pNextStmt){ + pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager); + if( pHist->pStmt ){ + memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pHist->pStmt, pPager->pageSize); + sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt); + pHist->pStmt = 0; + } + } + pPager->dbSize = pPager->stmtSize; + pager_truncate_cache(pPager); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + rc = pager_stmt_playback(pPager); + } + sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pPager); + }else{ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0; + return rc; +} + +/* +** Return the full pathname of the database file. +*/ +const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->zFilename; +} + +/* +** Return the directory of the database file. +*/ +const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->zDirectory; +} + +/* +** Return the full pathname of the journal file. +*/ +const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->zJournal; +} + +/* +** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE +** if fsync()s are executed normally. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ + return pPager->noSync; +} + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC +/* +** Set the codec for this pager +*/ +void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( + Pager *pPager, + void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), + void *pCodecArg +){ + pPager->xCodec = xCodec; + pPager->pCodecArg = pCodecArg; +} +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM +/* +** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. +** +** There must be no references to the page previously located at +** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be +** in cache. If the page previous located at pgno is not already +** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. +** +** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any +** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes +** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. +** +** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be +** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction +** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement +** transaction is active). +*/ +int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno){ + PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ + int h; + Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; + + assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); + + PAGERTRACE5("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", + PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync, pgno); + IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) + + pager_get_content(pPg); + if( pPg->needSync ){ + needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; + assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pgno>pPager->origDbSize ); + assert( pPg->dirty ); + assert( pPager->needSync ); + } + + /* Unlink pPg from it's hash-chain */ + unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPg); + + /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it + ** from it's hash chain. Also, if the PgHdr.needSync was set for + ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained + ** for the page moved there. + */ + pPg->needSync = 0; + pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); + if( pPgOld ){ + assert( pPgOld->nRef==0 ); + unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPgOld); + makeClean(pPgOld); + pPg->needSync = pPgOld->needSync; + }else{ + pPg->needSync = 0; + } + if( pPager->aInJournal && (int)pgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){ + pPg->inJournal = (pPager->aInJournal[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0; + }else{ + pPg->inJournal = 0; + assert( pPg->needSync==0 || (int)pgno>pPager->origDbSize ); + } + + /* Change the page number for pPg and insert it into the new hash-chain. */ + assert( pgno!=0 ); + pPg->pgno = pgno; + h = pgno & (pPager->nHash-1); + if( pPager->aHash[h] ){ + assert( pPager->aHash[h]->pPrevHash==0 ); + pPager->aHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPg; + } + pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h]; + pPager->aHash[h] = pPg; + pPg->pPrevHash = 0; + + makeDirty(pPg); + pPager->dirtyCache = 1; + + if( needSyncPgno ){ + /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be + ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. + ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the + ** Pager.aInJournal bit has been set. This needs to be remedied by loading + ** the page into the pager-cache and setting the PgHdr.needSync flag. + ** + ** The sqlite3PagerGet() call may cause the journal to sync. So make + ** sure the Pager.needSync flag is set too. + */ + int rc; + PgHdr *pPgHdr; + assert( pPager->needSync ); + rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; + pPager->needSync = 1; + pPgHdr->needSync = 1; + pPgHdr->inJournal = 1; + makeDirty(pPgHdr); + sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); + } + + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif + +/* +** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. +*/ +void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ + return PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg); +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space +** allocated along with the specified page. +*/ +void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ + Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; + return (pPager?PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager):0); +} + +/* +** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one +** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or +** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then +** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. +** +** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or +** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) +** locking-mode. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ + assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY + || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL + || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); + assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); + assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); + if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile ){ + pPager->exclusiveMode = eMode; + } + return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +/* +** Return the current state of the file lock for the given pager. +** The return value is one of NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK, +** PENDING_LOCK, or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. +*/ +int sqlite3PagerLockstate(Pager *pPager){ + return sqlite3OsLockState(pPager->fd); +} +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG +/* +** Print a listing of all referenced pages and their ref count. +*/ +void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager *pPager){ + PgHdr *pPg; + for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){ + if( pPg->nRef<=0 ) continue; + sqlite3DebugPrintf("PAGE %3d addr=%p nRef=%d\n", + pPg->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->nRef); + } +} +#endif + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ diff --git a/pager.h b/pager.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca193da --- /dev/null +++ b/pager.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache +** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page +** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. +** +** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.61 2007/05/08 21:45:28 drh Exp $ +*/ + +#ifndef _PAGER_H_ +#define _PAGER_H_ + +/* +** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file +** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". +*/ +typedef unsigned int Pgno; + +/* +** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. +*/ +typedef struct Pager Pager; + +/* +** Handle type for pages. +*/ +typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; + +/* +** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). +** +** NOTE: This values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. +*/ +#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ +#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK 0x0002 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */ + +/* +** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). +*/ +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 +#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 + +/* +** See source code comments for a detailed description of the following +** routines: +*/ +int sqlite3PagerOpen(Pager **ppPager, const char *zFilename, + int nExtra, int flags); +void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler); +void sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int)); +void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int)); +int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, int); +int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); +int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); +void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); +int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager); +int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); +#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0) +DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); +int sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); +int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); +int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); +int sqlite3PagerOverwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void*); +int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*); +int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager*,Pgno); +int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage*, int exFlag); +int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, Pgno); +int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); +int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); +int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); +int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager*); +int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager*); +int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager*); +void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage*); +void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); +int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); +void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int); +const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*); +const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager*); +const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); +int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*); +int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno); +void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); +void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); +int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); + +#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) + int sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(int); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager*,void*(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*); +#endif + +#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); + int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); +#endif + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + int sqlite3PagerLockstate(Pager*); +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST + int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); + void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); + int pager3_refinfo_enable; +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_TEST +void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); +void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); +#else +# define disable_simulated_io_errors() +# define enable_simulated_io_errors() +#endif + +#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */ diff --git a/parse.c b/parse.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..33366e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/parse.c @@ -0,0 +1,3501 @@ +/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. +*/ +/* First off, code is include which follows the "include" declaration +** in the input file. */ +#include +#line 56 "parse.y" + +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "parse.h" + +/* +** An instance of this structure holds information about the +** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement. +*/ +struct LimitVal { + Expr *pLimit; /* The LIMIT expression. NULL if there is no limit */ + Expr *pOffset; /* The OFFSET expression. NULL if there is none */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE, +** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators. +*/ +struct LikeOp { + Token eOperator; /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */ + int not; /* True if the NOT keyword is present */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a +** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, +** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form +** +** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) +** +** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". +*/ +struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; + +/* +** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type. +*/ +struct AttachKey { int type; Token key; }; + +#line 48 "parse.c" +/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders. +** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch. +*/ +/* +** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator) +** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser +** understands. +** +** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar. +*/ +/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined. +*/ +#ifndef INTERFACE +# define INTERFACE 1 +#endif +/* The next thing included is series of defines which control +** various aspects of the generated parser. +** YYCODETYPE is the data type used for storing terminal +** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is +** used if there are fewer than 250 terminals +** and nonterminals. "int" is used otherwise. +** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds +** to no legal terminal or nonterminal number. This +** number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash +** table. +** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens +** have fall-back values which should be used if the +** original value of the token will not parse. +** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for storing terminal +** and nonterminal numbers. "unsigned char" is +** used if there are fewer than 250 rules and +** states combined. "int" is used otherwise. +** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor tokens given +** directly to the parser from the tokenizer. +** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor tokens. +** This is typically a union of many types, one of +** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union +** for base tokens is called "yy0". +** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If +** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() +** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument +** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser +** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser +** YYNSTATE the combined number of states. +** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar +** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not +** defined, then do no error processing. +*/ +#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char +#define YYNOCODE 248 +#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int +#define YYWILDCARD 59 +#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token +typedef union { + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0; + int yy46; + struct LikeOp yy72; + Expr* yy172; + ExprList* yy174; + Select* yy219; + struct LimitVal yy234; + TriggerStep* yy243; + struct TrigEvent yy370; + SrcList* yy373; + Expr * yy386; + struct {int value; int mask;} yy405; + Token yy410; + IdList* yy432; + int yy495; +} YYMINORTYPE; +#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH +#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100 +#endif +#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse; +#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse +#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse +#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse +#define YYNSTATE 586 +#define YYNRULE 311 +#define YYERRORSYMBOL 138 +#define YYERRSYMDT yy495 +#define YYFALLBACK 1 +#define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2) +#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1) +#define YY_ERROR_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE) + +/* Next are that tables used to determine what action to take based on the +** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement +** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an +** action integer. +** +** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as +** follows +** +** 0 <= N < YYNSTATE Shift N. That is, push the lookahead +** token onto the stack and goto state N. +** +** YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE. +** +** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE A syntax error has occurred. +** +** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1 The parser accepts its input. +** +** N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2 No such action. Denotes unused +** slots in the yy_action[] table. +** +** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[]. +** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as +** +** yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] +** +** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value +** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S] +** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table +** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead. +** +** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is +** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after +** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of +** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of +** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT. +** +** The following are the tables generated in this section: +** +** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. +** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in +** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. +** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for +** shifting terminals. +** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for +** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. +** yy_default[] Default action for each state. +*/ +static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { + /* 0 */ 290, 427, 888, 400, 888, 160, 181, 494, 67, 67, + /* 10 */ 67, 67, 551, 69, 69, 69, 69, 70, 70, 71, + /* 20 */ 71, 71, 72, 220, 510, 284, 517, 508, 80, 69, + /* 30 */ 69, 69, 69, 70, 70, 71, 71, 71, 72, 220, + /* 40 */ 536, 514, 478, 473, 66, 90, 301, 501, 500, 506, + /* 50 */ 506, 68, 68, 67, 67, 67, 67, 245, 69, 69, + /* 60 */ 69, 69, 70, 70, 71, 71, 71, 72, 220, 290, + /* 70 */ 567, 542, 494, 402, 9, 64, 168, 527, 478, 546, + /* 80 */ 69, 69, 69, 69, 70, 70, 71, 71, 71, 72, + /* 90 */ 220, 79, 457, 84, 153, 517, 508, 479, 244, 60, + /* 100 */ 70, 70, 71, 71, 71, 72, 220, 456, 452, 521, + /* 110 */ 521, 521, 290, 66, 90, 301, 501, 500, 506, 506, + /* 120 */ 68, 68, 67, 67, 67, 67, 311, 69, 69, 69, + /* 130 */ 69, 70, 70, 71, 71, 71, 72, 220, 517, 508, + /* 140 */ 89, 312, 519, 456, 452, 447, 211, 216, 539, 45, + /* 150 */ 426, 397, 396, 495, 174, 290, 66, 90, 301, 501, + /* 160 */ 500, 506, 506, 68, 68, 67, 67, 67, 67, 620, + /* 170 */ 69, 69, 69, 69, 70, 70, 71, 71, 71, 72, + /* 180 */ 220, 517, 508, 446, 292, 478, 129, 372, 536, 289, + /* 190 */ 329, 552, 475, 543, 176, 338, 304, 488, 486, 66, + /* 200 */ 90, 301, 501, 500, 506, 506, 68, 68, 67, 67, + /* 210 */ 67, 67, 377, 69, 69, 69, 69, 70, 70, 71, + /* 220 */ 71, 71, 72, 220, 523, 386, 437, 290, 544, 150, + /* 230 */ 308, 404, 410, 371, 238, 241, 544, 571, 22, 318, + /* 240 */ 385, 497, 497, 1, 211, 460, 22, 478, 579, 535, + /* 250 */ 456, 452, 166, 517, 508, 343, 346, 347, 361, 478, + /* 260 */ 210, 147, 580, 220, 364, 821, 348, 534, 533, 254, + /* 270 */ 82, 66, 90, 301, 501, 500, 506, 506, 68, 68, + /* 280 */ 67, 67, 67, 67, 379, 69, 69, 69, 69, 70, + /* 290 */ 70, 71, 71, 71, 72, 220, 290, 166, 282, 308, + /* 300 */ 343, 346, 347, 211, 167, 116, 253, 341, 276, 342, + /* 310 */ 204, 348, 456, 452, 479, 205, 378, 281, 318, 195, + /* 320 */ 497, 497, 517, 508, 456, 452, 418, 358, 418, 531, + /* 330 */ 210, 163, 164, 165, 532, 71, 71, 71, 72, 220, + /* 340 */ 66, 90, 301, 501, 500, 506, 506, 68, 68, 67, + /* 350 */ 67, 67, 67, 536, 69, 69, 69, 69, 70, 70, + /* 360 */ 71, 71, 71, 72, 220, 196, 154, 282, 290, 211, + /* 370 */ 336, 466, 401, 112, 116, 253, 341, 276, 342, 204, + /* 380 */ 351, 311, 370, 465, 245, 478, 281, 166, 516, 515, + /* 390 */ 343, 346, 347, 334, 517, 508, 464, 562, 395, 431, + /* 400 */ 434, 348, 2, 539, 46, 546, 161, 161, 390, 511, + /* 410 */ 509, 74, 66, 90, 301, 501, 500, 506, 506, 68, + /* 420 */ 68, 67, 67, 67, 67, 382, 69, 69, 69, 69, + /* 430 */ 70, 70, 71, 71, 71, 72, 220, 290, 512, 414, + /* 440 */ 434, 408, 411, 331, 213, 466, 311, 478, 578, 573, + /* 450 */ 456, 452, 311, 388, 584, 577, 79, 465, 84, 153, + /* 460 */ 156, 293, 293, 517, 508, 72, 220, 281, 539, 46, + /* 470 */ 464, 468, 325, 193, 539, 45, 384, 427, 889, 277, + /* 480 */ 889, 66, 90, 301, 501, 500, 506, 506, 68, 68, + /* 490 */ 67, 67, 67, 67, 536, 69, 69, 69, 69, 70, + /* 500 */ 70, 71, 71, 71, 72, 220, 290, 311, 535, 207, + /* 510 */ 574, 472, 456, 452, 544, 151, 329, 514, 478, 311, + /* 520 */ 246, 328, 311, 581, 22, 79, 534, 84, 153, 539, + /* 530 */ 26, 132, 517, 508, 898, 133, 471, 403, 440, 2, + /* 540 */ 270, 539, 33, 564, 539, 45, 557, 565, 569, 536, + /* 550 */ 66, 90, 301, 501, 500, 506, 506, 68, 68, 67, + /* 560 */ 67, 67, 67, 563, 69, 69, 69, 69, 70, 70, + /* 570 */ 71, 71, 71, 72, 220, 290, 483, 483, 233, 271, + /* 580 */ 230, 478, 311, 456, 452, 311, 333, 423, 380, 210, + /* 590 */ 442, 422, 547, 263, 320, 488, 486, 318, 190, 497, + /* 600 */ 497, 517, 508, 360, 539, 50, 582, 539, 50, 441, + /* 610 */ 79, 454, 84, 153, 318, 300, 497, 497, 453, 66, + /* 620 */ 90, 301, 501, 500, 506, 506, 68, 68, 67, 67, + /* 630 */ 67, 67, 536, 69, 69, 69, 69, 70, 70, 71, + /* 640 */ 71, 71, 72, 220, 290, 337, 456, 452, 20, 86, + /* 650 */ 297, 311, 494, 306, 311, 218, 369, 158, 210, 232, + /* 660 */ 494, 311, 55, 311, 475, 321, 176, 539, 3, 279, + /* 670 */ 517, 508, 267, 539, 39, 221, 539, 36, 268, 365, + /* 680 */ 552, 245, 442, 539, 40, 539, 30, 290, 66, 90, + /* 690 */ 301, 501, 500, 506, 506, 68, 68, 67, 67, 67, + /* 700 */ 67, 311, 69, 69, 69, 69, 70, 70, 71, 71, + /* 710 */ 71, 72, 220, 517, 508, 206, 252, 494, 256, 586, + /* 720 */ 523, 386, 491, 539, 41, 494, 552, 552, 552, 552, + /* 730 */ 290, 66, 90, 301, 501, 500, 506, 506, 68, 68, + /* 740 */ 67, 67, 67, 67, 311, 69, 69, 69, 69, 70, + /* 750 */ 70, 71, 71, 71, 72, 220, 517, 508, 247, 479, + /* 760 */ 205, 294, 302, 303, 295, 316, 539, 38, 540, 433, + /* 770 */ 424, 416, 550, 290, 66, 88, 301, 501, 500, 506, + /* 780 */ 506, 68, 68, 67, 67, 67, 67, 311, 69, 69, + /* 790 */ 69, 69, 70, 70, 71, 71, 71, 72, 220, 517, + /* 800 */ 508, 18, 307, 120, 247, 247, 247, 247, 187, 539, + /* 810 */ 27, 436, 350, 132, 132, 450, 290, 339, 90, 301, + /* 820 */ 501, 500, 506, 506, 68, 68, 67, 67, 67, 67, + /* 830 */ 311, 69, 69, 69, 69, 70, 70, 71, 71, 71, + /* 840 */ 72, 220, 517, 508, 540, 522, 326, 85, 550, 430, + /* 850 */ 8, 193, 539, 115, 152, 317, 160, 558, 494, 132, + /* 860 */ 159, 5, 301, 501, 500, 506, 506, 68, 68, 67, + /* 870 */ 67, 67, 67, 435, 69, 69, 69, 69, 70, 70, + /* 880 */ 71, 71, 71, 72, 220, 77, 322, 311, 4, 311, + /* 890 */ 434, 311, 299, 239, 536, 132, 311, 75, 311, 57, + /* 900 */ 319, 77, 322, 311, 4, 428, 146, 81, 299, 539, + /* 910 */ 47, 539, 25, 539, 52, 311, 319, 324, 539, 97, + /* 920 */ 539, 96, 311, 494, 428, 539, 100, 473, 311, 224, + /* 930 */ 311, 505, 311, 324, 490, 572, 21, 539, 101, 476, + /* 940 */ 19, 85, 142, 473, 539, 111, 311, 63, 73, 222, + /* 950 */ 539, 113, 539, 114, 539, 34, 77, 314, 315, 231, + /* 960 */ 428, 527, 570, 63, 73, 413, 359, 203, 539, 24, + /* 970 */ 200, 549, 77, 314, 315, 77, 322, 527, 4, 211, + /* 980 */ 311, 537, 299, 311, 59, 298, 444, 396, 554, 258, + /* 990 */ 319, 189, 154, 521, 521, 521, 520, 518, 11, 560, + /* 1000 */ 260, 536, 539, 28, 536, 539, 54, 324, 559, 521, + /* 1010 */ 521, 521, 520, 518, 11, 117, 485, 473, 287, 175, + /* 1020 */ 421, 310, 477, 473, 265, 229, 235, 103, 368, 242, + /* 1030 */ 173, 368, 480, 311, 525, 526, 311, 63, 73, 487, + /* 1040 */ 186, 245, 280, 149, 148, 269, 77, 314, 315, 248, + /* 1050 */ 311, 527, 311, 402, 245, 539, 44, 527, 539, 16, + /* 1060 */ 266, 169, 482, 446, 536, 245, 443, 172, 345, 245, + /* 1070 */ 191, 245, 539, 98, 539, 42, 311, 245, 311, 438, + /* 1080 */ 311, 327, 240, 521, 521, 521, 520, 518, 11, 521, + /* 1090 */ 521, 521, 261, 219, 311, 376, 208, 461, 539, 35, + /* 1100 */ 539, 49, 539, 43, 311, 264, 496, 367, 197, 311, + /* 1110 */ 499, 311, 236, 375, 237, 241, 539, 51, 502, 291, + /* 1120 */ 311, 366, 311, 234, 211, 363, 539, 10, 311, 429, + /* 1130 */ 311, 539, 23, 539, 95, 228, 311, 355, 311, 250, + /* 1140 */ 255, 257, 539, 37, 539, 53, 259, 513, 381, 455, + /* 1150 */ 539, 31, 539, 32, 484, 392, 548, 144, 539, 29, + /* 1160 */ 539, 48, 323, 573, 275, 554, 459, 451, 528, 243, + /* 1170 */ 555, 185, 135, 107, 285, 87, 58, 529, 335, 582, + /* 1180 */ 583, 330, 362, 180, 225, 398, 374, 223, 125, 492, + /* 1190 */ 432, 124, 122, 406, 393, 81, 507, 119, 340, 126, + /* 1200 */ 188, 134, 561, 445, 305, 226, 356, 7, 409, 249, + /* 1210 */ 553, 313, 568, 198, 352, 556, 399, 131, 199, 585, + /* 1220 */ 354, 283, 201, 286, 391, 389, 296, 140, 463, 91, + /* 1230 */ 415, 419, 481, 458, 202, 209, 194, 217, 373, 212, + /* 1240 */ 130, 566, 78, 227, 332, 541, 273, 56, 575, 545, + /* 1250 */ 278, 530, 104, 99, 274, 62, 412, 61, 17, 170, + /* 1260 */ 504, 576, 102, 420, 621, 214, 121, 622, 309, 171, + /* 1270 */ 503, 498, 76, 470, 489, 474, 141, 155, 183, 6, + /* 1280 */ 469, 467, 12, 462, 439, 136, 83, 14, 137, 407, + /* 1290 */ 405, 215, 157, 65, 344, 105, 349, 251, 109, 118, + /* 1300 */ 93, 106, 162, 260, 353, 143, 394, 138, 357, 193, + /* 1310 */ 192, 110, 288, 449, 272, 184, 94, 92, 139, 13, + /* 1320 */ 425, 179, 417, 178, 123, 177, 127, 493, 524, 128, + /* 1330 */ 15, 108, 182, 538, 262, 383, 387, 145, 448, +}; +static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { + /* 0 */ 16, 19, 20, 160, 22, 21, 155, 23, 69, 70, + /* 10 */ 71, 72, 169, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, + /* 20 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 244, 245, 42, 43, 73, 74, + /* 30 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, + /* 40 */ 189, 59, 23, 58, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, + /* 50 */ 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, 75, + /* 60 */ 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, + /* 70 */ 167, 168, 88, 88, 19, 22, 19, 92, 23, 176, + /* 80 */ 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, + /* 90 */ 84, 217, 218, 219, 220, 42, 43, 78, 188, 46, + /* 100 */ 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 88, 89, 124, + /* 110 */ 125, 126, 16, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, + /* 120 */ 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, 75, 76, + /* 130 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 42, 43, + /* 140 */ 44, 142, 143, 88, 89, 11, 110, 148, 169, 170, + /* 150 */ 18, 185, 186, 20, 155, 16, 60, 61, 62, 63, + /* 160 */ 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 112, + /* 170 */ 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, + /* 180 */ 84, 42, 43, 49, 150, 23, 102, 55, 189, 158, + /* 190 */ 211, 147, 161, 162, 163, 216, 164, 165, 166, 60, + /* 200 */ 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, + /* 210 */ 71, 72, 213, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, + /* 220 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 1, 2, 94, 16, 147, 22, + /* 230 */ 16, 20, 20, 99, 100, 101, 147, 156, 157, 106, + /* 240 */ 241, 108, 109, 19, 110, 156, 157, 23, 181, 147, + /* 250 */ 88, 89, 90, 42, 43, 93, 94, 95, 224, 23, + /* 260 */ 228, 180, 181, 84, 230, 133, 104, 165, 166, 225, + /* 270 */ 131, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, + /* 280 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 91, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, + /* 290 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 90, 84, 16, + /* 300 */ 93, 94, 95, 110, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, + /* 310 */ 96, 104, 88, 89, 78, 79, 123, 103, 106, 155, + /* 320 */ 108, 109, 42, 43, 88, 89, 99, 100, 101, 227, + /* 330 */ 228, 99, 100, 101, 98, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, + /* 340 */ 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, + /* 350 */ 70, 71, 72, 189, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, + /* 360 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 201, 202, 84, 16, 110, + /* 370 */ 206, 12, 169, 21, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, + /* 380 */ 16, 147, 123, 24, 147, 23, 103, 90, 42, 43, + /* 390 */ 93, 94, 95, 147, 42, 43, 37, 168, 39, 141, + /* 400 */ 161, 104, 144, 169, 170, 176, 43, 43, 49, 63, + /* 410 */ 64, 131, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, + /* 420 */ 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 188, 74, 75, 76, 77, + /* 430 */ 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 92, 200, + /* 440 */ 161, 20, 80, 209, 210, 12, 147, 23, 176, 177, + /* 450 */ 88, 89, 147, 7, 8, 183, 217, 24, 219, 220, + /* 460 */ 155, 98, 98, 42, 43, 83, 84, 103, 169, 170, + /* 470 */ 37, 20, 39, 22, 169, 170, 239, 19, 20, 200, + /* 480 */ 22, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, + /* 490 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 189, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, + /* 500 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 147, 147, 210, + /* 510 */ 20, 20, 88, 89, 147, 155, 211, 59, 23, 147, + /* 520 */ 153, 216, 147, 156, 157, 217, 165, 219, 220, 169, + /* 530 */ 170, 22, 42, 43, 139, 140, 141, 169, 114, 144, + /* 540 */ 14, 169, 170, 30, 169, 170, 238, 91, 92, 189, + /* 550 */ 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, + /* 560 */ 70, 71, 72, 50, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, + /* 570 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 124, 125, 52, 20, + /* 580 */ 54, 23, 147, 88, 89, 147, 211, 25, 227, 228, + /* 590 */ 22, 29, 181, 221, 164, 165, 166, 106, 155, 108, + /* 600 */ 109, 42, 43, 41, 169, 170, 97, 169, 170, 114, + /* 610 */ 217, 27, 219, 220, 106, 102, 108, 109, 34, 60, + /* 620 */ 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, + /* 630 */ 71, 72, 189, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, + /* 640 */ 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 147, 88, 89, 19, 21, + /* 650 */ 215, 147, 23, 215, 147, 192, 213, 89, 228, 133, + /* 660 */ 23, 147, 199, 147, 161, 162, 163, 169, 170, 190, + /* 670 */ 42, 43, 147, 169, 170, 147, 169, 170, 14, 236, + /* 680 */ 147, 147, 114, 169, 170, 169, 170, 16, 60, 61, + /* 690 */ 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, + /* 700 */ 72, 147, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, + /* 710 */ 82, 83, 84, 42, 43, 182, 52, 88, 54, 0, + /* 720 */ 1, 2, 188, 169, 170, 88, 147, 147, 147, 147, + /* 730 */ 16, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, + /* 740 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, + /* 750 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 42, 43, 225, 78, + /* 760 */ 79, 182, 182, 182, 182, 147, 169, 170, 107, 7, + /* 770 */ 8, 9, 111, 16, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, + /* 780 */ 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, 75, + /* 790 */ 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 42, + /* 800 */ 43, 19, 242, 243, 225, 225, 225, 225, 22, 169, + /* 810 */ 170, 20, 20, 22, 22, 22, 16, 80, 61, 62, + /* 820 */ 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, + /* 830 */ 147, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, + /* 840 */ 83, 84, 42, 43, 107, 20, 186, 22, 111, 20, + /* 850 */ 68, 22, 169, 170, 147, 16, 21, 20, 23, 22, + /* 860 */ 155, 191, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, + /* 870 */ 70, 71, 72, 147, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, + /* 880 */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 16, 17, 147, 19, 147, + /* 890 */ 161, 147, 23, 20, 189, 22, 147, 130, 147, 132, + /* 900 */ 31, 16, 17, 147, 19, 147, 113, 121, 23, 169, + /* 910 */ 170, 169, 170, 169, 170, 147, 31, 48, 169, 170, + /* 920 */ 169, 170, 147, 88, 147, 169, 170, 58, 147, 200, + /* 930 */ 147, 92, 147, 48, 20, 147, 22, 169, 170, 20, + /* 940 */ 19, 22, 21, 58, 169, 170, 147, 78, 79, 147, + /* 950 */ 169, 170, 169, 170, 169, 170, 87, 88, 89, 145, + /* 960 */ 147, 92, 178, 78, 79, 80, 208, 155, 169, 170, + /* 970 */ 155, 147, 87, 88, 89, 16, 17, 92, 19, 110, + /* 980 */ 147, 20, 23, 147, 19, 208, 185, 186, 23, 92, + /* 990 */ 31, 201, 202, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 178, + /* 1000 */ 103, 189, 169, 170, 189, 169, 170, 48, 178, 124, + /* 1010 */ 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 147, 20, 58, 22, 5, + /* 1020 */ 59, 208, 161, 58, 10, 11, 12, 13, 147, 147, + /* 1030 */ 155, 147, 229, 147, 147, 147, 147, 78, 79, 147, + /* 1040 */ 26, 147, 28, 78, 79, 147, 87, 88, 89, 35, + /* 1050 */ 147, 92, 147, 88, 147, 169, 170, 92, 169, 170, + /* 1060 */ 147, 47, 147, 49, 189, 147, 203, 53, 173, 147, + /* 1070 */ 56, 147, 169, 170, 169, 170, 147, 147, 147, 147, + /* 1080 */ 147, 147, 188, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 124, + /* 1090 */ 125, 126, 147, 212, 147, 188, 212, 147, 169, 170, + /* 1100 */ 169, 170, 169, 170, 147, 147, 188, 147, 232, 147, + /* 1110 */ 188, 147, 188, 99, 100, 101, 169, 170, 188, 105, + /* 1120 */ 147, 147, 147, 147, 110, 147, 169, 170, 147, 147, + /* 1130 */ 147, 169, 170, 169, 170, 147, 147, 233, 147, 147, + /* 1140 */ 147, 147, 169, 170, 169, 170, 147, 194, 134, 172, + /* 1150 */ 169, 170, 169, 170, 229, 149, 172, 191, 169, 170, + /* 1160 */ 169, 170, 223, 177, 193, 23, 194, 172, 160, 172, + /* 1170 */ 172, 112, 152, 19, 174, 120, 98, 198, 115, 97, + /* 1180 */ 173, 116, 152, 6, 204, 146, 15, 197, 187, 146, + /* 1190 */ 205, 187, 187, 152, 146, 121, 194, 60, 98, 184, + /* 1200 */ 184, 19, 171, 184, 152, 171, 38, 22, 152, 84, + /* 1210 */ 160, 154, 33, 152, 15, 171, 171, 214, 151, 179, + /* 1220 */ 152, 234, 151, 174, 152, 171, 40, 214, 137, 130, + /* 1230 */ 146, 152, 194, 152, 151, 226, 151, 226, 152, 222, + /* 1240 */ 187, 171, 119, 196, 118, 179, 195, 237, 171, 160, + /* 1250 */ 204, 189, 240, 159, 194, 237, 235, 130, 231, 112, + /* 1260 */ 1, 20, 175, 205, 112, 175, 243, 112, 246, 112, + /* 1270 */ 92, 107, 19, 11, 20, 20, 19, 19, 22, 117, + /* 1280 */ 20, 20, 117, 20, 114, 19, 22, 22, 20, 20, + /* 1290 */ 20, 44, 112, 19, 44, 19, 44, 20, 19, 32, + /* 1300 */ 19, 19, 96, 103, 16, 21, 17, 98, 36, 22, + /* 1310 */ 98, 19, 5, 1, 133, 122, 68, 68, 45, 19, + /* 1320 */ 45, 113, 51, 14, 113, 115, 102, 17, 123, 122, + /* 1330 */ 19, 14, 135, 20, 136, 57, 3, 19, 4, +}; +#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-62) +#define YY_SHIFT_MAX 387 +static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ 223, 869, 1014, -16, 869, 959, 959, 162, 236, 36, + /* 10 */ 96, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, -45, 134, 19, 558, + /* 20 */ 681, 681, 637, 53, 139, 490, 421, 628, 352, 559, + /* 30 */ 211, 280, 671, 671, 671, 671, 671, 671, 671, 671, + /* 40 */ 671, 671, 671, 714, 671, 671, 671, 671, 671, 671, + /* 50 */ 671, 671, 757, 800, 800, 885, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 60 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 70 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 80 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, + /* 90 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, -61, -61, 6, 6, 214, + /* 100 */ 22, 255, 364, 132, 558, 558, 558, 558, 558, 558, + /* 110 */ 558, 382, 637, 179, -62, -62, 965, 283, 359, 359, + /* 120 */ -18, 458, 558, 558, 558, 558, 558, 558, 558, 558, + /* 130 */ 558, 193, 558, 719, 558, 835, 558, 835, 558, 558, + /* 140 */ 259, 36, 36, 36, -62, -62, -62, 207, -15, -15, + /* 150 */ 297, 212, 424, 224, 55, 433, 133, 362, 495, 491, + /* 160 */ 558, 558, 558, 513, 513, 513, 558, 558, 737, 558, + /* 170 */ 558, 558, 558, 508, 508, 762, 629, 558, 558, 558, + /* 180 */ 558, 508, 558, 558, 558, 558, 558, 558, 558, 568, + /* 190 */ 508, 558, 558, 558, 558, 508, 568, 227, 562, 558, + /* 200 */ 508, 558, 558, 508, 558, 452, 509, 584, 786, 584, + /* 210 */ 452, 661, 767, 584, 363, 584, 921, 584, 793, 786, + /* 220 */ 1142, 1059, 1154, 1055, 1078, 1063, 1082, 1065, 1059, 1177, + /* 230 */ 1171, 1177, 1171, 1171, 1059, 1177, 1074, 1137, 1137, 1100, + /* 240 */ 1182, 1137, 1059, 1100, 1168, 1059, 1185, 1125, 1179, 1142, + /* 250 */ 1059, 1100, 1199, 1100, 1125, 1059, 1199, 1059, 1100, 1154, + /* 260 */ 1186, 1182, 1091, 1099, 1059, 1177, 1074, 1059, 1199, 1059, + /* 270 */ 1171, 1100, 1199, 1123, 1126, 1074, 1100, 1078, 1063, 36, + /* 280 */ 1179, 1186, 1142, 1127, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, -62, + /* 290 */ 346, 526, 664, 232, 792, 791, 446, 825, 829, 57, + /* 300 */ 456, 839, 837, 873, 914, 782, 919, 996, 897, 961, + /* 310 */ 451, 1147, 1259, 1241, 1152, 1155, 1157, 1178, 1164, 1253, + /* 320 */ 1254, 1255, 1257, 1262, 1258, 1260, 1256, 1261, 1263, 1264, + /* 330 */ 1162, 1265, 1165, 1264, 1170, 1266, 1268, 1180, 1269, 1270, + /* 340 */ 1267, 1247, 1274, 1250, 1276, 1277, 1279, 1281, 1252, 1282, + /* 350 */ 1206, 1200, 1288, 1289, 1284, 1209, 1272, 1271, 1273, 1287, + /* 360 */ 1275, 1181, 1212, 1292, 1307, 1312, 84, 1248, 1249, 1193, + /* 370 */ 1300, 1208, 1309, 1210, 1310, 1211, 1224, 1207, 1311, 1205, + /* 380 */ 1313, 1317, 1278, 1197, 1198, 1318, 1333, 1334, +}; +#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-221) +#define YY_REDUCE_MAX 289 +static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { + /* 0 */ 395, 305, -1, 239, 360, -21, 234, 81, 102, 164, + /* 10 */ 308, 372, 375, 438, 299, 435, -126, 443, 361, 367, + /* 20 */ 32, 430, 31, 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, + /* 30 */ 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, + /* 40 */ 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, + /* 50 */ 393, 393, 393, 393, 393, 498, 504, 507, 514, 516, + /* 60 */ 554, 597, 640, 683, 740, 742, 744, 749, 751, 756, + /* 70 */ 768, 775, 781, 783, 785, 799, 833, 836, 886, 889, + /* 80 */ 903, 905, 929, 931, 933, 947, 957, 962, 964, 973, + /* 90 */ 975, 981, 983, 989, 991, 393, 393, 393, 393, -97, + /* 100 */ 393, 393, 272, 34, 89, 533, 579, 580, 237, 581, + /* 110 */ 582, 393, 503, 393, 393, 393, -157, 229, -34, 801, + /* 120 */ -220, -220, 930, 924, 922, 918, 907, 884, 894, 881, + /* 130 */ 534, 875, 44, 258, 813, 729, 777, 279, -90, 758, + /* 140 */ -149, 705, 812, 815, 463, 560, 790, 67, 203, 368, + /* 150 */ 411, 479, 246, 525, 528, 660, 479, 618, 707, 479, + /* 160 */ 726, 788, 802, 784, 821, 830, 824, 868, 670, 882, + /* 170 */ 618, 887, 888, 479, 479, 814, 861, 892, 898, 913, + /* 180 */ 915, 479, 932, 934, 945, 950, 958, 960, 974, 863, + /* 190 */ 479, 976, 978, 982, 988, 479, 863, 904, 876, 992, + /* 200 */ 479, 993, 994, 479, 999, 803, 895, 977, 953, 984, + /* 210 */ 925, 966, 939, 995, 986, 997, 1006, 998, 971, 972, + /* 220 */ 1008, 1020, 1000, 979, 980, 985, 1007, 990, 1030, 1039, + /* 230 */ 1001, 1043, 1004, 1005, 1041, 1048, 1002, 1015, 1016, 1031, + /* 240 */ 1003, 1019, 1052, 1034, 987, 1056, 1057, 1009, 1010, 1050, + /* 250 */ 1061, 1044, 1067, 1045, 1011, 1068, 1071, 1072, 1054, 1049, + /* 260 */ 1040, 1013, 1012, 1017, 1079, 1084, 1038, 1081, 1083, 1086, + /* 270 */ 1053, 1070, 1085, 1047, 1051, 1060, 1077, 1046, 1058, 1062, + /* 280 */ 1018, 1066, 1089, 1021, 1022, 1087, 1090, 1023, 1027, 1094, +}; +static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { + /* 0 */ 592, 816, 897, 707, 897, 816, 897, 897, 843, 711, + /* 10 */ 872, 814, 897, 897, 897, 897, 789, 897, 843, 897, + /* 20 */ 843, 843, 623, 740, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 30 */ 897, 897, 748, 813, 810, 809, 811, 873, 856, 871, + /* 40 */ 723, 741, 745, 897, 738, 818, 731, 742, 747, 817, + /* 50 */ 755, 754, 777, 776, 795, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 60 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 70 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 80 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 90 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 800, 779, 778, 788, 616, + /* 100 */ 780, 781, 676, 611, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 110 */ 897, 782, 897, 783, 796, 797, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 120 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 130 */ 897, 897, 897, 592, 897, 707, 897, 707, 897, 897, + /* 140 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 701, 890, 711, 667, 897, 897, + /* 150 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 160 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 699, 897, + /* 170 */ 897, 897, 830, 750, 690, 599, 625, 897, 897, 897, + /* 180 */ 597, 861, 897, 897, 897, 897, 878, 897, 897, 709, + /* 190 */ 863, 876, 897, 897, 897, 714, 715, 897, 849, 897, + /* 200 */ 688, 897, 897, 613, 897, 897, 649, 734, 744, 734, + /* 210 */ 897, 699, 812, 734, 646, 734, 897, 734, 708, 744, + /* 220 */ 897, 716, 822, 739, 724, 726, 649, 727, 716, 596, + /* 230 */ 687, 596, 687, 687, 716, 596, 744, 680, 680, 678, + /* 240 */ 756, 680, 716, 678, 853, 716, 666, 827, 875, 897, + /* 250 */ 716, 678, 608, 678, 827, 716, 608, 716, 678, 822, + /* 260 */ 663, 756, 883, 897, 716, 596, 744, 716, 608, 716, + /* 270 */ 687, 678, 608, 737, 735, 744, 678, 724, 726, 897, + /* 280 */ 875, 663, 897, 855, 895, 651, 651, 890, 858, 633, + /* 290 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 763, + /* 300 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 836, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 310 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 768, 764, 765, 897, 693, 897, + /* 320 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 815, + /* 330 */ 897, 728, 897, 736, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 340 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 350 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 851, 852, + /* 360 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 370 */ 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, 897, + /* 380 */ 897, 897, 882, 897, 897, 885, 593, 897, 664, 642, + /* 390 */ 684, 607, 606, 605, 609, 683, 682, 679, 604, 641, + /* 400 */ 640, 639, 768, 638, 637, 774, 877, 773, 761, 718, + /* 410 */ 804, 704, 845, 703, 702, 603, 602, 854, 850, 879, + /* 420 */ 713, 896, 846, 847, 601, 848, 610, 894, 759, 758, + /* 430 */ 725, 587, 712, 600, 706, 705, 819, 820, 880, 722, + /* 440 */ 721, 720, 719, 710, 681, 752, 753, 844, 594, 857, + /* 450 */ 700, 730, 622, 733, 732, 729, 621, 790, 806, 859, + /* 460 */ 881, 717, 803, 884, 868, 867, 866, 865, 757, 864, + /* 470 */ 808, 588, 807, 775, 772, 628, 860, 629, 620, 842, + /* 480 */ 840, 862, 598, 841, 839, 886, 631, 887, 630, 627, + /* 490 */ 626, 685, 595, 686, 619, 805, 689, 695, 694, 829, + /* 500 */ 801, 798, 869, 794, 591, 792, 791, 743, 786, 802, + /* 510 */ 891, 799, 793, 746, 892, 787, 785, 784, 770, 589, + /* 520 */ 769, 767, 749, 590, 751, 766, 831, 762, 771, 696, + /* 530 */ 692, 832, 833, 834, 837, 838, 691, 893, 835, 760, + /* 540 */ 698, 662, 635, 624, 617, 648, 647, 668, 825, 671, + /* 550 */ 697, 636, 826, 828, 618, 824, 672, 870, 823, 656, + /* 560 */ 655, 673, 634, 660, 659, 658, 674, 632, 874, 657, + /* 570 */ 654, 614, 653, 652, 645, 644, 612, 675, 677, 669, + /* 580 */ 670, 615, 650, 643, 665, 661, +}; +#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (int)(sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0])) + +/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens. If a construct +** like the following: +** +** %fallback ID X Y Z. +** +** appears in the grammer, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, +** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser +** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and +** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. +*/ +#ifdef YYFALLBACK +static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = { + 0, /* $ => nothing */ + 0, /* SEMI => nothing */ + 23, /* EXPLAIN => ID */ + 23, /* QUERY => ID */ + 23, /* PLAN => ID */ + 23, /* BEGIN => ID */ + 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */ + 23, /* DEFERRED => ID */ + 23, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */ + 23, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */ + 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */ + 23, /* END => ID */ + 0, /* ROLLBACK => nothing */ + 0, /* CREATE => nothing */ + 0, /* TABLE => nothing */ + 23, /* IF => ID */ + 0, /* NOT => nothing */ + 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */ + 23, /* TEMP => ID */ + 0, /* LP => nothing */ + 0, /* RP => nothing */ + 0, /* AS => nothing */ + 0, /* COMMA => nothing */ + 0, /* ID => nothing */ + 23, /* ABORT => ID */ + 23, /* AFTER => ID */ + 23, /* ANALYZE => ID */ + 23, /* ASC => ID */ + 23, /* ATTACH => ID */ + 23, /* BEFORE => ID */ + 23, /* CASCADE => ID */ + 23, /* CAST => ID */ + 23, /* CONFLICT => ID */ + 23, /* DATABASE => ID */ + 23, /* DESC => ID */ + 23, /* DETACH => ID */ + 23, /* EACH => ID */ + 23, /* FAIL => ID */ + 23, /* FOR => ID */ + 23, /* IGNORE => ID */ + 23, /* INITIALLY => ID */ + 23, /* INSTEAD => ID */ + 23, /* LIKE_KW => ID */ + 23, /* MATCH => ID */ + 23, /* KEY => ID */ + 23, /* OF => ID */ + 23, /* OFFSET => ID */ + 23, /* PRAGMA => ID */ + 23, /* RAISE => ID */ + 23, /* REPLACE => ID */ + 23, /* RESTRICT => ID */ + 23, /* ROW => ID */ + 23, /* TRIGGER => ID */ + 23, /* VACUUM => ID */ + 23, /* VIEW => ID */ + 23, /* VIRTUAL => ID */ + 23, /* REINDEX => ID */ + 23, /* RENAME => ID */ + 23, /* CTIME_KW => ID */ + 0, /* ANY => nothing */ + 0, /* OR => nothing */ + 0, /* AND => nothing */ + 0, /* IS => nothing */ + 0, /* BETWEEN => nothing */ + 0, /* IN => nothing */ + 0, /* ISNULL => nothing */ + 0, /* NOTNULL => nothing */ + 0, /* NE => nothing */ + 0, /* EQ => nothing */ + 0, /* GT => nothing */ + 0, /* LE => nothing */ + 0, /* LT => nothing */ + 0, /* GE => nothing */ + 0, /* ESCAPE => nothing */ + 0, /* BITAND => nothing */ + 0, /* BITOR => nothing */ + 0, /* LSHIFT => nothing */ + 0, /* RSHIFT => nothing */ + 0, /* PLUS => nothing */ + 0, /* MINUS => nothing */ + 0, /* STAR => nothing */ + 0, /* SLASH => nothing */ + 0, /* REM => nothing */ + 0, /* CONCAT => nothing */ + 0, /* COLLATE => nothing */ + 0, /* UMINUS => nothing */ + 0, /* UPLUS => nothing */ + 0, /* BITNOT => nothing */ + 0, /* STRING => nothing */ + 0, /* JOIN_KW => nothing */ + 0, /* CONSTRAINT => nothing */ + 0, /* DEFAULT => nothing */ + 0, /* NULL => nothing */ + 0, /* PRIMARY => nothing */ + 0, /* UNIQUE => nothing */ + 0, /* CHECK => nothing */ + 0, /* REFERENCES => nothing */ + 0, /* AUTOINCR => nothing */ + 0, /* ON => nothing */ + 0, /* DELETE => nothing */ + 0, /* UPDATE => nothing */ + 0, /* INSERT => nothing */ + 0, /* SET => nothing */ + 0, /* DEFERRABLE => nothing */ + 0, /* FOREIGN => nothing */ + 0, /* DROP => nothing */ + 0, /* UNION => nothing */ + 0, /* ALL => nothing */ + 0, /* EXCEPT => nothing */ + 0, /* INTERSECT => nothing */ + 0, /* SELECT => nothing */ + 0, /* DISTINCT => nothing */ + 0, /* DOT => nothing */ + 0, /* FROM => nothing */ + 0, /* JOIN => nothing */ + 0, /* USING => nothing */ + 0, /* ORDER => nothing */ + 0, /* BY => nothing */ + 0, /* GROUP => nothing */ + 0, /* HAVING => nothing */ + 0, /* LIMIT => nothing */ + 0, /* WHERE => nothing */ + 0, /* INTO => nothing */ + 0, /* VALUES => nothing */ + 0, /* INTEGER => nothing */ + 0, /* FLOAT => nothing */ + 0, /* BLOB => nothing */ + 0, /* REGISTER => nothing */ + 0, /* VARIABLE => nothing */ + 0, /* CASE => nothing */ + 0, /* WHEN => nothing */ + 0, /* THEN => nothing */ + 0, /* ELSE => nothing */ + 0, /* INDEX => nothing */ + 0, /* ALTER => nothing */ + 0, /* TO => nothing */ + 0, /* ADD => nothing */ + 0, /* COLUMNKW => nothing */ +}; +#endif /* YYFALLBACK */ + +/* The following structure represents a single element of the +** parser's stack. Information stored includes: +** +** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. +** +** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. +** (In other words, the "major" token.) +** +** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is +** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. +** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. +*/ +struct yyStackEntry { + int stateno; /* The state-number */ + int major; /* The major token value. This is the code + ** number for the token at this stack level */ + YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This + ** is the value of the token */ +}; +typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry; + +/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of +** the following structure */ +struct yyParser { + int yyidx; /* Index of top element in stack */ + int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ + sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ + yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */ +#else + yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ +#endif +}; +typedef struct yyParser yyParser; + +#ifndef NDEBUG +#include +static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; +static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* +** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace +** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off +** by making either argument NULL +** +** Inputs: +**
    +**
  • A FILE* to which trace output should be written. +** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. +**
  • A prefix string written at the beginning of every +** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is +** turned off. +**
+** +** Outputs: +** None. +*/ +void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ + yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; + yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; + if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0; + else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0; +} +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals +** are required. The following table supplies these names */ +static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { + "$", "SEMI", "EXPLAIN", "QUERY", + "PLAN", "BEGIN", "TRANSACTION", "DEFERRED", + "IMMEDIATE", "EXCLUSIVE", "COMMIT", "END", + "ROLLBACK", "CREATE", "TABLE", "IF", + "NOT", "EXISTS", "TEMP", "LP", + "RP", "AS", "COMMA", "ID", + "ABORT", "AFTER", "ANALYZE", "ASC", + "ATTACH", "BEFORE", "CASCADE", "CAST", + "CONFLICT", "DATABASE", "DESC", "DETACH", + "EACH", "FAIL", "FOR", "IGNORE", + "INITIALLY", "INSTEAD", "LIKE_KW", "MATCH", + "KEY", "OF", "OFFSET", "PRAGMA", + "RAISE", "REPLACE", "RESTRICT", "ROW", + "TRIGGER", "VACUUM", "VIEW", "VIRTUAL", + "REINDEX", "RENAME", "CTIME_KW", "ANY", + "OR", "AND", "IS", "BETWEEN", + "IN", "ISNULL", "NOTNULL", "NE", + "EQ", "GT", "LE", "LT", + "GE", "ESCAPE", "BITAND", "BITOR", + "LSHIFT", "RSHIFT", "PLUS", "MINUS", + "STAR", "SLASH", "REM", "CONCAT", + "COLLATE", "UMINUS", "UPLUS", "BITNOT", + "STRING", "JOIN_KW", "CONSTRAINT", "DEFAULT", + "NULL", "PRIMARY", "UNIQUE", "CHECK", + "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR", "ON", "DELETE", + "UPDATE", "INSERT", "SET", "DEFERRABLE", + "FOREIGN", "DROP", "UNION", "ALL", + "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", "SELECT", "DISTINCT", + "DOT", "FROM", "JOIN", "USING", + "ORDER", "BY", "GROUP", "HAVING", + "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO", "VALUES", + "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB", "REGISTER", + "VARIABLE", "CASE", "WHEN", "THEN", + "ELSE", "INDEX", "ALTER", "TO", + "ADD", "COLUMNKW", "error", "input", + "cmdlist", "ecmd", "cmdx", "cmd", + "explain", "transtype", "trans_opt", "nm", + "create_table", "create_table_args", "temp", "ifnotexists", + "dbnm", "columnlist", "conslist_opt", "select", + "column", "columnid", "type", "carglist", + "id", "ids", "typetoken", "typename", + "signed", "plus_num", "minus_num", "carg", + "ccons", "term", "expr", "onconf", + "sortorder", "autoinc", "idxlist_opt", "refargs", + "defer_subclause", "refarg", "refact", "init_deferred_pred_opt", + "conslist", "tcons", "idxlist", "defer_subclause_opt", + "orconf", "resolvetype", "raisetype", "ifexists", + "fullname", "oneselect", "multiselect_op", "distinct", + "selcollist", "from", "where_opt", "groupby_opt", + "having_opt", "orderby_opt", "limit_opt", "sclp", + "as", "seltablist", "stl_prefix", "joinop", + "on_opt", "using_opt", "seltablist_paren", "joinop2", + "inscollist", "sortlist", "sortitem", "nexprlist", + "setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt", "itemlist", + "exprlist", "likeop", "escape", "between_op", + "in_op", "case_operand", "case_exprlist", "case_else", + "uniqueflag", "idxitem", "collate", "nmnum", + "plus_opt", "number", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", + "trigger_time", "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", + "trigger_cmd", "database_kw_opt", "key_opt", "add_column_fullname", + "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", "vtabarglist", "vtabarg", + "vtabargtoken", "lp", "anylist", +}; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG +/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. +*/ +static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { + /* 0 */ "input ::= cmdlist", + /* 1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd", + /* 2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd", + /* 3 */ "cmdx ::= cmd", + /* 4 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI", + /* 5 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI", + /* 6 */ "explain ::=", + /* 7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN", + /* 8 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", + /* 9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt", + /* 10 */ "trans_opt ::=", + /* 11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION", + /* 12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm", + /* 13 */ "transtype ::=", + /* 14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED", + /* 15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE", + /* 16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE", + /* 17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt", + /* 18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt", + /* 19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt", + /* 20 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args", + /* 21 */ "create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm", + /* 22 */ "ifnotexists ::=", + /* 23 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS", + /* 24 */ "temp ::= TEMP", + /* 25 */ "temp ::=", + /* 26 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP", + /* 27 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select", + /* 28 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column", + /* 29 */ "columnlist ::= column", + /* 30 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist", + /* 31 */ "columnid ::= nm", + /* 32 */ "id ::= ID", + /* 33 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING", + /* 34 */ "nm ::= ID", + /* 35 */ "nm ::= STRING", + /* 36 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW", + /* 37 */ "type ::=", + /* 38 */ "type ::= typetoken", + /* 39 */ "typetoken ::= typename", + /* 40 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP", + /* 41 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP", + /* 42 */ "typename ::= ids", + /* 43 */ "typename ::= typename ids", + /* 44 */ "signed ::= plus_num", + /* 45 */ "signed ::= minus_num", + /* 46 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg", + /* 47 */ "carglist ::=", + /* 48 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons", + /* 49 */ "carg ::= ccons", + /* 50 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term", + /* 51 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP", + /* 52 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term", + /* 53 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term", + /* 54 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id", + /* 55 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf", + /* 56 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf", + /* 57 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc", + /* 58 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf", + /* 59 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP", + /* 60 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs", + /* 61 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause", + /* 62 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE id", + /* 63 */ "autoinc ::=", + /* 64 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR", + /* 65 */ "refargs ::=", + /* 66 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg", + /* 67 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm", + /* 68 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact", + /* 69 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact", + /* 70 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact", + /* 71 */ "refact ::= SET NULL", + /* 72 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT", + /* 73 */ "refact ::= CASCADE", + /* 74 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT", + /* 75 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", + /* 76 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", + /* 77 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=", + /* 78 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED", + /* 79 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE", + /* 80 */ "conslist_opt ::=", + /* 81 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist", + /* 82 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons", + /* 83 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons", + /* 84 */ "conslist ::= tcons", + /* 85 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", + /* 86 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf", + /* 87 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf", + /* 88 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf", + /* 89 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt", + /* 90 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=", + /* 91 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause", + /* 92 */ "onconf ::=", + /* 93 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype", + /* 94 */ "orconf ::=", + /* 95 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype", + /* 96 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype", + /* 97 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE", + /* 98 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE", + /* 99 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname", + /* 100 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS", + /* 101 */ "ifexists ::=", + /* 102 */ "cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select", + /* 103 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname", + /* 104 */ "cmd ::= select", + /* 105 */ "select ::= oneselect", + /* 106 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect", + /* 107 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION", + /* 108 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL", + /* 109 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT", + /* 110 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt", + /* 111 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT", + /* 112 */ "distinct ::= ALL", + /* 113 */ "distinct ::=", + /* 114 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA", + /* 115 */ "sclp ::=", + /* 116 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as", + /* 117 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR", + /* 118 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR", + /* 119 */ "as ::= AS nm", + /* 120 */ "as ::= ids", + /* 121 */ "as ::=", + /* 122 */ "from ::=", + /* 123 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist", + /* 124 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop", + /* 125 */ "stl_prefix ::=", + /* 126 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as on_opt using_opt", + /* 127 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist_paren RP as on_opt using_opt", + /* 128 */ "seltablist_paren ::= select", + /* 129 */ "seltablist_paren ::= seltablist", + /* 130 */ "dbnm ::=", + /* 131 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm", + /* 132 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm", + /* 133 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN", + /* 134 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN", + /* 135 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN", + /* 136 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN", + /* 137 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr", + /* 138 */ "on_opt ::=", + /* 139 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP", + /* 140 */ "using_opt ::=", + /* 141 */ "orderby_opt ::=", + /* 142 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist", + /* 143 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder", + /* 144 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder", + /* 145 */ "sortitem ::= expr", + /* 146 */ "sortorder ::= ASC", + /* 147 */ "sortorder ::= DESC", + /* 148 */ "sortorder ::=", + /* 149 */ "groupby_opt ::=", + /* 150 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist", + /* 151 */ "having_opt ::=", + /* 152 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr", + /* 153 */ "limit_opt ::=", + /* 154 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr", + /* 155 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr", + /* 156 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr", + /* 157 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname where_opt", + /* 158 */ "where_opt ::=", + /* 159 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", + /* 160 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname SET setlist where_opt", + /* 161 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", + /* 162 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", + /* 163 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", + /* 164 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select", + /* 165 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES", + /* 166 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf", + /* 167 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE", + /* 168 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr", + /* 169 */ "itemlist ::= expr", + /* 170 */ "inscollist_opt ::=", + /* 171 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP", + /* 172 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm", + /* 173 */ "inscollist ::= nm", + /* 174 */ "expr ::= term", + /* 175 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", + /* 176 */ "term ::= NULL", + /* 177 */ "expr ::= ID", + /* 178 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW", + /* 179 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm", + /* 180 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm", + /* 181 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB", + /* 182 */ "term ::= STRING", + /* 183 */ "expr ::= REGISTER", + /* 184 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE", + /* 185 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE id", + /* 186 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP", + /* 187 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP", + /* 188 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP", + /* 189 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW", + /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", + /* 191 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", + /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr", + /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr", + /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr", + /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr", + /* 196 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr", + /* 197 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr", + /* 198 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW", + /* 199 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW", + /* 200 */ "likeop ::= MATCH", + /* 201 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH", + /* 202 */ "escape ::= ESCAPE expr", + /* 203 */ "escape ::=", + /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr escape", + /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL", + /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr IS NULL", + /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL", + /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL", + /* 209 */ "expr ::= NOT|BITNOT expr", + /* 210 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr", + /* 211 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr", + /* 212 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN", + /* 213 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN", + /* 214 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr", + /* 215 */ "in_op ::= IN", + /* 216 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN", + /* 217 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP", + /* 218 */ "expr ::= LP select RP", + /* 219 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP", + /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm", + /* 221 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP", + /* 222 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END", + /* 223 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr", + /* 224 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr", + /* 225 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr", + /* 226 */ "case_else ::=", + /* 227 */ "case_operand ::= expr", + /* 228 */ "case_operand ::=", + /* 229 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist", + /* 230 */ "exprlist ::=", + /* 231 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr", + /* 232 */ "nexprlist ::= expr", + /* 233 */ "cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP", + /* 234 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE", + /* 235 */ "uniqueflag ::=", + /* 236 */ "idxlist_opt ::=", + /* 237 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP", + /* 238 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA idxitem collate sortorder", + /* 239 */ "idxlist ::= idxitem collate sortorder", + /* 240 */ "idxitem ::= nm", + /* 241 */ "collate ::=", + /* 242 */ "collate ::= COLLATE id", + /* 243 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname", + /* 244 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM", + /* 245 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm", + /* 246 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum", + /* 247 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON", + /* 248 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num", + /* 249 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP", + /* 250 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm", + /* 251 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num", + /* 252 */ "nmnum ::= nm", + /* 253 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number", + /* 254 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number", + /* 255 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT", + /* 256 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS", + /* 257 */ "plus_opt ::=", + /* 258 */ "cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END", + /* 259 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause", + /* 260 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE", + /* 261 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER", + /* 262 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF", + /* 263 */ "trigger_time ::=", + /* 264 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT", + /* 265 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE", + /* 266 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist", + /* 267 */ "foreach_clause ::=", + /* 268 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW", + /* 269 */ "when_clause ::=", + /* 270 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr", + /* 271 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI", + /* 272 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::=", + /* 273 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt", + /* 274 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP", + /* 275 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select", + /* 276 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt", + /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select", + /* 278 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP", + /* 279 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP", + /* 280 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK", + /* 281 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT", + /* 282 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL", + /* 283 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname", + /* 284 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt", + /* 285 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr", + /* 286 */ "key_opt ::=", + /* 287 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr", + /* 288 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE", + /* 289 */ "database_kw_opt ::=", + /* 290 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX", + /* 291 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm", + /* 292 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE", + /* 293 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm", + /* 294 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm", + /* 295 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column", + /* 296 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname", + /* 297 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=", + /* 298 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW", + /* 299 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab", + /* 300 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP", + /* 301 */ "create_vtab ::= CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm", + /* 302 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg", + /* 303 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg", + /* 304 */ "vtabarg ::=", + /* 305 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken", + /* 306 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY", + /* 307 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP", + /* 308 */ "lp ::= LP", + /* 309 */ "anylist ::=", + /* 310 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY", +}; +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + + +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 +/* +** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. +*/ +static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ + int newSize; + yyStackEntry *pNew; + + newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100; + pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); + if( pNew ){ + p->yystack = pNew; + p->yystksz = newSize; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n", + yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz); + } +#endif + } +} +#endif + +/* +** This function allocates a new parser. +** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like +** malloc. +** +** Inputs: +** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory. +** +** Outputs: +** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls +** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree. +*/ +void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){ + yyParser *pParser; + pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) ); + if( pParser ){ + pParser->yyidx = -1; +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + yyGrowStack(pParser); +#endif + } + return pParser; +} + +/* The following function deletes the value associated with a +** symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal. +** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to +** the value. +*/ +static void yy_destructor(YYCODETYPE yymajor, YYMINORTYPE *yypminor){ + switch( yymajor ){ + /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a + ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen + ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a + ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is + ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. + ** + ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those + ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used + ** inside the C code. + */ + case 155: + case 189: + case 206: +#line 374 "parse.y" +{sqlite3SelectDelete((yypminor->yy219));} +#line 1272 "parse.c" + break; + case 169: + case 170: + case 194: + case 196: + case 204: + case 210: + case 218: + case 221: + case 223: + case 235: +#line 627 "parse.y" +{sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));} +#line 1286 "parse.c" + break; + case 174: + case 182: + case 192: + case 195: + case 197: + case 199: + case 209: + case 211: + case 212: + case 215: + case 216: + case 222: +#line 876 "parse.y" +{sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));} +#line 1302 "parse.c" + break; + case 188: + case 193: + case 201: + case 202: +#line 489 "parse.y" +{sqlite3SrcListDelete((yypminor->yy373));} +#line 1310 "parse.c" + break; + case 205: + case 208: + case 214: +#line 506 "parse.y" +{sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy432));} +#line 1317 "parse.c" + break; + case 231: + case 236: +#line 979 "parse.y" +{sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep((yypminor->yy243));} +#line 1323 "parse.c" + break; + case 233: +#line 965 "parse.y" +{sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy370).b);} +#line 1328 "parse.c" + break; + case 238: +#line 1052 "parse.y" +{sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy386));} +#line 1333 "parse.c" + break; + default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ + } +} + +/* +** Pop the parser's stack once. +** +** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which +** is popped from the stack, then call it. +** +** Return the major token number for the symbol popped. +*/ +static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){ + YYCODETYPE yymajor; + yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx]; + + if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return 0; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, + yyTokenName[yytos->major]); + } +#endif + yymajor = yytos->major; + yy_destructor( yymajor, &yytos->minor); + pParser->yyidx--; + return yymajor; +} + +/* +** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are all called for +** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. +** +** Inputs: +**
    +**
  • A pointer to the parser. This should be a pointer +** obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc. +**
  • A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained +** from malloc. +**
+*/ +void sqlite3ParserFree( + void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ + void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ +){ + yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; + if( pParser==0 ) return; + while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + free(pParser->yystack); +#endif + (*freeProc)((void*)pParser); +} + +/* +** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal +** look-ahead token iLookAhead. +** +** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is +** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise +** return YY_NO_ACTION. +*/ +static int yy_find_shift_action( + yyParser *pParser, /* The parser */ + YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ +){ + int i; + int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; + + if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_MAX || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; + } + if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){ + return YY_NO_ACTION; + } + i += iLookAhead; + if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ + if( iLookAhead>0 ){ +#ifdef YYFALLBACK + int iFallback; /* Fallback token */ + if( iLookAhead %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]); + } +#endif + return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback); + } +#endif +#ifdef YYWILDCARD + { + int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD; + if( j>=0 && j %s\n", + yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]); + } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + return yy_action[j]; + } + } +#endif /* YYWILDCARD */ + } + return yy_default[stateno]; + }else{ + return yy_action[i]; + } +} + +/* +** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal +** look-ahead token iLookAhead. +** +** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is +** independent of the look-ahead. If it is, return the action, otherwise +** return YY_NO_ACTION. +*/ +static int yy_find_reduce_action( + int stateno, /* Current state number */ + YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ +){ + int i; + /* int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; */ + + if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_MAX || + (i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno])==YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; + } + if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){ + return YY_NO_ACTION; + } + i += iLookAhead; + if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ + return yy_default[stateno]; + }else{ + return yy_action[i]; + } +} + +/* +** The following routine is called if the stack overflows. +*/ +static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; + yypParser->yyidx--; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser + ** stack every overflows */ +#line 44 "parse.y" + + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); + pParse->parseError = 1; +#line 1497 "parse.c" + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ +} + +/* +** Perform a shift action. +*/ +static void yy_shift( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */ + int yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */ + int yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */ + YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor /* Pointer ot the minor token to shift in */ +){ + yyStackEntry *yytos; + yypParser->yyidx++; +#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 + if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); + return; + } +#else + if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ + yyGrowStack(yypParser); + if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){ + yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor); + return; + } + } +#endif + yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; + yytos->stateno = yyNewState; + yytos->major = yyMajor; + yytos->minor = *yypMinor; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){ + int i; + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState); + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt); + for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++) + fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]); + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n"); + } +#endif +} + +/* The following table contains information about every rule that +** is used during the reduce. +*/ +static const struct { + YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */ + unsigned char nrhs; /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */ +} yyRuleInfo[] = { + { 139, 1 }, + { 140, 2 }, + { 140, 1 }, + { 142, 1 }, + { 141, 1 }, + { 141, 3 }, + { 144, 0 }, + { 144, 1 }, + { 144, 3 }, + { 143, 3 }, + { 146, 0 }, + { 146, 1 }, + { 146, 2 }, + { 145, 0 }, + { 145, 1 }, + { 145, 1 }, + { 145, 1 }, + { 143, 2 }, + { 143, 2 }, + { 143, 2 }, + { 143, 2 }, + { 148, 6 }, + { 151, 0 }, + { 151, 3 }, + { 150, 1 }, + { 150, 0 }, + { 149, 4 }, + { 149, 2 }, + { 153, 3 }, + { 153, 1 }, + { 156, 3 }, + { 157, 1 }, + { 160, 1 }, + { 161, 1 }, + { 147, 1 }, + { 147, 1 }, + { 147, 1 }, + { 158, 0 }, + { 158, 1 }, + { 162, 1 }, + { 162, 4 }, + { 162, 6 }, + { 163, 1 }, + { 163, 2 }, + { 164, 1 }, + { 164, 1 }, + { 159, 2 }, + { 159, 0 }, + { 167, 3 }, + { 167, 1 }, + { 168, 2 }, + { 168, 4 }, + { 168, 3 }, + { 168, 3 }, + { 168, 2 }, + { 168, 2 }, + { 168, 3 }, + { 168, 5 }, + { 168, 2 }, + { 168, 4 }, + { 168, 4 }, + { 168, 1 }, + { 168, 2 }, + { 173, 0 }, + { 173, 1 }, + { 175, 0 }, + { 175, 2 }, + { 177, 2 }, + { 177, 3 }, + { 177, 3 }, + { 177, 3 }, + { 178, 2 }, + { 178, 2 }, + { 178, 1 }, + { 178, 1 }, + { 176, 3 }, + { 176, 2 }, + { 179, 0 }, + { 179, 2 }, + { 179, 2 }, + { 154, 0 }, + { 154, 2 }, + { 180, 3 }, + { 180, 2 }, + { 180, 1 }, + { 181, 2 }, + { 181, 7 }, + { 181, 5 }, + { 181, 5 }, + { 181, 10 }, + { 183, 0 }, + { 183, 1 }, + { 171, 0 }, + { 171, 3 }, + { 184, 0 }, + { 184, 2 }, + { 185, 1 }, + { 185, 1 }, + { 185, 1 }, + { 143, 4 }, + { 187, 2 }, + { 187, 0 }, + { 143, 8 }, + { 143, 4 }, + { 143, 1 }, + { 155, 1 }, + { 155, 3 }, + { 190, 1 }, + { 190, 2 }, + { 190, 1 }, + { 189, 9 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 191, 1 }, + { 191, 0 }, + { 199, 2 }, + { 199, 0 }, + { 192, 3 }, + { 192, 2 }, + { 192, 4 }, + { 200, 2 }, + { 200, 1 }, + { 200, 0 }, + { 193, 0 }, + { 193, 2 }, + { 202, 2 }, + { 202, 0 }, + { 201, 6 }, + { 201, 7 }, + { 206, 1 }, + { 206, 1 }, + { 152, 0 }, + { 152, 2 }, + { 188, 2 }, + { 203, 1 }, + { 203, 2 }, + { 203, 3 }, + { 203, 4 }, + { 204, 2 }, + { 204, 0 }, + { 205, 4 }, + { 205, 0 }, + { 197, 0 }, + { 197, 3 }, + { 209, 4 }, + { 209, 2 }, + { 210, 1 }, + { 172, 1 }, + { 172, 1 }, + { 172, 0 }, + { 195, 0 }, + { 195, 3 }, + { 196, 0 }, + { 196, 2 }, + { 198, 0 }, + { 198, 2 }, + { 198, 4 }, + { 198, 4 }, + { 143, 4 }, + { 194, 0 }, + { 194, 2 }, + { 143, 6 }, + { 212, 5 }, + { 212, 3 }, + { 143, 8 }, + { 143, 5 }, + { 143, 6 }, + { 213, 2 }, + { 213, 1 }, + { 215, 3 }, + { 215, 1 }, + { 214, 0 }, + { 214, 3 }, + { 208, 3 }, + { 208, 1 }, + { 170, 1 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 169, 1 }, + { 170, 1 }, + { 170, 1 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 170, 5 }, + { 169, 1 }, + { 169, 1 }, + { 170, 1 }, + { 170, 1 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 170, 6 }, + { 170, 5 }, + { 170, 4 }, + { 169, 1 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 217, 1 }, + { 217, 2 }, + { 217, 1 }, + { 217, 2 }, + { 218, 2 }, + { 218, 0 }, + { 170, 4 }, + { 170, 2 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 170, 4 }, + { 170, 2 }, + { 170, 2 }, + { 170, 2 }, + { 219, 1 }, + { 219, 2 }, + { 170, 5 }, + { 220, 1 }, + { 220, 2 }, + { 170, 5 }, + { 170, 3 }, + { 170, 5 }, + { 170, 4 }, + { 170, 4 }, + { 170, 5 }, + { 222, 5 }, + { 222, 4 }, + { 223, 2 }, + { 223, 0 }, + { 221, 1 }, + { 221, 0 }, + { 216, 1 }, + { 216, 0 }, + { 211, 3 }, + { 211, 1 }, + { 143, 11 }, + { 224, 1 }, + { 224, 0 }, + { 174, 0 }, + { 174, 3 }, + { 182, 5 }, + { 182, 3 }, + { 225, 1 }, + { 226, 0 }, + { 226, 2 }, + { 143, 4 }, + { 143, 1 }, + { 143, 2 }, + { 143, 5 }, + { 143, 5 }, + { 143, 5 }, + { 143, 6 }, + { 143, 3 }, + { 227, 1 }, + { 227, 1 }, + { 165, 2 }, + { 166, 2 }, + { 229, 1 }, + { 228, 1 }, + { 228, 0 }, + { 143, 5 }, + { 230, 11 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 232, 1 }, + { 232, 2 }, + { 232, 0 }, + { 233, 1 }, + { 233, 1 }, + { 233, 3 }, + { 234, 0 }, + { 234, 3 }, + { 235, 0 }, + { 235, 2 }, + { 231, 3 }, + { 231, 0 }, + { 236, 6 }, + { 236, 8 }, + { 236, 5 }, + { 236, 4 }, + { 236, 1 }, + { 170, 4 }, + { 170, 6 }, + { 186, 1 }, + { 186, 1 }, + { 186, 1 }, + { 143, 4 }, + { 143, 6 }, + { 143, 3 }, + { 238, 0 }, + { 238, 2 }, + { 237, 1 }, + { 237, 0 }, + { 143, 1 }, + { 143, 3 }, + { 143, 1 }, + { 143, 3 }, + { 143, 6 }, + { 143, 6 }, + { 239, 1 }, + { 240, 0 }, + { 240, 1 }, + { 143, 1 }, + { 143, 4 }, + { 241, 7 }, + { 242, 1 }, + { 242, 3 }, + { 243, 0 }, + { 243, 2 }, + { 244, 1 }, + { 244, 3 }, + { 245, 1 }, + { 246, 0 }, + { 246, 2 }, +}; + +static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ + +/* +** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately +** follow the reduce. +*/ +static void yy_reduce( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + int yyruleno /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ +){ + int yygoto; /* The next state */ + int yyact; /* The next action */ + YYMINORTYPE yygotominor; /* The LHS of the rule reduced */ + yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ + int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; + yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx]; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 + && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt, + yyRuleName[yyruleno]); + } +#endif /* NDEBUG */ + + /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized + ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following + ** switch. yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does + ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal. Leaving the + ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long + ** as the value is never used. So really the only thing this code + ** accomplishes is to quieten purify. + ** + ** 2007-01-16: The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that + ** without this code, their parser segfaults. I'm not sure what there + ** parser is doing to make this happen. This is the second bug report + ** from wireshark this week. Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways + ** that it has not been previously stressed... (SQLite ticket #2172) + */ + memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor)); + + + switch( yyruleno ){ + /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example + ** follows: + ** case 0: + ** #line + ** { ... } // User supplied code + ** #line + ** break; + */ + case 0: + case 1: + case 2: + case 4: + case 5: + case 10: + case 11: + case 12: + case 20: + case 28: + case 29: + case 37: + case 44: + case 45: + case 46: + case 47: + case 48: + case 49: + case 55: + case 82: + case 83: + case 84: + case 85: + case 256: + case 257: + case 267: + case 268: + case 288: + case 289: + case 297: + case 298: + case 302: + case 303: + case 305: + case 309: +#line 97 "parse.y" +{ +} +#line 1951 "parse.c" + break; + case 3: +#line 100 "parse.y" +{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } +#line 1956 "parse.c" + break; + case 6: +#line 103 "parse.y" +{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); } +#line 1961 "parse.c" + break; + case 7: +#line 105 "parse.y" +{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); } +#line 1966 "parse.c" + break; + case 8: +#line 106 "parse.y" +{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); } +#line 1971 "parse.c" + break; + case 9: +#line 112 "parse.y" +{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);} +#line 1976 "parse.c" + break; + case 13: +#line 117 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = TK_DEFERRED;} +#line 1981 "parse.c" + break; + case 14: + case 15: + case 16: + case 107: + case 109: +#line 118 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = yymsp[0].major;} +#line 1990 "parse.c" + break; + case 17: + case 18: +#line 121 "parse.y" +{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);} +#line 1996 "parse.c" + break; + case 19: +#line 123 "parse.y" +{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);} +#line 2001 "parse.c" + break; + case 21: +#line 128 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,yymsp[-4].minor.yy46,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46); +} +#line 2008 "parse.c" + break; + case 22: + case 25: + case 63: + case 77: + case 79: + case 90: + case 101: + case 112: + case 113: + case 212: + case 215: +#line 132 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = 0;} +#line 2023 "parse.c" + break; + case 23: + case 24: + case 64: + case 78: + case 100: + case 111: + case 213: + case 216: +#line 133 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = 1;} +#line 2035 "parse.c" + break; + case 26: +#line 139 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0); +} +#line 2042 "parse.c" + break; + case 27: +#line 142 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy219); + sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy219); +} +#line 2050 "parse.c" + break; + case 30: +#line 154 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy410.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy410.z; + yygotominor.yy410.n = (pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy410.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; +} +#line 2058 "parse.c" + break; + case 31: +#line 158 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410); + yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[0].minor.yy410; +} +#line 2066 "parse.c" + break; + case 32: + case 33: + case 34: + case 35: + case 36: + case 255: +#line 168 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} +#line 2076 "parse.c" + break; + case 38: +#line 229 "parse.y" +{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);} +#line 2081 "parse.c" + break; + case 39: + case 42: + case 119: + case 120: + case 131: + case 240: + case 242: + case 251: + case 252: + case 253: + case 254: +#line 230 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[0].minor.yy410;} +#line 2096 "parse.c" + break; + case 40: +#line 231 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy410.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z; + yygotominor.yy410.n = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z; +} +#line 2104 "parse.c" + break; + case 41: +#line 235 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy410.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy410.z; + yygotominor.yy410.n = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy410.z; +} +#line 2112 "parse.c" + break; + case 43: +#line 241 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy410.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z; yygotominor.yy410.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy410.n+(yymsp[0].minor.yy410.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z);} +#line 2117 "parse.c" + break; + case 50: + case 52: +#line 252 "parse.y" +{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy172);} +#line 2123 "parse.c" + break; + case 51: +#line 253 "parse.y" +{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172);} +#line 2128 "parse.c" + break; + case 53: +#line 255 "parse.y" +{ + Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0); + sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p); +} +#line 2136 "parse.c" + break; + case 54: +#line 259 "parse.y" +{ + Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(TK_STRING, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410); + sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p); +} +#line 2144 "parse.c" + break; + case 56: +#line 268 "parse.y" +{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46);} +#line 2149 "parse.c" + break; + case 57: +#line 270 "parse.y" +{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46);} +#line 2154 "parse.c" + break; + case 58: +#line 271 "parse.y" +{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,0,0,0,0);} +#line 2159 "parse.c" + break; + case 59: +#line 272 "parse.y" +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172);} +#line 2164 "parse.c" + break; + case 60: +#line 274 "parse.y" +{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);} +#line 2169 "parse.c" + break; + case 61: +#line 275 "parse.y" +{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);} +#line 2174 "parse.c" + break; + case 62: +#line 276 "parse.y" +{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, (char*)yymsp[0].minor.yy410.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy410.n);} +#line 2179 "parse.c" + break; + case 65: +#line 289 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Restrict * 0x010101; } +#line 2184 "parse.c" + break; + case 66: +#line 290 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy46 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy46 & yymsp[0].minor.yy405.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy405.value; } +#line 2189 "parse.c" + break; + case 67: +#line 292 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy405.value = 0; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x000000; } +#line 2194 "parse.c" + break; + case 68: +#line 293 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x0000ff; } +#line 2199 "parse.c" + break; + case 69: +#line 294 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46<<8; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x00ff00; } +#line 2204 "parse.c" + break; + case 70: +#line 295 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46<<16; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0xff0000; } +#line 2209 "parse.c" + break; + case 71: +#line 297 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_SetNull; } +#line 2214 "parse.c" + break; + case 72: +#line 298 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_SetDflt; } +#line 2219 "parse.c" + break; + case 73: +#line 299 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Cascade; } +#line 2224 "parse.c" + break; + case 74: +#line 300 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Restrict; } +#line 2229 "parse.c" + break; + case 75: + case 76: + case 91: + case 93: + case 95: + case 96: + case 166: +#line 302 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;} +#line 2240 "parse.c" + break; + case 80: +#line 312 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy410.n = 0; yygotominor.yy410.z = 0;} +#line 2245 "parse.c" + break; + case 81: +#line 313 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;} +#line 2250 "parse.c" + break; + case 86: +#line 319 "parse.y" +{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46,0);} +#line 2255 "parse.c" + break; + case 87: +#line 321 "parse.y" +{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,0,0,0,0);} +#line 2260 "parse.c" + break; + case 88: +#line 322 "parse.y" +{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy172);} +#line 2265 "parse.c" + break; + case 89: +#line 324 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy174, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, yymsp[-2].minor.yy174, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46); + sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46); +} +#line 2273 "parse.c" + break; + case 92: + case 94: +#line 338 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Default;} +#line 2279 "parse.c" + break; + case 97: +#line 343 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Ignore;} +#line 2284 "parse.c" + break; + case 98: + case 167: +#line 344 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Replace;} +#line 2290 "parse.c" + break; + case 99: +#line 348 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46); +} +#line 2297 "parse.c" + break; + case 102: +#line 358 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-6].minor.yy46, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46); +} +#line 2304 "parse.c" + break; + case 103: +#line 361 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46); +} +#line 2311 "parse.c" + break; + case 104: +#line 368 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, SRT_Callback, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); + sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy219); +} +#line 2319 "parse.c" + break; + case 105: + case 128: +#line 378 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy219 = yymsp[0].minor.yy219;} +#line 2325 "parse.c" + break; + case 106: +#line 380 "parse.y" +{ + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy219 ){ + yymsp[0].minor.yy219->op = yymsp[-1].minor.yy46; + yymsp[0].minor.yy219->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy219; + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-2].minor.yy219); + } + yygotominor.yy219 = yymsp[0].minor.yy219; +} +#line 2338 "parse.c" + break; + case 108: +#line 391 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = TK_ALL;} +#line 2343 "parse.c" + break; + case 110: +#line 395 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy219 = sqlite3SelectNew(yymsp[-6].minor.yy174,yymsp[-5].minor.yy373,yymsp[-4].minor.yy172,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[-2].minor.yy172,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[-7].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy234.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy234.pOffset); +} +#line 2350 "parse.c" + break; + case 114: + case 237: +#line 416 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy174 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy174;} +#line 2356 "parse.c" + break; + case 115: + case 141: + case 149: + case 230: + case 236: +#line 417 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy174 = 0;} +#line 2365 "parse.c" + break; + case 116: +#line 418 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy410.n?&yymsp[0].minor.yy410:0); +} +#line 2372 "parse.c" + break; + case 117: +#line 421 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0), 0); +} +#line 2379 "parse.c" + break; + case 118: +#line 424 "parse.y" +{ + Expr *pRight = sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0); + Expr *pLeft = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410); + yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-3].minor.yy174, sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0), 0); +} +#line 2388 "parse.c" + break; + case 121: +#line 436 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy410.n = 0;} +#line 2393 "parse.c" + break; + case 122: +#line 448 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy373 = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*yygotominor.yy373));} +#line 2398 "parse.c" + break; + case 123: +#line 449 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy373 = yymsp[0].minor.yy373; + sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy373); +} +#line 2406 "parse.c" + break; + case 124: +#line 457 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy373 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy373; + if( yygotominor.yy373 && yygotominor.yy373->nSrc>0 ) yygotominor.yy373->a[yygotominor.yy373->nSrc-1].jointype = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; +} +#line 2414 "parse.c" + break; + case 125: +#line 461 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy373 = 0;} +#line 2419 "parse.c" + break; + case 126: +#line 462 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(yymsp[-5].minor.yy373,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy432); +} +#line 2426 "parse.c" + break; + case 127: +#line 467 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(yymsp[-6].minor.yy373,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,yymsp[-4].minor.yy219,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy432); + } +#line 2433 "parse.c" + break; + case 129: +#line 478 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[0].minor.yy373); + yygotominor.yy219 = sqlite3SelectNew(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy373,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); + } +#line 2441 "parse.c" + break; + case 130: +#line 485 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy410.z=0; yygotominor.yy410.n=0;} +#line 2446 "parse.c" + break; + case 132: +#line 490 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy373 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);} +#line 2451 "parse.c" + break; + case 133: +#line 494 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy46 = JT_INNER; } +#line 2456 "parse.c" + break; + case 134: +#line 495 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy46 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); } +#line 2461 "parse.c" + break; + case 135: +#line 496 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy46 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,0); } +#line 2466 "parse.c" + break; + case 136: +#line 498 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy46 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410); } +#line 2471 "parse.c" + break; + case 137: + case 145: + case 152: + case 159: + case 174: + case 202: + case 225: + case 227: +#line 502 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;} +#line 2483 "parse.c" + break; + case 138: + case 151: + case 158: + case 203: + case 226: + case 228: +#line 503 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy172 = 0;} +#line 2493 "parse.c" + break; + case 139: + case 171: +#line 507 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy432 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy432;} +#line 2499 "parse.c" + break; + case 140: + case 170: +#line 508 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy432 = 0;} +#line 2505 "parse.c" + break; + case 142: + case 150: + case 229: +#line 519 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy174 = yymsp[0].minor.yy174;} +#line 2512 "parse.c" + break; + case 143: +#line 520 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,0); + if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; +} +#line 2520 "parse.c" + break; + case 144: +#line 524 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,0); + if( yygotominor.yy174 && yygotominor.yy174->a ) yygotominor.yy174->a[0].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; +} +#line 2528 "parse.c" + break; + case 146: + case 148: +#line 532 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} +#line 2534 "parse.c" + break; + case 147: +#line 533 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} +#line 2539 "parse.c" + break; + case 153: +#line 559 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = 0;} +#line 2544 "parse.c" + break; + case 154: +#line 560 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = 0;} +#line 2549 "parse.c" + break; + case 155: +#line 562 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;} +#line 2554 "parse.c" + break; + case 156: +#line 564 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;} +#line 2559 "parse.c" + break; + case 157: +#line 568 "parse.y" +{sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy373,yymsp[0].minor.yy172);} +#line 2564 "parse.c" + break; + case 160: +#line 578 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,"set list"); + sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy373,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,yymsp[-4].minor.yy46); +} +#line 2572 "parse.c" + break; + case 161: +#line 587 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);} +#line 2577 "parse.c" + break; + case 162: +#line 588 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);} +#line 2582 "parse.c" + break; + case 163: +#line 594 "parse.y" +{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy373, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy432, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46);} +#line 2587 "parse.c" + break; + case 164: +#line 596 "parse.y" +{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy373, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-1].minor.yy432, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);} +#line 2592 "parse.c" + break; + case 165: +#line 598 "parse.y" +{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy373, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy432, yymsp[-5].minor.yy46);} +#line 2597 "parse.c" + break; + case 168: + case 231: +#line 608 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,0);} +#line 2603 "parse.c" + break; + case 169: + case 232: +#line 609 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,0);} +#line 2609 "parse.c" + break; + case 172: +#line 618 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy432 = sqlite3IdListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy432,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);} +#line 2614 "parse.c" + break; + case 173: +#line 619 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy432 = sqlite3IdListAppend(0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);} +#line 2619 "parse.c" + break; + case 175: +#line 630 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy172; sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } +#line 2624 "parse.c" + break; + case 176: + case 181: + case 182: +#line 631 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(yymsp[0].major, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} +#line 2631 "parse.c" + break; + case 177: + case 178: +#line 632 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} +#line 2637 "parse.c" + break; + case 179: +#line 634 "parse.y" +{ + Expr *temp1 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410); + Expr *temp2 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410); + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0); +} +#line 2646 "parse.c" + break; + case 180: +#line 639 "parse.y" +{ + Expr *temp1 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy410); + Expr *temp2 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410); + Expr *temp3 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410); + Expr *temp4 = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0); + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0); +} +#line 2657 "parse.c" + break; + case 183: +#line 648 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3RegisterExpr(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} +#line 2662 "parse.c" + break; + case 184: +#line 649 "parse.y" +{ + Token *pToken = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0; + Expr *pExpr = yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_VARIABLE, 0, 0, pToken); + sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, pExpr); +} +#line 2671 "parse.c" + break; + case 185: +#line 654 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410); +} +#line 2678 "parse.c" + break; + case 186: +#line 658 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} +#line 2686 "parse.c" + break; + case 187: +#line 663 "parse.y" +{ + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy174 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy174->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + } + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 && yygotominor.yy172 ){ + yygotominor.yy172->flags |= EP_Distinct; + } +} +#line 2700 "parse.c" + break; + case 188: +#line 673 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} +#line 2708 "parse.c" + break; + case 189: +#line 677 "parse.y" +{ + /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are + ** treated as functions that return constants */ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ + yygotominor.yy172->op = TK_CONST_FUNC; + yygotominor.yy172->span = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; + } +} +#line 2721 "parse.c" + break; + case 190: + case 191: + case 192: + case 193: + case 194: + case 195: + case 196: + case 197: +#line 686 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);} +#line 2733 "parse.c" + break; + case 198: + case 200: +#line 696 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy72.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy72.not = 0;} +#line 2739 "parse.c" + break; + case 199: + case 201: +#line 697 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy72.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy72.not = 1;} +#line 2745 "parse.c" + break; + case 204: +#line 704 "parse.y" +{ + ExprList *pList; + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0); + if( yymsp[0].minor.yy172 ){ + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0); + } + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pList, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy72.eOperator); + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy72.not ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy172->span); + if( yygotominor.yy172 ) yygotominor.yy172->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; +} +#line 2761 "parse.c" + break; + case 205: +#line 717 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(yymsp[0].major, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} +#line 2769 "parse.c" + break; + case 206: +#line 721 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} +#line 2777 "parse.c" + break; + case 207: +#line 725 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} +#line 2785 "parse.c" + break; + case 208: +#line 729 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} +#line 2793 "parse.c" + break; + case 209: +#line 733 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span); +} +#line 2801 "parse.c" + break; + case 210: +#line 737 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span); +} +#line 2809 "parse.c" + break; + case 211: +#line 741 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_UPLUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span); +} +#line 2817 "parse.c" + break; + case 214: +#line 748 "parse.y" +{ + ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0); + pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0); + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ + yygotominor.yy172->pList = pList; + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); + } + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span); +} +#line 2833 "parse.c" + break; + case 217: +#line 764 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ + yygotominor.yy172->pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy174; + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy174); + } + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + } +#line 2848 "parse.c" + break; + case 218: +#line 775 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ + yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219; + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy219); + } + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + } +#line 2862 "parse.c" + break; + case 219: +#line 785 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ + yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219; + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy219); + } + if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + } +#line 2877 "parse.c" + break; + case 220: +#line 796 "parse.y" +{ + SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410); + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ + yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172); + }else{ + sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc); + } + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0); + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span,yymsp[0].minor.yy410.z?&yymsp[0].minor.yy410:&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410); + } +#line 2893 "parse.c" + break; + case 221: +#line 808 "parse.y" +{ + Expr *p = yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0); + if( p ){ + p->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219; + sqlite3ExprSpan(p,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172); + }else{ + sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy219); + } + } +#line 2907 "parse.c" + break; + case 222: +#line 821 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ + yygotominor.yy172->pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy174; + sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172); + }else{ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(yymsp[-2].minor.yy174); + } + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); +} +#line 2921 "parse.c" + break; + case 223: +#line 833 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy174, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0); + yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yygotominor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0); +} +#line 2929 "parse.c" + break; + case 224: +#line 837 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0); + yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yygotominor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0); +} +#line 2937 "parse.c" + break; + case 233: +#line 864 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy410, sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, yymsp[-9].minor.yy46, + &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46); +} +#line 2945 "parse.c" + break; + case 234: + case 281: +#line 870 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Abort;} +#line 2951 "parse.c" + break; + case 235: +#line 871 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_None;} +#line 2956 "parse.c" + break; + case 238: +#line 881 "parse.y" +{ + Expr *p = 0; + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n>0 ){ + p = sqlite3Expr(TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0); + if( p ) p->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, (char*)yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z, yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n); + } + yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy174, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy174, SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, "index"); + if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; +} +#line 2970 "parse.c" + break; + case 239: +#line 891 "parse.y" +{ + Expr *p = 0; + if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n>0 ){ + p = sqlite3Expr(TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0); + if( p ) p->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, (char*)yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z, yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n); + } + yygotominor.yy174 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410); + sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy174, SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, "index"); + if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy46; +} +#line 2984 "parse.c" + break; + case 241: +#line 904 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy410.z = 0; yygotominor.yy410.n = 0;} +#line 2989 "parse.c" + break; + case 243: +#line 910 "parse.y" +{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);} +#line 2994 "parse.c" + break; + case 244: + case 245: +#line 916 "parse.y" +{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);} +#line 3000 "parse.c" + break; + case 246: +#line 924 "parse.y" +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,0);} +#line 3005 "parse.c" + break; + case 247: +#line 925 "parse.y" +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);} +#line 3010 "parse.c" + break; + case 248: +#line 926 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,1); +} +#line 3017 "parse.c" + break; + case 249: +#line 929 "parse.y" +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,0);} +#line 3022 "parse.c" + break; + case 250: +#line 930 "parse.y" +{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,0,0);} +#line 3027 "parse.c" + break; + case 258: +#line 944 "parse.y" +{ + Token all; + all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z; + all.n = (yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; + sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243, &all); +} +#line 3037 "parse.c" + break; + case 259: +#line 953 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy410, yymsp[-5].minor.yy46, yymsp[-4].minor.yy370.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy370.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy373, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, yymsp[-10].minor.yy46, yymsp[-8].minor.yy46); + yygotominor.yy410 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy410.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy410:yymsp[-6].minor.yy410); +} +#line 3045 "parse.c" + break; + case 260: + case 263: +#line 959 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_BEFORE; } +#line 3051 "parse.c" + break; + case 261: +#line 960 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_AFTER; } +#line 3056 "parse.c" + break; + case 262: +#line 961 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_INSTEAD;} +#line 3061 "parse.c" + break; + case 264: + case 265: +#line 966 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy370.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy370.b = 0;} +#line 3067 "parse.c" + break; + case 266: +#line 968 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy370.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy370.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy432;} +#line 3072 "parse.c" + break; + case 269: +#line 975 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy172 = 0; } +#line 3077 "parse.c" + break; + case 270: +#line 976 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[0].minor.yy172; } +#line 3082 "parse.c" + break; + case 271: +#line 980 "parse.y" +{ + if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy243 ){ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy243->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243; + }else{ + yymsp[-2].minor.yy243 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243; + } + yymsp[-2].minor.yy243->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243; + yygotominor.yy243 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy243; +} +#line 3095 "parse.c" + break; + case 272: +#line 989 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy243 = 0; } +#line 3100 "parse.c" + break; + case 273: +#line 995 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46); } +#line 3105 "parse.c" + break; + case 274: +#line 1000 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(&yymsp[-5].minor.yy410, yymsp[-4].minor.yy432, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46);} +#line 3110 "parse.c" + break; + case 275: +#line 1003 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410, yymsp[-1].minor.yy432, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);} +#line 3115 "parse.c" + break; + case 276: +#line 1007 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410, yymsp[0].minor.yy172);} +#line 3120 "parse.c" + break; + case 277: +#line 1010 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy243 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(yymsp[0].minor.yy219); } +#line 3125 "parse.c" + break; + case 278: +#line 1013 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); + if( yygotominor.yy172 ){ + yygotominor.yy172->iColumn = OE_Ignore; + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + } +} +#line 3136 "parse.c" + break; + case 279: +#line 1020 "parse.y" +{ + yygotominor.yy172 = sqlite3Expr(TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410); + if( yygotominor.yy172 ) { + yygotominor.yy172->iColumn = yymsp[-3].minor.yy46; + sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); + } +} +#line 3147 "parse.c" + break; + case 280: +#line 1030 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Rollback;} +#line 3152 "parse.c" + break; + case 282: +#line 1032 "parse.y" +{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Fail;} +#line 3157 "parse.c" + break; + case 283: +#line 1037 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy373,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46); +} +#line 3164 "parse.c" + break; + case 284: +#line 1044 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, yymsp[0].minor.yy386); +} +#line 3171 "parse.c" + break; + case 285: +#line 1047 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy172); +} +#line 3178 "parse.c" + break; + case 286: +#line 1053 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy386 = 0; } +#line 3183 "parse.c" + break; + case 287: +#line 1054 "parse.y" +{ yygotominor.yy386 = yymsp[0].minor.yy172; } +#line 3188 "parse.c" + break; + case 290: +#line 1062 "parse.y" +{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} +#line 3193 "parse.c" + break; + case 291: +#line 1063 "parse.y" +{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);} +#line 3198 "parse.c" + break; + case 292: +#line 1068 "parse.y" +{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} +#line 3203 "parse.c" + break; + case 293: +#line 1069 "parse.y" +{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);} +#line 3208 "parse.c" + break; + case 294: +#line 1074 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy373,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410); +} +#line 3215 "parse.c" + break; + case 295: +#line 1077 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410); +} +#line 3222 "parse.c" + break; + case 296: +#line 1080 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373); +} +#line 3229 "parse.c" + break; + case 299: +#line 1089 "parse.y" +{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} +#line 3234 "parse.c" + break; + case 300: +#line 1090 "parse.y" +{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} +#line 3239 "parse.c" + break; + case 301: +#line 1091 "parse.y" +{ + sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410); +} +#line 3246 "parse.c" + break; + case 304: +#line 1096 "parse.y" +{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} +#line 3251 "parse.c" + break; + case 306: + case 307: + case 308: + case 310: +#line 1098 "parse.y" +{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} +#line 3259 "parse.c" + break; + }; + yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs; + yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs; + yypParser->yyidx -= yysize; + yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,yygoto); + if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){ +#ifdef NDEBUG + /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least + ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back + ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift(). + ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */ + if( yysize ){ + yypParser->yyidx++; + yymsp -= yysize-1; + yymsp->stateno = yyact; + yymsp->major = yygoto; + yymsp->minor = yygotominor; + }else +#endif + { + yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor); + } + }else if( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ){ + yy_accept(yypParser); + } +} + +/* +** The following code executes when the parse fails +*/ +static void yy_parse_failed( + yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser fails */ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} + +/* +** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. +*/ +static void yy_syntax_error( + yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ + int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ + YYMINORTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0) +#line 34 "parse.y" + + if( !pParse->parseError ){ + if( TOKEN.z[0] ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "incomplete SQL statement"); + } + pParse->parseError = 1; + } +#line 3327 "parse.c" + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} + +/* +** The following is executed when the parser accepts +*/ +static void yy_accept( + yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ +){ + sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif + while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the + ** parser accepts */ + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ +} + +/* The main parser program. +** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from +** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. +** The second argument is the major token number. The third is +** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the +** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for +** use by the action routines. +** +** Inputs: +**
    +**
  • A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) +**
  • The major token number. +**
  • The minor token number. +**
  • An option argument of a grammar-specified type. +**
+** +** Outputs: +** None. +*/ +void sqlite3Parser( + void *yyp, /* The parser */ + int yymajor, /* The major token code number */ + sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */ + sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ +){ + YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion; + int yyact; /* The parser action. */ + int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ + int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */ + yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */ + + /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */ + yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp; + if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){ +#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 + if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){ + memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion)); + yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion); + return; + } +#endif + yypParser->yyidx = 0; + yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; + yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0; + yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0; + } + yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor; + yyendofinput = (yymajor==0); + sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; + +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); + } +#endif + + do{ + yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,yymajor); + if( yyactyyerrcnt--; + if( yyendofinput && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ){ + yymajor = 0; + }else{ + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + } + }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){ + yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE); + }else if( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ){ + int yymx; +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt); + } +#endif +#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL + /* A syntax error has occurred. + ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the + ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". + ** + ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: + ** + ** * Call the %syntax_error function. + ** + ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where + ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift + ** the error symbol. + ** + ** * Set the error count to three. + ** + ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error + ** processing will occur until three tokens have been + ** shifted successfully. + ** + */ + if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); + } + yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major; + if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){ +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( yyTraceFILE ){ + fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", + yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); + } +#endif + yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else{ + while( + yypParser->yyidx >= 0 && + yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL && + (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action( + yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno, + YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE + ){ + yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); + } + if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){ + yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion); + yy_parse_failed(yypParser); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){ + YYMINORTYPE u2; + u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0; + yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2); + } + } + yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; + yyerrorhit = 1; +#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ + /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: + ** + ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. + ** + ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. + ** + ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until + ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. + */ + if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){ + yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion); + } + yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; + yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion); + if( yyendofinput ){ + yy_parse_failed(yypParser); + } + yymajor = YYNOCODE; +#endif + }else{ + yy_accept(yypParser); + yymajor = YYNOCODE; + } + }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ); + return; +} diff --git a/parse.h b/parse.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ed848ec --- /dev/null +++ b/parse.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +#define TK_SEMI 1 +#define TK_EXPLAIN 2 +#define TK_QUERY 3 +#define TK_PLAN 4 +#define TK_BEGIN 5 +#define TK_TRANSACTION 6 +#define TK_DEFERRED 7 +#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 +#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 +#define TK_COMMIT 10 +#define TK_END 11 +#define TK_ROLLBACK 12 +#define TK_CREATE 13 +#define TK_TABLE 14 +#define TK_IF 15 +#define TK_NOT 16 +#define TK_EXISTS 17 +#define TK_TEMP 18 +#define TK_LP 19 +#define TK_RP 20 +#define TK_AS 21 +#define TK_COMMA 22 +#define TK_ID 23 +#define TK_ABORT 24 +#define TK_AFTER 25 +#define TK_ANALYZE 26 +#define TK_ASC 27 +#define TK_ATTACH 28 +#define TK_BEFORE 29 +#define TK_CASCADE 30 +#define TK_CAST 31 +#define TK_CONFLICT 32 +#define TK_DATABASE 33 +#define TK_DESC 34 +#define TK_DETACH 35 +#define TK_EACH 36 +#define TK_FAIL 37 +#define TK_FOR 38 +#define TK_IGNORE 39 +#define TK_INITIALLY 40 +#define TK_INSTEAD 41 +#define TK_LIKE_KW 42 +#define TK_MATCH 43 +#define TK_KEY 44 +#define TK_OF 45 +#define TK_OFFSET 46 +#define TK_PRAGMA 47 +#define TK_RAISE 48 +#define TK_REPLACE 49 +#define TK_RESTRICT 50 +#define TK_ROW 51 +#define TK_TRIGGER 52 +#define TK_VACUUM 53 +#define TK_VIEW 54 +#define TK_VIRTUAL 55 +#define TK_REINDEX 56 +#define TK_RENAME 57 +#define TK_CTIME_KW 58 +#define TK_ANY 59 +#define TK_OR 60 +#define TK_AND 61 +#define TK_IS 62 +#define TK_BETWEEN 63 +#define TK_IN 64 +#define TK_ISNULL 65 +#define TK_NOTNULL 66 +#define TK_NE 67 +#define TK_EQ 68 +#define TK_GT 69 +#define TK_LE 70 +#define TK_LT 71 +#define TK_GE 72 +#define TK_ESCAPE 73 +#define TK_BITAND 74 +#define TK_BITOR 75 +#define TK_LSHIFT 76 +#define TK_RSHIFT 77 +#define TK_PLUS 78 +#define TK_MINUS 79 +#define TK_STAR 80 +#define TK_SLASH 81 +#define TK_REM 82 +#define TK_CONCAT 83 +#define TK_COLLATE 84 +#define TK_UMINUS 85 +#define TK_UPLUS 86 +#define TK_BITNOT 87 +#define TK_STRING 88 +#define TK_JOIN_KW 89 +#define TK_CONSTRAINT 90 +#define TK_DEFAULT 91 +#define TK_NULL 92 +#define TK_PRIMARY 93 +#define TK_UNIQUE 94 +#define TK_CHECK 95 +#define TK_REFERENCES 96 +#define TK_AUTOINCR 97 +#define TK_ON 98 +#define TK_DELETE 99 +#define TK_UPDATE 100 +#define TK_INSERT 101 +#define TK_SET 102 +#define TK_DEFERRABLE 103 +#define TK_FOREIGN 104 +#define TK_DROP 105 +#define TK_UNION 106 +#define TK_ALL 107 +#define TK_EXCEPT 108 +#define TK_INTERSECT 109 +#define TK_SELECT 110 +#define TK_DISTINCT 111 +#define TK_DOT 112 +#define TK_FROM 113 +#define TK_JOIN 114 +#define TK_USING 115 +#define TK_ORDER 116 +#define TK_BY 117 +#define TK_GROUP 118 +#define TK_HAVING 119 +#define TK_LIMIT 120 +#define TK_WHERE 121 +#define TK_INTO 122 +#define TK_VALUES 123 +#define TK_INTEGER 124 +#define TK_FLOAT 125 +#define TK_BLOB 126 +#define TK_REGISTER 127 +#define TK_VARIABLE 128 +#define TK_CASE 129 +#define TK_WHEN 130 +#define TK_THEN 131 +#define TK_ELSE 132 +#define TK_INDEX 133 +#define TK_ALTER 134 +#define TK_TO 135 +#define TK_ADD 136 +#define TK_COLUMNKW 137 +#define TK_TO_TEXT 138 +#define TK_TO_BLOB 139 +#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 140 +#define TK_TO_INT 141 +#define TK_TO_REAL 142 +#define TK_END_OF_FILE 143 +#define TK_ILLEGAL 144 +#define TK_SPACE 145 +#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 146 +#define TK_COMMENT 147 +#define TK_FUNCTION 148 +#define TK_COLUMN 149 +#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 150 +#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 151 +#define TK_CONST_FUNC 152 diff --git a/ppport.h b/ppport.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f48a36d --- /dev/null +++ b/ppport.h @@ -0,0 +1,579 @@ + +/* ppport.h -- Perl/Pollution/Portability Version 2.003 + * + * Automatically Created by Devel::PPPort on Wed Jul 14 18:43:16 2004 + * + * Do NOT edit this file directly! -- Edit PPPort.pm instead. + * + * Version 2.x, Copyright (C) 2001, Paul Marquess. + * Version 1.x, Copyright (C) 1999, Kenneth Albanowski. + * This code may be used and distributed under the same license as any + * version of Perl. + * + * This version of ppport.h is designed to support operation with Perl + * installations back to 5.004, and has been tested up to 5.8.0. + * + * If this version of ppport.h is failing during the compilation of this + * module, please check if a newer version of Devel::PPPort is available + * on CPAN before sending a bug report. + * + * If you are using the latest version of Devel::PPPort and it is failing + * during compilation of this module, please send a report to perlbug@perl.com + * + * Include all following information: + * + * 1. The complete output from running "perl -V" + * + * 2. This file. + * + * 3. The name & version of the module you were trying to build. + * + * 4. A full log of the build that failed. + * + * 5. Any other information that you think could be relevant. + * + * + * For the latest version of this code, please retreive the Devel::PPPort + * module from CPAN. + * + */ + +/* + * In order for a Perl extension module to be as portable as possible + * across differing versions of Perl itself, certain steps need to be taken. + * Including this header is the first major one, then using dTHR is all the + * appropriate places and using a PL_ prefix to refer to global Perl + * variables is the second. + * + */ + + +/* If you use one of a few functions that were not present in earlier + * versions of Perl, please add a define before the inclusion of ppport.h + * for a static include, or use the GLOBAL request in a single module to + * produce a global definition that can be referenced from the other + * modules. + * + * Function: Static define: Extern define: + * newCONSTSUB() NEED_newCONSTSUB NEED_newCONSTSUB_GLOBAL + * + */ + + +/* To verify whether ppport.h is needed for your module, and whether any + * special defines should be used, ppport.h can be run through Perl to check + * your source code. Simply say: + * + * perl -x ppport.h *.c *.h *.xs foo/bar*.c [etc] + * + * The result will be a list of patches suggesting changes that should at + * least be acceptable, if not necessarily the most efficient solution, or a + * fix for all possible problems. It won't catch where dTHR is needed, and + * doesn't attempt to account for global macro or function definitions, + * nested includes, typemaps, etc. + * + * In order to test for the need of dTHR, please try your module under a + * recent version of Perl that has threading compiled-in. + * + */ + + +/* +#!/usr/bin/perl +@ARGV = ("*.xs") if !@ARGV; +%badmacros = %funcs = %macros = (); $replace = 0; +foreach () { + $funcs{$1} = 1 if /Provide:\s+(\S+)/; + $macros{$1} = 1 if /^#\s*define\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/; + $replace = $1 if /Replace:\s+(\d+)/; + $badmacros{$2}=$1 if $replace and /^#\s*define\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_]+).*?\s+([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/; + $badmacros{$1}=$2 if /Replace (\S+) with (\S+)/; +} +foreach $filename (map(glob($_),@ARGV)) { + unless (open(IN, "<$filename")) { + warn "Unable to read from $file: $!\n"; + next; + } + print "Scanning $filename...\n"; + $c = ""; while () { $c .= $_; } close(IN); + $need_include = 0; %add_func = (); $changes = 0; + $has_include = ($c =~ /#.*include.*ppport/m); + + foreach $func (keys %funcs) { + if ($c =~ /#.*define.*\bNEED_$func(_GLOBAL)?\b/m) { + if ($c !~ /\b$func\b/m) { + print "If $func isn't needed, you don't need to request it.\n" if + $changes += ($c =~ s/^.*#.*define.*\bNEED_$func\b.*\n//m); + } else { + print "Uses $func\n"; + $need_include = 1; + } + } else { + if ($c =~ /\b$func\b/m) { + $add_func{$func} =1 ; + print "Uses $func\n"; + $need_include = 1; + } + } + } + + if (not $need_include) { + foreach $macro (keys %macros) { + if ($c =~ /\b$macro\b/m) { + print "Uses $macro\n"; + $need_include = 1; + } + } + } + + foreach $badmacro (keys %badmacros) { + if ($c =~ /\b$badmacro\b/m) { + $changes += ($c =~ s/\b$badmacro\b/$badmacros{$badmacro}/gm); + print "Uses $badmacros{$badmacro} (instead of $badmacro)\n"; + $need_include = 1; + } + } + + if (scalar(keys %add_func) or $need_include != $has_include) { + if (!$has_include) { + $inc = join('',map("#define NEED_$_\n", sort keys %add_func)). + "#include \"ppport.h\"\n"; + $c = "$inc$c" unless $c =~ s/#.*include.*XSUB.*\n/$&$inc/m; + } elsif (keys %add_func) { + $inc = join('',map("#define NEED_$_\n", sort keys %add_func)); + $c = "$inc$c" unless $c =~ s/^.*#.*include.*ppport.*$/$inc$&/m; + } + if (!$need_include) { + print "Doesn't seem to need ppport.h.\n"; + $c =~ s/^.*#.*include.*ppport.*\n//m; + } + $changes++; + } + + if ($changes) { + open(OUT,">/tmp/ppport.h.$$"); + print OUT $c; + close(OUT); + open(DIFF, "diff -u $filename /tmp/ppport.h.$$|"); + while () { s!/tmp/ppport\.h\.$$!$filename.patched!; print STDOUT; } + close(DIFF); + unlink("/tmp/ppport.h.$$"); + } else { + print "Looks OK\n"; + } +} +__DATA__ +*/ + +#ifndef _P_P_PORTABILITY_H_ +#define _P_P_PORTABILITY_H_ + +#ifndef PERL_REVISION +# ifndef __PATCHLEVEL_H_INCLUDED__ +# include +# endif +# if !(defined(PERL_VERSION) || (SUBVERSION > 0 && defined(PATCHLEVEL))) +# include +# endif +# ifndef PERL_REVISION +# define PERL_REVISION (5) + /* Replace: 1 */ +# define PERL_VERSION PATCHLEVEL +# define PERL_SUBVERSION SUBVERSION + /* Replace PERL_PATCHLEVEL with PERL_VERSION */ + /* Replace: 0 */ +# endif +#endif + +#define PERL_BCDVERSION ((PERL_REVISION * 0x1000000L) + (PERL_VERSION * 0x1000L) + PERL_SUBVERSION) + +/* It is very unlikely that anyone will try to use this with Perl 6 + (or greater), but who knows. + */ +#if PERL_REVISION != 5 +# error ppport.h only works with Perl version 5 +#endif /* PERL_REVISION != 5 */ + +#ifndef ERRSV +# define ERRSV perl_get_sv("@",FALSE) +#endif + +#if (PERL_VERSION < 4) || ((PERL_VERSION == 4) && (PERL_SUBVERSION <= 5)) +/* Replace: 1 */ +# define PL_Sv Sv +# define PL_compiling compiling +# define PL_copline copline +# define PL_curcop curcop +# define PL_curstash curstash +# define PL_defgv defgv +# define PL_dirty dirty +# define PL_dowarn dowarn +# define PL_hints hints +# define PL_na na +# define PL_perldb perldb +# define PL_rsfp_filters rsfp_filters +# define PL_rsfpv rsfp +# define PL_stdingv stdingv +# define PL_sv_no sv_no +# define PL_sv_undef sv_undef +# define PL_sv_yes sv_yes +/* Replace: 0 */ +#endif + +#ifdef HASATTRIBUTE +# if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__cplusplus) +# define PERL_UNUSED_DECL +# else +# define PERL_UNUSED_DECL __attribute__((unused)) +# endif +#else +# define PERL_UNUSED_DECL +#endif + +#ifndef dNOOP +# define NOOP (void)0 +# define dNOOP extern int Perl___notused PERL_UNUSED_DECL +#endif + +#ifndef dTHR +# define dTHR dNOOP +#endif + +#ifndef dTHX +# define dTHX dNOOP +# define dTHXa(x) dNOOP +# define dTHXoa(x) dNOOP +#endif + +#ifndef pTHX +# define pTHX void +# define pTHX_ +# define aTHX +# define aTHX_ +#endif + +/* IV could also be a quad (say, a long long), but Perls + * capable of those should have IVSIZE already. */ +#if !defined(IVSIZE) && defined(LONGSIZE) +# define IVSIZE LONGSIZE +#endif +#ifndef IVSIZE +# define IVSIZE 4 /* A bold guess, but the best we can make. */ +#endif + +#ifndef UVSIZE +# define UVSIZE IVSIZE +#endif + +#ifndef NVTYPE +# if defined(USE_LONG_DOUBLE) && defined(HAS_LONG_DOUBLE) +# define NVTYPE long double +# else +# define NVTYPE double +# endif +typedef NVTYPE NV; +#endif + +#ifndef INT2PTR + +#if (IVSIZE == PTRSIZE) && (UVSIZE == PTRSIZE) +# define PTRV UV +# define INT2PTR(any,d) (any)(d) +#else +# if PTRSIZE == LONGSIZE +# define PTRV unsigned long +# else +# define PTRV unsigned +# endif +# define INT2PTR(any,d) (any)(PTRV)(d) +#endif +#define NUM2PTR(any,d) (any)(PTRV)(d) +#define PTR2IV(p) INT2PTR(IV,p) +#define PTR2UV(p) INT2PTR(UV,p) +#define PTR2NV(p) NUM2PTR(NV,p) +#if PTRSIZE == LONGSIZE +# define PTR2ul(p) (unsigned long)(p) +#else +# define PTR2ul(p) INT2PTR(unsigned long,p) +#endif + +#endif /* !INT2PTR */ + +#ifndef boolSV +# define boolSV(b) ((b) ? &PL_sv_yes : &PL_sv_no) +#endif + +#ifndef gv_stashpvn +# define gv_stashpvn(str,len,flags) gv_stashpv(str,flags) +#endif + +#ifndef newSVpvn +# define newSVpvn(data,len) ((len) ? newSVpv ((data), (len)) : newSVpv ("", 0)) +#endif + +#ifndef newRV_inc +/* Replace: 1 */ +# define newRV_inc(sv) newRV(sv) +/* Replace: 0 */ +#endif + +/* DEFSV appears first in 5.004_56 */ +#ifndef DEFSV +# define DEFSV GvSV(PL_defgv) +#endif + +#ifndef SAVE_DEFSV +# define SAVE_DEFSV SAVESPTR(GvSV(PL_defgv)) +#endif + +#ifndef newRV_noinc +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define newRV_noinc(sv) \ + ({ \ + SV *nsv = (SV*)newRV(sv); \ + SvREFCNT_dec(sv); \ + nsv; \ + }) +# else +# if defined(USE_THREADS) +static SV * newRV_noinc (SV * sv) +{ + SV *nsv = (SV*)newRV(sv); + SvREFCNT_dec(sv); + return nsv; +} +# else +# define newRV_noinc(sv) \ + (PL_Sv=(SV*)newRV(sv), SvREFCNT_dec(sv), (SV*)PL_Sv) +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* Provide: newCONSTSUB */ + +/* newCONSTSUB from IO.xs is in the core starting with 5.004_63 */ +#if (PERL_VERSION < 4) || ((PERL_VERSION == 4) && (PERL_SUBVERSION < 63)) + +#if defined(NEED_newCONSTSUB) +static +#else +extern void newCONSTSUB(HV * stash, char * name, SV *sv); +#endif + +#if defined(NEED_newCONSTSUB) || defined(NEED_newCONSTSUB_GLOBAL) +void +newCONSTSUB(stash,name,sv) +HV *stash; +char *name; +SV *sv; +{ + U32 oldhints = PL_hints; + HV *old_cop_stash = PL_curcop->cop_stash; + HV *old_curstash = PL_curstash; + line_t oldline = PL_curcop->cop_line; + PL_curcop->cop_line = PL_copline; + + PL_hints &= ~HINT_BLOCK_SCOPE; + if (stash) + PL_curstash = PL_curcop->cop_stash = stash; + + newSUB( + +#if (PERL_VERSION < 3) || ((PERL_VERSION == 3) && (PERL_SUBVERSION < 22)) + /* before 5.003_22 */ + start_subparse(), +#else +# if (PERL_VERSION == 3) && (PERL_SUBVERSION == 22) + /* 5.003_22 */ + start_subparse(0), +# else + /* 5.003_23 onwards */ + start_subparse(FALSE, 0), +# endif +#endif + + newSVOP(OP_CONST, 0, newSVpv(name,0)), + newSVOP(OP_CONST, 0, &PL_sv_no), /* SvPV(&PL_sv_no) == "" -- GMB */ + newSTATEOP(0, Nullch, newSVOP(OP_CONST, 0, sv)) + ); + + PL_hints = oldhints; + PL_curcop->cop_stash = old_cop_stash; + PL_curstash = old_curstash; + PL_curcop->cop_line = oldline; +} +#endif + +#endif /* newCONSTSUB */ + +#ifndef START_MY_CXT + +/* + * Boilerplate macros for initializing and accessing interpreter-local + * data from C. All statics in extensions should be reworked to use + * this, if you want to make the extension thread-safe. See ext/re/re.xs + * for an example of the use of these macros. + * + * Code that uses these macros is responsible for the following: + * 1. #define MY_CXT_KEY to a unique string, e.g. "DynaLoader_guts" + * 2. Declare a typedef named my_cxt_t that is a structure that contains + * all the data that needs to be interpreter-local. + * 3. Use the START_MY_CXT macro after the declaration of my_cxt_t. + * 4. Use the MY_CXT_INIT macro such that it is called exactly once + * (typically put in the BOOT: section). + * 5. Use the members of the my_cxt_t structure everywhere as + * MY_CXT.member. + * 6. Use the dMY_CXT macro (a declaration) in all the functions that + * access MY_CXT. + */ + +#if defined(MULTIPLICITY) || defined(PERL_OBJECT) || \ + defined(PERL_CAPI) || defined(PERL_IMPLICIT_CONTEXT) + +/* This must appear in all extensions that define a my_cxt_t structure, + * right after the definition (i.e. at file scope). The non-threads + * case below uses it to declare the data as static. */ +#define START_MY_CXT + +#if (PERL_VERSION < 4 || (PERL_VERSION == 4 && PERL_SUBVERSION < 68 )) +/* Fetches the SV that keeps the per-interpreter data. */ +#define dMY_CXT_SV \ + SV *my_cxt_sv = perl_get_sv(MY_CXT_KEY, FALSE) +#else /* >= perl5.004_68 */ +#define dMY_CXT_SV \ + SV *my_cxt_sv = *hv_fetch(PL_modglobal, MY_CXT_KEY, \ + sizeof(MY_CXT_KEY)-1, TRUE) +#endif /* < perl5.004_68 */ + +/* This declaration should be used within all functions that use the + * interpreter-local data. */ +#define dMY_CXT \ + dMY_CXT_SV; \ + my_cxt_t *my_cxtp = INT2PTR(my_cxt_t*,SvUV(my_cxt_sv)) + +/* Creates and zeroes the per-interpreter data. + * (We allocate my_cxtp in a Perl SV so that it will be released when + * the interpreter goes away.) */ +#define MY_CXT_INIT \ + dMY_CXT_SV; \ + /* newSV() allocates one more than needed */ \ + my_cxt_t *my_cxtp = (my_cxt_t*)SvPVX(newSV(sizeof(my_cxt_t)-1));\ + Zero(my_cxtp, 1, my_cxt_t); \ + sv_setuv(my_cxt_sv, PTR2UV(my_cxtp)) + +/* This macro must be used to access members of the my_cxt_t structure. + * e.g. MYCXT.some_data */ +#define MY_CXT (*my_cxtp) + +/* Judicious use of these macros can reduce the number of times dMY_CXT + * is used. Use is similar to pTHX, aTHX etc. */ +#define pMY_CXT my_cxt_t *my_cxtp +#define pMY_CXT_ pMY_CXT, +#define _pMY_CXT ,pMY_CXT +#define aMY_CXT my_cxtp +#define aMY_CXT_ aMY_CXT, +#define _aMY_CXT ,aMY_CXT + +#else /* single interpreter */ + +#define START_MY_CXT static my_cxt_t my_cxt; +#define dMY_CXT_SV dNOOP +#define dMY_CXT dNOOP +#define MY_CXT_INIT NOOP +#define MY_CXT my_cxt + +#define pMY_CXT void +#define pMY_CXT_ +#define _pMY_CXT +#define aMY_CXT +#define aMY_CXT_ +#define _aMY_CXT + +#endif + +#endif /* START_MY_CXT */ + +#ifndef IVdf +# if IVSIZE == LONGSIZE +# define IVdf "ld" +# define UVuf "lu" +# define UVof "lo" +# define UVxf "lx" +# define UVXf "lX" +# else +# if IVSIZE == INTSIZE +# define IVdf "d" +# define UVuf "u" +# define UVof "o" +# define UVxf "x" +# define UVXf "X" +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef NVef +# if defined(USE_LONG_DOUBLE) && defined(HAS_LONG_DOUBLE) && \ + defined(PERL_PRIfldbl) /* Not very likely, but let's try anyway. */ +# define NVef PERL_PRIeldbl +# define NVff PERL_PRIfldbl +# define NVgf PERL_PRIgldbl +# else +# define NVef "e" +# define NVff "f" +# define NVgf "g" +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef AvFILLp /* Older perls (<=5.003) lack AvFILLp */ +# define AvFILLp AvFILL +#endif + +#ifdef SvPVbyte +# if PERL_REVISION == 5 && PERL_VERSION < 7 + /* SvPVbyte does not work in perl-5.6.1, borrowed version for 5.7.3 */ +# undef SvPVbyte +# define SvPVbyte(sv, lp) \ + ((SvFLAGS(sv) & (SVf_POK|SVf_UTF8)) == (SVf_POK) \ + ? ((lp = SvCUR(sv)), SvPVX(sv)) : my_sv_2pvbyte(aTHX_ sv, &lp)) + static char * + my_sv_2pvbyte(pTHX_ register SV *sv, STRLEN *lp) + { + sv_utf8_downgrade(sv,0); + return SvPV(sv,*lp); + } +# endif +#else +# define SvPVbyte SvPV +#endif + +#ifndef SvPV_nolen +# define SvPV_nolen(sv) \ + ((SvFLAGS(sv) & (SVf_POK)) == SVf_POK \ + ? SvPVX(sv) : sv_2pv_nolen(sv)) + static char * + sv_2pv_nolen(pTHX_ register SV *sv) + { + STRLEN n_a; + return sv_2pv(sv, &n_a); + } +#endif + +#ifndef get_cv +# define get_cv(name,create) perl_get_cv(name,create) +#endif + +#ifndef get_sv +# define get_sv(name,create) perl_get_sv(name,create) +#endif + +#ifndef get_av +# define get_av(name,create) perl_get_av(name,create) +#endif + +#ifndef get_hv +# define get_hv(name,create) perl_get_hv(name,create) +#endif + +#endif /* _P_P_PORTABILITY_H_ */ + +/* End of File ppport.h */ diff --git a/pragma.c b/pragma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a9dd30 --- /dev/null +++ b/pragma.c @@ -0,0 +1,1180 @@ +/* +** 2003 April 6 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. +** +** $Id: pragma.c,v 1.142 2007/06/26 10:38:55 danielk1977 Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "os.h" +#include + +/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled +*/ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER) + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) +# include "pager.h" +# include "btree.h" +#endif + +/* +** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, +** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL. Return 1 for an empty or +** unrecognized string argument. +** +** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that +** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done +** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean +** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. +*/ +static int getSafetyLevel(const char *z){ + /* 123456789 123456789 */ + static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull"; + static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16}; + static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4}; + static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2}; + int i, n; + if( isdigit(*z) ){ + return atoi(z); + } + n = strlen(z); + for(i=0; i=0&&i<=2)?i:0); +} +#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file +** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database +** and 0 to use the compile-time default. +*/ +static int getTempStore(const char *z){ + if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ + return z[0] - '0'; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ + return 1; + }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ + return 2; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed +** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed +*/ +static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " + "from within a transaction"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); + db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + } + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS +/* +** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema +** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the TEMP_STORE +** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. +*/ +static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ + int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; + if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + db->temp_store = ts; + return SQLITE_OK; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +/* +** Generate code to return a single integer value. +*/ +static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, int value){ + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, value, 0); + if( pParse->explain==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, P3_STATIC); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS +/* +** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries +** or changes one of the flags in db->flags. Return 1 if so and 0 if not. +** Also, implement the pragma. +*/ +static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ + static const struct sPragmaType { + const char *zName; /* Name of the pragma */ + int mask; /* Mask for the db->flags value */ + } aPragma[] = { + { "full_column_names", SQLITE_FullColNames }, + { "short_column_names", SQLITE_ShortColNames }, + { "count_changes", SQLITE_CountRows }, + { "empty_result_callbacks", SQLITE_NullCallback }, + { "legacy_file_format", SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, + { "fullfsync", SQLITE_FullFSync }, +#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG + { "sql_trace", SQLITE_SqlTrace }, + { "vdbe_listing", SQLITE_VdbeListing }, + { "vdbe_trace", SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, +#endif + /* The following is VERY experimental */ + { "writable_schema", SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode }, + { "omit_readlock", SQLITE_NoReadlock }, + + /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted + ** flag if there are any active statements. */ + { "read_uncommitted", SQLITE_ReadUncommitted }, + }; + int i; + const struct sPragmaType *p; + for(i=0, p=aPragma; izName)==0 ){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Vdbe *v; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v ){ + if( zRight==0 ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 ); + }else{ + if( getBoolean(zRight) ){ + db->flags |= p->mask; + }else{ + db->flags &= ~p->mask; + } + } + } + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ + +/* +** Process a pragma statement. +** +** Pragmas are of this form: +** +** PRAGMA [database.]id [= value] +** +** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and +** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is +** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. +** +** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name +** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the +** id and pId2 is any empty string. +*/ +void sqlite3Pragma( + Parse *pParse, + Token *pId1, /* First part of [database.]id field */ + Token *pId2, /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */ + Token *pValue, /* Token for , or NULL */ + int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded */ +){ + char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string */ + char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */ + const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ + Token *pId; /* Pointer to token */ + int iDb; /* Database index for */ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + Db *pDb; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) return; + + /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the + ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ + iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); + if( iDb<0 ) return; + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + + /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the + ** pragma, make sure it is open. + */ + if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ + return; + } + + zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(pId); + if( !zLeft ) return; + if( minusFlag ){ + zRight = sqlite3MPrintf("-%T", pValue); + }else{ + zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(pValue); + } + + zDb = ((iDb>0)?pDb->zName:0); + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ + goto pragma_out; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size + ** PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the + ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of + ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current + ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value + ** stored in the database file. + ** + ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the + ** database file. The cache size is actually the absolute value of + ** this memory location. The sign of meta-value 2 determines the + ** synchronous setting. A negative value means synchronous is off + ** and a positive value means synchronous is on. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){ + static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 2, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_AbsValue, 0, 0, 0}, + { OP_Dup, 0, 0, 0}, + { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, + { OP_Ne, 0, 6, 0}, + { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, /* 5 */ + { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0}, + }; + int addr; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + if( !zRight ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", P3_STATIC); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+5, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); + }else{ + int size = atoi(zRight); + if( size<0 ) size = -size; + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, size, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, addr+3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Negative, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 2); + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } + }else + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size + ** PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the + ** database page size value. The value can only be set if + ** the database has not yet been created. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){ + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + if( !zRight ){ + int size = pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; + returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size); + }else{ + sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, atoi(zRight), -1); + } + }else + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count + ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current setting for the + ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The + ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both + ** forms return the current setting. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 ){ + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + int newMax = 0; + if( zRight ){ + newMax = atoi(zRight); + } + if( pBt ){ + newMax = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax); + } + returnSingleInt(pParse, "max_page_count", newMax); + }else + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode + ** PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){ + const char *zRet = "normal"; + int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); + + if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ + /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for + ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to + ** the locking-mode of the main database). + */ + eMode = db->dfltLockMode; + }else{ + Pager *pPager; + if( pId2->n==0 ){ + /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part + ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be + ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. + ** + ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that + ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified + ** locking mode. + */ + int ii; + assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); + for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); + sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); + } + db->dfltLockMode = eMode; + } + pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); + eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); + } + + assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE); + if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ + zRet = "exclusive"; + } + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, zRet, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum + ** PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N + ** + ** Get or set the (boolean) value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){ + Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto pragma_out; + } + if( !zRight ){ + int auto_vacuum = + pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM; + returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum); + }else{ + int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); + if( eAuto>=0 ){ + /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and + ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection + ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created + ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. + */ + int rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ + /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or + ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database + ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates + ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. + */ + static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 3, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_If, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ + { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ + { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4 */ + { OP_SetCookie, 0, 6, 0}, /* 5 */ + }; + int iAddr; + iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb); + } + } + } + }else +#endif + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N) + ** + ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){ + int iLimit, addr; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ + goto pragma_out; + } + if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ + iLimit = 0x7fffffff; + } + sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, iLimit, 0); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, addr); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + }else +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size + ** PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N + ** + ** The first form reports the current local setting for the + ** page cache size. The local setting can be different from + ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database + ** file itself. The value returned is the maximum number of + ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets the local + ** page cache size value. It does not change the persistent + ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert + ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened. + ** N should be a positive integer. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + }else{ + int size = atoi(zRight); + if( size<0 ) size = -size; + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + } + }else + + /* + ** PRAGMA temp_store + ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing + ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default + ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. + ** + ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to + ** override this setting + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){ + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store); + }else{ + changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); + } + }else + + /* + ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory + ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing + ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. + ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. + ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. + ** + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){ + if( !zRight ){ + if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, + "temp_store_directory", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); + } + }else{ + if( zRight[0] && !sqlite3OsIsDirWritable(zRight) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); + goto pragma_out; + } + if( TEMP_STORE==0 + || (TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) + || (TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) + ){ + invalidateTempStorage(pParse); + } + sqliteFree(sqlite3_temp_directory); + if( zRight[0] ){ + sqlite3_temp_directory = zRight; + zRight = 0; + }else{ + sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; + } + } + }else + + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous + ** PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL + ** + ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing + ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the + ** default value will be restored the next time the database is + ** opened. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + if( !zRight ){ + returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1); + }else{ + if( !db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); + }else{ + pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1; + } + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS + if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){ + /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code + ** there is nothing more to do here */ + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA table_info(
) + ** + ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of + ** the returned data set are: + ** + ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) + ** name: Column name + ** type: Column declaration type. + ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration + ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){ + Table *pTab; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + int i; + int nHidden = 0; + Column *pCol; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); + for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + const Token *pDflt; + if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ + nHidden++; + continue; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pCol->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, + pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pCol->notNull, 0); + if( pCol->pDflt && (pDflt = &pCol->pDflt->span)->z ){ + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, (char*)pDflt->z, pDflt->n); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 6, 0); + } + } + }else + + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){ + Index *pIdx; + Table *pTab; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pIdx ){ + int i; + pTab = pIdx->pTable; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 0); + assert( pTab->nCol>cnum ); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0); + } + } + }else + + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){ + Index *pIdx; + Table *pTab; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + pIdx = pTab->pIndex; + if( pIdx ){ + int i = 0; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", P3_STATIC); + while(pIdx){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0); + ++i; + pIdx = pIdx->pNext; + } + } + } + }else + + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){ + int i; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", P3_STATIC); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; + assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, + sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0); + } + }else + + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){ + int i = 0; + HashElem *p; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC); + for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ + CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i++, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pColl->zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 2, 0); + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){ + FKey *pFK; + Table *pTab; + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); + if( pTab ){ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + pFK = pTab->pFKey; + if( pFK ){ + int i = 0; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 5); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", P3_STATIC); + while(pFK){ + int j; + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, j, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pFK->zTo, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, + pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 0, zCol, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 5, 0); + } + ++i; + pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; + } + } + } + }else +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ + +#ifndef NDEBUG + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){ + if( zRight ){ + if( getBoolean(zRight) ){ + sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: "); + }else{ + sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); + } + } + }else +#endif + + /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE + ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){ + if( zRight ){ + sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, getBoolean(zRight)); + } + }else + +#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX +# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 ){ + int i, j, addr, mxErr; + + /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check. If no error + ** messages have been generated, output OK. Otherwise output the + ** error message + */ + static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { + { OP_MemLoad, 0, 0, 0}, + { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, + { OP_Ne, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ + { OP_String8, 0, 0, "ok"}, + { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0}, + }; + + /* Initialize the VDBE program */ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", P3_STATIC); + + /* Set the maximum error count */ + mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + if( zRight ){ + mxErr = atoi(zRight); + if( mxErr<=0 ){ + mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, mxErr, 0); + + /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + HashElem *x; + Hash *pTbls; + int cnt = 0; + + if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; + + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + + /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree + */ + pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; + for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); + Index *pIdx; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 0); + cnt++; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 0); + cnt++; + } + } + if( cnt==0 ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 0, i); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, -1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, + sqlite3MPrintf("*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName), + P3_DYNAMIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + + /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. + */ + for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ + Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); + Index *pIdx; + int loopTop; + + if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, 1); + loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, 1); + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + int jmp2; + static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = { + { OP_MemIncr, -1, 0, 0}, + { OP_String8, 0, 0, "rowid "}, + { OP_Rowid, 1, 0, 0}, + { OP_String8, 0, 0, " missing from index "}, + { OP_String8, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4 */ + { OP_Concat, 2, 0, 0}, + { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0}, + }; + sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, 1); + jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop); + for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ + static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = { + { OP_MemInt, 0, 2, 0}, + { OP_Rewind, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_MemIncr, 1, 2, 0}, + { OP_Next, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3 */ + { OP_MemLoad, 1, 0, 0}, + { OP_MemLoad, 2, 0, 0}, + { OP_Eq, 0, 0, 0}, /* 6 */ + { OP_MemIncr, -1, 0, 0}, + { OP_String8, 0, 0, "wrong # of entries in index "}, + { OP_String8, 0, 0, 0}, /* 9 */ + { OP_Concat, 0, 0, 0}, + { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0}, + }; + if( pIdx->tnum==0 ) continue; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+6); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+9, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC); + } + } + } + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, mxErr); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+2); + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 + /* + ** PRAGMA encoding + ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" + ** + ** In it's first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main + ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. + ** + ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file + ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default + ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file + ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the + ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. + ** + ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are + ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If + ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH + ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. + ** + ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in + ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only + ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){ + static const struct EncName { + char *zName; + u8 enc; + } encnames[] = { + { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, + { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, + { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, + { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, + { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, + { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, + { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ + { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ + { 0, 0 } + }; + const struct EncName *pEnc; + if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ + if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0); + for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ + if( pEnc->enc==ENC(pParse->db) ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pEnc->zName, P3_STATIC); + break; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0); + }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ + /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not + ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value + ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not + ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. + */ + if( + !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || + DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) + ){ + for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ + if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ + ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; + break; + } + } + if( !pEnc->zName ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); + } + } + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS + /* + ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version + ** PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = + ** + ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version + ** PRAGMA [database.]user_version = + ** + ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get + ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both + ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers + ** stored in the database header. + ** + ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It + ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by + ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by + ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache + ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of + ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. + ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify + ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program + ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! + ** + ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by + ** applications for any purpose. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 + || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 + || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 + ){ + + int iCookie; /* Cookie index. 0 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */ + switch( zLeft[0] ){ + case 's': case 'S': + iCookie = 0; + break; + case 'f': case 'F': + iCookie = 1; + iDb = (-1*(iDb+1)); + assert(iDb<=0); + break; + default: + iCookie = 5; + break; + } + + if( zRight && iDb>=0 ){ + /* Write the specified cookie value */ + static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { + { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ + { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ + }; + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, atoi(zRight)); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie); + }else{ + /* Read the specified cookie value */ + static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { + { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ + { OP_Callback, 1, 0, 0} + }; + int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, iCookie); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, P3_TRANSIENT); + } + }else +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) + /* + ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){ + static const char *const azLockName[] = { + "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" + }; + int i; + Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", P3_STATIC); + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + Btree *pBt; + Pager *pPager; + if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue; + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P3_STATIC); + pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "closed", P3_STATIC); + }else{ + int j = sqlite3PagerLockstate(pPager); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, + (j>=0 && j<=4) ? azLockName[j] : "unknown", P3_STATIC); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 2, 0); + } + }else +#endif + +#ifdef SQLITE_SSE + /* + ** Check to see if the sqlite_statements table exists. Create it + ** if it does not. + */ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "create_sqlite_statement_table")==0 ){ + extern int sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(Parse*); + sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(pParse); + }else +#endif + +#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 ){ + sqlite3_key(db, zRight, strlen(zRight)); + }else +#endif +#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) + if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){ +#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){ + extern void sqlite3_activate_see(const char*); + sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]); + } +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD + if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){ + extern void sqlite3_activate_cerod(const char*); + sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]); + } +#endif + } +#endif + + {} + + if( v ){ + /* Code an OP_Expire at the end of each PRAGMA program to cause + ** the VDBE implementing the pragma to expire. Most (all?) pragmas + ** are only valid for a single execution. + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 1, 0); + + /* + ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous + ** setting changed. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS + if( db->autoCommit ){ + sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level, + (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0); + } +#endif + } +pragma_out: + sqliteFree(zLeft); + sqliteFree(zRight); +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA || SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER */ diff --git a/prepare.c b/prepare.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a040eb --- /dev/null +++ b/prepare.c @@ -0,0 +1,695 @@ +/* +** 2005 May 25 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare() +** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema +** from disk. +** +** $Id: prepare.c,v 1.52 2007/08/13 14:41:19 danielk1977 Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "os.h" +#include + +/* +** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates +** that the database is corrupt. +*/ +static void corruptSchema(InitData *pData, const char *zExtra){ + if( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, "malformed database schema", + zExtra!=0 && zExtra[0]!=0 ? " - " : (char*)0, zExtra, (char*)0); + } + pData->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; +} + +/* +** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the +** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. +** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. +** +** Each callback contains the following information: +** +** argv[0] = name of thing being created +** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. +** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. +** +*/ +int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName){ + InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; + sqlite3 *db = pData->db; + int iDb = pData->iDb; + + pData->rc = SQLITE_OK; + DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + corruptSchema(pData, 0); + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + assert( argc==3 ); + if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ + if( argv[1]==0 ){ + corruptSchema(pData, 0); + return 1; + } + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){ + /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. + ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated + ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data + ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. + */ + char *zErr; + int rc; + assert( db->init.busy ); + db->init.iDb = iDb; + db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]); + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr); + db->init.iDb = 0; + assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); + if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ + pData->rc = rc; + if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ + sqlite3FailedMalloc(); + }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){ + corruptSchema(pData, zErr); + } + sqlite3_free(zErr); + return 1; + } + }else{ + /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that + ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE + ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already + ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have + ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. + */ + Index *pIndex; + pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( pIndex==0 || pIndex->tnum!=0 ){ + /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which + ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since + ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also + ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. + */ + /* Do Nothing */; + }else{ + pIndex->tnum = atoi(argv[1]); + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal +** data structures for a single database file. The index of the +** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main +** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for +** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to +** indicate success or failure. +*/ +static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){ + int rc; + BtCursor *curMain; + int size; + Table *pTab; + Db *pDb; + char const *azArg[4]; + int meta[10]; + InitData initData; + char const *zMasterSchema; + char const *zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + + /* + ** The master database table has a structure like this + */ + static const char master_schema[] = + "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n" + " type text,\n" + " name text,\n" + " tbl_name text,\n" + " rootpage integer,\n" + " sql text\n" + ")" + ; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + static const char temp_master_schema[] = + "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n" + " type text,\n" + " name text,\n" + " tbl_name text,\n" + " rootpage integer,\n" + " sql text\n" + ")" + ; +#else + #define temp_master_schema 0 +#endif + + assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); + assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); + + /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema + ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being + ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table. + */ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema; + }else{ + zMasterSchema = master_schema; + } + zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); + + /* Construct the schema tables. */ + sqlite3SafetyOff(db); + azArg[0] = zMasterName; + azArg[1] = "1"; + azArg[2] = zMasterSchema; + azArg[3] = 0; + initData.db = db; + initData.iDb = iDb; + initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; + rc = sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3SafetyOn(db); + return initData.rc; + } + pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName); + if( pTab ){ + pTab->readOnly = 1; + } + sqlite3SafetyOn(db); + + /* Create a cursor to hold the database open + */ + pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; + if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ + if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ + DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); + } + return SQLITE_OK; + } + rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pDb->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curMain); + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_EMPTY ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0); + return rc; + } + + /* Get the database meta information. + ** + ** Meta values are as follows: + ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. + ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. + ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. + ** meta[3] Use freelist if 0. Autovacuum if greater than zero. + ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE + ** meta[5] The user cookie. Used by the application. + ** meta[6] Incremental-vacuum flag. + ** meta[7] + ** meta[8] + ** meta[9] + ** + ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to + ** the possible values of meta[4]. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + int i; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); + } + if( rc ){ + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0); + sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain); + return rc; + } + }else{ + memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta)); + } + pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[0]; + + /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the + ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. + ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same + ** as sqlite3.enc. + */ + if( meta[4] ){ /* text encoding */ + if( iDb==0 ){ + /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ + ENC(db) = (u8)meta[4]; + db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0); + }else{ + /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ + if( meta[4]!=ENC(db) ){ + sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain); + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "attached databases must use the same" + " text encoding as main database", (char*)0); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + }else{ + DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); + } + pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); + + size = meta[2]; + if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } + pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; + sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); + + /* + ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. + ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN + ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults + ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants + */ + pDb->pSchema->file_format = meta[1]; + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ + pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; + } + if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ + sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain); + sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "unsupported file format", (char*)0); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + + /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables + */ + assert( db->init.busy ); + if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){ + /* For an empty database, there is nothing to read */ + rc = SQLITE_OK; + }else{ + char *zSql; + zSql = sqlite3MPrintf( + "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s", + db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName); + sqlite3SafetyOff(db); + rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); + if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = initData.rc; + sqlite3SafetyOn(db); + sqliteFree(zSql); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); + } +#endif + sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain); + } + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + /* sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0); */ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + } + if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){ + /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider + ** the schema loaded, even if errors occured. In this situation the + ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one + ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset + ** of the schema was loaded before the error occured. The primary + ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table + ** even when it's contents have been corrupted. + */ + DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); + rc = SQLITE_OK; + } + return rc; +} + +/* +** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file +** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files +** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an +** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. +** +** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set +** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database +** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. +*/ +int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ + int i, rc; + int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges); + + if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK; + rc = SQLITE_OK; + db->init.busy = 1; + for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ + if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue; + rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i); + } + } + + /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema + ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database + ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->nDb>1 && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ + rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg); + if( rc ){ + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1); + } + } +#endif + + db->init.busy = 0; + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){ + sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); + } + + return rc; +} + +/* +** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised. +** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + if( !db->init.busy ){ + rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ + pParse->rc = rc; + pParse->nErr++; + } + return rc; +} + + +/* +** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out +** of date, return 0. If all schema cookies are current, return 1. +*/ +static int schemaIsValid(sqlite3 *db){ + int iDb; + int rc; + BtCursor *curTemp; + int cookie; + int allOk = 1; + + for(iDb=0; allOk && iDbnDb; iDb++){ + Btree *pBt; + pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; + if( pBt==0 ) continue; + rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curTemp); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ + rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&cookie); + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ + allOk = 0; + } + sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curTemp); + } + } + return allOk; +} + +/* +** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates +** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. +** +** If the same database is attached more than once, the first +** attached database is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ + int i = -1000000; + + /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in + ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one + ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this + ** function should never be used. + ** + ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using + ** -1000000 as incorrectly using -1000000 index into db->aDb[] is much + ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() + ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). + */ + if( pSchema ){ + for(i=0; inDb; i++){ + if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ + break; + } + } + assert( i>=0 &&i>=0 && inDb ); + } + return i; +} + +/* +** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. +*/ +int sqlite3Prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + Parse sParse; + char *zErrMsg = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + int i; + + /* Assert that malloc() has not failed */ + assert( !sqlite3MallocFailed() ); + + assert( ppStmt ); + *ppStmt = 0; + if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + + /* If any attached database schemas are locked, do not proceed with + ** compilation. Instead return SQLITE_LOCKED immediately. + */ + for(i=0; inDb; i++) { + Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; + if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt) ){ + const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName; + sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_LOCKED, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); + sqlite3SafetyOff(db); + return SQLITE_LOCKED; + } + } + + memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse)); + sParse.db = db; + if( nBytes>=0 && zSql[nBytes]!=0 ){ + char *zSqlCopy; + if( nBytes>SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ){ + return SQLITE_TOOBIG; + } + zSqlCopy = sqlite3StrNDup(zSql, nBytes); + if( zSqlCopy ){ + sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); + sqliteFree(zSqlCopy); + } + sParse.zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; + }else{ + sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); + } + + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK; + if( sParse.checkSchema && !schemaIsValid(db) ){ + sParse.rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; + } + if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){ + sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0); + } + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + if( pzTail ){ + *pzTail = sParse.zTail; + } + rc = sParse.rc; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){ + if( sParse.explain==2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 3); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "order", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "detail", P3_STATIC); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 5); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "addr", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "opcode", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "p1", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "p2", P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "p3", P3_STATIC); + } + } +#endif + + if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){ + rc = SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + + if( saveSqlFlag ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetSql(sParse.pVdbe, zSql, sParse.zTail - zSql); + } + if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe); + assert(!(*ppStmt)); + }else{ + *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe; + } + + if( zErrMsg ){ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); + sqliteFree(zErrMsg); + }else{ + sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0); + } + + rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); + sqlite3ReleaseThreadData(); + assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); + return rc; +} + +/* +** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. +** Return true if the statement was recompiled successfully. +** Return false if there is an error of some kind. +*/ +int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ + int rc; + sqlite3_stmt *pNew; + const char *zSql; + sqlite3 *db; + + zSql = sqlite3VdbeGetSql(p); + if( zSql==0 ){ + return 0; + } + db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); + rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, &pNew, 0); + if( rc ){ + assert( pNew==0 ); + return 0; + }else{ + assert( pNew!=0 ); + } + sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); + sqlite3_transfer_bindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); + sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); + sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); + return 1; +} + + +/* +** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy +** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement +** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by +** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained +** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change +** occurs. +*/ +int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + return sqlite3Prepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); +} +int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + return sqlite3Prepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); +} + + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 +/* +** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. +*/ +static int sqlite3Prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 + ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The + ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. + */ + char *zSql8; + const char *zTail8 = 0; + int rc = SQLITE_OK; + + if( sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){ + return SQLITE_MISUSE; + } + zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(zSql, nBytes); + if( zSql8 ){ + rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, &zTail8); + } + + if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ + /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the + ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode + ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer + ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. + */ + int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, zTail8-zSql8); + *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); + } + sqliteFree(zSql8); + return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); +} + +/* +** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy +** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement +** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by +** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained +** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change +** occurs. +*/ +int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + return sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); +} +int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ + const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ + int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ +){ + return sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail); +} + +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ diff --git a/printf.c b/printf.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01ed7a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/printf.c @@ -0,0 +1,885 @@ +/* +** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in +** the public domain. The original comments are included here for +** completeness. They are very out-of-date but might be useful as +** an historical reference. Most of the "enhancements" have been backed +** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf(). +** +************************************************************************** +** +** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines +** found in the standard C library. The following enhancements are +** supported: +** +** + Additional functions. The standard set of "printf" functions +** includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and +** vsprintf. This module adds the following: +** +** * snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument +** which is the size of the buffer written to. +** +** * mprintf -- Similar to sprintf. Writes output to memory +** obtained from malloc. +** +** * xprintf -- Calls a function to dispose of output. +** +** * nprintf -- No output, but returns the number of characters +** that would have been output by printf. +** +** * A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also +** supplied. +** +** + A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported: +** +** * The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be +** be centered in the appropriately sized field. +** +** * The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation. +** +** * The %c field now accepts a precision. The character output +** is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies. +** +** * The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the +** next character of the format string, instead of the next +** argument. For example, printf("%.78'-") prints 78 minus +** signs, the same as printf("%.78c",'-'). +** +** + When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is +** faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1. +** +** + All functions are fully reentrant. +** +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include + +/* +** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the +** following enumeration. +*/ +#define etRADIX 1 /* Integer types. %d, %x, %o, and so forth */ +#define etFLOAT 2 /* Floating point. %f */ +#define etEXP 3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */ +#define etGENERIC 4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */ +#define etSIZE 5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */ +#define etSTRING 6 /* Strings. %s */ +#define etDYNSTRING 7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */ +#define etPERCENT 8 /* Percent symbol. %% */ +#define etCHARX 9 /* Characters. %c */ +/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */ +#define etCHARLIT 10 /* Literal characters. %' */ +#define etSQLESCAPE 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled. %q */ +#define etSQLESCAPE2 12 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '', + NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL. %Q */ +#define etTOKEN 13 /* a pointer to a Token structure */ +#define etSRCLIST 14 /* a pointer to a SrcList */ +#define etPOINTER 15 /* The %p conversion */ +#define etSQLESCAPE3 16 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */ + + +/* +** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value. +*/ +typedef unsigned char etByte; + +/* +** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described +** by an instance of the following structure +*/ +typedef struct et_info { /* Information about each format field */ + char fmttype; /* The format field code letter */ + etByte base; /* The base for radix conversion */ + etByte flags; /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */ + etByte type; /* Conversion paradigm */ + etByte charset; /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */ + etByte prefix; /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */ +} et_info; + +/* +** Allowed values for et_info.flags +*/ +#define FLAG_SIGNED 1 /* True if the value to convert is signed */ +#define FLAG_INTERN 2 /* True if for internal use only */ +#define FLAG_STRING 4 /* Allow infinity precision */ + + +/* +** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the +** most frequently used conversion types first. +*/ +static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef"; +static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0"; +static const et_info fmtinfo[] = { + { 'd', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, + { 's', 0, 4, etSTRING, 0, 0 }, + { 'g', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 30, 0 }, + { 'z', 0, 6, etDYNSTRING, 0, 0 }, + { 'q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE, 0, 0 }, + { 'Q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0, 0 }, + { 'w', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0, 0 }, + { 'c', 0, 0, etCHARX, 0, 0 }, + { 'o', 8, 0, etRADIX, 0, 2 }, + { 'u', 10, 0, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, + { 'x', 16, 0, etRADIX, 16, 1 }, + { 'X', 16, 0, etRADIX, 0, 4 }, +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + { 'f', 0, 1, etFLOAT, 0, 0 }, + { 'e', 0, 1, etEXP, 30, 0 }, + { 'E', 0, 1, etEXP, 14, 0 }, + { 'G', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 14, 0 }, +#endif + { 'i', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 }, + { 'n', 0, 0, etSIZE, 0, 0 }, + { '%', 0, 0, etPERCENT, 0, 0 }, + { 'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER, 0, 1 }, + { 'T', 0, 2, etTOKEN, 0, 0 }, + { 'S', 0, 2, etSRCLIST, 0, 0 }, +}; +#define etNINFO (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0])) + +/* +** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point +** conversions will work. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +/* +** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0 +** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then +** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize. +** +** Example: +** input: *val = 3.14159 +** output: *val = 1.4159 function return = '3' +** +** The counter *cnt is incremented each time. After counter exceeds +** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is +** always returned. +*/ +static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){ + int digit; + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d; + if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0'; + digit = (int)*val; + d = digit; + digit += '0'; + *val = (*val - d)*10.0; + return digit; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ + +/* +** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the +** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be less than 350. But beware - for +** smaller values some %f conversions may go into an infinite loop. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE +# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 350 +#endif +#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */ + +/* +** The root program. All variations call this core. +** +** INPUTS: +** func This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments +** 1. A pointer to anything. Same as the "arg" parameter. +** 2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output +** (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.) +** 3. An integer number of characters to be output. +** (Note: This number might be zero.) +** +** arg This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the +** first argument to "func". Use it for whatever you like. +** +** fmt This is the format string, as in the usual print. +** +** ap This is a pointer to a list of arguments. Same as in +** vfprint. +** +** OUTPUTS: +** The return value is the total number of characters sent to +** the function "func". Returns -1 on a error. +** +** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below +** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast +** will run. +*/ +static int vxprintf( + void (*func)(void*,const char*,int), /* Consumer of text */ + void *arg, /* First argument to the consumer */ + int useExtended, /* Allow extended %-conversions */ + const char *fmt, /* Format string */ + va_list ap /* arguments */ +){ + int c; /* Next character in the format string */ + char *bufpt; /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */ + int precision; /* Precision of the current field */ + int length; /* Length of the field */ + int idx; /* A general purpose loop counter */ + int count; /* Total number of characters output */ + int width; /* Width of the current field */ + etByte flag_leftjustify; /* True if "-" flag is present */ + etByte flag_plussign; /* True if "+" flag is present */ + etByte flag_blanksign; /* True if " " flag is present */ + etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */ + etByte flag_altform2; /* True if "!" flag is present */ + etByte flag_zeropad; /* True if field width constant starts with zero */ + etByte flag_long; /* True if "l" flag is present */ + etByte flag_longlong; /* True if the "ll" flag is present */ + etByte done; /* Loop termination flag */ + sqlite_uint64 longvalue; /* Value for integer types */ + LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */ + const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */ + char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */ + char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */ + etByte errorflag = 0; /* True if an error is encountered */ + etByte xtype; /* Conversion paradigm */ + char *zExtra; /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */ + static const char spaces[] = + " "; +#define etSPACESIZE (sizeof(spaces)-1) +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */ + double rounder; /* Used for rounding floating point values */ + etByte flag_dp; /* True if decimal point should be shown */ + etByte flag_rtz; /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */ + etByte flag_exp; /* True to force display of the exponent */ + int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */ +#endif + + func(arg,"",0); + count = length = 0; + bufpt = 0; + for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){ + if( c!='%' ){ + int amt; + bufpt = (char *)fmt; + amt = 1; + while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++; + (*func)(arg,bufpt,amt); + count += amt; + if( c==0 ) break; + } + if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){ + errorflag = 1; + (*func)(arg,"%",1); + count++; + break; + } + /* Find out what flags are present */ + flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = + flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0; + done = 0; + do{ + switch( c ){ + case '-': flag_leftjustify = 1; break; + case '+': flag_plussign = 1; break; + case ' ': flag_blanksign = 1; break; + case '#': flag_alternateform = 1; break; + case '!': flag_altform2 = 1; break; + case '0': flag_zeropad = 1; break; + default: done = 1; break; + } + }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 ); + /* Get the field width */ + width = 0; + if( c=='*' ){ + width = va_arg(ap,int); + if( width<0 ){ + flag_leftjustify = 1; + width = -width; + } + c = *++fmt; + }else{ + while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ + width = width*10 + c - '0'; + c = *++fmt; + } + } + if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){ + width = etBUFSIZE-10; + } + /* Get the precision */ + if( c=='.' ){ + precision = 0; + c = *++fmt; + if( c=='*' ){ + precision = va_arg(ap,int); + if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision; + c = *++fmt; + }else{ + while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ + precision = precision*10 + c - '0'; + c = *++fmt; + } + } + }else{ + precision = -1; + } + /* Get the conversion type modifier */ + if( c=='l' ){ + flag_long = 1; + c = *++fmt; + if( c=='l' ){ + flag_longlong = 1; + c = *++fmt; + }else{ + flag_longlong = 0; + } + }else{ + flag_long = flag_longlong = 0; + } + /* Fetch the info entry for the field */ + infop = 0; + for(idx=0; idxflags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){ + xtype = infop->type; + }else{ + return -1; + } + break; + } + } + zExtra = 0; + if( infop==0 ){ + return -1; + } + + + /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */ + if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 && (infop->flags & FLAG_STRING)==0 ){ + precision = etBUFSIZE-40; + } + + /* + ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows: + ** + ** flag_alternateform TRUE if a '#' is present. + ** flag_altform2 TRUE if a '!' is present. + ** flag_plussign TRUE if a '+' is present. + ** flag_leftjustify TRUE if a '-' is present or if the + ** field width was negative. + ** flag_zeropad TRUE if the width began with 0. + ** flag_long TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed + ** the conversion character. + ** flag_longlong TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed + ** the conversion character. + ** flag_blanksign TRUE if a ' ' is present. + ** width The specified field width. This is + ** always non-negative. Zero is the default. + ** precision The specified precision. The default + ** is -1. + ** xtype The class of the conversion. + ** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct. + */ + switch( xtype ){ + case etPOINTER: + flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64); + flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int); + /* Fall through into the next case */ + case etRADIX: + if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){ + i64 v; + if( flag_longlong ) v = va_arg(ap,i64); + else if( flag_long ) v = va_arg(ap,long int); + else v = va_arg(ap,int); + if( v<0 ){ + longvalue = -v; + prefix = '-'; + }else{ + longvalue = v; + if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; + else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; + else prefix = 0; + } + }else{ + if( flag_longlong ) longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64); + else if( flag_long ) longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int); + else longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int); + prefix = 0; + } + if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0; + if( flag_zeropad && precisioncharset]; + base = infop->base; + do{ /* Convert to ascii */ + *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base]; + longvalue = longvalue/base; + }while( longvalue>0 ); + } + length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt; + for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){ + *(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */ + } + if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix; /* Add sign */ + if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){ /* Add "0" or "0x" */ + const char *pre; + char x; + pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix]; + if( *bufpt!=pre[0] ){ + for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x; + } + } + length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt; + break; + case etFLOAT: + case etEXP: + case etGENERIC: + realvalue = va_arg(ap,double); +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT + if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */ + if( precision>etBUFSIZE/2-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE/2-10; + if( realvalue<0.0 ){ + realvalue = -realvalue; + prefix = '-'; + }else{ + if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+'; + else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' '; + else prefix = 0; + } + if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--; +#if 0 + /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used. Wierd! */ + for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1); +#else + /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */ + for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){} +#endif + if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder; + /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */ + exp = 0; + if( sqlite3_isnan(realvalue) ){ + bufpt = "NaN"; + length = 3; + break; + } + if( realvalue>0.0 ){ + while( realvalue>=1e32 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-32; exp+=32; } + while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; } + while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } + while( realvalue<1e-8 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; } + while( realvalue<1.0 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; } + if( exp>350 || exp<-350 ){ + if( prefix=='-' ){ + bufpt = "-Inf"; + }else if( prefix=='+' ){ + bufpt = "+Inf"; + }else{ + bufpt = "Inf"; + } + length = strlen(bufpt); + break; + } + } + bufpt = buf; + /* + ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP + ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate. + */ + flag_exp = xtype==etEXP; + if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){ + realvalue += rounder; + if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } + } + if( xtype==etGENERIC ){ + flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform; + if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){ + xtype = etEXP; + }else{ + precision = precision - exp; + xtype = etFLOAT; + } + }else{ + flag_rtz = 0; + } + if( xtype==etEXP ){ + e2 = 0; + }else{ + e2 = exp; + } + nsd = 0; + flag_dp = (precision>0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2; + /* The sign in front of the number */ + if( prefix ){ + *(bufpt++) = prefix; + } + /* Digits prior to the decimal point */ + if( e2<0 ){ + *(bufpt++) = '0'; + }else{ + for(; e2>=0; e2--){ + *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); + } + } + /* The decimal point */ + if( flag_dp ){ + *(bufpt++) = '.'; + } + /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first + ** significant digit of the number */ + for(e2++; e2<0 && precision>0; precision--, e2++){ + *(bufpt++) = '0'; + } + /* Significant digits after the decimal point */ + while( (precision--)>0 ){ + *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); + } + /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */ + if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){ + while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0; + assert( bufpt>buf ); + if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){ + if( flag_altform2 ){ + *(bufpt++) = '0'; + }else{ + *(--bufpt) = 0; + } + } + } + /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */ + if( flag_exp || (xtype==etEXP && exp) ){ + *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset]; + if( exp<0 ){ + *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; + }else{ + *(bufpt++) = '+'; + } + if( exp>=100 ){ + *(bufpt++) = (exp/100)+'0'; /* 100's digit */ + exp %= 100; + } + *(bufpt++) = exp/10+'0'; /* 10's digit */ + *(bufpt++) = exp%10+'0'; /* 1's digit */ + } + *bufpt = 0; + + /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it. + ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with + ** integer conversions. */ + length = bufpt-buf; + bufpt = buf; + + /* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is + ** set and we are not left justified */ + if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){ + int i; + int nPad = width - length; + for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){ + bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad]; + } + i = prefix!=0; + while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0'; + length = width; + } +#endif + break; + case etSIZE: + *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = count; + length = width = 0; + break; + case etPERCENT: + buf[0] = '%'; + bufpt = buf; + length = 1; + break; + case etCHARLIT: + case etCHARX: + c = buf[0] = (xtype==etCHARX ? va_arg(ap,int) : *++fmt); + if( precision>=0 ){ + for(idx=1; idx=0 && precisionetBUFSIZE ){ + bufpt = zExtra = sqliteMalloc( n ); + if( bufpt==0 ) return -1; + }else{ + bufpt = buf; + } + j = 0; + if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; + for(i=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){ + bufpt[j++] = ch; + if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch; + } + if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; + bufpt[j] = 0; + length = j; + /* The precision is ignored on %q and %Q */ + /* if( precision>=0 && precisionz ){ + (*func)(arg, (char*)pToken->z, pToken->n); + } + length = width = 0; + break; + } + case etSRCLIST: { + SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*); + int k = va_arg(ap, int); + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k]; + assert( k>=0 && knSrc ); + if( pItem->zDatabase && pItem->zDatabase[0] ){ + (*func)(arg, pItem->zDatabase, strlen(pItem->zDatabase)); + (*func)(arg, ".", 1); + } + (*func)(arg, pItem->zName, strlen(pItem->zName)); + length = width = 0; + break; + } + }/* End switch over the format type */ + /* + ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is + ** "length" characters long. The field width is "width". Do + ** the output. + */ + if( !flag_leftjustify ){ + register int nspace; + nspace = width-length; + if( nspace>0 ){ + count += nspace; + while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){ + (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE); + nspace -= etSPACESIZE; + } + if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace); + } + } + if( length>0 ){ + (*func)(arg,bufpt,length); + count += length; + } + if( flag_leftjustify ){ + register int nspace; + nspace = width-length; + if( nspace>0 ){ + count += nspace; + while( nspace>=etSPACESIZE ){ + (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE); + nspace -= etSPACESIZE; + } + if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace); + } + } + if( zExtra ){ + sqliteFree(zExtra); + } + }/* End for loop over the format string */ + return errorflag ? -1 : count; +} /* End of function */ + + +/* This structure is used to store state information about the +** write to memory that is currently in progress. +*/ +struct sgMprintf { + char *zBase; /* A base allocation */ + char *zText; /* The string collected so far */ + int nChar; /* Length of the string so far */ + int nTotal; /* Output size if unconstrained */ + int nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */ + void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Function used to realloc memory */ +}; + +/* +** This function implements the callback from vxprintf. +** +** This routine add nNewChar characters of text in zNewText to +** the sgMprintf structure pointed to by "arg". +*/ +static void mout(void *arg, const char *zNewText, int nNewChar){ + struct sgMprintf *pM = (struct sgMprintf*)arg; + pM->nTotal += nNewChar; + if( pM->nChar + nNewChar + 1 > pM->nAlloc ){ + if( pM->xRealloc==0 ){ + nNewChar = pM->nAlloc - pM->nChar - 1; + }else{ + int nAlloc = pM->nChar + nNewChar*2 + 1; + if( pM->zText==pM->zBase ){ + pM->zText = pM->xRealloc(0, nAlloc); + if( pM->zText && pM->nChar ){ + memcpy(pM->zText, pM->zBase, pM->nChar); + } + }else{ + char *zNew; + zNew = pM->xRealloc(pM->zText, nAlloc); + if( zNew ){ + pM->zText = zNew; + }else{ + return; + } + } + pM->nAlloc = nAlloc; + } + } + if( pM->zText ){ + if( nNewChar>0 ){ + memcpy(&pM->zText[pM->nChar], zNewText, nNewChar); + pM->nChar += nNewChar; + } + pM->zText[pM->nChar] = 0; + } +} + +/* +** This routine is a wrapper around xprintf() that invokes mout() as +** the consumer. +*/ +static char *base_vprintf( + void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int), /* Routine to realloc memory. May be NULL */ + int useInternal, /* Use internal %-conversions if true */ + char *zInitBuf, /* Initially write here, before mallocing */ + int nInitBuf, /* Size of zInitBuf[] */ + const char *zFormat, /* format string */ + va_list ap /* arguments */ +){ + struct sgMprintf sM; + sM.zBase = sM.zText = zInitBuf; + sM.nChar = sM.nTotal = 0; + sM.nAlloc = nInitBuf; + sM.xRealloc = xRealloc; + vxprintf(mout, &sM, useInternal, zFormat, ap); + if( xRealloc ){ + if( sM.zText==sM.zBase ){ + sM.zText = xRealloc(0, sM.nChar+1); + if( sM.zText ){ + memcpy(sM.zText, sM.zBase, sM.nChar+1); + } + }else if( sM.nAlloc>sM.nChar+10 ){ + char *zNew = xRealloc(sM.zText, sM.nChar+1); + if( zNew ){ + sM.zText = zNew; + } + } + } + return sM.zText; +} + +/* +** Realloc that is a real function, not a macro. +*/ +static void *printf_realloc(void *old, int size){ + return sqliteRealloc(old,size); +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +char *sqlite3VMPrintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; + return base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap); +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +char *sqlite3MPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + return z; +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). Omit the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ + char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; + return base_vprintf(sqlite3_realloc, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap); +} + +/* +** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()(). Omit the internal +** %-conversion extensions. +*/ +char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ + va_list ap; + char *z; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + return z; +} + +/* +** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the +** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we +** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as +** specified by some locales. +*/ +char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){ + char *z; + va_list ap; + + if( n<=0 ){ + return zBuf; + } + zBuf[0] = 0; + va_start(ap,zFormat); + z = base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, n, zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + return z; +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG) +/* +** A version of printf() that understands %lld. Used for debugging. +** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld +** and segfaults if you give it a long long int. +*/ +void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ + extern int getpid(void); + va_list ap; + char zBuf[500]; + va_start(ap, zFormat); + base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap); + va_end(ap); + fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf); + fflush(stdout); +} +#endif diff --git a/random.c b/random.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03ed7a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/random.c @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number +** generator (PRNG) for SQLite. +** +** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order +** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames. +** +** $Id: random.c,v 1.16 2007/01/05 14:38:56 drh Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" +#include "os.h" + + +/* +** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG. The Mutex +** must be held while executing this routine. +** +** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this? +** Because the OP_NewRowid opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very +** good source of random numbers. The lrand48() library function may +** well be good enough. But maybe not. Or maybe lrand48() has some +** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems. It is hard +** to know. To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48() +** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based +** on RC4, which we know works very well. +** +** (Later): Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of +** randomness any more. But we will leave this code in all the same. +*/ +static int randomByte(void){ + unsigned char t; + + /* All threads share a single random number generator. + ** This structure is the current state of the generator. + */ + static struct { + unsigned char isInit; /* True if initialized */ + unsigned char i, j; /* State variables */ + unsigned char s[256]; /* State variables */ + } prng; + + /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once, + ** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does + ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not + ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that... + ** + ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of + ** encryption. The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random + ** number generator) not as an encryption device. + */ + if( !prng.isInit ){ + int i; + char k[256]; + prng.j = 0; + prng.i = 0; + sqlite3OsRandomSeed(k); + for(i=0; i<256; i++){ + prng.s[i] = i; + } + for(i=0; i<256; i++){ + prng.j += prng.s[i] + k[i]; + t = prng.s[prng.j]; + prng.s[prng.j] = prng.s[i]; + prng.s[i] = t; + } + prng.isInit = 1; + } + + /* Generate and return single random byte + */ + prng.i++; + t = prng.s[prng.i]; + prng.j += t; + prng.s[prng.i] = prng.s[prng.j]; + prng.s[prng.j] = t; + t += prng.s[prng.i]; + return prng.s[t]; +} + +/* +** Return N random bytes. +*/ +void sqlite3Randomness(int N, void *pBuf){ + unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf; + sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); + while( N-- ){ + *(zBuf++) = randomByte(); + } + sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(); +} diff --git a/select.c b/select.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c29b57 --- /dev/null +++ b/select.c @@ -0,0 +1,3505 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser +** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. +** +** $Id: select.c,v 1.354 2007/07/18 18:17:12 drh Exp $ +*/ +#include "sqliteInt.h" + + +/* +** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate +** the select structure itself. +*/ +static void clearSelect(Select *p){ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pEList); + sqlite3SrcListDelete(p->pSrc); + sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pGroupBy); + sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pHaving); + sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pOrderBy); + sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pPrior); + sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit); + sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pOffset); +} + + +/* +** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that +** structure. +*/ +Select *sqlite3SelectNew( + ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ + SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ + Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ + ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ + Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ + int isDistinct, /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ + Expr *pOffset /* OFFSET value. NULL means no offset */ +){ + Select *pNew; + Select standin; + pNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) ); + assert( !pOffset || pLimit ); /* Can't have OFFSET without LIMIT. */ + if( pNew==0 ){ + pNew = &standin; + memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); + } + if( pEList==0 ){ + pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL,0,0,0), 0); + } + pNew->pEList = pEList; + pNew->pSrc = pSrc; + pNew->pWhere = pWhere; + pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; + pNew->pHaving = pHaving; + pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + pNew->isDistinct = isDistinct; + pNew->op = TK_SELECT; + assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 ); + pNew->pLimit = pLimit; + pNew->pOffset = pOffset; + pNew->iLimit = -1; + pNew->iOffset = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; + pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; + if( pNew==&standin) { + clearSelect(pNew); + pNew = 0; + } + return pNew; +} + +/* +** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. +*/ +void sqlite3SelectDelete(Select *p){ + if( p ){ + clearSelect(p); + sqliteFree(p); + } +} + +/* +** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the +** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type +** in terms of the following bit values: +** +** JT_INNER +** JT_CROSS +** JT_OUTER +** JT_NATURAL +** JT_LEFT +** JT_RIGHT +** +** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. +** +** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return +** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. +*/ +int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ + int jointype = 0; + Token *apAll[3]; + Token *p; + static const struct { + const char zKeyword[8]; + u8 nChar; + u8 code; + } keywords[] = { + { "natural", 7, JT_NATURAL }, + { "left", 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, + { "right", 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, + { "full", 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, + { "outer", 5, JT_OUTER }, + { "inner", 5, JT_INNER }, + { "cross", 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, + }; + int i, j; + apAll[0] = pA; + apAll[1] = pB; + apAll[2] = pC; + for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ + p = apAll[i]; + for(j=0; jn==keywords[j].nChar + && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, keywords[j].zKeyword, p->n)==0 ){ + jointype |= keywords[j].code; + break; + } + } + if( j>=sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]) ){ + jointype |= JT_ERROR; + break; + } + } + if( + (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || + (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 + ){ + const char *zSp1 = " "; + const char *zSp2 = " "; + if( pB==0 ){ zSp1++; } + if( pC==0 ){ zSp2++; } + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " + "%T%s%T%s%T", pA, zSp1, pB, zSp2, pC); + jointype = JT_INNER; + }else if( jointype & JT_RIGHT ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); + jointype = JT_INNER; + } + return jointype; +} + +/* +** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column +** is not contained in the table. +*/ +static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ + int i; + for(i=0; inCol; i++){ + if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; + } + return -1; +} + +/* +** Set the value of a token to a '\000'-terminated string. +*/ +static void setToken(Token *p, const char *z){ + p->z = (u8*)z; + p->n = z ? strlen(z) : 0; + p->dyn = 0; +} + +/* +** Set the token to the double-quoted and escaped version of the string pointed +** to by z. For example; +** +** {a"bc} -> {"a""bc"} +*/ +static void setQuotedToken(Token *p, const char *z){ + p->z = (u8 *)sqlite3MPrintf("\"%w\"", z); + p->dyn = 1; + if( p->z ){ + p->n = strlen((char *)p->z); + } +} + +/* +** Create an expression node for an identifier with the name of zName +*/ +Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(const char *zName){ + Token dummy; + setToken(&dummy, zName); + return sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy); +} + + +/* +** Add a term to the WHERE expression in *ppExpr that requires the +** zCol column to be equal in the two tables pTab1 and pTab2. +*/ +static void addWhereTerm( + const char *zCol, /* Name of the column */ + const Table *pTab1, /* First table */ + const char *zAlias1, /* Alias for first table. May be NULL */ + const Table *pTab2, /* Second table */ + const char *zAlias2, /* Alias for second table. May be NULL */ + int iRightJoinTable, /* VDBE cursor for the right table */ + Expr **ppExpr /* Add the equality term to this expression */ +){ + Expr *pE1a, *pE1b, *pE1c; + Expr *pE2a, *pE2b, *pE2c; + Expr *pE; + + pE1a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(zCol); + pE2a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(zCol); + if( zAlias1==0 ){ + zAlias1 = pTab1->zName; + } + pE1b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(zAlias1); + if( zAlias2==0 ){ + zAlias2 = pTab2->zName; + } + pE2b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(zAlias2); + pE1c = sqlite3ExprOrFree(TK_DOT, pE1b, pE1a, 0); + pE2c = sqlite3ExprOrFree(TK_DOT, pE2b, pE2a, 0); + pE = sqlite3ExprOrFree(TK_EQ, pE1c, pE2c, 0); + if( pE ){ + ExprSetProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin); + pE->iRightJoinTable = iRightJoinTable; + } + pE = sqlite3ExprAnd(*ppExpr, pE); + if( pE ){ + *ppExpr = pE; + } +} + +/* +** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. +** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the +** expression. +** +** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell +** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the +** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part +** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the +** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they +** originated in the ON or USING clause. +** +** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the +** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not +** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed +** for cases like this: +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 +** +** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 +** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a +** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not +** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately +** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in +** the output, which is incorrect. +*/ +static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ + while( p ){ + ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); + p->iRightJoinTable = iTable; + setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); + p = p->pRight; + } +} + +/* +** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. +** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. +** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. +** +** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. +** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most +** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to +** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between +** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are +** also attached to the left entry. +** +** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. +*/ +static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ + struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ + + pSrc = p->pSrc; + pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; + pRight = &pLeft[1]; + for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ + Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab; + Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; + + if( pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0 ) continue; + + /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for + ** every column that the two tables have in common. + */ + if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ + if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " + "an ON or USING clause", 0); + return 1; + } + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + char *zName = pLeftTab->aCol[j].zName; + if( columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)>=0 ){ + addWhereTerm(zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, + pRightTab, pRight->zAlias, + pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere); + + } + } + } + + /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join + */ + if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " + "clauses in the same join"); + return 1; + } + + /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by + ** an AND operator. + */ + if( pRight->pOn ){ + setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); + p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); + pRight->pOn = 0; + } + + /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named + ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are + ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this + ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z + ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is + ** not contained in both tables to be joined. + */ + if( pRight->pUsing ){ + IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; + for(j=0; jnId; j++){ + char *zName = pList->a[j].zName; + if( columnIndex(pLeftTab, zName)<0 || columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)<0 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " + "not present in both tables", zName); + return 1; + } + addWhereTerm(zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, + pRightTab, pRight->zAlias, + pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere); + } + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the +** stack into the sorter. +*/ +static void pushOntoSorter( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ + Select *pSelect /* The whole SELECT statement */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pOrderBy->nExpr + 2, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0); + if( pSelect->iLimit>=0 ){ + int addr1, addr2; + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, pSelect->iLimit+1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, pSelect->iLimit+1); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); + pSelect->iLimit = -1; + } +} + +/* +** Add code to implement the OFFSET +*/ +static void codeOffset( + Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded */ + int iContinue, /* Jump here to skip the current record */ + int nPop /* Number of times to pop stack when jumping */ +){ + if( p->iOffset>=0 && iContinue!=0 ){ + int addr; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, p->iOffset); + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemNeg, p->iOffset, 0); + if( nPop>0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nPop, 0); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue); + VdbeComment((v, "# skip OFFSET records")); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } +} + +/* +** Add code that will check to make sure the top N elements of the +** stack are distinct. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously +** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab +** if the current N values are new. +** +** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the +** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. +*/ +static void codeDistinct( + Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ + int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ + int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ + int N /* The top N elements of the stack must be distinct */ +){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, -N, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Distinct, iTab, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, N+1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrRepeat); + VdbeComment((v, "# skip indistinct records")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, 0); +} + +/* +** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression +** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result +** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error occurs in multiple +** places. +*/ +static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(Parse *pParse, int eDest, int nExpr){ + if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for " + "a SELECT that is part of an expression"); + return 1; + }else{ + return 0; + } +} + +/* +** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop +** of a SELECT. +** +** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions +** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If nColumn>0 +** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the +** datatypes for each column. +*/ +static int selectInnerLoop( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ + ExprList *pEList, /* List of values being extracted */ + int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table */ + int nColumn, /* Number of columns in the source table */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */ + int distinct, /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */ + int eDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ + int iParm, /* An argument to the disposal method */ + int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ + int iBreak, /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ + char *aff /* affinity string if eDest is SRT_Union */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + + if( v==0 ) return 0; + assert( pEList!=0 ); + + /* If there was a LIMIT clause on the SELECT statement, then do the check + ** to see if this row should be output. + */ + hasDistinct = distinct>=0 && pEList->nExpr>0; + if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){ + codeOffset(v, p, iContinue, 0); + } + + /* Pull the requested columns. + */ + if( nColumn>0 ){ + for(i=0; inExpr; + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList); + } + + /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement + ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row + ** part of the result. + */ + if( hasDistinct ){ + assert( pEList!=0 ); + assert( pEList->nExpr==nColumn ); + codeDistinct(v, distinct, iContinue, nColumn); + if( pOrderBy==0 ){ + codeOffset(v, p, iContinue, nColumn); + } + } + + if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, eDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ + return 0; + } + + switch( eDest ){ + /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary + ** table iParm. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + case SRT_Union: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); + if( aff ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, 0); + break; + } + + /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of + ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from + ** the temporary table iParm. + */ + case SRT_Except: { + int addr; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, iParm, addr+3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iParm, 0); + break; + } +#endif + + /* Store the result as data using a unique key. + */ + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); + if( pOrderBy ){ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iParm, OPFLAG_APPEND); + } + break; + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, + ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this + ** item into the set table with bogus data. + */ + case SRT_Set: { + int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + int addr2; + + assert( nColumn==1 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr1+3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); + p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr,(iParm>>16)&0xff); + if( pOrderBy ){ + /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the + ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set + ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which + ** case the order does matter */ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &p->affinity, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0); + } + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); + break; + } + + /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. + */ + case SRT_Exists: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, iParm); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; + } + + /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then + ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out + ** of the scan loop. + */ + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( nColumn==1 ); + if( pOrderBy ){ + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1); + /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ + } + break; + } +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ + + /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine. In the + ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for + ** popping the data from the stack. + */ + case SRT_Subroutine: + case SRT_Callback: { + if( pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0); + pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p); + }else if( eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, iParm); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, nColumn, 0); + } + break; + } + +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) + /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside + ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call + ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care + ** about the actual results of the select. + */ + default: { + assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0); + break; + } +#endif + } + + /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. + */ + if( p->iLimit>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, p->iLimit); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records +** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. +** +** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting +** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to +** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT +** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual +** index to implement a DISTINCT test. +** +** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc. The calling +** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually +** freed. Add the KeyInfo structure to the P3 field of an opcode using +** P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this. +*/ +static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){ + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int nExpr; + KeyInfo *pInfo; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int i; + + nExpr = pList->nExpr; + pInfo = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) ); + if( pInfo ){ + pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr]; + pInfo->nField = nExpr; + pInfo->enc = ENC(db); + for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; ipExpr); + if( !pColl ){ + pColl = db->pDfltColl; + } + pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl; + pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder; + } + } + return pInfo; +} + + +/* +** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, +** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated +** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following +** routine generates the code needed to do that. +*/ +static void generateSortTail( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ + Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ + int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ + int eDest, /* Write the sorted results here */ + int iParm /* Optional parameter associated with eDest */ +){ + int brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + int addr; + int iTab; + int pseudoTab = 0; + ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + + iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor; + if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){ + pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, pseudoTab, nColumn); + } + addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sort, iTab, brk); + codeOffset(v, p, cont, 0); + if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1); + switch( eDest ){ + case SRT_Table: + case SRT_EphemTab: { + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iParm, OPFLAG_APPEND); + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case SRT_Set: { + assert( nColumn==1 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &p->affinity, 1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0); + break; + } + case SRT_Mem: { + assert( nColumn==1 ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1); + /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ + break; + } +#endif + case SRT_Callback: + case SRT_Subroutine: { + int i; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, pseudoTab, 0); + for(i=0; iiLimit>=0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, p->iLimit); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, p->iLimit, brk); + } + + /* The bottom of the loop + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, cont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, brk); + if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0); + } + +} + +/* +** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the +** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. +** +** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the +** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The +** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression +** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The +** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is +** considered a column by this function. +** +** SELECT col FROM tbl; +** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; +** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); +** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); +** +** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. +*/ +static const char *columnType( + NameContext *pNC, + Expr *pExpr, + const char **pzOriginDb, + const char **pzOriginTab, + const char **pzOriginCol +){ + char const *zType = 0; + char const *zOriginDb = 0; + char const *zOriginTab = 0; + char const *zOriginCol = 0; + int j; + if( pExpr==0 || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0; + + switch( pExpr->op ){ + case TK_AGG_COLUMN: + case TK_COLUMN: { + /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being + ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real + ** database table or a subquery. + */ + Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ + Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ + int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ + while( pNC && !pTab ){ + SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; + for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); + if( jnSrc ){ + pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; + pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; + }else{ + pNC = pNC->pNext; + } + } + + if( pTab==0 ){ + /* FIX ME: + ** This can occurs if you have something like "SELECT new.x;" inside + ** a trigger. In other words, if you reference the special "new" + ** table in the result set of a select. We do not have a good way + ** to find the actual table type, so call it "TEXT". This is really + ** something of a bug, but I do not know how to fix it. + ** + ** This code does not produce the correct answer - it just prevents + ** a segfault. See ticket #1229. + */ + zType = "TEXT"; + break; + } + + assert( pTab ); + if( pS ){ + /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause + ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin + ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. + */ + if( iCol>=0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){ + /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the + ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see + ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. + */ + NameContext sNC; + Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; + sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = 0; + sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); + } + }else if( pTab->pSchema ){ + /* A real table */ + assert( !pS ); + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); + if( iCol<0 ){ + zType = "INTEGER"; + zOriginCol = "rowid"; + }else{ + zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType; + zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + } + zOriginTab = pTab->zName; + if( pNC->pParse ){ + int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName; + } + } + break; + } +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + case TK_SELECT: { + /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and + ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT + ** statement. + */ + NameContext sNC; + Select *pS = pExpr->pSelect; + Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; + sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pNC; + sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; + zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); + break; + } +#endif + } + + if( pzOriginDb ){ + assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol ); + *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb; + *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab; + *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol; + } + return zType; +} + +/* +** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns +** in the result set. +*/ +static void generateColumnTypes( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ + ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + NameContext sNC; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + sNC.pParse = pParse; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + const char *zOrigDb = 0; + const char *zOrigTab = 0; + const char *zOrigCol = 0; + const char *zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); + + /* The vdbe must make it's own copy of the column-type and other + ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this + ** virtual machine is deleted. + */ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, P3_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, P3_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, P3_TRANSIENT); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, P3_TRANSIENT); + } +} + +/* +** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns +** in the result set. This information is used to provide the +** azCol[] values in the callback. +*/ +static void generateColumnNames( + Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ + SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ + ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ +){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i, j; + sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; + int fullNames, shortNames; + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN + /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ + if( pParse->explain ){ + return; + } +#endif + + assert( v!=0 ); + if( pParse->colNamesSet || v==0 || sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return; + pParse->colNamesSet = 1; + fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; + shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0; + sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *p; + p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + if( p==0 ) continue; + if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ + char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, strlen(zName)); + continue; + } + if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && pTabList ){ + Table *pTab; + char *zCol; + int iCol = p->iColumn; + for(j=0; jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=p->iTable; j++){} + assert( jnSrc ); + pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; + if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; + assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); + if( iCol<0 ){ + zCol = "rowid"; + }else{ + zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; + } + if( !shortNames && !fullNames && p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n); + }else if( fullNames || (!shortNames && pTabList->nSrc>1) ){ + char *zName = 0; + char *zTab; + + zTab = pTabList->a[j].zAlias; + if( fullNames || zTab==0 ) zTab = pTab->zName; + sqlite3SetString(&zName, zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, P3_DYNAMIC); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, strlen(zCol)); + } + }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){ + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n); + /* sqlite3VdbeCompressSpace(v, addr); */ + }else{ + char zName[30]; + assert( p->op!=TK_COLUMN || pTabList==0 ); + sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "column%d", i+1); + sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, 0); + } + } + generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +/* +** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. +*/ +static const char *selectOpName(int id){ + char *z; + switch( id ){ + case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; + case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; + case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; + default: z = "UNION"; break; + } + return z; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ + +/* +** Forward declaration +*/ +static int prepSelectStmt(Parse*, Select*); + +/* +** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes +** the result set of that SELECT. +*/ +Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, char *zTabName, Select *pSelect){ + Table *pTab; + int i, j; + ExprList *pEList; + Column *aCol, *pCol; + + while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; + if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, pSelect) ){ + return 0; + } + if( sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pSelect, 0) ){ + return 0; + } + pTab = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Table) ); + if( pTab==0 ){ + return 0; + } + pTab->nRef = 1; + pTab->zName = zTabName ? sqliteStrDup(zTabName) : 0; + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + pTab->nCol = pEList->nExpr; + assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); + pTab->aCol = aCol = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(pTab->aCol[0])*pTab->nCol ); + for(i=0, pCol=aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ + Expr *p, *pR; + char *zType; + char *zName; + int nName; + CollSeq *pColl; + int cnt; + NameContext sNC; + + /* Get an appropriate name for the column + */ + p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + assert( p->pRight==0 || p->pRight->token.z==0 || p->pRight->token.z[0]!=0 ); + if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ + /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use as the name */ + zName = sqliteStrDup(zName); + }else if( p->op==TK_DOT + && (pR=p->pRight)!=0 && pR->token.z && pR->token.z[0] ){ + /* For columns of the from A.B use B as the name */ + zName = sqlite3MPrintf("%T", &pR->token); + }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){ + /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ + zName = sqlite3MPrintf("%T", &p->span); + }else{ + /* If all else fails, make up a name */ + zName = sqlite3MPrintf("column%d", i+1); + } + sqlite3Dequote(zName); + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + sqliteFree(zName); + sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab); + return 0; + } + + /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, + ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique. + */ + nName = strlen(zName); + for(j=cnt=0; jzName = zName; + + /* Get the typename, type affinity, and collating sequence for the + ** column. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; + zType = sqliteStrDup(columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0)); + pCol->zType = zType; + pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); + pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); + if( pColl ){ + pCol->zColl = sqliteStrDup(pColl->zName); + } + } + pTab->iPKey = -1; + return pTab; +} + +/* +** Prepare a SELECT statement for processing by doing the following +** things: +** +** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every +** element of the FROM clause. +** +** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that +** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, +** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement +** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT +** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement +** without worrying about messing up the presistent representation +** of the view. +** +** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword +** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. +** +** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking +** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. +** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table +** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. +** +** Return 0 on success. If there are problems, leave an error message +** in pParse and return non-zero. +*/ +static int prepSelectStmt(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ + int i, j, k, rc; + SrcList *pTabList; + ExprList *pEList; + struct SrcList_item *pFrom; + + if( p==0 || p->pSrc==0 || sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + return 1; + } + pTabList = p->pSrc; + pEList = p->pEList; + + /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in + ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. + */ + sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, p->pSrc); + + /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If + ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, + ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. + */ + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab; + if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){ + /* This statement has already been prepared. There is no need + ** to go further. */ + assert( i==0 ); + return 0; + } + if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ + assert( pFrom->pSelect!=0 ); + if( pFrom->zAlias==0 ){ + pFrom->zAlias = + sqlite3MPrintf("sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pFrom->pSelect); + } + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = + sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pFrom->zAlias, pFrom->pSelect); + if( pTab==0 ){ + return 1; + } + /* The isEphem flag indicates that the Table structure has been + ** dynamically allocated and may be freed at any time. In other words, + ** pTab is not pointing to a persistent table structure that defines + ** part of the schema. */ + pTab->isEphem = 1; +#endif + }else{ + /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ + assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); + pFrom->pTab = pTab = + sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase); + if( pTab==0 ){ + return 1; + } + pTab->nRef++; +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) + if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){ + /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */ + if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ + return 1; + } + /* If pFrom->pSelect!=0 it means we are dealing with a + ** view within a view. The SELECT structure has already been + ** copied by the outer view so we can skip the copy step here + ** in the inner view. + */ + if( pFrom->pSelect==0 ){ + pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect); + } + } +#endif + } + } + + /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. + */ + if( sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ) return 1; + + /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of + ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names + ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression + ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list. + ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand + ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables. + ** + ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators + ** that need expanding. + */ + for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ + Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; + if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break; + if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL + && pE->pLeft && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID ) break; + } + rc = 0; + if( knExpr ){ + /* + ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" + ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression + ** in the result set and expand them one by one. + */ + struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; + ExprList *pNew = 0; + int flags = pParse->db->flags; + int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 && + (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; + + for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ + Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr; + if( pE->op!=TK_ALL && + (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight==0 || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){ + /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. + */ + pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pNew, a[k].pExpr, 0); + if( pNew ){ + pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; + }else{ + rc = 1; + } + a[k].pExpr = 0; + a[k].zName = 0; + }else{ + /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be + ** expanded. */ + int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ + char *zTName; /* text of name of TABLE */ + if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pLeft ){ + zTName = sqlite3NameFromToken(&pE->pLeft->token); + }else{ + zTName = 0; + } + for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ + Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; + char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; + if( zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 ){ + zTabName = pTab->zName; + } + if( zTName && (zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 || + sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0) ){ + continue; + } + tableSeen = 1; + for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ + Expr *pExpr, *pRight; + char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; + + /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible + ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded + ** result-set list. + */ + if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ + assert(IsVirtual(pTab)); + continue; + } + + if( i>0 ){ + struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1]; + if( (pLeft[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 && + columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){ + /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the + ** table on the right */ + continue; + } + if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft[1].pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ + /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the + ** using clause from the table on the right. */ + continue; + } + } + pRight = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, 0); + if( pRight==0 ) break; + setQuotedToken(&pRight->token, zName); + if( zTabName && (longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1) ){ + Expr *pLeft = sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, 0); + pExpr = sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0); + if( pExpr==0 ) break; + setQuotedToken(&pLeft->token, zTabName); + setToken(&pExpr->span, sqlite3MPrintf("%s.%s", zTabName, zName)); + pExpr->span.dyn = 1; + pExpr->token.z = 0; + pExpr->token.n = 0; + pExpr->token.dyn = 0; + }else{ + pExpr = pRight; + pExpr->span = pExpr->token; + pExpr->span.dyn = 0; + } + if( longNames ){ + pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pNew, pExpr, &pExpr->span); + }else{ + pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pNew, pExpr, &pRight->token); + } + } + } + if( !tableSeen ){ + if( zTName ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); + } + rc = 1; + } + sqliteFree(zTName); + } + } + sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList); + p->pEList = pNew; + } + if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); + rc = SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + return rc; +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +/* +** This routine associates entries in an ORDER BY expression list with +** columns in a result. For each ORDER BY expression, the opcode of +** the top-level node is changed to TK_COLUMN and the iColumn value of +** the top-level node is filled in with column number and the iTable +** value of the top-level node is filled with iTable parameter. +** +** If there are prior SELECT clauses, they are processed first. A match +** in an earlier SELECT takes precedence over a later SELECT. +** +** Any entry that does not match is flagged as an error. The number +** of errors is returned. +*/ +static int matchOrderbyToColumn( + Parse *pParse, /* A place to leave error messages */ + Select *pSelect, /* Match to result columns of this SELECT */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY values to match against columns */ + int iTable, /* Insert this value in iTable */ + int mustComplete /* If TRUE all ORDER BYs must match */ +){ + int nErr = 0; + int i, j; + ExprList *pEList; + + if( pSelect==0 || pOrderBy==0 ) return 1; + if( mustComplete ){ + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; } + } + if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, pSelect) ){ + return 1; + } + if( pSelect->pPrior ){ + if( matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, pSelect->pPrior, pOrderBy, iTable, 0) ){ + return 1; + } + } + pEList = pSelect->pEList; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; + int iCol = -1; + char *zLabel; + + if( pOrderBy->a[i].done ) continue; + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ + if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "ORDER BY position %d should be between 1 and %d", + iCol, pEList->nExpr); + nErr++; + break; + } + if( !mustComplete ) continue; + iCol--; + } + if( iCol<0 && (zLabel = sqlite3NameFromToken(&pE->token))!=0 ){ + for(j=0, pItem=pEList->a; jnExpr; j++, pItem++){ + char *zName; + int isMatch; + if( pItem->zName ){ + zName = sqlite3StrDup(pItem->zName); + }else{ + zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(&pItem->pExpr->token); + } + isMatch = zName && sqlite3StrICmp(zName, zLabel)==0; + sqliteFree(zName); + if( isMatch ){ + iCol = j; + break; + } + } + sqliteFree(zLabel); + } + if( iCol>=0 ){ + pE->op = TK_COLUMN; + pE->iColumn = iCol; + pE->iTable = iTable; + pE->iAgg = -1; + pOrderBy->a[i].done = 1; + }else if( mustComplete ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "ORDER BY term number %d does not match any result column", i+1); + nErr++; + break; + } + } + return nErr; +} +#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ + +/* +** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. +** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. +*/ +Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + if( v==0 ){ + v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db); + } + return v; +} + + +/* +** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the +** pLimit and pOffset expressions. pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions +** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET +** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset +** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute +** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then +** iLimit and iOffset are negative. +** +** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if +** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset. iLimit and +** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values +** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine. +** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get +** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force +** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple +** SELECT statements. +*/ +static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ + Vdbe *v = 0; + int iLimit = 0; + int iOffset; + int addr1, addr2; + + /* + ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some + ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be. + ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean + ** no rows. + */ + if( p->pLimit ){ + p->iLimit = iLimit = pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem += 2; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) return; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iLimit, 1); + VdbeComment((v, "# LIMIT counter")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, iLimit, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iLimit, 0); + } + if( p->pOffset ){ + p->iOffset = iOffset = pParse->nMem++; + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) return; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iOffset, p->pLimit==0); + VdbeComment((v, "# OFFSET counter")); + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iOffset, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + if( p->pLimit ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Add, 0, 0); + } + } + if( p->pLimit ){ + addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iLimit, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, -1, iLimit+1); + addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iLimit+1, 1); + VdbeComment((v, "# LIMIT+OFFSET")); + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); + } +} + +/* +** Allocate a virtual index to use for sorting. +*/ +static void createSortingIndex(Parse *pParse, Select *p, ExprList *pOrderBy){ + if( pOrderBy ){ + int addr; + assert( pOrderBy->iECursor==0 ); + pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++; + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(pParse->pVdbe, OP_OpenEphemeral, + pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+1); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[2] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addr; + } +} + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +/* +** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of +** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if +** the column has no default collating sequence. +** +** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the +** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. +*/ +static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ + CollSeq *pRet; + if( p->pPrior ){ + pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); + }else{ + pRet = 0; + } + if( pRet==0 ){ + pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); + } + return pRet; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT +/* +** This routine is called to process a query that is really the union +** or intersection of two or more separate queries. +** +** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the +** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query +** in which case this routine will be called recursively. +** +** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination +** of type eDest with parameter iParm. +** +** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. +** +** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 +** +** This statement is parsed up as follows: +** +** SELECT c FROM t3 +** | +** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 +** | +** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 +** +** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. +** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then +** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. +** +** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the +** individual selects always group from left to right. +*/ +static int multiSelect( + Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ + Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ + int eDest, /* \___ Store query results as specified */ + int iParm, /* / by these two parameters. */ + char *aff /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */ +){ + int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ + Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ + Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause on p */ + int aSetP2[2]; /* Set P2 value of these op to number of columns */ + int nSetP2 = 0; /* Number of slots in aSetP2[] used */ + + /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only + ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. + */ + if( p==0 || p->pPrior==0 ){ + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + pPrior = p->pPrior; + assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior ); + assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost ); + if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before", + selectOpName(p->op)); + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + if( pPrior->pLimit ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before", + selectOpName(p->op)); + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Make sure we have a valid query engine. If not, create a new one. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ){ + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary + */ + if( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ + assert( p->pEList ); + assert( nSetP2pOrderBy; + switch( p->op ){ + case TK_ALL: { + if( pOrderBy==0 ){ + int addr = 0; + assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); + pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; + pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset; + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff); + p->pLimit = 0; + p->pOffset = 0; + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + p->pPrior = 0; + p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; + p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; + if( p->iLimit>=0 ){ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, p->iLimit, 0); + VdbeComment((v, "# Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); + } + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff); + p->pPrior = pPrior; + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + if( addr ){ + sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); + } + break; + } + /* For UNION ALL ... ORDER BY fall through to the next case */ + } + case TK_EXCEPT: + case TK_UNION: { + int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */ + int op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ + int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ + Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */ + int addr; + + priorOp = p->op==TK_ALL ? SRT_Table : SRT_Union; + if( eDest==priorOp && pOrderBy==0 && !p->pLimit && !p->pOffset ){ + /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our + ** right. + */ + unionTab = iParm; + }else{ + /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the + ** intermediate results. + */ + unionTab = pParse->nTab++; + if( pOrderBy && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, p, pOrderBy, unionTab,1) ){ + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); + if( priorOp==SRT_Table ){ + assert( nSetP2addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; + p->pRightmost->usesEphm = 1; + } + createSortingIndex(pParse, p, pOrderBy); + assert( p->pEList ); + } + + /* Code the SELECT statements to our left + */ + assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, priorOp, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff); + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Code the current SELECT statement + */ + switch( p->op ){ + case TK_EXCEPT: op = SRT_Except; break; + case TK_UNION: op = SRT_Union; break; + case TK_ALL: op = SRT_Table; break; + } + p->pPrior = 0; + p->pOrderBy = 0; + p->disallowOrderBy = pOrderBy!=0; + pLimit = p->pLimit; + p->pLimit = 0; + pOffset = p->pOffset; + p->pOffset = 0; + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, op, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff); + /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. + ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ + sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pOrderBy); + p->pPrior = pPrior; + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOffset = pOffset; + p->iLimit = -1; + p->iOffset = -1; + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + + + /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form + ** it is that we currently need. + */ + if( eDest!=priorOp || unionTab!=iParm ){ + int iCont, iBreak, iStart; + assert( p->pEList ); + if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){ + Select *pFirst = p; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + } + iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); + iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr, + pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, + iCont, iBreak, 0); + if( rc ){ + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); + } + break; + } + case TK_INTERSECT: { + int tab1, tab2; + int iCont, iBreak, iStart; + Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; + int addr; + + /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires + ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin + ** by allocating the tables we will need. + */ + tab1 = pParse->nTab++; + tab2 = pParse->nTab++; + if( pOrderBy && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse,p,pOrderBy,tab1,1) ){ + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + createSortingIndex(pParse, p, pOrderBy); + + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; + p->pRightmost->usesEphm = 1; + assert( p->pEList ); + + /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". + */ + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, SRT_Union, tab1, 0, 0, 0, aff); + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" + */ + addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); + p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; + p->pPrior = 0; + pLimit = p->pLimit; + p->pLimit = 0; + pOffset = p->pOffset; + p->pOffset = 0; + rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, SRT_Union, tab2, 0, 0, 0, aff); + p->pPrior = pPrior; + sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit); + p->pLimit = pLimit; + p->pOffset = pOffset; + if( rc ){ + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary + ** tables. + */ + assert( p->pEList ); + if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){ + Select *pFirst = p; + while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior; + generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList); + } + iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); + iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont); + rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr, + pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, + iCont, iBreak, 0); + if( rc ){ + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); + break; + } + } + + /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements + ** in their result sets. + */ + assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); + if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" + " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); + rc = 1; + goto multi_select_end; + } + + /* Set the number of columns in temporary tables + */ + nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; + while( nSetP2 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, aSetP2[--nSetP2], nCol); + } + + /* Compute collating sequences used by either the ORDER BY clause or + ** by any temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. + ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. Invoke the + ** ORDER BY processing if there is an ORDER BY clause. + ** + ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. + ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most + ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and + ** no temp tables are required. + */ + if( pOrderBy || p->usesEphm ){ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ + Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ + int nKeyCol; /* Number of entries in pKeyInfo->aCol[] */ + CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ + CollSeq **aCopy; /* A copy of pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ + + assert( p->pRightmost==p ); + nKeyCol = nCol + (pOrderBy ? pOrderBy->nExpr : 0); + pKeyInfo = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nKeyCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1)); + if( !pKeyInfo ){ + rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; + goto multi_select_end; + } + + pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(pParse->db); + pKeyInfo->nField = nCol; + + for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; idb->pDfltColl; + } + } + + for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ + for(i=0; i<2; i++){ + int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; + if( addr<0 ){ + /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can + ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ + assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); + break; + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO); + pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; + } + } + + if( pOrderBy ){ + struct ExprList_item *pOTerm = pOrderBy->a; + int nOrderByExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr; + int addr; + u8 *pSortOrder; + + /* Reuse the same pKeyInfo for the ORDER BY as was used above for + ** the compound select statements. Except we have to change out the + ** pKeyInfo->aColl[] values. Some of the aColl[] values will be + ** reused when constructing the pKeyInfo for the ORDER BY, so make + ** a copy. Sufficient space to hold both the nCol entries for + ** the compound select and the nOrderbyExpr entries for the ORDER BY + ** was allocated above. But we need to move the compound select + ** entries out of the way before constructing the ORDER BY entries. + ** Move the compound select entries into aCopy[] where they can be + ** accessed and reused when constructing the ORDER BY entries. + ** Because nCol might be greater than or less than nOrderByExpr + ** we have to use memmove() when doing the copy. + */ + aCopy = &pKeyInfo->aColl[nOrderByExpr]; + pSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&aCopy[nCol]; + memmove(aCopy, pKeyInfo->aColl, nCol*sizeof(CollSeq*)); + + apColl = pKeyInfo->aColl; + for(i=0; ipExpr; + if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate) ){ + assert( pExpr->pColl!=0 ); + *apColl = pExpr->pColl; + }else{ + *apColl = aCopy[pExpr->iColumn]; + } + *pSortOrder = pOTerm->sortOrder; + } + assert( p->pRightmost==p ); + assert( p->addrOpenEphm[2]>=0 ); + addr = p->addrOpenEphm[2]; + sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, p->pOrderBy->nExpr+2); + pKeyInfo->nField = nOrderByExpr; + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + pKeyInfo = 0; + generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, p->pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm); + } + + sqliteFree(pKeyInfo); + } + +multi_select_end: + return rc; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +/* +** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to +** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th +** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column +** unchanged.) +** +** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery +** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the +** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that +** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine make the necessary +** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table +** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. +*/ +static void substExprList(ExprList*,int,ExprList*); /* Forward Decl */ +static void substSelect(Select *, int, ExprList *); /* Forward Decl */ +static void substExpr(Expr *pExpr, int iTable, ExprList *pEList){ + if( pExpr==0 ) return; + if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){ + if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ + pExpr->op = TK_NULL; + }else{ + Expr *pNew; + assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnnExpr ); + assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 && pExpr->pList==0 ); + pNew = pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr; + assert( pNew!=0 ); + pExpr->op = pNew->op; + assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 ); + pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(pNew->pLeft); + assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); + pExpr->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(pNew->pRight); + assert( pExpr->pList==0 ); + pExpr->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(pNew->pList); + pExpr->iTable = pNew->iTable; + pExpr->pTab = pNew->pTab; + pExpr->iColumn = pNew->iColumn; + pExpr->iAgg = pNew->iAgg; + sqlite3TokenCopy(&pExpr->token, &pNew->token); + sqlite3TokenCopy(&pExpr->span, &pNew->span); + pExpr->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(pNew->pSelect); + pExpr->flags = pNew->flags; + } + }else{ + substExpr(pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList); + substExpr(pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList); + substSelect(pExpr->pSelect, iTable, pEList); + substExprList(pExpr->pList, iTable, pEList); + } +} +static void substExprList(ExprList *pList, int iTable, ExprList *pEList){ + int i; + if( pList==0 ) return; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + substExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList); + } +} +static void substSelect(Select *p, int iTable, ExprList *pEList){ + if( !p ) return; + substExprList(p->pEList, iTable, pEList); + substExprList(p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList); + substExprList(p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList); + substExpr(p->pHaving, iTable, pEList); + substExpr(p->pWhere, iTable, pEList); + substSelect(p->pPrior, iTable, pEList); +} +#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW +/* +** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed +** execution. It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening +** occurs. +** +** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following +** query: +** +** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 +** +** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the +** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then +** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two +** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table +** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be +** optimized. +** +** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into +** a single flat select, like this: +** +** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 +** +** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result +** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might +** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be +** avoided. +** +** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true: +** +** (1) The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates. +** +** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join. +** +** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join, or +** the subquery is not itself a join. (Ticket #306) +** +** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join. +** +** (5) The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query does not use +** aggregates. +** +** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not +** DISTINCT. +** +** (7) The subquery has a FROM clause. +** +** (8) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join. +** +** (9) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use +** aggregates. +** +** (10) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not +** use LIMIT. +** +** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses. +** +** (12) The subquery is not the right term of a LEFT OUTER JOIN or the +** subquery has no WHERE clause. (added by ticket #350) +** +** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT +** +** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET +** +** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the +** subquery does not have both an ORDER BY and a LIMIT clause. +** (See ticket #2339) +** +** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. +** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query +** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates. +** +** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. +** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. +** +** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and +** the subquery before this routine runs. +*/ +static int flattenSubquery( + Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ + int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ + int isAgg, /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ + int subqueryIsAgg /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */ +){ + Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ + SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ + SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ + ExprList *pList; /* The result set of the outer query */ + int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ + int i; /* Loop counter */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ + struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ + + /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. + */ + if( p==0 ) return 0; + pSrc = p->pSrc; + assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc ); + pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; + pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; + assert( pSub!=0 ); + if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (1) */ + if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0; /* Restriction (2) */ + pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; + assert( pSubSrc ); + /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, + ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET + ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET + ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) + ** and (14). */ + if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ + if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ + if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit && pSub->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ + } + if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ + if( (pSub->isDistinct || pSub->pLimit) + && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ /* Restrictions (4)(5)(8)(9) */ + return 0; + } + if( p->isDistinct && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0; /* Restriction (6) */ + if( (p->disallowOrderBy || p->pOrderBy) && pSub->pOrderBy ){ + return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ + } + + /* Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is + ** not used as the right operand of an outer join. Examples of why this + ** is not allowed: + ** + ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) + ** + ** If we flatten the above, we would get + ** + ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 + ** + ** which is not at all the same thing. + */ + if( pSubSrc->nSrc>1 && (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* Restriction 12: If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer + ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause. + ** An examples of why this is not allowed: + ** + ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0) + ** + ** If we flatten the above, we would get + ** + ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0 + ** + ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which + ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN. + */ + if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 && pSub->pWhere!=0 ){ + return 0; + } + + /* If we reach this point, it means flattening is permitted for the + ** iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause in the outer query. + */ + + /* Move all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the + ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember + ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in + ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code + ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace + ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM + ** elements we are now copying in. + */ + iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; + { + int nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; + int jointype = pSubitem->jointype; + + sqlite3DeleteTable(pSubitem->pTab); + sqliteFree(pSubitem->zDatabase); + sqliteFree(pSubitem->zName); + sqliteFree(pSubitem->zAlias); + if( nSubSrc>1 ){ + int extra = nSubSrc - 1; + for(i=1; ipSrc = pSrc; + for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i-extra>=iFrom; i--){ + pSrc->a[i] = pSrc->a[i-extra]; + } + } + for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; + memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); + } + pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype; + } + + /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for + ** references to the iParent in the outer query. + ** + ** Example: + ** + ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; + ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / + ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ + ** + ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see + ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". + */ + pList = p->pEList; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pExpr; + if( pList->a[i].zName==0 && (pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr)->span.z!=0 ){ + pList->a[i].zName = sqliteStrNDup((char*)pExpr->span.z, pExpr->span.n); + } + } + substExprList(p->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList); + if( isAgg ){ + substExprList(p->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); + substExpr(p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); + } + if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ + assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); + p->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; + pSub->pOrderBy = 0; + }else if( p->pOrderBy ){ + substExprList(p->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList); + } + if( pSub->pWhere ){ + pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(pSub->pWhere); + }else{ + pWhere = 0; + } + if( subqueryIsAgg ){ + assert( p->pHaving==0 ); + p->pHaving = p->pWhere; + p->pWhere = pWhere; + substExpr(p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList); + p->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pHaving, sqlite3ExprDup(pSub->pHaving)); + assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); + p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pSub->pGroupBy); + }else{ + substExpr(p->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList); + p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pWhere, pWhere); + } + + /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the + ** outer query is distinct. + */ + p->isDistinct = p->isDistinct || pSub->isDistinct; + + /* + ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; + ** + ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this + ** does not work if either limit is negative. + */ + if( pSub->pLimit ){ + p->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; + pSub->pLimit = 0; + } + + /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return + ** success. + */ + sqlite3SelectDelete(pSub); + return 1; +} +#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ + +/* +** Analyze the SELECT statement passed in as an argument to see if it +** is a simple min() or max() query. If it is and this query can be +** satisfied using a single seek to the beginning or end of an index, +** then generate the code for this SELECT and return 1. If this is not a +** simple min() or max() query, then return 0; +** +** A simply min() or max() query looks like this: +** +** SELECT min(a) FROM table; +** SELECT max(a) FROM table; +** +** The query may have only a single table in its FROM argument. There +** can be no GROUP BY or HAVING or WHERE clauses. The result set must +** be the min() or max() of a single column of the table. The column +** in the min() or max() function must be indexed. +** +** The parameters to this routine are the same as for sqlite3Select(). +** See the header comment on that routine for additional information. +*/ +static int simpleMinMaxQuery(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int eDest, int iParm){ + Expr *pExpr; + int iCol; + Table *pTab; + Index *pIdx; + int base; + Vdbe *v; + int seekOp; + ExprList *pEList, *pList, eList; + struct ExprList_item eListItem; + SrcList *pSrc; + int brk; + int iDb; + + /* Check to see if this query is a simple min() or max() query. Return + ** zero if it is not. + */ + if( p->pGroupBy || p->pHaving || p->pWhere ) return 0; + pSrc = p->pSrc; + if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; + pEList = p->pEList; + if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; + pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; + pList = pExpr->pList; + if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; + if( pExpr->token.n!=3 ) return 0; + if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"min",3)==0 ){ + seekOp = OP_Rewind; + }else if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"max",3)==0 ){ + seekOp = OP_Last; + }else{ + return 0; + } + pExpr = pList->a[0].pExpr; + if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; + iCol = pExpr->iColumn; + pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab; + + /* This optimization cannot be used with virtual tables. */ + if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; + + /* If we get to here, it means the query is of the correct form. + ** Check to make sure we have an index and make pIdx point to the + ** appropriate index. If the min() or max() is on an INTEGER PRIMARY + ** key column, no index is necessary so set pIdx to NULL. If no + ** usable index is found, return 0. + */ + if( iCol<0 ){ + pIdx = 0; + }else{ + CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr); + if( pColl==0 ) return 0; + for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ + assert( pIdx->nColumn>=1 ); + if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol && + 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[0], pColl->zName) ){ + break; + } + } + if( pIdx==0 ) return 0; + } + + /* Identify column types if we will be using the callback. This + ** step is skipped if the output is going to a table or a memory cell. + ** The column names have already been generated in the calling function. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) return 0; + + /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. + */ + if( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iParm, 1); + } + + /* Generating code to find the min or the max. Basically all we have + ** to do is find the first or the last entry in the chosen index. If + ** the min() or max() is on the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then find the first + ** or last entry in the main table. + */ + iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); + assert( iDb>=0 || pTab->isEphem ); + sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); + sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); + base = pSrc->a[0].iCursor; + brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, brk); + if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect==0 ){ + sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, base, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); + } + if( pIdx==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, base, 0); + }else{ + /* Even though the cursor used to open the index here is closed + ** as soon as a single value has been read from it, allocate it + ** using (pParse->nTab++) to prevent the cursor id from being + ** reused. This is important for statements of the form + ** "INSERT INTO x SELECT max() FROM x". + */ + int iIdx; + KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx); + iIdx = pParse->nTab++; + assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdx, pIdx->tnum, + (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + if( seekOp==OP_Rewind ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0); + seekOp = OP_MoveGt; + } + if( pIdx->aSortOrder[0]==SQLITE_SO_DESC ){ + /* Ticket #2514: invert the seek operator if we are using + ** a descending index. */ + if( seekOp==OP_Last ){ + seekOp = OP_Rewind; + }else{ + assert( seekOp==OP_MoveGt ); + seekOp = OP_MoveLt; + } + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, iIdx, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdx, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iIdx, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0); + } + eList.nExpr = 1; + memset(&eListItem, 0, sizeof(eListItem)); + eList.a = &eListItem; + eList.a[0].pExpr = pExpr; + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, &eList, 0, 0, 0, -1, eDest, iParm, brk, brk, 0); + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, brk); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0); + + return 1; +} + +/* +** Analyze and ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in a SELECT statement. Return +** the number of errors seen. +** +** An ORDER BY or GROUP BY is a list of expressions. If any expression +** is an integer constant, then that expression is replaced by the +** corresponding entry in the result set. +*/ +static int processOrderGroupBy( + NameContext *pNC, /* Name context of the SELECT statement. */ + ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */ + const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */ +){ + int i; + ExprList *pEList = pNC->pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ + Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; /* The result set of the SELECT */ + assert( pEList ); + + if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; + if( pOrderBy->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType); + return 1; + } + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + int iCol; + Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr; + if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ + if( iCol>0 && iCol<=pEList->nExpr ){ + CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl; + int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate; + sqlite3ExprDelete(pE); + pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pEList->a[iCol-1].pExpr); + if( pColl && flags ){ + pE->pColl = pColl; + pE->flags |= flags; + } + }else{ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, + "%s BY column number %d out of range - should be " + "between 1 and %d", zType, iCol, pEList->nExpr); + return 1; + } + } + if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(pNC, pE) ){ + return 1; + } + } + return 0; +} + +/* +** This routine resolves any names used in the result set of the +** supplied SELECT statement. If the SELECT statement being resolved +** is a sub-select, then pOuterNC is a pointer to the NameContext +** of the parent SELECT. +*/ +int sqlite3SelectResolve( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + NameContext *pOuterNC /* The outer name context. May be NULL. */ +){ + ExprList *pEList; /* Result set. */ + int i; /* For-loop variable used in multiple places */ + NameContext sNC; /* Local name-context */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ + + /* If this routine has run before, return immediately. */ + if( p->isResolved ){ + assert( !pOuterNC ); + return SQLITE_OK; + } + p->isResolved = 1; + + /* If there have already been errors, do nothing. */ + if( pParse->nErr>0 ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Prepare the select statement. This call will allocate all cursors + ** required to handle the tables and subqueries in the FROM clause. + */ + if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, p) ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These + ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) || + sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Set up the local name-context to pass to ExprResolveNames() to + ** resolve the expression-list. + */ + sNC.allowAgg = 1; + sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; + sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; + + /* Resolve names in the result set. */ + pEList = p->pEList; + if( !pEList ) return SQLITE_ERROR; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr; + if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pX) ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + + /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY + ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. + */ + assert( !p->isAgg ); + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + if( pGroupBy || sNC.hasAgg ){ + p->isAgg = 1; + }else{ + sNC.allowAgg = 0; + } + + /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. + */ + if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + + /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the + ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that + ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by + ** aliases in the result set. + ** + ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be + ** re-evaluated for each reference to it. + */ + sNC.pEList = p->pEList; + if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) || + sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + if( p->pPrior==0 ){ + if( processOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") || + processOrderGroupBy(&sNC, pGroupBy, "GROUP") ){ + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ){ + return SQLITE_NOMEM; + } + + /* Make sure the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + + for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ + if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in " + "the GROUP BY clause"); + return SQLITE_ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* If this is one SELECT of a compound, be sure to resolve names + ** in the other SELECTs. + */ + if( p->pPrior ){ + return sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, p->pPrior, pOuterNC); + }else{ + return SQLITE_OK; + } +} + +/* +** Reset the aggregate accumulator. +** +** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold +** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This +** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells. +*/ +static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; + if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){ + return; + } + for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem, 0); + } + for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, pFunc->iMem, 0); + if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ + Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; + if( pE->pList==0 || pE->pList->nExpr!=1 ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT in aggregate must be followed " + "by an expression"); + pFunc->iDistinct = -1; + }else{ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->pList); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + } + } + } +} + +/* +** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function +** in the AggInfo structure. +*/ +static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pF; + for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ + ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->pList; + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, + (void*)pF->pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF); + } +} + +/* +** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on +** the current cursor position. +*/ +static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ + Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; + int i; + struct AggInfo_func *pF; + struct AggInfo_col *pC; + + pAggInfo->directMode = 1; + for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ + int nArg; + int addrNext = 0; + ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->pList; + if( pList ){ + nArg = pList->nExpr; + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList); + }else{ + nArg = 0; + } + if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ + addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + assert( nArg==1 ); + codeDistinct(v, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1); + } + if( pF->pFunc->needCollSeq ){ + CollSeq *pColl = 0; + struct ExprList_item *pItem; + int j; + assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc->needCollSeq is true */ + for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr); + } + if( !pColl ){ + pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; + } + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ); + } + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggStep, pF->iMem, nArg, (void*)pF->pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF); + if( addrNext ){ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); + } + } + for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){ + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pC->iMem, 1); + } + pAggInfo->directMode = 0; +} + + +/* +** Generate code for the given SELECT statement. +** +** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the +** value of eDest and iParm. +** +** eDest Value Result +** ------------ ------------------------------------------- +** SRT_Callback Invoke the callback for each row of the result. +** +** SRT_Mem Store first result in memory cell iParm +** +** SRT_Set Store results as keys of table iParm. +** +** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary table iParm +** +** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary table iParm. +** +** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table iParm +** +** The table above is incomplete. Additional eDist value have be added +** since this comment was written. See the selectInnerLoop() function for +** a complete listing of the allowed values of eDest and their meanings. +** +** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are +** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in +** pParse->zErrMsg. +** +** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The +** calling function needs to do that. +** +** The pParent, parentTab, and *pParentAgg fields are filled in if this +** SELECT is a subquery. This routine may try to combine this SELECT +** with its parent to form a single flat query. In so doing, it might +** change the parent query from a non-aggregate to an aggregate query. +** For that reason, the pParentAgg flag is passed as a pointer, so it +** can be changed. +** +** Example 1: The meaning of the pParent parameter. +** +** SELECT * FROM t1 JOIN (SELECT x, count(*) FROM t2) JOIN t3; +** \ \_______ subquery _______/ / +** \ / +** \____________________ outer query ___________________/ +** +** This routine is called for the outer query first. For that call, +** pParent will be NULL. During the processing of the outer query, this +** routine is called recursively to handle the subquery. For the recursive +** call, pParent will point to the outer query. Because the subquery is +** the second element in a three-way join, the parentTab parameter will +** be 1 (the 2nd value of a 0-indexed array.) +*/ +int sqlite3Select( + Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ + Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ + int eDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ + int iParm, /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */ + Select *pParent, /* Another SELECT for which this is a sub-query */ + int parentTab, /* Index in pParent->pSrc of this query */ + int *pParentAgg, /* True if pParent uses aggregate functions */ + char *aff /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */ +){ + int i, j; /* Loop counters */ + WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ + Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ + int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ + ExprList *pEList; /* List of columns to extract. */ + SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ + Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ + ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause. May be NULL */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ + Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ + int isDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ + int distinct; /* Table to use for the distinct set */ + int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ + int addrSortIndex; /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ + AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ + int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ + + if( p==0 || sqlite3MallocFailed() || pParse->nErr ){ + return 1; + } + if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; + memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT + /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first. + */ + if( p->pPrior ){ + if( p->pRightmost==0 ){ + Select *pLoop; + int cnt = 0; + for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ + pLoop->pRightmost = p; + } + if( SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT>0 && cnt>SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT ){ + sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); + return 1; + } + } + return multiSelect(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, aff); + } +#endif + + pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + if( IgnorableOrderby(eDest) ){ + p->pOrderBy = 0; + } + if( sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, p, 0) ){ + goto select_end; + } + p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; + + /* Make local copies of the parameters for this query. + */ + pTabList = p->pSrc; + pWhere = p->pWhere; + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + pHaving = p->pHaving; + isAgg = p->isAgg; + isDistinct = p->isDistinct; + pEList = p->pEList; + if( pEList==0 ) goto select_end; + + /* + ** Do not even attempt to generate any code if we have already seen + ** errors before this routine starts. + */ + if( pParse->nErr>0 ) goto select_end; + + /* If writing to memory or generating a set + ** only a single column may be output. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, eDest, pEList->nExpr) ){ + goto select_end; + } +#endif + + /* ORDER BY is ignored for some destinations. + */ + if( IgnorableOrderby(eDest) ){ + pOrderBy = 0; + } + + /* Begin generating code. + */ + v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); + if( v==0 ) goto select_end; + + /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause + */ +#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) + for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ + const char *zSavedAuthContext = 0; + int needRestoreContext; + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; + + if( pItem->pSelect==0 || pItem->isPopulated ) continue; + if( pItem->zName!=0 ){ + zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; + pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; + needRestoreContext = 1; + }else{ + needRestoreContext = 0; + } +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression + ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select + ** may contain expression trees of at most + ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit + ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing + ** an exact limit. + */ + pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); +#endif + sqlite3Select(pParse, pItem->pSelect, SRT_EphemTab, + pItem->iCursor, p, i, &isAgg, 0); +#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 + pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); +#endif + if( needRestoreContext ){ + pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; + } + pTabList = p->pSrc; + pWhere = p->pWhere; + if( !IgnorableOrderby(eDest) ){ + pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; + } + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + pHaving = p->pHaving; + isDistinct = p->isDistinct; + } +#endif + + /* Check for the special case of a min() or max() function by itself + ** in the result set. + */ + if( simpleMinMaxQuery(pParse, p, eDest, iParm) ){ + rc = 0; + goto select_end; + } + + /* Check to see if this is a subquery that can be "flattened" into its parent. + ** If flattening is a possiblity, do so and return immediately. + */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW + if( pParent && pParentAgg && + flattenSubquery(pParent, parentTab, *pParentAgg, isAgg) ){ + if( isAgg ) *pParentAgg = 1; + goto select_end; + } +#endif + + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting + ** index might end up being unused if the data can be + ** extracted in pre-sorted order. If that is the case, then the + ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once + ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed. The addrSortIndex + ** variable is used to facilitate that change. + */ + if( pOrderBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + if( pParse->nErr ){ + goto select_end; + } + pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy); + pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++; + p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex = + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + }else{ + addrSortIndex = -1; + } + + /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. + */ + if( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iParm, pEList->nExpr); + } + + /* Set the limiter. + */ + iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); + + /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set. + */ + if( isDistinct ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; + distinct = pParse->nTab++; + pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList); + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + }else{ + distinct = -1; + } + + /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */ + if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ + /* This case is for non-aggregate queries + ** Begin the database scan + */ + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + + /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral + ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral + ** into an OP_Noop. + */ + if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1); + p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1; + } + + /* Use the standard inner loop + */ + if( selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, eDest, + iParm, pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak, aff) ){ + goto select_end; + } + + /* End the database scan loop. + */ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + }else{ + /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */ + NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ + int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ + int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ + int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least + ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been + ** processed */ + int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ + int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ + + + /* The following variables hold addresses or labels for parts of the + ** virtual machine program we are putting together */ + int addrOutputRow; /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */ + int addrSetAbort; /* Set the abort flag and return */ + int addrInitializeLoop; /* Start of code that initializes the input loop */ + int addrTopOfLoop; /* Top of the input loop */ + int addrGroupByChange; /* Code that runs when any GROUP BY term changes */ + int addrProcessRow; /* Code to process a single input row */ + int addrEnd; /* End of all processing */ + int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */ + int addrReset; /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */ + + addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in + ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the + ** SELECT statement. + */ + memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); + sNC.pParse = pParse; + sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; + sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; + sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0; + sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; + if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList) ){ + goto select_end; + } + if( sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy) ){ + goto select_end; + } + if( pHaving && sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving) ){ + goto select_end; + } + sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; + for(i=0; ipList) ){ + goto select_end; + } + } + if( sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto select_end; + + /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and + ** much more complex tha aggregates without a GROUP BY. + */ + if( pGroupBy ){ + KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Keying information for the group by clause */ + + /* Create labels that we will be needing + */ + + addrInitializeLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + addrGroupByChange = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + addrProcessRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); + + /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to + ** implement it. Allocate that sorting index now. If it turns out + ** that we do not need it after all, the OpenEphemeral instruction + ** will be converted into a Noop. + */ + sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++; + pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy); + addrSortingIdx = + sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, + sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, + (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF); + + /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing + */ + iUseFlag = pParse->nMem++; + iAbortFlag = pParse->nMem++; + iAMem = pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; + iBMem = pParse->nMem; + pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iAbortFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "# clear abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iUseFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "# indicate accumulator empty")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrInitializeLoop); + + /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result + ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag + ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If + ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine + ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in + ** order to signal the caller to abort. + */ + addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, iAbortFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "# set abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); + addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); + VdbeComment((v, "# Groupby result generator entry point")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); + if( pHaving ){ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, 1); + } + rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, + distinct, eDest, iParm, + addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort, aff); + if( rc ){ + goto select_end; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); + VdbeComment((v, "# end groupby result generator")); + + /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator + */ + addrReset = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0); + + /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. + ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or + ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information + ** in the right order to begin with. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrInitializeLoop); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrReset); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + if( pGroupBy==0 ){ + /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so + ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be + ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo + */ + pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; + groupBySort = 0; + }else{ + /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push + ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, + ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output + ** in sorted order + */ + groupBySort = 1; + sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, 0); + j = pGroupBy->nExpr+1; + for(i=0; iiSorterColumnpTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable); + j++; + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, j, 0); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, 0); + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); + VdbeComment((v, "# GROUP BY sort")); + sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; + } + + /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... + ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) + ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms + ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... + */ + addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); + for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, j); + }else{ + sAggInfo.directMode = 1; + sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iBMem+j, jnExpr-1); + } + for(j=pGroupBy->nExpr-1; j>=0; j--){ + if( jnExpr-1 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iBMem+j, 0); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iAMem+j, 0); + if( j==0 ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0x200, addrProcessRow); + }else{ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ne, 0x200, addrGroupByChange); + } + sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (void*)pKeyInfo->aColl[j], P3_COLLSEQ); + } + + /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. + ** Change in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code + ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. + ** + ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... + ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine + ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation + ** for the next GROUP BY batch. + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrGroupByChange); + for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemMove, iAMem+j, iBMem+j); + } + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "# output one row")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); + VdbeComment((v, "# check abort flag")); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrReset); + VdbeComment((v, "# reset accumulator")); + + /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of + ** the current row + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrProcessRow); + updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, iUseFlag); + VdbeComment((v, "# indicate data in accumulator")); + + /* End of the loop + */ + if( groupBySort ){ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); + }else{ + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx, 1); + } + + /* Output the final row of result + */ + sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrOutputRow); + VdbeComment((v, "# output final row")); + + } /* endif pGroupBy */ + else { + /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The + ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row + ** of output. + */ + resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0); + if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; + updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); + sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); + finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); + pOrderBy = 0; + if( pHaving ){ + sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, 1); + } + selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, + eDest, iParm, addrEnd, addrEnd, aff); + } + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); + + } /* endif aggregate query */ + + /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results + ** and send them to the callback one by one. + */ + if( pOrderBy ){ + generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm); + } + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY + /* If this was a subquery, we have now converted the subquery into a + ** temporary table. So set the SrcList_item.isPopulated flag to prevent + ** this subquery from being evaluated again and to force the use of + ** the temporary table. + */ + if( pParent ){ + assert( pParent->pSrc->nSrc>parentTab ); + assert( pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].pSelect==p ); + pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].isPopulated = 1; + } +#endif + + /* Jump here to skip this query + */ + sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); + + /* The SELECT was successfully coded. Set the return code to 0 + ** to indicate no errors. + */ + rc = 0; + + /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon + ** successful coding of the SELECT. + */ +select_end: + + /* Identify column names if we will be using them in a callback. This + ** step is skipped if the output is going to some other destination. + */ + if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eDest==SRT_Callback ){ + generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList); + } + + sqliteFree(sAggInfo.aCol); + sqliteFree(sAggInfo.aFunc); + return rc; +} + +#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +/* +******************************************************************************* +** The following code is used for testing and debugging only. The code +** that follows does not appear in normal builds. +** +** These routines are used to print out the content of all or part of a +** parse structures such as Select or Expr. Such printouts are useful +** for helping to understand what is happening inside the code generator +** during the execution of complex SELECT statements. +** +** These routine are not called anywhere from within the normal +** code base. Then are intended to be called from within the debugger +** or from temporary "printf" statements inserted for debugging. +*/ +void sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p){ + if( p->token.z && p->token.n>0 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%.*s", p->token.n, p->token.z); + }else{ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%d", p->op); + } + if( p->pLeft ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); + sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pLeft); + } + if( p->pRight ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" "); + sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pRight); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf(")"); +} +void sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList){ + int i; + for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ + sqlite3PrintExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr); + if( inExpr-1 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(", "); + } + } +} +void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*sSELECT(%p) ", indent, "", p); + sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pEList); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + if( p->pSrc ){ + char *zPrefix; + int i; + zPrefix = "FROM"; + for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ + struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ", indent+6, zPrefix); + zPrefix = ""; + if( pItem->pSelect ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("(\n"); + sqlite3PrintSelect(pItem->pSelect, indent+10); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s)", indent+8, ""); + }else if( pItem->zName ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", pItem->zName); + } + if( pItem->pTab ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("(table: %s)", pItem->pTab->zName); + } + if( pItem->zAlias ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(" AS %s", pItem->zAlias); + } + if( ipSrc->nSrc-1 ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf(","); + } + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + } + } + if( p->pWhere ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s WHERE ", indent, ""); + sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pWhere); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + } + if( p->pGroupBy ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s GROUP BY ", indent, ""); + sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pGroupBy); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + } + if( p->pHaving ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s HAVING ", indent, ""); + sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pHaving); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + } + if( p->pOrderBy ){ + sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ORDER BY ", indent, ""); + sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pOrderBy); + sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); + } +} +/* End of the structure debug printing code +*****************************************************************************/ +#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ diff --git a/sqlite3.h b/sqlite3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..140d758 --- /dev/null +++ b/sqlite3.h @@ -0,0 +1,2709 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library +** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, +** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is +** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without +** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. +** +** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as +** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new +** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes +** to experimental interfaces but reserve to make minor changes if +** experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. +** +** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived +** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source +** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate. +** +** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". +** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting +** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as +** part of the build process. +** +** @(#) $Id: sqlite.h.in,v 1.219 2007/08/08 12:11:21 drh Exp $ +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_ +#define _SQLITE3_H_ +#include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ + +/* +** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. +*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* +** Add the ability to override 'extern' +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN +# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern +#endif + +/* +** Make sure these symbols where not defined by some previous header +** file. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION +# undef SQLITE_VERSION +#endif +#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers +** +** The version of the SQLite library is contained in the sqlite3.h +** header file in a #define named SQLITE_VERSION. The SQLITE_VERSION +** macro resolves to a string constant. +** +** The format of the version string is "X.Y.Z", where +** X is the major version number, Y is the minor version number and Z +** is the release number. The X.Y.Z might be followed by "alpha" or "beta". +** For example "3.1.1beta". +** +** The X value is always 3 in SQLite. The X value only changes when +** backwards compatibility is broken and we intend to never break +** backwards compatibility. The Y value only changes when +** there are major feature enhancements that are forwards compatible +** but not backwards compatible. The Z value is incremented with +** each release but resets back to 0 when Y is incremented. +** +** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is an integer with the value +** (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z). For example, for version "3.1.1beta", +** SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is set to 3001001. To detect if they are using +** version 3.1.1 or greater at compile time, programs may use the test +** (SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3001001). +** +** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()] and [sqlite3_libversion_number()]. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.4.2" +#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3004002 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers +** +** These routines return values equivalent to the header constants +** [SQLITE_VERSION] and [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. The values returned +** by this routines should only be different from the header values +** if you compile your program using an sqlite3.h header from a +** different version of SQLite that the version of the library you +** link against. +** +** The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of the +** [SQLITE_VERSION] string. The sqlite3_libversion() function returns +** a poiner to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The function +** is provided for DLL users who can only access functions and not +** constants within the DLL. +*/ +SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[]; +const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); +int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle +** +** Each open SQLite database is represented by pointer to an instance of the +** opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 +** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open] interface is its constructor +** and [sqlite3_close] is its destructor. There are many other interfaces +** (such as [sqlite3_prepare_v2], [sqlite3_create_function], and +** [sqlite3_busy_timeout] to name but three) that are methods on this +** object. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types +** +** Some compilers do not support the "long long" datatype. So we have +** to do compiler-specific typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. +** +** Many SQLite interface functions require a 64-bit integer arguments. +** Those interfaces are declared using this typedef. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE + typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) + typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; +#else + typedef long long int sqlite_int64; + typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; +#endif + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite_int64 +#endif + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection +** +** Call this function with a pointer to a structure that was previously +** returned from [sqlite3_open()] and the corresponding database will by +** closed. +** +** All SQL statements prepared using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or +** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] must be destroyed using [sqlite3_finalize()] +** before this routine is called. Otherwise, SQLITE_BUSY is returned and the +** database connection remains open. +*/ +int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *); + +/* +** The type for a callback function. +** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical +** compatibility and is not documented. +*/ +typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface +** +** This interface is used to do a one-time evaluatation of zero +** or more SQL statements. UTF-8 text of the SQL statements to +** be evaluted is passed in as the second parameter. The statements +** are prepared one by one using [sqlite3_prepare()], evaluated +** using [sqlite3_step()], then destroyed using [sqlite3_finalize()]. +** +** If one or more of the SQL statements are queries, then +** the callback function specified by the 3rd parameter is +** invoked once for each row of the query result. This callback +** should normally return 0. If the callback returns a non-zero +** value then the query is aborted, all subsequent SQL statements +** are skipped and the sqlite3_exec() function returns the SQLITE_ABORT. +** +** The 4th parameter to this interface is an arbitrary pointer that is +** passed through to the callback function as its first parameter. +** +** The 2nd parameter to the callback function is the number of +** columns in the query result. The 3rd parameter to the callback +** is an array of strings holding the values for each column +** as extracted using [sqlite3_column_text()]. +** The 4th parameter to the callback is an array of strings +** obtained using [sqlite3_column_name()] and holding +** the names of each column. +** +** The callback function may be NULL, even for queries. A NULL +** callback is not an error. It just means that no callback +** will be invoked. +** +** If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating the SQL (but +** not while executing the callback) then an appropriate error +** message is written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] and +** *errmsg is made to point to that message. The calling function +** is responsible for freeing the memory that holds the error +** message. Use [sqlite3_free()] for this. If errmsg==NULL, +** then no error message is ever written. +** +** The return value is is SQLITE_OK if there are no errors and +** some other [SQLITE_OK | return code] if there is an error. +** The particular return value depends on the type of error. +** +*/ +int sqlite3_exec( + sqlite3*, /* An open database */ + const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluted */ + int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ + void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ + char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Result Codes +** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK +** +** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown +** above in order to indicates success or failure. +** +** The result codes above are the only ones returned by SQLite in its +** default configuration. However, the [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] +** API can be used to set a database connectoin to return more detailed +** result codes. +** +** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] +** +*/ +#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ +/* beginning-of-error-codes */ +#define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* SQL error or missing database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* NOT USED. Internal logic error in SQLite */ +#define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ +#define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ +#define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ +#define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ +#define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ +#define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ +#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ +#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ +#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* NOT USED. Table or record not found */ +#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ +#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ +#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* NOT USED. Database lock protocol error */ +#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */ +#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ +#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ +#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to contraint violation */ +#define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ +#define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ +#define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ +#define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ +#define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Auxiliary database format error */ +#define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ +#define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ +#define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ +#define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ +/* end-of-error-codes */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes +** +** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer +** result codes described at result-codes. However, experience has shown that +** many of these result codes are too course-grained. They do not provide as +** much information about problems as users might like. In an effort to +** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include +** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information +** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled (or disabled) for +** each database +** connection using the [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. +** +** Some of the available extended result codes are listed above. +** We expect the number of extended result codes will be expand +** over time. Software that uses extended result codes should expect +** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite. +** +** The symbolic name for an extended result code always contains a related +** primary result code as a prefix. Primary result codes contain a single +** "_" character. Extended result codes contain two or more "_" characters. +** The numeric value of an extended result code can be converted to its +** corresponding primary result code by masking off the lower 8 bytes. +** +** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended. It will always +** be exactly zero. +*/ +#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) +#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes +** +** This routine enables or disables the +** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] feature. +** By default, SQLite API routines return one of only 26 integer +** [SQLITE_OK | result codes]. When extended result codes +** are enabled by this routine, the repetoire of result codes can be +** much larger and can (hopefully) provide more detailed information +** about the cause of an error. +** +** The second argument is a boolean value that turns extended result +** codes on and off. Extended result codes are off by default for +** backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite. +*/ +int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid +** +** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed integer key +** called the "rowid". The rowid is always available as an undeclared +** column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_. If the table has a column of +** type INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then that column is another an alias for the +** rowid. +** +** This routine returns the rowid of the most recent INSERT into +** the database from the database connection given in the first +** argument. If no inserts have ever occurred on this database +** connection, zero is returned. +** +** If an INSERT occurs within a trigger, then the rowid of the +** inserted row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger +** is running. But once the trigger terminates, the value returned +** by this routine reverts to the last value inserted before the +** trigger fired. +*/ +sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified +** +** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed +** (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent SQL statement. Only +** changes that are directly specified by the INSERT, UPDATE, or +** DELETE statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by +** triggers are not counted. Use the [sqlite3_total_changes()] function +** to find the total number of changes including changes caused by triggers. +** +** Within the body of a trigger, the sqlite3_changes() interface can be +** called to find the number of +** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE +** statement within the body of the trigger. +** +** All changes are counted, even if they were later undone by a +** ROLLBACK or ABORT. Except, changes associated with creating and +** dropping tables are not counted. +** +** If a callback invokes [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively, +** then the changes in the inner, recursive call are counted together +** with the changes in the outer call. +** +** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause +** by dropping and recreating the table. (This is much faster than going +** through and deleting individual elements from the table.) Because of +** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be +** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the +** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use +** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead. +*/ +int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified +*** +** This function returns the number of database rows that have been +** modified by INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statements since the database handle +** was opened. This includes UPDATE, INSERT and DELETE statements executed +** as part of trigger programs. All changes are counted as soon as the +** statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle is +** passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite_finalise()]). +** +** See also the [sqlite3_change()] interface. +** +** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause +** by dropping and recreating the table. (This is much faster than going +** through and deleting individual elements form the table.) Because of +** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be +** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the +** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use +** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead. +*/ +int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query +** +** This function causes any pending database operation to abort and +** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically +** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" +** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt +** immediately. +** +** It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the +** thread that is currently running the database operation. +** +** The SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. +** If an interrupted operation was an update that is inside an +** explicit transaction, then the entire transaction will be rolled +** back automatically. +*/ +void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete +** +** These functions return true if the given input string comprises +** one or more complete SQL statements. For the sqlite3_complete() call, +** the parameter must be a nul-terminated UTF-8 string. For +** sqlite3_complete16(), a nul-terminated machine byte order UTF-16 string +** is required. +** +** These routines are useful for command-line input to determine if the +** currently entered text forms one or more complete SQL statements or +** if additional input is needed before sending the statements into +** SQLite for parsing. The algorithm is simple. If the +** last token other than spaces and comments is a semicolon, then return +** true. Actually, the algorithm is a little more complicated than that +** in order to deal with triggers, but the basic idea is the same: the +** statement is not complete unless it ends in a semicolon. +*/ +int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); +int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors +** +** This routine identifies a callback function that might be invoked +** whenever an attempt is made to open a database table +** that another thread or process has locked. +** If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] +** (or sometimes [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]) +** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. +** If the busy callback is not NULL, then the +** callback will be invoked with two arguments. The +** first argument to the handler is a copy of the void* pointer which +** is the third argument to this routine. The second argument to +** the handler is the number of times that the busy handler has +** been invoked for this locking event. If the +** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to +** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned. +** If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt is made to open the +** database for reading and the cycle repeats. +** +** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that +** it will be invoked when there is lock contention. +** If SQLite determines that invoking the busy handler could result in +** a deadlock, it will return [SQLITE_BUSY] instead. +** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that +** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and +** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying +** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed +** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot +** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes +** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, +** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this +** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow +** the second process to proceed. +** +** The default busy callback is NULL. +** +** The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] when +** SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the +** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will +** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs +** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache +** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent +** readers. If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory +** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error +** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to +** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. This error code promotion +** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the +** +** CorruptionFollowingBusyError wiki page for a discussion of why +** this is important. +** +** Sqlite is re-entrant, so the busy handler may start a new query. +** (It is not clear why anyone would every want to do this, but it +** is allowed, in theory.) But the busy handler may not close the +** database. Closing the database from a busy handler will delete +** data structures out from under the executing query and will +** probably result in a segmentation fault or other runtime error. +** +** There can only be a single busy handler defined for each database +** connection. Setting a new busy handler clears any previous one. +** Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] will also set or clear +** the busy handler. +*/ +int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout +** +** This routine sets a busy handler that sleeps for a while when a +** table is locked. The handler will sleep multiple times until +** at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping have been done. After +** "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, the handler returns 0 which +** causes [sqlite3_step()] to return [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. +** +** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero +** turns off all busy handlers. +** +** There can only be a single busy handler for a particular database +** connection. If another busy handler was defined +** (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling +** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared. +*/ +int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries +** +** This next routine is a convenience wrapper around [sqlite3_exec()]. +** Instead of invoking a user-supplied callback for each row of the +** result, this routine remembers each row of the result in memory +** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()], then returns all of the result after the +** query has finished. +** +** As an example, suppose the query result where this table: +** +** 
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+**
+** +** If the 3rd argument were &azResult then after the function returns +** azResult will contain the following data: +** +** 
+**        azResult[0] = "Name";
+**        azResult[1] = "Age";
+**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult[3] = "43";
+**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult[5] = "28";
+**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult[7] = "21";
+**
+** +** Notice that there is an extra row of data containing the column +** headers. But the *nrow return value is still 3. *ncolumn is +** set to 2. In general, the number of values inserted into azResult +** will be ((*nrow) + 1)*(*ncolumn). +** +** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should +** pass the result data pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to +** release the memory that was malloc-ed. Because of the way the +** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens, the calling function must not try to call +** [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release +** the memory properly and safely. +** +** The return value of this routine is the same as from [sqlite3_exec()]. +*/ +int sqlite3_get_table( + sqlite3*, /* An open database */ + const char *sql, /* SQL to be executed */ + char ***resultp, /* Result written to a char *[] that this points to */ + int *nrow, /* Number of result rows written here */ + int *ncolumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ + char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ +); +void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions +** +** These routines are workalikes of the "printf()" family of functions +** from the standard C library. +** +** The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their +** results into memory obtained from [sqlite_malloc()]. +** The strings returned by these two routines should be +** released by [sqlite3_free()]. Both routines return a +** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough +** memory to hold the resulting string. +** +** In sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from +** the standard C library. The result is written into the +** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by +** the first parameter. Note that the order of the +** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf(). This is an +** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking +** backwards compatibility. Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() +** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of +** characters actually written into the buffer. We admit that +** the number of characters written would be a more useful return +** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() +** now without breaking compatibility. +** +** As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() +** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. The first +** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for +** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely +** written will be n-1 characters. +** +** These routines all implement some additional formatting +** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements. +** All of the usual printf formatting options apply. In addition, there +** is are "%q" and "%Q" options. +** +** The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated +** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character. +** %q is designed for use inside a string literal. By doubling each '\'' +** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into +** the string. +** +** For example, so some string variable contains text as follows: +** +** 
+**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+**
+** +** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows: +** +** 
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+**
+** +** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText +** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows: +** +** 
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+**
+** +** This is correct. Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL +** would have looked like this: +** +** 
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+**
+** +** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you +** should always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string +** literal. +** +** The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around +** the outside of the total string. Or if the parameter in the argument +** list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without single +** quotes) in place of the %Q option. So, for example, one could say: +** +** 
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+**
+** +** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL +** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer. +*/ +char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); +char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); +char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Functions +** +** SQLite uses its own memory allocator. On some installations, this +** memory allocator is identical to the standard malloc()/realloc()/free() +** and can be used interchangable. On others, the implementations are +** different. For maximum portability, it is best not to mix calls +** to the standard malloc/realloc/free with the sqlite versions. +*/ +void *sqlite3_malloc(int); +void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); +void sqlite3_free(void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks +*** +** This routine registers a authorizer callback with the SQLite library. +** The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled +** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], +** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. At various +** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created +** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to +** see if those actions are allowed. The authorizer callback should +** return SQLITE_OK to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the +** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be +** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be +** rejected with an error. +** +** Depending on the action, the [SQLITE_IGNORE] and [SQLITE_DENY] return +** codes might mean something different or they might mean the same +** thing. If the action is, for example, to perform a delete opertion, +** then [SQLITE_IGNORE] and [SQLITE_DENY] both cause the statement compilation +** to fail with an error. But if the action is to read a specific column +** from a specific table, then [SQLITE_DENY] will cause the entire +** statement to fail but [SQLITE_IGNORE] will cause a NULL value to be +** read instead of the actual column value. +** +** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of +** the third parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. +** The second parameter to the callback is an integer +** [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies the particular action +** to be authorized. The available action codes are +** [SQLITE_COPY | documented separately]. The third through sixth +** parameters to the callback are strings that contain additional +** details about the action to be authorized. +** +** An authorizer is used when preparing SQL statements from an untrusted +** source, to ensure that the SQL statements do not try to access data +** that they are not allowed to see, or that they do not try to +** execute malicious statements that damage the database. For +** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary +** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does +** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the +** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the +** user-entered SQL is being prepared that disallows everything +** except SELECT statements. +** +** Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection +** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the +** previous call. A NULL authorizer means that no authorization +** callback is invoked. The default authorizer is NULL. +** +** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during +** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not +** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()]. +*/ +int sqlite3_set_authorizer( + sqlite3*, + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), + void *pUserData +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must +** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order +** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the +** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional +** information. +*/ +#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ +#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes +** +** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function +** that is invoked to authorizer certain SQL statement actions. The +** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies +** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that +** the authorizer callback may be passed. +** +** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be +** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization callback +** function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these +** codes is used as the second parameter. The 5th parameter to the +** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", +** etc.) if applicable. The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback +** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for +** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from +** top-level SQL code. +*/ +/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ +#define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ +#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* NULL NULL */ +#define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ +#define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ +#define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ +#define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ +#define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* Function Name NULL */ +#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions +** +** These routines register callback functions that can be used for +** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. +** The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked +** at the first [sqlite3_step()] for the evaluation of an SQL statement. +** The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked +** as each SQL statement finishes and includes +** information on how long that statement ran. +** +** The sqlite3_profile() API is currently considered experimental and +** is subject to change. +*/ +void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); +void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, + void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks +** +** This routine configures a callback function - the progress callback - that +** is invoked periodically during long running calls to [sqlite3_exec()], +** [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()]. An example use for this +** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. +** +** The progress callback is invoked once for every N virtual machine opcodes, +** where N is the second argument to this function. The progress callback +** itself is identified by the third argument to this function. The fourth +** argument to this function is a void pointer passed to the progress callback +** function each time it is invoked. +** +** If a call to [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()], or [sqlite3_get_table()] +** results in fewer than N opcodes being executed, then the progress +** callback is never invoked. +** +** Only a single progress callback function may be registered for each +** open database connection. Every call to sqlite3_progress_handler() +** overwrites the results of the previous call. +** To remove the progress callback altogether, pass NULL as the third +** argument to this function. +** +** If the progress callback returns a result other than 0, then the current +** query is immediately terminated and any database changes rolled back. +** The containing [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()], or +** [sqlite3_get_table()] call returns SQLITE_INTERRUPT. This feature +** can be used, for example, to implement the "Cancel" button on a +** progress dialog box in a GUI. +*/ +void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection +** +** Open the sqlite database file "filename". The "filename" is UTF-8 +** encoded for sqlite3_open() and UTF-16 encoded in the native byte order +** for sqlite3_open16(). An [sqlite3*] handle is returned in *ppDb, even +** if an error occurs. If the database is opened (or created) successfully, +** then SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an error code is returned. The +** sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_errmsg16() routines can be used to obtain +** an English language description of the error. +** +** If the database file does not exist, then a new database will be created +** as needed. The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if +** sqlite3_open() is called and UTF-16 if sqlite3_open16 is used. +** +** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources associated +** with the [sqlite3*] handle should be released by passing it to +** sqlite3_close() when it is no longer required. +** +** Note to windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument +** of sqlite3_open() must be UTF-8, not whatever codepage is currently +** defined. Filenames containing international characters must be converted +** to UTF-8 prior to passing them into sqlite3_open(). +*/ +int sqlite3_open( + const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); +int sqlite3_open16( + const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ + sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages +** +** The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric +** [SQLITE_OK | result code] or [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code] +** for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call associated +** with [sqlite3] handle 'db'. If a prior API call failed but the +** most recent API call succeeded, the return value from sqlite3_errcode() +** is undefined. +** +** The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-langauge +** text that describes the error, as either UTF8 or UTF16 respectively. +** Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. The +** string may be overwritten or deallocated by subsequent calls to SQLite +** interface functions. +** +** Calls to many sqlite3_* functions set the error code and string returned +** by [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()] +** (overwriting the previous values). Note that calls to [sqlite3_errcode()], +** [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()] themselves do not affect the +** results of future invocations. Calls to API routines that do not return +** an error code (examples: [sqlite3_data_count()] or [sqlite3_mprintf()]) do +** not change the error code returned by this routine. +** +** Assuming no other intervening sqlite3_* API calls are made, the error +** code returned by this function is associated with the same error as +** the strings returned by [sqlite3_errmsg()] and [sqlite3_errmsg16()]. +*/ +int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); +const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); +const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object +** +** Instance of this object represent single SQL statements. This +** is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a +** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement". +** +** The life of a statement object goes something like this: +** +**
    +**
  1. Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related +** function. +**
  2. Bind values to host parameters using +** [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_* interfaces]. +**
  3. Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. +**
  4. Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back +** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. +**
  5. Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. +**
+** +** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional +** information. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement +** +** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code +** program using one of these routines. +** +** The first argument "db" is an [sqlite3 | SQLite database handle] +** obtained from a prior call to [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open16()]. +** The second argument "zSql" is the statement to be compiled, encoded +** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2() +** interfaces uses UTF-8 and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() +** use UTF-16. +** +** If the nByte argument is less +** than zero, then zSql is read up to the first zero terminator. If +** nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum number of +** bytes read from zSql. When nByte is non-negative, the +** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' character or +** until the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. +** +** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the first +** SQL statement in zSql. This routine only compiles the first statement +** in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains uncompiled. +** +** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled +** [sqlite3_stmt | SQL statement structure] that can be +** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. Or if there is an error, *ppStmt may be +** set to NULL. If the input text contained no SQL (if the input is and +** empty string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. The calling +** procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled SQL statement +** using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. +** +** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an +** [SQLITE_ERROR | error code] is returned. +** +** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are +** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained +** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. +** In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement +** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the +** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to +** behave a differently in two ways: +** +**
    +**
  1. +** If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it +** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL +** statement and try to run it again. If the schema has changed in a way +** that makes the statement no longer valid, [sqlite3_step()] will still +** return [SQLITE_SCHEMA]. But unlike the legacy behavior, [SQLITE_SCHEMA] is +** now a fatal error. Calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the +** error go away. Note: use [sqlite3_errmsg()] to find the text of the parsing +** error that results in an [SQLITE_SCHEMA] return. +**
    2. +** +**
  2. +** When an error occurs, +** [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed +** [SQLITE_ERROR | result codes] or +** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] such as directly. +** The legacy behavior was that [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic +** [SQLITE_ERROR] result code and you would have to make a second call to +** [sqlite3_reset()] in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. +** With the "v2" prepare interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is +** returned immediately. +**
    3. +**
+*/ +int sqlite3_prepare( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +int sqlite3_prepare_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +int sqlite3_prepare16( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); +int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ + const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ + int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ + sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ + const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object +** +** SQLite uses dynamic typing for the values it stores. Values can +** be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. When +** passing around values internally, each value is represented as +** an instance of the sqlite3_value object. +*/ +typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object +** +** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an +** sqlite3_context object. A pointer to such an object is the +** first parameter to user-defined SQL functions. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements +** +** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, +** one or more literals can be replace by a parameter in one of these +** forms: +** +**
    +**
  • ? +**
  • ?NNN +**
  • :AAA +**
  • @AAA +**
  • $VVV +**
+** +** In the parameter forms shown above NNN is an integer literal, +** AAA is an alphanumeric identifier and VVV is a variable name according +** to the syntax rules of the TCL programming language. +** The values of these parameters (also called "host parameter names") +** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. +** +** The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines always is a pointer +** to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or +** its variants. The second +** argument is the index of the parameter to be set. The first parameter has +** an index of 1. When the same named parameter is used more than once, second +** and subsequent +** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. The index for +** named parameters can be looked up using the +** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()] API if desired. The index for "?NNN" +** parametes is the value of NNN. +** The NNN value must be between 1 and the compile-time +** parameter SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER (default value: 999). +** See limits.html for additional information. +** +** The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. +** +** In those +** routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the number of bytes +** in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the number of bytes in the +** string, not the number of characters. The number +** of bytes does not include the zero-terminator at the end of strings. +** If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is +** number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. +** +** The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and +** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or +** text after SQLite has finished with it. If the fifth argument is the +** special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then the library assumes that the information +** is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. If the +** fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then SQLite makes its +** own private copy of the data immediately, before the sqlite3_bind_*() +** routine returns. +** +** The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length n that +** is filled with zeros. A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory +** (just an integer to hold it size) while it is being processed. +** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as place-holders for BLOBs whose +** content is later written using +** [sqlite3_blob_open | increment BLOB I/O] routines. +** +** The sqlite3_bind_*() routines must be called after +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] (and its variants) or [sqlite3_reset()] and +** before [sqlite3_step()]. +** Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. +** Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. +** +** These routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an error code if +** anything goes wrong. [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter +** index is out of range. [SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc fails. +** [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned if these routines are called on a virtual +** machine that is the wrong state or which has already been finalized. +*/ +int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); +int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); +int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite_int64); +int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); +int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*)); +int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); +int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of Host Parameters +** +** Return the largest host parameter index in the precompiled statement given +** as the argument. When the host parameters are of the forms like ":AAA" +** or "?", then they are assigned sequential increasing numbers beginning +** with one, so the value returned is the number of parameters. However +** if the same host parameter name is used multiple times, each occurrance +** is given the same number, so the value returned in that case is the number +** of unique host parameter names. If host parameters of the form "?NNN" +** are used (where NNN is an integer) then there might be gaps in the +** numbering and the value returned by this interface is the index of the +** host parameter with the largest index value. +*/ +int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter +** +** This routine returns a pointer to the name of the n-th parameter in a +** [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement]. +** Host parameters of the form ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$VVV" have a name +** which is the string ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$VVV". +** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" +** is included as part of the name. +** Parameters of the form "?" or "?NNN" have no name. +** +** The first bound parameter has an index of 1, not 0. +** +** If the value n is out of range or if the n-th parameter is nameless, +** then NULL is returned. The returned string is always in the +** UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was originally specified +** as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. +*/ +const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name +** +** This routine returns the index of a host parameter with the given name. +** The name must match exactly. If no parameter with the given name is +** found, return 0. Parameter names must be UTF8. +*/ +int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement +** +** Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not +** reset the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a +** [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement]. Use this routine to +** reset all host parameters to NULL. +*/ +int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set +** +** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the +** [sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. This routine returns 0 +** if pStmt is an SQL statement that does not return data (for +** example an UPDATE). +*/ +int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set +** +** These routines return the name assigned to a particular column +** in the result set of a SELECT statement. The sqlite3_column_name() +** interface returns a pointer to a UTF8 string and sqlite3_column_name16() +** returns a pointer to a UTF16 string. The first parameter is the +** [sqlite_stmt | prepared statement] that implements the SELECT statement. +** The second parameter is the column number. The left-most column is +** number 0. +** +** The returned string pointer is valid until either the +** [sqlite_stmt | prepared statement] is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] +** or until the next call sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() +** on the same column. +*/ +const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); +const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result +** +** These routines provide a means to determine what column of what +** table in which database a result of a SELECT statement comes from. +** The name of the database or table or column can be returned as +** either a UTF8 or UTF16 string. The _database_ routines return +** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and +** the origin_ routines return the column name. +** The returned string is valid until +** the [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement] is destroyed using +** [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested +** again in a different encoding. +** +** The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the +** database, table, and column. +** +** The first argument to the following calls is a +** [sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. +** These functions return information about the Nth column returned by +** the statement, where N is the second function argument. +** +** If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression +** or subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions +** return NULL. Otherwise, they return the +** name of the attached database, table and column that query result +** column was extracted from. +** +** As with all other SQLite APIs, those postfixed with "16" return UTF-16 +** encoded strings, the other functions return UTF-8. +** +** These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined. +*/ +const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); +const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result +** +** The first parameter is a [sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. +** If this statement is a SELECT statement and the Nth column of the +** returned result set of that SELECT is a table column (not an +** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table +** column is returned. If the Nth column of the result set is an +** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. +** The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. For example, in +** the database schema: +** +** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); +** +** And the following statement compiled: +** +** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; +** +** Then this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second +** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column +** (i==0). +** +** SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. So just because a column +** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the +** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is +** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. Type +** is associated with individual values, not with the containers +** used to hold those values. +*/ +const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *, int i); +const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement +** +** After an [sqlite3_stmt | SQL statement] has been prepared with a call +** to either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or to one of +** the legacy interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], +** then this function must be called one or more times to evaluate the +** statement. +** +** The details of the behavior of this sqlite3_step() interface depend +** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy +** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the +** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy +** interface will continue to be supported. +** +** In the lagacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], +** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. +** With the "v2" interface, any of the other [SQLITE_OK | result code] +** or [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code] might be returned as +** well. +** +** [SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the +** database locks it needs to do its job. If the statement is a COMMIT +** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the +** statement. If the statement is not a COMMIT and occurs within a +** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before +** continuing. +** +** [SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing +** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual +** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual +** machine back to its initial state. +** +** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then +** [SQLITE_ROW] is returned each time a new row of data is ready +** for processing by the caller. The values may be accessed using +** the [sqlite3_column_int | column access functions]. +** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. +** +** [SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint +** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on +** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +** With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (example: +** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) +** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the +** [sqlite_stmt | prepared statement]. In the "v2" interface, +** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). +** +** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. +** Perhaps it was called on a [sqlite_stmt | prepared statement] that has +** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had +** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could +** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or +** more threads at the same moment in time. +** +** Goofy Interface Alert: +** In the legacy interface, +** the sqlite3_step() API always returns a generic error code, +** [SQLITE_ERROR], following any error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] +** and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call [sqlite3_reset()] or +** [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the specific +** [SQLITE_ERROR | result codes] that better describes the error. +** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed +** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements +** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead +** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()], then the +** more specific [SQLITE_ERROR | result codes] are returned directly +** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended. +*/ +int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: +** +** Return the number of values in the current row of the result set. +** +** After a call to [sqlite3_step()] that returns [SQLITE_ROW], this routine +** will return the same value as the [sqlite3_column_count()] function. +** After [sqlite3_step()] has returned an [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_BUSY], or +** a [SQLITE_ERROR | error code], or before [sqlite3_step()] has been +** called on the [sqlite_stmt | prepared statement] for the first time, +** this routine returns zero. +*/ +int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes +** +** Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: +** +**
    +**
  • 64-bit signed integer +**
  • 64-bit IEEE floating point number +**
  • string +**
  • BLOB +**
  • NULL +**
+** +** These constants are codes for each of those types. +** +** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 +** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both +** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT not +** SQLITE_TEXT. +*/ +#define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 +#define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 +#define SQLITE_BLOB 4 +#define SQLITE_NULL 5 +#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT +# undef SQLITE_TEXT +#else +# define SQLITE_TEXT 3 +#endif +#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Results Values From A Query +** +** These routines return information about the information +** in a single column of the current result row of a query. In every +** case the first argument is a pointer to the +** [sqlite3_stmt | SQL statement] that is being +** evaluate (the [sqlite_stmt*] that was returned from +** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) and +** the second argument is the index of the column for which information +** should be returned. The left-most column has an index of 0. +** +** If the SQL statement is not currently point to a valid row, or if the +** the column index is out of range, the result is undefined. +** +** The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type +** of the result column. The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], +** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value +** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type +** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion, +** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined. Future +** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() +** following a type conversion. +** +** If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() +** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. +** If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts +** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. +** If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses +** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns +** the number of bytes in that string. +** The value returned does not include the zero terminator at the end +** of the string. For clarity: the value returned is the number of +** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. +** +** The sqlite3_column_bytes16() routine is similar to sqlite3_column_bytes() +** but leaves the result in UTF-16 instead of UTF-8. +** The zero terminator is not included in this count. +** +** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. For +** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result +** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to do the conversion +** automatically. The following table details the conversions that +** are applied: +** +**
+**
+**
Internal Requested +**
Type Type Conversion +** +**
NULL INTEGER Result is 0 +**
NULL FLOAT Result is 0.0 +**
NULL TEXT Result is NULL pointer +**
NULL BLOB Result is NULL pointer +**
INTEGER FLOAT Convert from integer to float +**
INTEGER TEXT ASCII rendering of the integer +**
INTEGER BLOB Same as for INTEGER->TEXT +**
FLOAT INTEGER Convert from float to integer +**
FLOAT TEXT ASCII rendering of the float +**
FLOAT BLOB Same as FLOAT->TEXT +**
TEXT INTEGER Use atoi() +**
TEXT FLOAT Use atof() +**
TEXT BLOB No change +**
BLOB INTEGER Convert to TEXT then use atoi() +**
BLOB FLOAT Convert to TEXT then use atof() +**
BLOB TEXT Add a zero terminator if needed +**
+** +** +** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi() +** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its +** on equavalent internal routines. The atoi() and atof() names are +** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most +** C programmers. +** +** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior +** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or +** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. +** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur +** in the following cases: +** +**
    +**

  • The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() +** or sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might +** need to be added to the string.

    • +** +**

  • The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or +** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-16.

    • +** +**

  • The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or +** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted +** to UTF-8.

    • +**
+** +** Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do +** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer +** that the prior pointer points to will have been modified. Other kinds +** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometime it is +** not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. +** +** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines +** in one of the following ways: +** +**
    +**
  • sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
    • +**
  • sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
    • +**
  • sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()
    • +**
+** +** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), sqlite3_column_blob(), +** or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result into the desired +** format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or sqlite3_column_bytes16() to +** find the size of the result. Do not mix call to sqlite3_column_text() or +** sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes16(). And do not +** mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). +*/ +const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); +sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object +** +** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a +** [sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. If the statement was +** executed successfully, or not executed at all, then SQLITE_OK is returned. +** If execution of the statement failed then an +** [SQLITE_ERROR | error code] or [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended error code] +** is returned. +** +** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the +** [sqlite3_stmt | virtual machine]. If the virtual machine has not +** completed execution when this routine is called, that is like +** encountering an error or an interrupt. (See [sqlite3_interrupt()].) +** Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions cancelled, +** depending on the circumstances, and the +** [SQLITE_ERROR | result code] returned will be [SQLITE_ABORT]. +*/ +int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object +** +** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a +** [sqlite_stmt | compiled SQL statement] object. +** back to it's initial state, ready to be re-executed. +** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using +** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. +** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. +*/ +int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions +** +** The following two functions are used to add SQL functions or aggregates +** or to redefine the behavior of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The +** difference only between the two is that the second parameter, the +** name of the (scalar) function or aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for +** sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16 for sqlite3_create_function16(). +** +** The first argument is the [sqlite3 | database handle] that holds the +** SQL function or aggregate is to be added or redefined. If a single +** program uses more than one database handle internally, then SQL +** functions or aggregates must be added individually to each database +** handle with which they will be used. +** +** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created +** or redefined. +** The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of the +** zero-terminator. Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not +** characters. Any attempt to create a function with a longer name +** will result in an SQLITE_ERROR error. +** +** The third parameter is the number of arguments that the SQL function or +** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the SQL function or +** aggregate may take any number of arguments. +** +** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what +** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for +** its parameters. Any SQL function implementation should be able to work +** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be +** more efficient with one encoding than another. It is allowed to +** invoke sqlite_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple +** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep. +** When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite +** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. +** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what +** text encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be +** [SQLITE_ANY]. +** +** The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation +** of the function can gain access to this pointer using +** [sqlite_user_data()]. +** +** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are +** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL +** function or aggregate. A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of +** the xFunc callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep +** and xFinal parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation +** of xStep and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an +** existing SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function +** callback. +** +** It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same +** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of +** arguments or differing perferred text encodings. SQLite will use +** the implementation most closely matches the way in which the +** SQL function is used. +*/ +int sqlite3_create_function( + sqlite3 *, + const char *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); +int sqlite3_create_function16( + sqlite3*, + const void *zFunctionName, + int nArg, + int eTextRep, + void*, + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings +** +** These constant define integer codes that represent the various +** text encodings supported by SQLite. +*/ +#define SQLITE_UTF8 1 +#define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 +#define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 +#define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ +#define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* sqlite3_create_function only */ +#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obsolete Functions +** +** These functions are all now obsolete. In order to maintain +** backwards compatibility with older code, we continue to support +** these functions. However, new development projects should avoid +** the use of these functions. To help encourage people to avoid +** using these functions, we are not going to tell you want they do. +*/ +int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); +int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); +int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); +int sqlite3_global_recover(void); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values +** +** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses +** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on +** the function or aggregate. +** +** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters +** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates. +** The 4th parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to +** [sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for +** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to +** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects. +** +** These routines work just like the corresponding +** [sqlite3_column_blob | sqlite3_column_* routines] except that +** these routines take a single [sqlite3_value*] pointer instead +** of an [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. +** +** The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF16 string +** in the native byte-order of the host machine. The +** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces +** extract UTF16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. +** +** The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply +** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is +** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If +** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in order +** words if the value is original a string that looks like a number) +** then it is done. Otherwise no conversion occurs. The +** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned. +** +** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer that +** is returned from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or +** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to +** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite_value_text()], +** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. +*/ +const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); +int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); +int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); +double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); +int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); +sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); +const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); +const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); +const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); +const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); +int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); +int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context +** +** The implementation of aggregate SQL functions use this routine to allocate +** a structure for storing their state. The first time this routine +** is called for a particular aggregate, a new structure of size nBytes +** is allocated, zeroed, and returned. On subsequent calls (for the +** same aggregate instance) the same buffer is returned. The implementation +** of the aggregate can use the returned buffer to accumulate data. +** +** The buffer allocated is freed automatically by SQLite whan the aggregate +** query concludes. +** +** The first parameter should be a copy of the +** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first +** parameter to the callback routine that implements the aggregate +** function. +*/ +void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions +** +** The pUserData parameter to the [sqlite3_create_function()] +** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines +** used to register user functions is available to +** the implementation of the function using this call. +*/ +void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data +** +** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to +** associate meta-data with argument values. If the same value is passed to +** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under +** some circumstances the associated meta-data may be preserved. This may +** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar +** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as +** meta-data associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression +** pattern. The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple +** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string +** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation. +** +** The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the meta-data +** associated with the Nth argument value to the current SQL function +** call, where N is the second parameter. If no meta-data has been set for +** that value, then a NULL pointer is returned. +** +** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() is used to associate meta-data with an SQL +** function argument. The third parameter is a pointer to the meta-data +** to be associated with the Nth user function argument value. The fourth +** parameter specifies a destructor that will be called on the meta- +** data pointer to release it when it is no longer required. If the +** destructor is NULL, it is not invoked. +** +** In practice, meta-data is preserved between function calls for +** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal +** values and SQL variables. +*/ +void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int); +void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int, void*, void (*)(void*)); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior +** +** These are special value for the destructor that is passed in as the +** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. If the destructor +** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant +** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. The +** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in +** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of +** the content before returning. +** +** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain +** C++ compilers. See ticket #2191. +*/ +typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); +#define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) +#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function +** +** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that +** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See +** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] +** for additional information. +** +** These functions work very much like the +** [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*] family of functions used +** to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. +** Refer to the +** [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_* documentation] for +** additional information. +** +** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions +** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. The +** parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() +** is the text of an error message. +** +** The sqlite3_result_toobig() cause the function implementation +** to throw and error indicating that a string or BLOB is to long +** to represent. +*/ +void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); +void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); +void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); +void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); +void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); +void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite_int64); +void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); +void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); +void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); +void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); +void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); +void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences +** +** These functions are used to add new collation sequences to the +** [sqlite3*] handle specified as the first argument. +** +** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string +** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() +** and a UTF-16 string for sqlite3_create_collation16(). In all cases +** the name is passed as the second function argument. +** +** The third argument must be one of the constants [SQLITE_UTF8], +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied +** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8, +** UTF-16 little-endian or UTF-16 big-endian respectively. +** +** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth +** argument. If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation +** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore). Each time the user +** supplied function is invoked, it is passed a copy of the void* passed as +** the fourth argument to sqlite3_create_collation() or +** sqlite3_create_collation16() as its first parameter. +** +** The remaining arguments to the user-supplied routine are two strings, +** each represented by a [length, data] pair and encoded in the encoding +** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was +** registered. The user routine should return negative, zero or positive if +** the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second +** string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2). +** +** The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() +** excapt that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for +** the collation. The destructor is called when the collation is +** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer +** of the sqlite3_create_collation_v2(). Collations are destroyed when +** they are overridden by later calls to the collation creation functions +** or when the [sqlite3*] database handle is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. +** +** The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() interface is experimental and +** subject to change in future releases. The other collation creation +** functions are stable. +*/ +int sqlite3_create_collation( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void*, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); +int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void*, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), + void(*xDestroy)(void*) +); +int sqlite3_create_collation16( + sqlite3*, + const char *zName, + int eTextRep, + void*, + int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks +** +** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database +** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the +** database handle to be called whenever an undefined collation sequence is +** required. +** +** If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, +** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings +** encoded in UTF-8. If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, the names +** are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. A call to either +** function replaces any existing callback. +** +** When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy +** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or +** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database +** handle. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or +** [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation +** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the +** required collation sequence. +** +** The callback function should register the desired collation using +** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or +** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. +*/ +int sqlite3_collation_needed( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) +); +int sqlite3_collation_needed16( + sqlite3*, + void*, + void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) +); + +/* +** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be +** called right after sqlite3_open(). +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +int sqlite3_key( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ +); + +/* +** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not +** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the +** database is decrypted. +** +** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release +** of SQLite. +*/ +int sqlite3_rekey( + sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ + const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time +** +** This function causes the current thread to suspend execution +** a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. +** +** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with +** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to +** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually +** requested from the operating system is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3_sleep(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files +** +** If this global variable is made to point to a string which is +** the name of a folder (a.ka. directory), then all temporary files +** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory. If this variable +** is NULL pointer, then SQLite does a search for an appropriate temporary +** file directory. +** +** Once [sqlite3_open()] has been called, changing this variable will +** invalidate the current temporary database, if any. Generally speaking, +** it is not safe to invoke this routine after [sqlite3_open()] has +** been called. +*/ +SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Databse Is In Auto-Commit Mode +** +** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit +** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on +** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled +** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. +*/ +int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Associated With A Prepared Statement +** +** Return the [sqlite3*] database handle to which a +** [sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement] belongs. +** This is the same database handle that was +** the first argument to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants +** that was used to create the statement in the first place. +*/ +sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks +** +** These routines +** register callback functions to be invoked whenever a transaction +** is committed or rolled back. The pArg argument is passed through +** to the callback. If the callback on a commit hook function +** returns non-zero, then the commit is converted into a rollback. +** +** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value is returned. +** Otherwise NULL is returned. +** +** Registering a NULL function disables the callback. +** +** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been +** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or +** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. The +** callback is not invoked if a transaction is automatically rolled +** back because the database connection is closed. +** +** These are experimental interfaces and are subject to change. +*/ +void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); +void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks +** +** Register a callback function with the database connection identified by the +** first argument to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted. +** Any callback set by a previous call to this function for the same +** database connection is overridden. +** +** The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a +** row is updated, inserted or deleted. The first argument to the callback is +** a copy of the third argument to sqlite3_update_hook(). The second callback +** argument is one of SQLITE_INSERT, SQLITE_DELETE or SQLITE_UPDATE, depending +** on the operation that caused the callback to be invoked. The third and +** fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the database and +** table name containing the affected row. The final callback parameter is +** the rowid of the row. In the case of an update, this is the rowid after +** the update takes place. +** +** The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are +** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence). +** +** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value is returned. +** Otherwise NULL is returned. +*/ +void *sqlite3_update_hook( + sqlite3*, + void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), + void* +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache +** +** This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache +** and schema data structures between connections to the same database. +** Sharing is enabled if the argument is true and disabled if the argument +** is false. +** +** Cache sharing is enabled and disabled on a thread-by-thread basis. +** Each call to this routine enables or disables cache sharing only for +** connections created in the same thread in which this routine is called. +** There is no mechanism for sharing cache between database connections +** running in different threads. +** +** Sharing must be disabled prior to shutting down a thread or else +** the thread will leak memory. Call this routine with an argument of +** 0 to turn off sharing. Or use the sqlite3_thread_cleanup() API. +** +** This routine must not be called when any database connections +** are active in the current thread. Enabling or disabling shared +** cache while there are active database connections will result +** in memory corruption. +** +** When the shared cache is enabled, the +** following routines must always be called from the same thread: +** [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], +** [sqlite3_reset()], [sqlite3_finalize()], and [sqlite3_close()]. +** This is due to the fact that the shared cache makes use of +** thread-specific storage so that it will be available for sharing +** with other connections. +** +** Virtual tables cannot be used with a shared cache. When shared +** cache is enabled, the sqlite3_create_module() API used to register +** virtual tables will always return an error. +** +** This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was +** enabled or disabled successfully. An [SQLITE_ERROR | error code] +** is returned otherwise. +** +** Shared cache is disabled by default for backward compatibility. +*/ +int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory +** +** Attempt to free N bytes of heap memory by deallocating non-essential +** memory allocations held by the database library (example: memory +** used to cache database pages to improve performance). +** +** This function is not a part of standard builds. It is only created +** if SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT macro. +*/ +int sqlite3_release_memory(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size +** +** Place a "soft" limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by +** SQLite within the current thread. If an internal allocation is requested +** that would exceed the specified limit, [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked +** one or more times to free up some space before the allocation is made. +** +** The limit is called "soft", because if [sqlite3_release_memory()] cannot free +** sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded, the memory is +** allocated anyway and the current operation proceeds. +** +** Prior to shutting down a thread sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() must be set to +** zero (the default) or else the thread will leak memory. Alternatively, use +** the [sqlite3_thread_cleanup()] API. +** +** A negative or zero value for N means that there is no soft heap limit and +** [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be called when memory is exhaused. +** The default value for the soft heap limit is zero. +** +** SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit. But if it +** is unable to reduce memory usage below the soft limit, execution will +** continue without error or notification. This is why the limit is +** called a "soft" limit. It is advisory only. +** +** This function is only available if the library was compiled with the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT option set. +** memory-management has been enabled. +*/ +void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Clean Up Thread Local Storage +** +** This routine makes sure that all thread-local storage has been +** deallocated for the current thread. +** +** This routine is not technically necessary. All thread-local storage +** will be automatically deallocated once memory-management and +** shared-cache are disabled and the soft heap limit has been set +** to zero. This routine is provided as a convenience for users who +** want to make absolutely sure they have not forgotten something +** prior to killing off a thread. +*/ +void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table +** +** This routine +** returns meta-data about a specific column of a specific database +** table accessible using the connection handle passed as the first function +** argument. +** +** The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to +** this function. The second parameter is either the name of the database +** (i.e. "main", "temp" or an attached database) containing the specified +** table or NULL. If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched +** for the table using the same algorithm as the database engine uses to +** resolve unqualified table references. +** +** The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column +** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters +** may be NULL. +** +** Meta information is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as +** the 5th and subsequent parameters to this function. Any of these +** arguments may be NULL, in which case the corresponding element of meta +** information is ommitted. +** +** 
+** Parameter     Output Type      Description
+** -----------------------------------
+**
+**   5th         const char*      Data type
+**   6th         const char*      Name of the default collation sequence 
+**   7th         int              True if the column has a NOT NULL constraint
+**   8th         int              True if the column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
+**   9th         int              True if the column is AUTOINCREMENT
+**
+** +** +** The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the +** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next +** call to any sqlite API function. +** +** If the specified table is actually a view, then an error is returned. +** +** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an +** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column has been explicitly declared, then the output +** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. If there is no +** explicitly declared IPK column, then the output parameters are set as +** follows: +** +** 
+**     data type: "INTEGER"
+**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
+**     not null: 0
+**     primary key: 1
+**     auto increment: 0
+**
+** +** This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an +** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column +** cannot be found, an SQLITE error code is returned and an error message +** left in the database handle (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()). +** +** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the +** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined. +*/ +int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( + sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ + const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ + const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ + const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ + char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ + char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ + int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ + int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ + int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if colums is auto-increment */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension +** +** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file +** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case the +** name of the entry point defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init". +** +** Return [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. +** +** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with +** error message text. The calling function should free this memory +** by calling [sqlite3_free()]. +** +** Extension loading must be enabled using [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] +** prior to calling this API or an error will be returned. +*/ +int sqlite3_load_extension( + sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ + const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ + const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ + char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading +** +** So as not to open security holes in older applications that are +** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling +** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following +** API is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and +** off. It is off by default. See ticket #1863. +** +** Call this routine with onoff==1 to turn extension loading on +** and call it with onoff==0 to turn it back off again. +*/ +int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Make Arrangements To Automatically Load An Extension +** +** Register an extension entry point that is automatically invoked +** whenever a new database connection is opened using +** [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open16()]. +** +** This API can be invoked at program startup in order to register +** one or more statically linked extensions that will be available +** to all new database connections. +** +** Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine multiple +** times with the same extension is harmless. +** +** This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array +** that is obtained from malloc(). If you run a memory leak +** checker on your program and it reports a leak because of this +** array, then invoke [sqlite3_automatic_extension_reset()] prior +** to shutdown to free the memory. +** +** Automatic extensions apply across all threads. +** +** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or +** removal in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xEntryPoint); + + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading +** +** Disable all previously registered automatic extensions. This +** routine undoes the effect of all prior [sqlite3_automatic_extension()] +** calls. +** +** This call disabled automatic extensions in all threads. +** +** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or +** removal in future releases of SQLite. +*/ +void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); + + +/* +****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice ************** +** +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stablizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +*/ + +/* +** Structures used by the virtual table interface +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; +typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; +typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; +typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; + +/* +** A module is a class of virtual tables. Each module is defined +** by an instance of the following structure. This structure consists +** mostly of methods for the module. +*/ +struct sqlite3_module { + int iVersion; + int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, + int argc, const char *const*argv, + sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); + int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); + int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); + int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, + int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); + int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); + int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); + int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite_int64 *pRowid); + int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite_int64 *); + int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); + int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, + void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), + void **ppArg); + + int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); +}; + +/* +** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to +** pass information into and receive the reply from the xBestIndex +** method of an sqlite3_module. The fields under **Inputs** are the +** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its +** results into the **Outputs** fields. +** +** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the +** form: +** +** column OP expr +** +** Where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=. The particular operator is stored +** in aConstraint[].op. The index of the column is stored in +** aConstraint[].iColumn. aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the +** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint +** is usable) and false if it cannot. +** +** The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" +** and makes other simplificatinos to the WHERE clause in an attempt to +** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. +** The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms in the correct +** form that refer to the particular virtual table being queried. +** +** Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. +** Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. +** +** The xBestIndex method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information +** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. If argvIndex>0 then +** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated +** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. If aConstraintUsage[].omit +** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the +** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite. +** +** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into xFilter. +** sqlite3_free() is used to free idxPtr if needToFreeIdxPtr is true. +** +** The orderByConsumed means that output from xFilter will occur in +** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate +** sorting step is required. +** +** The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the +** particular lookup. A full scan of a table with N entries should have +** a cost of N. A binary search of a table of N entries should have a +** cost of approximately log(N). +*/ +struct sqlite3_index_info { + /* Inputs */ + const int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ + const struct sqlite3_index_constraint { + int iColumn; /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */ + unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ + unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ + int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ + } *const aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ + const int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ + const struct sqlite3_index_orderby { + int iColumn; /* Column number */ + unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ + } *const aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ + + /* Outputs */ + struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { + int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ + unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ + } *const aConstraintUsage; + int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ + char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ + int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ + int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ + double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ +}; +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 +#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 + +/* +** This routine is used to register a new module name with an SQLite +** connection. Module names must be registered before creating new +** virtual tables on the module, or before using preexisting virtual +** tables of the module. +*/ +int sqlite3_create_module( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *, /* Methods for the module */ + void * /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ +); + +/* +** This routine is identical to the sqlite3_create_module() method above, +** except that it allows a destructor function to be specified. It is +** even more experimental than the rest of the virtual tables API. +*/ +int sqlite3_create_module_v2( + sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ + const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ + const sqlite3_module *, /* Methods for the module */ + void *, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ + void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ +); + +/* +** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure +** to describe a particular instance of the module. Each subclass will +** be taylored to the specific needs of the module implementation. The +** purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are common +** to all module implementations. +** +** Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a +** string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() to zErrMsg. The method should +** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to sqlite3_free() +** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. After the error message +** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically +** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. Note +** that sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_free() are used on the zErrMsg field +** since virtual tables are commonly implemented in loadable extensions which +** do not have access to sqlite3MPrintf() or sqlite3Free(). +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ + int nRef; /* Used internally */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure +** to describe cursors that point into the virtual table and are used +** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the +** xOpen method of the module. Each module implementation will define +** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. +** +** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that +** are common to all implementations. +*/ +struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ + /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ +}; + +/* +** The xCreate and xConnect methods of a module use the following API +** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of +** the virtual tables they implement. +*/ +int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable); + +/* +** Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions +** using the xFindFunction method. But global versions of those functions +** must exist in order to be overloaded. +** +** This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular +** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists +** before this API is called, a new function is created. The implementation +** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So +** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only +** purpose is to be a place-holder function that can be overloaded +** by virtual tables. +** +** This API should be considered part of the virtual table interface, +** which is experimental and subject to change. +*/ +int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + +/* +** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up +** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered +** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. +** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. +** +** When the virtual-table mechanism stablizes, we will declare the +** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. +** +****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice ************** +*/ + +/* +** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB +** +** An instance of the following opaque structure is used to +** represent an blob-handle. A blob-handle is created by +** [sqlite3_blob_open()] and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. +** The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces +** can be used to read or write small subsections of the blob. +** The [sqltie3_blob_size()] interface returns the size of the +** blob in bytes. +*/ +typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O +** +** Open a handle to the blob located in row iRow,, column zColumn, +** table zTable in database zDb. i.e. the same blob that would +** be selected by: +** +** 
+**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE rowid = iRow;
+**
+** +** If the flags parameter is non-zero, the blob is opened for +** read and write access. If it is zero, the blob is opened for read +** access. +** +** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new +** [sqlite3_blob | blob handle] is written to *ppBlob. +** Otherwise an error code is returned and +** any value written to *ppBlob should not be used by the caller. +** This function sets the database-handle error code and message +** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()]. +*/ +int sqlite3_blob_open( + sqlite3*, + const char *zDb, + const char *zTable, + const char *zColumn, + sqlite_int64 iRow, + int flags, + sqlite3_blob **ppBlob +); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle +** +** Close an open [sqlite3_blob | blob handle]. +*/ +int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB +** +** Return the size in bytes of the blob accessible via the open +** [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] passed as an argument. +*/ +int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally +** +** This function is used to read data from an open +** [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] into a caller supplied buffer. +** n bytes of data are copied into buffer +** z from the open blob, starting at offset iOffset. +** +** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an +** [SQLITE_ERROR | SQLite error code] or an +** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended error code] is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *z, int n, int iOffset); + +/* +** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally +** +** This function is used to write data into an open +** [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] from a user supplied buffer. +** n bytes of data are copied from the buffer +** pointed to by z into the open blob, starting at offset iOffset. +** +** If the [sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] passed as the first argument +** was not opened for writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] +*** was zero), this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. +** +** This function may only modify the contents of the blob, it is +** not possible to increase the size of a blob using this API. If +** offset iOffset is less than n bytes from the end of the blob, +** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. +** +** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an +** [SQLITE_ERROR | SQLite error code] or an +** [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended error code] is returned. +*/ +int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); + +/* +** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for +** builds on processors without floating point support. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# undef double +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ +#endif +#endif diff --git a/sqlite3ext.h b/sqlite3ext.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba6d378 --- /dev/null +++ b/sqlite3ext.h @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +/* +** 2006 June 7 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by +** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into +** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded +** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of +** sqlite3.h. +** +** @(#) $Id: sqlite3ext.h,v 1.12 2007/07/20 10:48:36 drh Exp $ +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_ +#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_ +#include "sqlite3.h" + +typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; + +/* +** The following structure hold pointers to all of the SQLite API +** routines. +** +** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new +** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new +** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different +** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others shared +** libraries! +*/ +struct sqlite3_api_routines { + void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes); + int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*); + int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double); + int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); + int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64); + int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName); + const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*); + int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); + int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); + int (*changes)(sqlite3*); + int (*close)(sqlite3*); + int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)); + int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)); + const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i); + const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); + const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); + void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); + int (*complete)(const char*sql); + int (*complete16)(const void*sql); + int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); + int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); + int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); + int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*); + int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); + int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db); + const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*); + const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*); + int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**); + int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*free)(void*); + void (*free_table)(char**result); + int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*); + void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int); + int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); + int (*global_recover)(void); + void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*); + sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*); + const char * (*libversion)(void); + int (*libversion_number)(void); + void *(*malloc)(int); + char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); + int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**); + int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**); + int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*); + void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); + void *(*realloc)(void*,int); + int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); + void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double); + void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int); + void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int); + void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int); + void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64); + void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*); + void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); + void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); + void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); + int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),void*); + void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); + char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); + int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); + void (*thread_cleanup)(void); + int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); + void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); + int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); + void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,sqlite_int64),void*); + void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); + const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*); + double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*); + sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*); + const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*); + const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*); + int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*); + char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); + int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); + int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); + int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); + int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); + int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,void (*xDestroy)(void *)); +}; + +/* +** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are +** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure. +** +** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file +** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that +** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure +** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine +** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the +** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_CORE +#define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context +#define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count +#define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob +#define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double +#define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int +#define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 +#define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index +#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name +#define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text +#define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 +#define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value +#define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler +#define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout +#define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes +#define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close +#define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed +#define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 +#define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob +#define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes +#define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count +#define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name +#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype +#define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 +#define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double +#define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int +#define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 +#define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name +#define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name +#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name +#define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 +#define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text +#define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 +#define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type +#define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value +#define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook +#define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete +#define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 +#define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation +#define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 +#define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function +#define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 +#define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module +#define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 +#define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count +#define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle +#define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab +#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache +#define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode +#define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg +#define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 +#define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec +#define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired +#define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize +#define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free +#define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table +#define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit +#define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata +#define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table +#define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover +#define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx +#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid +#define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion +#define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number +#define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc +#define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf +#define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open +#define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 +#define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare +#define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile +#define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler +#define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc +#define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset +#define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob +#define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double +#define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error +#define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 +#define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int +#define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 +#define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null +#define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text +#define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 +#define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be +#define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le +#define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value +#define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook +#define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer +#define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata +#define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->snprintf +#define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step +#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata +#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup +#define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes +#define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace +#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings +#define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook +#define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data +#define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob +#define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes +#define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 +#define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double +#define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int +#define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 +#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type +#define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text +#define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 +#define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be +#define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le +#define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type +#define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf +#define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function +#define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 +#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 +#define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings +#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */ + +#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; +#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api = v; + +#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */ diff --git a/sqliteInt.h b/sqliteInt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21e5dbd --- /dev/null +++ b/sqliteInt.h @@ -0,0 +1,1952 @@ +/* +** 2001 September 15 +** +** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of +** a legal notice, here is a blessing: +** +** May you do good and not evil. +** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. +** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. +** +************************************************************************* +** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. +** +** @(#) $Id: sqliteInt.h,v 1.585 2007/08/08 12:11:21 drh Exp $ +*/ +#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_ +#define _SQLITEINT_H_ +#include "sqliteLimit.h" + + +#if defined(SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH) +# include +#endif + +/* +** Many people are failing to set -DNDEBUG=1 when compiling SQLite. +** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and run faster. So the following +** lines are added to automatically set NDEBUG unless the -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 +** option is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out +** feature. +*/ +#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) +# define NDEBUG 1 +#endif + +/* +** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the +** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks +** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. +** +** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch +** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling +** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work +** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0). If you compile on RedHat 7.2 +** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel +** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary +** portability you should omit LFS. +** +** Similar is true for MacOS. LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS +# define _LARGE_FILE 1 +# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS +# define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 +# endif +# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#include "sqlite3.h" +#include "hash.h" +#include "parse.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define sqlite3_isnan(X) ((X)!=(X)) + +/* +** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, +** substitute integer for floating-point +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT +# define double sqlite_int64 +# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 +# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (0x7fffffffffffffff) +# endif +# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 +# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 +# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL +# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) +#endif + +/* +** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 +** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler +** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. +*/ +#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 +#else +#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 +#endif + +/* +** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered +** distinct when determining whether or not two entries are the same +** in a UNIQUE index. This is the way PostgreSQL, Oracle, DB2, MySQL, +** OCELOT, and Firebird all work. The SQL92 spec explicitly says this +** is the way things are suppose to work. +** +** If the following macro is set to 0, the NULLs are indistinct for +** a UNIQUE index. In this mode, you can only have a single NULL entry +** for a column declared UNIQUE. This is the way Informix and SQL Server +** work. +*/ +#define NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE 1 + +/* +** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever +** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the +** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format +** that the library can read. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 +#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT +# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1 +#endif + +/* +** Provide a default value for TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified +** on the command-line +*/ +#ifndef TEMP_STORE +# define TEMP_STORE 1 +#endif + +/* +** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it +** ourselves. +*/ +#ifndef offsetof +#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) +#endif + +/* +** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or +** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) +*/ +#if 'A' == '\301' +# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 +#else +# define SQLITE_ASCII 1 +#endif + +/* +** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures +** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the +** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: +** +** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... +*/ +#ifndef UINT32_TYPE +# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int +#endif +#ifndef UINT16_TYPE +# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int +#endif +#ifndef INT16_TYPE +# define INT16_TYPE short int +#endif +#ifndef UINT8_TYPE +# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char +#endif +#ifndef INT8_TYPE +# define INT8_TYPE signed char +#endif +#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE +# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double +#endif +typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ +typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */ +typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ +typedef UINT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ + +/* +** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, +** evaluated at runtime. +*/ +extern const int sqlite3one; +#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE +#else +# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) +# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) +# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) +#endif + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler +** callback for a given sqlite handle. +** +** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy +** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite +** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler +** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. +*/ +typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; +struct BusyHandler { + int (*xFunc)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ + void *pArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ + int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ +}; + +/* +** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and +** "BusyHandler typedefs. +*/ +#include "vdbe.h" +#include "btree.h" +#include "pager.h" + +#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG +/* +** The following global variables are used for testing and debugging +** only. They only work if SQLITE_MEMDEBUG is defined. +*/ +extern int sqlite3_nMalloc; /* Number of sqliteMalloc() calls */ +extern int sqlite3_nFree; /* Number of sqliteFree() calls */ +extern int sqlite3_iMallocFail; /* Fail sqliteMalloc() after this many calls */ +extern int sqlite3_iMallocReset; /* Set iMallocFail to this when it reaches 0 */ + +extern void *sqlite3_pFirst; /* Pointer to linked list of allocations */ +extern int sqlite3_nMaxAlloc; /* High water mark of ThreadData.nAlloc */ +extern int sqlite3_mallocDisallowed; /* assert() in sqlite3Malloc() if set */ +extern int sqlite3_isFail; /* True if all malloc calls should fail */ +extern const char *sqlite3_zFile; /* Filename to associate debug info with */ +extern int sqlite3_iLine; /* Line number for debug info */ + +#define ENTER_MALLOC (sqlite3_zFile = __FILE__, sqlite3_iLine = __LINE__) +#define sqliteMalloc(x) (ENTER_MALLOC, sqlite3Malloc(x,1)) +#define sqliteMallocRaw(x) (ENTER_MALLOC, sqlite3MallocRaw(x,1)) +#define sqliteRealloc(x,y) (ENTER_MALLOC, sqlite3Realloc(x,y)) +#define sqliteStrDup(x) (ENTER_MALLOC, sqlite3StrDup(x)) +#define sqliteStrNDup(x,y) (ENTER_MALLOC, sqlite3StrNDup(x,y)) +#define sqliteReallocOrFree(x,y) (ENTER_MALLOC, sqlite3ReallocOrFree(x,y)) + +#else + +#define ENTER_MALLOC 0 +#define sqliteMalloc(x) sqlite3Malloc(x,1) +#define sqliteMallocRaw(x) sqlite3MallocRaw(x,1) +#define sqliteRealloc(x,y) sqlite3Realloc(x,y) +#define sqliteStrDup(x) sqlite3StrDup(x) +#define sqliteStrNDup(x,y) sqlite3StrNDup(x,y) +#define sqliteReallocOrFree(x,y) sqlite3ReallocOrFree(x,y) + +#endif + +/* Variable sqlite3MallocHasFailed is set to true after a malloc() +** failure occurs. +** +** The sqlite3MallocFailed() macro returns true if a malloc has failed +** in this thread since the last call to sqlite3ApiExit(), or false +** otherwise. +*/ +extern int sqlite3MallocHasFailed; +#define sqlite3MallocFailed() (sqlite3MallocHasFailed && sqlite3OsInMutex(1)) + +#define sqliteFree(x) sqlite3FreeX(x) +#define sqliteAllocSize(x) sqlite3AllocSize(x) + +/* +** An instance of this structure might be allocated to store information +** specific to a single thread. +*/ +struct ThreadData { + int dummy; /* So that this structure is never empty */ + +#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT + int nSoftHeapLimit; /* Suggested max mem allocation. No limit if <0 */ + int nAlloc; /* Number of bytes currently allocated */ + Pager *pPager; /* Linked list of all pagers in this thread */ +#endif + +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE + u8 useSharedData; /* True if shared pagers and schemas are enabled */ + BtShared *pBtree; /* Linked list of all currently open BTrees */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** Name of the master database table. The master database table +** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all +** user tables and indices. +*/ +#define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master" +#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master" + +/* +** The root-page of the master database table. +*/ +#define MASTER_ROOT 1 + +/* +** The name of the schema table. +*/ +#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) + +/* +** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in +** an array. +*/ +#define ArraySize(X) (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])) + +/* +** Forward references to structures +*/ +typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo; +typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext; +typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; +typedef struct Column Column; +typedef struct Db Db; +typedef struct Schema Schema; +typedef struct Expr Expr; +typedef struct ExprList ExprList; +typedef struct FKey FKey; +typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; +typedef struct IdList IdList; +typedef struct Index Index; +typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; +typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; +typedef struct Module Module; +typedef struct NameContext NameContext; +typedef struct Parse Parse; +typedef struct Select Select; +typedef struct SrcList SrcList; +typedef struct ThreadData ThreadData; +typedef struct Table Table; +typedef struct TableLock TableLock; +typedef struct Token Token; +typedef struct TriggerStack TriggerStack; +typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; +typedef struct Trigger Trigger; +typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; +typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; + +#include "os.h" + +/* +** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance +** of the following structure. There are normally two of these structures +** in the sqlite.aDb[] array. aDb[0] is the main database file and +** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables. Additional +** databases may be attached. +*/ +struct Db { + char *zName; /* Name of this database */ + Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ + u8 inTrans; /* 0: not writable. 1: Transaction. 2: Checkpoint */ + u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at synching data to disk */ + void *pAux; /* Auxiliary data. Usually NULL */ + void (*xFreeAux)(void*); /* Routine to free pAux */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. +** +** If there are no virtual tables configured in this schema, the +** Schema.db variable is set to NULL. After the first virtual table +** has been added, it is set to point to the database connection +** used to create the connection. Once a virtual table has been +** added to the Schema structure and the Schema.db variable populated, +** only that database connection may use the Schema to prepare +** statements. +*/ +struct Schema { + int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */ + Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */ + Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ + Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */ + Hash aFKey; /* Foreign keys indexed by to-table */ + Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ + u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ + u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ + int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + sqlite3 *db; /* "Owner" connection. See comment above */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the +** Db.flags field. +*/ +#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P)) +#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0) +#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P) +#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P) + +/* +** Allowed values for the DB.flags field. +** +** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been +** read into internal hash tables. +** +** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that +** have been filled out. If the schema changes, these column names might +** changes and so the view will need to be reset. +*/ +#define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */ +#define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */ +#define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */ + + +/* +** Each database is an instance of the following structure. +** +** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an +** insert statement. Inserts on views do not affect its value. Each +** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside +** triggers as usual. The previous value will be restored once the trigger +** exits. Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no +** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1. +** +** The sqlite.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no +** context. It is reset at start of sqlite3_exec. +** The sqlite.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last +** insert, update, or delete statement. It remains constant throughout the +** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts. It keeps a +** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes +** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger. Changes to views do not +** affect the value of lsChange. +** The sqlite.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since +** the last statement) and is used to update sqlite_lsChange. +** +** The member variables sqlite.errCode, sqlite.zErrMsg and sqlite.zErrMsg16 +** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The +** internal function sqlite3Error() is used to set these variables +** consistently. +*/ +struct sqlite3 { + int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ + Db *aDb; /* All backends */ + int flags; /* Miscellanous flags. See below */ + int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ + int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ + u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ + u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ + int nTable; /* Number of tables in the database */ + CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ + i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ + i64 priorNewRowid; /* Last randomly generated ROWID */ + int magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ + int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ + int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ + struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ + int iDb; /* When back is being initialized */ + int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ + u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ + } init; + int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ + void **aExtension; /* Array of shared libraray handles */ + struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ + int activeVdbeCnt; /* Number of vdbes currently executing */ + void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */ + void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ + void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ + void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ + void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ + int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ + void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ + void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ + void *pUpdateArg; + void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); + void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*); + void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); + void *pCollNeededArg; + sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ + char *zErrMsg; /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */ + char *zErrMsg16; /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */ + union { + int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ + double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ + } u1; +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION + int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*); + /* Access authorization function */ + void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK + int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */ + void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */ + int nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ + Table *pVTab; /* vtab with active Connect/Create method */ + sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ + int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ +#endif + Hash aFunc; /* All functions that can be in SQL exprs */ + Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ + BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ + int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ + Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ +#ifdef SQLITE_SSE + sqlite3_stmt *pFetch; /* Used by SSE to fetch stored statements */ +#endif + u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ +}; + +/* +** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. +*/ +#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) + +/* +** Possible values for the sqlite.flags and or Db.flags fields. +** +** On sqlite.flags, the SQLITE_InTrans value means that we have +** executed a BEGIN. On Db.flags, SQLITE_InTrans means a statement +** transaction is active on that particular database file. +*/ +#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000001 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ +#define SQLITE_InTrans 0x00000008 /* True if in a transaction */ +#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000010 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ +#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000020 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ +#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000040 /* Show short columns names */ +#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00000080 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ + /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ + /* the count using a callback. */ +#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00000100 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ + /* result set is empty */ +#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00000200 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ +#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00000400 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ +#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000800 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ +#define SQLITE_NoReadlock 0x00001000 /* Readlocks are omitted when + ** accessing read-only databases */ +#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00002000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ +#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x00004000 /* For shared-cache mode */ +#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00008000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ +#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00010000 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ +#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00020000 /* Enable load_extension */ + +#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00040000 /* Ignore schema errors */ + +/* +** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. +** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other +** than being distinct from one another. +*/ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ +#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ + +/* +** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following +** structure. A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc +** hash table. When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table +** points to a linked list of these structures. +*/ +struct FuncDef { + i16 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ + u8 iPrefEnc; /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */ + u8 needCollSeq; /* True if sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */ + u8 flags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ + void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ + FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ + void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */ + void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */ + void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finializer */ + char zName[1]; /* SQL name of the function. MUST BE LAST */ +}; + +/* +** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an +** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule +** hash table. +*/ +struct Module { + const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */ + const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */ + void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */ + void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */ +}; + +/* +** Possible values for FuncDef.flags +*/ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x01 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x02 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ +#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x04 /* Ephermeral. Delete with VDBE */ + +/* +** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance +** of this structure. +*/ +struct Column { + char *zName; /* Name of this column */ + Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */ + char *zType; /* Data type for this column */ + char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ + u8 notNull; /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */ + u8 isPrimKey; /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */ + char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + u8 isHidden; /* True if this column is 'hidden' */ +#endif +}; + +/* +** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following +** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and +** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. +** +** There may two seperate implementations of the collation function, one +** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that +** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine +** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects +** the version that will require the least expensive encoding +** translations, if any. +** +** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in +** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp. +** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function, +** xCmp16. +** +** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the +** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined +** collating sequence may not be read or written. +*/ +struct CollSeq { + char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ + u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ + u8 type; /* One of the SQLITE_COLL_... values below */ + void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */ + int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); + void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */ +}; + +/* +** Allowed values of CollSeq flags: +*/ +#define SQLITE_COLL_BINARY 1 /* The default memcmp() collating sequence */ +#define SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE 2 /* The built-in NOCASE collating sequence */ +#define SQLITE_COLL_REVERSE 3 /* The built-in REVERSE collating sequence */ +#define SQLITE_COLL_USER 0 /* Any other user-defined collating sequence */ + +/* +** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC. +*/ +#define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ +#define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */ + +/* +** Column affinity types. +** +** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and +** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve +** the speed a little by number the values consecutively. +** +** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'. That way, +** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and +** used as the P3 operand, they will be more readable. +** +** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing +** for a numeric type is a single comparison. +*/ +#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'a' +#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE 'b' +#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'c' +#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'd' +#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'e' + +#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) + +/* +** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the +** following structure. +** +** Table.zName is the name of the table. The case of the original +** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for +** comparisons. +** +** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table. Table.aCol is a +** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column. +** +** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of +** the column that is that key. Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative. Note +** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to +** be set. An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of +** the table. If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid +** is generated for each row of the table. Table.hasPrimKey is true if +** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise. +** +** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the +** database file. If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend +** in sqlite.aDb[]. 0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that +** holds temporary tables and indices. If Table.isEphem +** is true, then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted +** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed. In this case Table.tnum +** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root +** page number. Transient tables are used to hold the results of a +** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause +** of a SELECT statement. +*/ +struct Table { + char *zName; /* Name of the table */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ + Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ + int iPKey; /* If not less then 0, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */ + Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ + int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */ + Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ + int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ + Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of SQL triggers on this table */ + FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ + char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK + Expr *pCheck; /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */ +#endif +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE + int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE statement to add a new column */ +#endif + u8 readOnly; /* True if this table should not be written by the user */ + u8 isEphem; /* True if created using OP_OpenEphermeral */ + u8 hasPrimKey; /* True if there exists a primary key */ + u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ + u8 autoInc; /* True if the integer primary key is autoincrement */ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE + u8 isVirtual; /* True if this is a virtual table */ + u8 isCommit; /* True once the CREATE TABLE has been committed */ + Module *pMod; /* Pointer to the implementation of the module */ + sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to the module instance */ + int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ + char **azModuleArg; /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */ +#endif + Schema *pSchema; +}; + +/* +** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is +** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual +** table support is omitted from the build. +*/ +#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE +# define IsVirtual(X) ((X)->isVirtual) +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden) +#else +# define IsVirtual(X) 0 +# define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 +#endif + +/* +** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. +** +** A foreign key is associated with two tables. The "from" table is +** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign +** key. The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause. +** Consider this example: +** +** CREATE TABLE ex1( +** a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, +** b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x) +** ); +** +** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". +** +** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure +** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when +** the from-table is created. The existance of the to-table is not checked +** until an attempt is made to insert data into the from-table. +** +** The sqlite.aFKey hash table stores pointers to this structure +** given the name of a to-table. For each to-table, all foreign keys +** associated with that table are on a linked list using the FKey.pNextTo +** field. +*/ +struct FKey { + Table *pFrom; /* The table that constains the REFERENCES clause */ + FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next foreign key in pFrom */ + char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to */ + FKey *pNextTo; /* Next foreign key that points to zTo */ + int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ + struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ + int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ + char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */ + } *aCol; /* One entry for each of nCol column s */ + u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ + u8 updateConf; /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on UPDATE */ + u8 deleteConf; /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on DELETE */ + u8 insertConf; /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on INSERT */ +}; + +/* +** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a contraint +** error. ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation +** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction +** to be rolled back. ABORT processing means the operation in process +** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out, +** but the transaction is not rolled back. FAIL processing means that +** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code. But prior +** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback +** occurs. IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint +** error is not inserted or updated. Processing continues and no error +** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused +** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or +** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported. +** +** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. +** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the +** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign +** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the +** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the +** foreign key. +** +** The following symbolic values are used to record which type +** of action to take. +*/ +#define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */ +#define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */ +#define OE_Abort 2 /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */ +#define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */ +#define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */ +#define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */ + +#define OE_Restrict 6 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ +#define OE_SetNull 7 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ +#define OE_SetDflt 8 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ +#define OE_Cascade 9 /* Cascade the changes */ + +#define OE_Default 99 /* Do whatever the default action is */ + + +/* +** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first +** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the +** comparison of the two index keys. +** +** If the KeyInfo.incrKey value is true and the comparison would +** otherwise be equal, then return a result as if the second key +** were larger. +*/ +struct KeyInfo { + u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */ + u8 incrKey; /* Increase 2nd key by epsilon before comparison */ + int nField; /* Number of entries in aColl[] */ + u8 *aSortOrder; /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */ + CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ +}; + +/* +** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an +** instance of the following structure. +** +** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described +** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure. For example, suppose +** we have the following table and index: +** +** CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text); +** CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1); +** +** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are +** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing +** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. +** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the +** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. +** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in +** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. +** +** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns +** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, +** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index +** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution +** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique +** element. +*/ +struct Index { + char *zName; /* Name of this index */ + int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */ + int *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ + unsigned *aiRowEst; /* Result of ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ + Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ + int tnum; /* Page containing root of this index in database file */ + u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ + u8 autoIndex; /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */ + char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ + Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ + Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ + u8 *aSortOrder; /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */ + char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ +}; + +/* +** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of +** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression. +** +** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and +** may contain random values. Do not make any assuptions about Token.dyn +** and Token.n when Token.z==0. +*/ +struct Token { + const unsigned char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */ + unsigned dyn : 1; /* True for malloced memory, false for static */ + unsigned n : 31; /* Number of characters in this token */ +}; + +/* +** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate +** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. +** +** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a +** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in +** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate +** code for that node. +** +** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the +** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement. These +** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure. +*/ +struct AggInfo { + u8 directMode; /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly + ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */ + u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather + ** than the source table */ + int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ + ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ + int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ + struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ + Table *pTab; /* Source table */ + int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ + int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ + int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ + int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ + Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ + } *aCol; + int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ + int nColumnAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aCol[] */ + int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. + ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to + ** aggregate functions */ + struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */ + Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ + FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */ + int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ + int iDistinct; /* Ephermeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ + } *aFunc; + int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ + int nFuncAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aFunc[] */ +}; + +/* +** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance +** of this structure. +** +** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused +** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer +** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused +** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression +** tree. +** +** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are subexpressions. Expr.pList is a list +** of argument if the expression is a function. +** +** Expr.token is the operator token for this node. For some expressions +** that have subexpressions, Expr.token can be the complete text that gave +** rise to the Expr. In the latter case, the token is marked as being +** a compound token. +** +** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. +** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is +** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and +** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the +** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the +** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that +** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. +** +** If the expression is a function, the Expr.iTable is an integer code +** representing which function. If the expression is an unbound variable +** marker (a question mark character '?' in the original SQL) then the +** Expr.iTable holds the index number for that variable. +** +** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer +** register number containing the result of the subquery. If the +** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1. If the subquery +** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing +** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery. +** +** The Expr.pSelect field points to a SELECT statement. The SELECT might +** be the right operand of an IN operator. Or, if a scalar SELECT appears +** in an expression the opcode is TK_SELECT and Expr.pSelect is the only +** operand. +** +** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from +** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the +** corresponding table definition. +*/ +struct Expr { + u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ + char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ + u16 flags; /* Various flags. See below */ + CollSeq *pColl; /* The collation type of the column or 0 */ + Expr *pLeft, *pRight; /* Left and right subnodes */ + ExprList *pList; /* A list of expressions used as function arguments + ** or in " IN (aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */ + int iRightJoinTable; /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */ + Select *pSelect; /* When the expression is a sub-select. Also the + ** right side of " IN (